2a > eu y war eee “4 7\), : el PVE ihe ae H ) ‘ n . TaN) Ams 4 i 2 (al j ‘F han] > \ : i ai ‘ iy Ne fy Mbt ‘TY : iy oy An ; wih bre | 5 ikl ve qi ih = i j 7 - es peu rie Lhe Nea 2 ih Re tae ih Ay ai r, pbs i eo) as i me ' i) i i a i a ) eae ay aca iy | UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — OE VOLUME 5 =: 1951-1958 EDITORS E. RaymMonp Hatz, Chairman A. Byron LEONARD Epwarp H. Taytor ROBERT W. WILSON MuSsSEUM OF NATURAL HIsTORY UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS LAWRENCE 1953 Museum or Natura History UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS LAWRENCE PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 4 25-1127 Lie 18. 19. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5 iii CONTENTS Preliminary survey of a Paleocene faunule from the Angels Peak area, New Mexico. By Robert Wilson. Pp. 1-11, 1 figure in text. February 24, 1951. Two new moles (Genus Scalopus) from Mexico and Texas. By Rollin H. Baker. Pp. 17-24. February 28, 1951. Two new pocket gophers from Wyoming and Colorado. By E. Raymond Hall and H. Gordon Montague. Pp. 25-32. February 28, 1951. Mammals obtained by Dr. Curt von Wedel from the barrier beach of Tamaulipas, Mexico. By E. Raymond Hall. Pp. 33-47, 1 figure in text. October 1, 1951. Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American rabbits. By E. Raymond Hall and Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 49-58. October 1, 1951. Two new subspecies of Thomomys bottae from New Mexico and Colorado. By Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 59-71, 1 figure in text. October 1, 1951. A new subspecies of Microtus montanus from Montana and comments on Microtus canicaudus Miller. By E. Raymond Hall and Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 73-79. October 1, 1951. A new pocket gopher (Genus Thomomys) from eastern Colorado. By E. Raymond Hall. Pp. 81-85. October 1, 1951. Mammals taken along the Alaskan Highway. By Rollin H. Baker. Pp. 87- 117, 1 figure in text. November 28, 1951. A synopsis of the North American Lagomorpha. By E. Raymond Hall. Pp. 119-202, 68 figures in text. December 15, 1951. A new pocket mouse (Genus Perognathus) from Kansas. By E. Lendell Cockrum. Pp. 203-206. December 15, 1951. Mammals from Tamaulipas, Mexico. By Rollin H. Baker. Pp. 207-218. December 15, 1951. A new pocket gopher (Genus Thomomys) from Wyoming and Colorado. By E. Raymond Hall. Pp. 219-222. December 15, 1951. A new name for the Mexican red bat. By E. Raymond Hall. Pp. 223- 226. December 15, 1951. Taxonomic notes on Mexican bats of the Genus Rhogeéssa. By E. Ray- mond Hall. Pp. 227-232. April 10, 1952. Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American wood rats (Genus Neotoma). By Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 233-242. April 10, 1952. The subspecies of the Mexican red-bellied squirrel, Sciurus aureogaster. By Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 243-250, 1 figure in text. April 10, 1952. Geographic range of Peromyscus melanophrys, with description of new subspecies. By Rollin H. Baker. Pp. 251-258, 1 figure in text. May 10, 1952. A new chipmunk (Genus Eutamias) from the Black Hills. By John A. White. Pp. 259-262. April 10, 1952. 4 34h rf iv 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 81. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. A new pifion mouse (Peromyscus truei) from Durango, Mexico. By Rob- ert B. Finley, Jr. Pp. 263-267. May 23, 1952. An annotated checklist of Nebraskan bats. By Olin L. Webb and J. Knox Jones, Jr. Pp. 269-279. May 31, 1952. Geographic variation in red-backed mice (Genus Clethrionomys) of the southern Rocky Mountain region. By E. Lendell Cockrum and Kenneth L. Fitch. Pp. 281-292, 1 figure in text. November 15, 1952. Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of North American microtines. By E. Raymond Hall and E. Lendell Cockrum. Pp. 293-312. November 17, 1952. The subspecific status of two Central American sloths. By E. Raymond Hall and Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 313-337. November 21, 1952. . Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American marsupials, insectivores, and carnivores. By E. Raymond Hall and Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 319-341. December 5, 1952. Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American rodents. By E. Raymond Hall and Keith R. Kelson. Pp. 343- 871. December 15, 1952. A synopsis of the North American microtine rodents. By E. Raymond Hall and E. Lendell Cockrum. Pp. 373-498, 149 figures in text. January 15, 1953. The pocket gophers (Genus Thomomys) of Coahuila, Mexico. By Rollin H. Baker. Pp. 499-514, 1 figure in text. June 1, 1953. Geographic distribution of the pocket mouse, Perognathus fasciatus. By J. Knox Jones, Jr. Pp. 515-526, 7 figures in text. August 1, 1953. A new subspecies of wood rat (Neotoma mexicana) from Colorado. By Robert B. Finley, Jr. Pp. 527-534, 2 figures in text. August 15, 1953. Four new pocket gophers of the Genus Cratogeomys from Jalisco, Mexico. By Robert J. Russell. Pp. 535-542. October 15, 1953. Genera and subgenera of chipmunks. By John A. White. Pp. 543-561, 12 figures in text. December 1, 1953. Taxonomy of the chipmunks, Eutamias quadrivittatus and Eutamias um- brinus. By John A. White. Pp. 563-582, 6 figures in text. December 1, 1953. Geographic distribution and taxonomy of the chipmunks of Wyoming. By John A. White. Pp. 584-610, 3 figures in text. December 1, 1953. The baculum of the chipmunks of western North America. By John A. White. Pp. 611-631, 19 figures in text. December 1, 1953. Pleistocene Soricidae from San Josecito Cave, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. By James S. Findley. Pp. 633-639. December 1, 1953. Seventeen species of bats recorded from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone. By E. Raymond Hall and William B. Jackson. Pp. 641-646. December 1, 1953. Index. Pp. 647-676. O 25-1127 Preliminary Survey of a Paleocene Faunule from the Angels Peak Area, New Mexico BY ROBERT W. WILSON University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 1, pp. 1-11, 1 figure in text February 24, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 University oF Kansas Pusiications, Mustum or NaturaL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 1, pp. 1-11, 1 figure in text February 24, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 SS 23-4458 Preliminary Survey of a Paleocene Faunule from the Angels Peak Area, New Mexico By ROBERT W. WILSON INTRODUCTION Angels Peak stands on the eastern rim of a large area of badlands carved by a tributary of the San Juan River from Paleocene strata of the Nacimiento formation, and presumably also from Wasatchian strata of the San José (Simpson, 1948). This area of badlands lies some twelve miles south of Bloomfield, New Mexico in the Kutz Canyon drainage. Angels Peak (Angel Peak of Granger, 1917) and Kutz Canyon (Coots Canon of Granger, and of Matthew, 1937) are names that have been applied to the location (figure 1). 107 10 MILES Ku. 2 LOC. ANGELS PEAK NOANVO OONYIg EL HUERFANO i: a ae A : | a no { < pw ot? SY Zero Sys a one? Ro) : TAs oa 9 S °C, De TYPE LOG OF TORREJON mn CUBA e as = \07 ; ses ee Ficure 1. Map of a part of the San Juan Basin, New Mexico, showing location of University of Kansas fossil locality west of Angels Peak. (3) 4 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. E. D. Cope’s collector, David Baldwin, possibly worked in this area in the Eighties. The first published record, however, of mam- malian fossils from the Angels Peak badlands was made by Walter Granger in 1917 as a result of his field work in the preceeding sum- mer. Granger obtained specimens, usually poorly preserved, but occasionally rather abundant locally, from various levels up to within 150 feet of the western rim of the badlands basin. This col- lection was obviously of Torrejonian or middle Paleocene age. In the 1917 report, Granger gave as a faunal list the following species: Tetraclaenodon Protogonodon sp. nov. Mioclaenus turgidus Tricentes Periptychus rhabdodon Deltatherium Anisonchus sectorius Psittacotheritum To this list should be added Triisodon antiquus, a specimen of which is stated by Matthew to come from Kutz Canyon in his monograph (1937:80) on the Paleocene faunas of the San Juan Basin. In the summer of 1948, a field party from the University of Kan- sas was fortunate in finding a local concentration of rather well pre- served material at the western edge of the badlands at Angels Peak. Because it probably will be some time before a full account of this faunule can be prepared, it is thought advisable, preliminarily, to give a general statement as to occurrence, and tentatively to list the species. OCCURRENCE The mammalian fossils, numbering approximately 150 specimens, were all obtained within a small area located in the NW, of sec. 14, T. 27 N, R. 11 W, San Juan County, New Mexico. The specimens were collected from a zone of reddish silt three to four feet in thick- ness. The actual bone layer, not as yet located, may prove to be thinner than this. Almost all the material was recovered from ap- proximately 100 linear yards of outcrop. A few specimens, however, were obtained at varying distances away from this central area, as far distant perhaps as one-half mile. Of these, nineteen were at the same level stratigraphically, and only one was lower (by 70 feet) in the section. This latter specimen, representing a new genus and species of Primates, is not certainly duplicated by material at the main concentration. Seemingly, the others are. The red zone at the “bone pocket” carries many concretionary masses which frequently contain the fossil specimens. Not all speci- mens, however, are from such lumps. PALEOCENE FAUNULE FROM ANGELS PEAK AREA 5 Even within the area of greatest concentration, specimens are of sporadic occurrence. A low ridge, a few feet high, may have abun- dant material weathering from the rock on one slope, but have the opposite side barren. Occasionally, a small rill three or four feet in length and six inches or so across may carry fragments of five or six individuals representing several genera. For example, in one such rill were found Didymictis, n. sp. b; Goniacodon levisanus; Tricentes cf. T. subtrigonus; and Protoselene opisthacus. No speci- mens were found in place in unweathered rock, but the quarry possi- bilities of the bone pocket have still to be tested. The stratigraphic position of the bone concentration in relation to the total Nacimiento section exposed in Kutz Canyon has not been determined. It is approximately 160 feet below the western rim at a point nearest the “pocket”. The upper 100 feet of strata consists of sandstone believed by Granger (1917:822) to represent either: (1) equivalent of the “Wasatch” (San José) of the Ojo Alamo sec- tion, or (2) “Torrejon” (upper Nacimiento). Granger perhaps favored the first interpretation, but the writer, at present, thinks the second probable. 6 University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. THE MAMMALIAN FAUNULE The following mammalian species have been identified as present in the Angels Peak “‘pocket”’. Order Multituberculata Family Ptilodontidae Mimetodon? ci. M. trovessartianus Order Insectivora Family Palaeoryctidae Palaeoryctes cf. P. puercensis Family Leptictidae Prodiacodon? sp. Family Pantolestidae Pentacodon n. sp. Family Mixodectidae Indrodon malaris Order Primates Family Anaptomorphidae anaptomorphid? new gen. and sp. (70 feet stratigraphically below level of Angels Peak pocket). ?Primates, gen. and sp. indet. Order Taeniodonta Family Stylinodontidae Psittacotherium? sp. Order Carnivora Family Arctocyonidae Tricentes cf. T. subtrigonus Chriacus truncatus Chriacus nr. C. baldwint Deltatherium fundaminus? Claenodon n. sp. Truisodon? sp. Goniacodon levisanus Family Miacidae Didymictis n. sp. a Didymictis n. sp. b Order Condylarthra Family Hyopsodontidae Mioclaenus turgidus Ellipsodon cf. E. inaequidens Ellipsodon acolytus Protoselene opisthacus Family Phenacodontidae Tetraclaenodon nr. T. puercensis Family Periptychidae Coriphagus encinensis Anisonchus sectorius Periptychus nr. P. carinidens ANGELS PEAK CENSUS The total number of specimens for each member (species or genus) of the faunule is tabulated in the list on the page facing, page 7. For the purposes of this list, census, a few of the isolated teeth have been counted as jaws. They were so counted whenever they seemed to be representative of separate, individual animals. The census-count includes all of the specimens that were identi- fied. The numbers in parentheses, on page 7, refer to those indi- viduals that were found outside of the 100 linear yards or so of outcrop comprising the principal area of concentration of specimens. Mimetodon? cf. M. trovessartianus Palaeoryctes cf. P. puercensis Prodiacodon? sp. Pentacodon n. sp. Indrodon malaris Primates n. gen. and sp. ? Primates Psittacotherium? sp. Tricentes cf. T. subtrigonus Chriacus truncatus Chriacus nr. C. baldwini Deltatherium fundaminus? Claenodon n. sp. Triisodon? sp. Goniacodon levisanus Didymictis n. sp. a Didymictis n. sp. b Mioclaenus turgidus Ellipsodon cf. E. inaequidens Ellipsodon acolytus Protoselene opisthacus Tetraclaenodon nr. T. puercensis Coriphagus encinensis Anisonchus sectorius Periptychus nr. P. carinidens Totals PALEOCENE FAUNULE FROM ANGELS PEAK AREA 7 veeacdan® | 'arardaye | ler fa ey ie BEN 1 See ee Oe Sie Bis ba.4 cael ta | eR ree ecm 1 Res salah: ME a 58 hile. deere BACT hes adn ges paket Ane LE ree od DL) ale he Bae See alte 2b) DEE Aaa sarees ea Pied aes eal end Tih sil aNt AEE Rat bh eae 7 15 4 Dates 6 5 (2) Bid peenaicle ier ete 1 Se teks, Eee 3 1 UR eager evel) 1 et Mt peal bp ei a AE ge Neat ea ea ite eae! PRR on ee ea ee SHAS ee ote 1 1 1 SPUUR bare ee 2 Had pvbvaid at yoke Bg 8) tsetse tsa 3 11 Ht 3 (2) 3 (2) 2 5 (2) TS) EL bee) OP ee FON RPC ets AQ) hete 2608 (2) eee Riri) BCL) |e ay ae one 2 36 90 22 8 University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. ENVIRONMENT The faunal list is rather long for one obtained from such a re- stricted area. It is not exceptional in this regard, however, for even longer lists have been made from single quarry sites in the Paleocene (Simpson, 1937:33-34). The exact number of genera and species represented is still uncertain. It seems that twenty-one genera and twenty-four species are present and that they are dis- tributed among eleven to twelve families and five to six orders. A greater number of genera and species may be recorded eventually. The ferungulate cohort constitutes most of the fauna (91 percent), and this fact indicates a floodplain facies as the most probable deposi- tional environment. The small representation of multituberculates, insectivores, and insectivore derivatives, however, may be attributed in part to the difficulties inherent in surface collecting of minute specimens. Some resemblance in percentage composition is shown to the faunules of the Fort Union Group if those forms too small to be seen readily in collecting of surface material are omitted from the Mon- tanan lists, but differences exist not entirely the result of either geo- graphic or stratigraphic separation. Thus, the phenacodontids of the Angels Peak are relatively abundant, matching figures obtained for surface collecting in the Fort Union of Montana (Simpson, 1937: 61). That the faunule is not completely of floodplain type is seen in the absence or rarity of such relatively large carnivores as Claenodon ferox, the larger species of Chriacus, Triisodon, and the entire ab- sence of the Mesonychidae. The absence of the mesonychids might, but probably should not, be explained as a result of stratigraphic differences. There seems to be no reason for thinking that the Angels Peak faunule antedates the appearance of the Mesonychidae. They are absent from the Dragon and earlier levels, but are also ex- tremely rare in the Lebo of the Fort Union Group. In the ungulate population, the absence of species of Ellipsodon other than E. acolytus (E. inaequidens is so rare everywhere that it hardly seems an exception to this statement), and the complete absence of Hap- loconus likewise suggest some, presumably local, peculiarity of en- vironment. The latter genus is absent from the Lebo, but is re- corded from the Dragon (Gazin, 1941:3), a fact which prevents at- taching any age significance to its absence from the Angels Peak faunule. It should be mentioned, however, that no remains of Haploconus were reported as a result of the more extensive collect- PALEOCENE FAUNULE FROM ANGELS PEAK AREA 9 ing by Granger in the Angels Peak area. Incidentally, the type of Haploconus angustus is said to come from near Huerfano Peak (Matthew, 1937:156). The high ratio of carnivores to ungulates is a peculiarity shared with, but far exceeded by, the Lebo fauna if figures obtained from surface collections of the latter are used. It seems unlikely that this ratio is the result of selective trapping in the accumulating sedi- ments. Perhaps, this high ratio reflects the imperfectly carnivorous habits of the Paleocene creodonts as a group. One obvious explana- tion, regardless of probability or merit, is that some of these do not belong to the Carnivora. The percentage composition of the Angels Peak faunule based on 148 identifiable mammalian specimens, is as follows: Percent TSEC GIy ONES Pots ctor totic er ts es RA SAIS es Pn una pa cee 5 Carnivora: TCLOCYONTARE Sis ik ane ae ee oe ae aoe ee rar eee 32 IW GEYOUG VAS: Re ees OTe ene Crees Sen ae 4 —— 36 Condylarthra: Ey OHSOGONLIGRE 33 pad tres poe ee kiech aoe eee sina eats 22 ]2averarayerove (aya ato bsvNo ARM eat pd 5 nom eeee ad OSaonl A Oomeenee 18 Periptychidae: IATNIGONGHINAG HME Maes on Se ee ee eee Seen 10 Beri ty chime e errs ee eijochonis he tokekreuieredeas: 5 1 — 55 (OLAS HIS Sd aka Meee cng aoe ano BEG Amtico or Sao or oenae 4 100 The most common forms in the Angels Peak faunule are: T'ri- centes cf. T. subtrigonus, Chriacus truncatus, Ellipsodon acolytus, Tetraclaenodon nr. T. puercensis, and Anisonchus sectorius. Post-cranial skeletal elements are of relatively rare occurrence in the pocket. ‘The presence of several more or less complete skulls, and the relatively frequent association of upper and lower denti- tions, however, seem to be points against ascribing the accumulation to the activities of predators and scavengers, otherwise perhaps in- dicated by the large amount of resistant tooth material. AGE OF THE FAUNULE The Angels Peak faunule, as Granger stated, is of Torrejonian age. This fact is clearly evident for the genera are all, with the excep- tion of the forms referred to the Primates, represented in beds of that age elsewhere in the Nacimiento. Further, approximately two- thirds of the known “Torrejon” genera are recorded by specimens from the Angels Peak pocket. The primate remains present no evi- 10 University oF Kansas Pustis., Mus. Nat. Hist. dence for suspecting a difference in age, because the order is other- wise unrecorded in the Torrejonian of New Mexico. The species are in most instances identical or closely allied with those hitherto rec- ognized. It is evident from this that the Angels Peak faunule is more closely correlated in time with the San Juan Torrejonian fauna as a whole than with either the Dragon fauna or the Tiffanian. In respect to the San Juan Torrejonian, closest resemblance is to the Deltatheriwm zone fauna rather than to the Pantolambda zone fauna (Osborn, 1929:62). The difference in the faunas of these two zones is largely, if not entirely, facial in character. It is not clearly evident, however, that we are dealing with exactly contemporaneous assemblages when comparison is made between the Angels Peak faunule and the rest of the San Juan fauna which serves collectively to define the typical Torrejonian. It may be: (1) that the Angels Peak faunule is of slightly different age than the latter, or (2) that the latter is susceptible of stratigraphic sub- division, and the Angels Peak faunule marks one stage of a sequence in time. This problem will not be easily solved, and perhaps may never be, for concentrations similar to that of the Angels Peak fau- nule are of infrequent occurrence. It is beyond the scope of the present paper, and of the present stage of our knowledge of the “Torrejon” fauna, to discuss at length the possible difference in age, but the fol- lowing remarks summarize the matter for the Angels Peak material. Many of the Angels Peak specimens differ in minor ways from those previously described from the Torrejonian of the San Juan Basin. Some of these differences are sufficiently great for the recog- nition of new species. Other differences at present are not clearly valid on a specific level, and it may become necessary to restudy the entire fauna if satisfactory conclusions ever are reached. A direct comparison can be made between the Angels Peak faunule, and a numerically smaller and less well preserved one ob- tained by the University of Kansas from a bone concentration near the head of Kimbetoh Arroyo. The latter faunule presumably is from the “Deltathertum zone,” and hence does not occupy a demon- strably high position in the “Torrejon,” rather, one seemingly down toward the first known appearance of the fauna. Closely related or identical species of nine genera occur at both localities. Of these, the specimens of one species seem to be indistinguishable; the speci- mens of another Angels Peak member are perhaps slightly more ad- vanced; and seven include specimens, distinguishable in greater or lesser degree, which suggest, principally in smaller size, a less ad- vanced stage for the Angels Peak faunule. PALEOCENE FAUNULE FROM ANGELS PEAK AREA 11 In general, the non-ferungulate part of the Angels Peak faunule seems to depart more widely from what is typical of the “Torrejon” fauna than do the Carnivora and Condylarthra. Because the former is very poorly represented in the faunule, and not too well known elsewhere in the San Juan Basin, it may be argued that the apparent differences would disappear with the acquisition of more material. This may be so, but at present the point can not be demonstrated. It is not justified at present to maintain that the Angels Peak spe- cies occupy an earlier position in the Torrejonian than do those ob- tained from outcrops between Kimbetoh and the heads of the two forks of Arroyo Torrejon. Indeed, the stratigraphic position of the Angels Peak pocket with a considerable thickness of Torrejonian strata beneath it, tends to argue against such a view. Nevertheless, it is possible, if not probable, that such is the case, or at least that detailed work would reveal a series of faunules of slightly different ages in the Torrejonian stage of the Nacimiento formation. Of course, chance in collecting, as well as geographic and ecologic dif- ferences, play their part in giving such a local faunule as that at Angels Peak its somewhat different aspect, but these factors may not account altogether for the observed differences. LITERATURE CITED Gazin, C. L. 1941. The mammalian faunas of the Paleocene of central Utah, with notes on the geology. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 91, no. 3121: 1-53, 3 pls., 29 figs. in text. GRANGER, WALTER. 1917. Notes on Paleocene and lower Eocene mammal horizons of northern New Mexico and southern Colorado. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., art. 32: 821-830, 2 pls., 1 fig. MatrHew, W. D. 1937. Paleocene faunas of the San Juan Basin, New Mexico. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n.s., 30: i-viii, 1-510, 65 pls., 85 figs. in text. Osporn, H. F. 1929. The titanotheres of ancient Wyoming, Dakota, and Nebraska. U. 8. Geol. Surv., Monog. 55 (2 vols.): i-xxiv, i-xi, 1-953, 236 pls., 797 figs. in text. Simpson, G. G. 1937. The Fort Union of the Crazy Mountain Field, Montana, and its mammalian faunas. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 169: i-x, 1-287, 10 pls., 80 figs. in text, 62 tbls. 1948. The Eocene of the San Juan Basin, New Mexico. Amer. Jour. Sci., 246: 257-282, 363-385, 5 figs. in text. University of Kansas, Museum of Natural History, Lawrence, Kansas. Transmitted July 1, 1950. of ny a, (OL . Ay hh ee re | | ? re i i, ee i i Aine ena ‘ psi ghana? ani Je i e Teri Me Laks simdiele eioe) Huyjilanyerhae! ane | iat x hair parm ital eT ee oa erat iA A a Ee one Pan ea yy baer ag eet Hii be 5 Ws ane at STN ‘! Ao A tte") ines TD) oe ae ch and Pana | WA dita? tai ee? BA Ge ch Le ARIUS) eA peered oe BAT Lie et BAe UW i ti iY AAA pie eee PAL ii Role aw 1 oe ae ta sie ty at Ae yee ia Fee “eS : ii Hedy Byul ethhoiy 49. 4 fi Rite | oil fi Gael dali mi) aa itea™ § ei el ! har WAN wy (Ae 1Pab sive an | is ey 4 ay vie he |) ea a oo VEEP ireiha Gae qh f ee kee ( » Air hh ee i a om ‘ as Mi h ‘ al Aire \ ang ~ Ja ce peep a ve > ~ j pre. He PR ‘9 ot Mad J LA had by ‘4 i | I nm? ah | om ; Ss or" a hae 23-4458 ' . aby | fe a 77 : ? iT, dies ; ‘a ria, ; i Mee. é s-4 @ eH it ct wel iy j 42 Ws b+} | wT ave ake ti i - a reve WY) © te wr. A 7 - bi us | aa ' ih OP Hy my OL? al pit A ie r a A , ; ; ie . we a . ot em be ofa Ned i MF pans! dl dite | { Annee m1) vc ~ Hey &2 Cali hi Lyle ig uy i MilePOal 6) ay) ay ae | Uigae ay Jie my’ equi nied: fan te soa amit yet iin Pedi Asi ah a4 ee mei rb ¢ My ‘ Bae yh ak eee ad iy iy ; baat! se Os ee hak hot P loan alt Ne oe 7 a i) na ‘cs ine | i _ ; 7 { A ) , i i ay i ij ' ria Oi 7 | Wai eit ai Mihgeiey TwBiains oo | + i Vane » Op AhD Digs teu | Pivl dime OW Two New Moles (Genus Scalopus) from Mexico and Texas BY ROLLIN H. BAKER University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 2, pp. 17-24 February 28, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 University OF Kansas PUBLICATIONS, MusEuM oF NaTuRAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, Edward H. Taylor, A. Byron Leonard, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 2, pp. 17-24 February 28, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 New MOo.Les FROM MEXICO AND TEXAS 19 Two New Moles (Genus Scalopus ) from Mexico and Texas BY ROLLIN H. BAKER In the spring of 1950, a field party from the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History including J. R. Alcorn, W. J. Schaldach, Jr., George Newton, and the author collected mammals in the Mexican state of Coahuila. A few days were spent in the Sierra del Carmen. One morning when examining sets for pocket gophers in these mountains, Alcorn found a mole caught in one of the traps. Subsequent examination discloses that this specimen belongs to a heretofore unknown species which may be named and described as follows: Scalopus montanus new species Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull plus body skeleton; no. 35668, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; Club Sierra del Carmen, 2 mi. N and 6 mi. W Piedra Blanca, Coahuila, Mexico; 7 April 1950; obtained by J. R. Alcorn, original no. 11098. Range.—Known only from the type locality; probably found in other localities in the Sierra del Carmen of northern Coahuila, Mexico. Diagnosis.—Size medium and slender for the genus (see measurements); tail medium in length, sparsely covered with whitish hairs; claws of forefeet slender; upper parts near (h) Buffy Brown (capitalized color terms after Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912), with slight rufous wash on top of head; underparts resemble upper parts but slightly paler with longitudinal band of near (14) Sudan Brown extending from chin posteriorly to and around base of tail, less intense on breast; skull small, arched, and relatively slender especially across mastoidal region; posterior part of cranium depressed; foramen magnum low when viewed from rear; ex- ternal pterygoid region not greatly expanded; teeth small, especially upper third molar. Comparison.—From Scalopus aquaticus, of which ten subspecies have been seen including those of significant geographic position, S. montanus differs in: Skull slenderer, less angular and relatively narrower across mastoidal region; cranium arched with hind part flattened; external pterygoid region less ex- panded; teeth relatively small, especially last upper molar. From S. inflatus, known to me from Jackson’s description (N. Amer. Fauna, 38:53-54, pls. 2, 3, September 30, 1915), S. montanus differs in: Skull less angular and slenderer, prelachrymal region not inflated; zygomata slenderer. Remarks.—S. montanus is known from a single specimen, which represents the second known occurrence of the genus Scalopus in 20 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Mexico. The other occurrence is that of S. inflatus in the state of Tamaulipas. S. montanus is geographically isolated in mountainous country from other species of Scalopus. Ten of the recognized sub- species of S. aquaticus were available for examination and descrip- tions of others were studied. It was found that the number and magnitude of the differences separating any one of these subspecies from an adjoining one was less than those separating S. montanus from S. a. texanus and S. a. intermedius, which are, geographically, closest to S. montanus. S. montanus seems not to be closely related to S. inflatus of Tamaulipas. S. montanus is given specific rank because of the great degree of difference between it and its nearest relatives, and because of its geographically isolated position. The specimen of S. montanus was taken in a tunnel found by dig- ging away a mound thought to be that of the pocket gopher, Thomomys sturgisi. A trap set in one direction in the tunnel caught the mole; a trap set in the other direction in the tunnel was later covered with soil, evidently by a gopher. After the capture a thorough inspection of the area revealed no “raised” tunnels, typical of Scalopus. A series of Thomomys was taken in this area in sets placed in tunnels found under similar mounds. This locality was near the headquarters of the Club Sierra del Carmen in a parklike stand of oak timber in a cafion, at an elevation of 4950 ft. as recorded by our altimeter. The plant association was judged to be characteristic of the Upper Sonoran Life-zone, not far below the be- ginning of the Transition Life-zone. The area was heavily grazed by goats, hogs and horses and had little grass or other ground cover under the trees. The soil in this cafion was not deep and consisted of a rocky, marly mixture, pale red in color, evidently produced by weathering of the reddish volcanic rocks bordering the cajion. The Sierra del Carmen is a high, igneous range, surrounded for the most part by Lower Sonoran plains and desert. Zoologically, these mountains are poorly known. Few collectors have been in the area; most of these have been afforded accommodations through the Club Sierra del Carmen (Carmen Mountain Hunting Club), the members of which have been especially interested in assisting naturalists. Several kinds of mammals are known only from this “biological island” including the pocket gopher mentioned above and the shrew, Sorex milleri. The finding of a mole in the higher elevations of this range suggests that moles may occur in other mountainous areas of Mexico. New Mo tes FROM MExICO AND TEXAS wal Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas Uni- versity Endowment Association. Measurements.—The adult, male holotype measures as follows: Total length, 150; tail vertebrae, 27; hind foot, 20; greatest length (of skull), 32.2; palatilar length, 13.8; mastoidal breadth, 16.2; interorbital breadth, 7.0; maxillary tooth-row, 11.3; greatest depth of skull including auditory bullae, 9.4; weight, 38.6 grams. Specimen examined.—One, from the type locality. In studying Scalopus aquaticus texanus, I noted that Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:221, April 29, 1891) based the original de- scription on a single, unsexed specimen taken in Presidio County, Texas, by Wm. Lloyd in September, 1887. Later, Allen wrote (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:200, August 18, 1893) that a series of moles from Rockport, Aransas County, Texas, agreed essentially with the type. True (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 19:22, December 21, 1896) believed that the type was actually from Aransas County rather than Presidio County. This belief was shared by later workers. In checking the literature, I find that the collector of the type, Wm. Lloyd, who was obtaining specimens for George B. Sennett at the time, took other mammals in September as well as in October of 1887 in Presidio County (see Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:221, 223, 224, April 29, 1891) and birds there in June of 1887 (see Sennett, Auk, 5:43, January, 1858). I can find no evidence that Lloyd collected in or near Aransas County in 1887 and see no reason for doubting that the locality, Presidio County, as written on the original label of the type of S. a. texanus is correct. Mr. M. J. Carroll of the Texas State Historical Association advises me that in 1887, Presidio County was reduced to its present size by the creation of Brewster and Jeff Davis counties. Lloyd might have taken the mole in any one of these three Trans-Pecos counties. Even so, these counties are widely separated geographically from the range of other moles designated as S. a. texanus (see Davis, Amer. Midl. Nat., 27:386, March, 1942). The taking of S. montanus in the Sierra del Carmen immediately south of Trans-Pecos Texas leads me to think that Lloyd’s mole might have been taken in a mountainous region within one of the three counties mentioned above. A description of Scalopus aquaticus texanus Allen follows: Scalopus aquaticus texanus Allen Scalops argentatus texanus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:221, April 29, 1891. Type.—Sex unknown, adult, skin no. 3488, skull no. 2740, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; Presidio County, Texas; September, 1887, obtained by Wm. Lloyd. 22, UnrIversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Range.—Limits of range in Trans-Pecos Texas unknown. Diagnosis.—Size small; rostrum heavy and broad; lower jaws heavy; palatine space wide with upper tooth-rows arched laterally; teeth large, especially fourth premolar and molars. Comparison—From adults of comparable age from Rockport, Aransas County, Texas, S. a. texanus differs in: Rostrum broader and heavier; lower jaws heavier; palatine space wider, with upper tooth-rows more arched laterally; individual teeth in both jaws larger, especially fourth premolar and molars. From S. a. intermedius, which is geographically nearest to the northeast (adult specimens from Meade, Clark and Barber counties, Kansas, and Dewey County, Oklahoma), S. a. texanus differs in: Size smaller; rostrum less massive and shorter; tooth-row shorter. Remarks.—The type has been previously examined by True (op. cit. :44). The skin is faded and of little taxonomic worth. The anterior part of the skull is present along with both upper tooth-rows and most of the lower jaws. The teeth are well worn, indicative of old adulthood. In size, S. a. texanus appears closest to moles from southern Texas (Rockport) which previously were assigned to the subspecies Scalopus aquaticus texanus. The tooth-rows are of the same length, but the individual teeth of S. a. texanus are significantly larger. The moles in southern Texas previously ascribed to Scalopus aquaticus texanus seem to be without a name and may be known as follows: Scalopus aquaticus alleni new subspecies Scalops texanus, Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:200, August 18, 893. Scalops aquaticus texanus True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 19:21, Decem- ber 21, 1896. Scalopus aquaticus texanus Jackson, N. Amer. Fauna, 38:50, Septem- ber 30, 1915; Miller, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 128:15, April 29, 1924; Davis, Amer. Midl. Nat., 27:386, March, 1942. Type.—Male, adult, skin no. 7189, skull no. 5788, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; Rockport, Aransas County, Texas; 29 January 1893; obtained by H. P. Attwater. Range.—Southern Texas, north to Bexar County and east to Refugio County (see Davis, loc. cit.). Diagnosis.—Size small; according to Davis (loc. cit.), “ . . . length of hind foot seldom more than 19 mm.; total length seldom more than 140 mm. Skull small and flat, seldom exceeding 33mm. in occipitonasal length and seldom equalling 10 mm. in depth; maxillary breadth usually less than 10 mm.; alveolar length of maxillary tooth row seldom more than 10.5 mm.” Comparison.—From S. a. cryptus, geographically adjacent to the east, S. a. alleni differs in: Size smaller; color paler; skull smaller and flatter. From S. a. intermedius, geographically adjacent to the north, S. a. alleni differs in: Size smaller; skull smaller and flatter with shorter tooth-row (see Davis, op cit.: 384, 385). For comparison with S. a. texanus, see account of that subspecies. NEw MOLgEs FROM MEXICO AND TEXAS 93 Remarks.—This mole is named in honor of Dr. J. A. Allen in recognition for his work on Texas mammals. Grateful acknowledg- ment is made to those in charge of the collection of Recent mammals in the American Museum of Natural History for permitting me to examine the moles from Aransas County and the type specimen of Scalops argentatus texanus Allen. Transmitted January 15, 1951. O 23-6626 . j ay > bi = 5 a Ss re a! AM Ses fe ; | «5! Wa Dives owes Hendra) LCR 0) te : : f ; i we a “may eal tk inka AO Tun ae te "hy bated dna: Tie Apu ined my os mean fib ue s aesatie y ery, a vi vy iy iiss wit ie Pan ual ay 2 ery Paice.) if Nghethaae hema) ki a@ (omnis re) nae be if ugh ehrit Deny ic (tee out a : P Saad capi) sae ¢ si 01s CIO Fe * ; ‘oo “< sv \ ee io C* rae ‘Pi ‘ped f a ee Par) Geb : Ta , “win k ; a, i ' 6 eee a" iP we Sty , : wi oe ye engi P hin, \$ i Sui 7 ve y 7 Vi ei ahd Ae i i : T a) sey © a A rnb @ @. a ee a 4 : 1; Na eo ¢¢ 16 : al) : | Mew Wee fe : ‘fad . ; F Mya D ne a iain cilti. ane DA sage vie eaves 7 9 peu RY) Py ; i hat ae) ly Mi 1. Fr yee bo & my ye Py He, sri? bu @ “itu an aT hy . ey $ WAIT on 7a) “ : a hats a Ime Mipeieaaings Vy eee Te PRC ee . a i 4a) dl ae ae jd hee Ca oe ee sali wPrsyi. he sean ae yee a) re ee ee ee ee Pare) og tt hae eh betel pla tele Breatal No ails a a sacl eer hs Jip pane Mahe a & ee Bak ‘ whee es te aM peli IR 1, Nid wig Oe Pegi me ae Any, paae " nee il parece oe ey ee | ia it PP RO Pe ce) eR = 74 wip Two New Pocket Gophers from Wyoming and Colorado BY E. RAYMOND HALL and H. GORDON MONTAGUE University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 3, pp. 25-32 February 28, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM oF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, Edward H. Taylor, A. Byron Leonard, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 3, pp. 25-32 February 28, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 23-6627 NEw GopHERS FROM WYOMING AND COLORADO oF Two New Pocket Gophers from Wyoming and Colorado BY E. RAYMOND HALL AND H. GORDON MONTAGUE In the academic year of 1947-48 Montague studied the geo- graphic variation in Thomomys talpoides of Wyoming. His study was based upon materials then in the University of Kansas Mu- seum of Natural History. Publication of the results was purposely delayed until previously reported specimens from certain adjacent areas, especially in Colorado, could be examined. In the autumn of 1950 one of us, Hall, was able to examine the specimens from Colorado; also, the specimens from Wyoming accumulated in the past two seasons of field work in Wyoming were examined by Hall. A result of these studies is the recognition of two heretofore unnamed subspecies of the northern pocket gopher in southeastern Wyoming. Grateful acknowledgment is made of the opportunity to study the Coloradon specimens in the Biological Surveys Collection of the United States National Museum, and of the financial assistance from the Kansas University Endowment Association which per- mitted the field work in Wyoming. Descriptions and names for the two new subspecies are given below: Thomomys talpoides rostralis new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, no. 17096 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from 1 mi. E Laramie, 7164 ft., Albany County, Wyoming; obtained on July 16, 1945, by C. Howard Westman; original no. 320. Range.—Southern Wyoming and south in the mountains of Colorado to the Arkansas River but not including the Colorado River drainage except in Grand County and part of Routt County. Diagnosis—Size medium (see measurements); upper parts ranging from between Cinnamon-Rufous and Hazel (capitalized terms are of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912) in the eastern part of the range to between Argus Brown and Brussels Brown in the western part of the range; sides Cinnamon-Rufous; throat whitish; remainder of under- parts whitish, in many specimens tipped with Ochraceous-Buff; feet and tail whitish; rostrum long; nasals ordinarily truncate posteriorly; temporal ridges nearly parallel; interpterygoid space broadly V-shaped. 28 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. Comparisons—From Thomomys talpoides clusius (topotypes), T. t. ros- tralis differs in: Body longer; color more reddish (lighter with less brownish and more ochraceous); rostrum both longer and broader, actually and also in relation to length of the skull; skull broader interorbitally; upper molariform tooth-row longer; tympanic bullae less inflated. For comparison with T. t. at- tenuatus to the east, see the account of that subspecies. From Thomomys talpoides macrotis (topotypes) to the southeast, T. t. ros- tralis differs in: Body shorter; upper parts slightly more ochraceous and less grayish; skull averaging smaller in all measurements except that interorbital region is broader and rostrum and upper molariform tooth-row are longer; nasals truncate versus emarginate, and consistently shorter; basilar length consistently less in specimens of equal age; mastoidal breadth less in 16 of 17 specimens of rostralis; temporal ridges parallel instead of divergent posteriorly; exposed parts of upper incisors shorter; tympanic bullae more angular antero- laterally. From Thomomys talpoides fossor (specimens from Rico, Silverton, Hermit and Pagosa Springs, all in Colorado), the subspecies to the southward, T. t. ros- tralis differs in: Longer body; lighter color of upper parts; nasals truncate rather than rounded posteriorly; temporal ridges more nearly parallel (less di- vergent posteriorly); rostrum longer (averaging longer and broader); skull wider across zygomatic arches in 11 of 12 specimens of rostralis. Remarks.—Geographic variation is evident in the material ex- amined. In the initial study, one of us, Montague, separated the material from the Medicine Bow Range in Wyoming as a sub- species different from that at Laramie and the adjoining mountains to the eastward because of the darker color of the western animals and the smaller size of males. Acquisition of more material from still farther west (Sierra Madre) in Wyoming and the examination of material in the United States Biological Surveys Collection from Colorado discloses that there is a cline of increasing intensity of color from the geographic range of T. t. cheyennensis at Pine Bluffs, Wyoming, westward to the eastern side of the Sierra Madre at a locality three miles east and five miles north of Savery, Wyoming. A further deterrant to setting apart the animals of the Medicine Bow Mountains as a separate subspecies is the large size of males from the North Platte River Valley southeast of Saratoga. The males from the valley of the North Platte are intermediate in size between those from the Medicine Bow Mountains and those from the Laramie River Valley. Females from the same places are avail- able in longer series and show less variation. If there is a difference in size in the females, those from the mountains are larger than those from lower elevations on either side. The examination that one of us, Hall, has made of the related ma- terials from Colorado reveals, as we supposed would be the case, New GOPHERS FROM WYOMING AND COLORADO 29 that a large area formerly assigned to the geographic range of Thomomys talpoides fossor is to be assigned to the geographic range of the newly named Thomomys talpoides rostralis. It should be added that, at this writing, the lack of ideally complete material from southwestern Colorado leaves some doubt as to the range of variation properly to be included within the geographic range of T. t. fossor. Consequently, study of a larger number of specimens from more localities in Colorado may show that the boundary be- tween the geographic ranges of T. t. fossor and T. t. rostralis should be shifted from where we have tentatively placed it. Specimens examined.—Total number, 168. Unless otherwise indicated, those from Colorado are in the United States National Museum, Biological Surveys Collection, and those from Wyoming are in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. Colorado. Routt Co.: Hahns Peak, 2; Hayden, 1. Jackson Co.: Pearle, North Park, 9000 ft., 2; Canadian Creek, North Park, 6; 5 mi. E Canadian Creek, 1; Rabbit Ear Mts., Arapaho Pass, 5. Larimer Co.: Elkhorn, 7000 ft., 1; Estes Park, 7. Grand Co.: Coulter, 4. Boulder Co.: Longs Peak, 3; Gold Hill (the skin only; skull does not belong), 1; 3 mi. S Ward, 9000 ft., 10 (K. U.); 5 mi. W Boulder, 7. Gilpin Co.: Blackhawk (U.S.N.M.), 2. Jefferson Co.: Golden, 1; Golden foothills, 7300 ft., 1. Park Co.: Como, South Park, 9800 ft., 1. El Paso Co.: Cascade, 1 (too young for certain sub- specific identification ). Wyoming. Carbon County: 13 mi. E and 6 mi. S Saratoga, 8500 ft., 1; 14 mi. E and 6 mi. S Saratoga, 8800 ft., 1; 7 mi. S and 11 mi. E Saratoga, 5; 8 mi. S and 6 mi. E Saratoga, 10; 10 mi. N and 14 mi. E Encampment, 8000 ft., 2: 10 mi. N and 16 mi. E Encampment, 8000 ft., 1; 8 mi. N and 16 mi. E Encampment, 8400 ft., 10. Albany Co.: 2% mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10300 ft., 7; 3 mi. ESE Browns Peak 10000 ft., 5; 2 mi. S Browns Peak, 10600 ft., 7; 3 mi. S Browns Peak, 1; 2 mi. E and % mi. S Medicine Bow Peak, 10800 ft., 2; 5 mi. N Laramie, 7200 ft., 1; 1 mi. E Laramie, 7164 ft., 18; Laramie Mts., 10 mi. EH) Laramie (8500 ft., 2; 9000 ft., 1),.3 (U.S. B.S.); 5% mi, ESE Laramie, 8500 ft., 4; 8 mi. E and 4 mi. S Laramie, 8600 ft., 5; 8 mi. E and 6 mi. S Laramie, 8500 ft., 1; 15 mi. SE Laramie, Pole Mtn., 8200 ft., 3 (U.S. B.S.); 1 mi. SSE Pole Mtn., (8250 ft., 4; 8350 ft., 6), 10; 1 mi. S Pole Min., 8350 ft., 2; 2 mi. SW Pole Mtn., 8300 ft., 6; 2% mi. S Pole Mtn., 8340 ft., 1; 8 mi. S Pole Mtn., 1; Woods P. O., 2 (U.S.N.M.); Fort Russell, 1 (U.S. N. M.); Sherman, 2 (U.S. N.M.). Additional records—Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:101, 112, November 15, 1915) has recorded the following specimens, which on geographic grounds, would presumably be referable to Thomomys talpoides rostralis. CoLoRAvO: Estes Park (referred by Bailey, p. 101, to T. t. clusius), 1; Colorado City, 1; Colorado Springs, 2% mi. N, 6000 ft., 1; Colorado Springs, east of Palmer Park, 1; Montgomery, 3; Nederland, 4; Teller County Divide, 1. These speci- mens have not been examined by us. Thomomys talpoides attenuatus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, no. 15095 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from 3% mi. W Horse Creek Post Office, 7000 ft., Laramie County, Wyoming; obtained on July 16, 1945, by Henry W. Setzer; original no. 629. Range.—Southeastern Wyoming from Niobrara County south into Weld County, Colorado. 30 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Diagnosis.—Size small; color pale (whitish); skull smooth and, relative to its length, slender; rostrum relatively long; nasals truncate posteriorly; middle parts of zygomatic arches straight; temporal ridges low and more widely separated in middle extent than at anterior or posterior ends; tympanic bullae rounded and moderately inflated; interpterygoid space V-shaped. Comparisons —From Thomomys talpoides bullatus (topotypes) to the north- ward, T. t. attenuatus differs in smaller size, lighter (less brownish, more whitish) color, smaller and slenderer skull. In detail, some cranial features diagnostic of attenuatus, when compared with bullatus, are: Anterolateral angle of zygoma less nearly a right angle; temporal ridges bowed outward at middle, instead of straight, and farther apart posteriorly than anteriorly in- stead of nearly parallel; sides of basioccipital nearly straight instead of concave. From Thomomys talpoides cheyennensis (holotype and Wyoming specimens from: Pine Bluff; 1 mi. W Pine Bluffs, 5000 ft.; 12 mi. N and % mi. W Pine Bluffs) to the eastward, T. t. attenuatus differs in smaller size throughout and more slender skull. The two subspecies are indistinguishable in color. From Thomomys talpoides macrotis (topotypes) to the southward, T. t. at- tenuatus differs in smaller size, slightly lighter (less brownish and more whitish ) color, smaller and slenderer skull. From Thomomys talpoides rostralis (specimens from the type locality) to the westward, T. t. attenuatus differs in smaller size; lighter (grayer, less brownish) color, smaller and less angular skull. From Thomomys talpoides clusius (topotypes) to the northwestward, T. t. attenuatus differs in shorter body, slightly grayer color, less width across mas- toid region of skull, smaller tympanic bullae, and more obtuse anterolateral angle on zygoma. Remarks.—This subspecies is of smaller size than any of the geo- graphically adjoining subspecies. Intergradation with T. t. chey- ennensis is shown by specimens from two miles south and nine and one-half miles east of Cheyenne, Wyoming. Intergradation with T. t. bullatus or T. t. clusius or both is suggested by the larger size of the specimen from five miles southwest of Wheatland, Wyoming. Although large, this skull has the slender proportions of attenuatus to which the specimen is tentatively referred. Although the speci- mens from Avalo, Colorado, are typical attenuatus, the specimen from Pawnee Buttes, Colorado, is somewhat larger than typical attenuatus and suggests intergradation with the subspecies to the southward, for example, at Flagler, Colorado. Specimens examined.—Total number, 44, and unless otherwise indicated in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. Wyoming. Niobrara County: 10 mi. N Hatcreek Post Office, 5300 ft., 1. Platte Co.: 5 mi. SW Wheatland, 1 (U.S.B.S.). Goshen Co.: Little Bear Creek, 20 mi. SE Chugwater, 1 (U.S.B.S.). Laramie Co.: 5 mi. W and 1 mi. N Horse Creek P. O., 7200 ft., 1; 3% mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 7000 ft., 6; 21 mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 6600 ft., 1; 2 mi. W Horse Creek P. O.,6600 ft., 2; Horse Creek 6500 ft., 1; 3 mi. E Horse Creek P. O., 6400 ft., 5; 6 mi. W Islay, 2 (U.S.B.S.); 2 mi. S and % mi. E Pine Bluffs, 5200 ft., 1; 7 mi. W NEw GopHERS FROM WYOMING AND COLORADO 81 Cheyenne, 6500 ft., 1; Cheyenne, 7 (U.S.N.M.); 1 mi. S and 4% mi. E ene 5200 ft., 1; 2 mi. S and 9% mi. E Cheyenne, 5200 ft., 3; Arcola, 5200 Colorado. Weld Co.: Pawnee Buttes, 5300 ft., 1 (U.S.B.S.). Logan Co.: Chimney Canyon, 10 mi. NE Avalo, 5100 ft., 5 (U.S. B.S.). Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Transmitted January 15, 1951. 32 UNIvErRSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. TABLE 1. MEASUREMENTS, IN MILLIMETERS, OF Two SUBSPECIES OF THOMOMYS TALPOIDES. 3 e Ss _ r) nl 2 bb ° 3 i 5 ou D ee = ee ee = he = q a q Qq 2 a S) L es Bion = $ 3 & = See as s ie ees Sze Eas lau 8 2819 43 ase a Sy 7) — 3) nS - =) a 4 os Baa # rs 8 & 4 > ae) ne 8 g g oF O a = a 4 Q S 4 = 4 x i T. t. rostralis, from type locality 17092 co 220 56 =—-.28 S3n2) eon) 64) 19Po oe baa La Dione 17095 ot 228 68 30 Sonn eee 6:5 18.8 15.0 | 7-47 “ies 17091 o 212 SOM Eat 33.0) 22.8 6:5 18:7 14.2 (825 S1032R ee Average o& 220 60. 28.3 33.2 23.2 6.5) 19:0 14:9 8,0) 12g 9 av. Q 214 56 27.1 31:6 22.4 6.5 18.5 14.4 7.8. 6:3 min. ) 198 45 25 30/0 20:7 G.2) Wet S32)" 754) bee max. 9 230 72 28.5 33.5 23:3 7:0 19.8 14:9 8/1) Diee eee T. t. attenuatus, from type locality 15095 oc 202 61 26 80.1. 21.2 6.6 18.2 13.6 7.3. J63iee 15094 (of 189 56 =. 24 29-7 $20.1 (5:7 17.2 12-4 “72! SaaS eG from 2% mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 6600 ft. 15100 co, AL96 58 27 30.2 21.7 6:1 38.4 14.5) ‘Goo 16S 3 av. fot 196 58. 25.7 30.0 21.0. 6.1. 17.9. 13:5 (2c 9.333 from type locality 1 5 15096 2 203 59 26 BOLO wate ae © AGE 15098 9? 192 69 26 28.0 19.8, 6 Horse Creek, 6500 ft. 15103 2 181 58 25 29.6 19.5 5.9 16.3 138.0 .6:9 J5e2) 00g 3 mi. E Horse Creek P. O., 6400 ft. 18.0), 144. a: 17.2 12.0. G. 15107 Q 190 sb Pf 30.5 20.5 6.0 17.9 Ue ey Ver(xs 16.4 6.8 15106 2 192 55 26 30.8 21.5 6.5 18.2 P)7/ 76 15.5 7.0 5 av. Q 192 59 26 29.9 20.3 6.0 17.5 eet! Woe 15.6 7.08 , ’ 23-6627 ’ ——— Mammals Obtained by Dr. Curt von Wedel from the Barrier Beach of Tamaulipas, Mexico BY E. RAYMOND HALL Marine Bidlaninn a varine Biological Laboratory LIBR oe & MAR 11 1952 WOODS HOLE, mass, University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 4, pp. 33-47, 1 figure in text October 1, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANsAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 4, pp. 33-47, 1 figure in text October 1, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 —<—- 23-7414 Mammals Obtained by Dr. Curt von Wedel from the Barrier Beach of Tamaulipas, Mexico BY E. RAYMOND HALL HAT species of mammals occur on the “coastal island”, barrier beach, of Tamaulipas? Are the closest relatives of these mam- mals on Padre and Mustang islands of Texas, instead of on the mainland of Tamaulipas, or are the mammals on the barrier beach distinct from all others? These were questions that Dr. von Wedel of Oklahoma City and I asked ourselves in March of 1950 when we were in southern Texas. With the aim in mind of answering these questions, Dr. von Wedel arranged round-trip transportation, by air, for the two of us between Brownsville, Texas, and Boca Jesis Maria. The latter place is a “pass”, tidal inlet, through the long barrier beach. The waters of the Gulf of Mexico and of the lagoon behind the beach flow back and forth with the changing tides through the inlet. We arrived at Boca Jestis Maria on March 18, 1950, and left on March 22, 1950. Our headquarters there were in one of the four one-story buildings immediately north of the inlet. This place is approximately 89% miles south, and 10 miles west, of Matamoros, Mexico. Most of our collecting was done on the sand dunes one and one-half miles north of the buildings but on the evening of March 20 we made a round-trip, by boat of course, to the sand dunes on the south side of the inlet to set traps; these traps, and the Dipodomys that were caught in them, were picked up the following morning. At the time of our visit, the part of the barrier beach south of the tidal inlet was connected with the mainland. The connection was far to the southward, according to our pilot, Mr. Kagy of Browns- ville, and also according to the testimony of the Mexicans at the fishing camp where we stayed on the north side of the inlet. The barrier beach which lay to the north of the inlet extended sixty-odd miles northward to the delta of the Rio Grande and had, we were told, eight “passes,” including Paso Jesus Maria. At the time of our visit, however, only three of these tidal inlets were open, it was said; the five others were thought to be filled in with sand, which (35) UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 36 / xe ROPHITIC o RRR NC ous SWRA JYQVW VYNNSV1I ke WwW ad = | —585—> 45 10' 50' 50' 40' Imm. = 3.4 ft. 50' SCALE: physiographic features of the barrier beach of Tamau- ng down, as from an airplane, on the beach. Bottom gram of Hie: Dia Top view looki lipas. view is profile. MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 37 permitted terrestrial animals to move from one part of the beach to another. Dr. von Wedel and I saw two tidal inlets that were open when we were being flown back to Brownsville. The long, low, sandy island, technically a barrier beach, irrespec- tive of tide varied in width from a quarter of a mile to as much as a mile and was separated from the mainland by the Laguna Madre, which was four miles wide opposite our trapping station. To the northward the width of the lagoon gradually increased until, at a place thirty miles north of our trapping station, the lagoon was almost 20 miles wide. The island was perhaps four feet above high tide. Superimposed on this, in places, there were sand dunes, technically barchans, so arranged that the end of one touched the end of the next. The tops of some were as much as 20 feet above high tides and the chain of these connected-dunes on which we trapped was approximately a mile long. Incipient tidal inlets were frequent; they were where storm-driven waves of high tides had broken across the island be- tween the adjacent ends of two dunes. The windward side of a dune was toward the Gulf and the slope of that side was gentler than that on the leeward side. According to the cycle described by Davis (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, 22:303-332, 1896 ) and recently figured on page 364 by Lobeck (Geomorphology, 1st ed., xii -+ 731 pp., 1939, McGraw Hill Book Co., Inc., New York) the barrier beach concerned was in the early part of the “Middle Youth Stage”. Typically, on the center of the area in the lee of a dune there was a patch of plum brush, almost five feet tall and so dense that a per- son could not penetrate it. A belt of grass, 20 to 100 feet wide, surrounded the plum brush. The grass was approximately 20 inches high. Outside the area of grass, there were widely-spaced xero- phitic shrubs which grew also on the dunes. The diagram (fig. 1) shows these prominent features as a person might see them if he looked directly down from an airplane. We obtained specimens of the spotted ground squirrel (Citellus spilosoma), Ord kangaroo rat (Dipodomys ordii), hispid cotton rat (Sigmodon hispidus) and black-tailed jack rabbit (Lepus californi- cus). Tracks and other sign of the coyote (Canis latrans) were seen. So far as we could ascertain, by our own investigations and from our Mexican hosts at the fishing camp, no other kinds of native mammals lived on the island. The ground squirrel and kangaroo rat were found by us on only the sandy areas where there were Q 38 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. xerophitic shrubs. The cotton rat was found only in the grass. The jack rabbit and coyote ranged over the whole of the island excepting the areas of plum brush in which we saw no sign of any mammal. To answer the second of our initial questions: The affinities of the mammals of the barrier beach of Tamaulipas are approximately equally divided between those of the mainland and those of Padre Island. The ground squirrel is indistinguishable from the subspecies which occurs both on the mainland and Padre Island to the north- ward; the other three kinds of mammals of which we obtained specimens prove to be subspecifically distinct from any previously named kinds and seem to be confined to the off-shore beach. Ac- counts of these four mammals and of a previously unnamed sub- species of kangaroo rat on Mustang Island, Texas, follow. Citellus spilosoma annectens (Merriam) Spotted Ground Squirrel 1893. Spermophilus spilosoma annectens Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 8:132, December 28, type from “The Tanks,” 12 mi. from Point Isabel, Padre Island, Texas. 1904. [Citellus spilosoma] annectens, Trouessart, Catalogus Mammalium p. 340. Thirteen specimens (Nos. 35441-35453) were collected. All are from the north side of the tidal inlet. Although the ground squirrels were easily trapped, it was difficult to obtain a perfect skin because the gulls (Larus sp.) pulled the skin off of the distal part of the tail as soon as a squirrel was secured in a trap. The specimens seem not to differ from Texan specimens from the type locality and Mustang Island. Dipodomys ordii parvabullatus new subspecies Ord Kangaroo Rat Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 35454, Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas, from island, 88 miles south and 10 miles west of Matamoros, Tamaulipas, Mexico; obtained 19 March 1950 by E. R. Hall and Curt von Wedel; original No. 6778 E. R. Hall. Range.—Islands along coast of Tamaulipas, Mexico. Diagnosis.—Size small (see measurements). Color pale; entire dorsal sur- face Light Ochraceous-Buff (Capitalized color terms according to Ridgway: Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912), purest on sides and flanks, upper parts lightly suffused with black; cheeks white; plantar surfaces of hind feet, dorsal and ventral stripe of tail, and anterior face of ear brownish. Skull small; auditory bullae smaller (actually and relative to remainder of skull) than in any other known kind of Dipodomys, excepting the one from Mustang Island, Texas (named beyond) in which the breadth is approximately the same; rostrum and interorbital region narrow. MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 89 Comparisons—From Dipodomys ordii sennetti (Allen), of the mainland of Texas, D. o. parvabullatus differs in: Color paler on pigmented areas; white areas more extensive; skull smaller, in all parts measured, except the nasals which are slightly longer. From Dipodomys ordii compactus of Padre Island, Texas, D. 0. parvabul- latus differs in: Tail and hind foot shorter; skull smaller in all parts measured, especially so in breadth across maxillary processes of zygomatic arches. Remarks.—D. o. parvabullatus resembles D. o. sennetti in external proportions and D. 0. compactus in cranial proportions. No difference was detected between specimens from the two sides of the tidal inlet 89 miles south of Matamoros. Only one of the 14 specimens is of the light color phase (upper parts Cartridge Buff). This pale specimen is from the north side of the inlet. The brownish stripe on the ventral side of the tail is absent on the distal two-fifths of the tail and the specimens are uniform in this respect. On the occlusal surfaces of the cheek-teeth, the enamel surrounding the dentine is incomplete on both the lingual and labial sides of the teeth of five individuals and is incomplete on the labial side of some of the teeth of a sixth specimen. In the snap traps, all of which were baited with rolled oats, more than twice as many land crabs as kangaroo rats were taken. Judg- ing from tracks in the sand, land crabs greatly outnumbered kanga- roo rats. The parietal bones in two of the 13 skulls are much eroded by some parasite (seemingly nematode worms) and in one of these two specimens the roof of the left tympanic cavity is perforated. As regards life-zones, the occurrence of Dipodomys ordii in the lower part of the Lower Sonoran Life-zone on the off-shore beach 88 and 90 miles south of Matamoros is low zonally and perhaps is at or near the zonal margin of the range of the species. The crabs and worms conceivably are two of the environmental features in- hospitable to the rats. Specimens examined.—Total, 14, all from Tamaulipas, Mexico, as follows: 88 mi. S and 10 mi. W Matamoros, 7; 90 mi. S and 10 mi. W Matamoros, 7. When Setzer ( Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:473-573, De- cember 27, 1949) reviewed the subspecies of Dipodomys ordii he lacked specimens of Dipodomys ordii compactus from the type lo- cality or from anywhere else on Padre Island. He used as repre- sentative of D. 0. compactus specimens from Mustang Island, Texas, the island next northeast of Padre Island. Through the courtesy of Mr. Stanley P. Young, Dr. Hartley H. T. Jackson and Miss Viola S. 40 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Schantz, of the United States Biological Surveys Collection, I have examined topotypes of D. 0. compactus from Padre Island. This examination discloses that the kangaroo rats on Padre Island and Mustang Island are significantly different. Those from Mustang Island may be named and described as follows: MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) OF ADULT MALES OF FOUR SUBSPECIES OF DiropoMys ORDIL ~ wn 8 a 2 oo [S) & » a = oq 5 = PS Pl se} fa! tof} ns Ea ioe) om = ral ~ ——— 7) = na QO a aa! a = ob oo o> 2 3 eI es) ~~ G i) po) 54 iS) =| © op oo ray is <= as (re o a = & a m 2 nO a4 im AD meena Ni etgeom Sa ieie Gute flea ie ae is) i) a ne a 4 4H .o) Oo Q - 4 4 Q D. o. largus, type locality (K. U.) Mieani(9);. 25-24 226, Al7-135e8° 8628). 21-5) 19.2 9 63364 1347 12aG eae Maximum.... 241 128 37 3h.2 2220) 1979 3.7 14. 2 Seomean9 Minimum.... 212 105 35 Sea e20ny Sl Ge toLon loro ele Momma ome D. 0. compactus, type locality (U. 8. N. M.) Mesani(@0)ea5. 230) 126 37.7 36.6) 22-0 2070i sci 140) elem Maximum.... 241 135 40 3728) 2a. Deena AAO 4 Seale dees Minimum.... 208 118 35 Sieg) Hale Ge hkern eh3(0) lel dulas} 285, 1 D. o. parvabullatus, type locality and 2 mi. S of same (K. U.) Meani(7)i ....° 216 111 35+9) 364° 21.7 196" “SiG sis" aioe Maximum... 222 113. 37 36.9 22.1 20:7, 3.8 14.2. 12.5 2555 Minimum.... 210 109 34 30.9 21.3 19.1 3.3. 13\4) MG eee D. o. sennetti, 2 mi. S Riviera, Texas (after Setzer, op. cit. :565) Meani(5)ee- 2) 218 1127 (3528) "3722) 2384) 2050 220) Stor ts eae Maximumees sp e22) 9 115.838 3822) 245), (2050) F423: TATA Se 2246 Minimum.... 208 104 34 3650152050) 19.4. son8 TOR 256u2ons Dipodomys ordii largus new subspecies Ord Kangaroo Rat Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 27234, Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas, from Mustang Island, 14 mi. SW Port Aransas, Aransas County, Texas; obtained 30 June 1948 by W. K. Clark; original No. 543. Range.—Known from Mustang Island only. : Diagnosis.—Size medium (see measurements). Color pale, and as described for D. o. parvabullatus. Skull small; auditory bullae (actually and relative to remainder of skull) smaller than in any other known kind of Dipodomys, ex- cept D. o. parvabullatus in which breadth across bullae is approximately the same; notably narrow across maxillary processes of zygomatic arches. MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 4] Comparisons—From Dipodomys ordii sennetti (J. A. Allen) of the mainland, D. o. largus differs in: Color paler on pigmented areas; white areas more extensive; skull averaging smaller except in basilar length and length of nasals which are approximately the same as in D. o. sennetti. From Dipodomys ordii compactus True of Padre Island, D. o. largus differs in: Body longer; tail shorter; skull nar- rower across tympanic bullae and across maxillary processes of zygomatic arches; nasals shorter. From Dipodomys ordii parvabul- latus of the coastal island south of Padre Island, along the gulf coast of Tamaulipas, D. o. largus differs in: Body and tail longer; basilar length of skull averaging less; breadth across maxillary processes of zygomatic arches greater; premaxillae not extending so far behind nasals. Remarks.—D. o. largus resembles D. 0. compactus in external proportions and D. o. parvabullatus in cranial proportions. The de- gree of difference between D. 0. compactus and D. o. largus is less than between D. 0. compactus and D. o. parvabullatus. To me, the three subspecies mentioned in the preceding sentence are indis- tinguishable in color. Two of the eleven specimens of D. o. largus are of the light color phase (upper parts Cartridge Buff) whereas all but two of the eleven specimens of D. 0. compactus are of the light color phase. Each of the cheek-teeth of the upper jaw of D. o. largus has a com- plete ring of enamel around the dentine of the occlusal surface, as described by Setzer (Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:517, December 27, 1949) for D. 0. compactus. The upper dentitions of ten specimens of D. 0. compactus examined by me in this respect reveal a total of only five teeth (in four individual animals) that have the enamel ring incomplete; one premolar and three molars are incomplete on the lingual side and one molar is inccmplete on the labial side. Two specimens from Bagdad, Tamaulipas, in the delta of the Rio Grande (Nos. 116485 and 11487, U. S. N. M., Biol. Surv. Coll.), are referred to D. 0. compactus on basis of long body and long tail. The specimens, both Light Ochraceous-Buff, are so young that not all of the enamel is worn off the crowns of the cheek-teeth. Speci- mens of D. 0. compactus, D. 0. parvabullatus and D. o sennetti of comparable age are not available, and it, therefore, is impossible to know whether size and shape of the skull in the population at Bag- dad are the same as they are in D. 0. compactus of Padre Island. Specimens examined.—Total, 11, all from Texas. Aransas Count’: Mustang Island, 14 mi. SW Port Aransas. 42 UnIversITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Sigmodon hispidus solus new subspecies Hispid Cotton Rat Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin; No. 35468, Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kan- sas; from island, 88 mi. S and 10 mi. W Matamoros, Tamaulipas, Mexico; 22 March 1950; obtained by E. R. Hall and Curt von Wedel; original No. 6806 E. R. Hall. Range.—Known from the type locality only but probably occurring on most of the chain of islands off the coast of Tamaulipas. Diagnosis.—Small; hind foot short; rostrum broad. Comparison.—From its nearest relative, geographically and mor- phologically, Sigmodon hispidus berlandieri Baird of the adjacent mainland, S. h. solus differs in smaller size, and a rostrum that is broader in relation to the length of the skull. Remarks.—On the last night of our stay on the island, traps set in grass approximately 20 inches high, yielded one pair of Sigmodon. The color is lighter than in the average of specimens from the main- land (for instance those from Victoria and Soto la Marina) but can be matched by selected specimens. In animals of equal age, the hind foot and basilar length are shorter in S. h. solus than in ber- landieri. The broadening of the rostrum, which occurs with ad- vanced age, is attained in solus when the skull is yet short; the maxi- mum breadth of the rostrum in the adults is more, instead of less, than a fourth of the basilar length. Measurements.—The following measurements are of specimens in which the occlusal face of each molar tooth is worn flat. The first measurement is of the holotype followed by the corresponding measurement of a male of T. b. ber- landieri, No. 116466 from Camargo, Tamaulipas, in parentheses. The third measurement is that of the female from the type locality of S. h. solus and it is followed by the corresponding measurement of a female of T. b. berlandieri, No. 116462 from Camargo, Tamaulipas. Total length, 266 (298),—(293); length of tail, 113 (1385),—(187); length of head and body, 153 (163), 155 (156); length of hind foot, 30 (35), 30 (33); basilar length of Hensel, 28.2 (28.9); 27.9 (29.0); zygomatic breadth, 19.5 (—), 19.0 (20.8); mastoidal breadth, 18.9 (14.4), 13.9 (14.8); greatest breadth of rostrum, 7.2 (7.3), 7.8 (7.2); length of nasals, 14.6 (14.1), 13.4 (14.2); crown length of upper molar teeth, 6.8 (6.1), 6.3 (5.9). Specimens examined.—Two from the type locality. Lepus californicus curti new subspecies Black-tailed Jack Rabbit Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 35470, Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from island, 88 miles south and 10 miles west of Matamoros, Tamaulipas, Mexico; obtained 19 March 1950 by E. R. Hall; original No. 6783. Range.—Islands along coast of Tamaulipas, Mexico. Diagnosis.—Color pale; size small; ears short; tympanic bullae small. MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXxIco 43 Comparisons.—From Lepus californicus merriami Mearns (speci- mens from Fort Clark, Brownsville and intermediate localities ), L. c. curti differs in paler color, lesser size except ear that is of al- most same length and except interorbital breadth that is approxi- mately same in the two subspecies; tympanic bullae notably smaller. From Lepus californicus altamirae Nelson, L. c. curti differs in hav- ing the black patch on the nape less definitely divided by a median, longitudinal band of buffy color, and lesser size. Exception is to be made for the ear and tympanic bullae, which are of approximately the same size in the two subspecies. Remarks.—The subspecific part of the name Lepus californicus curti is proposed in honor of Dr. Curt von Wedel who shared the pleasure of collecting on the islands where this handsome hare lives. The specimens of L. c. curti are all females, which, in the genus Lepus, average larger than the males. Comparison of the measure- ments recorded below with those in the account by Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:129, 1909) may not reveal the full measure of dif- ference in size between L. c. curti and other subspecies because Nelson (op. cit.) pooled males and females in obtaining the average measurements that he records. For example, he used three males and two females of Lepus altamirae in obtaining an average (op. cit.:117). The specimens of L. c. curti here recorded are thought to be of full size inasmuch as the degree of fusion of bones in the skull, and the density of the cranial bones indicate full adulthood for each specimen. Reproductive-wise, there is no question as to adulthood; each of the four females was pregnant. One specimen had two embryos (each 30 millimeters long in crown-rump meas- urement) and each of the other specimens contained one embryo, These three embryos were 55, 60, and 105 mm. long. Three of our specimens, including the holotype, were obtained north of the eighth pass and the other specimen, No. 35473, was obtained a few hundred yards south of the pass. Because the part of the barrier beach south of the pass was connected to the main- land, it is likely that the newly named subspecies occurs also on the adjacent mainland; however, we have examined no specimens of Lepus californicus from the opposite mainland except from Mata- moros, ninety miles to the north, and from Altamira, approximately one hundred and fifty miles south of our collecting locality. A specimen from Matamoros, Tamaulipas, and several from Browns- ville, Texas, in size of auditory bullae, larger overall size and darker color clearly are L. c. merriami and not L. c. curti. The small tympanic bullae of the specimens from Padre Island 44 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. were commented upon by Nelson (op. cit.:149) who found small- ness of bullae to characterize many of the specimens from the eastern part of the geographic range of L. c. merriami. In the northeastern part of the geographic range of L. c. merriami, as Nelson pointed out, the small size of the tympanic bullae was one of several evi- dences of intergradation there with Lepus californicus melanotis, the subspecies next adjacent to the north. In the light of present information, it seems that the smallness of the tympanic bullae in the specimens (3) from Padre Island may be an independent de- velopment—an adaptation to environmental conditions that reaches its fullest development on the same chain of islands eighty-odd miles southward of Matamoros. The specimens from Padre Island, although possessing small bullae, in other features, for example, larger size of other parts, are merriami. The four specimens of L. c. curti are in worn winter pelage and the new pelage is coming in on the thighs. Most of the specimens (6) of the L. c. altamirae are in the same condition of pelage. In color and color pattern, the two subspecies are, to me, indistinguish- able except that the black patch on the nape is less widely and less definitely separated into two parts by a median, longitudinal, band of buffy color. Lepus californicus altamirae was named by Nelson (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:109, May 18, 1904) as a black-tailed jack rab- bit, Lepus merriami altamirae, but was later transferred by Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:124, 1909) to the white-sided section of the genus and arranged as a full species, Lepus altamirae. In making this transfer, Nelson (op. cit.:125) wrote that in “This well marked species . . ._ the lack of a black patch on the posterior half of the ear at the tip and the white flanks (somewhat obscured in some of the original specimens) are strong characters which place it in the callotis group.” “Posterior half of ears white without any trace of black at tip”, was the way Nelson (op. cit.:124) described the ears in L. altamirae. My examination of the original series including the type, reveals that the ears do have some black at the tip of the pos- terior half in three of the specimens, some brown in one other speci- men, and only a dusky tinge in two others. In the four specimens of L. c. curti the tip of the ear is faintly brownish in one animal and dusky in three. The extent of the white flanks seems to be identical in the two series. Fortunately they are in the same pelage and same stage of molt on the hind legs. The one difference that I can detect is in the coloration of the nape. In each of the specimens of L. altamirae the coloration is as described by Nelson (op. cit.:124): MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 45 “nape with two lateral black bands extending back from base of ears, and separated by a median band of buffy.” In L. c. curti the nape is all black in one specimen and the median band of buffy is present in the other three but is narrower and more dusky than in L. altamirae. Since the characters (color of tip of ear and extent of white on the flank) relied upon by Nelson for placing L. altamirae in the callotis group are duplicated in the californicus group, in L. c. curti, there is reason for questioning whether altamirae is correctly placed, taxonomically, in the L. callotis group. Cursory examination of skulls of the callotis group and the cali- fornicus group indicates that the prepalatal spine (the part of the palate which extends anteriorly toward the vomer) is longer in L. californicus than in L. callotis, L. gaillardi and L. alleni. In this feature, L. altamirae agrees with Lepus californicus and differs from members of the Lepus callotis group. Furthermore, the newly named L. c. curti, in color of ear and color of nape, is intermediate between L. altamirae and L. c. merriami. Consequently, Lepus merriami altamirae Nelson, it seems, should stand as Lepus californicus alta- mirae. Mention should be made here of the view of Shamel (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 55:25-26, May 12, 1942) that the californicus group should be divided into two groups (each group possibly amounting to something more than a species and something less than a subgenus) on the basis of a white rump and complex in- folding of the enamel layer of the front of the first upper incisor versus a dark rump and simple infolding of the mentioned layer of enamel. He placed Lepus californicus merriami Mearns, among other subspecies, in a group different from the one in which he placed several other subspecies of Lepus californicus. Specimens (skulls with accompanying skins ) of the species Lepus californicus in the Biological Surveys Collection of the United States National Museum, representative of a gradual transition from the dark rump and simple fold in the enamel to the white rump and complex fold in the enamel are as follows: L. c. deserticola, No. 29733/41808, Paharanagat Valley, Nevada; Nos. 117463 and 156744, Beals Spring, Arizona. L. c. texianus, No. 24635/32031, Springer- ville, Arizona; No. 97453, Roswell, New Mexico; No. 118751, Toyah, Texas; No. 118749, Valentine, Texas; and No. 108700, Terlingua Creek, Texas. In the continuously distributed species Lepus cali- fornicus, along the northwest to southeast line provided by the lo- calities of occurrence listed immediately above, there is a gradual transition from one kind of fold to the other kind and from one color 46 UNIVERSITY OF KANsAs Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. of rump to the other color. It is clear that Shamel (op. cit.) was in error in his conclusions; the kinds of black-tailed jack rabbits to which Shamel (op. cit.) applied the name Macrotolagus should stand as given below. Correct names: Lepus flavigularis Wagner Lepus alleni alleni Mearns Lepus californicus altamirae Nelson Lepus alleni palitans Bangs Lepus californicus melanotis Mearns Lepus alleni tiburonensis Townsend Lepus californicus merriami Mearns Lepus gaillardi gaillardi Mearns Lepus californicus asellus Miller Lepus gaillardi battyi J. A. Allen Lepus californicus festinus Nelson Lepus callotis Wagler Lepus californicus texianus Waterhouse MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS ) OF ADULTS OF TWO SUBSPECIES OF LEPUS CALIFORNICUS cH a on E: ae z cc} oF cI a aiere o rs 3 © Faye ec a oS 3a 5 es a) a s eG be a rah Su si $ ae o 3 ra = S Ss 6 o et 7 & 5 5 Sh WEE BB ck. sl dueiinenahbicy ease Bij cenuB.), cy Sange kh ive hel ake santa ae Bee. eee ne, eee a ee L. c. curti, type locality (K. U.) @ 35470 065: 55°" 125) “15. 7220 (S71 2589) 20. 20274 ORS elon Q 35471 566. 57. 122 122, -72::8. 3920.5 2555.) 22)..0, 2632) 29" 2ealoeg Q 35472 520° 50. 115 105 6925 38.6 26:50 19:0 24°45 30,25 ioe fe) 35473 587 53-124 18 472.0! 40.9) 2627 | 2252'-2754 “2970 RaSKo Average 560 54 122 W5 71.6 38.9 26.0 21.1 26.4 29.6 13855 b L. c. altamirae, type locality (U. S. N. M., Biol. Surv. Coll.) o& 93691 605.96 137 112 76.5 44.5 26.6 24.6 .... 32.0, Tog 2 93692 595 71 137 114° 77-1 42.5 26.3 23:1 27.0 20053 aie o 93693 590 93 137 110 77.8 48.8 27.6 22.5 27.2 30.7 14.2 9 93694 605 70 142 118 78.0 45.9 26.8 23.4 28.7 32.0 14.3 o 92982 506 59 136 114 75.9 46.5 26.1° 22.3 25.3... > Te Average 590°: 78) 188 U4 WF. 1 44.6) 2627. 28).2) 27.2, Shida, Paes 1. In each specimen of L. c. curti the length of the ear measured from the notch when the animal was in the flesh was eight millimeters more than in the dried skin. The cranial measurements given above are taken, in so far as pos- sible, in the same way that the measurements recorded by Nelson in his North American Fauna (No. 29, 1909) were taken. In that publication he records mostly average measurements but he records also some measurements of individual specimens. Two of these specimens are the holotypes of Sylvilagus mansuetus Nelson and Romerolagus nelsoni Merriam. By attempting to duplicate Nelson’s measurements on these specimens, the following opinions were formed. MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 47 “Basilar length” is basilar length of Hensel and the anterior point probably was the posterior border of the alveolus of incisor two. There is some evidence of lack of consistency with respect to the anterior control point. “Length of nasals” is the over-all length, of the two nasal bones, but in Ro- merolagus the shorter (right) nasal alone seems to have been measured. “Breadth of rostrum above premolars” is easily duplicated in Lepus but in Sylvilagus the control points are difficult to find. Two other persons and I obtained three different measurements, all different from Nelson’s measure- ments, and we thought that Nelson would have obtained different measure- ments by measuring the same specimen of Sylvilagus at different times. “Depth of rostrum in front of premolars” seems to have been taken perpendicular to the inferior longitudinal line of the rostrum, approximately one-half milli- meter anterior to the alveolus of the anteriormost cheek tooth. “Interorbital breadth” was taken across the supraorbital processes, at the nar- rowest place, but not from the notches medial to the antorbital projections of the supraorbital processes. “Parietal breadth” is the breadth, across the braincase, taken approximately half way between the squamosal root of the zygoma and the external auditory meatus, where there is a lateral bulge in the squamosal bone. On each side of the skull, the calipers rest on the sguamosal bone, not on the parietal bone. “Diameter of bullae” excludes the paroccipital process and was taken from the anteriormost part of a tympanic bulla, posterolaterally to the part of that same bulla, that is exposed at the lateral side of the base of the paroccipital process. Specimens examined.—Total, four, all from Tamaulipas, Mexico, as follows: 88 mi. S and 10 mi. W Matamoros, 3; 90 mi. S and 10 mi. W Matamoros, 1. Transmitted February 20, 1951. 23-7414 ve Tu id Gang tes wey yA eh HOD A tiie 1 aa 1h Me uel pe Sorat ye Beare soheal’ @ Eodk ) Je, ee? eh wih t froin eianann pelea eee aaa is ie Piberich ee | eens Ot Se ee : ads ine - Mab ka wir hs, (re wee ee | shi dite iatads MeeaT Vane! @eu) (/ « Td aad mil ai note ae au oe fae Ae ice i OL le Ay ee oe } ee ae ay wet! Yaad 4 + wei (nn 5 a a ee =" “ite anet -" 7 As lee ili mili? Wap die og) aly. ie gey - | iu fli oui Pan) Matoh. ~ yt 4 fad : ‘,t | « 7 i ieee a ; gtr gurt pi » i 1 re é, iraweer! & a ; ad @ 4 -ged)') ee fee ' ’ 4 ae | vi we ae “ib a ii a i a a vitae = | ’ . ; sth ? “4 _. i hae thadain a. & Sepia) & ak bole, | iron damm rsa nates ne vi ron, vor 7 Basie it Leavtabod “iteatay f yi Cot cas ih de ee aah Ale) abecae tag 44 dd yeveea 1 x phage ot lo Foe) F008. Neda ‘le aah Pian We A ah wit ith; a ER eT me Comer ko é opieatas a ee oe as dag’ Va rea fet" Veal Ween’ fh eld Tae x pak ey pe f ru Ave Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Rabbits BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON Marine Biological Laboratory Bia Re = Ja = Na — MAR 11 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS, University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 5, pp. 49-58 October 1, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 Unrversiry oF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 5, pp. 49-58 October 1, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 > 23-7436 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Rabbits BY E. RAYMOND HALL AND KEITH R. KELSON Be preparing maps showing the geographic distribution of North American lagomorphs, some conflicting statements in the literature have led us to examine the pertinent specimens of the Florida cot- tontail and the Audubon cottontail with results as given below. The study here reported upon was aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the Uni- versity of Kansas (NR 161-791). Unless otherwise indicated, cat- alogue numbers are of the United States National Museum and most of the specimens are in the Biological Surveys collection of the Fish and Wildlife Service. Grateful acknowledgment is made to persons in charge of the collections for permission to use the collections under their charge. Sylvilagus floridanus similis Nelson 1907. Sylvilagus floridanus similis Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:82, July 22. Some confusion has existed concerning the subspecific identity of the Florida cottontail in Nebraska because of the way in which Nelson recorded specimens in his “The Rabbits of North America” (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:fig. 11, and pp. 169-174, August 31, 1909). He (op. cit.:174) listed the following specimens under the western subspecies, S. f. similis: Two topotypes (Nos. 87784 and 18738/ 25532) and of course the type; the specimen (No. 116288) from the Snake River [= Snake Creek of maps], 11 mi. NW Kennedy; two from Neligh (126074 and 151488); and one (probably 18680/25410 ) from Kennedy. But, he listed (op. cit.:172) under S. f. mearnsi, the eastern subspecies, a specimen (10721) from Brownlee, and two from Kennedy. One of the two from Kennedy probably was the one that is recorded in the files of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv- ice as “identified by Cary. spec. in Univ. Nebraska”. The other, or third, specimen from Kennedy, we judge, did not exist at all but was recorded by Nelson because a card in the reference file, under (51) 52 UNIvEerRSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Kennedy, Nebraska, in addition to No. 18680/25410, carried a sec- ond entry, a number 3471X. The latter is the X-catalogue number of specimen No. 116288 from the Snake River! The X-catalogue is used in place of a field catalogue for specimens sent to the mam- mal collection of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, by persons who do not keep regular field numbers of their own. It seems that Nelson prepared (or had prepared) his lists of speci- mens, at least in part, from cards rather than from the labels on the specimens themselves. Some further confusion as to names that Nelson intended to apply to cottontails in Nebraska resulted from the fact that his map (op. cit.:fig. 11) indicated that the locali- ties mentioned above for S. f. mearnsi were within the geographic range of S. f. similis. Our comparison of each of the Nebraskan specimens with speci- mens of S. f. mearnsi in comparable pelage from Iowa and with the type and topotypes of S. f. similis reveals that each of the specimens of which catalogue numbers are given above is clearly referable to Sylvilagus floridanus similis. Because some mammalogists have suspected that intergradation between Sylvilagus floridanus similis and Sylvilagus nuttallii grangeri occurs along the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, we have examined specimens which may throw light on this matter. From S. f. similis (holotype and three topotypes), S. n. grangeri (eight practical topotypes from Redfern, South Dakota) differ as follows: Throat patch darker; hind foot shorter; ear (dry) from notch longer; rostrum narrower; posterior extension of supraorbital process enclosing a longer and wider space between it and the braincase; superior border of premaxilla straight in profile instead of convex dorsally; tympanic bullae more inflated; external auditory meatus larger (diameter of the meatus more, instead of less, than crown length of upper molars); posterior border of palate without, instead of with, spine. Specimens of the two species from places as near each other as extreme southeastern Montana (S. f. similis from Boxelder Creek, Capitol and the Little Missouri River) and Devils Tower, Wyoming (S. n. grangeri), seem not to differ in the length of the hind foot and the ear and in the color of the spot on the chest. Also, the presence or absence of the spine on the posterior margin of the palate is subject to individual variation in these specimens but the other cranial differences, mentioned above, still are apparent. These same cranial differences are readily apparent between specimens NortrH AMERICAN RABBITS 53 of the two species taken only five miles apart in eastern Wyoming (for the precise localities, see the following paragraph). It is con- cluded, therefore, that S. f. similis and S. n. grangeri do not inter- grade along the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains. Data on specimens from Laramie County in eastern Wyoming show that S. f. similis is a heavier animal than S. n. grangeri and also that similis molts earlier. For example, an adult female (K. U. No. 15936) taken on July 13, 1945, three miles east of Horse Creek P. O., 6400 ft., weighed 1874 grams and is in fresh pelage, whereas an adult female of S. n. grangeri (K. U. No. 15935), taken on July 17, 1945, two miles west of Horse Creek P. O., 6600 ft., weighed only 1149 grams, and still has some of the worn winter pelage on the upper parts. Sylvilagus floridanus holzneri (Mearns) 1896. Lepus sylvaticus holzneri Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18:554, ls one floridanus holzneri, Lyon, Smithsonian Miscl. Coll., 45: 336, June 15. Examination of cottontail rabbits from Arizona in the Biological Surveys Collection and the United States National Museum indi- cates that Sylvilagus auduboni can be distinguished from Sylvilagus nuttallii and Sylvilagus floridanus by the larger (more inflated ) tympanic bullae. Topotypes of Sylvilagus nuttallii pinetis and other specimens from Alpine, Mt. Thomas, Springerville, the Prieto Pla- teau at 9000 feet on the south end of the Blue Range, and the Tunitcha Mountains are characterized by a posteriorly pointed supraoccipital shield and a long, wide space between the braincase and the posterior extension of the supraorbital process. The cotton- tails with equally small tympanic bullae from more western and more southern localities are referable to Sylvilagus floridanus holz- neri on the basis of a posteriorly truncate or emarginate supraoc- cipital shield and a narrower and shorter space (usually a “fora- men”) between the braincase and the posterior extension of the supraorbital process. In S. f. holzneri the posterior end of the posterior process fuses with the braincase whereas the posterior end of this process in Arizonan specimens of S. n. pinetis merely lies against the braincase or projects free of it. In specimens from Arizona the difference in shape of the posterior border of the supra- occipital shield and the difference in size of the space between the braincase and the posterior extension of the supraorbital process are the only differences of taxonomic worth found by us. Many 54 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. other features of the skull, of color of pelage, and of size of external parts all fell within the range of individual variation of a series of specimens from one locality. Specimens from the following localities in Arizona are referable to Sylvilagus floridanus holzneri (Mearns). Hualpai Mts., Nos. 117461, 117462, 117488, 117490, 117495, 227735, and 227832; Ft. Whipple, No. 214157; Prescott, No. 34667/46752; Mayer, No. 247495; Reynolds Creek Ranger Sta- tion, Sierra Ancha Mts., Gila Co., No. 247784; Fish Creek, Tonto National Forest, 2000 ft., No. 212833; north base Mt. Turnbull, 4500 ft., No. 214339; Ash Creek, 6100 ft., Graham Mts., No. 204363; Pinery Canyon, 7500 ft., Chiricahua Mts., No. 247953; Thomas Canon, 2 mi. E Baboquivari Mts., No. 244490; Pine Springs, 15 mi. south of Colorado Cafion, No. 2425 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. On December 4, 1950, we re- moved the skull of No. 2425 to more certainly ascertain the identity of the individual. The specimens listed above include those that Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:211, August 31, 1909) listed from the Hualpai Mountains, Pine Springs, and Prescott under the name Sylvilagus nuttallii pine- tis. Nelson (op. cit.: Pl. X, fig. 2) figured one of these skulls from the Hualpai Mountains as S. n. pinetis and the cranial measurements (op. cit.:201) that he records for S. nuttallii pinetis likewise are of these same specimens of Sylvilagus floridanus holzneri. Nelson’s description (op. cit.:207-210) seems to have been affected by the erroneous (as we see the matter) inclusion of these specimens of S. f. holzneri in the materials identified by him as Sylvilagus nut- tallii pinetis. The specimens so far mentioned from Arizona can be identified with ease. The identification becomes difficult, however, when the holotype of S. f. holzneri, from the Huachuca Mountains, is ex- amined. The difficulty results from the holotype having a barely detectable emargination in the posterior border of the supraoccipital shield. In this respect the holotype is intermediate between S. f. holzneri (as known by specimens from more western localities in Arizona) and S. n. pinetis from the White Mountains to the north- ward. As noted above, S. f. holzneri has a deep notch and S. n. pinetis has none. This intermediacy of the holotype supports the possibility, mentioned by Nelson (op. cit.:200), that intergradation occurs between S. f. holzneri and S. n. pinetis. Additional evi- dence, however, is against this possibility; the notch in the supra- occipital is deeper in specimens (No. 66136, from Chiricahua Mts., and No. 204364, from Ash Creek in Graham Mts.) from mountains NortH AMERICAN RABBITS 55 geographically intermediate between the Huachuca Mountains and the White Mountains. Also, the holotype of S. f. holzneri differs from S. n. pinetis and agrees with other specimens of S. f. holzneri from farther southwest in Arizona in the robustness of the posterior extensions of the supraorbital processes and in the considerable de- gree of fusion of the tips of these processes with the squamosals. Additionally, the rostrum of the holotype is wide and deep as in other specimens of S. floridanus from more eastern localities and is unlike the narrow and shallow rostrum of S. n. pinetis. If intergradation occurs in Arizona between the species Sylvilagus floridanus and Sylvilagus nuttallii, as Nelson (op. cit.:200) inti- mated it might, the intergrades probably will be found along the Tonto Rim or in the territory between the Blue Range and the Graham Mountains. Sylvilagus floridanus cognatus Nelson Sie Sylvilagus cognatus Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:82, uly 24. We have examined the specimens recorded by Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:193, August 31, 1909) and conclude that Nelson (op. cit.) accurately described them. We differ from Nelson on one point of interpretation; we prefer to use the trinomial, instead of the binomial, for cognatus because the kind and amount of differ- ence between it and subspecies of Sylvilagus floridanus (S. f. holz- neri and possibly S. f. llanensis) is on the order of magnitude that distinguishes subspecies, and not full species, of Sylvilagus. The specimen (W. D. Hollister, original No. 208) from the Datil Mountains, lent to us by the Colorado Museum of Natural History, does have, as Nelson (op. cit.) pointed out, larger tympanic bullae and a slenderer rostrum than do other specimens of S. f. cognatus. Nevertheless, No. 208, agrees with cognatus and differs from Syl- vilagus nuttallii pinetis in the greater vertical depth of the zygoma, the greater transverse width of the first pair of upper incisors, the broader posterior extensions of the supraorbital processes, the fusion (instead of freedom from, or mere touching to, the braincase) of the tips of these extensions, the less upturned supraorbital processes, and the more nearly truncate posterior margin of the supraorbital shield. Therefore, the specimen is referable to Sylvilagus floridanus cognatus. The slender rostrum and large tympanic bullae of No. 208 are either individual variations or features peculiar to the pop- ulation of Sylvilagus floridanus in the Datil Mountains. 56 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. ~ Sylvilagus floridanus robustus Bailey 1905. Lepus pinetis robustus V. Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 25:159, Oc- tober 24. Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:194-195, August 31, 1909) de- scribed specimens from the Big Bend area of Texas. This was the only area from which Nelson had specimens. Our examination of these same specimens indicates that his description of them was accurate. Davis and Robertson (Jour. Mamm., 25:271, September 8, 1944) recorded a specimen, under the name Sylvilagus robustus, from “The Bowl, Guadalupe Mountains, Culberson County, Texas.” Our examination of the skull of this specimen ( ¢ adult, No. 658, Mus. Zool., Louisiana State University) indicates that it is, among named kinds of rabbits, best referred to robustus. The specimen is morphologically as well as geographically intermediate between S. f. cognatus and S. robustus. This morphological intermediacy is illustrated by certain of the following cranial measurements of three adult females: No. 108695 (robustus), Chisos Mts.; No. 658. from the Guadalupe Mts.; and No. 128651, NE slope Capitan Mts. Basilar length, 59.2, 54.2, 54.4; length of nasals, 33.9, 31.1, 32.2; breadth of rostrum above premolars, 19.3, 17.5, 17.0; depth of ros- trum in front of premolars, 15.8, 14.8, 14.0; interorbital breadth, 20.4, 19.1, 19.7; parietal breadth, 27.2, 27.1, 26.5; diameter of bulla, 13.3, 12.2, 10.7. Considering the intermediate nature of specimen No. 648, and the kind and amount of difference between Sylvilagus floridanus cognatus and S. robustus, it seems appropriate to us to use the name-combination Sylvilagus floridanus robustus. Actual intergradation, in the sense of interbreeding between in- dividuals of a continuously distributed population of animals, prob- ably does not occur regularly between S. f. cognatus and S. f. robus- tus nor between several populations within either one of these sub- species; in south-central Arizona and western Texas the animals are said to occur only in the higher parts of the mountains. Conse- quently a given population is separated from another by low-lying. territory inhospitable to the species Sylvilagus floridanus. This low- lying territory is inhabited by another species, Sylvilagus audubonii. More intensive collecting in the region concerned may, however, show a continuous distribution of the species Sylvilagus floridanus in several areas where it seems now to have an interrupted distri- bution. NortH AMERICAN RABBITS 57 Sylvilagus audubonii neomexicanus Nelson 1907. Sylvilagus auduboni neomexicanus Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 20:83, July 22. Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:230, August 31, 1909) listed under Sylvilagus audubonii cedrophilus Nelson an adult female, skin with skull (U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll., No. 108698) from fifteen miles south of Alpine, Texas. Nelson (loc. cit.) remarked that the “bleached” color of the back and the great lateral breadth of the tympanic bullae of No. 108698 were peculiarities not possessed by any other specimen examined. Geographically, the locality of cap- ture is far south of other known occurrences of S. a. cedrophilus and approximately on the boundary separating the range of S. a. minor from that of S. a. neomexicanus. The large size, which may have induced Nelson to refer the specimen to S. a. cedrophilus, is not surprising considering that the individual is a female and fully adult. A combination of new and old fur on the upper parts presents a pattern that might be duplicated in other specimens of S. a. neo- mexicanus. The lateral inflation of the tympanic bullae can be interpreted as intergradation with the geographically adjacent S. a. minor to the south; S. a. minor has large bullae. There are no fea- tures otherwise which suggest that the specimen is anything other than Sylvilagus audubonii neomexicanus and we refer it to that subspecies. Sylvilagus audubonii minor Mearns 1896. Lepus arizonae minor Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18:557, GOT Silodecuel a[uduboni]. minor, Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 20:83, July 22. Nelson (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:230, August 31, 1909) listed, with- out comment, under Sylvilagus auduboni cedrophilus Nelson, a skin with skull inside (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5419, 9 adult or sub- adult) from San Diego, Chihuahua, Mexico. We locate San Diego approximately 230 miles south and 60 miles east of El Paso, Texas. Thus, the specimen is from near the center of the geographic range of Sylvilagus audubonii minor. With the permission of Mr. G. G. Goodwin of the American Museum of Natural History we removed the skull. It differs in no essential features from those of other specimens of S. a. minor. For example, of specimens in the United States National Museum, Biological Surveys Collection, a female 58 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. (No. 1382002) from Guzman in Chihuahua, and a male (No. 51020) from Santa Rosalia in the same state, are almost indistinguishable from the San Diegan specimen. The specimen is without external measurements but the length of the hind foot and length of ear from the notch in the dry state (80 and 57, respectively ) agree with the corresponding measurements of S. a. minor. Color of the skin furnishes no diagnostic character as between S. a. minor and S. a. cedrophilus. We identify the specimen from San Diego as Syl- vilagus audubonii minor. Transmitted January 30, 1951. LC) 23-7436 Two New Subspecies of Thomomys bottae from New Mexico and Colorado BY KEITH R. KELSON Marine Biological Laboratory Bel a Sa ve Se a & tae MAR 11 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 6, pp. 59-71, 1 figure in text October 1, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NaTuRAL HISTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 6, pp. 59-71, 1 figure in text October 1, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 sue saury 23-7437 Two New Subspecies of Thomomys bottae from New Mexico and Colorado BY KEITH R. KELSON INTRODUCTION N CURRENT literature Thomomys bottae fulvus is recorded as oc- curring, in New Mexico, in the higher parts of areas on both sides of the Rio Grande, but not in the lowlands adjoining the river. The latter areas are occupied, from north to south successively, by T. b. pervagus, T. b. connectens, and T. b. opulentis. So far as I have been able to determine, no part of the geographic range of T. b. fulvus lies across the Rio Grande lowlands to form a connecting link be- tween the populations on the eastern and western sides. Accord- ingly, a study was carried out to ascertain whether the specimens heretofore assigned to T. b. fulvus from east of the Rio Grande were morphologically distinct from those from the western side. I am greatly indebted to Clarence Cottam, Stanley P. Young, Hartley H. T. Jackson, and Viola Schantz for the privilege of study- ing the specimens in the U. S. National Museum Biological Surveys collection, and to Seth B. Benson for the loan of topotypes and near topotypes of Thomomys bottae ruidosae in the Museum of Verte- brate Zoology, University of California. The study here reported upon was aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Kansas (NR 161- 791). VARIATION The geographic range of T. b. fulvus extends from the southern edge of the Grand Canyon, Arizona, in a broad belt southeastwardly into New Mexico and is the largest range ascribed to any of ap- proximately 160 subspecies of Thomomys bottae. Throughout most of this region, pocket gophers are highly localized in distribution and, owing to the discontinuity of suitable habitat, are absent from extensive areas. As might be expected, microgeographic variation within the subspecies is great, and, beyond that, the wide latitude of individual variation is remarkably great, even for pocket gophers. Consequently, the determination of the extent of intrasubspecific morphological variation is difficult. In general, specimens from the (61) 62 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. area of the type locality, San Francisco Mountain, Arizona, south- eastwardly to western New Mexico show weak gradients in certain characters of taxonomic worth. For example, specimens from Springerville, Arizona, when compared with topotypes and near topotypes of T. b. fulvus, have, on the average, more procumbent incisors, larger and more angular skulls, larger tympanic bullae, and less evenly bowed (more angular) zygomatic arches. To judge from the specimens seen, these gradients, except for the increasing procumbency of the incisors, continue southeastward into that part of New Mexico west of the Rio Grande. Furthermore, in the same geographic direction, there is a faint increase in darkness of the pelage resulting from an almost imperceptible loss of the rufescent shades. Certain specimens within this range show marked depar- tures morphologically, both on an individual and on a population basis, from more nearly “average” specimens from nearby localities. Some specimens from Luna, New Mexico, and two others from the head of the Mimbres River, are examples to the point. These ani- mals are conspicuously darker than those from immediately adjacent localities and those from the head of the Mimbres River possess, in addition, distinctly more ridged and angular skulls as compared with nearby specimens of similar age. In western New Mexico there is a gradual and slight gradient in the shape of the zygomatic arches; in specimens obtained from successively more southern lo- calities the maximum zygomatic breadth shifts posteriorly with ref- erence to the long axis of the skull. Notwithstanding these gradients and microgeographic variants, at present it seems best to consider all of the material from Arizona and western New Mexico currently referred to T. b. fulvus as belonging to a single, highly variable subspecies. Specimens from east of the Rio Grande heretofore assigned to T. b. fulvus differ collectively from those west of the river in pos- sessing shorter exposed parts of the incisors, and more nearly straight-sided zygomatic arches as opposed to more evenly curved arches. Also the diffuse, saturate dorsal “stripe”, so common among specimens from west of the Rio Grande, occurs rarely in specimens from east of the river and, in those in which it does occur, it is not pronounced. In specimens from east of the river the gradient of change in shape of the zygomatic arches is reversed from that in specimens west of the river. On the east side, in specimens obtained from progressively more southern localities, the maximum zygomatic breadth shifts anteriorly (excepting specimens of Thomomys bottae New SuUBSPECIES OF THOMOMYS BOTTAE 63 ruidosae from Cloudcroft and Ruidoso and vicinity in the southern part of the state). When Goldman (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 26 (3):115, March 15, 1936) named Thomomys bottae internatus with type locality at Salida, Colorado, he included in that subspecies Coloradan speci- mens from Gardner, and New Mexican specimens from Folsom, Oak Canyon (“near” Folsom), Sierra Grande, mouth of Trinchera Pass (all in Union County), and “Colfax County’. A study of the specimens from these localities shows that those from New Mexico differ from those from Salida in smaller external measurements, smaller, more lightly constructed skull, proportionately longer and slenderer rostrum, more delicate nasals, larger (especially in width ) tympanic bullae, and richer, more nearly saturate rufescent color. In these respects, so far as the material permits comparisons, the two specimens from Gardner, Colorado, are more nearly like those from Salida, but a specimen, No. 129285, from Fishers Peak, Colo- rado, more closely resembles the above-mentioned material from New Mexico. Six specimens from Halls Peak, Mora County, New Mexico, resemble those from northwestern Colfax County, except for slightly slenderer and less inflated (distally) nasals, slightly longer rostrum, and markedly darker color. The color of the speci- mens from Halls Peak is unlike that of any others from surrounding localities. The specimens from Halls Peak were taken in October, January, and February, and show a marked darkness of the rufescent shades and a much heavier overlay of black, lending an over-all appearance of dark brown to blackish color, rather than brightly rufescent as in seasonally comparable and summer-taken specimens from nearby localities. Southwestwardly from Halls Peak, to as far as the Manzano Moun- tains (specimens from ten miles south of Mora; Pecos; and San Pedro), there is a decrease in size and angularity of the skull and in the procumbency of the incisors, and an increase, proportionately, in size of (especially length) and inflation of the tympanic bullae. From the Manzano Mountains southeastwardly, successively, in specimens from Corona, Jicarilla and environs, to as far as the Capi- tan Mountains, the skulls become progressively smaller, weaker, and less angular, with slenderer rostra; the incisors become more pro- cumbent, tympanic bullae still smaller, and the pelage is increasingly rufescent. The specimens from the Manzano Mountains, in worn pelage, tend to be more pallid and less rufescent than the others in the series mentioned. These changes are additional to the increase 64 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. posteriorly of the zygomatic breadth already noted. Still farther south, specimens from Ruidoso and environs and Cloudcroft, Otero County, are abruptly different. They possess, as a series, the small- est, weakest skulls and the least angular zygomatic arches (being more evenly bowed) of any of the series of Thomomys bottae from east of the Rio Grande. In color, they are much darker than the others, being nearly black; the rufescent undertones are almost completely lacking. In the procumbency of the incisors they are about the same as the specimens from the Capitan Mountains. It should be noted, however, that the degree and direction of geo- graphic gradients in cranial characters are not always directly corre- lated with geographic gradients in color. In considering all of these specimens from east of the Rio Grande, it is apparent that on that side of the river geographic variation is much greater than on the west side and, in my opinion, it is sufficient to require the nominal recognition of two new subspecies. NEW SUBSPECIES Thomomys bottae cultellus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, no. 70919, U. S. National Museum (Bio- logical Surveys collection), Halls Peak, Mora County, New Mexico; January 13, 1895, obtained by C. Barber. Range.—Northern New Mexico and extreme southern Colorado east of the Sangre de Cristo Range. Diagnosis.—Size small (see measurements ); hind foot average for the species. Color: Ground color of upper parts Ochraceous-Tawny to Sudan Brown (cap- italized color terms according to Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomen- clature, 1912) heavily overlaid with black and dark brown lending over-all tone of Fuscous to Mummy Brown, and grading to Sayal Brown on flanks and inguinal region; underparts Snuff Brown to Cinnamon, usually purest on throat; ears medium in size with rounded or pointed pinnae; pinnae deeply pigmented; postauricular patches usually small, between Fuscous-Black and black; hind feet white, or almost so, distal to the ankle; forefeet same color as upper parts, but with whitish toes in some specimens; tail same color as upper parts or darker above, lighter below, but not distinctly bicolored, sometimes tipped with white. Skull: Size medium; moderately ridged for the species; rostrum moderately depressed distally; nasals weak, with but little inflation distally, extending posteriorly beyond dorsolateral spine of frontal, and together forming broad V posteriorly; zygomatic arches moderately spreading and with nearly straight and parallel sides; interparietal variable in shape, but averaging rec- tangular and longer than wide; upper incisors of moderate length and curvature; molariform dentition light; tympanic bullae having point of greatest ventral inflation anterior to midpoint of their ventral profile; basioccipital narrow and constricted; premaxillary tongues extending little beyond proximal tips of nasals. New SvuBSPECIES OF THOMOMYS BOTTAE 65 Measurements.—Measurements in millimeters of 8 ¢¢@ and 3 2Q from the type locality are, respectively: Total length, 230, 209, 209, 219, —, 202; length of tail vertebrae, 76, 63, 74, 54, —, 58; basilar length (basion to Hen- selion), 35.5, 36.2, 34.5, 33.0, 31.7, 33.5; length of nasals, 15.5, 15.6, 14.1, 13.3, 12.8, 14.0; zygomatic breadth, 25.8, 25.0, 24.0, 23.7, ——, 22.7; mastoidal breadth, 20.0, 19.2, 19.3, 19.6, 18.6, 19.2; interorbital breadth, 6.5, 6.6, 6.4, 6.5, 6.3, 6.4; alveolar length of upper molariform series (not of the alveoli themselves), 7.2, 8.0, 7.5, 7.5, 7.6, 7.5; extension of premaxillary tongues pos- SCALE IN MILES 40 60 60 100 2 SSG 7 @ SPECIMEN EXAMINED & OTHER RECORD Fic. 1. Map showing the geographic distribution of subspecies of Thomomys bottae in New Mexico. A. T.b. apache G. T.b. planorum M. T.b. ruidosae B. T. b. cultellus H. T.b. morulus N. T.b. opulentis C. T.b. peramplus I. T. Db. collis O. T.b. alienus D. T.b. aureus J. T.b. connectens P. T. b. toltecus E. T.b. pervagus K. T.b. actuosus Q. T.b. lachuguilla F. T.b. pagatuae L. T. b. fulous R. T.b. guadelupensis 66 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. terior to nasals, 0.0, .2, .3, .2, .5, .8; length of rostrum (taken from dorsal point of union of the frontal, maxilla, and premaxilla to the distal tip of the nasal on the same side), 18.5, 13.8, 12.5, 12.7, 11.5, 13.0; breadth of rostrum, 7.5, 7.9, Wier fig her ee Comparisons.—From Thomomys bottae fulvus from San Francisco Mountain and Springerville, Arizona, various localities in the Mogollon Mountains, and from Silver City, New Mexico, T. b. cultellus differs as follows: darker, less rufescent; nasals slenderer and less inflated distally; tympanic bullae less in- flated near their mid-ventral point, but more so anteriorly; sides of zygomatic arches more nearly straight, as opposed to evenly bowed, and more lightly con- structed; incisors averaging shorter; and lambdoidal crest less well developed, especially laterally. From specimens of Thomomys bottae internatus, including the holotype, from Salida, Colorado, T. b. cultellus differs as follows: much darker, less rufescent; size smaller; nasals more delicate; skull smaller, less angular and more rounded; tympanic bullae less pointed ventrally. Compared with the holotype, topotypes, and near topotypes of T. b. pervagus, T. b. cultellus differs as follows: much darker; size smaller; skull smaller, smoother, more lightly constructed; rostrum less depressed; tympanic bullae proportionately smaller and less inflated; incisors Jess procumbent; and basioc- cipital proportionately wider. From specimens of T. b. connectens from Albuquerque, Belen, Laguna, and Juan Tafoya, New Mexico, T. b. cultellus differs as follows: much darker; size much smaller; skull smaller and more lightly constructed, but equally ridged and angular; rostrum narrower and more tapering; nasals less inflated distally; tympanic bullae much smaller, less inflated, incisors shorter and nar- rower. For differences from Thomomys bottae actuosus, see accounts of that sub- species. Remarks.—Although the specimens from the several localities in the Raton Mountains in northwestern Union County, are sharply distinct from those from Halls Peak in color and slightly so in cranial details, they and the specimen from Fishers Peak, Colorado, are here assigned to Thomomys bottae cultellus. This restricts the re- ported localities of occurrence of T. b. internatus to Salida and Garfield, Colorado. Specimens from Union County, New Mexico, and Fishers Peak, Colorado, may belong to an undescribed sub- species, but do not seem, at present, to warrant nominal recognition. Their color, closely resembling that of T. b. internatus, possibly in- dicates intergradation between T. b. cultellus and T. b. internatus, a possibility supported to some extent by the intermediacy of certain cranial characters. Although unseen by me, specimens from “near Cimarron”, Colfax County, which were referred to T. b. pervagus by Hill (Jour. Mamm., 23(1):80, February 16, 1942) are probably New SUBSPECIES OF THOMOMYS BOTTAE 67 referable to T. b. cultellus since the locality of capture is east of, not west of, the Sangre de Cristo Range. Specimens examined.—Total, 19; recorded on page 70. Thomomys bottae actuosus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 119053, U. S. National Museum (Biological Surveys collection), Corona, Lincoln County, New Mexico; October 13, 1902; obtained by James H. Gaut, original number 591. Range.—Mountainous parts of central New Mexico between the Rio Grande and Pecos rivers from Mora southward to the San Andres and Capitan moun- tains. Diagnosis.—Size medium for the species (see measurements). Color: upper parts Sayal Brown to Ochraceous-Tawny thinly overlaid with darker shades, purest on sides and flanks; underparts Clay Color or Cinnamon, purest on inguinal region and throat (specimens from the Manzano Mountains are darker, more saturate); ears medium in size and with rounded pinnae; pinnae moder- ately pigmented; postauricular patches large and near Fuscous-Black; forefeet and hind feet usually same color as upper parts or, when lighter, grading im- perceptibly into color of upper parts; tail more or less distinctly bicolored, above same color as (or darker than) upper parts, and below much lighter (almost white), its tip all white. Skull: Size medium; comparatively smooth; rostrum moderately depressed distally; nasals moderately inflated distally, usually ex- tending posteriorly not quite to level of dorsolateral spine of frontal, and to- gether usually forming broad V posteriorly, but sometimes truncated or rounded; zygomatic arches with nearly straight and parallel sides, but tending in some specimens to be more wide-spread anteriorly than posteriorly; interparietal longer than wide, somewhat rectangular, but often convex anteriorly; upper incisors medium in length and curvature; molariform dentition medium in size; tympanic bullae moderately inflated, greatest inflation being at mid-point of ventral profile; basioccipital medium to wide and constricted or not; tongues of premaxillae extending well behind nasals. Measurements.—Measurements in millimeters of 2 ¢ ¢ and 3 92 92 topotypes are, respectively: total length, 231, 214, 207, 211, 207; length of tail vertebrae, 80, 79, 77, 73, 70; length of hind foot, 31, 27, 27, 26, 27; basilar length, 34.0, 33.1, 31.6, 30.3, 29.9; length of nasals, 18.9, 18.2, ——, 12.3, 12.5; zygomatic breadth, 23.7, 23.6, 21.7, 20.9, 20.6; mastoidal breadth, 18.8, 18.9, 18.6, 17.3, 17.7; interorbital breadth, 6.9, 6.9, 6.8, 6.4, 6.9; alveolar length of upper molariform series, 8.0, 8.1, 7.5, 7.0, 7.5; extension of premaxillary tongues posterior to nasals, 1.5, 2.1, 1.4, .5, 1.0; length of rostrum, 13.6, 138.4, —, 12.0, 12.4; breadth of rostrum, 7.8, 7.9, 7.5, 7.0, 7.1. Comparisons—From T. b. cultellus from Halls Peak, New Mexico, T. b. actuosus differs as follows: lighter, more ochraceous and less blackish; size larger; skull slightly smaller; rostrum more depressed; tympanic bullae slightly smaller; zygomatic arches less angular, especially pronounced anterolaterally; and incisors longer. From T. b. fulvus from San Francisco Mountain, and Springerville, Arizona, various localities in the Mogollon Mountains, and from Silver City, New Mexico, 68 Unrtversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. T. b. actuosus differs as follows: lighter; skull more angular; tympanic bullae larger; zygomatic arches nearly straight-sided as opposed to more or less evenly bowed; and incisors shorter. From specimens of T. b. pervagus from localities given in the preceding account, T. b. actuosus differs in cranial characters much as T. b. cultellus differs from T. b. pervagus. In color, however, T. b. actuosus differs from T. b. pervagus in being paler, and markedly less ochraceous. In fresh pelage the difference is especially well marked. From specimens of T. b. connectens from Albuquerque, Belen, Laguna, and Juan Tafoya, New Mexico, T. b. actuosus differs as follows: darker, more ochraceous as opposed to yellowish; tail usually same color as upper parts or darker as opposed to white or nearly so; size smaller; skull markedly smaller, more lightly constructed, and less angular; rostrum proportionately weaker and more tapered; zygomatic arches more widely spreading posteriorly; and incisors proportionately shorter. From the holotype, topotypes, and other specimens throughout the range of T. b. opulentis, T. b. actuosus differs as follows: paler (the color of T. b. actuosus is intermediate between that of T. b. connectens and that of T. b. opulentis); skull slightly larger; nasals more inflated distally; tympanic bullae more inflated; and zygomatic arches less widely spreading posteriorly. From topotypes of T. b. ruidosae from Ruidoso, New Mexico, and one near topotype (the latter from one mile south of Ruidoso), T. b. actuosus differs as follows: size larger; color markedly paler; skull larger and more angular; audi- tory bullae longer, especially the tympanic portion; zygomatic arches more angular and more nearly straight-sided as opposed to evenly bowed; and incisors less procumbent. Remarks.—There is some evidence of intergradation between T. b. actuosus and T. b. ruidosae. Specimens from the Capitan Moun- tains are intermediate between the two subspecies in the pro- cumbency of the incisors and shorter (than in “typical” T. b. actu- osus) tympanic bullae. Nevertheless, these specimens are clearly referable to T. b. actuosus in the majority of their characters. Of four specimens from eight miles northwest of Cloudcroft, one, No. 215822, is intermediate in color between T. b. actuosus and T. b. ruidosae; another, No. 215820, is melanistic; No. 215821 has the color of topotypes of T. b. ruidosae; and No. 215823, an immature female, is even darker, especially dorsally, than topotypical T. b. ruidosae. Cranially, all four more closely resemble T. b. ruidosae to which they are here referred. Ten specimens from Cloudcroft, 9000 feet, Otero County, however, and one from ten miles north of Cloudcroft, show no evidence of intergradation and are readily referable to T. b. ruidosae. They seem to represent the extreme development of the characters of that subspecies, especially in their dark color and slender, tapering rostra. Specimens examined.—Total, 62; recorded on page 70. New SuBSPECIES OF THOMOMYS BOTTAE 69 DISCUSSION The materials from New Mexico that I have examined indicate that T. b. opulentis is the nearest morphologically to the theoretically ideal “connecting link” between T. b. fulvus west of the Rio Grande and the closely allied subspecies east of the river. In the sum total of the characters possessed by T. b. opulentis and which are not peculiar to it (as compared with the adjoining subspecies), it is probably more closely allied to the populations west of the river where the majority of its stations of occurrence are located. In the river bottoms farther north, T. b. connectens and T. b. pervagus are progressively more unlike the subspecies on either side of the river system. It is also noteworthy that the range of T. b. pervagus in the northern valleys of the Rio Grande is more or less completely sepa- rated by mountains from the other subspecies of the bottae complex, which occur to the east and west. The mountains are occupied by the northern species, Thomomys talpoides. The degree of separa- tion is probably complete to the east between T. b. pervagus and T. b. cultellus, but probably incomplete to the west between T. b, pervagus and T. b. aureus and between T. b. pervagus and T. b. apache. Farther south, at the latitude of the range of T. b. con- nectens, the mountains form less of an east-west barrier, and Tho- momys talpoides is absent. Still farther south, at the latitude of the range of T. b. opulentis, the mountains appear to be no barrier at all to the species, but, contrariwise, seem to provide the most suitable habitat. In brief, the degree of morphological intermediacy be- tween subspecies occurring in the lowlands adjacent to the Rio Grande and those adjoining them on either side is directly propor- tional to the extent to which those mountain ranges paralleling the rivers act as barriers to gophers of the bottae complex. RECORDS OF SPECIMENS Figure 1 shows the geographic distribution, in New Mexico, of the specimens examined in the course of this study and also the peripheral localities of occurrence, as recorded in the literature, for all subspecies of Thomomys bottae occurring in the state. In the following list, the italicized numbers included in paren- theses refer to the localities shown in the accompanying map. The number following any statement of a locality is the number of specimens examined from that place. In any instance where this terminal number is lacking, it is to be understood that no specimens were examined by me. In an instance where an italicized numeral 70 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. in parentheses is wanting, it is to be understood that the locality is not shown on the map because the symbol for a second, nearby locality overlaps or covers the position of the first or because there is only one record of occurrence for that subspecies within the state. Thomomys bottae internatus Goldman: 10 specimens examined: CoLorapo: Salida, 8; Gardner, 2. Thomomys bottae apache Bailey: New Mexico: (1) Horse Lake; (2) Stinking Spring Lake. Thomomys bottae cultellus Kelson: 19 specimens examined: CoLorapo: Fisher Peak, 1. New Mexico: (1) Long Canyon, 8 mi. N Catskill, 1; Hoskins Ranch [not found on any map], Colfax Co., 2; (2) Oak Canyon, 2; mouth Trinchera Pass, 1; (3) Folsom, 2; (4) Sierra Grande, 4; (5) Halls Peak, 6. Thomomys bottae peramplus Goldman: New Mexico: Chusca Mts. Thomomys bottae aureus Allen: 3 specimens examined: NEw Mexico: (1) Fruitland; (2) Chama River, near El Vado, 2; (3) Gallina, 1; (4) Riley; (5) St. Augustine Plains; (6) Acoma; (7) Wingate; (8) Pueblo of Zuni. Thomomys bottae pervagus Merriam: 25 specimens examined: New MeEx- 1co: (1) Questa, 8000 ft., 4; (2) Arroyo Hondo, 7600 and 7900 ft., 4; (3) Rinconado, 5600 ft., 2; (4) 10 mi. N Santa Fe, 1; (5) Espanola, 5000 ft., 10; (6) Santa Clara Canyon, 2; (7) Chama Canyon, 6100 ft., Rio Arriba Co., 1; (8) 5 mi. E Abiquiu, 6100 ft., 1. Thomomys bottae pagatuae Hooper: New Mexico: % mi. N Cebolleta, Valencia Co. Thomomys bottae planorum Hooper: New Mexico: (1) Horace Mesa, 1% mi. S Canyon Lobo Ranger Station, Valencia Co.; (2) 11 mi. SSE Grants, Valencia Co. Thomomys bottae morulus Hooper: New Mexico: 8 mi. SE Paxton, Bill Porter’s Ranch, Agua Fria Malpais, Valencia Co.; NW side Flagpole Crater, Valencia Co. Thomomys bottae collis Hooper: New Mexico: (1) Shuman’s Ranch, 80 mi. S Grants, Valencia Co.; (2) Point of Malpais, 12 mi. E Trechado, Va- lencia Co. Thomomys bottae connectens Hall: 20 specimens examined: NEw Mexico: (1) Juan Tafoya, 2; (2) Bernalillo, 4; (3) Albuquerque, 4; (4) Belen, 6; (5) Laguna, 4. Thomomys bottae actuosus Kelson: 63 specimens examined: NEw Mexico: (1) 10 mi. S Mora, 7300 ft., 4; (2) Las Vegas, 1; (3) Corona, 6; (4) Jicarilla Mts., 5; Capitan Mts., [(5) NW foothills, 6; (6) NW slope near summit of ridge, 2; (7) NE slope, 1; (8) SW foothills, 4; 5 mi. S and 5 mi. W Glencoe, 6000 ft., Lincoln Co., 1 (KU); (9) near W end summit of ridge, 4; SE slope, 2; NW slope near Raspberry Patch Spring, 1; Mt. Capitan, 1], 22; San Andres Mts. [(10) Bear Canyon, 3; summit of Divide-San Marcial Rd., 5100 ft., 2; (11) E slope, 1], 6; Manzano Mts. [(12) E slope near S end, 3; E slope, 2; (13) E slope, middle distance of range, 1; summit of ridge, 10,200 ft., 5; (14) Tejique, 1; (15) E foothills near N end, 1; Manzano Mts., 1], 14; (16) San Pedro, 3; (17) Pecos, 6800 ft., 2. Thomomys bottae fulvus (Woodhouse): 134 specimens examined: ARIZONA: Aubrey Valley, 10 mi. S Pine Spring, 6000 ft., 2; Bill Williams Mt., 9000 ft., 2; NW slope Baker Butte, 7200 ft., 4; 17 mi. W Flagstaff, 7500 ft., 2; Fort Valley, 9 mi. NW Flagstaff, 2; Prescott, 5300 ft., 7; Prieto Plateau, 6; San Francisco Mt., 19; Springerville, 29. New Mexico: (1) Fort Wingate; (2) Mt. Sedg- wick, 1; (3) Bear Ridge, Zuni Mts., 4; (4) Largo Canyon, 10 mi. SW Quemado, 2; (5) Datil Mts., 5; (6) Gallina Mts., 1; (7) Monica Canyon, 8000 and 9500 ft., San Mateo Mts., 2; (8) Copper Canyon, 8200 ft., Magdalena Mts., 1; (9) Water Canyon, 6500 ft., Magdalena Mts., 1; (10) Rio Alamosa, 15 mi. N Ojo Caliente, 6900 ft., 1; (11) Pleasanton, Socorro Co., 3; (12) 10 mi. E Chloride; (13) Fairview, 1; (14) head Rio Mimbres, 2; (15) “about” 4 mi. NW Kingston, 9500 ft., 2; (16) Rio Mimbres; (17) Silver City, 6200 ft., 12; (18) Burro Mts.; (19) Gila, Grant Co., 5; (20) “near” head Willow Cr., 7; (21) 15 mi. E New SUBSPECIES OF THOMOMYS BOTTAE 71 Mogollon, Mogollon Mts., 1; (22) Glenwood, 5000 ft., 1; (23) 6 mi. SW Luna, 7000 ft., 5; (24) Luna, 7000 ft., 3; (25) Zuni River, 1. Thomomys bottae ruidosae Hall: 22 specimens examined: New Mexico: (1) Ruidoso, 6700 ft., Lincoln Co., 5 (MVZ); 1 mi. S Ruidoso P. O., 7800 ft., Lincoln Co., 1 (MVZ); (2) Cloudcroft, 9000 ft., Otero Co., 10; (3) 8 mi. NW Cloudcroft, 7000 ft., Otero Co., 4; (4) 10 mi. N Cloudcroft, 1; (5) Mescalero, 1. Thomomys bottae opulentis Goldman: 11 specimens examined: NEw MEx- 1co: (1) Socorro; (2) San Marcial; (3) Las Palomas, 4200 ft., 2; (4) Garfield, 5; (5) Las Cruces, 1; (6) Lake Valley, 5000 ft., 2; (7) Cuchillo, 4700 ft., 1. Thomomys bottae alienus Goldman: New Mexico: Redrock. Thomomys bottae toltecus Allen: New Mexico: (1) Rio Mimbres; (2) Deming; (3) Adobe Ranch, N base Animas Mts. Thomomys bottae lachuguilla Bailey: New Mexico: (1) Alamagordo, Otero Co.; (2) Organ, Dona Ana Co. Thomomys bottae guadelupensis Goldman: New Mexico: Dog Canyon, Guadelupe Mts., 6800 ft., Otero Co. University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, Lawrence, Kansas. Trans- mitted February 1, 1951. O 23-7437 py p : nll RNa Ait | wy Mik desl KE ih ate eal ee ord Vhope with sf LY det yi yeyed. Ba ule . Wied reso 7 se hire tars i ae . fi: hed yo mer | an Kh af a Vinge FC an ; = aa abi ‘ me ie fis) { ao re Wer 4 wae eo ae i de Et Lesinimied J : rover a yo qe : ai Le wll! eel sho 7 en pit j ‘ft muir Vehs oO a rege My Hpi AF e2)P (kets) ov a's ee Alta Wf) my) ee | Al ae? Vie * Londyt sry ; i" Piageoes vr ene Ss a a % 8 Wii aetee, aocuw Wi ; » ; fest ae ite on =~ “/ A New Subspecies of Microtus montanus from Montana and Comments on Microtus canicaudus Miller BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRARY MAR 11 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 7, pp. 73-79 October 1, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL HisToRY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 7, pp. 73-79 October 1, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 cI sa 23-7438 A New Subspecies of Microtus montamus from Montana and Comments on Microtus canicaudus Miller BY E. RAYMOND HALL AND KEITH R. KELSON N 1949, for the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas, Mr. John A. White collected two specimens of the species Microtus montanus in the Bitterroot Valley of Montana, that did not fit the description of any named subspecies. These were laid aside until we could examine the additional specimens from Montana in the Biological Surveys collection in the United States National Mu- seum, some of which previously had been reported by Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 17:31, June 6, 1900) under the name Microtus nanus canescens Bailey [=Microtus montanus canescens]. Our exami- nation reveals that the animals from the Bitterroot and Flathead valleys belong to an heretofore unrecognized subspecies which is named and described below. Microtus montanus pratincolus new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 34004, Univ. Kansas, Mus. Nat. Hist.; from 6 mi. E Hamilton, 3700 ft., Ravalli County, Montana; obtained on August 14, 1949, by John A. White; original number 477. Geographic distribution —Flathead and Bitterroot valleys of western Mon- tana. Diagnosis—Size small for the species (see measurements). Color: Essen- tially as in Microtus montanus nanus. Skull: Small, slender, and comparatively smooth; rostrum moderately depressed distally; nasals moderately inflated dis- tally and extending posteriorly not quite to tips of premaxillary tongues; nasals usually truncate posteriorly, but rounded in some individuals; premaxillary tongues terminating posteriorly in a short medial spine; zygomatic arches lightly constructed and usually more widely spreading posteriorly than an- teriorly; interparietal comparatively long and terminating in a small, but dis- tinct, medial spine, otherwise approximately rectangular in shape; exposed parts of upper incisors short and, for the species, only slightly procumbent; molar dentition weak and, in most specimens, especially so posteriorly; tympanic bul- lae large and well inflated, especially ventrolaterally; basioccipital narrow owing to the encroachment of the tympanic bullae. Comparison.—Among named forms, Microtus montanus pratincolus most closely resembles Microtus montanus nanus. The geographic range of M. m. nanus adjoins that of M. m. pratincolus on three sides; there is no conspecific (75) 76 University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. subspecies adjoining the range of M. m. pratincolus on the north. From M. m. nanus, M. m. pratincolus differs as follows (measurements are all of males, those of M. m. nanus being of nine topotypes and near topotypes from central Idaho): size smaller (149 mm. as opposed to 165), tail shorter (87 as opposed to 39), hind foot shorter (19 as opposed to 20), upper molar series shorter (expressed as a percentage of basilar length, 25.5 as opposed to 26.3), mas- toidal region broader (expressed as a percentage of basilar length, 48.6 as opposed to 46.7), braincase slightly more vaulted (depth of braincase expressed as a percentage of basilar length, 31.8 as opposed to 30.4) and more inflated laterally; tympanic bullae more inflated, this inflation being the most con- spicuous difference between the two subspecies. The tympanic bullae of M. m. pratincolus have approximately a fourth more volume than those of M. m. nanus. Remarks.—Northwardly in the Bitterroot Valley, specimens of M. m. pratincolus morphologically approach M. m. nanus, especially in the reduced degree of inflation of the tympanic portion of the bullae. On geographic grounds we think that the geographic range of M. m. pratincolus extends southward to the southern end of the Bitterroot Valley; we have not seen specimens from that area. Al- though we have not examined the specimen reported upon by Davis (Murrelet, 18:26, September 4, 1937) from Canyon Creek, “a few miles west of Hamilton”, Montana, we think that it will be found to belong to M. m. pratincolus. Our examination of specimens from localities in Montana east of the range here ascribed to M. m. pratincolus indicates that, among named kinds of Microtus, those specimens are best referred to M. m. nanus. These specimens are listed below under comparative ma- terials. It should be mentioned here that although Bailey (loc. cit.) applied the name Microtus nanus canescens to Montanan speci- mens from Flathead Lake and Hot Springs Creek, the subspecies M. montanus canescens now is thought to be restricted to Washing- ton and the adjoining part of British Columbia; M. m. canescens does not occur so far east as Montana. Grateful acknowledgment is made to those persons in charge of the Biological Surveys collection for permission to study the speci- mens in that collection, and to the Kansas Endowment Association for support of the field work which yielded the specimens from six miles east of Hamilton, Montana. The study here reported upon was aided also by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Kansas (NR 161- WON): ~ Measurements.—The following measurements in millimeters are those of the holotype and the average, maximum, and minimum, respectively, of eleven A New SvuBSPECIES OF MICROTUS MONTANUS 77 adult males from various places in the range of the subspecies. Except as noted below, we are unable to detect significant morphological differences in the populations sampled and believe that pooling of the measurements is jus- tifiable in this case. Measurements are: Total length, 129, 149 (156-141); length of tail-vertebrae, 27, 37 (89-81); length of hind foot, 18, 19 (20-18) (all preceding measurements are those of the collectors); basilar length, 22.2, 24.5 (25.7-23.4); greatest length of nasals, 6.7, 6.9 (7.4-6.4); zygomatic breadth, 14.2, 14.6 (14.9-13.9); mastoidal breadth, 11.8, 11.8 (12.8-10.8); alveolar length of upper molar series, 6.0, 6.2 (6.5-5.9); depth of braincase (shortest distance from ventral surface of basioccipito-basisphenoidal suture to the dorsal surface of the cranium, and not perpendicular to the long axis of the skull), 7.7, 7.7 (7.9-7.5); width of rostrum, 4.7, 4.8 (5.0-4.6); interorbital breadth, 3.2, 3.4 (3.6-3.2). Measurements of females, other than those of the holotype, are not given owing to the lack of sufficient material. Females, however, do not appear to differ appreciably in measurements from males. Specimens examined (in U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll., except as other- wise indicated ).—Total, 26, all from Montana, as follows: Sanders Co.: Hot- springs Cr., 4. Lake Co.: end of W arm Flathead Lake, 5; Ravalli, 8. Ravalli Co.: Florence, 2; 8 mi. NE Stevensville, 4000 ft., 1; Corvallis, 4; 6 mi. E Hamilton, 3700 ft., 2(K. U.). Comparative materials (in U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.).—Microtus montanus nanus: Total, 72, as follows: IDAHO: Lewis Co.: Nez Perce, 3. Idaho Co.: Seven Devils Mts., 3550 ft., 3. Custer Co.: Challis, 7; Pahsimeroi Mts. (9300 ft., 8; 9700 ft., 4), 12. Butte Co.: Lost River Mts., 1. Canyon Co.: Nampa, 1; Bowmont, 1. Ada Co.: Boise, 1. Blaine Co.: Sawtooth Lake, 9: Alturas Lake, 3. Owyhee Co.: Three Cr., 3. Minidoka Co.: Heyburn, 2. Bannock Co.: Pocatello, 4. Bear Lake Co.: Montpelier Cr., 3. MONTANA: Fergus Co.: Big Snowy Mts., 11. Gallatin Co.:_ West Fork of West Fork, Gal- latin River, 1. Park Co.: Lamar River, 7000 ft., 2; Gardiner, 1. Sweetgrass Co.: “near” head Big Timber Cr., Crazy Mts., 1; Big Timber Cr., 5200 ft., Crazy Mts., 1; 14 mi. S Big Timber, 1; West Boulder Cr., 18 mi. SE Livingston, 2; McLeod, 1. Carbon Co.: Beartooth Mts., 2; Beartooth Lake, 1. WYO- MING: Park Co.: N end Lake, Yellowstone Nat'l Park, 2. Microtus montanus canicaudus Miller 1897. Microtus canicaudus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11: 67, April 21, type from McCoy, Willamette Valley, Polk County, Oregon. In 1938 when one of us (Hall, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51: 131-134, August 23, 1938) arranged several nominal species of Mi- crotus as subspecies of the species Microtus montanus, Microtus canicaudus was not included because that writer had not examined representative specimens. In the U. S. Biological Surveys collection in the U. S. National Museum we have examined specimens of M. m. canicaudus, all from Oregon, as follows: Hood River (Cat- alogue Nos. 262583-262586); Canby (262577, 262578); Wapinitia (79985-79988 ); Sheridan (69779, 69780); McCoy (75834-75842, 77744); Salem (246736); Albany (161554); and Corvallis (242552). The four specimens from Wapinitia seem to be those that Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 17:29, June 6, 1900) listed as Microtus montanus. 78 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. The diagnostic characters mentioned by Miller in the original de- scription (Proc. Biol. Sac. Washington, 11:67, April 21, 1897) in- cluded the following: size approximately the same as in Microtus [montanus] nanus; upper parts yellowish; tail usually nearly uni- form grayish above and below; auditory bullae much inflated; lat- eral pits at posterior edge of bony palate unusually shallow. Be- cause the tails of the original series were understuffed and variously rotated, they seemed to be less sharply bicolored than is the case, as shown by subsequently collected specimens. Otherwise we find that the characters mentioned above differentiate canicaudus from its nearest relatives, Microtus montanus canescens to the northward, M. m. nanus to the eastward, and M. m. montanus to the southward. In canicaudus we have noted one additional differential character; the interpterygoid space is acuminate anteriorly. In this feature and in each of the other features mentioned above, intergradation with Microtus montanus nanus is seen in the specimens from Hood River and Wapinitia. In the specimens from Hood River the auditory bullae are only slightly less inflated than in those topotypes of cani- caudus having the smallest bullae; there is appreciable variation in size of the bullae in the topotypes. Even so, the minimum size of bullae among the topotypes is larger than the maximum size in the specimens from Wapinitia. The four specimens from Wapinitia have the yellowish color of canicaudus to a considerable degree, and show intergradation between canicaudus and nanus in depth of the palatal pits and shape of interpterygoid space. The slightly larger size of these specimens from Wapinitia suggests intergradation with M.m. montanus. The tympanic bullae in the specimens from Wapi- nitia seem to be smaller than in specimens of canicaudus, nanus, or montanus. Because of the intergradation described above between Microtus montanus nanus and M. canicaudus, the latter should stand as Mi- crotus montanus canicaudus. Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 55:206, August 29, 1936) recorded cani- caudus from Warm Springs in the Deschutes Valley of Oregon and from the state of Washington. Other authors also have recorded canicaudus from the state of Washington. Our examination of specimens leads us to conclude, as did Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:348, 349, April 9, 1948), that canicaudus does not occur in Washington. The reported occurrence of M. cani- caudus at Warm Springs, Deschutes Valley, Oregon, seems to be the A New SvuBSPECIES OF MICROTUS MONTANUS 79 result of an error in identification. The specimens concerned seem to be two Microtus longicaudus mordax (Nos. 207060 and 207082 U.S.N.M.). They are labeled as collected at “Warm Springs ( Mill Cr.—20 Mi. W of)”. Bailey’s (op. cit., fig. 46, p. 209) map showing the distribution in Oregon of Microtus mordax mordax [—Microtus longicaudus mordax] has a locality-dot at Warm Springs itself. Bailey seems to have erred; he should have placed this dot 20 miles farther west, we think. When preparing his map (op. cit., fig. 43, p. 205) showing the geographic distribution of Microtus canicaudus, Bailey seems to have misidentified these same two specimens as M. canicaudus, and for them placed a locality-dot on his map 20 miles east (instead of west) of Warm Springs. In brief, Bailey probably did not see any specimens of canicaudus or specimens of any other subspecies of Microtus montanus from Warm Springs. Transmitted February 15, 1951. 23-7438 % 14 4, ecliooehhy 2iegra yea aed Ceti ie Ling i) tie eine) i avionleyvelt avi erie ve A yay onan OE dete s UO vo ae fy SM B hk ite Ve le ty). Gnas epioke Le’? Hrysti eu hung dean 10: Itoi! aS wits Prapnlet jvaaet ta of # DLT Ee wr ttieial bly deo, @ur aden Ge) RR anya) nk eo Alen iihinils qi vee ag? i dtesia a eure be mba “ies @ avi aii ae ve ae sie Fpatt nea : t vy Os ad Deo MM cathe 1 RA EMNIY ol Sete cevig evay, arn, ' ae tise t? re wit ‘Pal! ties i 1) Uareeelenn MILT) s 001, 4 = Vil piel 4 a (6 Aut 8 i wh © tees 2 1) ies vie | | < va ; ; 7 fee a As = i 4 eu hued ie} AL re? i! \ 4 YW? a Lee i is) oni T= > are j if] ws i LD 4 ; in Crue z' f ‘ Pa | 5 a \ ; a} ee _ a vi a re AO NE ‘ i _ y = a a nF i] = at e ay ' | ’, — it) 1! , 7 ny i : i 5 A New Pocket Gopher (Genus Thomomys) from Eastern Colorado BY E. RAYMOND HALL PETIT GT eta + | Marine Biological Laboratory Lis Ria RL MAR 11 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS, University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 8, pp. 81-85 October 1, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATuRAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 8, pp. 81-85 October 1, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 SSS 23-7439 A New Pocket Gopher (Genus Thomomys) from Eastern Colorado BY E. RAYMOND HALL | Na pocket gophers of the species Thomomys talpoides in east- central Colorado have long been referred to the subspecies Thomomys talpoides clusius Coues with type locality at Bridger Pass, Wyoming. Recently, two subspecies, T. t. attenuatus and T. t. rostralis (see Hall and Montague, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5(3) :25-32, February 28, 1951) were named from along the Wyoming-Colorado boundary with the result that the popula- tions of Thomomys talpoides in east-central Colorado are separated from T. t. clusius of Wyoming by the geographic ranges now ascribed to the recently named T. t. attenuatus and T. t. rostralis. The subspecific identity of the animals from east-central Colorado thus is left in doubt. Examination of pertinent materials was made in the expectation that the names Thomomys talpoides macrotis F, W. Miller (Proc. Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist., 9:41, December 14, 1930) and Thomomys talpoides cheyennensis Swenk (Missouri Valley Fauna, 4:5, March 1, 1941) would apply to the specimens, the identity of which is in doubt. This examination discloses in- stead, as set forth in more detail below, that neither of the two names mentioned immediately above does apply; the Coloradan specimens in question are referable to an heretofore unrecognized subspecies which may be named and described as follows: Thomomys talpoides retrorsus new subspecies Thomomys clusius, Warren, The Mammals of Colorado, G. P. Put- nam’s Sons, New York, p. 80, 1910; Cary, N. Amer. Fauna, 33:132, August 17, 1911. Thomomys talpoides clusius, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 39:100, No- vember 15, 1915; F. W. Miller, Proc. Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist., 9:41, December 14, 1930; Warren, The Mammals of Colorado, Univ. Okla- homa Press, Norman, p. 162, 1942. Type.—Male, subadult, skull and skin, No. 69840 Biological Surveys Col- lection, U. S. Nat. Hist.; from Flagler, Kit Carson County, Colorado; obtained on November 26, 1894, by Clark P. Streator; original No. 4460. Range.—Westem end of the Arkansas Divide in Colorado from eight miles south of Seibert westward to Colorado Springs. (83) 84 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Diagnosis Size medium (see measurements); upper parts grayish brown; underparts lighter; skull small; tympanic bullae moderately inflated and angular anterolaterally; interpterygoid space narrowly U-shaped; pterygoid hamuli without transverse enlargement; nasals truncate posteriorly; premaxil- lary tongues projecting posteriorly behind nasals for distance of eight-tenths (0.5-1.1) of a millimeter. Comparisons.—In comparison with T. t. fossor and T. t. rostralis, which occur farther west, selected differences of T. t. retrorsus are: lighter color; larger skull; more inflated tympanic bullae; greater relative (to length of skull) breadth across upper incisors, rostrum, and zygomata. The difference in color is greater in comparison with fossor than with rostralis. In comparison with T. t. macrotis (specimens from the type locality), T. t. retrorsus is indistinguishable in color, length of tail, and length of tooth-row, but averages smaller in all other measurements. There is no overlap in length of body, basilar length, zygomatic breadth, mastoidal breadth or length of nasals. The temporal ridges, which mark the limits of the temporal muscles, are straight as opposed to curved and are lower. The tympanic bullae are more angular anterolaterally in T. t. retrorsus. From T. t. attenuatus to the north, T. t. retrorsus differs in darker (more brown) color, consistently longer body, relatively (to length of skull) shorter rostrum and nasals. Linear measurements of the two latter structures and length of tail are approximately the same in the two subspecies but all other measurements average more in T. t. retrorsus. Also in the latter the temporal lines are approximately parallel instead of being bowed outward in their middle extent and instead of being more widely separated posteriorly than anteriorly. From T. t. cheyennensis to the northeast, T. t. retrorsus differs in slightly darker (more brownish) color, consistently shorter body and rostrum, usually a more narrowly V-shaped interpterygoid space, and smaller average dimen- sions of the skull, notably in mastoidal breadth and length of the rostrum. Remarks.—Miller’s (Proc. Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist., 9:42, De- cember 14, 1930) mention of a specimen taken on November 9, 1930, “near the head of Beaver Creek in extreme northeastern Elbert County” refers to the specimen, No. 2426 Colo. Mus. Nat. Hist., which is labeled as “8 mi. N. E. Agate, Elbert Co., Colo.” Specimens from Colorado Springs, in the collection of the late E. R. Warren, have not been examined but the fact that Cary, Warren 1942, and Bailey (see under synonymy above) each referred the specimens to clusius instead of to the darker fossor gives basis for tentatively referring the specimens to T. t. retrorsus. Grateful acknowledgment is made to those persons in charge of the mammal collections of the Denver Museum of Natural History and the Biological Surveys collection of mammals in the United States National Museum for permission to examine and report upon the material listed below (see specimens examined). The study New Pocket GOPHER FROM EASTERN COLORADO 85 here reported upon was aided also by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Kansas (NR 161-791). Essential comparative materials were ob- tained with assistance from the Kansas University Endowment Association. Measurements.—Measurements of the type, a male, are followed by the measurements of three adult females (69835, 69839 and 69838) from the type locality. Total length, 216, 207, 210, 200; length of tail, 59, 58, 64, 56; length of hind foot, 28, 28, 28, 26; basilar length of skull, 32.8, 32.2, 32.3, 30.8; zygomatic breadth, 23.1, 22.5, , 20.5; least interorbital breadth, 6.0, 6.7, 6.2, 6.1; mastoidal breadth, 18.2, 18.8, 17.7, 17.7; length of nasals, 13.0, 13.7, 13.9, 14.0; breadth of rostrum, 7.6, 7.9, 7.4, 7.2; length of rostrum, 14.8, 15.6, 15.7, 16.0; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 7.6, 7.2, 7.7, 7.6. Specimens examined.—Total number, 18, all from Colorado, as follows: Elbert County (Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist. [= Denver Mus. Nat. Hist.]): Bijou Creek, “near El Paso Co. line’, 3; 8 mi. NE Elbert, 1. Lincoln Co. (U. S. Biol. Surv. Coll.): Limon, 1. Kit Carson Co. (U. S. Biol. Surv. Coll.): Flagler, 7; 8 mi. S Seibert, 1. Transmitted, February 28, 1951. O 23-7439 oy, CL Pnah Alte: esti aca Patt ee ame te we wT add ei ebnl Pesseieng “od clei tees racene | AD ype i apt? ial) fava J ‘het eee erneey ; ha Wedb-Z) lanes ire siti rot 1y a rein igitivy: hin wien Vig tiga: ie, on et nce apa. Aa gil dso ae ee Mid oo 1, Ee nredel pm vig), 6) b Cig) A Sele SAP. BAN | io Pueded HA ee mY Sisowl el af, OE Adee hy dened? ON ie. 0 ALS dou ‘vee Bile Rae ye ee i clay polo hy ied amy er} hee er Vid, pee) GA IE ous rs Tae Chae eel FAC ALA) be as ge bd, were %) le . ee te ru rie 7 ¥ - \ §\ 4 Wok, nap Ww ays guy. ¥ pt} iy, Pe = BE US i “ier bedi Ges poe 844 9 t) és J bet Lim _Siieiw ane id Pedas) , a . ienish jot Mm " j vial ea wo 5) > , , av h alltiy ies J Mammals Taken Along the Alaska Highway BY ROLLIN H. BAKER Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRARY MAR Li 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 9, pp. 87-117, 1 figure in text November 28, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIsTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 9, pp. 87-117, 1 figure in text November 28, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 nears Saat ec I NSTI) Sa 23-7607 Mammals Taken Along the Alaska Highway BY ROLLIN H. BAKER INTRODUCTION Mammals from along the Alaska Highway were obtained for the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History in the summers of 1947 and 1948 by Mr. J. R. Alcorn, field representative of the Museum. He and his family visited Alberta, British Columbia, the Yukon Territory and Alaska in an automobile and trailer from June 9, 1947, to September 6, 1947, and again from June 8, 1948, to August 24, 1948. In 1947, considerable time was spent by Alcorn in Alaska; trips were made on the Steese Highway to Circle and on the Glenn Highway to Anchorage. In 1948, most of the collect- ing was done in British Columbia and in the Yukon Territory but a side trip was taken to Haines, Alaska. The collecting stations are shown in figure 1. Alcorn’s 1,252 specimens include several large series from areas where few or no mammals had been taken previously. Time spent at each collecting station was of short dura- tion (usually less than three days) and although 56 species and subspecies of mammals are represented in the collections, it is recognized that not all of the kinds of mammals at any one locality were taken. | For the loan of comparative mammalian material, grateful ac- knowledgment is made to officials of the following institutions: California Academy of Sciences; Biological Surveys collection of the U. S. National Museum; Provincial Museum, Victoria, B. C.; National Museum of Canada. The promptness of officials of the game commissions of the provinces and territories concerned, in providing permits for collecting also is acknowledged. A part of the funds for field work was made available by a grant from the Kansas University Endowment Association. Elevations above sea level are given in feet. Capitalized color terms refer to those in Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, »: C;, 1912. (89) 90 UnIverRSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fic. 1. Map showing localities where J. R. Alcorn collected mammals in Alaska, Yukon Territory, British Columbia, and Alberta, in 1947 and 1948, MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 91 COLLECTING LOCALITIES SHOWN IN FIGURE 1. ALASKA 1. Circle. 8. 2. Twelve Mile Summit, Steese Highway. 9. 8. Chatanika River, 14 mi. E and 25 mi. N Fairbanks. 4. 1 mi. SW Fairbanks. 5. North side Salcha River, 25 mi. S 11. and 20 mi. E Fairbanks. 6. Richardson Highway, 32 mi. S and 12. 4 mi. W Big Delta. 13. te Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction. 14, .Tok Junction. Fish Creek, 5 mi. N and 1 mi. E Paxson. East side Deadman Lake, 15 mi. SE Northway. Glenn Highway, 6 mi. WSW Snow- shoe Lake. 1 mi. NE Anchorage. East side Chilkat River, 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines. 1 mi. S Haines. YUKON TERRITORY To avoid undue crowding, or overlap- ping, of symbols, two or more collecting localities, in some instances, are represented 21. by a single symbol (solid circle) in figure 1. 15. Junction Grafe and Edith Creeks. 16. 6 mi. SW Kluane. 17. East side Aishihik River, 17 mi. 22, Canyon. 18. 25 mi. NW Whitehorse. 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse. McIntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW White- 19. horse. | % mi. W Whitehorse. 20. West side Lewes River, 2 mi. S 24. Whitehorse. 1 mi. NE Whitehorse. 23. [eeea Creek, 3 mi. N Dezadeash River. Champagne, North side Dezadeash Lake. {| SW end Dezadeash Lake. {5 mi. W Teslin River, 16 mi. S and | 53 mi. E Whitehorse. 2 mi. W Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 56 mi. E Whitehorse. West side Teslin River, 16 mi. S | and 58 mi. E Whitehorse. pane side Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 59 mi. E Whitehorse. Unahini River, 5 mi. N and 1 mi. E Dalton Post. Unahini River, 3 mi. N and 1 mi. E Dalton Post. 1% mi. E Tatshenshini River, 14% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post. BRITISH COLUMBIA 25. 1 mi. NW junction of Irons Creek 32. and Liard River. 26. Screw Creek, 10 mi. S and 50 mi. 33 E Teslin. 15 mi. NW Kelsall Lake. 34, 27 Stonehouse Creek, 54%2 mi. W junc- 35. tion Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River. 36. 28. 14 mi. N Fort Halkett, West side Smith River. 37. 29. West side Mt. Glave, 14 mi. S and 2 mi. E Kelsall Lake. 38. 80. North side Liard River, Fort Halkett. Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW junction 39. Trout River and Liard River. North side Liard River, % mi. W AO. 81. junction Trout River and Liard iver. Ae ve mi. § junction Trout River and Liard River. 42. 12 mi. S junction Trout River and Liard River. § NE end Muncho Lake. 1 SE end Muncho Lake. 10 mi. W Fort Nelson. North side Muskwa River, 4 mi. W Fort Nelson. South side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake. Summit Pass, 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson. North Fork. Tetsa River, 4 mi. ENE Summit Pass. East side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch. Buckinghorse River, 94 mi. S Fort Nelson. Beatton River, 115 mi. S Fort Nelson. 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John. ALBERTA 43. Assineau River, 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso. 92 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES Sorex cinereus cinereus Kerr Cinereous Shrew Sorex arcticus cinereus Kerr, Animal Kingdom, p. 206, 1792. (Type from Fort Severn, Ontario, Canada. ) re sore cinereus cinereus Jackson, Jour. Mamm., 6:56, February 9, 25. Specimens examined.—Total 56, as follows: Alaska: Chatanika River, 700 ft., 14 mi. E and 25 mi. N Fairbanks, 3; N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 10; Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junc- tion, 2; E side Deadman Lake, 1800 ft., 15 mi. SE Northway, 1. Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., 1; McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 2; W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 2; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 4; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2500 ft., 10. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 9; Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW jet. Trout River and Liard River, 6; % mi. S jct. Trout River and Liard River, 4; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 1. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 1. Remarks.—Shrews from extreme northwestern British Columbia (Stonehouse Creek) average slightly larger than typical S. c. cinereus, especially in length of tail. These animals show definite evidence of intergradation with the larger subspecies, S. c. streatori, but are referable to S. c. cinereus. The pallor of some shrews from east-central Alaska (Chatanika River and Salcha River) suggests intergradation with the pale S. c. hollisteri. Alcorn found the cinereous shrew at most of his trapping stations. It was captured in mouse traps baited with “chewed” rolled oats; one was taken in a trap baited with a grasshopper. Rand (1944:35) and Alcorn each found this shrew to be one of the commoner mammals along the Alaska Highway, but Alcorn did not find it to be so abundant as some of the rodents in areas in which he trapped. The cinereous shrew was taken principally in moist woodlands, grassy areas, and adjacent to water. One female taken on July 18 was lactating. Sorex cinereus streatori Merriam Cinereous Shrew Sorex personatus streatori Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10:62, Decem- ber 31, 1895. (Type from Yakutat, Alaska. ) Sorex cinereus streatori Jackson, Jour. Mamm., 6:56, February 9, 1925. MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 93 Specimens examined.—Total 19, as follows: Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 10; 1 mi. S Haines, 5 ft., 9. Remarks.—Average and extreme external measurements of the nine adult specimens from 1 mile south of Haines are as follows: Total length, 103 (98-105); tail, 45 (43-46); and condylobasal length, 16.2 (16.0-16.4). Corresponding measurements of an adult specimen (No. 1676, UKMNH) from Sitka, Alaska, are 108, 47, and 16.5. Measurements of ten adult specimens from the Chilkat River, 9 miles west and 4 miles north of Haines, are 100 (91-106), 44 (40-50), 16.0 (15.5-16.5). The slightly smaller average size of the latter specimens indicates a trend toward the smaller S. c. cinereus, which occurs farther inland. Skulls of some of the specimens from the Chilkat River have a more slender rostrum than those of the specimens from 1 mile south of Haines, and more nearly resemble S. c. cinereus in this respect. Evidently, as indicated by Jackson (1928:54), S. c. streatori occupies only an extremely narrow strip of mainland in the vicinity of Haines. Sorex cinereus hollisteri Jackson Cinereous Shrew Sorex cinereus hollisteri Jackson, Jour. Mamm., 6:55, February 9, 1925. (Type from St. Michael, Alaska. ) Specimens examined.—Two from Alaska: 1 mi. NE Anchorage, 100 ft. Remarks.—Both specimens of this pale subspecies were trapped, along with six Clethrionomys and one Mus, in a grassy area bordered on one side by the road and on the other by a spruce forest. No. 21069, ¢?, taken on August 21, is in molt, with one patch of new fur on the rump and another along the midline of the nape and shoulders. Sorex obscurus obscurus Merriam Dusky Shrew Sorex obscurus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10:72, December 31, 1895. (Type from near Timber Creek, altitude 8200 ft., Salmon River Mountains, now Lemhi Mountains, 10 miles west of Junction, Lemhi County, Idaho. ) Specimens examined.—Total 12, as follows: Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 2; 1% mi. 94 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2500 ft., 1. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 4; W side Mt. Glave, 4000 ft., 14 mi. S and 2 mi. E Kelsall Lake, 1; Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW jet. Trout River and Liard River, 1. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 2. Remarks.—Some of the shrews taken in extreme southwestern Yukon Territory (1% miles south and 3 miles east of Dalton Post) and in extreme northwestern British Columbia (Stonehouse Creek and Mt. Glave) show evidence of intergradation with the coastal subspecies, S. 0. alascensis, in length of hind foot. These individuals have a long hind foot (14 and 15); the hind feet of specimens from the other localities listed measure 13 and 14. Alcorn, like Rand (1944:35), found the dusky shrew to be less common than the cinereous shrew; both were taken in the same trap lines. The dusky shrew was taken at a higher altitude (4000 feet, on Mt. Glave) than the cinereous shrew. Sorex obscurus shumaginensis Merriam Dusky Shrew Sorex alascensis shumaginensis Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., re eA ae 14, 1900. (Type from Popof Island, Shumagin Islands, Alaska. Sorex obscurus shumaginensis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16:228, July 12, 1902. Specimens examined.—Total 3, as follows: Alaska: 1 mi. NE Anchorage, 100 ft., 1; Glenn Highway, 6 mi. WSW Snowshoe Lake, 2. Remarks.—These three shrews, in comparison with those referred to S. o. obscurus, are paler, and the one complete skull has a slightly higher braincase. All of the specimens were obtained in grassy areas adjacent to the roadway. Sorex obscurus alascensis Merriam Dusky Shrew Sorex obscurus alascensis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10:76, Decem- ber 31, 1895. (Type from Yakutat, Alaska. ) Specimens examined.—Total 22, as follows: Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 12; 1 mi. S Haines, 5 ft., 10. Sorex palustris navigator (Baird) Water Shrew Neosorex navigator Baird, Report Pacific R. R. Survey, 8, pt. 1, Mammals, p. 11, 1857. (Type from near head of Yakima River, Cas- cade Mountains, Washington. ) Sorex (Neosorex) palustris navigator Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 10:92, December 31, 1895. Specimens examined.—Total 20, as follows: Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 2. Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 11; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 2; 1% mi. S MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 95 and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2500 ft., 3. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 2. Remarks.—Those males with worn teeth seem to have a slightly longer and deeper rostrum with a larger, more inflated cranium than specimens of S. p. navigator from Washington, but in other ways resemble typical S. p. navigator. An adult male, with slightly worn teeth, from Dezadeash Lake has sagittal and lambdoidal crests. All of the water shrews were taken in July and early August and at the edge of water in traps baited with rolled oats. None of the females had embryos. Myotis lucifugus lucifugus (LeConte) Little Brown Bat Vespertilio lucifugus LeConte, McMurtrie’s Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, vol. 1, appendix, p. 431, 1831. (Type from Georgia; probably the LeConte plantation, near Riceboro, Liberty County. ) Myotis lucifugus Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:59, October 16, 1897. Specimens examined. — Thirty-eight from British Columbia: NE end Muncho Lake. Remarks.—The 38 bats were from a colony of approximately 75 individuals, found on the south side of a house. The paper was loose and had buckled in numerous places allowing room for the bats to ensconce themselves between the paper and outside wall. Myotis lucifugus alascensis Miller Little Brown Bat Myotis lucifugus alascensis Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:63, October 16, 1897. (Type from Sitka, Alaska. ) Specimens examined.—One from British Columbia: Screw Creek, 10 mi. S and 50 mi. E Teslin. Remarks.—The specimen is considerably darker both above and below than either of two specimens of M. I. alascensis from Red Bluff Bay, Alaska. Alcorn searched ten frame buildings in an abandoned camp on the east side of Screw Creek, for bats and found only the one bat. It was above some droppings. No drop- pings were found in other buildings. Ochotona collaris (Nelson) Collared Pika Lagomys collaris Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 8:117, Decem- ber 21, 1893. (Type from near head of Tanana River, about 200 miles south of Fort Yukon, Alaska. ) [Ochotona] collaris Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. viv. foss., p. 648, 1897. Specimens examined.—Total 14, as follows: British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 1; W side Mt. Glave, 4000 ft., 14 mi. S and 2 mi. E Kelsall Lake, 13. 96 Untversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Remarks.—In comparing specimens obtained by Alcorn with pub- lished descriptions of O. collaris in Howell (1924:35), it appeared that measurable geographic variation might be present in this monotypic species. Accordingly, comparisons were made with materials in the Biological Surveys collection of the U. S. National Museum, the Provincial Museum, Victoria, B. C., and the National Museum of Canada. A comparison of specimens of similar ages showed that no subspecific separation is justified although animals from the Yukon Territory, British Columbia, and Northwest Terri- tories, as compared with available material from Alaska, tend to be grayer in color and longer in total length with a slightly larger skull and greater alveolar length of molariform tooth-row in both upper and lower jaws. Specimens used for comparison were from the following locali- ties: Alaska: Mts. near Eagle (USBS), 15; 200 mi. S Fort Yukon (USBS), 2; Upper Little Delta River, Glacier Creek, Mt. Hayes region (USBS), 1; Glacier Creek, Mt. Hayes region (USBS), 3; Little Delta River, Slate Creek, Red Mt. Camp, Mt. Hayes region (USBS), 1; Muldron Glacier, Mt. McKinley (USBS), 2; Mt. McKinley (USBS), 3; Summit of Chugach Mts., on Richardson Highway, N of Valdez (USBS), 1; Chitina River Glacier (Nat. Mus. Canada), 38. Yukon Territory: McMillan Pass, Canol Road, mile 282 (Nat. Mus. Canada), 2; Rose River, Canol Road, mile 95 (Nat. Mus. Canada), 8; Tepee Lake (Nat. Mus. Canada), 1; Conrad (Nat. Mus. Canada), 1; near Teslin Lake (Nat. Mus. Canada), 1. Northwest Territories: headwaters of Caracajou River, Canol Road, mile 111E (Nat. Mus. Canada), 1. British Columbia: White Mt., Moose Arm, Tagish Lake, Atlin (Prov. Mus., Victoria, B.C. ), 2: Lepus americanus macfarlani Merriam Varying Hare Lepus americanus macfarlani Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:30, March 14, 1900. (Type from Fort Anderson, near mouth of Anderson River, Mackenzie, Canada. ) Specimens examined.—Total 3, as follows: Yukon Territory: W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 1; 5 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. S and 53 mi. E Whitehorse, 1. British Columbia: 14 mi. N Fort Halkett, W side Smith River, 1. Remarks.—Alcorn reports seeing few hares on his two trips to Alaska. Near the Miniker River, a geologist told him that the num- MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 97 bers of these animals had steadily declined since 1943. One of three seen in a spruce forest on July 8, 1947, near Whitehorse was taken by Alcorn. A young one was captured in a rat trap in a build- ing near the Teslin River on July 5 of the same year. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus columbiensis A. H. Howell Red Squirrel Tamiasciurus hudsonicus columbiensis A. H. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 49:135, August 22, 1936. (Type from Raspberry Creek, about 30 mi. SE of Telegraph Creek, northern British Columbia. ) Specimens examined.—Total 18, as follows: Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1; W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. SW Whitehorse, 1; 2 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. E Whitehorse, 1. British Columbia: 1 mi. NW ject. Irons Creek and Liard River, 1; % mi. S jct. Trout River and Liard River, 3; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake, 3; Summit Pass, 4200 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nel- son, 8. Remarks.—Rand_ (1944:42) experienced difficulty in assigning subspecific names to red squirrels taken along the Alaska Highway in northern British Columbia. Some variability as found by Rand is noted in adults taken by Alcorn in this area. All of the specimens assigned to T. h. columbiensis have a darker tail and more tawny feet than T. h. preblei. The average of skulls of adults is smaller than the skull of an adult of T. h. preblei from Yerrick Creek, Alaska. Alcorn obtained most of the squirrels in rat traps and steel traps, using “chewed” rolled oats as well as bits of fish and mouse bodies as bait. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus petulans (Osgood) Red Squirrel Sciurus hudsonicus petulans Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 19:27, October 6, 1900. (Type from Glacier, White Pass, Alaska. ) T[amiasciurus]. hudsonicus petulans A. H. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 49:136, August 22, 1936. Specimens examined.—Total 7, as follows: Alaska: 1 mi. S Haines, 5 ft., 2. Yukon Territory; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1; 1% mi. E Tatshenshini River, 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 4. Remarks.—Specimens from extreme southwestern Yukon Terri- tory appear to be referable to this subspecies. The one adult female (skull only, with body measurements) from the southwestern end of Dezadeash Lake has a shorter skull than does any adult female of T. h. columbiensis. No skins of adults are in the series, but the skins of three subadults have darker upper parts, a darker tail and less olivaceous sides than T. h. columbiensis. 98 UNIVERSITY OF KANsAs PuBts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei A. H. Howell Red Squirrel Tamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei A. H. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 49:133, August 22, 1936. (Type from Fort Simpson, Mackenzie District, Northwestern Territories. ) Specimens examined.—Total 3, as follows: Alaska: Chatanika River, 700 ft., 14 mi. E and 25 mi. N Fairbanks, 1; N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 1; Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction, 1. Remarks——In comparison with specimens of T. h. hudsonicus from Iskwasum Lake, District of the Pas, Manitoba, the squirrel from Yerrick Creek, an adult female, is larger and paler on the upper parts and tail. The squirrel taken at Yerrick Creek was captured in a rat trap; Alcorn found these animals to be “fairly common” in that area. He obtained no evidence that the natives use them for food. Marmota monax ochracea Swarth Woodchuck Marmota ochracea Swarth, Univ. California Publ. Zoél., 7:203, Feb- ruary 18, 1911. (Type from Forty-mile Creek, Alaska. ) Marmota monax ochracea A. H. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 37:34, April 7, 1915. Specimens examined.—Total 3, as follows: British Columbia: Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW jet. Trout River and Liard River, 1; % mi. S jct. Trout River and Liard River, 2. Citellus parryii plesius (Osgood) Parry Ground Squirrel Spermophilis empetra plesius Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 19:29, Oc- tober 6, 1900. (Type from Bennett City, head of Lake Bennett, British Columbia. ) aoe paryii plesius A. H. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 56:97, May 18, Specimens examined.—Total 42, as follows: Alaska: Richardson Highway, 2000 ft., 32 mi. S and 4 mi. W Big Delta, 5. Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., 1; McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1; 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 2100 ft., 1; 1 mi. NE Whitehorse, 1; % mi. W Whitehorse, 2150 ft., 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1; 2 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. S and 56 mi. E Whitehorse, 7; 1% mi. E Tatshenshini River, 1% mi. S and 8 mi. E Dalton Post, 3. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 14; W side Mt. Glave, 4000 ft., 14 mi. S and 2 mi. E Kelsall Lake, 7. Remarks.—The specimens vary much in color; most color varia- tion is the result of wear and fading. In pallor of coloration the specimens taken on August 16 along the Richardson Highway, 32 MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 99 miles south and 4 miles west of Big Delta, Alaska, show some resemblance to C. p. ablusus, which occurs to the westward, al- though in other diagnostic characters these specimens are typically C. p. plesius. Specimens in early stages of molt were taken on July 3, 4, and 14; another specimen in an advanced stage of molt was obtained on July 10. One melanistic individual was taken one mile northeast of Whitehorse on July 11. Alcorn found these ground squirrels locally abundant, especially in the vicinity of Whitehorse in Yukon Territory. A large popula- tion was observed along the highway west of the Teslin River; animals were seen for several miles along the road, principally in open coniferous forests where there was little or no underbrush. Alcorn caught several animals near the city dump at Whitehorse. Along the Richardson Highway he observed these ground squirrels almost continuously for approximately ten miles. He comments that the animals appeared to be more numerous in the man-cleared areas along the highway than in “unmolested areas farther back from the highway.” Specimens were taken with collecting gun and in rat traps baited with “chewed” rolled oats. Eutamias minimus borealis (J. A. Allen) Least Chipmunk Tamias asiaticus borealis J. A. Allen, Monogr. N. Amer. Rodentia, p. 793, August, 1877. (Type trom Fort Liard, Mackenzie, Canada. ) Eutamias minimus borides A. H. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 3:183, August 4, 1922. Specimens examined.—Total 10, as follows: British Columbia: N_ side Muskwa River, 1200 ft., 4 mi. W Fort Nelson, 1; E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch, 5; Beatton River, 115 mi. S Fort Nelson, 1; 5 mi. W. and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 1. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 2. Remarks.—Specimens with worn pelage are conspicuously paler and grayer than those in fresh pelage. Chipmunks in early stages of molt with fresh pelage extending posteriorly to the middle of the dorsal part of the back were taken on June 19, 20, and 22; others in fresh pelage above, except for the hind quarters, were taken on June 15 and on September 2. Alcorn found this species nowhere abundant; for example, in 187 museum special traps set near Charlie Lake, 5 miles west and 3 miles north of Fort St. John, in British Columbia, he took only one chipmunk. 100 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas PuBis., Mus. Nat. Hist. Eutamias minimus caniceps Osgood Least Chipmunk Eutamias caniceps Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 19:28, October 6, 1900. (Type from Lake Lebarge, Yukon Territory. ) Eutamias minimus caniceps A. H. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 3:184, August 4, 1922. Specimens examined.—Total 36, as follows: Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., 2; McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 3; 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 2100 ft., 1; W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. S Whitehorse 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 10; 5 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. S an 53 mi. E Whitehorse, 1; W side Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 58 mi. E White- horse, 2; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E. Dalton Post, 2500 ft., 5. British Columbia: 1 mi. NW jet. Irons Creek and Liard River, 2; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake, 6; Summit Pass, 4200 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson, 3. Remarks——Some of the specimens taken between Summit Pass and Toad River show evidence of intergradation between the paler and grayer E. m. caniceps and the brighter and browner E. m. borealis. Rand (1944:41) also found evidence of intergradation between these two subspecies in this area. Along the highway, Alcorn found this species to be somewhat more abundant in the Yukon Territory than in British Columbia. He often found the animals occupying abandoned road camps; seemingly they were more numerous in these areas than in undis- turbed natural habitat. Glaucomys sabrinus zaphaeus (Osgood) Flying Squirrel Sciuropterus alpinus zaphaeus Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18:133, April 18, 1905. (Type from Helm Bay, Cleveland Peninsula, southeastern Alaska. ) Glaucomys sabrinus zaphaeus A. H. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 44:43, June 18, 1918. Specimens examined.—One from Yukon Territory: 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2500 ft. Remarks.—Although comparative material is not available at this writing, descriptions in the literature indicate that this single adult female belongs to the coastal form, G. s. zaphaeus. In both color and in cranial and external measurements, this specimen ap- pears to agree closely with descriptions given by Howell (1918:43) and by Cowan (1937:78 and 82), although its measurements are also in the range of those given for G. s. alpinus by Cowan (loc. cit.). It may be pointed out that Swarth (1936:402) regarded a specimen from 15 miles south of Atlin, British Columbia, as G. s. alpinus. Measurements of Alcorn’s specimen are as follows: total length, 331; tail, 143; hind foot, 42; ear from notch, 23; greatest length of MamMats TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 101 skull, 41.7; zygomatic breadth, 25.7; mastoid breadth, 21.7; length of nasals, 12.2; length maxillary tooth-row, 8.2; interorbital constric- tion, 8.2; and postorbital constriction, 9.0. Castor canadensis sagittatus Benson Beaver Castor canadensis sagittatus Benson, Jour. Mamm., 14:320, Novem- ber 13, 1933. (Type from Indianpoint Creek, 3200 ft., 16 mi. NE Barkerville, British Columbia.) Specimens examined—Two from British Columbia: Fort Halkett, N side Liard River. Remarks.—Two beaver skulls obtained by Alcorn from trapper Johnny Pie appear to be of this subspecies. Anderson (1947:133) records this subspecies from the Liard River, in the area from which these specimens were taken. The trapper told Alcorn that he shot these two beavers in the winter of 1947-48 and hung the skulls in a tree. Peromyscus maniculatus algidus Osgood White-footed Mouse Peromyscus maniculatus algidus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, No. 28:56, April 17, 1909. (Type from head of Lake Bennett, site of old Bennett City, British Columbia. ) Specimens examined.—Total 93, as follows: Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 20; 1 mi. W Haines, 5 ft., 7. Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., 10;.McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 6; 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 2100 ft., 2; W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 16; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 9; 1% mi. S and 38 mi. E Dalton Post, 15. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 8. Remarks.—Specimens from the localities listed above are in the geographic range of P. m. algidus as outlined by Anderson (1947: 136). Specimens from the vicinity of Haines, Alaska, are slightly darker indicating intergradation with P. m. hylaeus; Osgood (1909a: 54 and 56) also noted that intergradation between P. m. algidus and P. m. hylaeus occurs in this area. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis Mearns White-footed Mouse Peromyscus maniculatus borealis Mearns, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 24:102, May 15, 1911. Substitute name for P. m. arcticus Mearns. (Type from Fort Simpson, Mackenzie, Canada. ) Specimens examined.—Total 214, as follows: Yukon Territory: 2 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. S and 56 mi. E Whitehorse, 8; W side Teslin River, 2300 ft., 16 mi. S and 58 mi. E Whitehorse, 24; E side Teslin River, 2300 ft., 16 mi. S and 59 mi. E Whitehorse, 7. British Columbia: 1 mi. NW jct. Irons Creek and Liard River, 10; Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW jet. Trout 102 UnIversITy OF KANsAs PuBts., Mus. Nat. Hist. River and Liard River, 6; N side Liard River, % mi. W jct. Trout River and Liard River, 13; % mi. S jct. Trout River and Liard River, 20; SE end Muncho Lake, 5; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake, 45; N side Muskwa River, 1200 ft., 4 mi. W Fort Nelson, 9; North Fork Tetsa River, 3900 ft., 4 mi. ENE Summit Pass, 13; Summit Pass, 4200 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson, 17; E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch, 18; Beatton River, 115 mi. S Fort Nelson, 2; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 7. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 10. Remarks.—Specimens from 2 miles west of Teslin River resemble P. m. borealis more than P. m. algidus both in size of skull and in color, although I find it difficult to distinguish the specimens by color. Alcorn, like Rand (1945:43), found the mouse in almost every habitat along the Alaska Highway. On the east side of the Minaker River, one mile west of Trutch, Alcorn took 26 Peromyscus and four Microtus in 70 museum special traps baited with chewed rolled oats, set in a grassy area where there were birches and clumps of willows. Peromyscus was usually abundant in old construction camps along the highway; on July 27 in 50 traps set under abandoned buildings at Summit Pass, Alcorn took 21 Peromyscus. Apparently, as Swarth (1936:402) notes, the white-footed mouse makes itself at home in such buildings, and local populations prob- ably increase as a result of the artificial environment that provides favorable conditions for existence. Neotoma cinerea drummondii (Richardson ) Bushy-tailed Wood Rat Myoxus drummondii Richardson, Zool. Jour., 3:517, 1828. (Type probably from near Jasper House, Alberta, Canada. ) Neotoma cinerea drummondii Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 7:25, April 13, 1892. Specimens examined.—Total 4, as follows: British Columbia: Summit Pass, 4500 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W of Fort Nelson, 1; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 3. Remarks.—Wood rats were obtained at only two locations, Alcorn’s field notes indicating that the animals were rare and spotty in distribution. Rand (1944:44) comments that the rats were “scarce north of the Lower Liard Crossing.” At both localities where specimens were taken, Alcorn noted first their characteristic droppings. At Summit Pass, droppings were found in a rock slide at the upper limit of timber line; one rat was taken. At the trapping station five miles west and three miles north of Fort St. John, droppings were found in and under an old aban- doned building; four young (two prepared) and one adult were obtained. MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 103 Synaptomys borealis dalli Merriam Northern Bog Lemming Synaptomys (Mictomys) dalli Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:62, March 19, 1896. (Type from Nulato, Alaska. ) Synaptomys borealis dalli A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:24, (June 30) August 5, 1927. Specimens examined.—Total 6, as follows: Alaska: E side Deadman Lake, 1800 ft., 15 mi. SE Northway, 1. Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 5. Remarks.—The northern bog lemming is evidently not generally distributed along the Alaska Highway but may be locally numerous in cover of grass and sedge especially in marsh and bog habitat. Five specimens were obtained in a grassy area 30 feet wide by 60 feet long which was approximately 50 feet from McIntyre Creek in the Yukon Territory. In 22 mouse traps set the first night in this locality, three Synaptomys, six Microtus and one Sorex were taken. One additional Synaptomys was taken on each of the following two nights in the same area. At Deadman Lake, Alaska, one Synaptomys was taken in heavy sedge bordering a small pond. Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni (Merriam) Dawson Red-backed Mouse Evotomys dawsoni Merriam, Amer. Nat., 22:650, July, 1888. (Type from Finlayson River, a northern source of the Liard River, lat. 61° 30’ N, long. 129° 30’ W, Yukon, Canada. ) Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:135, April 21, 1950. Specimens examined.—Total 126, as follows: Alaska: Chatanika River, 700 ft., 14 mi. E and 25 mi. N Fairbanks, 17; 1 mi. SW Fairbanks, 440 ft., 1; N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 15; 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 3; Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction, 32; Tok Junction, 1600 ft., 1; E side Deadman Lake, 1800 ft., 15 mi. SE North- way, 9; 1 mi. NE Anchorage, 100 ft., 9; Glenn Highway, 6 mi. WSW Snow- shoe Lake, 1; E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 2; 1 mi. S Haines, 5 ft., 2. Yukon Territoy: Jct. Grafe Creek and Edith Creek, 2; 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2250 ft., 4; 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 2100 ft., 2; W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 6; SW end Desadeash Lake, 15. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5) mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall. River, 1; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake, 2; Summit Pass, 4500 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson, 2. Remarks.—Specimens from one mile northeast of Anchorage show little tendency toward C. r. orca from the Prince William Sound area (see Orr, 1945:73). One specimen from this locality is slightly darker than the others. Red-backed mice were numerous in most localities where Alcorn trapped. A number of specimens were taken adjacent to and within abandoned road camps, where second growth vegetation was rank. As in the case of C. gapperi, he found C. rutilus in varied habitats. 104 UnIveERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Clethrionomys gapperi athabascae (Preble) Red-backed Mouse Evotomys gapperi athabascae Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 27:178, Oc- tober 26, 1908. (Type from Fort Smith, Slave Lake, Mackenzie Dis- trict, Northwest Territories, Canada. ) Clethrionomys gapperi athabascae Harper, Jour. Mamm., 13:28, Feb- ruary 9, 1932. Specimens examined.—Total 14, as follows: British Columbia: N_ side Muska River, 1200 ft., 4 mi. W Fort Nelson, 1; E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch, 3; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 4. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 6. Remarks.—These red-backed mice were taken in various habitats: grassy areas in aspen and poplar forest, heavy spruce forest with no undergrowth excepting lichens and moss, thick underbrush in river flood plain, and at the site of an old sawmill. The northwestern distribution of this species along the Alaska Highway as found by Alcorn is approximately the same as that found by Rand (1944:44). Ondatra zibethicus spatulatus (Osgood) Muskrat Fiber spatulatus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 19:36, October 6, 1900. (Type from Lake Marsh, Yukon, Canada.) Ondatra zibethica spatulata Miller, N. Amer. Land Mann. 1911, p. 231, December 31, 1912. Specimens examined.—Total 2, as follows: Alaska: N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 1; E side Deadman Lake, 1800 ft., 15 mi. NE Northway, 1. Remarks.—One muskrat was shot in an old beaver pond on the north side of the Salcha River. A skull from a carcass, that had been left by a trapper the previous winter, was obtained at Deadman Lake. Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii Preble Lemming Mouse Phenacomys mackenzii Preble, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15:182, aoe iY 1902. (Type from Fort Smith, Slave River, Mackenzie, anada. Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii Crowe, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80:403, February 4, 1943. Specimen examined.—One from Yukon Territory: SE end Dezadeash Lake. Remarks.—A subadult taken only a few miles from the Alaskan border in Yukon Territory constitutes an extension of the known range of this species to the northwest. The mouse is evidently rare or irregular in its distribution since Alcorn did considerable trapping in the area from which only one was taken. MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 105 Microtus pennsylvanicus Pennsylvania Meadow Mouse The Pennsylvania meadow mouse is an abundant mammal along the Alaska Highway. Alcorn obtained specimens at most of his trapping stations, frequently in company with Microtus oeconomus at the more northern localities. A preferred habitat was grassy areas and willow clumps along streams or at the edges of lakes. The best catches were made along well-used runways, especially where there were piles of cut grass. These runways were used also by Clethrionomys and other small animals. Specimens of M. pennsylvanicus were frequently taken in the daytime; one was taken on June 29 as it was swimming at the edge of a small lake near the junction of the Liard River and Irons Creek in British Columbia. Lacking sufficient comparative material in the past, most workers have considered that M. pennsylvanicus ranges without appreciable geographic variation throughout most of northwestern Canada and Alaska, where it has been referred to the subspecies, M. p. drummondii. Dale (1940), in studying collections made in British Columbia and southeastern Alaska, found evidence of geographic variation and recognized two new subspecies; thus he not only pointed out geographically variable characters but reduced the size of the range ascribed to M. p. drummondii. A later work by Rand (1943) considered the northwestern populations of M. pennsyl- vanicus as being too variable to show distinctive groupings. The large collection made by Alcorn offers evidence that other separable subspecies with constant characters are present. Study of this ma- terial indicates the presence of two unnamed subspecies, which are named and described as follows: Microtus pennsylvanicus alcorni new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skin with skull, No. 21552, Univ. Kansas, Mus. Nat. Hist., 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 feet elevation, Yukon Territory, Canada; 24 August 1947; obtained by J. R. Alcorn; original No. 5240. Range.—Extreme southwestern Yukon Territory and adjacent parts of Alaska as far south as Haines, as far north as Northway, and as far west along the Alaskan coast as Anchorage and Tyonek. Diagnosis.—Size large (see measurements); color of upper parts near (1) Brussels Brown; skull noticeably ridged; zygomatic arches heavy, rounded and relatively short; rostrum heavy; auditory bullae not greatly expanded; maxillary teeth relatively heavy and low-crowned. Comparisons——From M. p. drummondii (specimens from vicinity of White- horse, Y. T., Trutch, B. C., and Kinuso, Alberta), M. p. alcorni differs as fol- lows: Averaging larger in all measurements taken except lengths of tail and hind foot, which are the same; color of upper parts slightly paler and more gray and less brown; underparts paler; zygomatic arches heavier, rounder 106 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. and shorter; skull proportionately more massive, except the auditory bullae which are less inflated; maxillary teeth heavier and lower-crowned. . From M. p. rubidus (specimens from Atlin, B. C.), M. p. alcorni differs as follows: Averaging larger in all cranial measurements taken except length of the maxillary tooth-row which is the same; color of upperparts more gray and less brown; underparts darker; skull longer with longer nasals and heavier zygomatic arches; skull of adult more heavily ridged. From M. p. admiraltiae (specimens from Admiralty Island), M. p. alcorni differs as follows: Averaging larger in all measurements taken; color of upper parts more gray and less brown, underparts darker. Remarks.—Microtus p. alcorni is a well-defined subspecies differ- ing markedly from adjacent subspecies by a larger and heavier skull and broader, more rounded and heavier zygomatic arches. Characters examined in the specimens available are constant. Specimens from Haines are slightly darker than those from Kluane. An adult (No. 21534, UKMNH) from Northway has slightly more inflated auditory bullae than those from Kluane. An adult from Tyonek (No. 986, UKMNH) has richer brown upper parts. Meas- urements of this specimen resemble closely those of animals from Kluane, although the rostrum is noticably heavier. Several adults were available from many of the localities of oc- currence of M. p. alcorni. At the locality 9 miles west and 4 miles north of Haines, there were four which were considered to be old adults. These four had larger measurements than others considered to be fully adult. In addition, the skulls were larger and more rugged. There were occasionally old adults in other series. For the sake of uniformity, I have not considered these aforementioned old adults in the comparative studies of younger adults. This sub- species is named in honor of J(oseph). R(aymond). Alcorn, the col- lector. Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of six adults of both sexes of M. p. alcorni from the type locality are as follows: Total length, 162 (149-172); length of tail, 43 (39-45); condylobasal length, 26.3 (25.6-26.3); basal length, 25.2 (24.2-25.9); length of nasals, 7.3 (6.9-7.5); zygomatic breadth, 15.3 (14.9-15.6); breadth across auditory bullae, 12.8 (12.4-13.2); alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row, 6.4 (6.1-6.7). Seven adults of both sexes from 9 miles west and 4 miles north of Haines have the following measurements: 158 (148-165); 45 (41-50); 26.1 (25.5-26.8); 24.8 (24.4- 25.7); 7.3 (7.0-7.6); 14.9 (14.3-15.1); 12.2 (11.8-18.0); 6.2 (5.9-6.3). Specimens examined.—Total 65, distributed by localities of capture as fol- lows and deposited in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History: Alaska: E side Deadman Lake, 1800 ft., 15 mi. SE Northway, 7; 1 mi. NE Anchorage, 100 ft., 1; Tyonek, Cook’s Inlet, 1; E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 37. Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2250 ft., 14; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 2; 14 mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2500 ft., 3. Specimens reported by Osgood (1904:35) have not been seen by me but may be of this subspecies, and are tentatively referred to it. These are from the following localities in Alaska: Lake Clark near Keejik, near the oe of the Chulitna River, and Kakhtul River near the junction with the Aalchatna. MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 107 Microtus pennsylvanicus tananaensis new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skin with skull, No. 21509, Univ. Kansas, Mus. Nat. Hist., Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction, Alaska; 20 July 1947; obtained by J. R. Alcorn; original No. 5023. Range.—East-central Alaska as far south as Tok Junction, as far west as Mt. McKinley, as far north as Fairbanks and as far east as Eagle. Diagnosis —Size medium (see measurements); color of upper parts dark, near (n) Prout’s Brown, with some individual variation; skull with zygomatic arches moderately heavy and wide; nasals relatively long; auditory bullae inflated. Comparisons—From M. p. alcorni (see description), M. p. tananaensis differs as follows: Smaller in all measurements taken except alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row which is the same; color of upper parts darker, more richly brown and less gray; underparts darker; zygomatic arches less massive and narrower; auditory bullae larger and more inflated. From M. p. drummondii (see comparisons under M. p. alcorni), M. p. tananaensis differs as follows: Larger in all cranial measurements taken ex- cept nasal length which is the same; color everywhere slightly darker; wider across zygomatic arches; zygoma thicker; nasals, relative to length of skull, shorter; auditory bullae larger and more inflated. Remarks.—For the most part the material available of this sub- species consisted of subadults; however, comparison of adults with those of adjacent subspecies indicates that this subspecies can be distinguished by color of the upper parts, cranial measurements, and size of the zygomatic arches and the auditory bullae. Speci- mens from 14 miles east and 25 miles north of Fairbanks are es- pecially dark. One subadult (No. 21467, UKMNH) has blackish hair on the feet and a blackish unicolored tail. No. 241696, USBS, an old adult female, from Ketchumstock, is larger. The specimens referred to this subspecies, vary some in color, but vary less in cranial characters. Additional adults are needed from western Alaska to determine how far this subspecies extends down the valley of the Yukon River. Bailey (1900:24) lists one specimen from Nulato, as drummondii; I have not seen it but on geographic grounds tentatively assign it to M. p. tananaensis. Measurements.—Measurements of the type specimen are as follows: Total length, 160; length of tail, 40; condylobasal length, 26.0; basal length, 24.9; length of nasals, 6.7; zygomatic breadth, 14.5; breadth across auditory bullae, 12.5; alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row, 6.2. Two specimens from Eagle (Nos. 128295 and 128320, USBS) have the following measurements respectively: 161, 154; 37.5, 36; 25.3, 25.4; 23.8, 23.9; 6.5, 6.8; 14.5, 14.6; 1G. 12538: "6al Gale Specimens examined.—Total 34, distributed by localities of capture as fol- lows and unless otherwise stated in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History: Alaska: Near Buster Creek, Chatanika River, 1 (USBS); Chatanika River, 700 ft., 14 mi. E and 25 mi. N Fairbanks, 4; Fairbanks, 2 (USBS); head of Glacier Creek, Mt. McKinley, 1 (USBS); Moose Creek, Mt. McKinley, 2 (USBS); head of Toklat River, 1 (USBS); Eagle, 4 (USBS); Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction, 13; Ketchumstock, 2 (USBS); 9 mi. from mouth of Robertson River, 1 (USBS); Tanana, 3 108 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. (USBS); Tanana Crossing, 1 (USBS). Osgood (1909b:24) records speci- mens which may be of this subspecies from the following localities in Alaska: Charlie Creek, Circle, 20 miles above Circle, 40 miles above Circle, Nation Creek, and Seventy Mile Creek. Osgood (1900:36) also records specimens from near Fort Yukon. None of these has been seen by me; they are only tentatively assigned to this subspecies. Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii (Audubon and Bachman) Arvicola drummondii Audubon and Bachman, Quadr. North Amer., 3:166, 1854. (Type, by subsequent designation, from vicinity of Jasper House, Alberta. ) Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii Hollister, Canadian Alp. Jour., Special Number, p. 23, February 17, 1913. Specimens examined.—Total 93, as follows: Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 26; W side Lewes River, 2150 ft., 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 4; 5 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. S and 53 mi. E White- horse, 7; E side Teslin River, 2300 ft., 16 mi. S and 59 mi. E Whitehorse, 1. British Columbia: 1 mi. NW jet. Irons Creek and Liard River, 8; Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW jet. Trout River and Liard River, 3; N side Liard River, % mi. W jet. Liard River and Trout River, 1; 4% mi. S jct. Trout River and Liard River, 13; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake, 2; Summit Pass, 4200 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson, 2; E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch, 19; Beatton River, 115 mi. S Fort Nelson, 1; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 2. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 4. Remarks.—Adults among the specimens listed above vary but little; one female from Assineau River in Alberta is notably more reddish than others taken elsewhere. Average and extreme measurements of nine adults of both sexes of M. p. drummondii from E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch, British Columbia, are as follows: Total length, 157 (148-165); length of tail, 42 (37-46); condylobasal length, 25.1 (24.7-26.0); basal length, 24.2 (23.4-25.0); length of nasals, 6.8 (6.4-7.2); zygo- matic breadth, 14.4 (13.9-14.7); breadth across auditory bullae, 12.4 (12.0-12.7); alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row, 6.1 (6.0-6.2); Nine adults of both sexes from McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 miles northwest of Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, have the follow- ing measurements: 153 (147-168); 40 (33-47); 249 (24.2-95.5); 24.0 (23.6-24.6); 6.6 (6.2-7.2); 14.4 (18.9-15.1); 12.1 (11.7-12.5); 6.1 (6.0-6.2). Microtus cf. cantator Anderson Yukon Singing Mouse Microtus cantator Anderson, Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. No. 102, Biol. Ser. No. 31:161, [for 1946], January 24, 1947. (Type “taken in tundra- slide above timber-line on mountain top near Tepee Lake on north slope of St. Elias Range,” Yukon Territory, Canada. ) Specimen examined.—One from Alaska: Fish Creek, 3400 ft., 5 mi. N and 1 mi. E Paxson. Remarks.—The single adult male, obtained by Alcorn, has been compared by Dr. Henry W. Setzer with specimens of Microtus muriei Nelson, M. miurus miurus Osgood, and M. m. oreas Osgood MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 109 in the United States National Museum. He reports that the speci- men is related most closely to M. miurus but exhibits characters by which it is, at least, subspecifically distinct from these two forms of this species. Three specimens of M. andersoni Rand and one of M. cantator Anderson, borrowed from the National Museum of Canada are less mature than the specimen in question. Even so, the male from Fish Creek is less gray than M. andersoni and as seen from measurements of the type, an adult male (Rand, 1945:42), is larger with longer tail and has a shorter and narrower skull and is judged to be taxonomically separable. M. cantator was named from two specimens; both the paratype (seen by me) and seem- ingly the type are too young to show clearly subspecific characters. Alcorn’s specimen is tentatively referred to M. cantator until some adult topotypes can be obtained. Measurements of the male, No. 21539, from Fish Creek, are: Total length, 152; length of tail, 30; hind foot, 22; condylobasal length, 28.0; basal length, 26.6; length of nasals, 7.1; zygomatic breadth, 13.8; breadth across auditory bullae, 11.5; least interorbital breadth, 3.3; alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row, 6.2. Alcorn took this specimen in an area above timberline where a low growth of willow was the dominant vegetation. Traps were set where he had seen a mouse go into a small burrow. The next morning, August 18, 1947, he found this specimen and two Microtus oeconomus macfarlani in his traps. Microtines of the subgenus Stenocranius from continental areas of Alaska and Northwestern Canada are represented in collections by a few specimens from widely separated localities. Lacking ma- terial from intermediate localities, describers have given specific recognition to several of these isolated populations. Future col- lecting will be necessary to disclose whether the North American mice of this subgenus belong to one or to more than one species and may disclose whether or not there has been more than one invasion of the North American continent by members of this Asiatic group. Microtus longicaudus vellerosus J. A. Allen Long-tailed Meadow Mouse Microtus vellerosus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:7, March 4, 1899. (Type from upper Liard River, British Columbia, Canada. ) Microtus longicaudus vellerosus Anderson and Rand, Canadian Field- Nat., 58:20, April 1, 1944. Specimens examined.—Total 127, as follows: Alaska: N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 1. Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., 2; McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 10; % 110 UnrversiTy OF Kansas Pusus., Mus. Nat. Hist. mi. W Whitehorse, 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 18; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2500 ft., 24. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jet. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 20; Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW jet. Trout River and Liard River, 4; % mi. S jct. Trout River and Liard River, 15; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake, 27; SE end Muncho Lake, 4; Summit Pass, 4500 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson, 1. Remarks.—Specimens from 1% miles south and 3 miles east of Dalton Post and from Dezadeash Lake in Yukon Territory and from Stonehouse Creek in British Columbia are referred to M. I. vellerosus although in color of upper parts they show close relationship with M. I. littoralis. These specimens are less gray and more brown than specimens more typical of M. l. vellerosus from the Liard River area. Alcorn found the long-tailed meadow mouse in widely separated areas. Most specimens were obtained in grassy situations near water or on moist ground. The single male from Summit Pass in British Columbia was taken above timberline. Microtus longicaudus littoralis Swarth Long-tailed Meadow Mouse Microtus mordax littoralis Swarth, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 46:209, October 26, 1933. (Type from Shakan, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. ) Microtus longicaudus littoralis Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, No- vember 14, 1938. Specimens examined.—Total 29, as follows: Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 9; 1 mi. S Haines, 5 ft., 20. Remarks.—In comparison with the series of M. I. vellerosus from the Liard River area, the long-tailed meadow mice from near Haines are more reddish brown, have a longer tail, and have a smaller skull with smaller auditory bullae. This subspecies is restricted to the coastal area, and as noted under the account of M. I. vellerosus, intergradation between these two forms occurs a relatively short distance inland. Microtus oeconomus macfarlani Merriam Tundra Mouse Microtus macfarlani Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:24, March 14, 1900. (Type from Fort Anderson, Anderson River, Mack- enzie district, Northwest Territories, Canada. ) Microtus oec[onomus] macfarlani Zimmerman, Archiv f. Naturgesch., 11:187, September 12, 1942. Specimens examined.—Total 70, as follows: Alaska: Circle, 664 ft., 1; Chatanika River, 700 ft., 14 mi. E and 25 mi. N Fairbanks, 13; Twelve Mile Summit, 3225 ft., Steese Highway, 6; 1 mi. SW Fairbanks, 440 ft., 3; N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks, 28; Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction, 9; Fish Creek, 3400 ft., 5 mi. N and 1 mi. E Paxson, 3; Glenn Highway, 6 mi. WSW Snowshoe Lake, 1. Yukon Terri- tory: Jct. Grafe and Edith Creeks, 1; 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., 2; SW end MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 111 Dezadeash Lake, 1. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 54% mi. W _ jet. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 2. Remarks.—Alcorn found the tundra mouse in many of the locali- ties at which he trapped in east-central Alaska. Specimens were taken above timberline, along roads, in grassy areas which had been cleared of timber, and in low vegetation bordering streams. On August 17 at Fish Creek, 5 miles north and 1 mile east of Paxson, Alaska, Alcorn obtained one of these mice in a tree in the daytime. Immature specimens taken at Stonehouse Creek are, to my knowl- edge, the first records for this species in British Columbia. Mus musculus Linnaeus House Mouse [Mus] musculus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1:62, 1758. (Type from Upsala, Sweden. ) Specimens examined.—Total 6, as follows: Alaska: 1 mi. NE Anchorage, 100 ft., 2. Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2259 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 2; 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 2100 ft., 1. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 1. Remarks.—Alcorn took house mice in and near areas inhabited by man. One mouse was taken near Whitehorse on July 10 under a building which had not been occupied for one year. Another was taken at the Whitehorse city dump. Near Kinuso, one specimen was obtained at the site of an old sawmill. Zapus hudsonius hudsonius (Zimmermann) Meadow Jumping Mouse Dipus hudsonius Zimmermann, Geogr. Gesch., 2: 358, 1780. (Type from Hudson Bay, Canada. ) Zapus hudsonius Coues, Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., ser. 2, 1:253, January 8, 1876. Specimens examined.—Total 8, as follows: British Columbia: 1 mi. NW jet. Irons Creek and Liard River, 3; Hot Springs, 3 mi. WNW ject. Trout River and Liard River, 1; E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch, 1; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Fort St. John, 1. Alberta: Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, 1. Remarks.—The jumping mice listed above have been compared with specimens of Z. h. hudsonius from Ontario and Michigan. The zone of contact between Z. h. hudsonius and Z. h. alascensis is still unknown; Alcorn obtained no specimens between Irons Creek and Whitehorse. To my knowledge there are no records from this ex- tensive area. Alcorn took Zapus in grassy areas at the edge of water, in an old gravel pit, and at the site of an old sawmill. Animals were taken as early as June 30 and as late as September 2. 112 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Zapus hudsonius alascensis Merriam Meadow Jumping Mouse Zapus hudsonius alascensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:223, July 15, 1897. (Type from Yakutat Bay, Alaska. ) Specimens examined.—Total 18, as follows: Alaska: 1 mi. SW Fairbanks, 440 ft., 1; E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines, 8. Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 4; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1. British Columbia: Stonehouse Creek, 5% mi. W jet. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River, 4. Remarks.—Specimens taken by Alcorn were compared with rep- resentatives of both Z. princeps (Wyoming, Idaho, Oregon) and Z. hudsonius (Ontario, Michigan, Kansas, Wyoming). All have been referred to Z. hudsonius although one female from Stonehouse Creek shows some tendency toward Z. princeps in external measurements, length of upper molariform tooth-row, and length of incisive foramina. Erethizon dorsatum myops Merriam Porcupine Erethizon epixanthus myops Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., ree ean 14, 1900. (Type from Portage Bay, Alaska Peninsula, Alaska. Erethizon dorsatum myops Anderson and Rand, Canadian Jour. Res., 21:293, September 24, 1943. Specimens examined.—Total 2, as follows: Alaska: Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W and 4 mi. N Tok Junction, 1. Yukon Territory: 2 mi. W Teslin River, 2400 ft., 16 mi. S and 56 mi. E Whitehorse, 1. Remarks.—Alcorn found little evidence of porcupines along the highway. The female from the Teslin River was found under a building. The female from Yerrick Creek was in dense underbrush in a spruce forest and weighed 20 pounds. Canis latrans incolatus Hall Coyote Canis latrans incolatus Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:369, No- vember 5, 1934. (Type from Isaacs Lake, 3000 ft., Bowron Lake region, British Columbia, Canada. ) Specimens examined.—Total 2, as follows: Yukon Territory: 25 mi. NW Bibi bere: 1. British Columbia: Buckinghorse River, 94 mi. S Fort Nel- son, l. Canis lupus pambasileus Elliot Wolf Canis pambasileus Elliot, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18:79, Feb- Ane ay 1905. (Type from Susitna River, region of Mount McKinley, aska. ay ree lupus pambasileus Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 18:45, February MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 118 Specimens examined.—Total 8, as follows: Yukon Territory: E. side Aishihik River, 17 mi. N Canyon, 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1; Marshall Creek, 3 mi. N Dezadeash River, 1. Remarks—Alcom reported wolf sign at many of his camps along the highway. Skulls were obtained from trappers. Canis lupus occidentalis Richardson Wolf Canis lupus occidentalis Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, 1:60, 1829. (Type not designated, restricted to Fort Simpson, Mackenzie, Canada, by Miller, Smithson. Misc. Coll., 59 (no. 15):4, June 8, 1912.) Specimens examined—Two from British Columbia: Buckinghorse River, 94 mi. S Fort Nelson. Canis lupus columbianus Goldman Wolf Canis lupus columbianus Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:110, September 30, 1941. (Type from Wistaria, north side of Ootsa Lake, Coast District, British Columbia, Canada. ) Specimens examined.—One from British Columbia: Screw Creek, 10 mi. S and 50 mi. E Teslin. Vulpes fulva abietorum Merriam Red Fox Vulpes alascensis abietorum Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., aces ee 28, 1900. (Type from Stuart Lake, British Columbia, Canada. Vulpes fulva abietorum Bailey, Nature Mag., 28:317, November 1936. Specimens examined.—Total 11, as follows: Yukon Territory: 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2559 ft., 1; Marshall Creek, 3 mi. N Dezadeash River, 6; Champagne, N side Dezadeash River, 3; 1% mi. E Tatshenshini River, 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 1. Remarks.—Specimens obtained are skulls only, mostly taken in the winter months by trappers. One fox was found dead with procupine quills stuck in and around its mouth. Ursus americanus cinnamomum Audubon and Bachman Black Bear Ursus americanus var. cinnamomum Audubon and Bachman, Quadr. North Amer., 3:125, 1854. (Type from Northern Rocky Mountains. ) Specimens examined.—Total 3, as follows: British Columbia: 10 mi. W Fort Nelson, 1; Buckinghorse River, 94 mi. S Fort Nelson, 2. Remarks.—One large, unsexed skull from Buckinghorse River with part of the rostrum gone has the frontal shield strongly dished. A young adult female taken 10 miles west of Fort Nelson on August 23, 1948, has the following external measurements: Total length, 1345; tail, 65; hind foot, 256; ear from notch, 135. 114 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. Ursus species Grizzly Specimens examined.—Total 5, as follows: Yukon Territory: E_ side Aishihik River, 17 mi. N Canyon, 1; Unahini River, 5 mi. N and 1 mi. E Dalton Post, 1; Unahini River, 3 mi. N and 1 mi. E Dalton Post, 2. | British Columbia: Buckinghorse River, 94 mi. S Fort Nelson, 1. Remarks.—Of three specimens obtained at the Unahini River, two males resemble each other closely, while the third, an old adult represented by an unsexed skull with broken cranium, is markedly different, the skull being noticeably shorter with shorter rostrum and lower jaw and other distinctive features. It closely resembles the skull of an adult male taken at the Aishihik River. Furthermore, the first two animals show close relationships with an unsexed skull which Alcorn obtained at the Buckinghorse River in British Columbia. Two males taken at the Unahini River in the Yukon Territory have the following external measurements: Total length, 1933, 1812; tail, 150, 96; hind foot, 262, 260; ear from notch, 129, 131. Other specimens, skulls only, obtained from native hunters, are partly broken. Alcorn writes that the local hunters always shoot a grizzly in the head to be certain that it is dead. Mustela erminea arctica (Merriam) Ermine Putorius arcticus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 11:15, June 30, 1896. (Type from Point Barrow, Alaska. ) Mustela erminea arctica Ognev, The mammals of U. S. S. R. and ad- jacent countries, 3:31, 1935. Specimens examined.—Four from Alaska: N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi. S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks. Remarks.—One ermine was caught in a rat trap; the others were taken within 50 yards of the trapped animal by attracting them with squeaking calls to within shooting range. One of the weasels ap- proached to within ten feet of Alcorn, while he was making the mentioned call. Mustela erminea richardsonii Bonaparte Ermine Mustela richardsonii Bonaparte, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., 2:38, January, 1838. (Type from Fort Franklin, at western end of Great Bear Lake, Mackenzie district, Northwest Territories, Canada. ) Ps erminea richardsonii Hall, Jour. Mamm., 26:180, July 19, Specimens examined.—One from Yukon Territory: McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse. MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 115 Mustela erminea alascensis ( Merriam) Ermine Putorius richardsonii alascensis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 11:12, June 30, 1896. (Type from Juneau, Alaska.) Mustela erminea alascensis Hall, Jour. Mamm., 26:180, July 19, 1945. Specimens examined.—One from Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W and 4 mi. N Haines. Mustela vison energumenos (Bangs) Mink Putorius vison energumenos Bangs, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 27:5, March, 1896. (Type from Sumas, British Columbia, Canada. ) Mustela vison energumenos Miller, North Amer. Land Mamm. 1911, p. 101, December 31, 1912. Specimen examined.—One (broken and unsexed skull) from Yukon Terri- tory: Champagne, N side Dezadeash River. Remarks.—While studying moose at Medicine Lake, near Circle Hot Springs, Alaska, on August 9, 1947, Alcorn observed some mink concerning which he records the following: “After waiting about an hour a large mink was seen traveling northward on land at the edge of the lake. It continued and went out of sight. I waited about two minutes and then started a series of loud squeaks. To our surprise we soon saw what we judged was the same mink. In company with this mink were five others. . . . These mink were much interested in the squeaking noise and some came within 10 feet of me. They stayed on land most of the time but some of them made short swims a few feet out into the lake. One had a white chin, another had a white spot on its chest. This group may have been an adult female with her young.” Martes pennanti columbiana Goldman Fisher Martes pennanti columbiana Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 48:176, November 15, 1935. (Type from Stuart Lake, near headwaters of Fraser River, British Columbia, Canada. ) Specimens examined.—Total 2, as follows: British Columbia: 14 mi. N Fort Halkett, W side Smith River, 1; N side Liard River, Fort Halkett, 1. Martes americana actuosa (Osgood) Marten Mustela americana actuosa Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 19:43, October 6, 1900. (Type from Fort Yukon, Alaska. ) Martes americana actuosa Miller, N. Amer. Land Mamm. 1911, p. 93, December 31, 1912. Specimen examined.—One from British Columbia: N side Liard River, Fort Halkett, 1. 116 Unrversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Lynx canadensis canadensis Kerr Canada Lynx Lynx canadensis Kerr, Anim. King, vol. 1, systematic catalogue in- serted between pages 32 and 33 (description, p. 157), 1792. (Type from Eastern Canada. ) Specimens examined.—Total 4, as follows: Yukon Territory: Marshall Creek, 3 mi. N Dezadeash River, 1. British Columbia: 14 mi. N Fort Halkett, W side Smith River, 2; Buckinghorse River, 94 mi. S Fort Nelson, 1. Alces americana gigas Miller Moose Alces gigas Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13:57, May 29, 1899. (Type from North side Tustumena Lake, Kenai Peninsula, Alaska. ) Alces americanus gigas Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 24:29, November 23, 1904. BRET examined.—One from British Columbia: 15 mi. NW Kelsall Lake. Oreamnos americanus columbiae Hollister Mountain Goat Oreamnos montanus columbianus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 20:20, February 10, 1904. Not Capra columbiana Desmilins, 1823. Oreamnos americanus columbiae Hollister, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 25:186, December 24, 1912. (Type from Shesley Mountains, northern British Columbia, Canada. ) Specimens examined.—Two from British Columbia: 12 mi. § jet. Liard River and Trout River. Remarks—Two skulls of male goats were obtained from a trapper, Johnny Pie, who shot them on July 4, 1948. Field notes indicate that both mountain goats and mountain sheep are fre- quently taken by natives in the Liard River area. Ovis dalli stonei Allen Northern Mountain Sheep Ovis stonei Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 9:111, April 8, 1897. (Type from headwaters of the Stikine River, British Columbia, Canada. ) Ovis dalli stonei Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 31:28, March 4, 1912. Specimen examined.—One from British Columbia: Summit Pass, 4200 ft., 10 mi. S and 70 mi. W Fort Nelson. Remarks.—The specimen has the following external measure- ments: Total length, 1474; tail, 84; length of hind foot, 400; ear from notch, 91. The individual is a male, seven years old, as judged by the rings of growth on the horns. The skull is accom- panied by a skin now tanned for study purposes. MAMMALS TAKEN ALONG THE ALASKA HIGHWAY 117 LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, R. M. 1937. Mammals and birds of the Western Arctic District, Northwest Territories, Canada. Reprinted from Canada’s Western Northland, Dept. of Interior, Ottawa, pp. 97-122, 5 figs., 1 map, July 9. 1947. Catalogue of Canadian Recent mammals. Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. 102, Biol. Ser. 31:v + 238 pp., [for 1946], January 24. BalILeEy, V. 1900. Revision of American voles of the genus Microtus. N. Amer. Fauna, 17:1-88, 5 pls., 17 figs., June 6. Cowan, I. M. 1937. The distribution of flying squirrels in western British Columbia with the description of a new race. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 50:77-82, June 22. Date, F. H. 1940. Geographic variation in the meadow mouse in British Columbia and southeastern Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 21:332-340, August 14. Howe 1, A. H. 1918. Revision of the American flying squirrels. N. Amer. Fauna, 44:1- 64, 7 pls., 4 figs., June 13. 1924, Revision of the American pikas. N. Amer. Fauna, 47:1-57, 6 pls., 4 figs., August 21. Jackson, H. H. T. 1928. A taxonomic review of the American long-tailed shrews. N. Amer. Fauna, 51:i-vi + 1-238, 13 pls., 24 figs., July. Orr, R. T. 1945. A study of the Clethrionomys dawsoni group of red-backed mice. Jour. Mamm., 26:67-74, February 27. Oscoop, W. H. 1900. Results of a biological reconnaissance of the Yukon River region. N. Amer. Fauna, 19:1-100, 7 pls., October 6. 1904. A biological reconnaissance of the base of the Alaska Peninsula. N. Amer. Fauna, 24:1-86, 7 pls., November 23. 1909a. Revision of the mice of the American genus Peromyscus. N. Amer. Fauna, 28:1-285, 8 pls., 12 figs., April 17. 1909b. Biological investigations in Alaska and Yukon Territory. N. Amer. Fauna, 30:1-96, 5 pls., October 7. RAnp, A. L. 1943. Canadian forms of the meadow mouse (Microtus pennsylvanicus). Canadian Field-Nat., 57:115-123, January 24. 1944. The southern half of the Alaska highway and its mammals. Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. No. 98, Biol. Ser. No. 27:1-50, 21 pls., 1 fig. 1945. Mammal investigations on the Canol Road, Yukon and Northwest Territories, 1944. Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. No. 99, Biol. Ser. No. 28:1-52, 20 pls., 1 fig. Swart, H. S. 1936. Mammals of the Atlin region, northwestern British Columbia. Jour. Mamm., 17:398-405, November 14. Transmitted April 9, 1951. TAD) = °C NAAR At eleva enn’ oe - ‘1 OG aE AF i y AY Pain WV PTB ies A Pobrtetlt AA wh ed mgt Ta ae balls) APN ee te et GT aaa a dal rare vk yout th Ji: PL) Oo) Ma Apgaeeet Pa Pe AA Yi ani YR en Sra ; e ry h ina ' ail ith fT te d iy mi 2) ry ., - . i Ah Lvenil, on On Nar “ alt writs hie. ip} a ns ' ‘Yak i u a - AV Gal one i i Welt suet e 2 ae rh iki, sob Maser alle OA aa ee Pate vate yun 9\ ee ee ie 1G 7 teed) at) sie bi Puen) 5a Soe e ) . e Wuleerad i) Pp ia he ea 1 a) ep aieee ie anes WW 4 aT: apathy) : 3 ee J) ee a Aen here ie 7. ee i Lb ore .\ he phees ivi ‘ 7 Whig | hivehuWwar 4G! ne )podl MP etil dhl. & Gey wi ws ty. ! i * HALE VY Patty ee Ph eae aL) cae ay 1 Sel ial 7 a4 i= | “* We ink RAO Mehta ae we Fit sos! Nes { | fees Fic. 44. Distribution of Lepus americanus. Guide to 5. L. a. columbiensis 11. L. a. oregonus subspecies: 6. L. a. cascadensis 12. L. a. bairdii 1. L. a. dalli 7. L. a. washingtoni 13. L. a. seclusus 2. L.a. macfarlani 8. L. a. klamathensis 14. L. a. phaenotus 8. L. a. americanus 9. L. a. tahoensis 15. L. a. struthopus 4. L.a. pallidus 10. L. a. pineus 16. L. a. virginianus 174 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. the radius of which is less than 9.6 mm. There are two to six young in a litter according to Orr (1940:59). LEPUS AMERICANUS AMERICANUS Erxleben. 1777. [Lepus] americanus Erxleben, Systema Regni Animalis . . ., 1:330, type locality Hudson Bay, Canada. 1778. Lepus hudsonius Pallas, Glires, p. 30, type locality not stated. 1790. Lepus nanus Schreber, Saugethiere, 4:880-885, pl. 234B, a composite of Lepus americanus and Sylvilagus floridanus. No type or type locality designated. Range given as from Hudson Bay to Florida. 1899. Lepus bishopi J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:11, March 4, type from Mill Lake, Turtle Mts., North Dakota (inseparable from L. a. americanus according to V. Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 49:188, Janu- ary 8, 1927 [not December, 1926]). Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:89, unless otherwise noted ).—Keewatin: Hudson Bay (Anderson, 1947:100). Ontario: Fort Severn (Nelson, 1909: 88); around shore of Hudson Bay to approximately 56° N thence to Ungava: Fort Chimo. Labrador: Hamilton Inlet. Ontario: North Bay of Lake Nipissing; Michipicoten Island; Isle Royal (Anderson, 1947:100). Mani- toba: Dog Lake. Saskatchewan: Indian Head. North Dakota (V. Bailey, 1927:139): Mill Lake, Turtle Mts.; Grafton; “near” Fargo; Elbowoods; Buford. Saskatchewan: Battle Creek (Soper, 1946:149). Alberta: Red Deer; 50 mi. N Edmonton; Fort Chipewyan; Govt. Hay Camp, Slave River (Soper, 1942:140). LEPuUS AMERICANUS BAIRDIL Hayden. 1869. Lepus bairdii Hayden, Amer. Nat., 8:115, May, type locality Co- lumbia Valley, Wind River Mts., Fremont County, Wyoming. 1875. [Lepus americanus] var. bairdii, J. A. Allen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 17:431, February 17. Marginal records.—British Columbia: Elko (Anderson, 1947:100); Water- ton Lakes Nat'l Park (ibid.). Montana (Nelson, 1909:112): Fort Benton; Big Snowy Mts. Wyoming: 5 mi. E and 9 mi. N Pinedale (15924 KU); 3 mi. ESE Browns Peak (17603 KU). Colorado: Boulder Co. (Nelson, 1909:112). New Mexico: 10,500 ft., Agua Fria Mtn. (Hill, 1942:82); Pecos Baldy (V. Bailey, 1932:45); Chama (ibid.). Utah (Durrant, MS un- less otherwise noted): 18 mi. SE Manila; 30 mi. N Fort Duchesne; 23 mi. N Fruitland; 21 mi. N Escalante; 10 mi. E Marysvale; City Creek Canyon, Salt Lake City (Barnes, 1927:145). Idaho (Dalquest, 1942:181): Poca- tello; Payette; Cuddy Mtn.; Weippe; Bitterroot Valley. British Columbia: Newgate (Anderson, 1947:100). LEPUS AMERICANUS CASCADENSIS Nelson. 1907. Lepus bairdi cascadensis Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20: 87, December 11, type from Roab’s ranch, near Hope, British Columbia. 1935. Lepus americanus cascadensis, Racey and Cowan, Rep’t Prov. Mus. British Columbia, 1935:H28. Marginal records (Dalquest, 1942:177, unless otherwise noted ).—British Columbia: type locality; Fairview-Keremeos Summit (Anderson, 1947: 101). Washington: Lake Chelan; Trout Lake; Vance; Mt. Rainier; Entiat River, 20 mi. from mouth. British Columbia: Alta Lake. Synopsis oF NortTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA lis LEPUS AMERICANUS COLUMBIENSIS Rhoads. 1895. Lepus americanus columbiensis Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 242, July 2, type from Vernon, British Columbia. Marginal records.—Alberta: Banff Nat'l Park (Anderson, 1947:101); Jasper Nat'l] Park (ibid.). British Columbia: Creston (Dalquest, 1942:182). Washington: Republic (Dalquest, 1948:385); Moulson (Dalquest, 1942: 182). British Columbia: Cottonwood Post Office (Dalquest, 1942:182); Indianpoint Lake (ibid.). LEPUS AMERICANUS DALLI Merriam. 1900. Lepus americanus dalli Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:29, March 14, type from Nulato, Alaska. Marginal records:—Noatak River (Bailey and Hendee, 1926:21); Upper St. John River (Rausch, 1950:466); Koyukuk (Nelson, 1909:102); Anvik (ibid.); Yukon Delta (ibid.); thence northerly, in suitable habitat, along coast to Noatak River. LEPUS AMERICANUS KLAMATHENSIS Merriam. 1899. Lepus klamathensis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 16:100, October 28, type from head of Wood River, near Fort Klamath, Klamath County, Oregon. 1936. Lepus americanus klamathensis, V. Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 55:95, August 29. Marginal records.—Oregon (Dalquest, 1942:176): Mt. Hood; mouth Davis Creek. California (Orr, 1940:53): vicinity Fort Bidwell; 3000 ft., Rush Creek, 12 mi. from [N of] Weaverville. Oregon: Estacada (Dalquest, 1942:176). LEPUS AMERICANUS MACFARLANI Merriam. 1900. Lepus americanus macfarlani Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:30, March 14, type from Fort Anderson, near mouth of Anderson River, Mackenzie. 1900. Lepus saliens Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 19:39, October 6, type from Caribou Crossing, between Lake Bennett and Lake Tagish, Yukon. 1907. ? Lepus niediecki Matschie, Niedieck’s Kreuzfahrten im Beringmeer, p. 240, type locality Kasilof Lake, Kenai Peninsula, Alaska. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:100, unless otherwise noted ).—Mackenzie: type locality; Fort Franklin; Fort Rae; Fort Resolution; Fort Smith. British Columbia: Peace River and Alaska Highway (Anderson, 1947:101); Ben- nett. Alaska: Cordova (Philip, 1939:84); Mills Creek (ibid.); Lake Clark; E. Fork Kuskokwim River (Dice, 1921:27); head N. Fork Kuskokwim (ibid.); Fort Yukon. Yukon: Russell Mts. LEPUS AMERICANUS OREGONUS Orr. 1934. Lepus bairdii oregonus Orr, Jour. Mamm., 15:152, May 15, type from 12 mi. S Canyon City, 5500 ft., Grant County, Oregon. 1942. Lepus americanus oregonus, Dalquest, Jour. Mamm., 23:179, June 3. Marginal records—Oregon (Dalquest, 1942:180): 22 mi. N Enterprise; Wallowa Lake; summit of Blue Mts.; Ochoco Nat’] Forest, Harney County. 1938. Lepus americanus pallidus Cowan, Jour. Mamm., 19:242, May 12, type from Chezacut Lake, Chiloctin River, British Columbia. 176 UNIVERSITY OF KaAnsAS Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. LEPUS AMERICANUS PALLIDUS Cowan. Marginal records—British Columbia: 23 mi. N Hazelton (Dalquest, 1942: 183); Berg Lake (ibid.); Quesnel (Cowan, 1938:243); Lac La Hache (ibid.); Bonaparte River, 5 days N Ashcroft (Dalquest, 1942:183); Kims- quit, Dean Channel (Anderson, 1947:102); Hazelton (Dalquest, 1942: 183). LEPUS AMERICANUS PHAEONOTUs J. A. Allen. 1899. Lepus americanus phaeonotus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:11, March 4, type from Hallock, Kittson County, Minnesota. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:96, unless otherwise noted ).—Manitoba: Selkirk Settlement. Ontario: Lake of the Woods (Anderson, 1947:102); Rainy Lake. Michigan: Houghton; Chippewa County (Burt, 1946:244); Presque Isle County (ibid.); Wayne County (ibid.); Jackson County ibid.); Allegan County (ibid.). Wisconsin: Rhinelander; St. Croix River, Douglas Co. Minnesota: Elk River; Moores Lake; Warren; St. Vincent. Saskatchewan: Glen Ewen (Soper, 1946:149). Manitoba: Carberry (Anderson, 1947:102). LEPUS AMERICANUS PINEUS Dalquest. 1942. Lepus americanus pineus Dalquest, Jour. Mamm., 23:178, June 3, type from Cedar Mtn., Latah County, Idaho. Marginal records—British Columbia (Anderson, 1947:102): Trail; Nelson Range south of Creston. Idaho (Dalquest, 1942:179): 5 mi. W Cocolalla; Troy. Washington (Dalquest, 1942:179): Blue Mts., Columbia County; Marcus. British Columbia: Rossland (Anderson, 1947:102). LEPUS AMERICANUS SECLUSUS Baker and Hankins. 1950. Lepus americanus seclusus Baker and Hankins, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 63:63, May 25, type from 12 mi. E and 2 mi. N Shell, 7900 ft., ee Mts., Big Horn County, Wyoming. Type locality is only precise ocality LEPUS AMERICANUS STRUTHOPUS Bangs. 1898. Lepus americanus struthopus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washingt 12:81, March 24, type from Digby, Nova Scotia. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:92, unless otherwise noted ) Neen land (introduced in 1864): Bay of Islands; Bay of St. George. Nova Scotia: type locality. Maine: Bucksport. Quebec: south of St. Lawrence River (Anderson, 1947:102). New Brunswick: Andover. Prince Edward Island: Alberton. Quebec: Grosse Isle, Magdalen Islands. LEPUS AMERICANUS TAHOENSIS Orr. 1933. Lepus washingtonii tahoensis Orr, Jour. Mamm., 14:54, February 14, type from % mi. S Tahoe Tavern, Placer County, California. 1942. [Lepus americanus] tahoensis, Dalquest, Jour. Mamm., 23:176, June 3. Marginal records.—California: vic. Mineral (Orr, 1940:56). Nevada: 350 yards NE junction of Nevada state line and N shore Lake Tahoe (Hall, 1946:601). California: Niagara Creek (Orr, 1940:55); Cisco (Orr, 1940: 56). Synopsis OF NorTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA i lend LEPUS AMERICANUS VIRGINIANUS Harlan. 1825. Lepus virginianus Harlan, Fauna Americana, p. 196, type locality Blue Mountains, northeast of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. 1875. Lepus americanus var. virginianus, J. A. Allen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 17:431, February 17. 1825. Lepus wardii Schinz, Das Thierreich . . ., 4:428, based on the varying hare of the southern part of the United States (Warden, D. B., in A statistical, political, and historical account of the United States of North America . . ., 1:233, 1819). 1845. Lepus borealis Schinz, Synopsis Mammalium, 2:286-287. No type or type locality mentioned. From Virginia and the Alleghenies. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:94, unless otherwise noted ).—Quebec (An- derson, 1947:103): Ottawa River; Megantic County. Maine: Greenville (Nelson, 1909:95); Sebec Lake (ibid.); Mt. Desert Island (Manville, 1942: 397). Massachusetts: Concord; Middleboro. Rhode Island: Washington County. New York: Locust Grove. Pennsylvania: type locality. Tennes- see: White Rock (Kellogg, 1939:289). Ohio: Ashtabula Co. (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:174). Ontario: Holland Riv. (Snyder and Logier, 1930:180). LEPUS AMERICANUS WASHINGTONI Baird. 1855. Lepus washingtonii Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 7:333, type from Steilacoom, Washington. 1875. Lepus americanus var. washingtoni, J. A. Allen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 18:431, February 17. Marginal records (Dalquest, 1942:175, unless otherwise noted ).—British Columbia (Nelson, 1909:107): Sumas; Chilliwack. Washington: Mt. Vernon; Lake Kapowsin; White Salmon. Oregon: Drew; Florence; Tilla- mook. Washington: Sekiu River. Lepus othus Alaskan Hare Total length, 565-690; tail, 53-104; hind foot, 147-189; ear from notch (dry), 75-78. Color brownish in summer; white in winter; but tips of ears always black. General comparisons indicate that this is the species which, in Eurasia, bears the name Lepus timidus. LEpuS OTHUS OTHUS Merriam. 1900. Lepus othus Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:28, March 14, type from St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska. Marginal records—Alaska (A. H. Howell, 1936:334): Kotzebue Sound; mts. NW Nulato River; Akiak; 75 mi. below Bethel; thence N along coast. LEPUS OTHUS POADROMUS Merriam. 1900. Lepus poadromus Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:29, March 14, type from Stepovak Bay, Alaska Peninsula, Alaska. 1936. Lepus othus poadromus, A. H. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 17:334, No- vember 16. Marginal records.—Alaska (A. H. Howell, 1936:335): Nushagak; Kawatna Bay, Shelikof Strait; Cold Bay; Chignik; type locality; Sand Point; 15 mi. W Pavlof Mtn. 178 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Lepus arcticus Arctic Hare Revised by A. H. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 17:315-332, November 16, 1936. For the taxonomic status of the technical names arcticus and glacialis see Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 30:234-235, March, 1896; Merriam, Science, n. S., 3:564-565, April 10, 1896; Rhoads, Science, n. s., 3:843-845, June 5, 1896; Merriam, Science, n. s., 3:845, June 5, 1896. Total length, 480-678; tail, 34-80; hind foot, 132-174; ear from notch (dry), 70-84. Upper parts gray in summer in southern sub- species; in others white; in winter white in all subspecies, except black tips of ears. Weights of lean individuals reach 12 pounds. Hopping on the hind feet without touching the forefeet to the ground has repeatedly been recorded for this species. There are four to eight young in a litter. au 02 ~~ loo 0 100 300 S00 fF ji STATUTE MILES ; Fic. 45. Distribution of Lepus othus and Lepus arcticus. 1. L.o. othus 4. L.a. porsildi 7. L. a. andersoni 2. L.o. poadromus 5. L. a. monstrabilis 8. L. a. labradorius 8. L. a. groenlandicus 6. L. a. arcticus 9. L. a. bangsi LEPUS ARCTICUS ARCTICUS Ross. 1819. Lepus arcticus Ross, Voyage of Discovery, ed. 2, vol. 2, appendix 4, p. 151, type locality Possession Bay, Bylot Island, lat. 73° 87’ N. 1819. Lepus glacialis Leach, in Ross, Voyage of Discovery, ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 170, type locality same as for Lepus arcticus Ross. Marginal records—Franklin: type locality; Egukjuak, 8 mi. E Pond Inlet, Baffin Island (A. H. Howell, 1936:322); W coast Baffin Island, 67° 30’ (Anderson, 1947:96); Winter Island, Melville Peninsula (A. H. Howell, 1936:321); Repulse Bay, Melville Peninsula (ibid. ) Synopsis OF NortTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 179 LEPUS ARCTICUS ANDERSONI Nelson. 1934. Lepus arcticus andersoni Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:85, March 8, type from Cape Barrow, Coronation Gulf, Northwest Territory. Marginal records (A. H. Howell, 1936:328).— Franklin: Cape Kellett, Banks Island; Cambridge Bay, Victoria Island. Mackenzie: Bathurst In- let; Backs River near Lake Beechey; Lake Hanbury; Fort Rae; Fort An- derson. LEpus ARCTICUS BANGsI Rhoads. 1896. Lepus arcticus bangsii Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 30:253[— 236 of March issue], author’s separates (preprints) published February 20, 1896, type from Codroy, Newfoundland. Marginal records (A. H. Howell, 1936:327).—Labrador: Hopedale; Mak- kovik. Newfoundland: Saint Johns; type locality; Mt. St. Gregory. LEPUS ARCTICUS GROENLANDICUS Rhoads. 1896. Lepus groenlandicus Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 30:254(= 237 of March issue), author’s separates (preprints) issued February 20, type from Rob- ertson Bay, NW Greenland. 1934. [Lepus arcticus] groenlandicus, Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:83, March 8. 1912. Boreolepus groenlandicus, Barrett-Hamilton, Hist. British Mammals, pt. 12, p. 298, October. 1930. Lepus variabilis hyperboreus Pedersen, Medd. om Groénland, 77:363, no type or type locality designated but name applied to hares of east Greenland in the general vicinity of Scoresby Sound (preoccupied by Lepus hyperboreas Pallas, Zoogeographica Rosso Asiatica, 1:152, 1831, a species of Ochotona). 1934. Lepus arcticus persimilis Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:84, March 8, type from S side Clavering Island, east Greenland. Marginal records—Greenland (A. H. Howell, 1936:331): Cape Alex- ander; on east coast to Francis Joseph Fiord; on west coast to Nugsuak Peninsula; Disko Island; Holsteinsborg. LEPUS ARCTICUS LABRADORIUS Miller. 1899. Lepus labradorius Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13:39, May 29, type from Fort Chimo, Ungava, Canada. 1924, Lepus arcticus labradorius, G. M. Allen and Copeland, Jour. Mamm., 5:12, February 9. > 1902. Lepus arcticus canus Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 22:59, October 31, type from Hubbart Point, W coast Hudson Bay, Keewatin. Marginal records (A. H. Howell, 1936:323).—Franklin: Pangnirtung Fiord; Nunata, Kingua Fiord; Cumberland Sound, Blacklead Island; Weddell Harbor, Frobisher Bay. Labrador: Ramah; Solomons Island, near Davis Inlet. Quebec: type locality; Great Whale River, Hudson Bay; Belcher Islands. Manitoba: Fort Churchill; Hubbart Point. Keewatin: Cape Ful- lerton; Southampton Island. Franklin: Cape Dorset; Camp Kungovik, W coast Baffin Island, 65° 35’ N lat.; Nettilling Fiord. LEPUS ARCTICUS MONSTRABILIS Nelson. 1934. Lepus arcticus monstrabilis Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:85, March 8, type from Buchanan Bay, Ellesmere Island. Marginal records—Franklin (A. H. Howell, 1936:329): Cape Sheridan; Craig Harbor; Dundas Harbor, Devon Island. 180 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. LeEpus ARCTICUS PORSILDI Nelson. 1934. Lepus arcticus porsildi Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:83, March 8, type from near Julianehaab, 61° 20’ N lat., Greenland. Marginal records—Greenland (A. H. Howell, 1936:332): Sukkertoppen; Neria, 61° 36’ N lat.; 60° 42’ N lat. Lepus townsendii White-tailed Jack Rabbit Total length, 565-655; tail, 66-112; hind foot, 145-172; ear from notch (dry), 96-118. Upper parts grayish brown; tail all white or with dusky or buffy mid-dorsal stripe which does not extend 120 Ss iS Fic. 46. Distribution of Lepus townsendii. 1. Lepus townsendii townsendii 2. Lepus townsendii campanius onto back; white in winter in northern parts of its range. Two adult males weighed 2945 and 2494 grams (Orr, 1940:43) and there are 3 to 6 young in a litter. LEPUS TOWNSENDIL CAMPANIUS Hollister. 1837. Lepus campestris Bachman, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 7: 349, not of Meyer, 1790; type locality plains of the Saskatchewan, prob- ably near Carlton House. 1915. Lepus townsendii campanius Hollister, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 28:70, March 12. SyYNopsis OF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 181 Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:78, unless otherwise noted ).—Saskatche- wan: Indian Head (Nelson, 1909:77). Manitoba: Carberry (ibid.). On- tario: Rainy River (Anderson, 1947:100). Minnesota (Swanson, Surber and Roberts, 1945:97): Polk County; Otter Tail County; Sherburne County: Washington County. Illinois: Blanding, 6 mi. WNW Hanover (Hoff- meister, 1948:1). Kansas: Red Fork, 60 mi. W Fort Riley; Greensburg (Brown, 1940:387). New Mexico: “near” Taos (V. Bailey, 1932:47); Hopewell. Colorado: Antonito; Fort Garland; Villa Grove; Salida; Como; Denver; Mt. Whitely, 25 mi. N Kremmling. Wyoming: Spring Creek; Big Piney; head Glenn Creek, Yellowstone Nat’l Park. Alberta: Great Plains region (Anderson, 1947:99). LEPUS TOWNSENDII TOWNSENDIL Bachman. 1839. Lepus townsendii Bachman, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8(pt. 1):90, pl. 2, type from Fort Walla Walla, near present town of Wallula, Walla Walla County, Washington. 1904. Lepus campestris sierrae Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:132, July 14, type from 7800 ft., Hope Valley, Alpine County, Cali- fornia. Regarded as inseparable from L. t. townsendii by Orr, Occas. Papers, California Acad. Sci., 19:42, May 25, 1940. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:82, unless otherwise noted ).—British Co- lumbia: Fairview, Okanagan Valley. Idaho: Rathdrum Prairie (Rust, 1946:322); Lemhi River; Teton Basin. Wyoming: MHamsfork; Henrys Fork. Colorado: Hot Sulphur Springs; Mt. Baldy; Crested Butte; Mill City. Utah: Kanab. Nevada (Hall, 1946:600): Hamilton; Desatoya Mts.; Santa Rosa Mts. California: Parker Creek, 6300 ft., Warner Mts. Nevada (Hall, 1946:600): 8600 ft., 3 mi. S Mt. Rose; 8900 ft., Lapon Canyon, Mt. Grant; Mt. Magruder. California (Orr, 1940:43): Tuolumne Meadows; Woodfords; Tahoe City; 4700 ft., Steele Meadows. Oregon: Antelope. Washington: Manson (Dalquest, 1948:382). Lepus californicus Black-tailed Jack Rabbit Total length, 465-630; tail, 50-112; hind foot, 112-145; ear from notch (dry), 99-181. Upper parts gray to blackish; tail with black mid-dorsal stripe extending onto back; never all white in winter. On the tableland of Mexico and in the southwestern United States where this species occurs together with the white-sided jack rab- bits, L. californicus can be recognized by the terminal black patch on the outside of each ear and by the less extensive area of white on the flank. To the eastward, in Tamaulipas, where only the black- tailed jack rabbit occurs, it too, has extensively white flanks and some individuals lack the terminal black patch on the ear. A certain means for distinguishing the skulls of the black-tailed jack rabbit from those of all of the white-sided jack rabbits has not yet been found. The same is true of the skulls of the white-tailed jack rabbit and the black-tailed jack rabbit in the Great Basin region of Nevada. The skulls, at least of adults, of these two species, in the 182 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. region east of the Rocky Mountains can be readily distinguished by the pattern of infolding of the enamel on the front of the first upper incisor teeth; L. townsendii has a simple groove on the anterior face of the tooth and L. californicus, east of the Rocky Mountains, has a bifurcation, or even trifurcation, of the infold that can readily be seen by examining the occlusal surface of the incisor. In Arizona, Vorhies and Taylor (1933:478) found the weight of 23 adult males to average 5.1 (4.4-6.1) Ibs. In that state, 70 preg- nant females averaged 2.24 (1-6) young per litter and the authors (op. cit.) thought that a female had three or four litters each year. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS ALTAMIRAE Nelson. 1904. Lepus merriami altamirae Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17: 109, hd 18, type from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. Known from type local- ity only. 1951. Lepus californicus altamirae, Hall, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:45, October 1, 1951. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS ASELLUS Miller. 1899. Lepus asellus Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 380, September 29, type from San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi. 1909. Lepus californicus asellus, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:150, August $1. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:151).—Coahuila: Jaral. Nuevo Leon: Miquihuana. San Luis Potosi: Rio Verde. Aguascalientes: Chicalote. Zacatecas: Valparaiso. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS BENNETTIL Gray. 1844. Lepus bennettii Gray, Zoology Voy. Sulphur, p. 35, pl. 14, type from San Diego, San Diego County, California. 1909. Lepus californicus bennetti, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:136, August 81. Marginal records.—California: Mt. Pifios (Orr, 1940:73); Arroyo Seco, Pasadena (Orr, 1940:74); San Felipe Valley (ibid.); Jacumba (Nelson, 1909:137). Baja California: San Quintin (Nelson, 1909:137). North- ward along coast at least to California: Montalvo (Orr, 1940:73). LEPUS CALIFORNICUS CALIFORNICUS Gray. 1837. Lepus californica Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., 1:586, type from “St. Antoine,” California (probably on coastal slope of mts. near the Mission of San Antonio, Jolon, Monterey County). 1926. Lepus californicus vigilax Dice, Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 166:11, February 11, type from Balls Ferry, Shasta County, California. Marginal records—Oregon (Nelson, 1909:132): Drain; Grants Pass. California (Orr, 1940:68-69): Callahan, Scott River; 3300 ft., Lymans, NW of Lyonsville; Dry Creek, Oroville-Chico Road; Snelling; Hernandez; Morro; Carmel Point; Bolinas Bay; Freestone; Sherwood; Ferndale; 3 mi. W Arcata. Oregon: Rogue River Valley (Nelson, 1909:132). Synopsis oF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 183 LEPUS CALIFORNICUS CURTI Hall. 1951. Lepus californicus curti Hall, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:42, October 1, 1951, type from 88 mi. S and 10 mi. W Matamoros, Tamaulipas. Known from type locality only. “4 Y y Y Ye 4 2 A\w , Wy cot . 6 Yi 3 184 UnIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nart.. Hist. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS DESERTICOLA Mearns. 1896. Lepus texianus deserticola Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18:564, June 24, type from western edge Colorado Desert, at base of Coast Range Mts., Imperial County, California. 1909. Lepus californicus deserticola, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:187, August 31. 1932. Lepus californicus depressus Hall and Whitlow, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 45:71, April 2, type from % mi. S. Pocatello, Bannock County, Idaho. (Regarded as inseparable from L. c. deserticola by Davis, The Recent Mammals of Idaho, p. 359, April 5, 1939.) Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:140, unless otherwise noted).—Idaho (Davis, 1939:360): Boise River; Sawtooth Nat'l Forest; Arco; Blackfoot. Utah: Ogden; Provo; Loa. Arizona: San Francisco Mtn.; Fort Whipple; Phoenix; Rancho Bonito, Abra Valley (Huey, 1942:362). Sonora: El Doc- tor. Baja California: Calamahue; Esperanza Canyon. California (Orr, 1940-76): Coyote Wells; Kenworthy; Victorville; Farrington Ranch; 5 mi. SW Lone Pine; 10,000 ft., head Silver Canyon; Mono Mills; 5600 ft., near Woodfords. Nevada (Hall, 1946:606): Sutcliffe; % mi. S Sulphur. Idaho: 6 mi. S Murphy (Davis, 1939:360). LEPUS CALIFORNICUS EREMICUs J. A. Allen. 1894. Lepus texianus eremicus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:347, December 7, type from Fairbank, Cochise County, Arizona. 1909. Lepus californicus eremicus, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:140, Au- gust 31. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:141, unless otherwise noted ).—Arizona: Casa Grande; Fort Bowie; 2 mi. E Portal (Cahalane, 1939:435). Chi- huahua: San Bernardino Ranch (possibly Nelson should have placed this in Sonora); Colonia Garcia. Sonora: Hermosillo; La Libertad (Burt, 1938:68); Agua Dulce (of Sonora, not of Arizona). LrEPuUS CALIFORNICUS FESTINUS Nelson. 1904. Lepus festinus Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:108, May 18, type from Irolo, Hidalgo. 1909. Lepus californicus festinus Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:151, August 81. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:152).—Hidalgo: Zimapan; Tulancingo; type locality; Queretaro: Tequisquiapam. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS MAGDALENAE Nelson. 1907. Lepus californicus magdalenae Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:81, July 22, type from Magdalena Island, Baja California. Marginal records.—Baja California (Nelson, 1909:155): type locality; Mar- garita Island. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS MARTIRENSIS Stowell. 1895. Lepus martirensis Stowell, Proc. California Acad. Sci., 5(ser. 2):51, May 28, type specimen from the San Pedro Martir Mountains of Baja California. Marginal records.—Baja California (Nelson, 1909:154): La Huerta; Cal- amahue; San Bruno; Rancho San José; San Simon. Synopsis oF NortTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 185 LEPUS CALIFORNICUS MELANOTIS Mearns. 1890. Lepus melanotis Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:297, Febru- ary 21, type from Independence, Montgomery County, Kansas. 1909. ie californicus melanotis, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:146, Au- gust 3l. Marginal records——South Dakota: Lyman Co. (Over and Churchill, 1945: 48). Nebraska: Oakland (12899 KU). Kansas: near Doniphan Lake (Linsdale, 1928:146). Missouri: Saline Co. (Enders, 1932:120); 5 mi. E Rockbridge (Leopold and Hall, 1945:145). Arkansas: “about” 2 mi. S Evansville (Dellinger and Black, 1940:190). Oklahoma: 3 mi. E Wain- wright (Blair, 1939:128). Texas: Brazos County (Petersen, 1946:166); Golinda (Nelson, 1909:148); Washburn (ibid.). New Mexico: Santa Rosa (ibid.); vicinity of Cimarron (Hill, 1942:82). Colorado: Semper (Nel- son, 1909:148). Wyoming: 8 mi. W Meriden along Horse Cr. (15926 KU). LEPUS CALIFORNICUS MERRIAMI Mearns. 1896. Lepus merriami Mearns, Preliminary diagnoses of new mammals from the Mexican border of the United States, p. 2, March 25, (Re- print: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18:444, May 23, 1896) type from Fort Clark, Kinney County, Texas. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:150, unless otherwise noted ).—Texas: Mason; Lott; Antioch; Houston. Tamaulipas: Matamoros; Tamaulipeca, San Carlos Mts. (Dice, 1937:255). Nuevo Leon: Santa Catarifa. Coa- huila: Monclova; Sabinas. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS RICHARDSONIL Bachman. 1839. Lepus richardsonii Bachman, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8(pt. 1):88, type from California (exact locality unknown, but probably on interior slope of mts. near Jolon, Monterey County). 1909. Lepus californicus richardsoni, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:133, August 381. 1904. Lepus tularensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:136, July 14, type from Alila, Tulare County, California. Marginal records—California (Orr, 1940:71): Minkler; Thompson Valley, Walker Basin; Kern Lake Basin; Carrizo Plains, 7 mi. SE Simmler; 2 mi. E Bryson; Jolon. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS SHELDONI Burt. 1933. Lepus californicus sheldoni Burt, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 46:37, February 20, type from Carmen Island [(lat. 26° N, long. 111° 12’ W) Gulf of Calif.], Baja California. Known from type locality only. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS TEXIANUS Waterhouse. 1848. Lepus texianus Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mamm., 2:136, type locality unknown, but probably in western Texas. 1909. Lepus californicus texianus, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:142, August 31. 1896. Lepus texianus griseus Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18:562, June 24, type from Fort Hancock, El Paso County, Texas. 1908. Lepus (Macrotolagus) texianus micropus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 19:605, November 12, type from Rio del Bocas, NW Durango. Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:146, unless otherwise noted ).—Colorado: between Grand Junction and the Utah boundary (Cary, 1911:158). New 186 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Mexico: Roswell (Nelson, 1909:145). Texas (Nelson, 1909:145). Colo- rado: Comstock. Coahuila: 8 mi. SE San Pedro de los Colonias, 3700 ft (40206 KU). Durango: Rio Sestin; Rio del Bocas. Chihuahua: Santa Rosalia; Pacheco; San Luis Mts. New Mexico (Nelson, 1909:145): Guadalupe Ranch. Arizona: Painted Desert. Utah: Abajo (Blue Mts.) (Barnes, 1927:149). LEPUS CALIFORNICUS WALLAWALLA Merriam. 1904. Lepus texianus wallawalla Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:137, July 14, type from Touchet, Plains of the Columbia, Walla Walla County, Washington. 1909. Lepus californicus wallawalla, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:182, August 31. Marginal records—Washington: Moses Coulee (Dalquest, 1948:386); Touchet (Nelson, 1909:133). Oregon: Ontario (Nelson, 1909:183). Nevada (Hall, 1946:606): 4100 ft., Quinn River Crossing; 4200 ft., 4% mi. W Flanigan. California (Orr, 1940:79): 5000 ft., 7 mi. E Ravendale; 3600 ft., 1 mi. SE Weed; Hornbrook. Oregon (Nelson, 1909:133): Hay Creek; Willow Junction. LEPUS CALIFORNICUS xANTI Thomas. 1898. Lepus californicus xanti Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1(ser. 7):45, January, type from Santa Anita, Baja California. Marginal records.—Baja California (Nelson, 1909:156): Southern part of the Peninsula. Santa Clara Mts., southward around range of L. c. martirensis to and down east coast; La Paz; Cape St. Lucas; San Jorgé; 20 mi. W San Ignacio. Lepus insularis Bryant Black Jack Rabbit 1891. Lepus insularis Bryant, Proc. California Acad. Sci., 3(ser. 2): 92, April 23, type from Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, Baja California. Known from Espiritu Santo Island only. 1895. Lepus edwardsi St. Loup, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1:5, type from Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, Baja California. Total length, 574; tail, 96; hind foot, 121; ear from notch (dry), 105. This insular species, clearly a close relative of Lepus cali- fornicus of the adjacent peninsula of Baja California, is mainly glossy black on the upper parts but grizzled and suffused on sides of back and body, and in some specimens on head, with dark buffy or reddish brown; underparts dark cinnamon buffy or dusky brown; ears and sides of head grayish dusky; jugals heavier than in Lepus californicus of the adjacent peninsula of Baja California. Lepus callotis Wagler White-sided Jack Rabbit 1830. Lepus callotis Wagler, Nat. Syst. der Amphibien, p. 23, type from southern end of Mexican Tableland. 1830. Lepus mexicanus Lichtenstein, Abhandl. k. Akad. Wiss., Berlin., p. 101, type from México (southern end of Mexican Tableland). Synopsis oF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 187 1833. Lepus nigracaudatus Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 41, type from “that part of California which adjoins to Mexico” (probably south- western part of Mexican Tableland). Marginal records (Nelson, 1909:124).—Durango: Durango (city of). San Luis Potosi: Arenal. Hidalgo: Tulancingo. Oaxaca: Oaxaca (city of); Tlapancingo. Jalisco: Atenquiqui; Reyes. Total length, 560; tail, 71; length of hind foot, 133; ear from notch (dry), 117. Upper parts dark, slightly pinkish, buff heavily washed with black; backs of ears mainly white without terminal patch of black; flanks white; rump iron gray. STATUTE MILES Fic. 48. Distribution of the White-sided Jack Rabbits. Guide to kinds: 1. Lepus callotis 2. Lepus flavigularis 8. Lepus gaillardi gaillardi Lepus gaillardi battyi Lepus alleni alleni Lepus alleni palitans Lepus alleni tiburonensis IO OU 188 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Lepus flavigularis Wagner Tehuantepec Jack Rabbit 1844. Lepus callotis var 7 flavigularis Wagner, Schreber’s Saugthiere, Suppl., 4:106, type from México (probably near Tehuantepec City, Oaxaca). 1909. Lepus flavigularis, Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, 29:125, August 31. Marginal records—Oaxaca (Nelson, 1909:126): Santa Efigenia; San Ma- teo del Mar; Huilotepec. Total length, 595; tail, 77; hind foot, 133; ear from notch (dry), 112. Upper parts bright ochraceous buff strongly washed with black; ears entirely buff; nape with black stripe extending back from base of each ear and median stripe of buff; flanks and underparts of body white; rump iron gray; tympanic bullae smaller than in any other Lepus of México. Lepus gaillardi Gaillard Jack Rabbit Total length, 450-536; tail, 59-80; hind foot, 124-133; ear from notch (dry), 110-112. Coloration essentially as in Lepus callotis except that nape is plain buff, without a trace of black, and upper parts paler, more vinaceous buff. LEPUS GAILLARDI BATTYI J. A. Allen. 1903. Lepus (Microtolagus [sic]) gaillardi battyi J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 19:607, November 12, type from Rancho Santuario, northwestern Durango. Marginal records.—Durango (Nelson, 1909:122): Rio Campo; type locality. LEpUS GAILLARDI GAILLARDI Mearns. 1896. Lepus gaillardi Mearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18:560, June 24, type from West Fork of Playas Valley, near monument No. 63, Mexican boun- dary line, Grant County, New Mexico. Marginal records—New Mexico: Animas Valley (V. Bailey, 1932:53). Chihuahua (Nelson, 1909:121): Whitewater; Colonia Juarez. New Mexico; type locality. Lepus alleni Antelope Jack Rabbit Total length, 553-670; tail, 48-76; hind foot, 127-150, ear from notch, in flesh, 138-173. Top and sides of head creamy buff, slightly washed on top with black; tail white except for mid-dorsal line of black extending onto rump; sides of shoulders, flanks, sides of abdomen, rump, and outside of hind legs uniform iron gray. The average weight of 61 adult males from Arizona was 8.2 lbs. In that state 124 pregnant females had an average of 1.93 young (1-5) and Vorhies and Taylor (1933:580) thought that a female had three or four litters per year. Synopsis oF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 189 LEpuUS ALLENI ALLENI Mearns. 1890. Lepus alleni Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:294, February 21, type from Rillito, on the Southern Pacific Railroad, Pima County, Arizona. Marginal records.—Arizona: Queen Creek (Vorhies and Taylor, 1933:480); Cascabel (ibid.); Calabasas (Nelson, 1909:118). Sonora (Burt, 1938): Cerro Blanco (p. 67); Oputo (p. 66); Batamotal (p. 66); La Libertad Ranch (p. 67); Picu Pass (p. 67). Arizona: 2 mi. W Quitovaquita (Huey, 1942:362); Casa Grande (Nelson, 1909:118). LEpPuUS ALLENI PALITANS Bangs. 1900. Lepus (Macrotolagus) alleni palitans Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 1:85, February 23, type from Aguacaliente, about 40 mi. SE Mazatlan, Sinaloa. Marginal records —Sonora: near San Bernardo on Rio Mayo on Sonora side of Sonora-Chihuahua boundary (Burt and Hooper, 1941:7): Alamos (Nel- son, 1909:119); Guirocoba (Burt, 1938:68). Nayarit: Acaponeta (Nelson, 1909:119). Sinaloa (Nelson, 1909:119): Esquinapa; Rosario; Culiacan. Sonora: “near” Navajoa (Burt, 1938:68). LEpUS ALLENI TIBURONENSIS Townsend. 1912. Lepus alleni tiburonensis Townsend, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 31:120, June 14, type from Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, Sonora. Known from Tiburon Island only. Lepus europaeus European Hare Total length, 640-700; tail, 70-100; hind foot, 130-150; ear from notch (dry), 79-100; weight, 3000 to 5000 grams. Upper parts tawny, mixed with blackish hairs on back; underparts white in- cluding underside of tail; upper side of tail and terminal patch at distal end of outside of ears black; upper side of feet tawny like sides (not white or whitish). This is an introduced species. LEPUS EUROPAEUS EUROPAEUS Pallas. 1778. Lepus europaeus Pallas, Nov. Spec. Quadr. Glir. Ord., p. 30. Type locality, Burgundy, France. (Introduced and established in Ontario and parts of the northern United States; slowly spreading in southern On- tario north of Lake Erie (St. Thomas and Woodstock), west and north of Lake Ontario (Toronto) to Goodrich on east side of Lake Huron. See Anderson, Canadian Field-Naturalist, 37:75-76, April, 1923; Ander- son, Nat. Mus. Canada Bull., 102:100, January 24, 1947; Burt, Mammals of Michigan, p. 247, 1946.) LEPUS EUROPAEUS HYBRIDUS Desmarest. 1822. Lepus hybridus Desmarest, Encyclopedie methodique (Zoologie) Mammalogie, pt. 1, p. 349 (Name based on “Russac” of Pallas, Nov. Spec. Quadr. Glir. Ord., p. 5, 1778), type locality central Russia. 1912. Lepus europaeus hybridus, Miller, Cat. Mamm., western Europe, Publ., British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), p. 508, November 23, 1912. Range.—Introduced and established in New York and Connecticut (see Goodwin, Connecticut Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, Bull. 53:159-162, 1935). 190 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fics. 49-51. Dorsal views of skulls of hares. All x 1. Fic. 49. Lepus americanus tahoensis, % mi. S Tahoe Tavern, Lake Tahoe, Placer County, California. No. 37522 MVZ, ¢. Fic. 50. Lepus alleni alleni, Santa Rita Mountains, 30 mi. S Tucson, Pima County, Arizona. No. 8621 KU, ¢. Fic. 51. Lepus arcticus groenlandicus, Cape Alexander, Green- land. No. 114850 USNM, ¢. Synopsis OF NoRTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 191 Fics. 52-54. Dorsal views of skulls of hares. All x 1. Fic. 52. Lepus townsendii townsendii, north end Ruby Valley, east base Ruby Mountains, Elko County, Nevada. No. 4686, coll. of Ralph Ellis, @. Fic. 53. Lepus callotis, 3% mi. S Tecolotlan, Jalisco. No. 31842 KU, 9. Fic. 54. Lepus californicus deserticola, 4 mi. W Fallon, Churchill County, Nevada. No. 900061 MVZ, ¢. 192 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. anf" hy at GS> () Pa %, a ce Fics. 55-57. Ventral views of skulls of hares. All 1. Different views of these skulls are shown in figs. 49-51. Fic. 55. Lepus americanus tahoensis. Fic. 56. Lepus alleni alleni. Fic. 57. Lepus arcticus groenlandicus. -Synopsis OF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 193 Fics. 58-60. Ventral views of skulls of hares. All 1. Different views of these skulls are shown in figs. 49-51. Fic. 58. Lepus townsendii townsendii. Fic. 59. Lepus callotis. Fic. 60. Lepus californicus deserticola. 194 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fics. 61-64. Lateral views of skulls (one lower jaw) of hares. All <1. Different views of these skulls are shown in figs. 49-51. Fic. 61. Lepus alleni alleni. Fic. 62. Lepus americanus tahoensis. Fics. 63-64. Lepus arcticus groenlandicus. Synopsis oF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 195 Fics. 65-68. Lateral views of skulls (one lower jaw) of hares. All x 1. Different views of these skulls are shown in figs. 52-54. Fic. 65. Lepus townsendii townsendii. Fic. 66. Lepus callotis. Fics. 67-68. Lepus californicus deserticola. 196 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. LITERATURE CITED ALLEN, J. A. 1910. Additional mammals from Nicaragua. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 28:87-115, April 30. ANDERSON, R. M. 1947. Catalogue of Canadian Recent mammals. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 102:v + 238, January 24. ANDERSON, R. M., and Ranp, A. L. 1943. A synopsis of the rodents of the southern parts of the Prairie Provinces of Canada. Special contribution-43-1, Canada, Dept. Mines and Resources, Mines and Geol. Branch, pp. 1-25, 13 illustrations (mimeo- graphed MS). On the front of the self cover below the date 1943 there is stamped “April 27, 1939”. Battey, A. M., and HENDEEr, R. W. 1926. Notes on the mammals of northwestern Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 7:9-28, 3 pls., February 15. BatLey, V. 1927. A biological survey of North Dakota. N. Amer. Fauna, 49:vi + 226, 21 pls., 8 figs. in text, January 8. 1932. Mammals of New Mexico. N. Amer. Fauna, 53:1-412, 22 pls., 56 figs. in text, March 1. 1936. The mammals and life zones of Oregon. N. Amer. Fauna, 55:1- 416, 51 pls. (nos. 2-52), 102 figs. in text, 1 map, August 29. Barnes, C. T. 1927. Utah mammals. Bull. Univ. of Utah, 17(12):1-183, Frontispiece, 31 maps, June. BLAck, J. D: 1936. Mammals of northwestern Arkansas. Jour. Mamm., 17:29-35, Feb- ruary 17. Bian, W. F. 1936. The Florida Marsh rabbit. Jour. Mamm., 17:197-207, August 17. 1938. A new race of the eastern cottontail from the Texas Panhandle. Occas. Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, no. 380:1-3, June 21. 1939. Faunal relationships and geographic distribution of mammals in Oklahoma. Amer. Midl. Natur., 22:85-183, 1 fig., July. 1940. A contribution to the ecology and faunal relationships of the mam- mals of the Davis Mountain Region, Southwestern Texas. Misc. Publ., Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 46:1-89, 3 pls., June 28. Bote, B. P., JR., and Moutturop, P. N. 1942. The Ohio Recent mammal collection in the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. Scientific Publs., Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5: 83-181, September 11. Bore, A. E., and Bryant, M. D. 1942. Mammals of the Big Bend area of Texas. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 48:1-62, 5 pls., 1 fig. in text, August 7. Synopsis oF NortH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 197 Brown, L. 1940. The distribution of the white-tailed jack rabbit (Lepus townsendii campanius Hollister) in Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 43:385- 389. Burt, W. H. ; 1938. Faunal relationships and geographic distribution of mammals in Sonora, Mexico. Misc. Publ., Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 39:1-77, 8 tables, 26 maps, February 15. 1946. The mammals of Michigan. Univ. Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, xv + 1-288 pp., illustrated. Burt, W. H., and Hooper, E. T. 1941. Notes on mammals from Sonora and Chihuahua, Mexico. Occas. Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 4380:1-7, May 27. CAHALANE, V. H. 1939. Mammals of the Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona. Jour. Mamm., 20:418-440, 3 figs. in text, November 14. Cary, M. 1911. A Biological survey of Colorado. N. Amer. Fauna, 33:1-256, 12 pls., 389 figs. in text, August 17. Cocxrum, E. L. 1949. Range-extension of the swamp rabbit in Illinois. Jour. Mamm., 30:427-429, 1 fig. in text, November 17. Cowan, I. McT. 1938. Notes on the hares of British Columbia with the description of a new race. Jour. Mamm., 19:240-243, May 12. 1940. Two mammals new to the known fauna of British Columbia. The Murrelet, 21:9, April 30. DatouestT, W. W. 1941. Distribution of cottontail rabbits in Washington. Jour. Wildlife Manag., 5:408-411, October. 1942. Geographic variation in northwestern snowshoe hares. Jour. Mamm., 23:166-183, 2 figs. in text, June 3. 1948. Mammals of Washington. Uniy. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:1-444, 140 figs. in text, April 9. 1950. Records of mammals from the Mexican state of San Luis Potosi. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., 23:1-15, July 10. Davis, W. B. 1937. Some mammals from western Montana and eastern Idaho. Murrelet 18:22-27, September 4. 1939. The Recent mammals of Idaho. The Caxton Printers, Caldwell, Idaho, 400 pp., 2 full pages half tones, 33 figs. in text, April 5. 1944, Notes on Mexican mammals. Jour. Mamm., 25:370-403, 1 fig. in text, December 12. Davis, W. B., and Rosertson, J. L., Jr. 1944, The mammals of Culberson County, Texas. Jour. Mamm., 25:254- 273, 1 pl., 2 figs. in text, September 8. DELLINGER, S. C., and Back, J. D. 1940. Notes on Arkansas mammals. Jour. Mamm., 21:187-191, May 16. 198 UnIversiTy OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. DICE ant. 1921. Notes on the mammals of interior Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 2:20-28, February 10. 1926. Notes on Pacific Coast rabbits and pikas. Occas. Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 166:1-28, February 11. 1937. Mammals of the San Carlos Mountains and vicinity. Michigan studies, Sci. Ser., 12:245-268, 3 pls. DurRANT, S. D. MS. The mammals of Utah. 826 pp., illustrated—on file Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, as of May, 1950. ENpErRs, R. K. 1932. Mammal distribution in Saline and Camden counties, Missouri. Amer. Midland Nat., 13:114-123, May. GoLpMaN, E. A. 1920. Mammals of Panama. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 69(5):1-309, 39 pls., 24 figs. in text, April 24. Goopwin, G. G. 1934. Mammals collected by A. W. Anthony in Guatemala 1924-1928. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 68:1-60, 5 pls., December 12. 1935. The mammals of Connecticut. Bull. Connecticut State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 53:1-221, 33 pls., 19 figs. in text. 1942. Mammals of Honduras. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 79:107-195, May 29. 1946. Mammals of Costa Rica. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 87:271-478, 1 pl., 50 figs. in text, 1 map, December 31. HArr. BR: 1946. Mammals of Nevada. Univ. California Press, Berkeley, xi + 710, colored frontispiece, 11 pls., 485 figs. in text, plus 54 silhouettes, July 1. Hatt, E. R., and Bowuus, H. L. 1938. A new pika (mammalian genus Ochotona) from southeastern Idaho with notes on near-by subspecies. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 42: 335-339, 1 fig. in text, July 7. Hat, E. R., and Ketson, K. R. 1951. Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American rabbits. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:49-58, October 1, 1951. Hatt, E. R., and Vitza R., B. 1949. An annotated check list of the mammals of Michoacan, México. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:433-472, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text, December 27. Hamiiton, W. J., Jr. 1943. The mammals of eastern United States. Comstock Publishing Co., Inc., Ithaca, pp. 1-432, illustrated. Hanb.ey, C. O., Jr., and Patron, C. P. 1947. Wild mammals of Virginia. Commonwealth of Virginia Comm. Game and Inland Fisheries, Richmond. vi+220 pp. Frontispiece + 103 figs. in text. Synopsis OF NoRTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 199 Harrison, T., and NickiE, P. F. 1931. Indiana’s swamp rabbit. Jour. Mamm., 12:319-320, August 24. Him, J, E. 1942. Notes on mammals of northeastern New Mexico. Jour. Mamm., 23:75-82, 1 fig. in text, February 16. HoFFMEISTER, D. F. 1948. A specimen of the white-tailed jack rabbit, Lepus townsendii, from Illinois. Chicago Acad. Sci., Nat. Hist. Miscellanea, 29:1-2, October 15; Hooper, E. T. 1947. Notes on Mexican mammals. Jour. Mamm., 28:40-57, February 17. Howe tt, A. H. 1909. Notes on the distribution of certain mammals in the southeastern United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22:55-68, April 17. 1921. A biological survey of Alabama. N. Amer. Fauna, 45:1-88, 10 figs. in text, October 28. 1924. Revision of the American pikas. N. Amer. Fauna, 47:iv +57, 6 pls., 4 figs., September 23. 1936. A revision of the American Arctic hares. Jour. Mamm., 17:315:337, 4 figs. in text, November 16. Huey, L. M. 1927. A new kangaroo rat and a new brush rabbit from Lower California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 5:65-68, July 6. 1940. A new coastal form of brush rabbit from the vicinity of San Quintin, Lower California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9:221- 224, July 31. 1942. A vertebrate faunal survey of the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu- ment, Arizona. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9:353-375, 1 map, February 17. Ketxoce, R. 1937. Annotated list of West Virginia mammals. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 84:443-479, prior to November 17. 1939. Annotated list of Tennessee mammals. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 86: 245-303, prior to March 27. LANGENBACH, J. R., and Brute, J. D. 1942. A progress report on cottontail rabbits in Pennsylvania. Pennsyl- vania Game News, 13(8):14, 15, and 30, 3 photos., 2 tables. Only the reprint (lacking photos.) seen. LEopo.tp, A. S., and Hatt, E. R. 1945. Some mammals of Ozark County, Missouri. Jour. Mamm., 26:142- 145, July 19. LInSDALE, J. 1928. Mammals of a small area along the Missouri River. Jour. Mamm., 9:140-146, May 9. LLEWELLYN, L. M., and HANDLEy, C. O. 1946. The cottontail rabbits of Virginia. Jour. Mamm., 26:379-390, Feb- ruary 12, 6—7988 200 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Lowery, G. H., Jr. 1936. A preliminary report on the distribution of the mammals of Louisiana. Proc. Louisiana Acad. Sci., 3:11-39, 4 pls., 2 figs. in text, March. Lyman, C. P. 1943. Control of coat color in the varying hare, Lepus americanus Erxleben. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 93:393-461, illustrated. Lyon, M. W., Jr. 1904. Classification of the hares and their allies. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 45:321-447, pls. 74-100, figs. 44-45, June 15. MANnviLLeE, R. H. 1942. Notes on the mammals of Mount Desert Island, Maine. Jour. Mamm., 23:391-398, December 30. Martin, K. 1943. The Colorado pika. Jour. Mamm., 24:394-396, August 18. Miter, G. S., Jr. 1924. List of North American Recent mammals. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 128:xvi + 678, April 29. Necker, W. L., and HatFietp, D. M. 1941. Mammals of Illinois. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., 6:17-60, 15 figs. in text, May 15. NEtson, E. W. 1909. The rabbits of North America. N. Amer. Fauna, 29:1-314, 13 pls., 19 figs. in text, August 31. Orr. Re ET. 1935. Descriptions of three new races of brush rabbit from California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 48:27-30, February 6. 1940. The rabbits of California. Occas. Papers, California Acad. Sci., 19:1-227, 10 pls., 30 figs. in text, May 25. Oscoop, F. L., Jr. 1938. The mammals of Vermont. Jour. Mamm., 19:435-441, November 14. Over, W. H., and Cuurcui11, F. P. 1945. Mammals of South Dakota. Museum, Univ. S. Dakota, pp. 3+ 56 + 3 (MS, mimeographed, including one map). PALMER, R. S. 1944. New England Cottontail in Maine. Jour. Mamm., 25:193-195, May 26. PETERSON, R. L. 1946. Recent and Pleistocene mammalian fauna of Brazos County, Texas. Jour. Mamm., 27:162-169, 5 figs. in text, May 14. Purp, C. B. 1939. A parasitological reconnaissance in Alaska with particular reference to varying hares. Jour. Mamm., 20:82-86, February 15. Rauscu, R. 1950. Notes on the distribulion of some Arctic mammals. Jour. Mamm., 31:464-466, November 21. Rust, H. J. 1946. Mammals of Northern Idaho. Jour. Mamm., 27:308-327, 1 fig., 1 tab., November 25. Synopsis OF NortTH AMERICAN LAGOMORPHA 201 ScuanTz, V. S. 1947. Extension of the range of Brachylagus idahoensis. Jour. Mamm., 28:187-188, 1 fig. in text, June 1. SEVERAD, J. H. 1945. Pelage changes in the snowshoe hare. . . . Jour. Mamm., 26: 41-63, 15 figs. in text, February 27. 1950. The pigmy rabbit (Sylvilagus idahoensis) in Mono County, Cali- fornia. Jour. Mamm., 31:1-4, February 21. 1950. The gestation period of the pika (Ochotona princeps). Jour. Mamm., 31:356-357, August 21. SHERMAN, H. B. 1936. A list of the Recent land mammals of Florida. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci., 1:102-128. SHERMAN, F. 1939. The swamp rabbit (Sylvilagus aquaticus aquaticus) in South Caro- lina. Jour. Mamm., 20:259, May 15. SILVER, J. 1924. The European hare (Lepus europaeus Pallas) in North America. Jour. Agric. Research, 28:1133-1137, 1 fig. in text, June 14. Snyper, L. L., and Locmr, E. B. S. 1930. A faunal investigation of King Township, York County, Ontario. Trans. Royal Canadian Inst., 17( pt. 2) :167-208, 3 pls. Soper, J. D. 1942. Mammals of Wood Buffalo Park, northern Alberta and District of Mackenzie. Jour. Mamm., 23:119-145, 2 pls. 1 fig. in text, June 3. 1946. Mammals of the northern Great Plains along the international boun- dary in Canada. Jour. Mamm., 27:127-153, 1 fig. in text, May 14. SOUTHERN, H. N. 1942. Periodicity of refection in the wild rabbit. Nature, 149:553, May 16. STEAD, D. G. 1925. Australian Encyclopedia, vol. 2, pp. 355-358—article on rabbit. SuRBER, T. 1932. The mammals of Minnesota. Minnesota Dept. Conservation, 8 vo., pp. 1-84, illustrated. Swanson, G., SuRBER, T., and Roserts, T. S. 1945. The mammals of Minnesota. Minnesota Dept. Conservation, Tech. Publ., 2:1-108, numerous unnumbered pls. and figs. Taytor, W. P., and SHaw, W. T. 1929. Provisional list of land mammals of the State of Washington. Occas. Pap. Chas. R. Conner Mus., No. 2, pp. 1-32, December. Voruies, C. T., and Taytor, W. P. 1933. The life-histories and ecology of jack rabbits, Lepus alleni and Lepus californicus ssp., in relation to grazing in Arizona. Tech. Bull., Univ. Arizona, College Agric., Agric. Exp. Station, 49:468-587, 12 pls., 5 figs. in text, 17 tables, May 31. WanrereN, E. R. 1942. The mammals of Colorado. Univ. of Oklahoma Press. xviii + 330 pp., 50 pls. 202 UnIversITy OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Woonzick1, K. A. 1950. Introduced mammals of New Zealand. . . . x+ 255 pp., illus- trated. Published by Dept. Sci. and Industrial Res., Wellington, New Zealand. Transmitted May 8, 1951. Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. (al 23-7988 A New Pocket Mouse (Genus Perognathus) from Kansas BY E. LENDELL COCKRUM University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 11, pp. 203-206 December 15, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 11, pp. 203-206 December 15, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 23-8186 A New Pocket Mouse (Genus Perognathus ) from Kansas BY E. LENDELL COCKRUM In studying the kinds of mammals known from Kansas, I had oc- casion to examine a series of Perognathus flavus from the western part of the state. Comparisons of these specimens with topotypes of named subspecies revealed that the specimens from Kansas be- long to a heretofore underscribed subspecies which ranges through western Nebraska, eastern Colorado, western Kansas, and western Oklahoma. This subspecies is named and described as follows. Perognathus flavus bunkeri, new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skin and skull; No. 11716, Univ. Kansas Mus, Nat. Hist.; Conard Farm, 1 mi. E Coolidge, Hamilton County, Kansas; 1 July 1936; obtained by F. Parks and C. W. Hibbard, original No. 894 of Hibbard. Diagnosis.—Size large (see measurements). Color light, upper parts be- tween Pinkish Buff and Cinnamon-Buff (capitalized color terms after Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912), sparsely mixed with black hairs; the effect at a distance of eight feet, is between Clay Color and Tawny-Olive; lateral line between Pinkish Buff and Cinnamon- Buff; postauricular spots near Pinkish Buff; small subauricular spots white; underparts white. Skull of medium size (see measurements); frontonasal and mastoidal regions much enlarged; interparietal transversely narrow. Comparisons.—From topotypes of P. f. flavus from El Paso, El Paso County, Texas, P. f. bunkeri differs as follows: Averaging larger in all cranial measure- ments taken except in occipitonasal length, which is approximately the same, and in interparietal width, which is less; color more buffy, with fewer black hairs dorsally. From topotypes of P. f. piperi from 23 miles southwest of New- castle, Weston County, Wyoming, P. f. bunkeri differs as follows: Smaller in frontonasal length, mastoidal breadth, and length of auditory bulla; color more buffy, with fewer black hairs dorsally. From topotypes of P. f. sanluisi from nine miles east of Center, Alamosa County, Colorado, P. f. bunkeri differs as follows: Averaging larger in all cranial measurements taken except inter- parietal width, which is smaller; color lighter and more buffy. Remarks.—This is a brightly colored subspecies of Perognathus flavus, with less black dorsally than any adjacent one. The lateral line is well marked. Three young adult specimens taken from Wakeeney, Trego County, Kansas, are much brighter than other specimens from Kansas. The five specimens from Greeley, Weld County, Colorado, are much darker dorsally, like P. f. piperi, but are referable to P. f. bunkeri on the basis of cranial characters. (205) 206 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. The name P. f. bunkeri is proposed in recognization of the con- tinued attention which the late Charles Dean Bunker, Curator of Birds and Mammals of the University of Kansas Museum of Na- tural History, gave to building up the collection of mammals from Kansas. Acknowledgment is made of the assistance afforded me by a Research Assistantship with the Kansas Biological Survey. Measurements.—Measurements of holotype and average of four adults (two males and two females) from the type locality are as follows: total length, 104, 105.2; length of tail, 44, 47.5; length of hind foot, 16, 16.7; length of ear, 7, 7.2; occipitonasal length, 20.6, 20.9; frontonasal length, 14.0, 13.9; mastoidal breadth, 12.1, 12.0; length of bulla, 8.0, 7.8; interorbital breadth, 4.5, 4.6; alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row, 3.3, 3.1; interparietal width, 3.2, 3.2. All of the measurements listed above are available for each of the five specimens except that the occipitonasal length and frontonasal length are not available for the two males. Specimens examined.—Total, 54, distributed by localities of capture as shown below. Those from Nebraska and Colorado are in the US Nat’l Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll., and those from Kansas are in the Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist. NeEBRASKA:—Box Butte Co.: Alliance, 1. Cotorapo:—Weld Co.: Greeley, 5. Kit Carson Co.: Burlington, 1. Fre- mont Co.: Canon City, 1. Kansas:—Cheyenne County: 23 mi. [by road] NW St. Francis, 1. Raw- lins County: 12 mi. NE McDonald, 1; 2 mi. NE Ludell, 1. Decatur County: 2 mi. S, 6 mi. W Oberlin, 1. Logan County: Vincent Ranch, N. Fork Smoky R., [= 4 mi. W and 8 mi. N McAllaster], 2; unspecified, 1. Gove County: Castle Rock, 1. Trego County: Wakeeney, 3. Hamilton County: 1 mi. E Coolidge, 8. Stanton County: 6 mi. W, 1% mi. S Manter, 1; 8% mi. W, 2% mi. S Manter, 1. Kiowa County: Rezeau Ranch, 5 mi. N Belvidere, 1. Morton County: 9 mi. N, 3 mi. E Elkhart, 18. Meade County: 9 mi. SW Meade, 1; 17 mi. SW Meade, 2. Clark County: Stephenson Ranch, 7 mi. S Kings- down, 1. OKLAHOMA:—Texas County: 2 mi. E Eva, 1. University of Kansas, Museum of Natural History, Lawrence, Kansas. Transmitted May 14, 1951. 23-8186 Mammals from Tamaulipas, Mexico BY ROLLIN H. BAKER University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 12, pp. 207-218 December 15, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 12, pp. 207-218 December 15, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 195! Mammals from Tamaulipas, Mexico By ROLLIN H. BAKER Forming the northeastern border of Mexico, Tamaulipas extends in an elongated, north-south direction from the Temperate into the Torrid Zone and contains faunal elements from both the Nearctic and Neotropical regions. The mammals are less known than those from some of the bordering states; for the most part collecting has been limited to a few localities, chiefly along the Pan-American Highway. Accordingly, as a step towards a long-range study of the mammals of Tamaulipas, the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas acquired from William J. Schaldach, Jr., a small, but significant, collection of mammals taken in the last month of 1949 and the first four months of 1950. Collections were made at several places in the vicinity of Ciudad Victoria, including localities along the humid, eastern face of the Sierra Madre Oriental. Many of these specimens were obtained near camps made west of the village of El Carrizo. This small community is on the Pan-American highway, 70 kilometers (by highway) south of Ciudad Victoria. The resulting collections, which are reported upon here, disclose that several tropical mam- mals range farther northward than previously reported. Funds for financing the field work were made available by a grant from the Kansas University Endowment Association. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES Didelphis mesamericana mesamericana Oken Central American Opossum Did{[elphys] mes-americana Oken, Lehrbuch d. Naturgesch., pt. 3, vol. 2: 1152, 1816. (Type from Northern Mexico. ) Didelphis mes-americana Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16:256, Au- gust 18, 1902. Specimens examined, 2 as follows: 36 km. N and 10 km. W Ciudad Vic- toria, 1 km. E El Barretal, on Rio Purificacion, 1; 12 km. N and 4 km. W Ciudad Victoria, 1. Philander opossum pallidus (Allen) Four-eyed Opossum Metachirus fuscogriseus pallidus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14:215 July 3, 1901. (Type from Orizaba, Veracruz, Mexico. ) : Philander opossum pallidus Dalquest, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., No. 23:2, July 10, 1950. (209) 210 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Specimens examined, 3 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W El Carrizo. Remarks.—These three specimens have proportionately longer tails than typical P. o. pallidus from central Veracruz; total length and length of tail of two adult males are 575, 295, and 568, 290 re- spectively. This marsupial has been previously unrecorded from Tamaulipas or from so northward a locality. The four-eyed opossum evidently ranges northward along the east face of the Sierra Madre Oriental within the humid division of the Upper Tropical Life-zone. These animals, all males, were taken in steel traps baited with the bodies of skinned mice or birds. Sets were made along well-used trails leading from a densely vegetated arroyo into a corn field through openings in a fence of roughly piled logs. The elevation of this locality is approximately 2500 feet. Desmodus rotundus murinus Wagner Vampire Bat D{esmodus] murinus Wagner, Schreber’s Saiugthiere, Suppl., 1:377, 1840. (Type from Mexico. ) Desmodus rotundus murinus Osgood, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., publ. 155, zool. ser., 10:63, January 10, 1912. Specimens examined, 9 as follows: 12 km. W and 8 km. N Ciudad Vic- toria, 2500 ft., 3; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 6 km. W of the [Pan-American] highway [at El Carrizo], 6. Remarks.—Vampire bats were taken at two caves. At the cave called “Los Troncones”, 12 kilometers west and 8 kilometers north of Ciudad Victoria, seven bats were shot down; three were saved. The second cave, south of Ciudad Victoria, was considerably damper than the first. Vampires were found in a small side cham- ber; nine bats were knocked down. No other kinds of bats were present in either cave. Sylvilagus floridanus connectens (Nelson) Florida Cottontail Lepus floridanus connectens Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:105, May 18, 1904. (Type from Chichicaxtle, Veracruz, Mexico. ) Sylvilagus floridanus connectens Lyon and Osgood, Catal. Type spec. Mamm. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 62:32, January 28, 1909. Specimens examined, 2 from 70 km. [by highway] S. Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W EI Carrizo. BakeR: MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 211 Sciurus aureogaster aureogaster F. Cuvier Red-bellied Squirrel [Sciurus, by implication] aureogaster F. Cuvier, Hist. nat. mammiféres, vol. 6, livr. 59, pl. with text, September, 1829. Binomial published at end of work only, vol. 7, tabl. generale et méthodique, p. 4, 1842. (Type from “Cali- fornia” — eastern Mexico. ) Specimens examined, 18 as follows: 48 km. S Ciudad Victoria, 1; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria, and 6 km. W of [Pan-American] highway [at El Carrizo], 3; 70 km. [by hwy.] S Victoria and 2 km. W El Carrizo, 9. Remarks.—These colorful squirrels were taken in thick timber and brush, and locally are referred to as “ardilla pinta” or “ardilla colorada.” One female obtained on January 22 is black. Local hunters state that these squirrels are most active early in the morn- ing and late in the afternoon. Two squirrels were seen in copula- tion on January 19. Sciurus negligens Nelson Little Gray Squirrel Sciurus negligens Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:147, June 8, 1898. (Type from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, Mexico. ) Specimens examined, 17 as follows: 70 km. [by highway] S of Ciudad Vic- toria and 6 km. W of the [Pan-American] highway [at El Carrizo], 5; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W El Carrizo, 12. Remarks.—Referred to as “ardilla chica” locally, these squirrels were most frequently seen in the dense forest of the lower eleva- tions. Active both in trees and on the ground, these animals were reported as being destructive to corn crops. Females taken in Jan- uary were lactating. Heterogeomys hispidus concavus Nelson and Goldman Hispid Pocket Gopher Heterogeomys hispidus concavus Nelson and Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 42:148, March 80, 1929. (Type from Pinal de Amoles, Quere- taro, Mexico.) Specimens examined, 5 as follows: 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 5 km. W EI Carrizo, 4; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W EI] Carrizo, 1. Remarks.—These gophers have been compared with specimens of H. h. hispidus from Veracruz (5 km. N Jalapa and 4 km. WNW Fortin) and with specimens of H. h. concavus from San Luis Po- tosi (Xilitla and vicinity and 8 mi. NW Pujal); the latter were ex- 212 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. amined through the courtesy of Dr. George H. Lowery, Jr., of the Museum of Zoology at Louisiana State University. These five specimens are assigned to H. h. concavus and resemble in every way this subspecies except: slightly smaller, somewhat darker, and skull with lambdoidal crest less inclined forward. In the latter feature, the single skull available seems to resemble most closely that of H. h. hispidus.. Unfortunately, all but one skull, that of a subadult female, were destroyed in the field. This is the first known record of this genus in Tamaulipas and the most northern locality from which specimens have been taken. At this latitude, the gopher appears to be restricted to the humid belt on the east face of the Sierra Madre Oriental. These large gophers were difficult to trap by ordinary means; Schaldach got two by using large-sized Macabee traps but the others were taken at night either with the aid of a dog or by natives with slingshots. Liomys irroratus texensis Merriam Spiny Pocket Mouse Liomys texensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15:44, March 5, 1902. (Type from Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. ) Liomys irroratus texensis Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 34:59, September 7, 1 Specimens examined, 15 as follows: 7 km. S and 2 km. W San Fernando, 8; 36 km. N and 10 km. W Ciudad Victoria, 1 km. E El Barretal, on Rio Purifi- cacion, 1; 70 kn. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W El Carrizo, 6. Remarks.—Most of these mice were taken in densely vegetated fallow fields, where both grass and brush were found. Many of the mice were captured at their burrow openings, some of which were found to be plugged and others not plugged. Reithrodontomys fulvescens intermedius Allen Fulvous Harvest Mouse Reithrodontomys mexicanus intermedius Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 7:136, May 21, 1895. (Type from Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. ) Reithrodontomys fulvescens intermedius Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 36:47, June 5, 1914. Specimen examined, 1 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W EI Carrizo. Baiomys taylori taylori (Thomas) Pygmy Mouse Hesperomys (Vesperimus) taylori Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, 19:66, January, 1887. (Type from San Diego, Duval County, Texas. ) Baiomys taylori Mearns, Mamm. Mex. Bound., Bull. 56:381, April 13, 1907. BakeR: MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 213 Specimens examined, 2 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W EI Carrizo. Remarks.—Specimens were captured in runways in dense grass and weeds at the edge of a corn field. Peromyscus leucopus texanus (Woodhouse) White-footed Mouse Hesperomys texana Woodhouse, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 6:242, 1853. (Type probably from the vicinity of Mason, Mason County, Texas. ) Peromyscus leucopus texanus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 28:127, April 17, 1909. Specimens examined, 8 as follows: 7 km. S and 2 km. W San Fernando, 1; 12 km. N and 4 km. W Ciudad Victoria, 2; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W EI Carrizo, 4. Peromyscus ochraventer new species Brown-bellied Wood Mouse Type—Female, adult, skin and skull; no. 36958, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 6 km. W of the [Pan- American] highway [at El Carrizo], Tamaulipas, Mexico; 12 January 1950; ob- tained by William J. Schaldach, Jr., original no. 566. Range—Known only from the type locality; probably found in other locali- ties along the humid, east face of the Sierra Madre Oriental in Tamaulipas. Diagnosis ——Size medium (see measurements); upper parts near Ochraceous Tawny (capitalized color terms after Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912), brighter on sides and duller on back; cheeks, sides of neck, shoulders and upper forelegs lighter, between Ochraceous Buff and Ochraceous Orange; eye ring dark; underparts light Cinnamon Buff, breast patch brighter; ears dusky, sparsely covered with hairs colored like back; feet white; tail scaly in appearance, indistinctly bicolored with short dark hairs above and short pale hairs below; skull without beaded or ridged supraorbital border; rostrum expanded anteriorly with sides almost parallel; teeth with strongly developed outer accessory cusps on the first and second upper molar teeth; anteriormost loph (parastyle-protoconule of Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 43:11, September 23, 1918) of the first upper molar large, almost as broad as greatest breadth of tooth. Comparisons.—Peromyscus ochraventer has been compared with P. difficilis (specimens from Veracruz), P. boylei (Veracruz), P. banderanus (Guerrero), P. mexicanus (Veracruz), P. furvus (Veracruz), and P. latirostris (San Luis Potosi). From P. difficilis, P. ochraventer differs in having underparts dis- tinctively brownish, rostrum expanded anteriorly with sides almost parallel, anteriormost loph of the first upper molar larger, and auditory bulla smaller. From P. boylei, P. ochraventer differs in having underparts distinctively brown- ish, tail less distinctly bicolored, rostrum expanded anteriorly with sides almost parallel, and anteriormost loph of the first upper molar larger. From P. band- eranus, P. ochraventer differs in having underparts distinctively brownish, tail less distinctly bicolored, rostrum expanded anteriorly with sides almost parallel, 214 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. anteriormost loph of the first upper molar larger, auditory bulla smaller, and in lacking a beaded or ridged supraorbital border. From P. mexicanus, P. ochraventer differs in having underparts distinctively brownish, tail not irreg- ularly blotched with dusky, rostrum expanded anteriorly with sides almost parallel, anteriormost loph of the first upper molar larger, and in lacking a beaded or ridged supraorbital border. From P. furvus and P. latirostris, P. ochraventer differs in being smaller, having underparts distinctively brownish, tail not irregularly blotched with dusky, rostrum proportionately shorter, and interpterygoid space relatively narrower. Remarks.—Peromyscus ochraventer is considered to be a distinct species showing little evident relationship with other Mexican Peromyscus. In the shape of the skull, especially the anterior ex- pansion of the rostrum, P. ochraventer seems to be related to P. furvus and P. latirostris, a series of the latter being made available for examination by Dr. George G. Lowery, Jr., of the Museum of Zoology at Louisiana State University. However, the rostrum of these two larger species is proportionately longer than the rostrum of P. ochraventer. In size, coloration and most cranial features, P. ochraventer resembles P. mexicanus, although the absence, in- stead of presence, of a supraorbital bead or ridge, the almost paral- lel-sided, instead of more pointed, rostrum and the larger, instead of smaller, interiormost loph of the first upper molar in P. ochra- venter are well-marked differences. The baculum of P. ochraventer is much shorter with a proportionately heavier base and shaft than the baculum of P. mexicanus mexicanus (from Veracruz) and P. m. saxatilis (from Costa Rica). The geographic range of Peromyscus ochraventer is not known to meet that of P. mexicanus; the nearest place to the type locality of P. ochraventer from which P. mexicanus has been taken is at Xilitla approximately 225 kilometers to the southward in San Luis Potosi (Dalquest, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., No. 28:8, July 10, 1950). The brown coloring on the underparts is a distinctive feature of P. ochraventer; in adults this color differs in shade. In some speci- mens patches of whitish hair give the tail a splotched appearance. Eleven of the twenty-eight skulls and lower jaws examined have bone eroded away from around the cheek-teeth exposing part of the roots. Most of the fully adult animals have this condition. One adult female, no. 36959, has the upper third molar on the right side missing, possibly as a result of bone erosion. These mice were taken in junglelike forest, in rocks and adjacent to logs. Schaldach writes that “Their burrows go back under the BakER: MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MExIco 215 large limestone blocks, and each burrow where I caught a mouse has a pile of excavated earth, like a tiny gopher mound.” The trapping area was at an elevation of approximately 2800 feet on the steep sides of a small hill on top of which the field camp was situ- ated. Schaldach indicated that this locality was transitional be- tween arid tropical and humid tropical conditions. On January 18, 1950, a female taken was lactating and had five recent placental scars; another taken the same day also had five placental scars. Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of seven adult males and six adult females of P. ochraventer from the type locality are, respectively, as follows: Total length, 238.0 (227-249), 236.5 (226-248); length of tail, 124.4 (117-127), 122.2 (116-128); length of hind foot, 25.6 (24-26), 25.5 (25-26); length of ear from notch, 20.9 (20-21), 20.7 (20-21); greatest length of skull, 31.0 (80.6-31.9), 30.8 (30.5-31.0); basilar length, 23.8 (22.7-28.8), 23.4 (23.0-23.9); zygomatic breadth, 15.1 (14.6-15.7), 15.0 (14.9-15.2); post palatal length, 10.6 (10.5-10.9), 10.9 (10.5-11.2); interorbital breadth, 4.7 (4.5-4.9), 4.7 (4.6-4.8); mastoidal breadth, 12.8 (12.4-18.2), 12.8 (12.6-12.9); length of nasals, 11.6 (10.8-12.0), 11.6 (11.2-11.7); length of shelf of bony palate, 4.7 (4.5-4.8), 4.6 (4.5-4.7); length of palatine slits, 6.3 (6.0-6.5), 6.2 (6.0-6.4); length of diastema, 8.2 (8.0-8.5), 8.2 (8.1-8.4); alveolar length of upper molariform tooth-row, 4.4 (4.8-4.6), 4.4 (4.3-4.5). Specimens examined, 28, from the type locality. Oryzomys couesi aquaticus Allen Coues Rice Rat Oryzomys aquaticus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:289, June 30, 1891. (Type from Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. ) Oryzomys couesi aquaticus Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 43:39, September 23, 1918. Specimens examined, 2 as follows: 36 km. N and 10 km. W Ciudad Vic- toria, 1 km. E El Barretal, on Rio Purificacion, 1; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 6 km. W of the [Pan-American] highway [at El Car- rizo], 1. . Remarks.—The specimens, all immatures, are slightly darker than topotypes of O. c. aquaticus, seemingly tending toward the darker O. c. peragrus Merriam to the southward. These records of occur- rence extend the known range of this subspecies approximately 210 miles to the southward and increase the possibility of continuous distribution between O. c. aquaticus and O. c. peragrus. The male obtained south of Ciudad Victoria was taken on January 12, by William J. Shaldach, Jr., 200 yards within the tunnel of a mine at an elevation of approximately 2600 feet. This was in the Sierra Gorda, which is a part of the Sierra Madre Oriental. 216 UNIVERSITY OF KaANsAs Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Oryzomys rostratus rostratus Merriam Rice Rat Oryzomys rostratus Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 3:293, July 26, 1901. (Type from Metlaltoyuca, Pueblo, Mexico. ) Specimen examined, 1 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W El Carrizo. Remarks.—This immature male is paler than specimens of O. r. rostratus from the state of Veracruz. This locality extends the known range of this species northward a distance of approximately 100 miles. Previously it had been recorded from only as far north as Alta Mira, Tamaulipas (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 43:54, Sep- tember 23, 1918). This specimen was trapped on February 16 in a rodent runway in dense grass in a fallow cane field. Oryzomys fulvescens engraciae Osgood Fulvous Rice Rat Oryzomys fulvescens engraciae Osgood, Jour. Mamm., 26:300, November 14, 1945. (Type from Hacienda Santa Engracia, northwest of Ciudad Vic- toria, Tamaulipas, Mexico. ) Specimens examined, 5 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. E El Carrizo. Remarks.—These specimens are referred to O. f. engraciae on the basis of their pale color and narrow interorbital space. They were taken in runways in dense grass in fallow cane fields. Sigmodon hispidus toltecus (Saussure) Hispid Cotton Rat [Hesperomys] toltecus Saussure, Revue et magasin de zoologie, ser. 2, 12:98, 1860. (Type from mountains of Veracruz, Mexico. ) Sigmodon hispidus toltecus Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15:110, June 2, 1902. Specimens examined, 23 as follows: 36 km. N and 10 km. W Ciudad Vic- toria, 1 km. E El Barretal, on Rio Purificacion, 1; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciu- dad Victoria and 2 km. W E!] Carrizo, 22. Remarks——Among named kinds of Sigmodon this series most closely approaches S. h. toltecus to the southward. The specimens are slightly lighter in color of the upper parts than are examples of this same subspecies from 8 km. NW of Potrero, Veracruz, but in other ways are similar. The single specimen from 36 km. N and 10 km. W Ciudad Victoria is a skull only, but seems closest to S. h. toltecus. As is often the case with collections of Sigmodon, this series contains mostly immatures. Cotton rats were found abundantly in cultivated areas. Local BakeR: MAMMALS FROM TAMAULIPAS, MEXICO 217 farmers stated that these rats were destructive to sugar cane by girdling the stems one and one-half inches above the ground. Neotoma micropus micropus Baird Baird Wood Rat Neotoma micropus Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 333, April, 1855. (Type from Charco Escondido, Tamaulipas, Mexico. ) Specimens examined, 2 from 7 km. S and 2 km. W San Fernando. Neotoma angustapalata new species Tamaulipan Wood Rat Type.—Male, subadult, skin and skull; No. 36976, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 6 km. W of the [Pan- American] highway [at El Carrizo], Tamaulipas, Mexico; 14 January 1950; obtained by William J. Schaldach, Jr., original no. 578. Range.—Known only from the type locality; probably found in other locali- ties along the humid, east face of the Sierra Madre Oriental in Tamaulipas. Diagnosis.—Size large (see measurements); upper parts dusky brown, paler on sides, individual hairs on middle of back tipped with black or with Light Pinkish Cinnamon (capitalized color term after Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912); head grayer especially on cheeks; underparts dusky (dark bases of white-tipped hairs exposed), hairs on throat and inguinal region of adult specimen white to base; outside of legs dusky gray; tail scaly in appearance and sparsely covered with short, blackish hairs above and short, whitish hairs below; skull with auditory bulla large; external auditory meatus large; palatine region narrow; sides of interpterygoid fossa concave and broadly excavated near posterior end of molariform tooth- TOWS. Comparison.—Neotoma angustapalata has been compared with N. torquata (specimens from Veracruz and Puebla), N. navus (Coahuila), N. mexicana (New Mexico), N. micropus (Tamaulipas), N. albigula (Coahuila), N. fer- ruginea (Jalisco), and N. distincta (from published description in Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 31:64, October 19, 1910). Neotoma angustapalata differs from N. micropus and N. albigula in having a deep, instead of a shallow, anterointernal reentrant angle on the first upper molar and seems to belong to the N. mexicana group of wood rats. Neotoma angustapalata differs from N. navus, N. mexicana, N. torquata, and N. ferruginea in larger size, darker underparts, tail with sparse, short hairs and scaly appearance, more broadly concave sides of interpterygoid fossa at posterior end of molariform tooth-rows, larger external auditory meatus, and narrower palatine breadth. Neotoma angustapalata differs from the description of N. distincta in having a faintly bicolored tail, no ochraceous pectoral band, broadly concave sides to inter- pterygoid fossa, and narrower palatine breadth. Remarks.—Neotoma angustapalata is represented by two speci- mens; the type and another specimen, an adult male, no. 37062, with skin and broken skull. The description takes into account 218 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. both of these specimens. The most significant characteristics of N. angustapalata are its scaly-appearing tail with short, sparse hairs, dusky underparts, broadly concave sides of the interpterygoid fossa at the posterior end of molariform tooth-rows, and the narrow pala- tine breadth. Among named kinds of Neotoma, the newly named species most closely resembles N. torquata and N. distincta; how- ever, it is geographically widely separated from these two species. Neotoma navus of southeastern Coahuila is the only other member of the N. mexicana group in northeastern Mexico. These wood rats were taken in rocks and crevices at the base of a small hill in thick vegetation growing in deep humus. Schaldach termed the trapping site as “arid tropical tending toward humid tropical”. Measurements.—The subadult, male holotype measures as follows: Total length, 325; length of tail, 154; length of hind foot, 36; length of ear from notch, 29; basilar length (of skull), 33.9; zygomatic breadth, 22.1; interorbital breadth, 5.7; length of nasals, 15.2; length of incisive foramina, 8.7; length of palatal bridge, 8.5; least breadth of palate between first upper molars, 2.7; greatest breadth of interpterygoid space, 4.1; alveolar length of upper molari- form tooth-row, 9.6. The adult, male, no. 37062, measures as follows: Total length, 380; tail vertebrae, 195; hind foot, 42; ear from notch, 31; interorbital breadth (of skull), 6.4. Specimens examined, 2, from the type locality. Rattus rattus subsp. Black Rat Specimens taken, 2 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 6 km. W of the [Pan-American] highway [at El] Carrizo]. Mus musculus subsp. House Mouse Specimen examined, 1 from 12 km. N and 4 km. W Ciudad Victoria. Nasua narica tamaulipensis Goldman Coati Nasua narica tamaulipensis Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 55:80, June = 1942. (Type from Cerro de la Silla, near Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. Specimen examined, 1 from 70 km. [by highway] S Ciudad Victoria and 2 km. W EI Carrizo. Remarks.—Several bands of coatis were observed in the vicinity of the vil- lage of El Carrizo. One skull of a male was obtained. Transmitted June 8, 1951. A New Pocket Gopher (Genus Thomomys) From Wyoming and Colorado BY E. RAYMOND HALL a eae as oe Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRARYD MAR1i 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS, University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 13, pp. 219-222 December 15, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 13, pp. 219-222 December 15, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 24-1359 A New Pocket Gopher (Genus Thomomys ) from Wyoming and Colorado By E. RAYMOND HALL Among small mammals accumulated, from Wyoming, in the Mu- seum of Natural History of the University of Kansas, specimens of the wide-spread species Thomomys talpoides are abundantly rep- resented. Subspecific names are available for most of these, but specimens from the Sierra Madre Mountain Range of Wyoming and Colorado prove upon comparison to pertain to an heretofore un- named subspecies which may be described and named as follows: Thomomys talpoides meritus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, no. 25628 Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas; from 8 mi. N and 19% mi. E Savery, 8800 ft., Carbon County, Wyoming; ob- tained on July 19, 1948, by George M. Newton; original no. 4. Range.—Sierra Madre Mountain Range of southern Wyoming and northern Colorado. Diagnosis——Size small (see measurements); color dark, upperparts in worn pelage of July darker than (near, n) Raw Umber (capitalized terms are of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912) and in fresh pelage of August between (near, 16’) Prout’s Brown and Mummy Brown; skull small; relative to basilar length, skull narrow across rostrum, zygomata and mastoids; nasals short and posteriorly truncate; premaxillae ex- tending behind nasals; temporal lines faint and divergent posteriorly. Comparisons.—From Thomomys talpoides rostralis (North Platte River Val- ley, SW of Saratoga, Wyoming), the subspecies to the east and south, T. t. meritus differs in: Lesser size, darker color, smaller and slenderer skull. The slenderness is especially noticeable in the breadth across the zygomata, mas- toids, and rostrum. From Thomomys talpoides clusius (topotypes), the sub- species to the north and west, T. t. meritus differs in: Color much darker; ros- trum longer; skull narrower across mastoids and zygomata; tympanic, and also mastoid, bullae smaller. Resemblance to T. t. clusius is shown in the narrow- ness of the skull interorbitally and in the shortness of the tooth-row. Remarks.—The specimens of Thomomys from Wyoming on which the name T. t. meritus is based were obtained by Mr. E. Lendell Cockrum and his associates with the thought that intergradation might be shown between T. t. rostralis to the east and T. t. clusius to the west. The animals showed instead, that there was a subspecies differing from each of the two mentioned subspecies in small size, dark color and slenderness of skull. Acknowledgment of assistance (221) 222, UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. with field work is made to the Kansas University Endowment Asso- ciation. Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of seven adult males and five adult females, from the type locality, are as follows: Total length, é 204 (193-226), 2 207 (193-210); length of tail, 56 (46-68), 56 (50-63); length of hind foot, 27.6 (26-30), 27.4 (27-28); basilar length, 30.7 (29.0- 83.0), 30.1 (29.5-30.7); zygomatic breadth, 20.4 (18.9-21.6), 19.5 (18.8-20.0); least interorbital breadth, 6.2 (5.8-6.6), 6.1 (5.9-6.3); mastoidal breadth, 17.9 (16.9-18.5), 17.2 (16.7-17.6); length of nasals, 13.7 (12.4-14.7), 13.2 (12.8-13.9); breadth of rostrum, 7.0 (6.5-7.5), 6.9 (6.7-7.3); length of ros- trum, 16.3 (15.3-17.5), 15.8 (15.38-16.1); alveolar length of maxillary tooth- row, 7.1 (6.9-7.3), 7.1 (6.8-7.5). Specimens examined.—Total number 26 and unless otherwise indicated in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. Wyoming.—Carbon County: Savery (8 mi. N and 19% mi. E, 8800 ft., 12; 7 mi. N and 17 mi. E, 8300 ft., 1; 6 mi. N and 12% mi. E, 8400 ft., 1; 6 mi. N and 18% mi. E, 8400 ft., 2; 6 mi. N and 14% mi. E, 8350 ft., 1; 5 mi. N and 3 mi. E, 6800 ft., 1; 4 mi. N and 8 mi. E, 7800 ft., 7300 ft., 3; 4 mi. N and 10 mi. E, 7800 ft., 3) 24. Colorado—Routt Co. ?: Elkhead Mts., 20 mi. SE Slater, 2 (U. S. B. S.). Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Transmitted October 20, 1951. O 24-1359 A New Name for the Mexican Red Bat BY E. RAYMOND HALL University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 14, pp. 223-226 December 15, 1951 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 14, pp. 223-226 December 15, 1951 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1951 24-1360 A New Name for the Mexican Red Bat By E. RAYMOND HALL When Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., published his “Revision of the North American Bats of the Family Vespertilionidae” (N. Amer. Fauna, 18:1-140, 3 pls., 39 figs. in text, October 16, 1897), the red bat, Lasiurus borealis, was known from the southern half of Mexico but he did not know that the hoary bat, Lasiurus cinereus, also occurred there. Therefore, the name A[talapha]. mexicana Saussure (Revue et magasin de zoologie, 18 (ser. 2): 97, March, 1861) that clearly pertained to a lasiurine bat, almost certainly from southern Mexico, was applied by Miller (op. cit.: 111) to the red bat as a subspecific name. Subsequently, the hoary bat, Lasiurus cinereus cinereus (Beauvois 1796), was shown to occur in southern Mexico. For ex- ample, an adult male L. c. cinereus was obtained on May 6, 1945, by W. H. Burt from the Barranca Seca in the State of Michoacan (see Hall and Villa, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:445, Decem- ber 27, 1949). Because two, instead of only one, species of Lasiurus are now known to occur in the general part of Mexico visited by Saussure, it has seemed desirable to re-examine the application of the name A[talapha]. mexicana Saussure which that naturalist pro- posed along with a description as follows: Long inrolled tail; femoral patagium as in the vespertilios. Teeth 4,4, ¢ orf. A. mexicana Valida. Molar teeth +. Head and throat with a tendency toward fulvous, mouth and chin dark. Ears small and rounded, black, exterior at the base dark and hairy, interior with the anterior margin and an area in the middle yellow-haired. Back chestnut, above [hairs apically] grayish, below [hairs lower down] reddish, everywhere marbled with white. Tibiae, feet and the femoral patagium reddish marbled with white. Venter dusky-gray, with hairs at the apex and on the breast whitish, on the abdomen with tendency toward fulvous. White spot on humerus. Wings black; underneath the arm and the superior half of the wing yellow- haired. Above [on the upper side] with three whitish spots on the base of the thumb and fifth finger situated in the angle of the elbow. —Forearm length 53 mm. [Above is translation from the Latin original. ] (225) 226 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. As may readily be seen by comparing specimens of L. borealis and L. cinereus from Mexico (or also from any place in North America north of Mexico), the description by Saussure applies to the hoary bat (Lasiurus cinereus) and not to the red bat (Lasiurus borealis). Accordingly, the name A[talapha]. mexicana Saussure 1861 falls as a synonym of Lasiurus cinereus cinereus (Beauvois 1796); if the hoary bat of the southern end of the Mexican table land should prove to be subspecifically separable, the name Lasiurus cinereus mexicanus would be available for it. The Mexican red bat, thus, is left without a name, and for it I propose Lasiurus borealis ornatus new subspecies Type.—Skin (8492 U. S. Nat. Mus.), and corresponding skull (37578 U. S. Nat. Mus.), sex not recorded on the label; Penuela, Veracruz; 20 February 1866; obtained by F. Sumichrast. Range.—Approximately the southern two-fifths of Mexico; exact limits of range unknown. Diagnosis.—Resembles Lasiurus borealis teliotis (H. Allen) but feet, inter- femoral membrane, and under side of wings much less hairy. Comparisons.—From L. b. teliotis, which occurs to the northwest, L. b. or- natus differs in the restricted peripheral distribution of the fur (see Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:112, October 16, 1897). From Lasiurus borealis frantzii (Peters), which occurs to the southward, L. b. ornatus differs in longer fore- arm (41 versus 37); upper parts lighter rufescent or chestnut, the back being only lightly overlaid with this color; underparts washed with lighter buff, the basal tone plumbeous, instead of blackish; skull larger (see Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 45:148, September 9, 1932). Transmitted October 20, 1951. O 24-1360 Taxonomic Notes on Mexican Bats of the Genus Rhogeéssa BY E. RAYMOND HALL Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRA EY MAY 1 6 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 15, pp. 227-232 April 10, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 15, pp. 227-232 April 10, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 Pa: 24-1780 Taxonomic Notes ON MeExIcAN BATS OF THE GreNnus RHOGEESSA BY E. RAYMOND HALL Five skins with skulls of Rhogeéssa, collected by J. R. Alcorn in the states of Sonora and Nayarit of western Mexico, were recently received at the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. Two other specimens of the same genus, collected by Walter W. Dalquest in the state of Veracruz of eastern Mexico, also are in the Museum of Natural History. With the aim of applying names to these bats they were compared with materials in the United States National Museum (including the Biological Surveys collection) where there are approximately the same number of Mexican specimens of Rhogeéssa as are in the Museum of Natural History. The three kinds of Rhogeéssa named from Mexico are as follows: R. parvula from the Tres Marias Islands off the west coast of Nayarit; R. tumida from Mirador, Veracruz, on the eastern slope of the Republic; and R. gracilis from Piaxtla, Puebla, on the southern end of the Mexican Plateau. Of Rhogeéssa gracilis Miller (N. Amer. Fauna, 18:126, October 16, 1897) only three specimens are known; two are from Piaxtla, Puebla, and the third is from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. Only the specimen from the Ishtmus has a complete skull. The broken skull of the holotype is partly separated from the skin of the head and in such a manner as to reveal the teeth. The skull of the holo- type seems to be broader (relative to its length) across the mastoids and posterior parts of the zygomata than in R. tumida or than in R. parvula. My comparisons indicate that Rhogeéssa gracilis has larger (longer and wider) ears than R. parvula and R. tumida and that it is specifically distinct from the two last mentioned kinds. The two other nominal species from Mexico, R. parvula and R. tumida, were named and described by Harrison Allen (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1866: 285 and 286, respectively ) on the basis of three specimens in the United States National Museum. Two were from the Tres Marias Islands and were the basis of the name R. parvula; the third was from Mirador, Veracruz, and was the basis (229) 230 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. of the name R. tumida. These specimens seem to have been pre- served in alcohol. I have examined the skulls of two of these. One (U.S.N.M., new number 37329, old number 7842) is alleged to be the paratype of R. parvula and the other (U.S.N.M., 84021) is alleged to be the holotype of R. tumida. In the glass vial contain- ing skull No. 84021, there is a label in the handwriting of Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., bearing the following information: “In the orig. descr. the number of this sp. is said to be 8195. This is an error. Speci- men catalogued 3.1.98 G.S.M. Jr.” On the back of a second label in the skull vial there is written, “There is no doubt that this is the type skull. It was returned by H. A. with no. given in orig. descr. G.S.M. Jr.” In the catalogue of the U. S. National Museum there is the statement that the type of Rhogeéssa tumida was collected by H. A. Grayson. The name Rhogeéssa parvula was based on two specimens ( Smith- sonian Institution Nos. 7841 the type and 7842, in alcohol, collected by Col. Grayson in the Tres Marias Islands off the west coast of Mexico. The type seems never to have been returned from the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia to the U. S. National Museum in Washington, D. C., and cannot (in 1951) be found in Philadelphia or anywhere else. The skull, but no other part, of the second speci- men is in the United States National Museum under the catalogue number 37329 (old No. 7842). The skull has been broken in two through the interorbital region but is glued together. Of R. tumida, no additional specimen has been saved, so far as I know, from the type locality, Mirador, Veracruz. Of R. parvula, Nelson and Goldman, on May 19, 1897, on Maria Madre Island, saved in alcohol an additional specimen (92413 U.S.N.M.) from which J. Biggs, Preparator at the National Mu- seum, in 1951, removed and cleaned the skull. In small size and in all other features, the skull of 92413 closely resembles those of specimens saved by Alcorn from the adjoining mainland of Mexico in Sonora and Nayarit. The pelage of the upper parts of 92413 could be described as “of a light greyish-brown at basal third, fawn- chestnut-brown at apical two-thirds” which are the words that H. Allen (op. cit.: 285) used to describe the pelage of his R. parvula. The external measurements of 92413 are: total length, 60; length of tail, 25; length of hind foot, 5.5; and ear from notch, 11.0. The first two measurements are slightly smaller than the corresponding meas- urements of any other specimen seen. Nevertheless, the measure- ments (tail, 30.5; hind foot, 5.3 [after H. Allen, orig. descr.]) of the MEXICAN BATS OF THE GENUS RHOGEESSA 931 holotype of R. parvula, also from the Tres Marias Islands, show that it was as large as no. 39724 from the adjoining mainland (see table 1). According to the original descriptions, R. parvula and R. tumida differ in size, R. parvula being the smaller. As may be seen from table 1, the alleged type of R. tumida and the alleged paratype of R. parvula indicate the opposite! All specimens obtained since the time of the original descriptions, as may be seen by inspecting table 1, support the correctness of the original descriptions. Therefore, and also because of the other information presented above, I am inclined to the opinion that the holotype of R. twmida and the para- type of R. parvula have been switched; each now is associated with the name and data, at least for locality, of the other. Other opinions are that Rhogeéssa from the Tres Marias Islands average smaller than Rhogeéssa of the adjoining mainland of western Mexico but not enough smaller to warrant subspecific separation of the two. Specimens from places geographically intermediate be- tween the geographic ranges, as now known, of R. parvula and R. tumida probably will reveal intergradation between the two kinds, which, therefore, should stand as subspecies of a single species. As understood now, the Mexican Rhogeéssa are as follows: Rhogeéssa parvula parvula H. Allen 1866. Rhogeéssa parvula H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 285, type from Tres Marias Islands. Range.—Tres Marias Islands and western mainland of Mexico from Alamos, Sonora, south to San Blas, Nayarit. Rhogeéssa parvula tumida H. Allen. 1866. Rhogeéssa tumida H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 286, type from Mirador, Veracruz. Range—From Boca del Rio, Veracruz, in eastern México, southward over México and Central America into Panama. Rhogeéssa gracilis Miller. 1897. Rhogeéssa gracilis Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:126, October 16, 1897, type from Piaxtla, Puebla. Range.—Known only from the type locality and the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. Transmitted November 30, 1951. O8LI-¥G CL} ke 2) ss . *AIOFSI FL a [BinyeN JO UMoasn]T svsuBy JO AjISIOATUA aY} UI a1B SIoYJO ay} :UINesN]|Y [BUIOJBN sezVyg popluy) sy} Ul alv vaIq} JsBl at} puBw SUaWIOadS daIY} JsIy 9, Zz ‘: 67 ee) OL Sav € It FSI ERAS eS | ieee ee ac Seg syooduey) ‘aojodurey “‘susdxn yey |*** ‘OT6T. ‘LO © 8S80LT <2) go'g 69 c'8 OSS Or area! DEG, ill argh pee ha = ie, 9, Se le BOVXBO ‘OSUTUIOT OJUBY |** “G68T ‘ZI “une 6 696EL >) $C C0 ee leak Gia 89°F 11 erat alles uae el [at “+ pmasod “ay jo adAytaed poses Sen ene ee are é 6ZELE > 9°¢ (Apa Fclaiaaee a 8°F Lara! 6&1 S508 = |e ee ZNIOBIIA ‘SBISAN SEPT MS CT OGRODUS TRON Ta OROT ‘9 “390 é T€Z61 ys 6°9 ¥8 69°F 6° TL Lal eX San ie ASS a, hes ORE oe? ZNIOBIOA “43 OT ‘OLY [OP BOO |°* “SFET ‘8 “99d e 98866 n Dpiuin} Djnaivd Dssgaboyy n A eg GRO aaa |e an a Mav. 6'OI 0°GT OUR Gir ho Mamie ein oe ea ta que Ae N ‘Stld uBg @ ‘taro |" OST ‘4 “sny fo) GCL6E LS) 8'P v9 VL oP 401 Zit SLC | ot We ale Ale ae een a ne eine JUCABN ‘sBlq UBS HY ‘Tur % |" OG6T ‘¢ “‘snVy 2 PoL6E jal Tied tt) 62 Gay Epa! 6 GL (omy Aiea, || See aah rae eee Ot eae qUBACN ‘sBlq Bg Wf ‘Ta % | °' OG6T ‘¢ “‘sny 2 &6L6E 6 °F 19 9°L Pav 9°OT ee ORGS | Fees ee ee, ae BIOUOG ‘sourB[y OpIs M |" '' SPT ‘2 ABIL fo) PS8PS n 8°F Te) SL GF 8°01 Wi GAO Gao eee caper. eho, ik, 9 > aan a eee BIOUOS ‘sOWBlY OPIS M |" SPT ‘L ABIN fo} ES8PS a 67 PANG). - al|2. eae aC oF 6° OI (27 atl io caesar eae DpriUuny "ay jo edAy pexore EEO cuit) Oo) SON CceCury iO isaoe) G 1Z0FS 7, Suisl aie cel s)ee) fi sme culvco)sys/|\'s) (4) epieys.e s!|\o, «isi sles @e,|/siis\e «ches sills «ss sis © £12 ai.) 4) sips) Rs) 8 lees midis) sie 6 «) ‘SPI SBIIVIAT so1,—ueunoeds 4SO] > CNC Gnkt creed i IPSL < LY Ee TN aes a Linh ¢ Or So'IT QHOGH Ot ike a ce ca Geeta, nn Oi puBls] oIpB]Y BIBI |“ L681 ‘61 ABI é E1b26 Md Dynaivd Dinaivd pssgaboyy * t By 3 2 = = 5 ae eee g eee aoe eGedieee lees | Ee |g Bee eee ete ee eee ies o| 8 2 eae ee BP eee ieee | bs fe a @ o 3 S ES a 5 ALITVOO'T 978q xg ‘ON D ae a cs] (Sree rps 2 aD = 8 Qo Sb o Z e Bo A. Th uel Fro = & < a3 ee OOIXaJ{ WOuA vssaqIOHY JO SLNAWAYNASVAIV—'T FAV] 232 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Woodrats (Genus Neotoma) BY KEITH R. KELSON Marine Biological Laboratory TSB eH AR Y MAY 1 o 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 16, pp. 233-242 April 10, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM oF NatTurAL History Editors: E, Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 16, pp. 233-242 April 10, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-2173 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of some North American Woodrats (genus Neotoma) BY KEITH R. KELSON While I was preparing distribution maps of the various species and subspecies of the genus Neotoma, a number of inconsistencies pertaining to the geographic distribution of these animals were found in the literature. These inconsistencies are, for the most part, the result of failure of later students of the group to take cognizance of earlier published records. Accordingly, certain specimens, which have been previously recorded in the literature, have been examined in an attempt to resolve the more obvious of the inconsistencies. The study here reported upon was aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the Uni- versity of Kansas (NR 161-791). Unless otherwise indicated, cata- logue numbers of the specimens are of the United States National Museum, most of the specimens being in the Biological Surveys Collection of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the persons in charge of the collections for their permission to examine the specimens under their care. Neotoma floridana illinoensis A. H. Howell 1910. Neotoma floridana illinoensis A. H. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 23:28, March 23. Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 31:23, October 19, 1910) referred specimens of Neotoma floridana from Washington, Mississippi, to the subspecies N. f. rubida. Subsequently, Lowery (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., 18:246, November 22, 1948), with more material from that general area at his dis- posal, designated specimens from northern Louisiana as Neotoma floridana illinoensis and, by so doing, cast some doubt on the identification of the ma- terial from Washington, Mississippi. The six specimens from Washington, Mississippi, in the Biological Surveys Collection of the United States National Museum have been compared with near-topotypes of N. f. rubida from Houma, Louisiana, and with specimens from several localities within the range of N. f. illinoensis including the type and topotypes. N. f. illinoensis averages less rich in color than N. f. rubida and has a bicolored, not unicolored tail, posteriorly emarginate (rather than concave) palate, and markedly longer upper molar tooth-row. In color, the specimens from Washington are intermediate between N. f. illinoensis and (235) 236 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. N. f. rubida. In possessing bicolored tails they resemble N. f. illinoensis; in cranial characters, the specimens are referable to N. f. illinoensis except that in No. 46126 the posterior border of the palate is concave and not emarginate, and in No. 46391 the upper molar tooth-row is short. Although they appear to be intergrades, as a whole the series is best referred to Neotoma floridana illinoensis A. H. Howell. The three specimens from McGehee, Arkansas, which were referred by Goldman (loc. cit.) to N. f. rubida seem to me better referred to N. f. illinoensis. In the shape of the posterior border of the palate they are variable, the one full-grown adult being in that respect like N. f. illinoensis; in shape of the zygomatic arches they are intermediate between N. f. rubida and N. f. illinoensis; in color, especially in the bicolored nature of the tails, they are like N. f. illinoensis to which I provisionally refer them. Neotoma floridana osagensis Blair 1939. Neotoma floridana osagensis Blair, Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 403:5, June 16. When Blair (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 408:5, June 16, 1939) named Neotoma floridana osagensis, he stated that the range of the sub- species probably included those parts of Missouri, Arkansas, and Texas that adjoin eastern Oklahoma and eastern Kansas. In an attempt to ascertain more precisely the eastern and southern limits of the geographic range of N. f. osagensis, I have examined the following specimens in the Biological Surveys Collection: Arkansas: Batesville, 2; Cotter, 3; Delight, 2; Pettigrew, 2; Rich Mountain, 8; Womble, 1. Missouri: Marble Cave, 4; Stone Co., 8. Texas: Marysville, Cooke Co., 1; and in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, the following: Texas: Gainesville, Cooke Co., 1. All of these except the speci- men from Marysville were previously referred by Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 81:26, October 19, 1910) to the subspecies N. f. attwateri. On the basis of the length of the upper molar tooth-row (longer than in N. f. attwateri), heavy molar teeth, and darker color, they seem best referred, among named subspecies, to N. f. osagensis although No. 34875, listed as from Stone County, Missouri, is brighter in color and has a slightly shorter upper molar tooth-row than does “typical” N. f. osagensis. The specimen from Texarkana, Texas, No. 118852, referred by Goldman (op. cit. :23) to N. f. rubida is an intergrade between N. f. illinoensis and N. f. osagensis. The skull is heavier and broader than in comparable speci- mens of N. f. illinoensis; the molar teeth are broad as in N. f. osagensis, the rostrum and nasals are as long as in much larger specimens of N. f. illinoensis and longer than in N. f. osagensis, the tail (collector’s measurement, 208 mm.) is longer than in N. f. osagensis and the same as in N. f. illinoensis. In color the specimen is indistinguishable from comparable specimens of N. f. illinoensis. To me the specimen seems best assigned to Neotoma floridana illinoensis although it could, with almost equal propriety, be referred to N. f. osagensis. COMMENTS ON NorTH AMERICAN WoOopRATS 237 Neotoma lepida californica Price 1894. Neotoma californica Price, California Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 4:154, May 9. 1938. Neotoma lepida californica, vonBloeker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:201, December 23. When vonBloeker (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:201-204, December 23, 1938) named Neotoma lepida petricola and reported on Neotoma lepida cali- fornica, he did not account for three specimens, Nos. 150878-150880, in the Biological Surveys Collection, from Fremont Peak, Gabilan Range, California, which Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 31:44, October 19, 1910) had referred to Neotoma [lepida] intermedia. Fremont Peak is north of the geographic range ascribed to N. I. petricola, west of that of N. l. californica, and appears to be separated by parts of the ranges of those two subspecies from the range (as now restricted on the north) of N. Ll. intermedia. I have examined the speci- mens from Fremont Peak and find that, in total length, length of tail, basilar length, length of nasals, depth of skull, length of palatal bridge, and length of incisive foramina they are best referred to Neotoma lepida californica. For knowledge of the diagnostic features of N. l. californica and N. 1. petricola, I have relied principally on the diagnoses, comparisons, and measurements of those subspecies as given by vonBloeker (op. cit.). Neotoma fuscipes perplexa Hooper 1938. Neotoma fuscipes perplexa Hooper, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 49:224, March 1. Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 31:91, October 19, 1910) referred two dusky- footed woodrats from Pacheco Pass, California, to the subspecies Neotoma fuscipes annectens. When Hooper (Univ. California Publ. Zool., 42 (4):213- 246, March 1, 1938) reported on the geographic variation of the species, he made no mention of these two specimens. From a geographic standpoint, they would be expected to be referable to Hooper’s (op. cit. :24) newly-named sub- species Neotoma fuscipes perplexa. I have examined the specimens, Nos. 150454 and 150869. They more closely resemble N. f. perplexa than N. f. annectens in light color of upper parts, light color of feet, proportionately shorter and broader rostrum, and laterally expanded incisive foramina. It is on this basis that the specimens are here referred to Neotoma fuscipes perplexa. Because of the paucity of my material, I have been unable to apply Hooper’s criteria (op. cit.) for distinguishing between N. f. annectens and N. f. perplexa. Neotoma cinerea pulla Hooper 1940. Neotoma cinerea pulla Hooper, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 42:411, May 17. Hooper’s (Univ. California Publ. Zool., 42 (9):407-424, May 17, 1940) re- port on the geographic variation in bushy-tailed woodrats left unaccounted for certain specimens reported by Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 31:1-124, October 19, 1910). In his report, Hooper (op. cit.) named two subspecies, Neotoma cinerea alticola and Neotoma cinerea pulla, and revived the name Neotoma [cinerea] acraia (Elliot), and, by so doing, greatly restricted the geographic ranges formerly ascribed to other subspecies, notably Neotoma cinerea occi- dentalis and Neotoma cinerea cinerea. Some of the specimens reported by Goldman (op. cit.) are from localities between the geographic ranges of neigh- 238 Unrversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. boring subspecies as those ranges were known to Hooper by the specimens he examined, In order to determine more precisely the geographic ranges of cer- tain subspecies of bushy-tailed woodrats, I have examined pertinent specimens in the U. S. National Museum Biological Surveys Collection, including most of those reported by Goldman (op. cit.) and the identity of which was left in doubt by Hooper’s more recent work. Two specimens, Nos. 140419 and 140420, from Orick, California, are in- separable from near-topotypes of Neotoma cinerea pulla and differ from speci- mens obtained from several localities throughout the range of N. c. occidentalis (to which one of the Orick specimens was referred by Goldman, op. cit. :102), in smaller size, white feet (not dusky), longer nasals, and more widely-spreading zygomatic arches. A specimen, No. 166883, from Empire, Oregon, also assigned by Goldman (loc. cit.) to N. c. occidentalis, proves to be an intergrade between N. c. fusca and N. c. pulla. The dark dorsal color is as in N. c. fusca, but the small size of both skin and skull, less angular skull, relatively long nasals, and nearly white ventral surface of the tail show the specimen to be best referred to N. c. pulla. It is readily distinguishable from N. c. occidentalis by its white feet, small size, and dark color. Specimens Nos. 206508 and 206370, from Port Orford, still farther south on the Oregon coast, are almost typical of N. c. pulla. Although I have not located the two specimens from Requa, California, recorded by Goldman (loc. cit.) as N. c. occidentalis, I suspect that they, too, will prove to be referable to N. c. pulla. Specimens from Naylox, Klamath Co., Oregon (Nos. 80582 and 80583), Burney (Nos. 147826 and 147827), and Brownell (No. 189297), California, are intergrades between N. c. alticola and N. c. pulla. They more closely re- semble the latter, to which they are referred, in darker color, smaller size, smoother, more lightly constructed skulls, proportionately longer tails, and smaller molar dentition. In size of tympanic bullae and length (relative to the basilar length) of the palatal bridge, they are intermediates between N. c. alticola and N. c. pulla. None of them is referable to N. c. occidentalis to which they were assigned by Goldman (loc. cit.) although the specimens from Naylox, as might be expected, do show an approach to that subspecies in some characters. I agree with Hooper (op. cit. :411) that specimens from Fort Klamath, Oregon, are approximately intermediate in their characters between N. c. pulla and N. c. occidentalis and follow him in assigning them to N. c. pulla. Speci- mens from Crater Lake, north of Fort Klamath, are more clearly referable to N. c. occidentalis to which subspecies they were allocated by Goldman (op. cit.). Neotoma cinerea alticola Hooper 1940. Neotoma cinerea alticola Hooper, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 42: 409, May 17. Specimens Nos. 204659, 204660 and 204661, from Bend, Oregon, are inter- grades between N. c. occidentalis and N. c. alticola. They are here referred to the latter subspecies, which they more nearly resemble in larger size, propor- tionately shorter tail, and longer palatal bridge. They seem to be intermediate in the size of the tympanic bullae, and to resemble N. c. occidentalis in short molar tooth-row and weak molar dentition. Their color furnishes no clue to assist in their allocation, because in northern and central Oregon the two sub- COMMENTS ON NortTH AMERICAN WOopDRATS 239 species differ but slightly in this respect, and even so, the difference is appre- ciated only when the specimens are compared en masse. Farther north, a specimen, No. 78677, from the John Day River [near its mouth], Oregon, also is an intergrade between N. c. occidentalis and N. c. alti- cola and is here referred to N. c. alticola. It possesses the smaller skull and smaller molar teeth of N. c. occidentalis, but in other diagnostic features more closely resembles N. c. alticola. Two specimens from The Dalles, west of the mouth of the John Day River, are referred to N. c. occidentalis. The adult, No. 57189, is readily separated from N. c. alticola, but the other, No. 89049, a juvenile, as an individual would be unassignable to subspecies. The one specimen, No. 80584, a young adult, from Tule Lake, Oregon, assigned by Goldman (loc. cit.) to N. c. occidentalis is to me unassignable to subspecies on the basis of its morphological characters. I here assign it to N. c. alticola on geographic grounds only. As a result of the study of these specimens and others whose localities of capture are in the same region, but not geographically marginal, I think that (1) in Oregon, N. c. occidentalis is restricted to the Cascade Range north of the Klamath Valley, (2) N. c. occidentalis does not occur in California, and (8) Neotoma cinerea pulla is the name best applied to the coastal populations from Empire, Oregon, southward to Orick, California. Specimens of bushy-tailed woodrats from Arco and Big Butte, Butte Co., Idaho, were referred by Goldman (op. cit. :102) to Neotoma cinerea occi- dentalis. Later, Davis (The Recent Mammals of Idaho, Caxton Printers, April 5, 1939, p. 301), I think on geographic grounds, referred the same material to N. c. cinerea. I have examined these specimens, No. 28323/30782 from Arco and Nos. 28919/31824 and 23920/31825 from Big Butte, and find them refer- able to Neotoma cinerea alticola on the basis of dark color, large tympanic bullae, and closed (or almost so) sphenopalatine vacuities. They differ in these particulars from specimens of N. c. cinerea. I have examined also speci- mens of Neotoma cinerea from the Lost River Mountains near Arco and Birch Creek, not far distant, and agree with both Goldman and Davis that the speci- mens from those places are referable to N. c. cinerea. Neotoma cinerea cinnamomea J. A. Allen 1895. Neotoma cinnamomea J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 7:331, November 8. 1942. Neotoma cinerea cinnamomea Warren, The mammals of Colorado, Univ. Oklahoma Press, p. 221. Hooper (Jour. Mamm., 25 (1):415, February 15, 1944) and Warren (The mammals of Colorado. Univ. Oklahoma Press, 1942, p. 221) independently recognized the name Neotoma cinerea cinnamomea J. A. Allen as applicable to the populations of bushy-tailed woodrats from southwestern Wyoming. Gold- man (op. cit. :104) had earlier arranged the name as a synonym of Neotoma cinerea orolestes. I have examined specimens from Cokeville; Fontanelle; Fort Bridger; Green River, 4 mi. NE Linwood (Utah); and Beaver Creek, 4 mi. S Lonetree, all in Wyoming, and agree with Hooper and Warren that specimens from southwestern Wyoming are sufficiently different from N. c. orolestes, N. c. cinerea, N. c. acraia, and N. c. alticola, the surrounding subspecies, to warrant nominal recognition as Neotoma cinerea cinnamomea. The specimen, No. 22494/30044, from Fort Bridger, Wyoming, that was referred to N. c. 240 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. cinerea by Goldman ( op. cit. :98) differs from N. c. cinerea in smaller size, light but rich color and larger tympanic bullae; in color it is darker (richer) than in topotypical N. c. cinnamomea. I tentatively, nevertheless, refer it to N. c. cinnamomea. A specimen (No. 29505, Carnegie Museum) from 8 mi. NE Craig, Moffat Co., Colorado, is the southernmost record of occurrence of N. c. cinnamomea known to me. Neotoma cinerea acraia (Elliot) 1904. Neotoma cinerea acraia Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., Zool. Ser. 3:247, January 7. 1940. Neotoma cinerea acraia Hooper, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 42:418, May 17. Hooper’s (Jour. Mamm., 25 (1):415, February 15, 1944) revival of the name cinnamomea for bushy-tailed woodrats from southwestern Wyoming and my (Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 11 (3):93, February 26, 1951) application of the name Neotoma cinerea acraia to animals from the central mountain ranges of Utah leave in doubt Davis’ (op. cit. :301) earlier allocation of specimens from the east side of Bear Lake, Bear Lake Co., Idaho, to Neotoma cinerea cinerea. I have examined the pertinent specimens, Nos. 55181, 55381 and 55382, in the Biological Surveys Collection. On the basis of smaller size, smaller hind feet, less massive and less ridged skulls, and closed sphenopalatine vacuities, all par- ticulars in which they differ from N. c. cinerea and resemble N. c. acraia, the specimens are here assigned to the latter subspecies. They differ from N. c. cinnamomea principally in color and from N. c. alticola in much lighter color, smaller size, smaller, smoother, and more lightly constructed skulls, and weaker molar dentition. Goldman (op. cit. :98) referred specimens from Bright Angel Springs, Kaibab Plateau, Arizona, to Neotoma cinerea cinerea. Subsequently, Bailey (Nat. Hist. Bull., Grand Canyon Nat. Hist. Assoc., 1:14, June, 1985) referred animals from the Kaibab Plateau to Neotoma cinerea orolestes. The use of the name N. c. acraia (Kelson, loc. cit.) for animals from the central mountain ranges of Utah also leaves in doubt the nomenclatorial status of the bushy- tailed woodrats from the Kaibab Plateau. Specimens were examined in the Biological Surveys Collection, all from the Kaibab Plateau, as follows: Big Springs (Nos. 243120-248122), Bright Angel Spring (Nos. 161639-161641), and V. T. Park (Nos. 248994-248996). In possessing smaller skulls, closed sphenopalatine vacuities, and less angular (posteriorly) zygomatic arches, they differ from both N. c. orolestes and N. c. cinerea and resemble Neotoma cinerea acraia to which latter subspecies I refer them. Color, in this case, provides no clue to the identity of the specimens because they are slightly darker than in “average” specimens of N. c. acraia and are matched in this respect by many specimens of N. c. orolestes, including near-topotypes from Colorado. Neotoma (Hodomys) alleni Merriam Two species have been recognized in the subgenus Hodomys, Neotoma alleni Merriam and Neotoma vetulus (Merriam), but there seems to be intergradation between them and therefore they should be arranged as belonging to one species. Reasons for reducing the generic name Hodomys Merriam to sub- generic rank under the genus Neotoma Say and Ord are given by Burt and Barkalow (Jour. Mamm., 23 (8):295, August 14, 1942). COMMENTS ON NorTH AMERICAN WOODRATS QAI Evidence of the intergradation referred to above between the two nominal species is furnished by specimens in the Biological Surveys Collection from “near Ahuacana” [= La Huacana] in Michoacan, Puente de Ixtla in Morelos, and by the twelve specimens from the type locality (Acapulco, Guerrero) of Neotoma alleni guerrerensis (Goldman). In external measurements and in linear measurements of the skull, N. a. guerrerensis is intermediate between N. alleni and N. vetulus as Merriam (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1894, pp. 225-252, 1 pl.. 5 figs. in text, September 24, 1894) knew them at the time of naming Hodomys vetulus. In the series of specimens of N. a. guerrerensis the feet vary from dark to light. The tail of an adult female from Puente de Ixtla, Morelos, is faintly bicolored instead of sharply bicolored as in N. vetulus, or unicolored as in N. a. guerrerensis. The specimen from Michoacan and those from Morelos are intermediate in ridging of the skull (for example, in up- turned orbital border of the frontal) and in width across the posterior part of the frontals. Specimen No. 127527 from Puente de Ixtla has the interparietal shield as narrow as in N. a. guerrerensis, but in other individuals from the same place, the shield is variously wider; in some the shield is approximately as wide as in specimens from the type locality of N. a. vetulus. The alleged (by Merriam, op. cit.) difference in degree of expansion posteriorly of the mandible (if I correctly interpret Merriam’s statement) is equaled by individual variation in each of several series of specimens. The specimens from Morelos, which are geographically intermediate between the heretofore recognized species, are morphologically intermediate in size of the anterointernal loop of M1 and in degree of division of the posterointernal loop of that tooth. The anteroexternal sulcus on m8 is no more pronounced in some specimens of N. a. guerrerensis than in specimens from the type locality of N. a. vetulus. Thus, each of the differential characters relied upon by Merriam (op. cit.) in giving full specific status to Hodomys vetulus and Hodomys alleni is found to be assignable to individual or geographic variation. I have sought in vain for additional char- acters that would permit the recognition of two full species. Consequently, the named kinds of the subgenus Hodomys should stand as follows: NEOTOMA ALLENI ALLENI Merriam 1892. Neotoma alleni Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 7:168, September 29. (Type from Manzanillo, Colima, Mexico. ) NEOTOMA ALLENI ELATTURA (Osgood ) 1988. Hodomys vetulus elatturus Osgood, Zool. Ser., Field Mus. Nat. a 7 (no. 35):475, December 31. (Type from Cuapongo, Guerrero, exico. NEOTOMA ALLENI GUERRERENSIS (Goldman) Hodomys alleni guerrerensis Goldman, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28 (11):498, November 15. (Type from Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico. ) NEOTOMA ALLENI VETULA (Merriam) 1894. Hodomys vetulus Merriam, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1894:236, September 24. (Type from Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico. ) Examination of specimens convinces me that each of the above named kinds is a tenable subspecies. From Osgood’s original description, I infer that Os- good, (op. cit.) thought that his animals from Chilpancingo were grayer than paratypes of N. a. vetula and had posteriorly narrower nasals “with their end- ings usually even with the premaxillae.” These two features of the nasals vary 249, UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. much in each of several series of the subgenus Hodomys and I think that Osgood had for comparison the two paratypes of N. a. vetula that have wider nasals posteriorly than do the holotype and other paratype (No. 53657); the two specimens last mentioned have the nasals much narrowed posteriorly. Examination of Osgood’s hypodigm of N. a. elattura reveals that the subspecies is taxonomically separable from N. a. vetula. Tentatively I refer to N. a. elattura the specimen from La Huacana, Michoacan, and those from Puente de Ixtla, Morelos. Subsequent to the time that Osgood prepared his manuscript describing and naming N. a. elattura and before its publication (December 31, 1938), Goldman (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28 (11):498, November 15, 1938) named N. a. guerrerensis. To judge from the published records of occurrence, the latter subspecies occurs in the coastal lowlands of Guerrero. Because, to my knowledge, no comparisons heretofore have been made of N. a. elattura with N. a. guerrerensis, some doubt has existed as to whether the coastal populations of the species in Guerrero were subspecifically different from the inland popula- tions in Guerrero. Osgood (op. cit. :476) stated that in N. a. elattura the posterior ends of the nasals usually terminate even with the premaxillary tongues and (p. 475) that the tail is bicolored. A study of the specimens upon which the name is based discloses that the holotype is unique; the paratypes differ from the holotype in that the paratypes have premaxillary tongues which, although variable in length, extend posterior to the nasals. The paratypes have also slightly less inflated tympanic bullae, and tails blackish-brown (not brownish-gray ) above and more distinctly bicolored. The holotype came from Cuapongo, Guerrero, and the others from Chilpancingo. I am unable to locate Cuapongo on a map, but it is in the vicinity of Chilpancingo. Through the courtesy of Miss Viola Schantz and Mr. C. C. Sanborn, I have been able to compare 6 specimens of N. a. elattura (Nos. 48475, 48476, 48471, 47446, 48469 and 48468, Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus.) taken in September and October at Chilpancingo, Guerrero, with 4 topotypes of N. a. guerrerensis (Nos. 70570, 70576, 70577 and 70580, USBS) obtained in January. Two (Nos. 48475 and 48469) of the Chilpancingo specimens have almost completed the molt to winter pelage dorsally. The comparison discloses that N. a. elattura differs from N. a. guerrerensis in smaller external measurements, smaller skull, greater interorbital width, more ridged and channeled skull interorbitally, grayer, duller and less rufescent color above, absence of a diffuse obsolete median dark stripe on the posterior half of the back, darker grayer underparts, bicolored (but not sharply so) tail sparsely clothed with short brownish gray hairs as opposed to unicolored tail clothed with longer coarse blackish hairs. The degree of difference between the two series indicates that the names N. a. elattura and N. a guerrerensis are currently applied to recognizably dif- ferent subspecies. A specimen (No. 40170, KU), from 7 mi. S Tumbiscatio, 2700 ft., Michoacan, provides the westernmost station of record for N. a. elattura known to me. Transmitted December 4, 1951. 24-2173 The Subspecies of the Mexican Red-bellied Squirrel, Sciurus aureogaster BY KEITH R. KELSON NER AON NTR TRE Bi TTT STS LRN CPO PMT f " Fi I Marine Biolosical Laboratory LIBRARY «a iV A fad Cel be 2 NA Wr WUUDS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 17, pp. 243-250 April 10, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIsTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 17, pp. 243-250 April 10, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-2174 The Subspecies of the Mexican Red-bellied Squirrel, Sciurus aureogaster BY KEITH R. KELSON In his excellent taxonomic treatment of the tree squirrels of Mexico and Central America, Nelson (Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 1:15- 110, 2 pls., May 9, 1899) recognized three subspecies of red-bellied squirrels, Sciurus aureogaster aureogaster F. Cuvier, Sciurus aureo- gaster hypopyrrhus Wagler, and Sciurus aureogaster frumentor Nel- son. In his lists of specimens examined, Nelson (op. cit. :42 and 44) assigned certain specimens from “mountains near Santo Domingo” and Guichicovi in Chiapas, and Catemaco in Veracruz, to S. a. aureogaster, and other specimens from the same localities to S. a. hypopyrrhus. I originally attempted to study (identify to sub- species ) the series of animals from only three places, but it became evident that a more extensive study was indicated. The locality whence the holotype of Sciurus aureogaster aureo- gaster was obtained is unknown. Because certain specimens from Altamira, Tamaulipas, closely resemble Cuvier’s figure of the type, Nelson (op. cit. :41) subsequently designated Altamira as the type locality. Miniatitlan, Veracruz, was designated by Nelson as the type locality of S. a. hypopyrrhus because Wagler’s description of the type of that subspecies fitted so well certain of Nelson’s speci- mens from that place. Sciurus a. hypopyrrhus was said by Nelson (op. cit. :43 and 44) to differ from S. a. aureogaster in darker color, thinner pelage, much stiffer and more shining dorsal hairs, slenderer tail with black pre- dominating, larger and proportionately narrower skull with larger auditory bullae, each bulla being “slightly constricted just in front of middle.” Sciurus aureogaster varies greatly in intensity of color and in color-pattern. Fully 30 per cent of the specimens examined are in some degree melanistic and approximately 20 per cent of them are completely so. Others are more or less brown; the brown dulls the usually rufous parts. In many specimens this brown is well distributed even in the otherwise grizzled areas; in some speci- mens it is evenly distributed and in others it is in patches. Indeed, scarcely any two “normally” colored specimens are alike. Typically, the intense rufous color characteristic of the underparts in both (245) 946 Unrversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. S. a. aureogaster and S. a. hypopyrrhus is also present on the costal region and shoulders. Even this distribution of color is highly vari- able; some specimens (for example No. 23948 KU, from 3 km. E San Andres Tuxtla, Veracruz) show no rufous dorsally and others (for example No. 19307 KU, from 20 km. W Piedras Negras, Vera- cruz) have the rufous extending over the legs, sides, and almost all of the dorsum from the shoulders to the rump except (in some) for an interrupted median strip of grizzled gray. It is true that speci- mens from Miniatitlan are darker than those from Altamira, but this seems not to be significant taxonomically, because examination of series from other localities provides no evidence of geographic varia- tion in color except, possibly, in the frequency of melanism. A series of 13 specimens (Univ. Kansas) from 7 and 8 km. WNW Potrero, Veracruz, for example, is quite as dark as topotypes of S. a. hypopyrrhus from Miniatitlan, although the localities of capture are approximately in the center of the geographic range of S. a. aureogaster. In short, there seems to be no way to distinguish S. a. hypopyrrhus from S. a. aureogaster on the basis of color. An unusual amount of variation exists, but it seems to occur at random. Fixing type localities of the two subspecies at the places of origin of certain specimens which in color fit the original descriptions is meaningless because selected specimens or series from almost any place in the geographic range of the species would qualify as ap- proximate color-duplicates of the types. My findings agree with those of Nelson in that skulls from Minia- titlan average longer and narrower than those from Altamira, but this seems not to be significant taxonomically because the series from Altamira is, to judge from the material I have seen, somewhat shorter and broader cranially than is “average” for the alleged sub- species S. a. aureogaster. For example, series from Metlaltoyuca in Puebla, 3 km. E Axtla in San Luis Potosi, 8 km. NW Potrero and 20 km. NW Piedras Negras in Veracruz, although obtained from localities well within the geographic range of S. a. aureogaster (as outlined by Nelson), all more closely resemble the “topotypes” of S. a. hypopyrrhus in cranial measurements than they do “topotypes” of S. a. aureogaster. Conversely, specimens from that part of the range of S. a. hypopyrrhus most remote from the range of S. a. aureogaster (Montecristo, La Venta, and Teapa, all in Tabasco) more closely approximate the Altamiran series in cranial size and proportions than they do the Miniatitlan material. Therefore, my data contradict the statement of Nelson (loc. cit.) that the skulls of S. a. hypopyrrhus are larger but proportionately narrower than those THE MExIcAN RED-BELLIED SQUIRREL 247 of S. a. aureogaster. The constriction of the auditory bullae alluded to by Nelson as being present in S. a. hypopyrrhus is also present in S. a. aureogaster, occurring in both subspecies in varying degrees without correlation with geographic distribution. Actually, the only concrete evidence of geographic variation that I can detect in these animals is a slight increase southwardly in the frequency and degree of melanism, a kind of variation that is un- worthy of taxonomic recognition in this species. It seems best, then, to regard the name Sciurus aureogaster hypopyrrhus Wagler as a synonym of Sciurus aureogaster aureogaster F. Cuvier. Nelson (op. cit. :45) stated that S. a. frumentor “Differs strikingly from typical aureogaster in having well-marked nuchal and rump patches of yellowish brown or rufous brown; the underparts gray or gray washed with rufous; tail heavier and more bushy; pelage softer. . . . Skull indistinguishable from that of typical aureo- gaster.” I have examined 22 specimens from Jico, 7 from Las Vigas (the type locality ), and one from 3 km. E Las Vigas, all in Veracruz. These include the type and paratypes of S. a. frumentor. Part (probably 7 specimens) of the series from Jico was referred by Nelson (op. cit. :46) to S. a. frumentor and he thought, or knew, these specimens to have been taken above Jico. The remaining specimens labelled as from Jico were referred to S. a. aureogaster. I am unable to find fault with the characterization of S. a. frumentor insofar as color or skull are concerned. I cannot verify to my own satisfaction the presence of “heavier” and bushier tail and softer pelage. The characters considered to be diagnostic of S. a. fru- mentor are distributed in an interesting geographic pattern the genetic import of which is not wholly clear. One specimen (No. 23945 KU) of the two available from 3 km. SW San Marcos, Vera- cruz, a locality on the coast approximately 50 miles north of Las Vigas, is indistinguishable from topotypes of S. a. frumentor except for slightly lighter-colored grizzled parts. The second specimen (No. 23946 KU) from the same locality, although a subadult in worn pelage, shows the color and striking dorsal pattern of S. a. frumentor and the ventral color of S. a. aureogaster. The dorsal pattern of S. a. frumentor is found also in the three specimens from San Carlos and Plan del Rio, Veracruz (Nos. 11082, 11083 and 8278), Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus., respectively. (The two specimens from San Carlos were referred to S. a. frumentor by Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., Zool. Ser., vol. 8, Publ. no. 115:128, February 9, 1907.) Nevertheless, although the essential morphological char- acters of S. a. frumentor occur sporadically in other populations, the 248 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. animals from the higher elevations above Jico and Las Vigas are notably homogeneous, differ collectively from surrounding popula- tions, and occupy a logical geographic range. Therefore S. a. fru- mentor is retained as a tenable subspecies, and the animals from the vicinity of San Marcos, and from San Carlos and Plan del Rio are Fic. 1. Geographic distribution of Sciurus aureogaster. 1. Sciurus aureogaster aureogaster. 2. Sciurus aureogaster frumentor. referred to S. a. aureogaster. Incidentally, Nelson (op. cit. :45) re- marks that he saw no melanistic specimens of S. a. frumentor. This is not strange because melanistic specimens could not be identified anyway. Tue MExICAN RED-BELLIED SQUIRREL 249 The names, absolute synonyms, and geographic ranges of the two subspecies of Sciurus aureogaster here recognized are as follows: ScruRUS AUREOGASTER AUREOGASTER F’, Cuvier 1829. Sciurus aureogaster F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mammiferes, VI, livr. LIX, pl. with text. 1830. Sciurus rafiventer Lichenstein, Abhandl. K. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, p. 116 (1827). 1831. Sciurus leucogaster F. Cuvier, Suppl. d’Hist. Nat. Buffon, pp. 300, 801. 1831. Sciurus hypopyrrhus Wagler, Oken’s Isis, pp. 510, 511. 1841. Sciurus mustelinus Audubon and Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 100, 101. 1841. Sciurus ferruginiventris Audubon and Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 101. 1845. Sciurus ferrugineiventris Schinz, Synopsis Mamm., II, p. 14. 1855. Sciurus hypoxanthus (Lichenstein MS) Geoffroy, Voyage de la Venus, Zool. (text), pp. 158, 159 (on labels of squirrels from Berlin Museum, fide Nelson, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 1:38, May 9, 1899). 1855. Sciurus chrysogaster Giebel, Saugethiere, p. 650. 1867. Macroxus aureogaster Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, 20:423. 1867. Sciurus hypopyrrhous Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, 20:424, 1867. Macroxus morio Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, 20:424. 1867. Macroxus maurus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, 20:425. 1887. Sciurus rufiventris? Rovirosa, La Naturaleza, 7:360 (1885-1886). 1897. Sciurus leucops Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 9:198. 1899. Sciurus aureogaster hypopyrrhus Nelson, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 1:42, May 9. Range.—Eastern slope of Mexico from southern Tamaulipas southward to Tabasco and Chiapas. Marginal localities arranged clockwise beginning with the northernmost station of record are: Tamaulipas: Victoria; Altamira; down the coast to Veracruz: Coatzocoalcos; inland to Tabasco: Montecristo. Chiapas: Tumbala. Oaxaca: Mountains near Santo Domingo. Veracruz: Otatitlan; Ori- zaba; Jico; Jalapa. Puebla: Metlaltoyuca. Hidalgo: Sierra Encarnacion. Querétaro: Pinal de Amoles. San Luis Potosi: Valles. Tamaulipas: Forlén. Specimen No. 51383 Chicago Mus. Nat. Hist., labelled as from San Luis Potosi, in the State of the same name, does not represent, I suspect, a natural occur- rence of the animal. Possibly the specimen was purchased there in the market, but was actually captured elsewhere. ScruRUS AUREOGASTER FRUMENTOR Nelson 1898. Sciurus aureogaster frumentor Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:154, June 8. Range.—Higher elevations of the Cofre de Perote. Marginal localities, both in Veracruz, are: Above Las Vigas; Jico. This report is based on the examination of 256 specimens repre- senting the entire known geographic range of the species. I am indebted to H. E. Anthony, Remington Kellogg, C. C. Sanborn, and Stanley P. Young for the privilege of examining specimens in their charge. The study here reported upon was aided by a contract be- tween the Office of Naval Research, department of the Navy, and 250 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. the University of Kansas (NR 161-791). The specimens in the Uni- versity of Kansas Museum of Natural History were obtained by field work supported by the Kansas University Endowment Association. Transmitted December 6, 1951. C] 24-2174 Geographic Range of Peromyscus melanophrys, with Description of New Subspecies BY ROLLIN H. BAKER { Marine Biological Laboratory i 3S RASS MAY 1 & 1¥Yd2 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 18, pp. 251-258 April 10, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 18, pp. 251-258 April 10, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR.. STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-2172 Geographic Range of Peromyscus melanophrys, with Description of New Subspecies BY ROLLIN H. BAKER Peromyscus melanophrys is a large, long-tailed mouse which may well bear the common name of plateau mouse, because it occurs, for the most part, on the Mexican Plateau. There it inhabits arid and often rocky areas. Little has been added to our knowledge of the geographic variation and distribution of this mouse since 1909, when Osgood (1909:184-189) wrote an account of the species and summarized information available on the three recognized sub- species, P. m. melanophrys (Coues), P. m. zamorae Osgood, P. m. consobrinus Osgood, and a closely related species, P. xenurus Os- good. Specimens recently obtained from the Mexican states of Jalisco, Coahuila and Durango by field workers of the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History disclose the presence of two unnamed subspecies and that P. xenurus should be reduced to sub- specific rank under P. melanophrys. While presenting the informa- tion in support of this taxonomic arrangement it seems appropriate to summarize our present knowledge of the geographic range of the entire species. J have not attempted a taxonomic study of the species as a whole or of the subspecies P. m. melanophrys, P. m. zamorae and P. m. consobrinus, and my comments concerning these three subspecies necessarily reflect those of Osgood (loc. cit.). Grateful acknowledgment is made to those in charge of the Bio- logical Surveys Collection of the United States National Museum for permitting me to examine comparative material including topo- types of zamorae, consobrinus and xenurus. Capitalized color terms are those of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912. Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas University Endowment Association. This study was aided also by funds available under terms of a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Depart- ment of the Navy, and the University of Kansas (NR 161-791). (253) 254 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pus ts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Peromyscus melanophrys melanophrys (Coues) 1874. Hesperomys (Vesperimus) melanophrys Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 181, December 15, type from Santa Efigenia, Oaxaca, Mexico. 1885. Hesperomys melanophrys True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 7:598, (1884). 1894. Peromyscus leucurus Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, 14: 864, November, type from Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, Mexico. 1897. Pleromyscus] melanophrys Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 9:51, March 15. 1908. Peromyscus leucurus gadovii Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, 11:484, May, type from San Carlos [= Yautepec], Oaxaca, Mexico. Range.—Southern part of the Mexican Plateau, as far south as southern Chiapas. See figure 1. Marginal occurrences, in clockwise order, are: Distrito Federal: Contreras, 2600 m. (Hooper, 1947:51). Puebla: Chalchicomula (Osgood, 1909:186); Tehuacan, 1700 m. (Hooper, 1947:51). Oaxaca: Teo- titlan, 950 m. (Hooper, 1947:51); 1 km. NNW Cuicatlan, 560 m. (29486 KU); San Miguel (Osgood, 1909:186). Chiapas: San Bartolomé (ibid.); San Vicente (ibid.). Oaxaca: “near” Tehuantepec (ibid.); Las Vacas (ibid.); “near” Toto- lapa (ibid.); San Bartolo [= Coyotepec] (ibid.). Guerrero: 15 mi. S Chilpan- cingo, 4500 ft. (Davis, 1944:397); Los Sabinos, 1210 m. (28475 KU); 14 mi. S and 1 mi, W Iguala, 2600 ft. (38637 KU). Remarks.—Peromyscus melanophrys melanophrys is distinguished from P. m. zamorae, the subspecies to the northwest by: Color pale; skull small and slender; auditory bullae small; maxillary tooth-row short. Specimens from the southern part of the range of melanophrys in Oaxaca and Chiapas have not been studied since Osgood did so in 1909. As indicated by Hooper (1947:51), intergradation between melanophrys and zamorae may occur in the vicinity of the Distrito Federal. Peromyscus melanophrys zamorae Osgood 1904. Peromyscus melanophrys zamorae Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 17:66, March 21, type from Zamora, Michoacan, Mexico. Range.—Southcentral Mexico. See figure 1. Marginal occurrences, in clock- wise order, are: Hidalgo: Zimapan (Osgood, 1909:187). Michoacdn: Queren- daro (ibid.); Zamora (Hall and Villa R., 1949:463). Remarks.—Peromyscus m. zamorae is distinguished from P. m. melanophrys as explained under that subspecies and from P. m. con- sobrinus, the subspecies to the north and northwest, by: Color darker; cranium more inflated; nasals longer. Peromyscus melanophrys consobrinus Osgood 1904. Peromyscus melanophrys consobrinus Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 17:66, March 21, type from Berriozabel, Zacatecas, Mexico. Range.—Northern part of the Mexican table-land. See figure 1. Marginal occurrences, in clockwise order, are: Zacatecas: 2 mi. ESE Troncosa, 7000 ft. (40079 KU). San Luis Potosi: Hacienda La Parada (Osgood, 1909:188); 2 mi. GEOGRAPHIC RANGE OF PEROMYSCUS MELANOPHRYS 255 NW Tepeyac, 3400 ft., 14 mi. N and 29 mi. W Ciudad del Maiz (40081 KU). Guanajuato: Silao (Osgood, 1909:188). Zacatecas: 3 mi. SW Jalpa, 4600 ft. (40080 KU). Zacatecas: Monte Escobedo (Osgood, 1909:188). Remarks.—Characters distinguishing P. m. consobrinus from other subspecies are given under accounts of those subspecies. Vs 4s 200 300 STATUTE MILES Fic. 1. Geographic ranges of the subspecies of Peromyscus melanophrys. 1. P.m. coahuiliensis 8. P.m. consobrinus 5. P.m. zamorae 2. P.m.xenurus 4, P.m.micropus 6. P.m. melanophrys Peromyscus melanophrys micropus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 31760, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; 3 mi. N Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico; 11 January 1949; obtained by J. R. Al- corn, original number 7402. Range.—Eastern and central Jalisco, Mexico. See figure 1. Marginal occur- rences, in clockwise order, are: Jalisco: 2 mi. NW Magdalena, 4500 ft. (33686 KU); 2 mi. ESE Tequila, 4000 ft. (83733 KU); 3 mi. N Guadalajara (31760 KU); 4 mi. NE Ocotlan, 5050 ft. (81768 KU). Diagnosis.—Size small for the species; hind feet short; color pale, upper parts Ochraceous-Buff in adult male with worn teeth; skull small; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row short. Comparisons.—From topotypes of Peromyscus melanophrys zamorae, geo- graphically adjacent to the south, P. m. micropus differs in: Color paler; hind foot shorter; skull smaller especially in basilar length, length of diastema, infla- tion of auditory bullae, length of maxillary tooth-row. From topotypes of P. melanophrys consobrinus, geographically adjacent to the north and east, 256 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. P. m. micropus differs in: Color darker, hind foot shorter; skull smaller in those measurements mentioned under comparisons with P. m. zamorae and also in the postpalatal length; nasals longer. Remarks.—Peromyscus melanophrys micropus is characterized by its small size in most external and cranial measurements. In color it is intermediate betwen the paler consobrinus and the darker za- morae. One adult male with teeth much worm has a richer, brighter color on the upperparts. Osgood (1909:186) has previously alluded to the brighter color of older adults of this species. Immature speci- mens from eastern Jalisco ( Nos. 31766-31768 from 4 mi. NE Ocotlan ) are referred to micropus on the basis of their short maxillary tooth- rows, although in length of hind feet they approach zamorae. A male with unworn teeth, from Zacatecas (No. 40080 from 3 mi. SW Jalpa), is referred to consobrinus on the basis of large size. No well-defined pectoral spots are present on any of the specimens examined. Osgood (op. cit. :188) lists 16 specimens from Atemajac, Jalisco, as P. m. consobrinus. Atemajac, according to Goldman (Smiths. Misc. Coll., 115:169, July 31, 1951), is three miles north of Guadala- jara; perhaps it is the same place where Alcorn took the series on which this description is partly based. Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of the holotype and five topotypes, all with occlusal surfaces of cheek teeth worn almost flat, are: Total length, 264 (253-280); length of tail, 152 (143-160); length of hind foot, 26 (26-27); basilar length, 23.3 (22.8-23.8); least interorbital constriction, 4.6 (4.4-4.7); length of nasals, 11.4 (10.8-11.8); shelf of bony palate, 4.6 (4.8-4.7); palatine slits, 6.3 (6.0-6.4); diastema, 8.0 (7.9-8.2); postpalatal length, 11.4 (11.3-11.6); alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 4.4 (4.3-4.5). Specimens examined.—Total, 47, from: Jalisco: 2 mi. NW Magdalena, 4500 ft., 8; 2 mi. ESE Tequila, 4000 ft., 8; 8 mi N Guadalajara, 12; Atemajac [= 3 mi. N Guadalajara], 16 (USBS); 4 mi. NE Ocotlan, 5050 ft., 3. Peromyscus melanophrys xenurus Osgood 1904. Peromyscus xenurus Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17:67, March 21, type from Durango, Durango, Mexico. Range.—Southeastern Durango. See figure 1. Marginal occurrences, in clockwise order, are: Durango: 8 mi. NNW Cuencame (40588 KU); 4 mi. W Durango (38634 KU). Remarks.—Osgood based the name Peromyscus xenurus on two specimens taken by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman at Durango in the state of Durango, Mexico. He stated in the original descrip- tion that these mice resembled Peromyscus melanophrys and, in his revision of the genus Peromyscus (op. cit. :189), indicated that in- tergradation between xenurus and melanophrys might be found. Recently, Mr. J. R. Alcorn, field representative for the Museum of GEoGRAPHIC RANGE OF PEROMYSCUS MELANOPHRYS 257 Natural History, obtained three specimens from near the type lo- cality (Nos. 38634-38636 from 4 mi. W Durango) and four from eastern Durango (Nos. 40588-40591 from 3 mi. NNW Cuencame). This new material from near the type locality agrees with Osgood’s description. Comparison of specimens of xenurus with those of adjacent subspecies of P. melanophrys which have an equal amount of wear on the molar teeth shows that the length of the nasals in xenurus probably is a less diagnostic character than Osgood sup- posed. The hind feet of the newly collected, near-topotypes lack the dusky color, and no well-developed pectoral spot is present; Osgood’s specimens were taken in July and Alcorn’s material from near Durango was taken in June. Three of the four near-topotypes have the characteristically thin, white undertail stripe; however, those from near Cuencame have a wider, white undertail stripe resembling that of melanophrys. Other ways in which xenurus seems significantly different from adjacent subspecies of mela- nophrys are: Size smaller, postpalatal length of skull in relation to basilar length shorter, and cranium relatively narrower. The series from near Cuencame, in eastern Durango, reflects these character- istics and seems best referred to xenurus, although the specimens are intermediate in both size and color between xenurus and melanophrys; they seem to be intergrades and provide the basis on which P. xenurus is here arranged as a subspecies of the earlier named Peromyscus melanophrys. Peromyscus melanophrys coahuiliensis new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skin and skull, No. 85019, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; Gomez Farias, 6500 ft., Coahuila, Mexico; 20 November 1949; obtained by W. K. Clark, original number 1293. Range.—Known only from desert areas of the Lower Sonoran Life-zone in southeastern Coahuila; probably found in similar country in other parts of southern Coahuila and in part of southwestern Nuevo Leon, northern San Luis Potosi, and northeastern Zacatecas. See figure 1. Marginal occurrences, in clockwise order, are: Coahuila: 17 mi. N and 8 mi. W Saltillo (86257 KU); 7 mi. S and 1 mi. E Gomez Farias (35019 KU); 2 mi. E and ¥ mi. S La Ventura (38248 KU). Diagnosis —Size medium; color pale, upper parts Cinnamon-Buff in adult female with worn teeth; auditory bullae large. Comparisons —From topotypes of Peromyscus melanophrys consobrinus, geo- graphically adjacent to the south, P. m. coahuiliensis differs in: Color paler; skull with auditory bullae larger, cranium generally less inflated, palatine slits averaging shorter and more expanded laterally. From topotypes of Peromyscus melanophrys xenurus, geographically adjacent to the west, P. m. coahuiliensis differs in: Size larger; color paler; skull larger with auditory bullae slightly larger; postpalatal length in relation to basilar length shorter; breadth of cranium across auditory bullae relatively narrower. 258 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. Remarks.—Specimens from Coahuila referred to this newly named subspecies of Peromyscus melanophrys, to my knowledge, constitute the northeasternmost records for this species. This large mouse was taken in rocky, desert situations where catclaw, yucca and various cacti predominate. Characterized by pale color and large auditory bullae, P. m. coa- huiliensis resembles both P. m. consobrinus occurring to the south and P. m. xenurus occurring to the southwest; the new subspecies seems to be closer to consobrinus in cranial characters and to xenurus in color. Specimens from the state of San Luis Potosi (Nos. 36817- 36821 from 10 mi. NE San Luis Potosi and No. 40081 from 2 mi. NW Tepeyac, 3400 ft., 14 mi. N and 29 mi. W Ciudad del Maiz) are intermediate between consobrinus and coahuiliensis in color and cranial characters but are best referred to consobrinus. A well- developed pectoral spot is present only in the type of coahuiliensis; two other specimens from Coahuila have a faint indication of such a spot. Measurements.—Measurements of specimens with a moderate amount of wear on their teeth—including the type and two males (No. 33248 from 2 mi. E and % mi. S La Ventura and No. 35020 from 8 mi. N La Ventura )—are, respectively, as follows: Total length, 273, 247, 235; length of tail, 149, 180, 122; length of hind foot, 27, 26, 26; basilar length, 24.8, 24.0, 24.4; least interorbital constric- tion, 4.9, 4.7, 4.6; length of nasals, 11.8, 10.3, 10.0; shelf of bony palate, 5.0, 4.6, 4.6; palatine slits, 6.1, 6.5, 6.3; diastema, 8.3, 8.1, 8.2; postpalatal length, 11.8, 11.5, 11.5; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 4.7, 4.5, 4.7. Measure- ments of one adult male in which the occlusal face of each molar is worn almost flat (No. 36257 from 17 mi. N and 8 mi. W Saltillo) are, respectively, as fol- lows: 269, 144, 28, 25.5, 4.9, 11.8, 4.9, 7.2, 9.2, 12.1, 4.5. Specimens examined.—Total, 9, from: Coahuila: 17 mi. N and 8 mi. W Saltillo, 1; 7 mi. S and 1 mi. E Gomez Farias, 4; 8 mi. N La Ventura, 3; 2 mi. E and % mi. S La Ventura, 1. LITERATURE CITED Davis, W. B. 1944, Notes on Mexican mammals. Jour. Mamm., 25:370-408, 1 fig. in text, December 12. Hatt, E. R., and Vita R., B. 1949. An annotated check list of the mammals of Michoacan, Mexico. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:481-472, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text, December 27. Hooper, E. T. 1947. Notes on Mexican mammals. Jour. Mamm., 28:40-57, February 17. Oscoop, W. H. 1909. Revision of the mice of the American genus Peromyscus. N. Amer. Fauna, 28:1-285, 8 pls., 12 figs., April 17. Transmitted December 12, 1951. 24-2172 A New Chipmunk (Genus Eutamias) from the Black Hills BY JOHN A. WHITE University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 19, pp. 259-262 April 10, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 Unrversity OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIsTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 19, pp. 259-262 April 10, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILANID, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-2175 A New Chipmunk (Genus Eutamias) from the Black Hills BY JOHN A. WHITE Study of the chipmunks from the eastern Rocky Mountains and Great Plains reveals that the chipmunks from northeastern Wyo- ming and from South Dakota which Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 52:55, November 30, 1929) referred to Eutamias minimus borealis actually belong to a heretofore unnamed subspecies which may be named and described as follows: Eutamias minimus silvaticus new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 20050 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from 3 mi. NW Sundance, 5900 ft., Crook County, Wyoming; obtained on July 4, 1947, by H. W. Setzer; original No. 1692. Range.—Bear Lodge Mountains in northeastern Wyoming and the Black Hills of South Dakota. Diagnosis.—Size large (see measurements ); general tone of upper parts drab; sides Ochraceous Buff (capitalized terms are of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912); lateral stripes Fuscus Black washed with Ochraceous Tawny; ventral side of tail near (14’ h) Ochraceous Orange and fringed with black. Comparisons—From Eutamias minimus pallidus (specimens from Buffalo in Johnson County, Ivy Creek, Rockypoint, Middle Butte, and South Butte in Campbell County, all in Wyoming, and Harrison, Sioux County, Nebraska), the subspecies to the southward, westward, and northward, E. m. silvaticus differs in: General tone of upper parts markedly darker, more reddish and less grayish; dorsal stripes darker; crown markedly darker. External measurements, and measurements and characters of the skull of the two subspecies, do not differ significantly. Unless otherwise specified all comparative material is in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. From Eutamias minimus cacodemus (topotypes in the United States National Museum), the subspecies to the southeastward, E. m. silvaticus differs in the same manner in which it differs from E. m. pallidus, but the degree of difference is greater because E. m. cacodemus is even paler than E. m. pallidus. From Eutamias minimus confinis (specimens from 17% mi. E and 4% mi. S Shell, 8500 ft., Big Horn County, Wyoming), E. m. silvaticus differs in: Gen- eral tone of upper parts darker, more reddish and less grayish; sides of rump more reddish and less grayish; underside of tail more tawny; skull distinctly longer and broader across zygomata. From Eutamias minimus borealis (specimens from 1 mi. NW of junction of Irons Creek and Laird River; N side Muskwa River, 4 mi. W Ft. Nelson, 1200 (261) 262 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. ft.; E side Minaker River, 1 mi. W Trutch; Beatton River, 115 mi. S Ft. Nelson; 5 mi. W and 3 mi. N Ft. St. John; S side Toad River, 10 mi. S and 21 mi. E Muncho Lake; all in British Columbia; and from Assineau River, 1920 ft., 10 mi. E and 1 mi. N Kinuso, Alberta), E. m. silvaticus differs in: Under side of tail more reddish; dorsal stripes less blackish; sides slightly paler (less tawny); nasals distinctly shorter; skull distinctly shorter. Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of three adult males and 11 adult females of E. m. silvaticus from the type locality are, respectively, as follows: Total length, 190 (189-190), 207 (202-220); length of tail, 85 (81- 90), 97 (82-105); length of hind foot, 31 (30-33), 82 (81-34); length of ear, 14 (18-16), 15 (14-17); weight, 45.7 (44.6-46.5), 55.7 (50.0-68.0); greatest length of skull, 82.0 (31.5-382.6), 32.3 (81.5-83.1); zygomatic breadth, 18.5 (18.5-18.5), 18.6 (18.2-19.0); least interorbital constriction, 6.9 (6.8-7.1), 7.0 (6.4-8.1); length of nasals, 9.4 (9.2-9.6), 9.6 (9.3-10.1). Measurements of the type.—Total length, 206; length of tail, 90; length of hind foot, 32; length of ear, 15; weight, 59.8; greatest length of skull, $2.6; zygomatic breadth, 18.6; least interorbital constriction, 6.4; length of nasals, 9.3. Specimens examined.—Total number, 28. Specimens from South Dakota are in the United States National Museum, and those from Wyoming are in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. South Dakota: Custer Co.: Custer, 3; Lawrence Co.: Deadwood, 10. Wyoming: Crook County: 3 mi. NW Sundance, 5900 ft., 14; 15 mi. ENE Sundance, 3825 ft., 1. ‘ Acknowledgment is made of assistance, with the field work, received from the Kansas University Endowment Association. Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Transmitted December 8, 1951. 24-2175 A New Pinon Mouse (Peromyscus truei) from Durango, Mexico BY ROBERT B. FINLEY, JR. Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRA RY aN ea ieee co WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 20, pp. 263-267 May 23, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HistTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 20, pp. 263-267 May 23, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS A New PINoN Mouse 265 A New Pifon Mouse (Peromyscus truei) from Durango, Mexico BY ROBERT B. FINLEY, JR. The extensive collection of Mexican mammals made by Mr. J. R. Alcorn for the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History contains fourteen pinon mice from lava rocks eight miles northeast of the city of Durango, Mexico. These mice are all much darker than the pifion mice, Peromyscus truei gentilis, of adjoining areas in Durango and Zacatecas and show a superficial resemblance to the widespread P. t. gratus which occurs 450 miles to the southeast. Morphological differences from P. t. gratus, as well as geographic considerations (see remarks ), make desirable the recognition of the lava-dwelling pifion mice from Durango as a distinct subspecies. All specimens examined of subspecies compared with the series of pinon mice from northeast of Durango are in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History. Capitalized color names and designators are of Maerz and Paul, A Dictionary of Color, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1930. I wish to acknowledge generous financial aid from the Kansas University Endowment Association which made possible the field work by Mr. Alcorn in Mexico. This heretofore unknown subspecies is characterized below and may be known as: Peromyscus truei erasmus subsp. nov. Type.—Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas, no. 34417, young adult female, skin and skull; from eight miles northeast of Durango, 6200 feet, Durango, Mexico; collected 16 August 1949 by J. R. Alcorn, original number 10255. Range.—Known only from the type locality. Diagnosis—Upper parts dark brownish gray (Smoke Brown, 16 A 2, to Biskra, 16 A 12), darkest between ears; lower sides suffused with dull orange buff (13 H 9 to 12 H 9); dark eye ring and black spot at base of vibrissae conspicuous; ears 95 to 100 per cent as long as hind foot; bullae round, greatly inflated; interparietal large, anterior margin curved or slightly sinuous, not bulging strongly forward laterally; rostrum short; nasals broad; braincase high and full; incisive foramina slightly pointed anteriorly; molars small, as in P. t. gentilis. Measurements.—Measurements of 3 males and mean and extreme measure- ments of 11 females, all from the type locality, are, respectively, as follows: 266 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. total length, 192, 188 (incomplete), 196 (incomplete), 193 (188-209); length of tail, 102, 97 (broken), 97 (broken), 101 (94-114); length of hind foot, 22, 23, 23, 22.5 (22-23); length of ear, from notch, in flesh, 21, 22, 23, 215 (20-23); greatest length of skull, 27.4, 27.7, 27.9, 27.3 (26.5-28.3); basilar length, 20.2, 21.0, — (broken), 20.4 (19.6-21.2); greatest breadth of brain- case, 12.8, 12.8, 13.3, 12.85 (12.4-13.4); least interorbital breadth, 4.4, 4.6, 4.6, 4.41 (4.2-4.6); length of nasals, 10.1, 10.3, 10.9, 10.3 (9.8-11.1); dia- stema, 6.6, 7.0, 7.1, 6.78 (6.3-7.2); length of incisive foramina, 5.6, 5.9, 6.0, Sy Wf (5.5-6.0); length of palatal bridge, 3.8, 3.9, —, 3.96 (3.8-4.3); postpalatal length, 9.9, —, —, 9.7 (9.2-10.4); alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 4.1, 4.1, 4.4, 4.2 (4.1-4.4). All measurements are in millimeters. Measurements of the type.—Total length, 189; length of tail, 95; length of hind foot, 22; length of ear, from notch (in flesh), 21; greatest length of skull, 26.9; basilar length, 20.3; greatest breadth of braincase, 13.0; least interorbital breadth, 4.4; length of nasals, 10.1; diastema, 6.6; length of incisive foramina, 5.5; length of palatal bridge, 3.9; postpalatal length, 9.8; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 4.2. Comparisons.—From Peromyscus truei gentilis (specimens from 5 mi. N Durango, Durango; 4 mi. W Durango, Durango; and 8 mi. N & 1 mi. W Sombrerete, Zacatecas), the subspecies of the surrounding region, P. t. erasmus differs in markedly darker coloration, sides and face less brightly washed with orange buff, dark eye ring and spot at base of vibrissae more conspicuous, higher incidence and greater extent of buffy pectoral spot. External measure- ments do not differ significantly. No consistent cranial differences were found. From Peromyscus truei gratus (specimens from Pedregal de los Reyes, Dis- trito Federal, México) to the southeast, P. t. erasmus differs in slightly darker dorsal color, more inflated bullae, and less sinuous (not bulging so much for- ward laterally ) anterior margin of interparietal. From Peromyscus truei gratus (specimens from various localities in eastern Jalisco and western Michoacan) to the south, P. t. erasmus differs in slightly darker dorsal color, longer ears, and more inflated bullae. From Peromyscus truei truei (specimens from 4 mi. N El Rito, Rio Arriba Co., New Mexico) to the northwest, P. t. erasmus differs in much darker color, shorter tail, shorter hairs on tail, smaller ears, shorter rostrum, wider nasals, and more pointed anterior ends of incisive foramina. Remarks.—The tail of P. t. erasmus varies greatly in color, being either bicolor or unicolor, dark gray above and varying from white to dark gray below. The type has the tail dark gray above grading gradually on the sides to medium gray below. A buffy pectoral spot or band is present in about half of the adults examined, being most prominent in the type, which is also one of the darkest spec- imens in the series. The shape of the posterior edge of the bony palate is also variable, being convex, square, or concave; and the dorsal branches of the premaxillaries may terminate slightly anterior or slightly posterior to the posterior ends of the nasals. In the type the posterior palatal margin is concave and the dorsal branches of A New PINon Mouse 267 the premaxillaries almost reach the ends of the nasals. Peromyscus truei gratus from Distrito Federal also shows high variability in all these characters. Peromyscus truei erasmus is a dark race of the pifion mouse known from the west side of a rough area of dark lavas a few miles north- east of the city of Durango and closely surrounded by the light col- ored race, P. t. gentilis, known from outside the area of lava rocks. Specimens of erasmus from eight miles northeast of Durango are all conspicuously darker than 11 specimens of gentilis from five miles north of Durango and four miles west of Durango which are typical in color for gentilis. Although erasmus more nearly re- sembles in color gratus, in cranial characters and external measure- ments it shows closer relationship to gentilis. Alcorn reported (verbal communication) that the type series of erasmus was collected on the west side of the Rio de la Saucida in hills covered with broken lava rocks, cactus, and spiny shrubs. Some cottonwoods grow along the river, which is almost dry most of the time. East of the river is a flat plain or valley of adobelike soil a few miles wide beyond which extends a rough area of dark lavas. The approximate extent of the lava plain is indicated on World Aeronautical Chart, Lake Santiaguillo (521). The specimens of gentilis from five miles north of Durango and four miles west of Durango were collected on slopes of adobe soil covered with grasses, scattered junipers and low shrubs, this habitat being the lower east- ern edge of the juniper-wooded slopes that rise westward to the Sierra Madre Occidental. The available facts suggest that P. t. erasmus has evolved from P. t. gentilis by natural selection for concealing coloration on the dark lavas northeast of Durango, México. P. t. erasmus probably reaches its western limit close to the type locality. Specimens examined.—Total 14, from the type locality. Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Transmitted January 21, 1952. s| ae ak . : cg ins: ery @ Pe he shina varsaunns'= chide he be RR Parte Fonintes he ' ai 5 sti] ; ar ial i fis a qh 4 stats il cgleee yer ro sip basta? te y our) ; ey oy — qrvle) me 2 rea Avil) bh ip hn, Or ] ¥ ayduy wlio ik quel | PRRELA ©f@ 4 4.8 Lin b wolvéa Oe sat eile wd? yo (bolgiapeeee Pas ll, | ‘l '>* 47% ides, P 'diny 40 pt Lay ies ot Oy ail be he en at " ned he Muah h (MMI Bed! ful: ; bya es f 7G, igh) seyie, VG eee! ity q «4 jipet Oe wp abiiby: pay «id His. Se A fall ts Sea b Gul | pak at « Pe SL ME ee iA pe ae teh) eae be a ae ae ony eo ] dagi ) Vie ey Oo), oll wy \ } yelaiwy | a, ee Lae ui | gl dive pee ’ ‘ a ‘ as “1 un .¥ ‘ tant i ate - ;‘- oan, moi joi lialialse itee y | or ‘ ' quay i a a ’ Al | » Oni & Td! fr vi’ ) (24-2794 f san dheue j re Ayal ' . UL ay) Wr 0 i ht ) -. i ‘ Peeing alii: 7 | j Dim 6 BPO ‘ ‘| 3 7 14 att pA a : - _ f } i . ie s } hy yagi A's B a - ' rl we iwi mae il ® rf i t | a a Mew Giese a e 7 Vieg ff 7 ] \ | ly , 9 og Pi ae { PD ‘- bey af O0 woh ai Bi s ‘ boa a es: - 4 a : ' “Zs | paves : nd i $7 iG ai oped iw f oe eu" COTA x rcryay “ erent hahah gal: ' At wane e i . A gta ith % sive ‘Dity a . rf gine led gys & rena Week} 7 apt A ' i 7 7 id ay a ! t od ial ser ued pee | . s An Annotated Checklist of Nebraskan Bats BY OLIN L. WEBB and J. KNOX JONES, JR. [ Marine Biological Laboratory 2S AL JULI 4 1952 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 21, pp. 269-279 May 31, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 Unrversiry oF KANSAS PuBLICATIONS, MusEuM oF NaturRAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 21, pp. 269-279 May 31, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-2965 An Annotated Checklist of Nebraskan Bats BY OLIN L. WEBB and J. KNOX JONES, JR. HISTORY The first mention of bats in Nebraska possibly was by Harrison Allen, in his “Monograph of the Bats of North America” (1864:14, 20, 30, 35, 42), who listed Nycticejus crepuscularis [= Nycticeius humeralis|, Lasiurus borealis, Scotophilus carolinensis and Scoto- philus fuscus [both = Eptesicus fuscus], and Scotophilus noctiva- gans [= Lasionycteris noctivagans], as collected in “Nebraska” (then Nebraska Territory) by J. G. Cooper. Henry W. Setzer (in litt.) reports that none of the bats collected by Cooper now exists in the United States National Museum and that no data pertaining to any of them are available except that a single specimen of Nyc- ticeius humeralis was traded to the British Museum in 1866. Cooper journeyed through parts of the present state of Nebraska in the summer and autumn of 1857 and, judging from Taylor’s (1919:72- 80) report of Cooper’s travels, this was the only time he entered any part of Nebraska Territory. The writers are of the opinion that the specimens in question probably were collected in Nebraska; but since Allen listed no exact localities or dates of collection and since the specimens and data pertaining to them are not now avail- able, we have not included them here as Nebraskan records. In the first comprehensive account of Nebraskan mammals, Myron H. Swenk (1908:137-139) listed six kinds of bats, Myotis evotis, Myotis californicus ciliolabrum [= Myotis subulatus subulatus}, Lasionycteris noctivagans, Eptesicus fuscus, Lasiurus borealis, and Lasiurus cinereus, as occurring within the state. Zimmer (1913: 665) recorded Nyctinomus mexicanus [= Tadarida mexicana] from Nebraska. Subsequently, Swenk (1915:854) reported Myotis luci- fugus lucifugus in the state and three years later (1918:411) he reported Eptesicus fuscus pallidus for the first time. The report of M. I. lucifugus seemingly was not substantiated by any actual speci- mens. The addition of Myotis volans interior (Quay, 1948:181) brought to ten the number of species and subspecies of bats reported from the state. In the present paper, Myotis keenii septentrionalis, Myotis luci- fugus carissima, and Pipistrellus subflavus subflavus are reported (271) Pie UNIVERSITY OF Kansas PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. from Nebraska for the first time. Also, the first authentic record of Myotis lucifugus lucifugus is presented, along with additional in- formation on previously reported species. A total number of 169 specimens from Nebraska was available for the present study. This includes almost all of the known specimens preserved in all collec- tions as well as material obtained by us in the past six years. Nebraska has no natural caves or caverns; however, there are two extensive man-made limestone caves near Louisville, in Cass and Sarpy counties, where four kinds of bats have been found. Two of these are here reported as new to Nebraska. The quarries, one on either side of the Platte River Valley, are in a horizontal stratum of limestone 40 feet in thickness, and are of the room and pillar type; that is to say, the stone has been quarried away leaving rooms hav- ing supporting pillars approximately every 50 feet. The average temperatures in summer and winter within these tunnels, recorded over a period of several years by the Ash Grove Lime and Portland Cement Company of Louisville, are 65° F. and 50° F. respectively. The Kiewit Stone Quarry, abandoned since 1936, is one-half mile west of Meadow, Sarpy County, and has one remaining entrance measuring approximately 30 by 30 feet. This quarry has an area of approximately one-fifth square mile and is usually flooded with several feet of water. The other man-made cave, known formerly as the National Stone Quarry, is one mile northeast of Louisville, Cass County. This quarry was abandoned in September, 1938, and until the winter of 1948-1949 had eight or nine entrances and two air shafts. It was approximately one-third square mile in area. All the openings to this quarry were covered in late 1949. Bats were first observed in the National Stone Quarry by one of us (Webb) as early as 1939, less than a year after operations in the quarry ceased. METHODS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Records of Nebraskan bats are arranged in two categories; specimens ex- amined and additional records, The latter refer to citations in the literature. Genera are arranged according to Simpson (1945:59, 60), and species are listed alphabetically under each genus. Specimens examined are in the per- sonal collection of the authors unless otherwise indicated. In connection with this study the authors acknowledge the assistance of Drs. Edson H. Fichter, Department of Biological Sciences, Idaho State College, and E. Raymond Hall and Rollin H. Baker, University of Kansas Museum of Natural History for critical assistance with the manuscript. We are indebted to Mr. Richard B. Loomis, University of Kansas, for aid in collecting specimens; to Dr. Henry W. Setzer, United States National Museum, for providing infor- mation on possible early Nebraskan records; and to Mr. Fred Brammer, Ash CHECKLIST OF NEBRASKAN Bats 218 Grove Lime and Portland Cement Company, Louisville, Nebraska, for infor- mation on, and permission to collect in, the quarries of that area. For the loan of specimens we are grateful to Dr. William H. Burt, University of Michi- gan Museum of Zoology, Dr. C. Bertrand Schultz, University of Nebraska State Museum, Dr. Otis Wade, University of Nebraska Department of Zoology, Miss Lucille Drury, Cleveland Museum of Natural History, Mr. W. E. Eigsti, Hastings Museum, Hastings, Nebraska, and to those in charge of the collections of the Nebraska Game, Forestation and Parks Commission. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES Myotis evotis evotis (H. Allen) Long-eared Myotis Vespertilio evotis H. Allen, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 165:48, June, 1864 (part), type from Monterey, Monterey Co., California. Myotis evotis, Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:78, October 16, 1897. Distribution in Nebraska.—Pine Ridge area of northwestern part of state. Record of occurrence.—Specimen examined, 1, as follows: S1oux Co.: Warbonnet Canyon, | (Univ. Nebr. State Mus.). Remarks.—This specimen was taken by Merritt Cary on July 22, 1901. Myotis keenii septentrionalis (Trouessart) Eastern Long-eared Myotis [Vespertilio gryphus] var. septentrionalis Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. viv. foss., p. 131, 1897, type from Halifax, Halifax Co., Nova Scotia. Myotis keenii septentrionalis, Miller and Allen, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 144: 105, May 25, 1928. Distribution in Nebraska.—Known from limestone quarries in Cass and Sarpy counties. Probably in other parts of extreme eastern Nebraska. Records of occurrence.—Specimens examined, 35, as follows: Cass Co.: 1 mi. NE Louisville, 4. Sarpy Co.: % mi. W Meadow, 31 (some of these specimens have been deposited in other collections as follows: Private Collec- tion of P. H. Krutzsch, 3; Private Collection of W. G. Frum, 2; Nebr. Game, Forestation and Parks Comm., 1; Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist., 2; Univ. Nebr. State Mus., 7). Remarks.—Although not so common as Pipistrellus in the lime- stone quarries, hibernating bats of this species frequently are found there, usually as solitary individuals either in drill holes or clinging to the walls of the quarries; occasionally, however, two or three bats have been found together in a single drill hole. Myotis lucifugus carissima Thomas Brown Myotis Myotis (Leuconoe) carissima Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (ser. 7), 13:383, May, 1904, type from Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming. Myotis lucifugus carissima, Cary, N. Amer. Fauna, 42:43, October 3, 1917. 274 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Distribution in Nebraska.—Known from a single record in extreme north- western Nebraska, but probably occurs throughout Panhandle of state. Record of occurrence.—Specimen examined, 1, as follows: Stoux Co.: Agate, 1 (Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. ). Myotis lucifugus lucifugus (Le Conte) Brown Myotis V[espertilio]. lucifugus Le Conte, McMurtrie’s Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, 1:431, June, 1831, type from Georgia, probably from the Le Conte Plan- tation, near Riceboro, Liberty County. Myotis lucifugus [lucifugus], Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:59, October 16, 1897. Distribution in Nebraska.—Known only from the limestone quarry in Sarpy County, but probably occurs over most of eastern third of state. Records of occurrence-—Specimens examined, 2, as follows: Sarpy Co.: % mi. W Meadow, 2 (Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist., 1). Remarks.—Two bats of this subspecies were found in the quarry in Sarpy County on December 30, 1949. None was found on sub- sequent visits to the quarry, although three other species of bats have been found there in large numbers. These specimens appear to be the first actual records of M. l. lucifugus in the state, although Swenk (1915:854, and in subsequent lists) reported it as “uncom- mon eastwardly”. One of these bats, a male (KU 35076), possesses a peculiar dental abnormality. Both of the second upper premolars (P3) are lacking, although the mandibular dentition is normal. This condition has been reported previously for this species by Frum (1946:176) in specimens from West Virginia. Myotis subulatus subulatus (Say) Small-footed Myotis Vespertilio subulatus Say, Long’s Exped. to Rocky Mts., 2:65 (footnote), 1823, type from the Arkansas River near La Junta, Otero Co., Colorado. Myotis subulatus, Warren, The Mammals of Colorado, G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York, 1910. p. 275. Distribution in Nebraska.—Northern and western Nebraska. Records of occurrence.—Specimens examined, 9, as follows: CHErry Co.: Valentine, 1 (Univ. Nebr. Dept. Zool.). SHERMAN Co.: Rushville, 1; 15 mi. N Rushville, 2. Stoux Co.: Agate, 1 (Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.); Monroe Canyon, 5% mi. N, 24 mi. W Harrison, 2 (Nebr. Game, Forestation and Parks Comm.); Warbonnet Canyon, 2 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus.). Additional records: Daxora Co.: Crystal Lake, 1 (Stephens, 1945: 92). Dawes Co.: Chadron, 1 (Miller and Allen, 1928:169). Sroux Co.: Antelope Township, 1 (Quay, 1948:181); Sugarloaf Township, 1 (Quay, 1948:181). Remarks.—This bat is common along the Niobrara River in the northwestern part of the state. Stephens (loc. cit.) reports taking CHECKLIST OF NEBRASKAN BATS 275 a bat of this species in Dakota County in the northeastern corner of Nebraska. This specimen was sent to Swenk at the University of Nebraska for positive identification and was, according to Stephens, deposited in the Swenk collection. No trace of the specimen can be found at the present time. It is here assigned to M. s. subulatus. M. s. subulatus has been observed frequently in the Pine Ridge area, generally in association with Eptesicus fuscus pallidus. Two specimens were shot by us from many that were seen flying over a small clearing in the pines in northern Sioux County on August 2, 1949. Several Eptesicus were also obtained there. One of us (Webb) took two of these bats from their daytime retreat in a barn north of Rushville, Sheridan County, on September 5, 1951, where Eptesicus was also found. They are known to inhabit hay barns at the Ft. Niobrara Game Reserve, Cherry County, also in association with Eptesicus. Swenk (1908:137) reports finding two of these bats under a loose strip of pine bark in Sioux County. Myotis volans interior Miller Hairy-winged Myotis Myotis longricus interior Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 27:211, Oc- tober 31, 1914, type from Twining, Taos Co., New Mexico. Myotis volans interior, Miller and Allen, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 144:142, May 25, 1928. Distribution in Nebraska.—Badlands area of extreme northwestern part of state. Records of occurrence.—Specimens examined, 2, as follows: S1oux Co.: Warbonnet Township, 8 mi. N Harrison, 2 (Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist.). Remarks.—Quay (1948:181) reported finding a colony of approx- imately 180 of these bats in northern Sioux County in the summer of 1944. They were found in a crevice in a dry creek bed. He ex- amined several dozen, all females, two of which were saved as specimens. The authors, while engaged in field work in this approximate locality in the summers of 1948 and 1949, were unable to locate any of these bats. Lasionycteris noctivagans (Le Conte) Silver-haired Bat Viespertilio]. noctivagans Le Conte, McMurtrie’s Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, 1:431, June, 1831, type from eastern United States. Lasionycteris noctivagans, Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 648, 1865. Distribution in Nebraska.—“Entire state, fairly common during migrations but probably not breeding within our limits” (Swenk, 1908:138). 276 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Records of occurrence.—Specimens examined, 2, as follows: Ciay Co.: Inland, 1 (Hastings Museum, Hastings, Nebraska). FRANKLIN Co.: Campbell, 1 (Hastings Museum, Hastings, Nebraska). Additional records (Swenk, 1908:188): Cuminc Co.: West Point. Douc- Las Co.: Omaha. Lancaster Co.: Lincoln. County undesignated: “Platte River”. Pipistrellus subflavus subflavus (F. Cuvier) Eastern Pipistrelle V[espertilio]. subflavus F. Cuvier, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1:17, 1832, type from eastern United States, probably Georgia. Pipistrellus subflavus, Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:90, October 16, 1897. Distribution in Nebraska—Known from limestone quarries in Cass and Sarpy counties; probably ranging throughout eastern Nebraska. Records of occurrence-—Specimens examined, 34, as follows: Cass Co.: 1 mi. NE Louisville, 4. Sarpy Co.: % mi. W Meadow, 30 (some of these specimens have been deposited in other collections as follows: Private Collec- tion of P. H. Krutzsch, 3; Private Collection of W. G. Frum, 2; Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist., 4; Univ. Nebr. State Mus., 4). Remarks.—This bat is the most common of the four species that are known to inhabit the quarries in Cass and Sarpy counties. In- dividuals have been found both in drill holes and clinging to the walls of the quarries. We have always found this bat to be solitary while in hibernation. Eptesicus fuscus fuscus (Beauvois) Big Brown Bat Vespertilio fuscus Beauvois, Catal. Raisonné Mus. Peale, Philadelphia, p. 18, 1796, type from Philadelphia, Philadelphia Co., Pennsylvania. Eptesicus fuscus, Méhely, Magyarorszag denevéreinek monographiaja (Mono- graphia Chiropterorum Hungariae), pp. 206, 338, 1900. Distribution in Nebraska.—Eastern part of state. Records of occurrence.-—Specimens examined, 23, as follows: ApAms Co.: Hastings, 1 (Hastings Museum, Hastings, Nebraska). Cass Co.: 1 mi. NE Louisville, 6; Plattsmouth, 1 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus.). Sarpy Co.: % mi. W Meadow, 15 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus., 7). Remarks.—We have observed this bat hibernating in the lime- stone quarries of Cass and Sarpy counties, where it was commonly found in drill holes or clinging to the ceiling or walls. We have al- ways found this bat to be solitary while in hibernation, with one exception. On January 31, 1949, a male and female were found in the same drill hole in the Cass County quarry. The jolt of being knocked from the hole separated the two bats, and upon examination the penis of the male was noted to be extended and erected, in- dicating that the pair might have been in the act of copulation. CHECKLIST OF NEBRASKAN Bats 277 Eptesicus fuscus pallidus Young Big Brown Bat Eptesicus pallidus Young, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 408, October 2, 1908, type from Boulder, Boulder Co., Colorado. Eptesicus fuscus pallidus, Miller, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 79:62, December 31, 1912. Distribution in Nebraska.—Western half of state. Records of occurrence.—Specimens examined, 34, as follows: CHErry Co.: Ft. Niobrara Game Reserve, 19 (Nebr. Game, Forestation and Parks Comm., 17); Valentine, 2 (Univ. Nebr. Dept. Zool.). Dawes Co.: 10 mi. S Chadron, 1 (Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool.). KNox Co.: Niobrara, 1. SHERMAN Co.: 15 mi. N Rushville, 2. Stoux Co.: Glen, 1 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus.); Monroe Can- yon, 5% mi. N, 2% mi. W Harrison, 1 (Nebr. Game, Forestation and Parks Comm.); Warbonnet Canyon, 7 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus. ). Remarks.—A colony of approximately 100 of these bats was dis- covered in the unused portion of a barn loft at Ft. Niobrara Game Reserve on August 11, 1948. Although no temperature readings were taken, it was estimated that the temperature was more than 100° F. in the loft. The bats were congregated on rafters at the north end of the barn and when disturbed, only a few members of the colony dropped from the rafters to fly. Most of the bats crawled to new retreats between the rafters and the corrugated iron roof of the building. Lasiurus borealis borealis (Miiller) Red Bat Veseatto borealis Miller, Natursyst. Suppl., p. 20, 1776, type from New York. Lasiurus borealis [borealis], Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 13:105, October 16, 1897. Distribution in Nebraska.—State-wide in suitable habitat. Records of occurrence.—Specimens examined, 14, as follows: LANCASTER Co.: Lincoln, 13 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus., 11; Univ. Nebr. Dept. Zool., 1). RICHARDSON Co.: 3 mi. SE Rulo, 1 (Nebr. Game, Forestation, and Parks Comm. ). Additional records (Swenk, 1908:139): Cuminc Co.: West Point. Dovuc- Las Co.: Omaha. Lancaster Co.: Lincoln. Oror Co.: Nebraska City. RICHARDSON Co.: Humboldt. Lasiurus cinereus cinereus (Beauvois) Hoary Bat Vespertilio cinereus (misspelled linereus) Beauvois, Catal. Raisonné Mus. Peale, Philadelphia, p. 18, 1796, type from Philadelphia, Philadelphia Co., Pennsylvania. Lasiurus cinereus, H. Allen, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 17:21, June, 1864. 278 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. Distribution in Nebraska.—State-wide in suitable habitat. Records of occurrence-—Specimens examined, 11, as follows: Ciay Co.: Inland, 1 (Hastings Museum, Hastings, Nebraska). Custer Co.: Broken Bow, 2 (Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool.); Victoria Springs, 1 (Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool.). Furnas Co.: Wilsonville, 1 (Hastings Museum, Hastings, Nebraska). Lan- CASTER Co.: Lincoln, 6 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus., 5; Univ. Nebr. Dept. Zool., 1): Additional records: Cuminc Co.: West Point (Swenk, 1908:189). Dovc- LAs Co.: Omaha (Swenk, 1908:139). Gacr Co.: Beatrice (Swenk, 1908: 139). Lancaster Co.: Lincoln (Swenk, 1908:189). County undesignated: Loup Fork (Miller, 1897:114). Tadarida mexicana (Saussure) Mexican Free-tailed Bat Molossus mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Ser. 2, 12:283, July, 1860, type from Cofre de Perote, 13,000 feet, state of Veracruz, Mexico. . Tadarida mexicana, Miller, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 128:86, April 29, 1924. Distribution in Nebraska—Known only from Lincoln, Lancaster County. Records of occurrence.—Specimen examined, 1, as follows: LANCASTER Co.: Lincoln, 1 (Univ. Nebr. State Mus. ). Additional record (Zimmer, 1913:665): LANcaAsTER Co.: Lincoln. Remarks.—The Mexican free-tailed bat is probably rare in Ne- braska. The single specimen examined by us was obtained on June 27, 1931, from a downtown business building in Lincoln. Accord- ing to the label on the specimen, it died in captivity on June 29 after giving birth to one young on June 28. The bat reported by Zimmer (loc. cit.) was also taken in the business district of Lincoln. It was obtained on August 15, 1913. In addition to the bats named above, six other kinds possibly oc- cur in Nebraska. These, along with an indication of the part of the state in which each is to be looked for, are as follows: Myotis grisescens Howell, southeastern part of state. Myotis sodalis Miller and Allen, southeastern part of state. Myotis thysanodes thysanodes Miller, northwestern part of state. Nycticeus humeralis humeralis (Rafinesque), southeastern part of state. Corynorhinus rafinesquii pallescens (Miller), northwestern part of state. Tadarida molossa (Pallas), any part of state. CHECKLIST OF NEBRASKAN BATS 279 LITERATURE CITED ALLEN, H. 1864. Monograph of the bats of North America. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 165:xxiii + 85, June, 1864. Frum, W. G. 1946. Abnormality in dentition of Myotis lucifugus. Jour. Mamm., 27:176, May 14, 1946. Mrixer, G. S., Jr. 1897. Revision of the North American bats of the family Vespertilionidae. N. Amer. Fauna, 13:1-138, October 16, 1897. Mutter, G. S., Jn., and G. M. ALLEN 1928. The American bats of the genera Myotis and Pizonyx. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 144:viii + 218, May 25, 1928. Quay, W. B. 1948. Notes on some bats from Nebraska and Wyoming. Jour. Mamm., 29:181-182, May 14, 1948. Simpson, G. G. 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 85:xvi + 350, October 5, 1945. STEPHENS, T. C. 1945. Say’s bat in Nebraska. Jour. Mamm., 26:92, February 27, 1945. SwEnk, M. H. 1908. A preliminary review of the mammals of Nebraska. Proc. Nebr. Acad. Sci., 8:61-144, 1908. 1915. The birds and mammals of Nebraska. Nebr. Blue Book and Histori- cal Register, pp. 851-855, 1915. 1918. The birds and mammals of Nebraska. Nebr. Blue Book and His- torical Register, pp. 407-411, December, 1918. 1919. The birds and mammals of Nebraska. Univ. Nebr. Contrib. Dept. Ent., 23:1-21, March 1, 1919. 1920. The birds and mammals of Nebraska. Nebr. Blue Book and Histori- cal Register, pp. 479-483, December, 1920. TayLor, W. P. 1919. Notes on mammals collected principally in Washington and Cali- fornia between the years 1853 and 1874 by Dr. James Graham Cooper. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 9:69-121, July 12, 1919. ZIMMER, J. T. 1913. A northwardly record of the free-tailed bat. Science (NS), 38:665- 666, November 7, 1913. Transmitted, March 27, 1952. O 24-2965 Fs MS eed av ated a | ah peal, wy ft pega yy, fit: yi ari ett somes iy leks ajo} ‘gi 4 ee ee a ay ‘ upiia® py ge NAMED, epanril war ee BY §) aang 4 4 Piweek ware an a ‘/ a ‘ne yee WT we! mba ¥ vinnay ‘ar 9 ot 0 ied gaa ea me) ee a ! ot a aot erat sig? Nie a nt 7” ee re 7 at if ve) ° ‘ e PAI! 04 VP he oe: ore uf oer " PN Aiea Mile th, va)! 4 , ian i aid Bee) ed t he SAM REND 0.9 iy ey ( 4 { - wy i by ; , wy fife DUT ee tv & aig ted , { nt hae) pin An \ «.@ eer & » GPa e oF ape) ft GaSe Tiare Anh gai bel By f rT". ee hale pat Medinet Lat We inp a ieee P ria) “hh ‘ rial { U 7 ¢ ers’ 4 oud oa, ‘ a ell hihi ‘timer! ae ASANO aah ited wi Vint 7 i} gi ‘ i@ mh! Aft té iat Ra) Ng i toa re i iP iy “— al thal Oop @ iif = Ve“ M ¥ uy. ' aa a) Die iAl 7 « gi only cai! 9 itt if uled ae in 18 ei ent) dai} ea J lo onli rag mi® «° (aS slemt atl ' a ® * d- it ape we. iv oe la ‘i rev ee > t ty Geographic Variation in Red-backed Mice (Genus Clethrionomys) of the Southern Rocky Mountain Region BY E. LENDELL COCKRUM and KENNETH L. FITCH | Marine Biological Laboratory Li BR AR Y University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 22, pp. 281-292, 1 figure in text November 15, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIsToRY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 22, pp. 281-292, 1 figure in text November 15, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE FRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-4869 Geographic Variation in Red-backed Mice (Genus Clethrionomys) of the Southern Rocky Mountain Region BY E, LENDELL COCKRUM and KENNETH L. FITCH In the course of the preparation of a synopsis of the North American terrestrial microtines by one of us (Cockrum), and the completion of a Master’s thesis on the geographical variation of the red-backed mice of Wyoming by the other (Fitch) we had occasion to study the red-backed mice of the southern Rocky Mountain region (see figure 1). Results of these studies are the recognition of two heretofore unnamed subspecies of the red- backed mouse in the southern Rocky Mountain region, and a clari- fication of the taxonomic status of two additional kinds. Clethrionomys gapperi galei (Merriam) 1890. Evotomys galei Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:23, October 8. 1931. Emus gapperi galei, Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 37:6, April 10. 1897. Evotomys gapperi galei, Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11: 126, May 13. Type locality—Ward, 9500 feet, Boulder County, Colorado. Range—The Rocky Mountains of extreme southern Alberta, Montana, northwestern and southern Wyoming, and north and central Colorado. Remarks.—C. g. galei, with the largest geographic range of any of the Rocky Mountain subspecies, is also the most variable. Three principal areas of geographic variation were found. These areas are: The mountains of north-central Colorado and southern Wyo- ming (this area includes the type locality); the Big Horn area probably northwest into Montana (no adult specimens from Mon- tana or Alberta examined); and the Teton area which includes the mountains east and southeast of Yellowstone National Park. Speci- mens from these areas have noticeable differences in pelage, but no constant cranial differentiation could be detected. Specimens from the Medicine Bow Mountains of southern Wyoming have a more reddish dorsal stripe, and more buff and less gray on the sides than either of the northern geographic variants. The dorsal stripe continues farther anteriorly and is better defined through its entire length. There are fewer differences between the two north- (283) 284 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. ern geographic variants than between either one of them and the southern variant. Specimens from the Teton Mountains, however, have grayer sides, and the outer margin of the ear is tipped with chestnut (little or no chestnut shows on the ears of the specimens from the Big Horn Mountains); the dorsal stripe is less distinct (with slightly more gray throughout) than in either of the other geographic variants of the one subspecies. Three specimens (two adults) are available from the Little Med- icine Range in Converse County (22 miles south and 24.5 miles west of Douglas, 7600 feet), Wyoming. Although red-backed mice probably are found in the mountains of Natrona and Albany coun- ties, the population in the Little Medicine Range is somewhat iso- lated. In coloration these mice are lighter than any of the three geographic variants described above; the dorsal stripe is narrower; the sides are more buffy; the dorsal stripe does not project anteriorly beyond the ears as it does in the specimens from the Medicine Bow Mountains; and the face is grayer. These specimens resemble the population in the Big Horn Mountains to the north more than the population in the Medicine Bow Mountains. The specimens from the Little Medicine Range, the Big Horn Range, and the Tetons are possibly subspecifically distinct from the southern specimens. Examination of specimens now allocated to galei from Montana and Alberta should aid in revealing whether the northern animals are an unnamed subspecies. Specimens examined.—Total, 167, distributed as follows and unless other- wise stated, in the collection of the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History: Wyoming: Park County: 28 mi. N and 8 mi. W Cody, 7200 ft., 1. Big Horn County: Medicine Wheel Ranch, 28 mi. E Lovell, 9000 ft., 22; 17% mi. E and 4% mi. S Shell, 1. Teton County: Moran, 6244 ft., 4; Moran, 3 (James Findley Collection); 2% mi. E Moran, 6300 ft., 1; 8% mi. E and 1 mi. S Moran, 6200 ft., 10. Washakie County: 9 mi. E and 9 mi. N Tensleep, 8200 ft., 3; 9 mi. E and 4 mi. N Tensleep, 7000 ft., 1. Johnson County: 4 mi. W and 1 mi. S Klondike, 6500 ft., 1; 6% mi. W and 2 mi. S Buffalo, 5620 ft., 1. Lin- coln County: 8 mi. N and 11 mi. E Alpine, 5650 ft., 1. Sublette County: 31 mi. N Pinedale, 8025 ft., 1. Fremont County: Togwotee Pass, 5 (James Findley Collection); 20% mi. W and 2 mi. § Lander, 1; Mocassin [= Moccasin] Lake, 19 mi. W and 4 mi. N Lander, 10,100 ft., 3; 18 mi. W and 3 mi. N Lander, 1; Mosquito Park Ranger Station, 17% mi. W and 2% mi. N Lander, 9500 ft., 10; 6% mi. W and 17 mi. S Lander, 8450 ft., 4; 5% mi. W and 22 mi. S Lander, 8800 ft., 3. Converse County: 22 mi. S and 24% mi. W Douglas, 7600 ft., 3. Carbon County: 18 mi. SW Rawlins, 7500 ft., 2; 19 mi. E and 8 mi. N Encampment, 9150 ft., 4; 19% mi. E and 8 mi. N Savery, 8800 ft., 1; 11 mi. E and 6 mi. N Savery, 8400 ft., 1; 14 mi. E and 6 mi. N Savery, 1. Albany County: 3 mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10,000 ft., 59. Colorado: Rio Blanco County: 9% mi. SW Pagoda Peak, 7700 ft., 2. Boulder County: 2% mi. S Estes Park, 8400 ft., 2; 8 mi. S Ward, 8. Clear GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN RED-BACKED MICE 285 Creek County: 2 mi. S Idaho Springs, 8000 ft., 1. Gunnison County: Gothic, 8 mi. N Crested Butte, 6 (James Findley Collection). Additional records—Colorado: Rio Blanco Co.: 25 mi. NE Meeker (Cary, N. Amer. Fauna, 33:120, 1911). El Paso Co.: Lake Moraine, 10,250 f (Warren, Mammals of Colorado, p. 224, 1942). Fic. 1—Geographic ranges of the subspecies of Clethrionomys gapperi in the southern Rocky Mountains. 1. C. g. galei 8. C. g. uintaensis 5. C. g. limitis 2. C. g. brevicaudus 4. C. g. gauti 6. C. g. arizonensis 286 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Clethrionomys gapperi brevicaudus (Merriam) see pony gapperi brevicaudus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:119, uly 30. he Evotomys brevicaudus, Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:129, 13 ay 18. 1942. Clethrionomys gapperi brevicaudus, Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:153, September 11. Type locality—Three miles N Custer, 6000 ft., South Dakota. Range.—tThe Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Remarks.—Merriam (N. Amer. Fauna, 5:119, July 30, 1891) named this subspecies on the basis of two specimens collected in the Black Hills of South Dakota in July, 1888, and assigned it to the species Evotomys [= Clethrionomys] gapperi. He reported the diagnostic characteristics as: “Similar to E. gapperi, but with larger ears and shorter tail. The hazel of the dorsal area is not so bright as in gapperi; the sides are the same golden brown.” Of the cranial and dental characteristics he wrote: “Much as in E. gapperi.” Bailey (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:129, May 13, 1897), in his “Revision of the American voles of the genus Evotomys,” with one additional specimen available, raised the Black Hills population to specific status, re-emphasizing the shortness of the tail, and pointing out a few slight cranial differences (“zygomatic arches low and flaring out, so that the inner instead of the outer side shows in top view; auditory bullae as large as in gapperi, but less rounded” ). Bailey (loc. cit.) remarked that: “though based on so scanty material, the characters distinguishing the species are fairly pro- nounced. Its range is isolated and widely separated from that of any other members of the genus by open prairie country and a wide belt of the Transition zone. There seems to be no valid reason for considering it a subspecies.” Additional specimens have been taken in recent years from the Black Hills of South Dakota and northeastern Wyoming. This material has shed light on the relationships and morphological characteristics of the red-backed mice of this region. Bole and Moulthrop (Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:153, September 11, 1942) listed, as comparative material, eight specimens from Bull Springs, Custer County, South Dakota, under the name Cleth- rionomys gapperi brevicaudus (Merriam). They gave no reason for arranging brevicaudus as a subspecies of C. gapperi. Twenty adults (11 skins and skulls, 9 skulls only) from Penning- ton County, South Dakota (specimens in the University of Michi- GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN RED-BACKED MICE 287 gan Museum of Zoology), have the following measurements (aver- ages of external measurements based on 11 specimens only): Total length, 142 (123-155); tail, 85 (380-39); hind foot, 19.5 (18.6-21.0); basal length, 23.3 (21.7-24.5); condylobasilar length, 23.3 (21.9- 24.5); zygomatic breadth, 13.7 (12.9-14.7); lambdoidal breadth, 11.7 (11.3-12.9); alveolar length upper cheek-teeth, 5.5 (5.2-5.8); interorbital breadth, 3.9 (3.6-4.1); length of nasals, 7.7 (7.1-8.5); breadth of rostrum, 3.2 (2.9-3.6); and length of incisive foramina, 5.0 (4.6-5.3). Measurements of the type and one “more fully adult topotype” (as given by Bailey, op. cit.) are: Total length, 125, 130; tail length, 31, 32; hind foot, 19, 19; basal length, 21.2, 21.8; length of nasals, 6.6, 7.0; zygomatic breadth, 12.5, 12.8; mastoid breadth, 11.3, 11.0; alveolar length of upper molar series, 5.4, 5.3. In every measure- ment the figures for Bailey's specimens are smaller than the average of the same measurement in the 20 adults from Pennington County, and, in most measurements, are even lower than the minimum of the latter series. Therefore, we conclude that the material available to Merriam (op. cit.) and Bailey (op. cit.) consisted of only sub- adults. In comparison with a series of 23 adult Clethrionomys gapperi galei from 28 mi. E Lovell, Big Horn County, Wyoming, C. g. brevi- caudus has a slightly shorter tail, longer hind foot, greater basal and condylobasilar lengths, greater zygomatic and lambdoidal breadths and conspicuously longer nasals. In comparison with three adult C. g. loringi from Elk River, Sher- burne County, Minnesota, C. g. brevicaudus has a greater total length, longer hind foot, greater basal length, conspicuously greater zygomatic and lambdoidal breadths, much longer nasals, and a nar- rower rostrum. Clethrionomys gapperi brevicaudus, although isolated geograph- ically and although morphologically more distinct than many of the currently recognized subspecies of C. gapperi, is probably best ar- ranged as a subspecies of C. gapperi rather than as a full species. In certain characters, such as interorbital breadth and breadth of rostrum, it is intermediate between C. g. galei and C. g. loringi, but it resembles C. g. galei more than it does any other named kind. Specimens examined.—Total, 66. Unless otherwise indicated, specimens from Wyoming are in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History and specimens from South Dakota are in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology. Specimens are distributed as follows: 288 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Wyoming: Crook County: 3 mi. NW Sundance, 5900 ft., 3. Weston Sone: Ki mi. E Buckhorn, 6150 ft., 21; 12 mi. SE Newcastle, 1 (Univ. ichigan ). South Dakota: Pennington County: % mi. E Rochford, 1; 17 mi. NW Custer, 1; 16 mi. NW Custer, 20; 16 mi. SW Rapid City, 1; 3 mi. SE Hill City, 2; 4 mi. SE Hill City, 18; 5 mi. SE Hill City, Harney Peak, 7240 ft., 1. Custer County: 1% mi. E Sylvan Lake, 1. Clethrionomys gapperi uintaensis Doutt 1897. Evotomys gapperi galei, Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:127 (part from Uinta Mts. of Wyoming), May 18. 1941. Clethrionomys gapperi uintaensis Doutt, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:161, Dec. 8. Type locality—Paradise Park, 10,050 feet, 45 miles by road northwest Ver- nal, Uintah County, Utah. Range.—The Uinta Mountains of northern Utah and southwestern Wyo- ming. Remarks.—From the description given by Doutt (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:161, 1941) in his original description of this subspecies, it appears that he had available for comparisons, only subadult specimens of C. g. galei. As judged from the material of C. g. uintaensis available to us (1 topotype, KU 38081, and 7 speci- mens from Uinta County, Wyoming, listed below) and from Doutt’s (op. cit.) description and measurements, the subspecies C. g. uinta- ensis is but weakly differentiated from C. g. galei. No marked cranial differences are evident between the two subspecies; the differences in pelage noted by Doutt (op. cit.:161), however (“Sim- ilar to Clethrionomys gapperi galei from Ward, Colorado, but head and cheeks grayer; sides and back paler; belly whiter.”), do seem to be valid. On the basis of these differences in pelage and the geographic isolation of the range, we judge that uintaensis should be retained as a subspecies of C. gapperi. It is clear, however, that C. g. uinta- ensis is less distinct from C. g. galei than are the other adjacent subspecies. Specimens examined.—Total, 8, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, distributed as follows: Wyoming: Uinta County: 9 mi. S Robertson, 8000-8400 ft., 3; 9 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 8000 ft., 2; 11% mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9200 ft., 1; 14 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9000 ft., 1. Utah: Uintah County: Paradise Park, 21 mi. W, 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 Ft. li: Additional, marginal records (Durrant, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:356, August 19, 1952).—Utah: Rich Co.: Monte Cristo, 18 mi. W Woodruff, 8000 ft. Salt Lake Co.: Emigration Canyon, 8 mi. above forks, 6,000 ft.; Silver Lake Post Office (Brighton), 9,500 ft. Wasatch Co.: Wolf Creek Summit, 9,800 ft. Daggett Co.: Beaver Dams, 10,500 ft. GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN RED-BACKED MICE 289 Clethrionomys gapperi gauti, new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull; No. 133515, Biological Surveys Collec- tions, United States National Museum, from Twining, 10,700 ft., Taos County, New Mexico; obtained on August 7, 1904, by James H. Gaut, original num- ber 3086. Range.—The Rocky Mountains of north-central New Mexico and south- central Colorado. Diagnosis.—A brightly colored Clethrionomys gapperi; dorsal stripe near Chestnut (capitalized color terms after Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912) with an underwash of near Light Ochraceous-Buff and a mixture of black-tipped guard hairs giving an over-all effect of between Tawny and Russet; braincase relatively large; zygomatic width and lambdoidal width large; nasals long. Comparisons.—As compared with topotypes of C. g. galei, the color is lighter, the dorsal reddish stripe slightly narrower, sides brighter, with a wash of Light Ochraceous-Buff, grading ventrally into a slight wash of Pale Ochraceous-Buff, instead of a silvery-white venter characteristic of C. g. galei; zygomatic and lambdoidal breadths are greater, nasals slightly shorter, audi- tory bullae slightly more inflated, teeth larger, and braincase larger. As compared with topotypes of C. g. limitis, C. g. gauti is darker, has a greater zygomatic breadth, longer upper tooth-row, longer nasals, and nar- rower rostrum. Measurements.—External and cranial measurements of the type, and the average and extreme measurements of four adult males and one adult female from the type locality (including the type) and five miles south of the type locality are: Total length, 144, 147 (140-152); tail, 40, 42 (39-45); hind foot, 20, 19.3 (19-20); condylobasilar length, 22.3, 22.9 (22.2-24.0); zygo- matic breadth, 13.6, 13.7 (13.5-14.0); lambdoidal breadth, 11.9, 11.7 (11.4- 12.0); alveolar length of upper cheek-teeth, 5.1, 5.2 (5.1-5.4); interorbital breadth, 4.0, 3.9 (3.8-4.0); length of nasals, 7.0, 7.2 (7.0-7.6); breadth of rostrum, 2.9, 3.1 (2.9-3.4); length of incisive foramina, 4.8, 5.1 (4.8-5.3). Remarks.—Two specimens from a locality 21 mi. W and 3 mi. N Saguache, Saguache County, Colorado, although referred to this subspecies on the basis of paler pelage, inflation of auditory bullae, and heavier teeth, show characters of C. g. galei in the narrowness across the zygomata and lambdoidal crest. Four specimens from Silverton (1 adult and 3 young adults) are referable to this sub- species on the basis of color of pelage and cranial proportions but are smaller than either C. g. gauti or C. g. galei. The specimen from Pecos Baldy, Pecos Mountain, San Miguel County, New Mexico, referred by Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 52:192) to Clethrionomys gapperi galei, is here referred to C. g. gauti on geographical grounds. The name gauti is proposed in honor of the collector of the type specimen, James H. Gaut. 290 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Specimens examined.—Total, 14, distributed as follows and, unless other- wise stated, in the Biological Surveys Collection: Colorado: Saguache County: 21 mi. W and 3 mi. N Saguache, N 38°, ag 9100 ft., 2 (Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.). San Juan Co.: Silver- ton, 4. New Mexico: Taos County: Twining, 10,700 ft., 3; 5 mi. S Twining, 11,400 ft., 3. Sandoval County: Goat Peak, Jemez Mountains, 1. Colfax County: 15 mi. SW Cimarron, 9000 ft., 1 (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. ). Additional records—New Mexico: San Miguel Co.: Pecos Baldy, Pecos Mountain, 1 (Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 52:192, 1932). Clethrionomys gapperi limitis (Bailey) 1913. Evotomys limitis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26:133, May 21. Type locality—Willow Creek, a branch of the Gilita, 8500 ft., Mogollon Mountains, Catron County, New Mexico. Range.—Known from the Mogollon, San Mateo, and Magdalena mountains of western New Mexico. Remarks.—Bailey (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26:133, May 21, 1913) described this animal as a species and gave as general char- acteristics: “Size slightly larger than E. [= Clethrionomys gap- peri| galci; colors duller, grayer and less buffy; skull and dentition heavier.” He further characterized the skull as: “Larger, heavier and conspicuously more ridged than in galei; bullae large and es- pecially deep; dentition heavy throughout.” The type of C. limitis, as judged from the measurements given by Bailey (loc. cit.), is an exceptionally old male. Our comparison of six adult topotypes with a series of C. g. galei from Wyoming (18 adults from 3 mi. SSE Browns Peak, 10,000 ft., Albany County, in Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.) and with three near-topotypes of C. g. galei (3 mi. S Ward, 9000 ft., Boulder County, Colorado, in Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.) revealed that most of the differences noted by Bailey (loc. cit.) are not evident when individuals of comparable ages are examined. Some speci- mens of C. g. galei exceed C. limitis in ridging of the skull and size of the teeth although conspicuous ridges and large teeth are sup- posedly distinctive of C. limitis. The bullae, although averaging larger in C. limitis, can be matched in size by those of specimens of C. g. galei from Wyoming. The differences evident between C. limitis and C. g. galei are of the kind and degree that serve to separate subspecies in the species Clethrionomys gapperi and, although actual evidence of intergra- dation is lacking, we think that the relationships of limitis are better expressed by arranging it as a subspecies of C. gapperi than by retaining it as a full species. GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN RED-BACKED MICE 291 Specimens examined.—Total, 7, all in the Biological Surveys Collection, distributed as follows: New Mexico: Catron County: Willow Creek, 8500 ft., Mogollon Mountains, 4. Socorro County: San Mateo Peak, 10,000 ft., San Mateo Mountains, 2; Copper Canyon, 9000 ft., Magdalena Mountains, 1. Clethrionomys gapperi arizonensis, new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skin and skull; No. 158401, Biological Surveys Col- lection, United States National Museum; from Little Colorado River, 8300 ft., White Mountains, Apache County, Arizona; obtained September 12, 1908, by C. Birdseye, original number 152. Range.—Known only from the White Mountains of eastern Arizona. Diagnosis——Dorsal stripe near Chestnut, with an underwash of between Tawny and Russet, and a mixture of black-tipped hairs, resulting in an over- all effect of near Chestnut. Skull wide across zygomatic arches and narrow across mastoids; rostrum narrow and posterior border of palate straight. Comparisons.—This subspecies needs close comparison only with the ad- jacent subspecies C. g. limitis. As compared with topotypes of limitis, C. g. arizonensis has darker pelage, narrower rostrum, greater width across zygo- matic arches, lesser lambdoidal breadth, longer nasals, wider palate, and more inflated auditory bullae. The posterior border of the hard palate is straight in five skulls of the series that are complete (two skulls have the palatal re- gions broken); all C. g. limitis examined have a median posterior projection on the posterior border of the hard palate. Measurements.—External and cranial measurements of the type, and the average and extreme measurements of three adult males and two adult fe- males from the type locality (including the type) are: Total length, 160, 145.6 (187-160); tail, 44, 40.8 (37-46); hind foot, 18.5, 19.3 (18-20); condylobasilar length, 23.3, 22.8 (22.1-23.5); zygomatic breadth, 13.8, 13.4 (12.6-13.8); lambdoidal breadth, 11.5, 11.4 (11.0-11.6); alveolar length upper cheek-teeth, 5.5, 5.4 (5.2-5.5); interorbital breadth, 3.8, 3.9 (3.8-4.0); length of nasals, 7.6, 7.1 (6.9-7.6); breadth of rostrum, 3.1, 3.1 (3.0-3.2); length of incisive foramina, 5.5, 5.2 (5.0-5.5). Remarks.—Hall and Davis (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:55, February 9, 1934) reported 12 specimens of red-backed mice from Hannagan Meadow, 9500 to 9600 ft., and ten from Hannagan Creek, 8600 ft., all in Greenlee County, Arizona. Although they pointed out most of the cranial differences here described as diag- nostic of C. g. arizonensis, they did not name the animals as new since they had no seasonally comparable materials; thus they were unable to evaluate the differences noted in pelage. We have not examined the material referred to by Hall and Davis (loc. cit.), but, on the basis of their description, here refer it to C. g. arizon- ensis. Specimens examined.—Total, 7, all from the type locality and all in the Biological Surveys Collection in the United States National Museum. 292 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Grateful acknowledgment is made of the opportunity to study the speci- mens from New Mexico and Arizona in the Biological Surveys Collection ot the United States National Museum and the material from South Dakota in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, as well as for the financial support afforded one of us (Cockrum) by the University of Kansas from its Research appropriation. Cockrum’s work was part of a larger investigation of the geographic distribution of all North American native mammals, aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Kansas (NR. 161-791). Also, assistance with some of field work was given by the Kansas University Endowment Association. Transmitted June 21, 1952. 24-4369 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of North American Microtines BY E. RAYMOND HALL AND E. LENDELL COCKRUM | Marine Biological -aboratory} a rye ae & Yen = ey Oe = ie fe (CEO poy “4 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 23, pp. 293-312 November 17, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL HIsTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 23, pp. 293-312 November 17, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-4370 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of North American Microtines BY E. RAYMOND HALL and E. LENDELL COCKRUM N preparing maps showing the geographic distribution of North American microtines, conflicting statements in the literature and identifications that, if accepted, would result in improbable geo- graphic ranges have led to the examination of pertinent specimens with the results given below, The studies here reported upon were aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Depart- ment of the Navy, and the University of Kansas (Nr 161-791), by funds provided by the University of Kansas from its Research Ap- propriation, and by grants for out-of-state field work from the Kan- sas University Endowment Association. Grateful acknowledgment is made to persons in charge of the collections at each of the follow- ing institutions for permission to use the collections under their charge: Biological Surveys Collection, United States National Mu- seum (herein abbreviated USBS ); California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology (MVZ); Chicago Natural History Museum (CNHM); Uni- versity of Kansas Museum of Natural History (KU); Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ); United States National Museum (USNM); Department of Economic Zoology, University of Wiscon- sin (UWDEZ); and Zoological Museum, University of Wisconsin (UWZM ). Synaptomys cooperi saturatus Bole and Moulthrop 1942. Synaptomys cooperi saturatus Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publs. Cleve- land Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:149, September 11, type from Bloomington, McLean County, Illinois. When Bole and Moulthrop named Synaptomys cooperi saturatus, with type locality in Illinois, they, in effect, divided the geographic range of Synaptomys cooperi stonei into two parts (see A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:10 (fig. 2), August 5, 1927) since Bole and Moulthrop (op. cit.) did not assign to any subspecies the specimens from southern Wisconsin that Howell (op. cit.) had identified as S. c. stonei. Bole and Moulthrop’s inclusion in their newly named (295) 296 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. subspecies of a specimen from as far west as East Columbia, Mis- souri, left in doubt the subspecific identity of specimens from Iowa and a specimen from Arkansas. Howell (op. cit.) had assigned this material from Iowa and Arkansas to S. c. gossii. Howell recognized that the one individual (168266 USBS) from Lake City, Arkansas, was too young to be identified to subspecies with certainty and assigned the specimen to S. c. gossii “upon geo- graphical grounds” (op. cit. :19). Keith R. Kelson and one of us (Hall) compared this specimen with pertinent materials. As a result of this comparison we refer the specimen, on the same grounds employed by Howell, to Synaptomys cooperi saturatus. Specimens from approximately the southern half of Wisconsin (from Kelly Lake southward ) were referred to S. c. stonei by Howell (op. cit. :16). Now that S. c. saturatus has been recognized, these specimens from southern Wisconsin would be expected to be refer- able to S. c. saturatus. When these specimens were examined and compared (by Hall and Kelson) with other specimens in the United States National Museum the skulls were found to be much larger than in S. c. cooperi, smaller than in S. c. gossii, and nearly the size of those of Synaptomys cooperi saturatus, to which subspecies we refer the specimens in question. Howell (op. cit. :16) referred a specimen from Cassopolis, Michi- gan, a locality that might be presumed to fall within the range of the more recently named S. c. saturatus, to S. c. stonei. Bole and Moulthrop did not mention this specimen when they described and named S. c. saturatus (1942). Neither did Burt, but Cassopolis is within the geographic range ascribed to S. c. cooperi on his map (The Mammals of Michigan, Univ. Michigan Press, p. 213, 1946). Examination (by Kelson and Hall) of the specimen (41777 MCZ) reveals that it resembles S. c. cooperi in shortness of hind foot (18 mm.), shortness of tail (18 mm.), narrowness across zygomata (16 mm.), and grayish pelage. In the long braincase, heavy ros- trum, greater condylobasilar length, greater lambdoidal breadth, long rostrum, and longer incisive foramina, it agrees closely with specimens of S. c. saturatus, to which subspecies we refer the specimen. Necker and Hatfield (Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., 6:54, 1941) re- ferred specimens from Rosiclaire, Illinois, to S. c. gossii. These specimens were not mentioned by Bole and Moulthrop (op. cit.) when they named S. c. saturatus although the specimens presumably would be referred to the newly-named subspecies. We have ex- CoMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN MICROTINES 297 amined the pertinent specimens (Nos. 15781-15786 and 16049-16054 CNHM) and find that on the basis of dark color, long and slender skull, heavy incisors, and small cheek-teeth, they are referable to S. c. saturatus Bole and Moulthrop. None, however, has a tail so short as the type of S. c. saturatus. For that matter, the average length of the tail of six near topotypes (5 mi. W, 2% mi. S Monti- cello, Piatt County, Illinois, Nos. 32037-32042 KU) exceeds that of the type (17.4 mm., range 12-20, as compared to 14 mm. for the type). ’ Synaptomys cooperi gossii (Coues) 1877. Arvicola (Synaptomys) gossii Coues, Monogr. N. Amer. Rodentia, p. 235 (published as a synonym of Synaptomys cooperi, but name stated to apply to Kansan specimens of which description and measurements are on p. 236), type from Neosho Falls, Woodson County, Kansas. 1897. Synaptomys cooperi gossii, Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 49:307, June. In view of the taxonomic treatment accorded by Bole and Moul- throp (Sci. Publs. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:149-151, September 11, 1942) to the lemming mice of the species Synaptomys cooperi, as explained in the preceding account, it has seemed desirable to examine Iowan specimens of this species. Hall and Kelson ex- amined the necessary material and made the following conclusions. An adult male from Hillsboro (168453 USBS) has the lighter color and large skull of S. c. gossii to which Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 50:19, August 5, 1927) referred the specimen. The more western specimen from Knoxville, a young male (190358 USNM), is almost exactly the same age as a male of S. c. saturatus from Bascom, In- diana (143701 USNM), and is but slightly older than a male S. c. gossii from Ft. Leavenworth, Kansas (91583 USBS). The upper molariform tooth-row is the same length in the specimens from Kan- sas and Iowa, but is longer in that from Indiana. The fact that the specimen from Knoxville closely resembles the Kansan specimen in other dimensions of the skull, which is larger than in the speci- men from Indiana, gives a basis for applying the name Synaptomys cooperi gossii to the specimen from Knoxville. This is the same name recently used by Fichter and Hansen (Bull. Univ. Nebraska State Mus., 3(2):2, September, 1947) for the Iowan specimens, al- though they seemingly applied the name without being aware of Bole and Moulthrop’s earlier naming of S. c. saturatus (Sci. Publs. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:149, September 11, 1942). 298 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Synaptomys borealis sphagnicola Preble 1899. Synaptomys (Mictomys) sphagnicola Preble, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 13:43, May 29, type from Fabyans, Coos County, New Hamp- 1927. Synaptomys borealis sphagnicola, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:30, August 5 Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 50:30-31, August 5, 1927) had only eight specimens of this subspecies available when he revised the genus Synaptomys. Of these eight (Maine: Mount Katahdin, 2; New Brunswick: Near Bathurst, 1; New Hampshire: Fabyans, 1, the type; Quebec: St. Rose, 4), only the type and one of the speci- mens from St. Rose are adults. Concerning the others, Howell wrote (op. cit. :31): “The example from near Bathurst is not adult and has a damaged skull, so is identified provisionally. All other specimens are too young for positive diagnosis.” Since Howell’s revision only one additional specimen has been reported. Anderson (Ann. Rept. Provancher Soc. for 1939, p. 71, 1940) reported it from Table Mountain, 3888 ft., Gaspé County, Quebec. In the collection of the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History there is still another specimen. It is an adult male topo- type (No. 6483 KU, formerly No. 72 in the collection of Alfred E. Preble) obtained on August 21, 1905, at Fabyans, New Hampshire. The measurements of this specimen are as follows (measurements in parenthesis are those of the type as given by Howell, op. cit.): Total length, 185 (182); tail, 26 (24); hind foot, 22 (20); con- dylobasilar length, 25.1 (25.8); rostral length, 6.5 (6.8); rostral breadth, 4.7 (4.9); interorbital breadth, 3.3 (2.8); zygomatic breadth, 15.4 (16.0); lambdoidal breadth, 12.1 (12.4); incisive fora- mina, 5.9 (5.7); height of skull, 9.1 (9.3). Howell (op. cit.:30) characterized S. b. sphagnicola as: “Large and high [skull] with narrow interorbital sharply ridged, the ridges of the type being joined for a distance of 4 millimeters; interparietal narrow and rectangular. The rostrum is long, tapering very little, and the nasals, slightly constricted medially are quite narrow pos- teriorly. The incisive foramina are long and wide.” Howell fur- ther stated (op. cit.:30-31) that: “It is hard to predict what will be found to constitute the most valuable cranial characters in dis- tinguishing this race from adult medioximus. The discernible dif- ferences now are in the shape of the interparietals, rostral charac- ters, and interorbital differences that will probably not hold good when animals of the same age are compared.” As can be seen from a comparison of the measurements given CoMMENTs ON NortH AMERICAN MICROTINES 299 above for the type and the topotype, some of the characteristics given by Howell are not found in the topotype: The interorbital region is not narrow (in fact it is wider than it ordinarily is in some other subspecies of Synaptomys borealis) and the incisive foramina are not longer than in other subspecies of Synaptomys borealis. As far as present material permits us to judge, Synaptomys bo- realis sphagnicola is characterized, cranially, by: Skull large; inter- orbital region sharply ridged (the ridges being joined for a dis- tance of 4 mm. in the type and of 4.5 mm. in the topotype); rostrum long, tapering relatively little; nasals slightly constricted medially and unusually narrow posteriorly; interparietal narrow and _ rec- tangular. Clethrionomys occidentalis caurinus (Bailey) 1898. Evotomys caurinus Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:21, Janu- ary 27, type from Lund, east shore Malaspina Inlet, British Columbia. 1985. Clethrionomys gapperi caurinus, Racey and Cowan, Rept. British Columbia Prov. Mus. for 1935, p. H 25. Prior to 1935 caurinus was considered to be a monotypic species. In 1935 Racey and Cowan (Rept. British Columbia Provincial Mu- seum for 1935, pp. H 25-H 26) examined material from southwestern British Columbia of C. caurinus, including a series of 24 specimens from Alta Lake, and compared it with Clethrionomys gapperi oc- cidentalis and C. g. saturatus. They found caurinus to be distinct from C. g. saturatus but were “not convinced that occidentalis and caurinus both merit systematic recognition; should they prove to be indistinguishable, as the little available material indicates, occi- dentalis will take precedence on grounds of priority. It is our opinion that further study of the distribution of the genus in British Columbia will lead to the recognition of occidentalis as the form inhabiting coast-line and saturatus the interior of British Columbia” p. H 26. In the face of these opinions Racey and Cowan neverthe- less recognized caurinus under the name Clethrionomys gapperi caurinus (Bailey). In spite of the treatment by Racey and Cowan (op. cit.) of oc- cidentalis and caurinus as subspecies of C. gapperi, later authors arranged occidentalis as a member of the “californicus” group al- though they retained caurinus in the gapperi group. For example, Davis (The Recent Mammals of Idaho, The Caxton Printers, pp. 307-308, 1939) assigned C. caurinus to the gapperi group, although he regarded C. caurinus as a species (not a subspecies). He re- garded also C. occidentalis as a species (not a subspecies) but as- signed it to the californicus group. Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ., 800 UnIversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:344, April 9, 1948) considered occidentalis to be conspecific with Clethrionomys californicus and wrote (op. cit. :101): “The californicus group, I feel, contains only the races of Clethrionomys californicus, while the gapperi group contains C. gapperi and its races, including caurinus, and possible other species.” Dalquest gave no indication that he had examined any specimens of caurinus. When Dalquest (op. cit.:344) arranged occidentalis and califor- nicus as subspecies of the same species, he used the name combina- tion Clethrionomys californicus occidentalis because he ignored, or was unaware of, the page priority of occidentalis over californicus. We regard the anterior position of occidentalis as nomenclatural priority and therefore employ occidentalis rather than californicus as the specific name. Differences between the gapperi group and the occidentalis group include: postpalatal bridge (complete in both groups) truncate posteriorly in the gapperi group and with a median, posteriorly di- rected, spine in the occidentalis group (this character is not evident in all specimens; some gapperi have a spine, and some occidentalis have the spine much reduced); dentition of the occidentalis group is heavier; enamel pattern of M3 and ml in occidentalis more simpli- fied—the number of salient and re-entrant angles tends to be re- duced in adults of the occidentalis group. An examination of specimens of caurinus (British Columbia: Mt. Seymour, 2 KU; Lund, Malaspina Inlet, 2 USBS; and Inverness, mouth Skeena River, 1 USBS), reveals that, in the presence of the median postpalatal spine and in the characters of the molars, caurinus agrees with the occidentalis group. Clethrionomys occidentalis nivarius (Bailey) 1897. Evotomys nivarius Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:136, May 13, type from northwest slope of Mount Ellinor, 4000 ft., Olympic Mts., Mason County, Washington. The red-backed mouse of the Olympic Peninsula was originally accorded specific rank. Currently it stands in the literature as a subspecies of the wide-spread species Clethrionomys gapperi be- cause Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:343, April 9, 1948) used the name-combination Clethrionomys gapperi nivarius. Taylor and Shaw had earlier (Occas. Papers Charles R. Conner Mus., 2:23, 1929) indicated the same status by using the name Evo- tomys gapperi nivarius. Davis (The Recent Mammals of Idaho, The Caxton Printers, Caldwell, Idaho, p. 306, April 5, 1939), how- ever, indicated that the affinities of nivarius were with the califor- CoMMENTS ON NorTH AMERICAN MICROTINES 301 nicus [= occidentalis] group, although he treated nivarius as a dis- tinct species. We have examined two adult females (K. U. Nos. 10707 and 10708) of nivarius from Reflection Lake, 3800 ft., Jeffer- son County, Washington, and on the basis of their thick, instead of thin, pterygoid processes concur with Davis that the affinities of nivarius are with the named kinds of Clethrionomys now arranged as subspecies of Clethrionomys occidentalis, rather than with the kinds now arranged as subspecies of Clethrionomys gapperi. Al- though we are aware that Dalquest (op. cit.:101-102) did not find actual intergradation between nivarius and Clethrionomys occiden- talis occidentalis—a ten-mile gap separated their ranges—we prefer to use the name combination Clethrionomys occidentalis nivarius. In doing so we recognize that intergradation ultimately may be found between the two species C. occidentalis and C. gapperi; in that event the name gapperi will apply as the name of the species because it has priority over occidentalis. The following named kinds of Clethrionomys are considered to be subspecies of Clethrionomys occidentalis: CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALS OCCIDENTALIS (Merriam). 1890. Evotomys occidentalis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:25, October 8, type from Aberdeen, Chehalis County, Washington. 1894. Evotomys pygmaeus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 284, October 23, type from mouth of Nisqually River, Pierce County, Washington. 1929. Evotomys gapperi occidentalis, Taylor and Shaw, Occas. Papers Charles R. Conner Mus., Washington State College, 2:23. 1948. Clethrionomys californicus occidentalis, Dalquest, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:344, April 9. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS CALIFORNICUS (Merriam). 1890. Evotomys californicus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:26, October 8, type from Eureka, Humboldt County, California. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS CAURINUS (Bailey). 1898. Evotomys caurinus Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:21, Janu- ary 27, type from Lund, east shore of Malaspina Inlet, British Columbia. 1935. Clethrionomys gapperi caurinus, Racey and Cowan, Rept. British Columbia Prov. Mus. for 1935, p. H 25. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS MAZAMA (Merriam). 1897. Evotomys mazama Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:71, April 21, type from Crater Lake, 7000 ft., Mount Mazama, Klamath pouty Oregon. 1936. Clethrionomys californicus mazama, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 55:192, August 29. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS NIVARIUS (Bailey). 1897. Evotomys nivarius Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:186, May 18, type from northwest slope of Mount Ellinor, 4000 ft., Olympic Mts., Mason County, Washington. 802 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS OBSCURUS (Merriam). 1897. Evotomys obscurus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:72, April 21, type from Prospect, 2600 ft., upper Rogue River Valley, Jackson County, Oregon. 1933. Cle hrionomys mazama obscurus, Grinnell, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:185, September 26. 1936. Clethrionomys californicus obscurus, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 55:192, August 29. Clethrionomys gapperi pallescens, new name 1940. Clethrionomys gapperi rufescens R. W. Smith, Amer. Midland Nat., 24:238, July, tpe from Wolfville, Kings County, Nova Scotia (nec Arvi- cola rufescens de Selys Longchamps, 1836, from Longchamps-sur-Ger, Belgium). The name rufescens, as applied by R. W. Smith (Amer. Midland Nat., 24:233, July, 1940) to the red-backed mouse of Nova Scotia, seems to be unavailable under the rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, since it is a homonym of Arvicola rufescens de Selys Longchamps, 1836, which in turn is a synonym of Clethrionomys glareolus glareolus Schreber, 1780 (Ellerman and Morrison-Scott, Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian Mammals, 1758 to 1946, p. 663, November 19, 1951). Clethrionomys gapperi phaeus (Swarth) 1911. Evotomys phaeus Swarth, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 7:127, Janu- ary 12, type from Marten Arm, Boca de Quadra, Alaska. When Swarth (loc. cit.) named the red-backed mouse of the mainland of southern Alaska as a new subspecies, he characterized it as “Size rather large. Differs from E. [= Clethrionomys] wrangeli, nearest it geographically, in cranial characters and in much longer tail; from E. caurinus, the species to the southward in British Co- lumbia, in larger size and longer tail.” He remarked (loc. cit.): “I had supposed that the red-backed mouse occurring on the mainland coast of this region would prove to be E. wrangeli, but the latter appears to be purely an insular species. I have had no specimens of that race for comparison, but the Evotomys secured differ so widely from it in all the essential peculiarities of the species as given in the published descriptions that there seems little doubt of their belonging to a different species. Wrangeli has a short tail, less than twice as long as the hind foot—in adults of phaeus the tail is invariably more than twice the length of the foot, frequently more than a third of the entire length of the animal.” The external and cranial measurements of two subadults in the United States National Museum (No. 217413 from Quadra Lake and No. 217415 from Marten Arm, Boca de Quadra, taken in mid- February) and three old adults from Fort [= Port] Simpson, Brit- CoMMENTs ON NortTH AMERICAN MICROTINES 803 ish Columbia (Nos. 90263-90264, 90272 USBS), are almost the same as those given by Swarth in the original description of Cleth- rionomys phaeus. In cranial measurements, as well as in the structure of the palate and last upper molar, C. phaeus agrees with the gapperi group (to which it has been assigned by Davis, The Recent Mammals of Idaho, The Caxton Printers, p. 306, April 5, 1939, and by Orr, Jour. Mamm., 26:69, February 12, 1945) and differs from Clethrionomys occidentalis caurinus (which was assigned above to the occidentalis group, formerly the californicus group). Since the measurements of specimens examined by us, as well as those recorded by Swarth (op. cit.), fall within the range of those of the species Clethrionomys gapperi, and since the differences be- tween phaeus and C. g. saturatus are of the kind and degree that separate subspecies in C. gapperi we employ the name combination Clethrionomys gapperi phaeus (Swarth). C. g. saturatus, as under- stood by us, occurs to the southeast of C. g. phaeus in the Rocky Mountains of British Columbia, and in northeastern Washington, northern Idaho and northwestern Montana. Specimens examined.—Total, 23, distributed as follows: Alaska: Chickamin River (Behm Canal), 15 (MVZ); Boca de Quadra, 3 (MVZ); Marten Arm, Boca de Quadra, 1 (USNM); Quadra Lake, 1 (USNM). British Columbia: Fort [= Port] Simpson, 3 (USBS). Clethrionomys gapperi wrangeli (Bailey) 1897. Evotomys wrangeli Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:120, May 13, type from Wrangell, Wrangell Island, Alaska. When Bailey (loc. cit.) named the red-backed mouse from Wrangell Island, Alaska, he characterized it as “A large, dull- colored species entirely distinct from any known form,” and re- marked: “In no way does E. [= Clethrionomys] wrangeli show a close relationship to any other American species. In size and rela- tive proportions it comes closest to E. dawsoni, from which it differs widely in coloration and more widely in cranial characters. With the long-tailed species south and east of its range there is no need of comparison.” Swarth (Univ. California Publ. Zool., 24:173, June 17, 1922) re- ported that three specimens from Flood Glacier and 23 from Great Glacier, British Columbia, and four from Sergief Island, at the mouth of the Stikine River, Alaska, were: “All E. wrangeli, indis- tinguishable from specimens at hand from Wrangell Island.” Swarth further reported that, although he found no intergradation between Clethrionomys wrangeli from Flood Glacier and the nearly adjacent 304 UNIveERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni, “the two species, however, resemble each other so closely in form, and in some pelages in color also, that wrangeli would seem to be a coastal offshoot of dawsoni. ¥ Davis (The Recent Mammals of Idaho, The Caxton Printers, p. 306, April 5, 1939) and Orr (Jour. Mamm., 26:69, February 12, 1945) more recently have shown that Clethrionomys wrangeli is not a member of the rutilus group (to which C. dawsoni belongs) but is a member of the gapperi group. Our comparisons of a series of eight topotypes of wrangeli (all in the Biological Surveys Collection) with several subspecies of Cleth- rionomys gapperi (including phaeus, saturatus, galei, brevicaudus, and others) reveal that the differences seen in wrangeli are of the kind and degree that serve to separate subspecies. The red-backed mouse from Wrangell Island, then, should stand as Clethrionomys gapperi wrangeli (Bailey). Specimens examined.—Total, 31, distributed as follows: Alaska: Wrangell, Wrangell Island, 27 (19 MVZ., 8 USBS); Sergief Island at mouth of Stikine River, 4 (MVZ S Clethrionomys gapperi solus, new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 74939, Biological Surveys Collection, United States National Museum; from Loring, Revilla- gigedo Island, Alaska; obtained on September 22, 1895, by C. P. Streator; original No. 4980. sl email only from two localities on Revillagigedo Island, Alaska. Diagnosis.—A short-tailed, dark-colored member of the gapperi group. Dorsal stripe wide, between Chestnut and Bay (capitalized color terms after Ridgway: Color Standards and Color Nomen- clature. Washington, D. C., 1912), with slight mixture of black- tipped hairs; sides and venter heavily washed with Ochraceous- Tawny. Skull flattened; rostrum proportionately short and wide; auditory bullae relatively uninflated. Comparisons.—From topotypes of Clethrionomys gapperi wrang- eli, C. g. solus differs as follows: dorsal stripe wider and slightly brighter; sides brighter; venter more heavily washed with Ochra- ceous-Tawny (heavy wash in all 13 C. g. solus examined; in C. g. wrangeli no wash in 11, slight wash in 16, and heavy wash in only one); nasals, alveolar extent of upper cheek-teeth and incisive fora- mina shorter; skull shallower when measured with tympanic bullae included; rostrum averages slightly broader. From C. g. phaeus of the adjacent mainland, C. g. solus differs in: dorsal stripe slightly darker; ventral wash more prominent; tail shorter; skull smaller in all parts measured except that nasals are CoMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN MICROTINES 305 approximately the same length, auditory bullae notably smaller and teeth notably narrower. Measurements.—External and cranial measurements of adults are shown in table 1. Remarks.—Bailey (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:120, May 18, 1897) referred 17 specimens from Loring to his newly named species, E. wrangeli [= Clethrionomys gapperi wrangeli| but based his description on specimens from Wrangell Island. He pointed out (loc. cit.) that all of the specimens from Loring had the “bellies strongly washed with buffy-ochraceous, while more than half of those from Wrangell have whitish bellies.” Specimens examined.—Total, 13, all in the Biological Surveys Collection, U. S. National Museum, from the following localities: Alaska: Revillagigedo Island: Loring, 10; mouth of Fish Creek, Ketchikan, 3. Clethrionomys gapperi stikinensis, new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 30735, Museum of Verte- brate Zoology, University of California; from Stikine River at Great Glacier, British Columbia; obtained on August 13, 1919, by J. Dixon; original number 7691. Range——Known only from the lower Stikine River Valley of British Columbia and the Cleveland Peninsula of Alaska. Diagnosis—A medium-sized, dark-colored member of the gap- peri group. Dorsal stripe wide, near Auburn with mixture of black- tipped hairs; sides and venter washed with Ochraceous-Tawny. ae small; cheek-teeth narrow; auditory bullae relatively unin- ated. Comparisons.—From topotypes of Clethrionomys gapperi wrang- eli, C. g. stikinensis differs as follows: dorsal stripe slightly wider and brighter; sides slightly duller (lacking the olivaceous wash of C. g. wrangeli); all cranial measurements taken averaging smaller except height of skull, which is approximately the same; alveolar length of upper tooth-row and length of incisive foramina notably shorter; auditory bullae less inflated; cheek-teeth much narrower. From topotypes of C. g. phaeus, C. g. stikinensis differs as follows: dorsal stripe and sides darker; auditory bullae less inflated; cheek- teeth narrower; skull smaller in most measurements taken (see table 1). From topotypes of C. g. solus, C. g. stikinensis differs as follows: dorsal stripe lighter (more tawny underwash); ventral wash of buffy much paler (especially noticeable around mouth and on throat); zygomatic and lambdoidal breadths greater; skull deeper; auditory bullae more inflated; cheek-teeth slightly heavier. 806 UnIversITy OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. TABLE 1. External and cranial measurements of Clethrionomys. 3 3Ss a $23 to 4 ag s 3 se] 2] 2 234 a 3 2 2 ed get i is] 4 $ 5 | eS maces = Se a S 2 a | @ “" | om OD a] ‘ 2 = 4 ois> & a 4 mos = g 3 A 88 aes os a oo-5 77) wey 5 3 ao) oa = ° “Ec sao | & 3 2 3 s oO) Be | Sg Saale D&S -_ = > g 4s) a ne = 43 ~~ on = = Q > om uo] 238 a §en Fs = “s, ‘= ° g 50 oa a ws ey 5380 S ‘3 a ° S a 8 ea & g= ‘3 a a a q oe) N = 4 < -Q = q Clethrionomys gapperi solus, Loring o' 5 av. 148 | 47 20 23.04 13.74 11.34 7.54) 5.34] 3.54) 5.34) 9.73 max. 164 56 20 24.2 13.6 11.4 (ats 5.3 3.9] 5.5] 9.8 © Superior numbers denote the number of individuals averaged. CoMMENTs ON NortH AMERICAN MICROTINES 807 Measurements.—External and cranial measurements of adults are given in table 1. Remarks.—Morphologically C. g. stikinensis shows greater re- semblance to C. g. solus of Revillagigedo Island, than to the geo- graphically adjacent subspecies C. g. wrangeli and C. g. phaeus. Possibly the original stock of C. g. solus was rafted to Revillagigedo Island from the Cleveland Peninsula. Specimens examined.—Total, 29, all in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California, distributed as follows: British Columbia: Stikine River at Great Glacier, 22; Stikine River at Flood Glacier, 3. Alaska: Brad- field Canal, 1; Helm Bay, 2. Pitymys pinetorum scalopsoides (Audubon and Bachman) 1841. Arvicola scalopsoides Audubon and Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1:97, type from Long Island, New York. 1912. Pitymys pinetorum scalopsoides Miller, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 79:229, December 31. Hanson (Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters, 36:124, 1944) reported two pine mice from near Prairie du Sac, in West- point Township, Columbia County, Wisconsin, as Pitymys pine- torum scalopsoides but cast doubt upon their subspecific identity. He also reported pine mice from Blue Mounds, Dane County, Wis- consin. We have examined these specimens (Westpoint, Columbia County, 2—No. 544, skin only, UWDEZ, and No. 521, skin only, H. C. Hanson’s private collection; Westpoint, Dane County, 1, No. 11620, UWZM; Vermont, Dane County, 2, Nos. 11674 and 11694, UWZM.) and have compared them with topotypes of P. p. schmidti, and with specimens of P. p. nemoralis and P. p. scalopsoides. The specimens from Columbia and Dane counties differ from P. p. schmidti in the greater zygomatic breadth, and lesser height of skull. They differ from P. p. nemoralis of comparable age in shorter tooth-row and generally smaller skull. The interorbital region, how- ever, is wider. In all of the features mentioned above, the speci- mens in question agree with Pitymys pinetorum scalopsoides, to which subspecies they are here referred. Microtus pennsylvanicus aztecus (Allen) 1893. Arvicola (Mynomes) aztecus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:73, April 28, type from Aztec, 5900 ft., San Juan County, New Mexico. Allen (loc. cit.) described this species on the basis of two speci- mens from Aztec, New Mexico, and three from La Plata, New Mex- ico. He characterized it as “Size large; pelage very full and soft; tail short; skull very narrow. “Above grayish brown with a tinge of pale buff; fur blackish plumbeous beneath the surface, tipped with pale yellowish brown, 308 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. and varied with longer, projecting, black-tipped hairs; below gray- ish white, the fur plumbeous beneath the surface and tipped with white, giving a whitish gray effect. Feet dusky; tail dusky brown above, dull white below.” Allen identified as this species “a large Arvicola from Estes Park, Colorado, which I have before been unable to allocate. I am un- able to find that it differs in any particular from the specimens from New Mexico.” He pointed out also (op. cit. :73-74) that “The type and only positively identified specimen of Baird’s Arvicola modesta [== Microtus pennsylvanicus modestus (Baird)] from Sa- watche Pass, Colorado, is a very young specimen in poor condition. An examination of a series of adult and young examples from the type locality will be necessary in order to determine its relationships to A. alticolus [= Microtus longicaudus alticolus (Merriam) ] and A. aztecus.” Bailey, in his revision of the American voles of the genus Microtus (N. Amer. Fauna, 17:20), showed Arvicola modesta Baird to be a subspecies of Microtus pennsylvanicus but retained Microtus az- tecus (Allen) as a distinct species. In describing M. aztecus he wrote “the size similar to M. pennsylvanicus, but with shorter tail and larger hindfoot; skull long; braincase narrow; interparietal long ” and remarked that “Microtus aztecus belongs to the pennsylvanicus group. Externally it is not very different from modestus, but none of the specimens show any signs of intergrada- tion; and the skull characters are so well marked that there seems no doubt of its full specific rank.” Subsequent to the publication of Allen’s (op. cit.) account and Bailey’s account (op. cit.), additional material was collected that helps to clarify the relationships of Microtus aztecus. A compari- son of six adult topotypes of Microtus aztecus with a series of nine adults of M. p. modestus from 1 mi. S, 2 mi. E Eagle Nest, 8100 ft., Colfax County, New Mexico, with three adults from 1% mi. E Manassa, Conejos County, Colorado, and with four adults from Saguache County, Colorado (all in KU), reveals that the supposed “well marked” external and cranial differences between the two forms are not nearly so evident as was indicated by Bailey. The cranial differences that exist between these two forms (nar- rower nasals, slightly longer interparietal, slightly longer and nar- rower skull in aztecus) are evident only as averages. Although geographically intermediate specimens are lacking, the morpho- logical differences between the two kinds of animals are of the de- CoMMENTs ON NortH AMERICAN MICROTINES 809 gree and kind that separate subspecies, rather than species. We therefore judge M. aztecus (Allen) to be only subspecifically dis- tinct from M. pennsylvanicus modestus and employ the name Mi- crotus pennsylvanicus aztecus. Microtus pennsylvanicus funebris Dale 1940. Microtus pennsylvanicus funebris Dale, Jour. Mamm., 21:338, August 14, type from Coldstream, 1450 ft., 34 mi. SE Vernon, British Columbia. Taylor and Shaw (Occas. Papers Charles R. Conner Mus., State College Washington, 2:24, December, 1929) list under Microtus nanus [= montanus]| canescens material from Calispell Peak, Wash- ington. Probably the basis for this record is a specimen in the Bio- logical Surveys collection (adult male, 236474) taken on May 9, 1921, by G. G. Cantwell, and labelled as Calispell Peak, 9 mi. W Locke, 3500 ft., Pend Oreille County. An examination (by Hali and Kelson) of the specimen discloses that it is of the species Microtus pennsylvanicus, and that it falls within the geographic range ascribed to the subspecies Microtus pennsylvanicus funebris by Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:346, April 9, 1948). Microtus oeconomus amakensis Murie 1930. Microtus amakensis Murie, Jour. Mamm., 11:74, February 11, type from Amak Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. When Murie (Jour. Mamm., 11:75, February 11, 1930) named the meadow mouse from Amak Island, Alaska, as amakensis, he ar- ranged it as a separate species. One of us (Hall) and K. R. Kelson examined the type and topotypes of amakensis in the Biological Surveys collection in the U. S. National Museum and compared them with series of Microtus oeconomus operarius, M. o. sitkensis, M. o. elymocetes, M. o. yakutatensis, and M. o. kadiacensis. Among the specimens examined of the latter subspecies were 17 from Izam- bek Bay, Kadiak Peninsula, on the mainland opposite Amak Island, the type locality of amakensis. The characters given by Murie (op. cit.) serve to separate amakensis from closely related neigh- boring kinds of meadow mice, but are of the degree and kind that, in this group of meadow mice, separate subspecies rather than species. Although actual intergrades are lacking, the animals from Amak Island are considered to be only subspecifically distinct and to belong to the oeconomus complex. The name Microtus oecono- mus amakensis is applied to them. 810 UnrIversiTty OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Microtus longicaudus mordax (Merriam) 1891. Arvicola (Mynomes) mordax Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:61, July 30, type from Sawtooth (= Alturas) Lake, 7200 ft., east base of Sawtooth Mountains, Blaine County, Idaho. 1938. Microtus longicaudus mordax, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, No- vember 14. Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:353, April 9, 1948) assigned all the meadow mice of the species Microtus longi- caudus from approximately the eastern half of Washington State to Microtus longicaudus halli Hayman and Holt and, in doing so, excluded the subspecies Microtus longicaudus mordax from that state. This assignment of specimens in Washington had the effect of separating the geographic range of M. l. mordax into two parts. One part was in south-central British Columbia and the other part was mainly in the Rocky Mountain region of the United States. Hall and Kelson examined specimens in the Biological Surveys col- lection in the U. S. National Museum in an attempt to determine more precisely the ranges of the subspecies in southern Canada, Washington, and Idaho. Microtus longicaudus angustus [= M. l. halli] was described by one of us (Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 37:13, April 10, 1931) as differing from mordax in narrower braincase, higher skull near the anterior end of the frontals, darker coloration, and seemingly smaller size. After examining the material in the U. S. National Museum no reason is seen at the present time to amend this charac- terization, except to add that some specimens of M. I. mordax are as dark as seasonably comparable specimens of M. I. halli. Examination of specimens of Microtus longicaudus from Wash- ington east of the Cascade Range (those from the Blue Mountain area excepted) discloses that the skulls do not differ essentially from those of topotypes of M. 1. mordax, but do differ, as outlined above, from near-topotypes of M. I. halli. There is considerable variation in color among the Washington-taken specimens of Micro- tus longicaudus. Animals from the eastern flanks of the Cascades average darker than those taken, north of the Snake River, still far- ther east in Washington. Possibly Dalquest (op. cit.) relied mainly upon this darker color in assigning the specimens from eastern Washington to M. I. halli. Relying principally upon cranial charac- ters, we conclude that most of the specimens are better referred to M. l. mordax and that M. I. halli is restricted, in Washington, to the Blue Mountains. Specimens examined of Microtus longicaudus mordax.—Total, 74, all in the Biological Surveys Collection, distributed as follows: Washington: Okanogan CoMMENTS ON NorTH AMERICAN MICROTINES 811 County: mouth of Holmar Creek, W Fork Paysaten River, 4700 ft., 1; Con- conully, 3; Twisp, 1; Omak Lake, 1200 ft., 3. Stevens County: 5 mi. N Col- ville, 1. Pend Oreille County: 9 mi. N Metalina, 2600 ft., 1; Sullivan Lake, 3000 ft., 3. Chelan County: Sethekin, 1079 ft., 3; head of Lake Chelan, 900 ft., 12; Hart Lake, Railroad Creek, 3900 ft., 1; Entiat, 20 mi. from mouth of Entiat River, 1680 ft., 13; Wenatchee, 4. Douglas County: Waterville, 1. Jefferson County: Cleveland, 2. Kittitas County: 2 mi. S Blewett Pass, 3000 ft., 6; Ellensburg, 1500 ft., 4. Whitman County: Colfax, 2. Yakima County: McAllister Meadows, Tieton River, 3000 ft., 3; Gotchen Cr., 5500 ft., near Sava Spring, Mt. Adams, 2. Klickitat County: 8 mi. S Glenwood, base Mt. Adams, 2. Asotin County: Anatone, 3300 ft., 4; Bly, 1000 ft., 2. Microtus miurus muriei Nelson 1931. Microtus muriei Nelson, Jour. Mamm., 12:311, August 24, type from Kutuk River (tributary of Alatna River), Endicott Mts., Alaska. Rausch (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:135, April 21, 1950) proposed the name Microtus miurus paneaki, with type locality at Tolugak Lake, lat. 68° 24’ N, long. 152° 10’ W), Brooks Range, Alaska, for a meadow mouse of the subgenus Stenocranius. This place is only approximately forty miles east and north of the type locality of the earlier named Microtus muriei, also a member of the subgenus Stenocranius. Large series of specimens of this subgenus, from the Arctic Slope of Alaska, are in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas. Study of these indicates that the differences, which Rausch (op. cit.:186) described as distin- guishing his M.m. paneaki from M. muriei, result from differences in age of the specimens, and possibly in part from differences in seasonal condition of pelage. For example, Rausch thought that M. m. paneaki was larger than M. muriei but our specimens reveal that such is not the case. The measurements given below of the type specimen of M. muriei (after Nelson, original description) and measurements (in parentheses) of an immature female (43807 K. U.) of Microtus miurus muriei from Chandler Lake, 68° 12’, 152° 45’, 2900 ft., Alaska, show close correspondence in size. Total length, 119 (122); tail vertebrae, 24 (24); hind foot, 20 (20); con- dylobasal length, 24.3 (24.5); zygomatic breadth, 10.7 (11.0); greatest width of braincase, 9.0 (9.0); length of nasals, 6.5 (6.0); basal width of rostrum, 4.0 (4.3). In the light of all of the evidence now available, it seems best to treat Microtus miurus paneaki Rausch as a synonym of Microtus muriei Nelson. Quay (Jour. Mamm., 32:95, February 15, 1951) identified fifty- eight specimens from the Seward Peninsula of Alaska as Microtus miurus oreas Osgood. Through the courtesy of Dr. Charles P. Lyman, fifteen of Quay’s specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College have been examined by one of us (Hall). These specimens are as follows: Lava Lake (43378, 43379, 312 UNIveErSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 43381, 43382, 43386, 43467 and 43478); Mt. Boyan (43384, 43385, | 43463 and 43477); Anvil Hill [= Peak], Cooper Gulch (48377, 43464 and 43473); _______? Lake, 43383. Although we are not prepared to say that these specimens are M. m. muriei, they seem to resemble M. m. muriei as closely as they do any other named form and we here refer them to that subspecies. The facts are that a critical taxonomic study of the American specimens of the subgenus Stenocranius is required in order to as- certain the geographic variation. One of us (Hall) has examined the holotypes of the kinds named from Alaska, and the material listed by R. Baker (Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:109) of the two kinds named from Canada. The degree and nature of the variation shown by these specimens lead us to the conclusion that all are of a single species. If the American mouse is specifically distinct from any of the previously named Asiatic species—at this writing we lack material to decide this question—the named kinds from the mainland of the New World may stand as follows: MICROTUS MIURUS ANDERSONI Rand. 1945. Microtus andersoni Rand, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 99:42, prior to June 20, type from near headwaters of Little Keel River, 5500 ft., 82 mi. W Mackenzie River on Canol Road, Mackenzie. MicROTUS MIURUS CANTATOR Anderson. 1947. Microtus cantator Anderson, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 102:161, Jan- uary 24, type from mountain top near Tepee Lake, 61° 35’ N, 140° 22’ W, N slope Elias Range, Yukon Terr. MIcROTUS MIURUS MIURUS Osgood. 1901. Microtus miurus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 21:64, September 26, type from head of Bear Creek, in mts. near Hope City, Turnagain Arm, Cook Inlet, Alaska. MIcROTUS MIURUS MURIEI Nelson. 1931. Microtus muriei Nelson, Jour. Mamm., 12:311, August 24, type from Kutuk River (tributary of Alatna River), Endicott Mts., Alaska. 1950. Microtus miurus paneaki Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40: 135, April 21, type from Tolugak Lake (lat. 68° 24’ N, long. 152° 10’), Brooks Range, Alaska. MICROTUS MIURUS OREAS Osgood. 1907. Microtus miurus oreas Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:61, April 18, type from Toklat River, Alaskan Range, Alaska. Transmitted July 8, 1952. 24-4370 The Subspecific Status of Two Central American Sloths BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON | Marine Biologi Biological. Laboratory EE Ss ER A Ee rr EE, Sy PSE Ne ie Pies cf : aie WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 24, pp. 313-317 November 21, 1952 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL HisToRY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 24, pp. 313-317 November 21, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND,.JR.. STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 25-4545 The Subspecific Status of Two Central American Sloths BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON New name combinations for two kinds of Central American sloths that heretofore have stood in the literature as nominal species are given below, along with the evidence supporting their relegation to subspecific rank. Research assistance has been provided from a contract (NR 161-791) between the Office of Naval Research, De- partment of the Navy, and the University of Kansas. Bradypus griseus ignavus Goldman Goldman (Smiths. Misc. Coll., 60(22): 1, February 28, 1913) named the three-toed sloth from extreme eastern Panama (Mar- raganti: 1 specimen, the type) and northwestern Colombia (Atrato River: 2 specimens) as Bradypus ignavus. He characterized the newly-named species as differing from Bradypus griseus (type local- ity Cordillera de Chucu, Veragua, Panama) and Bradypus castanei- ceps (type locality, Chontales, Niracagua) in “nasals shorter, with anterior border concave or emarginate, the emargination deepest at median suture; squamosal arm of zygoma broader, more rounded, less acutely pointed anteriorly; palate less deeply grooved poste- riorly; symphysis of mandible less produced anteriorly beyond plane of first molars.” Later, Goldman (Smiths. Misc. Coll., 69(5): 57-58, April 24, 1920) arranged Bradypus castaneiceps as a sub- species of B. griseus, reaffirmed the full specific identity of Brady- pus ignavus, and identified specimens from Tapalisa, Cituro, and Real de Santa Maria, all in eastern Panama, as belonging to B. ignavus. In order to satisfy ourselves about the taxonomic relationship of B. ignavus to B. griseus, we have examined the following materials in the American Museum of Natural History: ignavus: Panama: Cituro (No. 38191), Tapalisa (No. 38102), Real de Santa Maria (Nos. 37619-37621); griseus: Panama: La Chorrera (No. 31427); Costa Rica: Juan Vifias (No. 2824), Palmar (No. 1393138), Vijagual, San Carlos (No. 139833); castaneiceps: Nicaragua: Chontales (Nos. 28477 and 28478). (315) 316 Unrversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. The specimens from Real de Santa Maria, Tapalisa, and Cituro, average darker than all others, but this darkness is approached in certain specimens of griseus (for example, No. 139833, from Vijagual, San Carlos). The broader, more rounded and less acutely pointed squamosal arm of the zygoma supposedly characteristic of ignavus is matched in certain specimens of griseus (for example, in No. 2824 from Juan Vifias, Costa Rica) and the character is variable among specimens referred to ignavus; the shape of the squamosal arm is of doubtful taxonomic worth in the present connection. The depth of the grooving on the palate seems to vary with age and is of questionable value taxonomically. The emarginate nasals of ignavus are matched in griseus (No. 139833) from Vijagual, San Carlos, Costa Rica. The extension of the anterior symphyseal region of the mandible is short in ignavus; the specimen with the longest extension (No. 37621 from E] Real), however, has the ex- tension only barely shorter than does No. 139933 of griseus from Vijagual, San Carlos, Costa Rica. In brief, while we see the char- acters of ignavus as set forth by Goldman (op. cit.), we find them to be of only an average sort and not pronounced. Further, a specimen (No. 139833) from Vijagual, San Carlos, Costa Rica, provides a morphological intergrade between griseus and ignavus. Accordingly, we arrange ignavus as a subspecies of griseus; the name of the animal from extreme eastern Panama should stand as Bradypus griseus ignavus Goldman, 1913. Cyclopes didactylus mexicanus Hollister Hollister (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 127:210, October 31, 1914) named Cyclopes mexicanus, on the basis of light-golden upper parts and large, especially broad, auditory bullae, as specifically distinct from Cyclopes dorsalis Gray (= Cyclopes tridactylus dorsalis Gray). Our comparisons and examination of the specimens used by Hol- lister and a few other specimens acquired since 1914 convince us that C. mexicanus is taxonomically valid and that Hollister, in gen- eral, correctly indicated its diagnostic characters. Nevertheless, there is considerable evidence that C. mexicanus is only subspe- cifically distinct from C. dorsalis. In the first place, an adult C. dorsalis, not seen by Hollister, from El Banco, Chiriqui, Panama (No. 248343 USBS), has more inflated, although narrower, auditory bullae than do specimens of C. mexicanus. In the second place, the two specimens mentioned by Hollister (loc. cit.) as from “Tabasco and southern Vera Cruz” actually are both from Tabasco Two CENTRAL AMERICAN SLOTHS 317 (No. 100040 USBS from Teapa, and No. 100174 USBS from Monte- cristo). Each, as Hollister indicated, is darker on the upper parts than his other referred specimens (two others from Montecristo in Tabasco and another from El Salto in Chiapas). To us this suggests intergradation with C. dorsalis. Incidentally, the speci- men that Hollister mentioned from Veracruz (No. 78111 USBS, from Minatitlan), and that he indicated as having dark upper parts, really has light upper parts. Third, a skin from Petén, Libertad, Guatemala (Harry Malleis field No. 504, immature 9 ), that the late Major E. A. Goldman and one of us (Hall) once examined, has considerable dark brown on the chin, throat and midventral line, as well as a dark mid-dorsal stripe. The specimen is intermediate in color, as well as geographically, between C. t. dorsalis and C. mexicanus, although referable to the latter. Taken together, the above evidence indicates subspecific status for the northern, Mexi- can, animal and we conclude that it should stand as Cyclopes tridactylus mexicanus Hollister. Transmitted July 1, 1952. 25-4545 Va ee ail wip et fe al th ond Fg a PALS ‘v ; ’ If Y Pay ; Lv ‘ a? en at ' ik avrg Went ised Lit ancl 7 , : ae BT ee A a a OP | haar etches t Nowra led ea ivi Me antl etter, Were) gyal QRS aati kis, brett) ati Wi 1 eal ting cel hl; ("Vagal aah rie Tal Aenehed debbie ane omld, cable seh hears hy GRAMM NO os bebe PARLE > eal) ead) } et sbeenerel e Do Ter OM ct) oh ee ea ee dap teaed nd: sxa re auntie i ied. shan Pon gyeyni Rie putes tauld 1 Qh fA Pou cortyed oath Tm) Led Piae PROT jer serine die o erate ae gun ey ee ea “widy andtoas recog? Beei Sg CL ee ee Dutdyu dithgess iho 4 it a hn ae an jah at on on ie ee ute pea gti s wital yr helices wl ot) ddeowter ol elles ith Lidlinsss.'\ its CALA 01a woe od yee Se ae Se lena: “Shed Pq hates, eh Oe Piao. aor, bap hinw® ¢ og cat my ate —_ (hoe eC A ws. stam = ede¥ al. tlt & ll Vv mm lige ave a aL) . f F \ eT v Pry aera et id é y Tene Re) Aare uit Veen: Hy Uh Lately > 2h ae ohea+" hats im ion & 1 aed: easy dig. mn bua ‘ a ie | Abe ‘Wi AS 7 gihiy r ioe I ie iii ‘ail nha vir .6u wad) Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Marsupials, Insectivores and Carnivahiaine Biological Laboratory aL Ss et AS ee SCO. Amtek a, a re WOODS HOLE, MASS. BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 25, pp. 319-341 December 5, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 25, pp. 319-341 December 5, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Marsupials, Insectivores and Carnivores BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON In preparing maps showing the geographic distribution of North American mammals we have found in the literature conflicting statements and questionable identifications, which have led us to examine the specimens concerned with results as set forth below. Our studies have been aided by a contract (NR 161-791) between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Kansas. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the persons in charge of the several collections of mammals consulted for permission to examine and study the specimens therein. Didelphis marsupialis californica Bennett From Cuernavaca, Morelos, Hooper (Jour. Mamm., 28:43, Feb- ruary 1, 1947) lists a specimen, as he says, on purely geographic grounds, as of the subspecies Didelphis mesamericana tabascensis. We have examined this specimen, an unsexed skull-only, which falls within the range of individual variation of Didelphis mar- supialis californica and refer the specimen to that subspecies. Didelphis marsupialis etensis J. A. Allen From El Mujfieco, Costa Rica, Harris (Occas. Papers, Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, no. 476:7, October 8, 1948) lists as Didelphis rich- mondi a specimen ( ¢, No. 67550 U. M.). Our examination of the specimen shows it to be within the range of individual variation of populations that have been referred to D. m. etensis from adjoining areas. We identify the specimen as Didelphis marsupialis etensis. Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis J. A. Allen From Minatitlan, Veracruz, J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14:168, June 15) listed a specimen under the name Didelphis marsupialis [in the trinomial sense] instead of under the name Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis, which would be expected, on geographic grounds, to apply. The specimen is No. 78123, U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll. Our examination of the specimen re- (321) 322 UNIVERSITY OF KaANnsAs PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. veals that it is within the range of individual variation of Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis and we identify the specimen as of that subspecies. From Yaruca, Honduras, Bangs (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 39:157, July, 1903) doubtfully listed as Didelphis yucatanen- sis a specimen, No. 10611, M. C. Z. Our examination of the speci- men indicates that it is within the range of variation expectable in Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis, known from surrounding areas, and we identify the specimen as Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis. Didelphis marsupialis virginiana Kerr J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14:166, May 28, 1901) and A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 45:20, October 28, 1921) have identified four skulls from Sylacuga, Alabama, as Didelphis vir- giniana pigra. The two subspecies virginiana and pigra are not known to differ cranially. We have, however, examined the skulls which are Nos. 44057-44060 in the U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll. Because they are from a place north of other localities (Auburn and Greenboro, Alabama) from which the subspecies virginiana has been recorded, and within the geographic range of virginiana, we identify the specimens as Didelphis marsupialis virginiana. Sycamore Creek (synonymous with Fort Worth), Texas, is a place from which J. A. Allen (op. cit.:173) recorded a specimen as Didelphis marsupialis texensis. This specimen (No. 24359/31765 U.S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.) is in the black color-phase. There are only a few white hairs on the hind feet, and the basal fourth of the tail is black. The black phase occurs all through the range of the species D. marsupialis and our examination of the specimen reveals no characters by which it can be distinguished from D. m. virginiana of the surrounding region and we accordingly identify the specimen as Didelphis marsupialis virginiana. Didelphis marsupialis pigra Bangs Davis (Jour. Mamm., 25:375, December 12, 1944) was one writer who presented evidence that Didelphis virginiana (through its sub- species virginiana or pigra or both) was only subspecifically dis- tinct from the species Didelphis mesembrinus (= D. marsupialis) through the subspecies texensis. Davis, however, did not actually employ a name combination that would enforce his conclusion and he remarked that he had not seen specimens which showed actual intergradation in the color of the toes. As the remarks below will show, Davis (loc. cit.) was correct in his supposition that J. A. Allen had seen such specimens. MaRSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 823 Deming Station, Matagordo, and Velasco, Texas, are three places from which J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14:162, May 28, 1901) listed specimens as Didelphis virginiana. The specimens concerned are in the Biological Surveys Collection of the U. S. Nat. Museum and bear catalogue numbers as follows: Deming Station, 82480/44266, 32432/44268, 32433/44269; Matagordo, 32431/44267; Velasco, 32812/44833. In each specimen the tail is shorter than the head and body. The specimen from Velasco is semi-black, has the basal tenth of the tail black and there is no white on the ears or tail. The specimen from Matagordo is grayish, has the basal fifth of the tail black, ears black, the right hind foot black, but there is some white on the toes of the left hind foot and on each of the fore- feet. Of the three specimens from Deming Station, all are in the gray color-phase. The first has the tail black only as far from the base as there is hair and there is considerable whitish on the hind toes. The second specimen has the basal fifth of the tail black and a slight amount of whitish on the hind toes. The third specimen has the basal third of the tail black and the toes are all black. In the sum total of their characters the specimens mentioned above are referable to Didelphis marsupialis pigra. These five specimens, and indeed the three from Deming Station alone, show intergradation in coloration of the feet between Didelphis marsupialis texensis and Didelphis virginiana pigra. Probably there is three-way intergrada- tion here at Deming Station in that D. v. virginiana immediately to the north is involved. The specimens mentioned above, along with the information recorded by Davis (loc. cit.) and other authors (for example, J. A. Allen, loc. cit., and Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16:249-279, August 18, 1902), give basis for arranging the North American Didelphis as follows: Didelphis marsupialis virginiana Kerr. 1792. Didelphis virginiana Kerr, Animal Kingdom, p. 193, type locality Virginia, Didelphis marsupialis pigra Bangs. 1898. Didelphis virginiana pigra Bangs, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 28: ie March, type from Oak Lodge, opposite Micco, Brevard Co., orida. Didelphis marsupialis texensis J. A. Allen. 1901. Didelphis marsupialis texensis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Fist 14:172, June 15, type from Brownsville, Cameron County, exas, Didelphis marsupialis californica Bennett. 1833. Didelphis Californica Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 40, May 17, type probably from northwestern part of present Republic of Mexico. 1924. Didelphis mesamericana mesamericana, Miller. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 128:3, Hae 29, 1924, and authors. Type locality, northern Mexico. (Did[elphys]. mesamericana Oken, Lehrbuch d. natur- 324 UNIVERSITY OF KaANsas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. gesch., pt. 8, vol. 2, 6 1152, 1816, along with other names from Oken 1816, is judged to be unavailable under current rules of zoological nomenclature. ) Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis J. A. Allen. 1901. Didelphis marsupialis tabascensis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14:173, June 15, type from Teapa, Tabasco. Didelphis marsupialis yucatanensis J. A. Allen. 1901. Didelphis yucatanensis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14:178, June 15, type from Chichenitza, Yucatan. Didelphis marsupialis cozumelae Merriam. 1901. Didelphis yucatanensis cozumelae Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 14:101, July 19, type from Cozumel Island, Yucatan. Didelphis marsupialis richmondi J. A. Allen. 1901. Didelphis richmondi J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14: 175, June 15, type from Greytown, Nicaragua. 1920. Dfidelphis], m[arsupialis], richmondi, Goldman, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Be) :46, April 24. Didelphis marsupialis etensis J. A. Allen. 1902. Didelphis marsupialis etensis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16:262, August 18, type from Eten, Piura, Peri. Didelphis marsupialis battyi Thomas. 1902. Didelphis marsupialis battyi Thomas, Novitates Zoologicae, 9:187, April 10, type from Coiba Island, Panama. Didelphis marsupialis particeps Goldman. 1917. Didelphis marsupialis particeps Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 30:107, May 23, type from San Miguel Island, Panama. Didelphis marsupialis insularis J. A. Allen. 1902. Didelphis marsupialis insularis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16:259, August 18, type from Caparo, Trinidad. In listing the subspecific names given immediately above we are aware of the possibility that a thorough study of the geographic variation in Didelphis marsupialis may contract or expand the list of recognizable subspecies. We are aware also that Hershkovitz (Fieldiana: Zoology, 31 (No. 47):548, July 10, 1951) has arranged several of the subspecific names listed immediately above as syno- nyms of Didelphis marsupialis californica Bennett. We have not employed his arrangement because he has not given proof that the currently recognized subspecies are indistinguishable. Caluromys derbianus canus (Matschie) Matschie (Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, Jahrgang 1917, p. 284 (for April), September, 1917) applied the name Micoureus canus to a specimen on which the locality was no more precise than Nicaragua. Comparison of Matschie’s description with specimens in the United States National Museum (including the holotype of Philander centralis Hollister and referred specimens of Philander laniger pallidus Thomas) re- veals that Matschie’s specimen was intermediate in coloration be- tween the other two kinds of woolly opossums named above and that there is nothing distinctive, in the specific sense, in the cranial measurements which Matschie published (op. cit.). M. canus, MaRSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 825 therefore, may be merely an intergrade between the two previously named woolly opossums (C. d. centralis and C. d. pallidus), an in- dividual variant of a previously named kind, say, C. d. pallidus, or a valid subspecies. If it is a recognizable subspecies, it probably comes from somewhere in the eastern half of Nicaragua. As a means of handling the name, Micoureus canus Matschie, we tenta- tively place it as a subspecies of the species Caluromys derbianus. The name may, therefore, stand as Caluromys derbianus canus (Matschie), with type locality in Guatemala. Caluromys derbianus fervidus (Thomas) Elliott (Field Columb. Mus. Nat. Hist., Publ. No. 115, Zool. Ser., 8:5, 1907) lists as Caluromys laniger pallidus a specimen from Honduras that was acquired for the Field Columbian Museum (= Chicago Natural History Museum) by purchase from Ward's Natural Science Establishment of Rochester, New York. On Au- gust 4, 1951, in the Chicago Natural History Museum, we found in the catalogue of the collection of Recent mammals an entry for a male Caluromys bearing catalogue number 6 and listed as from “San Pedro Sula [Honduras]. From Wards. Mounted”. In the collection of study specimens there is no specimen from Honduras that was purchased from Ward’s, mounted or unmounted. In the sealed, glass-fronted, exhibit cases of mammals on display there is one, and only one, Caluromys. It is presumed to be specimen No. 6. This specimen is not C. d. pallidus because it is too dark. It could be Caluromys derbianus fervidus and we tentatively refer it to that subspecies. Caluromys derbianus pallidus (Thomas) From Puntarenas, Costa Rica, Harris (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 476:7, October 8, 1943) listed as Caluromys laniger centralis a female, skull and skin, No. 62702 in the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan. We have examined this specimen, the color of which is darker than in some other specimens of C. d. pallidus but lighter than that of specimens of C. d. centralis (for example, specimens from Turrialba, Costa Rica) and on basis of color we refer No. 62702 to Caluromys derbianus pallidus. Scalopus aquaticus aereus (Bangs) Bangs’ (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:138, December 28, 1896) name S. a. adereus was based on a single specimen that shows more than an average amount of coppery color. Jackson (N. Amer. 826 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fauna, 38:52, September 30, 1915) and subsequent authors accord full specific rank to the specimen under the name Scalopus aereus. Blair (Amer. Midland Nat., 22:98, July, 1939) recorded, from the type locality of Scalopus aereus, normally colored individuals of Scalopus aquaticus pulcher Jackson. Previously, Scheffer (Kansas State Agric. College, Exp. Bull., 168:4, August 1, 1910) reported that in his examination of 100 individuals of Scalops [= Scalopus] aquaticus from Manhattan, Kansas, there were two individuals “that were suffused all over with rich golden brown.” Because our examination of the type specimen of Scalops texanus aereus Bangs reveals no features additional to coppery color that differentiate aereus from other individuals of Scalopus aquaticus pulcher Jackson (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 27:19, February 2, 1914) we conclude that Jackson’s name and Bangs’ name (Scalops texanus aereus) apply to the same subspecies. Bangs’ name has priority and the correct name, therefore, for the populations of moles that in recent years have been designated as Scalopus aereus Bangs and Scalopus aquaticus pulcher Jackson will be Scalopus aquaticus aereus (Bangs). This name combination was previously used by Miller (U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 79:8, December 31, 1912). Scalopus aquaticus australis (Chapman) Quay (Jour. Mamm., 30:66, February 14, 1949) recorded Scalo- pus aquaticus from Springhill Plantation, 10 miles south-southwest of Thomasville, Georgia. He stated that the specimens were inter- mediate between the subspecies S. a. australis and S. a. howelli, but did not refer the specimens to either subspecies. The locality whence the material was obtained is approximately half way be- tween the geographic ranges, as previously known, of S. a. australis and S. a. howelli (see Jackson, N. Amer. Fauna, 38, September 30, 1915). The specimens recorded by Quay probably are two females in the Cleveland Museum of Natural History bearing Catalogue Nos. 18186 and 18262 and labeled as from Springhill Plantation, Thomas County, Georgia. We have examined these specimens and find that they resemble S. a. howelli in narrowness across the upper tooth-rows, but that they resemble S. a. australis in length of tail (22, 24), in shortness of maxillary tooth-row (9.5, 9.5), and in con- vex dorsal outline of the skull. Accordingly, we refer the speci- mens to Scalopus aquaticus australis. MARSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 827 Sorex cinereus cinereus Kerr In his revision of the American long-tailed shrews, Jackson (N. Amer. Fauna, 51, vi + 238, 13 pls., 24 figs., July 24, 1928) referred specimens of Sorex cinereus from Tyonek, Cook Inlet, Alaska, to the subspecies S. c. cinereus (op. cit.: 46) and one specimen from Chester Creek, Anchorage, Alaska, to the subspecies S. c. hollisteri (op. cit.: 56). Thus, the geographic ranges of the two subspecies would seem to overlap around the northern shores of Cook Inlet. In an attempt to resolve this seemingly anomalous distribution, we have examined pertinent materials in the Biological Surveys Col- lection, U. S. National Museum. We agree with Jackson (op. cit.) that the series of specimens from Tyonek is readily referable to S. c. cinereus. To our eye, however, the specimen, No. 232691, from Anchorage is referable to Sorex cinereus cinereus, rather than to S. c. hollisteri. The reference is made on the basis of the darker color, especially of the underparts. In this specimen, other char- acters that distinguish the two mentioned subspecies are not appar- ent, probably because it is relatively young; the teeth show only slight wear. Sorex trowbridgii humboldtensis Jackson In his account of the long-tailed shrews, Jackson (N. Amer. Fauna, 51:98, July 24, 1928) listed under specimens examined of Sorex trowbridgii montereyensis four specimens from 7 mi. N Hardy, Mendocino Co., California. Under his account of the subspecies S. t. humboldtensis, however, he (op. cit.:97) mentions that speci- mens (seemingly the same four) from 7 mi. N Hardy “have shorter tails than typical representatives of humboldtensis, but in color and cranial characters they are similar to this [humboltensis] sub- species.” We conclude, therefore, that the specimens mentioned were inadvertently listed as S. t. montereyensis and are Sorex trow- bridgii humboldtensis. This conclusion is supported by the fact that the locality concerned, 7 mi. N Hardy, is within the geographic range assigned to S. t. humboldtensis by Jackson (op. cit.:97); his southern records of occurrence of S. t. humboldtensis are Sherwood and Mendocino, both in Mendocino County, California. Our con- clusion is further supported by Grinnell’s (Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40(2):80, September 26, 1933) statement of the range of S. t. montereyensis as “from southern Mendocino County south 828 Unrversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Blarina brevicauda churchi Bole and Moulthrop Kellogg (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 86:253, February 14, 1939) ten- tatively referred specimens of the short-tailed shrew from the mountainous parts of eastern Tennessee to the subspecies Blarina brevicauda talpoides, with the remark that they were unlike speci- mens of that subspecies obtained in eastern and southern West Virginia. Subsequently, Bole and Moulthrop (Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:109, September 11, 1942) named the subspecies Blarina brevicauda churchi with type locality at Roan Mountain, North Carolina. We have examined the specimens in the U. S. National Museum recorded by Kellogg (loc. cit.) from the follow- ing localities: Shady Valley, 2900 ft. (Catalogue No. 267182); Holston Mtn., 4 mi. NE Shady Valley, 3800 ft. (Nos. 267176-267178, 267180, and 267181); Holston Mtn., 8 mi. NE Shady Valley, 3000 ft. (No. 267179); Roan Mtn., (Nos. 267469-267475); Mt. Guyot, 6300 ft. (No. 267183); 4% mi. SE Cosby, 3300 and 3400 ft. (Nos. 267184 and 267185); and Snake Den Mtn., 3800 ft. (No. 267186). Among named kinds of Blarina brevicauda, we find these specimens to resemble most closely Blarina brevicauda churchi and so refer them. They are readily distinguishable from specimens of B. b. kirtlandi, that occurs farther north in the same mountain range, by larger size and longer tail. Incidentally, in the specimens that we have examined, we do not find that B. b. churchi is darker colored than other subspecies of Blarina brevicauda; B. b. churchi, to us, is indistinguishable in color from B. b. kirtlandi. Bole and Moulthrop (op. cit.) thought that B. b. churchi was notably darker than other subspecies from adjoining areas. Blarina brevicauda carolinensis (Bachman) Blair (Amer. Midland Nat., 22(1):99, July, 1939) referred speci- mens of the short-tailed shrew from the Arbuckle Mountain area of Oklahoma to Blarina brevicauda hulophaga and specimens from Mohawk Park, Tulsa County, Oklahoma, to B. b. carolinensis. Later Bole and Moulthrop (Sci. Publs. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:108, September 11, 1942) saw two of the specimens from Mo- hawk Park and assigned them to B. b. hulophaga. According to the most recent published account, therefore, B. b. hulophaga would seem to have a peculiarly discontinuous geographic range. We have examined the material seen by Blair and by Bole and Moul- throp (Nos. 75946, 75947, 75643, Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan) in an attempt to form our own judgment as to their subspecific identity. The teeth of No. 75946 are well worn, whereas the teeth of the MarsuPIALs, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 829 other two are scarcely worn. We are unable to distinguish No. 75946 from topotypes of B. b. carolinensis by size, color, or cranial features. The two younger specimens are smaller and paler, but do not agree with the description of B. b. hulophaga. The nearly- complete narrow, white girdle of No. 75947 is clearly an individual variation. We assign the animals to Blarina brevicauda carolinen- sis (Bachman) as did Blair (loc. cit.). Blarina brevicauda minima Lowery Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 25:207, October 24, 1905) identified as Blarina brevicauda carolinensis one specimen from Joaquin and two specimens from Big Thicket, 8 mi. NE Sour Lake, both locali- ties in eastern Texas. Strecker and Williams (Jour. Mamm., 10:259, August 10, 1929) later recorded the specimens again under the same name. The subsequent naming of B. b. plumbea from Ar- ansas National Wildlife Refuge, Aransas County, Texas (Davis, Jour. Mamm., 22(3):317, August 14, 1941) and B. b. minima from Louisiana (Lowery, Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana St. Univ., 13: 218, November 22, 1943) leaves the identity of the specimens from eastern Texas in doubt. We have examined the following specimens in the Biological Surveys Collection, U. S. National Mu- seum: No. 117372, from Joaquin; No. 136407, from 7 mi. NE Sour Lake; and No. 186788, from 8 mi. NE Sour Lake. We judge these to be the specimens referred to by Bailey (loc. cit.). We find that they are indistinguishable from specimens of Blarina brevicauda minima and they seem to differ from B. b. plumbea in being chest- nut rather than plumbeous in color and in lacking the highly- arched posterior border of the palate. They are easily distinguished from B. b. carolinensis by their chestnut, rather than slaty-black, color and small size. They are distinguishable from B. b. hulo- phaga, to which they might conceivably be referred on geographic grounds, by their color and small size. We refer them to Blarina brevicauda minima Lowery. Spilogale angustifrons angustifrons A. H. Howell In his “Revision of the skunks of the genus Spilogale” (N. Amer. Fauna, 26, November 24, 1906) A. H. Howell identified certain specimens in the United States National Museum as follows: Spilogale leucoparia, $ sad. 55585 from Tulancingo, Hidalgo (op. cit.: 21). Spilogale gracilis, 8 sad. 88154 from San Sebastian in Jalisco, @ ad. por aye on in Jalisco, ¢ ad. 47177 from Patzcuaro in Michoacan op. Cit.: : Spilogale ambigua, 6 ad. 35667/20437 from Barra Ib i i $ yg. 120101 from Ocotlan in Jalisco (op. cit.:25). mii cas 830 UNIVERSITY OF KANsas PuBts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Hall and Villa (Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:448, De- cember 27, 1949) inferred that No. 47177 from Patzcuaro was in- stead referable to Spilogale angustifrons angustifrons. Our exami- nation of No. 47177 and of each of the other specimens mentioned by catalogue number immediately above leads us to conclude that they all are of one species, and that, among named kinds of Spilo- gale, they should be referred to the subspecies Spilogale angustifrons angustifrons Howell. Our examination of all of the specimens that Howell (op. cit.) identified as Spilogale [angustifrons] angustifrons reveals that none of the specimens from the type locality had attained full adult stature; the holotype is a subadult and the other specimens from the type locality are even younger. The small size of these speci- mens from the type locality seems to have mislead Howell into thinking that they were taxonomically distinct from the larger specimens—those from Jalisco, Michoacan and Hidalgo—that he identified as other kinds. Spilogale gracilis gracilis Merriam In the genus Spilogale four specific names, concerning the status of which we have been uncertain, are listed below in the order of their appearance in the literature. meee He aa gracilis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 3:83, September 11, rom bottom of canyon, Grand Canyon, Arizona. 1390" ‘Spilogale leucoparia Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:11, October 8, type from Mason, Mason County, Texas. 1891. epiede phenax arizonae Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3: 256, June 5, type from near Fort Verde, Yavapai County, Arizona. 1897. Spilogale ambigua Mearns, Preliminary diagnoses of new mam- -mals . . . from the Mexican boundary line, p. 8, January 12 [re- printed in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 20:460, Desa: 24, 1897], type from summit of Eagle Cliff Mtn., 2 mi. S of Monument No. 5 of Emory’s Survey which, according to Miller (U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 128:134, April 29, 1924), is “Eagle Mountain, Chihuahua, Mexico, about four miles south of Dona Ana County, New Mexico.” In 1906 (N. Amer. Fauna, 26:1-55, 10 pls., November 24) A. H. Howell’s “Revision of the skunks of the genus Spilogale” was pub- lished and the four names listed above were retained by him as applying to four species (not subspecies). His map (op. cit., pl. 1) showing the geographic distribution of the four kinds looks reason- able enough at first inspection and does not indicate any overlap- ping of the geographic ranges of the species in question, but if a map be made by plotting the localities of occurrence recorded by Howell (op. cit.), for specimens examined by him, a notably dif- ferent geographic distribution is shown. For one thing the geo- MARSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 831 graphic ranges of gracilis, leucoparia, arizonae and ambigua co- incide over a considerable part of Arizona. Also, specimens collected in recent years from Arizona and adjoining areas do not readily fit into the “species” recognized by Howell; some specimens are structurally intermediate between two or more of these species and other specimens combine the diagnostic characters ascribed to two or more of the alleged species. For these and other reasons a re-appraisal of the application of the names mentioned above long has been indicated. Before re-appraising the names it is pertinent to recall that How- ell’s paper in 1906 on Spilogale was only the second revisionary paper that he prepared. It was prepared by a man who at that time lacked much taxonomic experience, and who held to a mor- photype concept. Howell worked under the guidance, in the lit- eral sense, of Dr. C. Hart Merriam. The concept of species and subspecies held by Merriam fortunately was recorded by him (Jour. Mamm., 1:6-9, November 28, 1919). Merriam’s reliance on de- gree of difference and his disregard of intergradation were natur- ally (and necessarily, we think, in Howell’s work in 1906) adopted by Howell. For example, of six specimens from Point Reyes in west-central California, a place less than ten miles from the type locality of Spilogale phenax phenax, Howell (op. cit.:33) assigned one specimen to the subspecies Spilogale phenax latifrons! S. p. latifrons occurs in Oregon and in northern California—no nearer than 200 miles to Point Reyes. Howell’s assignment of this speci- men to S. p. latifrons was not a lapsus, as persons with the modern (geographic) concept of a subspecies would be likely to suppose. Howell's assignment of the one specimen to S. p. latifrons and the other five specimens to S. p. phenax was intentional, as he told one of us (Hall). He explained that he relied upon the morphological characters of the individual animal instead of upon the morphologi- cal characters of a population of animals. To him, therefore, there was nothing inconsistent in his procedure in 1906. Also, variation that was the result of difference in age and variation that was the result of individual deviation were not understood, or at least not taken into account, by Howell in 1906, nor by Merriam in 1890. For example, Merriam selected the most extensively white speci- men available to him for the holotype of Spilogale leucoparia. He, and Howell in 1906, used the extensiveness of the white areas of that particular specimen (see fig. 3, pl. 2, N. Amer. Fauna, 26, 1906) as a character diagnostic of the “species” S. leucoparia al- 832 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. though each of the authors had available two other specimens of S. leucoparia from the type locality, and all of the other referred specimens in the United States National Museum, that were less extensively white than the holotype. The individual specimen was the primary basis for the species or subspecies and one selected specimen alone often was used in making comparisons between a given named kind and some other species or subspecies. Also, be it remembered, degree of difference, and not presence or absence of intergradation, was the basis on which subspecific versus specific rank was accorded to a named kind of animal. Howell wrote on the labels of some specimens of Spilogale “not typical” when the individuals differed from the type specimen in features that owe their existence to individual variation, and he wrote the same words on the labels of other specimens that had not yet developed mastoidal crests because the animals were not yet adult. Anyone who examines the specimens that Howell used will do well to bear in mind the circumstances noted above concerning Howell’s paper of 1906; otherwise the reasons for Howell’s identi- fications of certain specimens can not be understood. We have examined and compared the holotypes, and other speci- mens used by Howell. While doing so we have borne in mind the degree of individual variation well shown by each of several series of specimens (for example, that in six adult males, from the Animas Mountains of New Mexico, recorded by V. Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 53:339, 1932) and age variation (for example, that shown in speci- mens of S. interrupta from Douglas County, Kansas). The degree of each of these kinds of variation, although considerable, is not extraordinary. That is to say, the variations are of approximately the same degree as we previously have ascertained to exist in Mephitis mephitis and in Mustela frenata, two species that are in the same family, Mustelidae, as Spilogale. As a result of our com- parisons, we conclude, first that the four names mentioned at the beginning of this account all pertain to one species, and second that the three names S. gracilis, S. p. arizonae and S. ambigua, and probably also S. leucoparia, were based on individual variations in one subspecies. S. gracilis has priority and will apply; the other names are properly to be arranged as synonyms of it, as follows: 1890. Spilogale gracilis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 3:83, September 11. 1890. Spilogale leucoparia Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:11, October 8. 1891. Spilogale phenax arizonae Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:256, June 5. 1897. Spilogale ambigua Mearns, Preliminary diagnoses of new mam- mals . . . from the Mexican boundary line, p. 3, January 12. MaRSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 833 Some information in support of the above arrangement, along with some other observations on Spilogale, are as follows: The type specimen of Spilogale gracilis bears on the original skin-label in the handwriting of Vernon Bailey, the collector, the statement that the tail was imperfect. The recorded measurements of 400 for total length and 142 for length of tail, therefore, are presumed to be subject to correction. This presumption and the further cir- cumstance that other specimens from Arizona and New Mexico are as large as specimens of comparable age and sex that we have ex- amined from Nevada and Utah of Spilogale gracilis saxatilis Mer- riam, indicate that S. g. saxatilis differs less from the allegedly smaller S. g. gracilis than was previously thought. Nevertheless, from north to south (for example, from northern Nevada to south- ern Arizona) there is an increase in extent of white areas at the expense of black areas of the pelage. As a result, the lateralmost white stripe in S. g. saxatilis averages narrower (and often is want- ing) than in S. g. gracilis. The absence, or narrowness, of the lateralmost white stripe seems to be the principal basis for recog- nizing S. g. saxatilis, just as the tendency to narrow rostrum in Coloradan specimens seems to be the principal basis for recognizing Spilogale gracilis tenuis A. H. Howell. Both S. g. saxatilis and S. g. tenuis are “poorly” differentiated from S. g. gracilis and from each other. The holotype of Spilogale ambigua Mearns is slightly smaller than other adult males of comparable age, and the braincase, rela- tive to its width, is slightly deeper than in the average adult male. These variations, nevertheless, are within the range of individual variation, as also are those characterizing the holotype of Spilogale phenax arizonae Mearns. The latter specimen is an adult male, with much inflated mastoidal bullae, nearly straight dorsal profile on the skull, relatively shallow braincase, and only slightly worn teeth. The holotype of Spilogale leucoparia Merriam, as pointed out above, is an extreme example of the extensiveness of the white areas of the pelage at the expense of the black areas. This feature occurs more often in the southwestern desert areas of the United States than it does farther north. In addition to the extensiveness of the white markings, the other two characters allegedly distinctive of S. leucoparia are broad and much flattened braincase and great degree of inflation of the mastoidal bullae. Although these three 834 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. mentioned features do distinguish S. leucoparia from S. indianola to the eastward, they seem not to set S. leucoparia apart from S. gracilis to the westward. For example, in Arizona some specimens are extensively white and some others have the braincase flattened and the mastoidal bullae much inflated. V. Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 53:339, 1932) refers to a specimen ( ¢, No. 147252 USBS) from the head of the Rio Mimbres in New Mexico in which, as our comparisons show, the inflation of the mastoidal bullae exceeds that of any Texan specimen of S. leucoparia, the holotype included. Also, at the type locality of S. leucoparia, subadult male No. 188467 USNM and adult male No. 188468 USNM are narrower across the mastoidal region than is the holotype. In summary and review, specimens from the eastern part of the range heretofore ascribed to S. leucoparia nearly all have much inflated mastoidal bullae whereas less than half of the specimens of Spilogale from western New Mexico and Arizona have these bullae as greatly inflated; but, in No. 147252 from the head of the Rio Mimbres of New Mexico the inflation of the bullae is more extreme than in any specimen that we know of that has been referred to S. leucoparia. If intergradation occurs between Spilogale gracilis gracilis and Spilogale indianola and between one or both of these kinds on the one hand and Spilogale interrupta on the other hand, central Texas would be a logical place to collect intergrades. We suppose that such intergradation will be found to occur and that eventually Spilo- gale putorius will be the specific name to apply to all of the Recent subspecies of spotted skunks. Until proof of such intergradation is forthcoming we employ current nomenclature. Spilogale gracilis microdon A. H. Howell A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 26:31, November 24, 1906) listed as Spilogale arizonae martirensis one specimen ( 9 sad.-yg., 145886 USBS) from Comondut, which is the type locality of S. microdon. Our examination of 2? No. 145886 convinces us that it is referable to S. microdon. Examination of the materials used by Howell (op. cit.) reveals that there is an increase in size of animal and its skull from within the geographic range of S. g. martirensis southward to Cape St. Lucas which is the type locality of S. lucasana. Specimens of S. microdon, which so far has been recorded only from Comondu, the type locality, are, as would be expected, intermediate in size be- tween S. g. martirensis and S. lucasana. The differential characters of these three named kinds of Spilogale are principally those of size, MARSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 835 and we can see no characters judged to be of more than subspecific worth. Consequently the named kinds should stand as: Spilogale gracilis martirensis Elliott; Spilogale gracilis microdon A. H. Howell; Spilogale gracilis lucasana Merriam. Spilogale gracilis microrhina Hall When Hall (Jour. Mamm., 7:53, February 15, 1926) named as new Spilogale phenax microrhina, he did not mention specimens previously recorded by A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 26:32, No- vember 24, 1906) as Spilogale phenax from San Bernardino Peak (57026 USBS), La Puerta (99580 USBS), Dulzura (55848, 56173, 56873, 33693/45728, 36291/48656 and 36292/48657 ) in southern Cal- ifornia. On geographic grounds these specimens would be expected to be S. g. microrhina although geographically slightly outside the area that could be delimited by Hall’s (op. cit.) marginal record- stations of occurrence. Our examination of the pertinent specimens reveals that they are Spilogale gracilis microrhina. The localities from which the specimens came are, respectively, the northeastern- most, easternmost and southernmost occurrences so far listed for the subspecies. Conepatus mesoleucus mearnsi Merriam Examination of the holotypes of Conepatus filipensis Merriam, Conepatus pediculus Merriam, Conepatus sonoriensis Merriam, and Conepatus mesoleucus mearnsi Merriam, and other specimens of the two kinds last named, convinces us that all are the same species and that the names should stand as follows: Conepatus mesoleucus filipensis Merriam (type locality, Cerro San Felipe, Oaxaca); Cone- patus mesoleucus pediculus Merriam (Sierra Guadalupe, Coahuila); and Conepatus mesoleucus sonoriensis Merriam (Camoa, Rio Mayo, Sonora). One method of designating the ages of individuals in Conepatus is to recognize four categories from younger to older, as follows: 1) juvenile—retaining one or more deciduous teeth; 2) young— sutures open and clearly to be seen between bones of the facial part of the skull; 3) subadult — skull of adult form, but lacking sagittal and lambdoidal crests and retaining faint traces of sutures between facial bones; and 4) adult—sutures obliterated, lambdoidal ridge high and temporal ridges (of females) or sagittal crest (of males) prominent. On this basis of designating age, the holotype of C. pediculus is young and nearer the juvenal than the subadult stage. Its small 836 Unrversity OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. size is partly the result of its youth. Other than its small size we find no characters to distinguish it from C. m. mearnsi. Unfor- tunately no young male of C. m. mearnsi of the same age as the holotype of C. pediculus is available. Also, from the general area of the Sierra Guadalupe, Coahuila, only the one specimen of Cone- patus mesoleucus (the holotype of C. m. pediculus) is known. Consequently, we can not yet prove that some young males of C. m. mearnsi are as small as the holotype of C. pediculus. Be- cause of this lack of proof we tentatively recognize the subspecies Conepatus mesoleucus pediculus instead of placing the name Cone- patus pediculus in the synonomy of Conepatus mesoleucus mearnsi. The holotype of C. sonoriensis is a young female, older than the holotype of C. pediculus, and approximately midway between the juvenal and subadult stages. The holotype of C. filipensis is an adult male. We suppose that C. mesoleucus mesoleucus Lichtenstein and C. mesoleucus mearnsi Merriam on the one hand, and Conepatus leu- conotus leuconotus Lichtenstein and C. I. texensis Merriam on the other hand will be found to intergrade, in which event the name Conepatus leuconotus, having page priority over Conepatus meso- leucus, will apply to the species. Proof of complete intergradation is not yet available. The one difference between the two that pre- vents our uniting them as subspecies of one species is the larger size of C. l. leuconotus and C. l. texensis. Measurements of the smallest adult male and female available to us of C. l. texensis and of the largest adult male and female of C. m. mearnsi are given below. Where the geographic ranges of the two species approach one another the only taxonomically significant difference detected by us is in size, C. leuconotus being larger than C. mesoleucus. Other characters that are useful in separating the two alleged species now are known to vary geographically in a fashion that indicates only subspecific status for the two kinds. For example, three specimens from Laredo, Texas (previously recorded by V. Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 25:205, October 24, 1905—Nos. 24839/32237, 24840/32238 and 24842/32245 USBS), bridge the gap in color pattern between C. l. texensis to the east and C. m. mearnsi to the west. C. I. texensis characteristically has the white stripe terminating anteriorly in an obtuse angle, and on the hinder back the area of white is restricted to a narrow line or is wanting. C.m. mearnsi characteristically has the white stripe truncate anteriorly and approximately as broad on the hinder back as on the shoulders. In the specimens from Laredo, MARSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 337 the young female, No. 24842, has the white nearly truncate an- teriorly (pointed in the other two specimens, adult females). In No. 24839 the area of white on the hinder back is only slightly re- stricted in width (noticeably restricted but present in the other two specimens ). The proof of intergradation, or the lack of it, between the two alleged species, Conepatus mearnsi and Conepatus leuconotus, would seem to be profitably sought by obtaining specimens along the Rio Grande in Texas between the Blocker Ranch (“50 miles southeast of Eagle Pass”) and Laredo. Measurements illustrating the size difference between the two alleged species are as follows: TaBLE 1. Measurements of Conepatus from Texas C. mesoleucus mearnsi C. leuconotus texensis x © Z et : = ‘ wm a al wn wa nn 2) nn Da a ea Q Q Q Q Q > -o | 23 I 7) 2) n 7) wa ee = 2 ‘S)/) ne a] Pal Pa|Pa|P =) Z, Pea | OEM ten elon ee | Ne toe rs @ = 2 a“ | |f5| as} Ss} ss} es18 | 8 | 33 Pg ixwe]/ Ds] 2A | oh | oh | #4 | aa] ag] lo ok | Se] aa} Ps} Se] So] Ss] SE] Sk] Be e=| 82| 38) 82 | 82 | 82 | 52 | g¢ | ge | 23 7 =a a > 5 o Ad| mE} AS) Se | Se) Se) 52) Ag] sg] 3h go) 3/22 | 32] 32) #2) 22) 38 | 28] <8 Be HA | oO | HO |] HA | BA oA aa Sel pas Total length......... Oday alc eyers 610 800 920 770 670 685 4000 Peeters Meng thot tailey. pie ce al piece siete} skasielel 269) 360) |) 54100) S00) 5250) |) 220) 260) tees Length of hind foot. ..| 72* 75* 71 74 70 90 65 78 SOoS insets Condylobasal length...| 72.0 | 72.8 | 64.5 | 83.5 | 78.9 | 78.2 | 72.0 | 75.7 | 74.5 |...... Zygomatic breadth....| 51.3 | 50.1 | 43.4 | 55.3 | 76.8 ]...... 48.3 | 49.0 | 48.0 | 50.3 Mastoidal breadth....| 41.0 | 44.2 | 37.0 | 47.3 | 78.2 | 43.7 | 40.5 | 40.5 | 40.7 ]...... Length of upper tooth-rows........ 28.9 | 28.0 | 25.8 | 32.7 | 55.3 | 30.4 | 29.9 | 28.9 | 29.8 | 31.8 Outside length of P4..| 7.3 |...... 6.1 8.5 | 53.2 7.5 (fete) 6.6 iad 7.6 Outside length of M1..| 7.8 7.0 6.7 9.2 | 52.7 8.4 8.3 iB 9.3 9.1 Breadth of M1....... i268 7.0 6.5 QB lstesaverere 8.6 8.2 7.9 9.4 8.2 ® Measured dry. Conepatus mesoleucus venaticus Goldman When Goldman (Jour. Mamm., 3:40, February 10, 1921) named C. m. venaticus from Arizona he did not mention material which Merriam (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15:163, August 6, 1902) had recorded from Ft. Verde, Arizona, under the name Conepatus mesoleucus mearnsi. This material seems to be specimens in the 888 University oF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. American Museum of Natural History of which the two oldest specimens are as follows: No. 2486/1921, male, adult, from Box Cafion, 20 mi. S Ft. Verde; No. 2487/1922, female, subadult, from Verde River, Arizona. Pertinent measurements of these specimens are, respectively, as follows: condylobasal length, 72.4, 68.8; zygo- matic breadth, 50.0, 44.2; width of braincase at constriction behind zygomata, 36.4, 33.8; mastoidal breadth, 44.3, 38.4. Comparison of these measurements with those given for C. m. venaticus (Goldman, loc. cit.) reveals that the specimens concerned agree in narrowness of skull with C. m. venaticus (C. m. mearnsi is relatively wider) and it is on this basis that we refer the specimens to Conepatus mesoleucus venaticus. Urocyon cinereoargenteus costaricensis Goodwin J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 20:48, February 29, 1904) listed two specimens of gray fox from Pozo Azul, Costa Rica, as Urocyon guatemalae. Goodwin, in his “Mammals of Costa Rica” (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 87(5):271-474, December 31, 1946) did not mention any material from Pozo Azul. We have examined the skull of the adult female (No. 19208 AMNH) taken on July 17, 1902, at Pozo Zul [sic], by M. A. Carriker and find it to be indis- tinguishable from other specimens of Urocyon cinereoargenteus costaricensis to which subspecies we therefore refer the specimen. Canis lupus griseoalbus Baird In 1823 Sabine (No. V, Zoological Appendix, p. 654, In Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea . . . xvi-+ 768, 30 pls., 4 maps, 1823, London, by John Franklin) applied the name Canis Lupus-Griseus to the gray wolf in the vicinity of Cumberland House, Saskatchewan. On the following page (p. 655) he em- ployed the name Canis Lupus-Albus for a white wolf obtained at Fort Enterprise, Northwest Territories. In 1937 Goldman (Jour. Mamm., 18(1):45, February 14) did not consider the wolves of the Cumberland House region to be sufficiently different from ani- mals from surrounding areas to warrant nominal separation for them and he placed the name Canis lupus griseus Sabine as a synonym of Canis lupus occidentalis Simpson. Anderson (Jour. Mamm., 24(3):386, August 17, 1943) revived Sabine’s name griseus and as- signed to Canis lupus griseus an extensive geographic range in cen- tral Canada. Later, Goldman (Part II, Classification of wolves, p. 895 and 424, In The Wolves of North America, American Wildlife Institute, May 29, 1944) by implication, again arranged griseus of Sabine as a synonym of Canis lupus occidentalis and pointed out MarSuUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 339 (op. cit.:395) that, in any event, the name griseus is preoccupied by [Canis] Griseus Boddaert, 1784 [= Urocyon cinereoargenteus (Schreber), 1775]. Still later, Anderson (Bull. 102, Nat. Mus. Canada, p. 54, January 27, 1947) again recognized the subspecies formerly known as Canis lupus griseus Sabine, and, because of Boddaert’s prior usage of [Canis] griseus, renamed the subspecies Canis lupus knightii. It appears, however, that there is an earlier name available for this subspecies. Goldman (op. cit., 1943:395) points out that “apparently combining the names Canis (Lupus) griseus and Canis (Lupus) albus of Sabine . . . as Canis oc- cidentalis var. griseo-albus, Baird ,[Mammals, Repts. Explor. and Surv. for R. R. to Pacific Ocean, Washington, p. 104, vol. 8, (1857) July 14, 1858] seems to have entertained a somewhat composite concept of a widely ranging race varying in color from ‘pure white to grizzled gray. No type was mentioned and the name does not appear to be valid or clearly assignable to the synonomy of any particular race.” We agree with Goldman that Baird’s concept was a composite one, but Baird’s name, Canis occidentalis var. griseo- albus, was clearly based on the primary names of Sabine ( griseus and albus), of De Kay (occidentalis), of Maxmillian (variabilis, a synonym of Canis lupus nubilis) and of Townsend (gigas, a syno- nym of Canis lupus fuscus). Nevertheless, the name griseo-albus was applied to, among others, the subspecies of wolf the type lo- cality of which is at Cumberland House, Saskatchewan, and, by restriction, the name Canis lupus griseoalbus Baird is available for the subspecies and, of course, antedates Canis lupus knightii of Anderson (op. cit., 1947:54). It might be argued that Baird did not intend to propose a new name, but that he did so is a fait ac- compli. Canis lupus albus Sabine, 1823, is not available since it is preoccupied by C[anis]. Lupus albus Kerr (Animal Kingdom, Class I, Mammalia, p. 137, 1792), a name applied to the wolf of the Yenisei region of Siberia. The name and synonomy of the wolf of central Canada should stand as follows: Canis lupus griseoalbus Baird 1858. Canis occidentalis, var. griseo-albus Baird, Mammals, Repts. Explor. and Surv. for R. R. to Pacific Ocean, Washington, vol. 8, p. 104 (1857), July 14, 1858, based on Canis Lupus-Griseus Sabine 1823 from the vicinity of Cumberland House, Saskatchewan. 1823. Canis Lupus-Griseus Sabine, No. V, Zool. App. p. 654, In Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea . . . by John Franklin (nec [Canis] Griseus Boddaert, Elench. Anim. p. 97, 1794, a synonym of Urocyon cinereaorgenteus (Schreber), Saiugethiere, p. 92, 1775). 340 UNIVERSITY OF KANsaAs PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1943. Canis lupus griseus, Anderson, Jour. Mamm., 24(3):386, August 17. 1947. Canis lupus aes htii Anderson, Bull. 102, Nat. Mus. Canada, p. 54, January 24. (A renaming of Canis Lupus-Griseus Sabine, 1823. ) The name Canis Lupus-Albus Sabine, 1823 (nec C[anis]. Lupus albus Kerr, Animal Kingdom, p. 137, 1792) should, of course, be retained as a synonym of Canis lupus mackenzii Anderson as ar- ranged by Anderson (Bull. 102, Nat. Mus. Canada, p. 55, January 24, 1947). When Anderson (op. cit.:54) recognized the subspecies Canis lupus knightii [= C. l. griseoalbus|] he made no mention of a speci- men of wolf from Norway House, Manitoba, which Goldman (op. cit., 1944:427) had referred to C. l. occidentalis, but the subspecific identity of which was placed in doubt by Anderson’s action. We have examined the specimen, No. 115995, in the Biological Surveys Collection, U. S. National Museum, and have compared it with specimens, including topotypes, of C. l. occidentalis and C. I. hud- sonicus. The specimen fits the description of C. l. griseoalbus and differs from C. 1. occidentalis in its long and narrow incisive fora- mina, larger skull, more nearly straight frontal profile (not mark- edly concave), and slightly higher coronoid processes. Other dif- ferences alleged to obtain between these two subspecies offer no assistance in the present case. The specimen from Norway House differs from C. 1. hudsonicus in larger size of skull and stouter, blunter, postorbital processes, the posterior borders of which turn less abruptly inward. In brief, among currently recognized sub- species, the specimen from Norway House seems best referred to Canis lupus griseoalbus Baird. Canis niger rufus Audubon and Bachman Goldman (Part II, Classification of wolves, p. 486, In The wolves of North America, American Wildlife Institute, May 29, 1944) re- ferred two specimens of the red wolf from Reeds Spring, Missouri, to the subspecies C. n. gregoryi. Leopold and Hall (Jour. Mamm., 26(2):143, July 19, 1945) referred wolves from 5 mi. N Gainesville and from 3 mi. N Thomasville, both localities in Missouri, to C. n. rufus. The identification of Leopold and Hall was made on the basis of the small size of their specimens and they did not have the advantage of comparative material. The locations of these and other records of occurrence in Missouri and Arkansas suggest that the specimens from Reeds Spring might be better referred to C. n. rufus, the more western subspecies. An examination and compari- son of the two specimens from Reeds Spring, Nos. 244127 and MARSUPIALS, INSECTIVORES AND CARNIVORES 341 244527, Biological Surveys Collection, discloses that they are inter- grades between C. n. rufus and C. n. gregoryi. They resemble C. n. rufus in small size and cranial characters, but are more nearly C. n. gregoryi in the darker, less brightly rufescent color of the pelage. Being, in this case, more strongly influenced by the size and cranial features than by the color, we consider the animals from Reeds Spring best referred to Canis niger rufus. Transmitted July 15, 1952. 24-4546 ravecried ais i Fim or Yh pan Wil | At TD id i f a iE rine en TAM el eee | inne ahs | aft RY Pree Ti Paes in ge" ' i oe ; ALY LS nae nen ate Cae it '? Rai Lay (pga elvt oc) eins, aepiateieenl) JNiase en te ee ee ee >) a, Ca i ad by th Feu r ¥ | ; 7 . ea OU +, CyE Oger te te] it at if 7 : War (| / i haa ( a5 i SSae eT) 6) ge. hee Mai rine % : ie An 5 aes | win beg “ae 7 § ry ‘= yom. dye - , it 4 a Tait aon j . i* i Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Rodents BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON Marine Biological Laboratory a DS SES A Ee se FEB 4- 153 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 26, pp. 343-371 December 15, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS LAWRENCE 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 26, pp. 343-371 December 15, 1952 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1952 24-4687 Comments on the Taxonomy and Geographic Distribution of Some North American Rodents BY E. RAYMOND HALL and KEITH R. KELSON In preparing maps showing the geographic distribution of North American mammals we have found in the literature conflicting statements concerning the subspecific identity of several rodents. Wherever possible, we have examined the pertinent specimens. Re- sults of our examination are given below. Our studies have been aided by a contract (NR 161-791) between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Kansas. Also, a grant from the Kansas University Endowment Association has permitted field work that yielded some of the specimens used for comparison. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the persons in charge of the several collections of mammals that we have consulted in order to satisfy ourselves concerning the subspecific status of specimens from many localities. Marmota flaviventer luteola A. H. Howell A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 37:50, April 7, 1915) referred specimens from Bridgers Pass, Wyoming, to Marmota flaviventer dacota, on the basis of paler underparts because, according to the data of Howell (op. cit.), M. f. dacota and M. f. luteola, the con- tiguous subspecies, do not differ significantly in other ways. Casual comparison reveals to us no additional differences between the two. We have examined the three specimens available to Howell from Bridgers Pass (Nos. 18733/25527, 18734/25528, and 18735/25529 U. S. Biol. Surv. Coll.) and find the tone of the underparts to be darker (more nearly russet) than in typical luteola. The tone, how- ever, varies considerably, both individually and geographically, in luteola and it is possible to match almost exactly the ventral colora- tion of the specimens from Bridgers Pass with that of specimens from within the geographic range of luteola; Nos. 160509, from Bear Creek, 8 miles west of Eagle Peak, Wyoming, 18875 and 18731/25535, from the Laramie Mts., Wyoming, and No. 203744 from Sulphur Springs, Grand County, Colorado, all in the United States Biological (345) 346 Universiry or Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Surveys Collection, are examples to the point. Being influenced by the geography of the region, we therefore consider the three speci- mens from Bridgers Pass best referred to the subspecies Marmota flaviventer luteola. Spermophilus variegatus grammurus (Say) A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 56:147, May 18, 1938) accorded Citellus [= Spermophilus] variegatus utah Merriam a geographic range that included the Kaibab Plateau of Arizona. Durrant ( Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:119, August 10, 1952) assigned to S. v. grammurus a geographic range that included southern Utah from the eastern to the western border but in doing this did not mention the rock squirrel of the Kaibab Plateau of Arizona that also might be expected to be referable to S. v. grammurus. Howell (loc. cit.) had two specimens from the Kaibab Plateau. Of these we have examined the one from Big Spring (161566 BS) and find that it lacks the darker (more tawny) head and posterior back of C. v. utah and agrees with C. v. grammurus. On this basis we refer the rock squirrel of the Kaibab Plateau to the subspecies Sper- mophilus variegatus grammurus (Say). Tamias amoenus caurinus Merriam This subspecies was named from the Olympic Peninsula of Wash- ington. A. H. Howell, in his “Revision of the American chipmunks” (N. Amer. Fauna, 52:77, and fig. 5, 1929) regarded the geographic range of Eutamias [= Tamias] amoenus caurinus as the mountains of the Olympic Peninsula and most of Mt. Rainier. The geographic range of the amoenus chipmunk on Mt. Rainier almost certainly is continuous with that of T. a. ludibundus in the Cascade Mountains of which Mt. Rainier is a westward-projecting arm. There is no contact between the chipmunks of Mt. Rainier and those of the Olympic Peninsula; those on the Peninsula are geographically iso- lated from all others of the species and are separated from those on Mt. Rainier by approximately eighty miles of low-lying country, which is uninhabited by chipmunks of the species Tamias amoenus. Therefore, Howell’s (loc. cit.) assignment of most of the chipmunks on Mt. Rainier to caurinus is open to question and Dalquest, in the “Mammals of Washington” (Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1948) evidently thought that Howell had incorrectly identified them. On page 256 Dalquest (op. cit.) defined the geographic range of T. a. caurinus as restricted to the Olympic Peninsula and showed (fig. 81) Mt. Rainier to be in the geographic range of COMMENTS ON NorTH AMERICAN RODENTS 347 T. a. ludibundus. We would accept Dalquest’s (op. cit.) arrange- ment without question and also would follow it because it is the more recent one were it not for the fact that Dalquest gives no rea- son for his changes. To allow us to decide the matter we have com- pared the pertinent materials ourselves. Catalogue numbers below are of the United States National Museum, Biological Surveys Col- lection, and each specimen mentioned by catalogue number is an adult female which shows much wear on the fourth upper premolar. Of T. a. caurinus, Nos. 241902 and 241903 are from 2 mi. SW of Mount Angeles; No. 241911 is from “near” head of Dosewallips River, 6000 ft., and No. 241915 is from Canyon Creek, 3 mi. S Soleduc River, 3550 ft. Of T. a. ludibundus, Nos. 234776 and 235018 are from Barron, 5000 ft., and No. 230685 is from Suiattle River, 6500 ft. Of specimens in question, from Mount Rainier, No. 90635 is from 6500 ft., west slope; No. 232729 is from 4900 ft., Reflection Lakes, and No. 233114 is from 5300 ft., Indian Henrys. In comparison with T. a. ludibundus, T. a. caurinus is grayer on most, or all, parts of the pelage, has less ochraceous on the sides, and the dark stripes on the sides of the head are narrower and less reddish (more grayish). The skull of caurinus is larger in certain measurements, as shown below: 4 a8 E se 25 ao 2s z s, eB &: 2% AE 23 43 ae $3 ce 5.8 5 a8 SS 5 io) e) N oO a oO T. a. ludibundus 234776 34.0 19.3 15.6 10.2 pit 235018 84.1 Lene a ee. 10.4 8.0 230685 83.5 18.8 eS 10.4 7.9 Mt. Rainier 90635 34.5 19.2 16.8 10.8 8.3 232729 seer 18.5 15.3 pene 8.2 933114 34.2 18.6 115},7/ . 10.8 8.0 T. a. caurinus 241911 84.5 19.7 16.2 11.3 8.3 241915 34.2 aaa es pris 10.3 8.3 241902 85.2 16.8 ital 8.1 241903 34.7 16.0 10.8 8.4 Howell (op. cit.: 75) referred three specimens from Glacier Basin, on the northeastern part of Mount Rainier, to T. a. ludibundus as he 348 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. did also one specimen (loc. cit.) from Reflection Lakes, on the southern flank of the mountain. Our comparisons indicate the cor- rectness of Howell’s identification of the specimens from Glacier Basin; they more closely resemble ludibundus than caurinus. The specimen from Reflection Lakes, however, is only one of five or six from the same place; the others were lumped by him among the 49 that he recorded from Mount Rainier under the name caurinus. The series from Reflection Lakes, so far as we can detect, is not unusually variable and the differences that are apparent are within the normal range of variation ascribable to season, age, and in- dividualism. Also, the series from Reflection Lakes, to us, is not appreciably different from the other series, representing the follow- ing places on Mount Rainier: Indian Henrys, 5300 ft.; W slope Mt. Rainier, 6600 ft.; St. Andrews Park, 5500 ft.; Spray Park, 5500 ft.; Paradise Park; Muddy Fork of Cowlitz River; Sunset Park, 5000 ft.; ridge between St. Andrews Park and South Puyallup River, 6000 ft.; and Owyhigh Lakes, 5350 ft. Collectively, or individually, where there are as many as six speci- mens from a place, the material from Mt. Rainier (Glacier Basin excepted) is intermediate in color between T. a. ludibundus and T. a. caurinus and no more closely resembles one subspecies than the other. As may be seen from the cranial measurements recorded above, specimens from Mt. Rainier, although intermediate between the two subspecies just mentioned, resemble ludibundus in lesser zygomatic breadth and lesser cranial breadth (and, it may be added, in lesser dorsolateral inflation of the braincase), but resemble caurinus in longer skull (occipitonasal length), longer nasals and greater breadth across the rows of upper molariform teeth. In summary: The animals from Mount Rainier, in features of taxonomic import, are almost exactly intermediate between T. a. caurinus and T. a. ludibundus. Being influenced by considerations- of geographic adjacency, we refer the animals on Mount Rainier to Tamias amoenus ludibundus (Hollister ). Dalquest’s (op. cit.: 85) explanation of the probable origin of Tamias amoenus caurinus is pertinent here. He writes: “The chip- munks of the Olympic Mountains [caurinus] probably reached their present range from the Cascades. Their probable path of emigra- tion was westward from Mt. Rainier, along the glacial outwash train of Nisqualli Glacier, to the moraine and outwash apron of the Vashon Glacier and thence to the Olympics. So similar are the chipmunks of Mt. Rainier and the Olympic Mountains that Howell (1929) included Mt. Rainier in the range of caurinus.” COMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN RODENTS 349 Tamias townsendii cooperi Baird Some uncertainty exists concerning the subspecific identity of the Townsend Chipmunk in southern Washington because Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:262, April 9, 1948) identified as Tamias townsendii cooperi specimens that he examined from Yocolt, a place well within the geographic range of T. t. townsendii as defined by A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 52: fig. 7, p. 107, November 30, 1929). Dalquest (op. cit.) referred other specimens, that he did not examine, from Mt. St. Helens (90654, 231112 and 231114 BS) to T. t. cooperi although Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 52:109, November 20, 1929) had previously identified them as E. t. townsendii. By implication, and on his map, Dalquest (op. cit., fig. 83, p. 261) assigned to T. t. cooperi still other specimens, that he had not examined, from: Government Springs, 15 mi. N Carson (230514, 230515, 230559, 230560, and 230563 BS ); Stevenson (230518 and 230517 BS); and Skamania (230518 BS). Earlier, Howell (op. cit.) had listed the specimens from the three mentioned locali- ties as Eutamias townsendii townsenditi. Our examination of specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology from 14 mi. W Yocolt (94238 and 94239 MVZ) and from 3% mi. E and 5 mi. N Yocolt (94240-94244 MVZ) reveals that the “average of the coloration is nearer to that of the paler T. t. cooperi than to that of the darker T. t. townsendii and indicates why Dal- quest, we think correctly, identified specimens from Yocolt as T. t. cooperi. We have examined also the specimens in the Biological Surveys Collection of the United States National Museum (catalogue numbers given above) and have compared them with specimens (comparable in age and seasonal condition of pelage) of T. t. town- sendii (notably a series from Lake Quinalt, Washington) and of T. t. cooperi (including specimens from Bumping Lake and Blewett Pass, Washington). In color, the specimens from Mt. St. Helens are almost exactly intermediate between T. t. cooperi and T. t. town- sendii. We choose to use for them the name T. ft. townsendii as did Howell (op. cit.:109). The specimens from 15 mi. N Carson, those from Stevenson and the one from Skamania agree in nearly all features of color with the relatively paler T. t. cooperi, as Dal- quest (op. cit.) thought they would, and we, accordingly, use for them the name Tamias townsendii cooperi. In view of the findings resulting from our study of the above mentioned specimens of the Townsend Chipmunk in Washington, it seemed worthwhile to examine the material of the same species from Hood River, Oregon. Howell (op. cit.:109) listed one speci- 850 UnIversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. men from there as E. t. townsendii, but (op. cit.: fig. 7, p. 107) mapped the locality as within the geographic range of E. t. cooperi. The specimen (89061 BS) is a juvenile having external measure- ments of only 175, 80 and 31. Although the color is intermediate between that of the two subspecies concerned, greater resemblance is shown to T. t. townsendii. We have not examined any other speci- men of the species Tamias townsendii so young as No. 89061, but suspect that older specimens from the same place would be paler by a slight degree. This suspicion, and more especially the light color of an older specimen from nearby White Salmon, Washington, and the light color of two older specimens from Parkdale, Oregon, which seem to us to be referable to T. t. cooperi, influence us to refer the specimen from Hood River to Tamias townsendii cooperi Baird. Tamias townsendii townsendii Bachman A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 52:111, November 30, 1929) re- ferred specimens of the Townsend Chipmunk from the lower eleva- tions on the Olympic Peninsula to Eutamias townsendii townsendii but referred specimens from the central mountains on that peninsula to Eutamias townsendii cooperi. The subspecies T. t. cooperi thus is represented as having a geographic range of two separate parts: (1) The Cascade Mountains from southern British Columbia into southern Oregon, and (2) the area of the Olympic Mountains, the latter area being entirely surrounded by the geographic range of T. t. townsendii. Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:261 and 262, April 9, 1948) employed Howell's arrangement. We have examined the specimens, in the Biological Surveys Col- lection of the United States National Museum, from the Olympic Peninsula and fail to find significant differences in external measure- ments or in size or shape of skulls between specimens from the mountains (alleged T. t. cooperi) and those from other parts of the Peninsula (assigned to T. t. townsendii). Nevertheless, the speci- mens from the higher parts of the Olympic Mountains resemble T. t. cooperi in being less ochraceous than are specimens of T. t. townsendii from elsewhere on the Olympic Peninsula, and in this one respect, in series, they more closely resemble T. ¢. cooperi. Even so, the upper parts of the specimens from the mountains are darker than in T. t. cooperi of the Cascades. In dark color of the super- ciliary stripe the specimens in question are referable to T. t. town- sendii. The over-all gray tone, resembling that of T. ft. cooperi, upon close inspection is found to be in considerable degree the result of wear, and the difference in grayness from T. t. townsendii, COMMENTS ON NorTH AMERICAN RODENTS 851 when specimens in comparable pelage are compared, is slight. This tendency to lighter color in specimens from higher elevations is seen in other places in Washington within the geographic range of Tamias townsendii. We feel, therefore, that the mentioned re- semblance in color between specimens from the Olympic Mountains and those of T. t. cooperi from the Cascade Mountains is not signifi- cant taxonomically. To us, all of the animals of the species Tamias townsendii from the Olympic Peninsula seem best referred to the subspecies Tamias townsendii townsendii Bachman. Tamias striatus ohionensis Bole and Moulthrop A. H. Howell (Jour. Mamm., 138:166, May 14, 1932) referred a specimen (252979 USNM) from Athens, Ohio, to Tamias striatus fisheri. Subsequently, Bole and Moulthrop (Sci. Publs. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:83-181, September 11, 1942) named Tamias striatus ohionensis and Tamias striatus rufescens, both of which occur in Ohio. They (op. cit. :187) also excluded T. s. fisheri from the state list of mammals of Ohio. The locality of Athens lies be- tween the ranges of T. s. ohionensis and T. s. rufescens, as outlined by referred specimens, and thus the identity of the specimen from that place was left in doubt. We have examined the specimen and among named kinds find that it most closely resembles T. s. ohio- nensis in its less widely spreading zygomata, slender incisors and dull-colored pelage. We prefer the specimen to T. s. ohionensis. The subspecific identity of specimen No. 174762 USNM, a skin only, from Nobleville, Hamilton Co., Indiana, assigned by Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 52:21, November 30, 1929) to T. s. griseus and by Lyon (Amer. Mid. Nat., 17(1):191, January, 1936) to T. s. fisheri, was left in doubt by Bole and Moulthrop’s (op. cit.) assignment of specimens to T. s. ohionensis. Although the specimen lacks a skull and tail, on the basis of its dull-colored pelage and dark brown (anteriorly ) median dorsal stripe, we identify No. 174762 as T. s. ohionensis. For the same reason, specimen No. 125445 USNM, from Bascom, Indiana, referred by Howell (op. cit.:16) to T. s. striatus, and by Lyon (op. cit.:191) to T. s. fisheri, required re- examination. The specimen appears to be an intergrade between T. s. striatus and T. s. ohionensis; it is probably best referred to the latter subspecies which it resembles in having short nasals. In color it is intermediate, but it does not possess the narrowly spreading zygomata of T. s. ohionensis and, in this respect, more nearly ap- proaches T. s. striatus. Specimen No. 13815 USNM, an alcoholic, from Wheatland, Knox 852 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Co., Indiana, was assigned by Howell (op. cit., 1929:21) to T. s. griseus and by Lyon (loc. cit.) to T. s. fisheri. Although the speci- men is much faded and cannot be identified with certainty, we assign it to T. s. ohionensis. Allowing for fading, it seems to resemble ohionensis more in the lighter color of the anterior part of the median dorsal stripe, than it does either griseus or fisheri. We are also in- fluenced in making this allocation by Bole and Moulthrop’s (op. cit. :187) finding intergradation between T. s. ohionesis and T. s. striatus in a specimen obtained at New Harmony, Posey Co., Indiana. Howell (Jour. Mamm., 13:166, August 9, 1932) referred two speci- mens from Boone County, Indiana, to T. s. fisheri. We have ex- amined a specimen (5675 AMNH) from that place and think it is one of the two seen by Howell. The specimen is a poorly made skin in worn winter pelage with the skull inside. Because it differs from T. s. fisheri and agrees with T. s. ohionensis in the color of both upper parts and underparts (comparisons made with material of comparable stage of molt), we assign it to the latter subspecies. Howell (loc. cit.) referred specimens from Overton (57394), Wooster (57398, 57399, and 57442), and Loudonville (57391-57393), all from Ohio, in the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan, to Tamias striatus fisheri. We have examined these speci- mens and find them to be readily separable from T. s. rufescens on the basis of darker coloration. The affinities of the specimens in question are with T. s. fisheri and T. s. ohionensis. As a standard for comparison we have used specimens in the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, in comparable pelage of T. s. ohionensis from Dearborn County, Indiana, taken in August and specimens of T. s. fisheri from “near” summit Butt Mtn. and Little Meadows, both places in Giles County, Virginia, as well as two specimens from Allair, Monmouth County, New Jersey. On the basis of buffy (in- stead of white) edging of the tail, buffy (not white) light dorsal stripes, and buffy (not black) anterior third of the median dark stripe, the specimens from Overton, Wooster, and Loudonville are referred to Tamias striatus ohionensis. Tamias striatus pipilans Lowery A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 29:16, November 30, 1929) re- corded six specimens of Tamias striatus striatus from Greensboro, Alabama. Subsequently, Lowery (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Loui- siana State Univ., 13:235, November 22, 1948) named T. s. pipilans and assigned to it specimens from northeastern Alabama. Lowery did not, however, mention the specimens from Greensboro and, COMMENTS ON NortTH AMERICAN RODENTS 353 thus, their subspecific identity was placed in doubt. We have ex- amined five of the six specimens mentioned by Howell (loc. cit.) (57034-57036, 57588, and 77037 BS) and because of their brilliant color and large size, refer them to Tamias striatus pipilans Lowery. Tamias striatus rufescens Bole and Moulthrop A. H. Howell (Jour. Mamm., 13:166, August 9, 1932) also referred a specimen (13154), from La Porte, Indiana, in the Chicago Nat. History Museum to T. s. fisheri. We find the specimen to be dis- tinguishable from T. s. fisheri in darker, richer pelage, brown in- stead of blackish anterior third of the median dorsal stripe, more buffy light dorsal stripes, and more heavily constructed skull. The specimen most closely resembles T. s. rufescens in having, as com- pared to T. s. ohionensis, brighter, more rufescent color, wider in- cisors, proportionately narrower interorbital region, and more widely spreading zygomatic arches. We refer it to that subspecies. Sciurus carolinensis pennsylvanicus Ord When J. A. Allen considered what name to apply to the gray squirrel of northeastern United States and adjacent parts of Canada, (Monogr. N. Amer. Rodentia, p. 709, 1877) he selected the name leucotis of Gapper (Zool. Jour., 5:206, 1830) as applicable. Allen rejected Ord’s (Guthrie’s Geog., 2nd Amer. Ed., Zool. App., 2:292, 1815) earlier name, Sciurus Pennsylvanica, because (loc. cit.) “it was given to specimens from the Middle Atlantic States, and hence from a locality bordering upon the habitat of the southern form, and consequently the name is not strictly applicable to the northern type as developed in the Northern and Northeastern States and the Canadas.” It must be recalled that Allen had not at that time seen a copy of Ord’s exceedingly rare work and was basing his comments on Baird’s statements on Ord’s treatment of the squirrels. Subsequently, Rhoads obtained a copy of the second edition of Guthrie’s Geography and had Ord’s zoological appendix thereto re- printed. The reprinted version (now known generally as Ord’s Zoology by Rhoads, 1894) contains (Appendix, p. 19) Rhoads’ re- view of the pennsylvanicus vs. leucotis controversy. Rhoads con- cluded that pennsylvanicus must apply because it has priority and is available. The habitat was given by Ord as “those parts of Penn- sylvania which lie to the westward of the Allegany ridge,” not the “Middle Atlantic States” as Allen thought. Notwithstanding Rhoads’ comments, Bangs (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:156, December 28, 1896), in his “Review of the 854 Unriversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Squirrels of Eastern North America,” employed leucotis Gapper and rejected Ord’s name because it “is a nomen nudum” and of uncer- tain application. There seems to have been no attempt subsequently to review the pertinent names. We are of the opinion that Rhoads’ (loc. cit.) analysis and con- clusions are correct and as cogent today as then. We do not agree with Bangs that pennsylvanicus is a nomen nudum for the following reasons. The name was based on melanistic individuals and could conceivably be applied to three species of squirrels, the red squirrel, the fox squirrel, and the gray squirrel. Melanistic red squirrels, Tamiasciurus hudsonicus, are everywhere rare and in any case ap- pear as individuals and not populations. Ord (loc. cit.) reported that his Sciurus Pennsylvanica was abundant. Ord, we think, was not referring to the fox squirrel, Sciurus niger, because he wrote that S. Pennsylvanica “has always been confounded with .. . [Sciurus niger], but it is a different species,” and (loc. cit.) described S. niger as a “Large Black Squirrel” and Sciurus Pennsylvanica as a “Small Black Squirrel.” Therefore, pennsylvanicus Ord can refer only to Sciurus carolinensis. Further, melanistic gray squirrels then, as now, were common in western Pennsylvania and exceedingly rare in eastern Pennsylvania. Additionally, Ord described his animal, although admittedly inadequately (small, black, not S. niger). The name Sciurus Pennsylvanica Ord is clearly not a nomen nudum and must replace leucotis Gapper. Allen’s (loc. cit.) argument that the specimens were not repre- sentative of “leucotis” because they were from the Middle Atlantic States is based on an initial misunderstanding of the locality. Fur- ther, whether or not “topotypes” are representative of a subspecies has no bearing on the availability of the name appended to them. The name and synonomy of the northern gray squirrel are as follows: Sciurus carolinensis pennsylvanicus Ord 1815. Sciurus Pennsylvanica Ord, Guthrie’s Geog., 2nd Amer. Ed., 2:292. Type locality, western Pennsylvania. 1894. Sciurus carolinensis pennsylvanicus, Rhoads, Appendix of reprint of Ord (supra), p. 19. 1792. Sciurus cinereus Schreber, Siauget., 4:766. Type locality, eastern United States, probably New York State. (Nec Sciurus cinereus Linnaeus. ) 1830. Sciurus leucotis Gapper, Zool. Jour., 5:206. Type locality, region be- tween York and Lake Simcoe, Canada. 1849. Sciurus migratorius Audubon and Bachman, Quad. N. Amer., 1:265 (based on S. leucotis Gapper). 1877. Sciurus carolinensis var. leucotis, J. A. Allen, Monogr. N. Amer. Ro- dentia, Sciuridae, p. 700 (et auct.). COMMENTS ON NORTH AMERICAN RODENTS S55 Sciurus niger rufiventer Geoffroy Two specimens (36192/48550, a young male with unworn teeth, and 36193/48551, an adult male with much worn teeth, both in the United States Biological Surveys Collection in the National Mu- seum) were recorded by Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 25:75, 1905) as Sciurus ludovicianus from Gainesville, Texas. Bailey (loc. cit.) further stated that if the name Sciurus rufiventer Geoffroy proved usable it would apply to the specimens from Gainesville. Since the name rufiventer was revived there would be no question concerning the identity of these specimens had not Lowery and Davis (Occas. Papers, Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., 9:172, 1942) assigned three specimens (not seen by us) to Sciurus niger limitis Baird from a point only thirteen miles northwesterly. Lowery and Davis (loc. cit.) say that their specimens are intergrades (presumably with rufiventer) and Bailey (loc. cit.) noted that his two specimens from Gainesville “are in size and color nearer to ludovicianus [= rufi- venter] than to typical limitis.”. Examination of the two specimens from Gainesville convinces us that Bailey was correct and the speci- mens therefore are referable to Sciurus niger rufiventer. More in detail, the color agrees with that of rufiventer and differs from that of limitis and from that of darker specimens of Sciurus niger ludo- vicianus (in the restricted sense used by Lowery and Davis, op. cit.: 104). Also the size is larger than in limitis and as in rufiventer or ludovicianus. Selected measurements of Nos. 36192/48550 and 36193/48551 are, respectively, as follows: Total length, 505, 500; length of tail, 237, 228; length of hind foot, 72, 70; basilar length of Hensel, 48.5, 48.6; zygomatic breadth, 35.1, 36.0; length of nasals, 21.4, 22.3; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 11.8, 11.1; width across posterior tongues of premaxillae, 17.5, 18.4. Sciurus variegatoides rigidus Peters Harris (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 266:1, June 28, 1933) named Sciurus variegatoides austini with type locality at Las Agujas, Province of Puntarenas, Costa Rica. Later, in his revision of the species Sciurus variegatoides, he (Misc. Publs. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 38:19, September 7, 1937) referred specimens from Chomes, Costa Rica, to S. v. austini and (op. cit.:24) specimens from Puntarenas, Province of Puntarenas, to S. v. rigidus, an inland subspecies. The geographic arrangement of these referred speci- mens seemed to warrant a reconsideration of the material. We have examined specimens of S. variegatoides in the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, from the following localities in Costa Rica: 356 Unrversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Puntarenas (62703-62706), Las Agujas (65118 [type of S. v. austini], 59847-59850), Rio Las Agujas (65114-65117), Agua Caliente (66483), Zarcéro (75757-75761, 75765), Cartago (67546, 67547), and Esparta (75762-75764). The specimens listed by Harris (op. cit., 1937:19) as from Chomes, in the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan, are not now in that museum and we have not seen them. Harris (op. cit.:19) characterized S. v. austini as differing from S. v. rigidus in having brightly rufous legs (Ochraceous-Orange) in S. v. rigidus and a dorsal coloration resulting from a mixture of shiny black and silver (Ochraceous-Orange mixed with black in S. v. rigidus). We find that in the color of the legs of the paratypes of S. v. austini there is considerable variation ranging from bright rufous in No. 65116 to much darker and duller in No. 59849. In six of the ten specimens of the type series, the color is rufous, but in the other four the color of the legs approaches and overlaps that found in the referred specimens of S. v. rigidus. The color of the dorsum of S. v. austini is also variable. No. 59850, for example, is dark brown and closely resembles No. 75762, from Esparta, which was referred to S. v. rigidus. Further, some specimens referred to S. v. rigidus (67546 and 67547) have the bright-colored legs of S. v. austini and some (75759, for example) have the black-and-silver back of austini. We recognize differences of an average sort be- tween the now-available specimens of the two alleged subspecies, but because of the individual variation that exists, we feel that recognition of two subspecies is not indicated. There is also some variation that is the result of wear and molt and one of us (Kelson) feels that some of the differences are explainable on this basis. Ac- cordingly, we prefer to adopt a more conservative taxonomic ar- rangement than that of Harris for this group of the Costa Rican squirrels and arrange Sciurus variegatoides austini Harris, 1933, as a synonym of Sciurus variegatoides rigidus Peters, 1868. Thomomys bottae alienus Goldman Six specimens (21249-21253, 212706 BS) from Rice, Arizona, were referred by Goldman (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 46:76, April 27, 1933) to the subspecies Thomomys bottae mutabilis Goldman when he proposed that name as new, but these six specimens were not mentioned by him when he later named Thomomys bottae alienus (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28:338, July 15, 1938), to which sub- species the specimens in question might be expected to belong. COMMENTS ON NortTH AMERICAN RODENTS 357 Examination of the six specimens reveals that they are intergrades between T. b. mutabilis and T. b. alienus but that the specimens more closely resemble the latter. More precisely, slightly larger size of skull, greater ventral inflation of tympanic bullae, and less depressed occipital region ally the specimens with Thomomys bottae alienus, and we identify them as that subspecies. The two sub- species concerned are not so distinct as are most subspecies of Thomomys bottae. Thomomys bottae aphrastus Elliott Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:58, November 15, 1915) referred three specimens from San Antonio, Baja California, to Thomomys bottae nigricans. These specimens have not, to our knowledge, been re-examined subsequently, although the current taxonomic treatment of the pocket gophers of Baja California by Huey (Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 10(4) :245-268, 1 map, August 31, 1945) excludes T. b. nigricans from the area of San Antonio. The perti- nent specimens are probably Nos. 10810-10812 in the Chicago Natural History Museum. We have examined the specimens and, using the comparative materials listed under the account of T. b. siccovallis, find them to be intermediate in most characters between T. b. aphrastus and T. b. martirensis. Because they more nearly resemble T. b. aphrastus in the weakly-spreading zygomatic arches, we refer the specimens from San Antonio to that subspecies. Thomomys bottae jojobae Huey When Huey (Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 10:256, August 31, 1945) named Thomomys bottae jojobae from Sangre de Cristo, Baja California, México, he made no mention of a specimen that Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:58, November 15, 1915) identified as Thomomys bottae nigricans from La Huerta, which place is approxi- mately eight miles northwest of Sangre de Cristo. From a geo- graphic standpoint, it seemed unlikely that the specimen from La Huerta would be referable to T. b. nigricans. Examination of the specimen (138752 BS) proves it to differ from topotypes of T. b. nigricans and to agree with T. b. jojobae in richer, more rufes- cent color, especially ventrally, and smaller, slenderer, more delicate skull. The specimen is therefore tentatively referred to Thomomys bottae jojobae. We have not, however, compared it with specimens of Thomomys bottae juarezensis, a subspecies the range of which lies to the east on the summit of the Sierra Juarez. 358 University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Thomomys bottae martirensis J. A. Allen Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:58, November 15, 1915) referred pocket gophers from Pifion on the west slope of the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Baja California, to the subspecies Thomomys bottae nigricans. The subspecific identity of these animals has not been reinvestigated subsequently, although the locality whence they were obtained is far removed from what is now thought to be the geographic range of T. b. nigricans; further, several other subspecies are known to occur in the intervening area. We have examined the available material from Pifion (13853-13855 BS) and find the speci- mens to agree with Thomomys bottae martirensis and to differ from T. b. nigricans in lighter color, larger, more ridged and angular skull; proportionately greater mastoidal breadth; narrower occipital shelf; more ventrally produced alveolar ramus of the maxillae; and deeply concave posterior border of the temporal root of the zygo- matic arch. These specimens thus constitute the northernmost rec- ord of T. b. martirensis known to us. Thomomys bottae mohavensis Grinnell Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:73, November 15, 1915) assigned a series of 7 specimens from Lone Willow Spring, California, to the subspecies Thomomys bottae perpes. This locality lies at the northern edge of the Mohave Desert. Later, Grinnell (Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. Zool., 17:427, April 25, 1918) named the pocket gophers, from approximately the eastern half of the Mohave Desert, Tho- momys perpallidus [= bottae] mohavensis, but failed to mention the specimens recorded by Bailey, and thus their subspecific identity is in doubt. We find that T. b. mohavensis differs from T. b. perpes in more pallid color (light yellowish as opposed to dark rufescent), larger size, larger and more angular skull, angular (as opposed to more evenly bowed) zygomatic arches, larger and deeper audital bullae, narrower interpterygoid space, and proportionately greater mastoidal breadth. In external measurements, size and angularity of skull, width of interpterygoid space and angularity of the zygo- matic arch, the specimens from Lone Willow Spring seem to be intermediate between the two subspecies, but perhaps show more resemblance to T. b. mohavensis. Otherwise, the specimens closely resemble T. b. mohavensis to which they are here referred. The specimens provide a northern marginal record of occurrence for that subspecies. Other specimens recorded as T. b. perpes by Bailey (loc. cit.) from Grapevine Ranch, California, have also not been mentioned in COMMENTS ON NortTH AMERICAN RODENTS 359 later publications although, from a geographic standpoint, they might be better referred to either Thomomys bottae pascalis or T. b. mohavensis. Comparison of specimens of T. b. mohavensis and T. b. pascalis from various localities show T. b. pascalis to be larger (including the skull), darker, and to possess a more nearly vertical occipital plane, wider-spread but less angular zygomatic arches, less inflated tympanic bullae, wider braincase (which con- sequently appears to be less inflated), proportionately longer and slenderer rostrum, and broader nasals distally. Cranially, T. b. pascalis differs from T. b. perpes in essentially the same ways, but to an event greater degree. In color, T. b. pascalis differs from T. b. perpes in being duller, less rufescent. The series of four specimens, in the U. S. Biological Surveys Col- lection, from Grapevine Ranch clearly are not referable to T. b. perpes. They do, however, agree with T. b. mohavensis in all essential particulars except that in two of the four specimens the braincase is wider and the nasals are wider distally. This width is evidence of intergradation with T. b. pascalis. Seemingly, then, they are best referred to Thomomys bottae mohavensis. Thomomys bottae muralis Goldman When Goldman (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 26(3):112, March 15, 1936) described and named this pocket gopher from Arizona, he arranged it as a full species and stated that there is no evidence of intergradation with other named kinds. We have examined the holotype and three topotypes (202579-202582 BS) and compared them with specimens of other kinds of pocket gophers occurring in northern and central Arizona. The muralis gopher is a depauperate form clearly belonging to the bottae group. The characters which Goldman (loc. cit.) set forth as distinguishing muralis from other named kinds are readily apparent and, like Goldman, we see no evidence of intergradation. Nevertheless, the characters which serve to identify the race are, in a general way, those commonly found in populations of depauperate individuals of Thomomys bottae and T. talpoides. The small size, delicate structure, well- inflated braincase, short premaxillary tongues, and strongly recurved upper incisors, often appear in populations existing in inhospitable areas of shallow, unstable soils. For this reason we feel that the relationships of this population are best shown by arranging muralis as a subspecies of Thomomys bottae; the name should stand as Tho- momys bottae muralis Goldman. As far as known, T. b. muralis is completely isolated from other 860 University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. populations of pocket gophers by uninhabitable eroding cliffs. The animals have been found only on isolated terraces in the lower end of Prospect Valley (itself a lateral pocket) within the Grand Canyon of the Colorado River, Hualpai Indian Reservation, Arizona. Con- sequently it is unlikely that intergradation with other populations could exist at the present time. In short, in arranging muralis as a subspecies of Thomomys bottae, we are influenced, not by the demonstration of intergradation, but by the degree of morphological differentiation of the population and the probable reasons therefor. Thomomys bottae mutabilis Goldman Goldman (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28:342, July 15, 1938) named the subspecies Thomomys bottae pinalensis on the basis of only one specimen, an immature female (245709 BS) from Oak Flat, five miles east of Superior, Pinal Mountains, Arizona. Examination shows it to be indistinguishable in characters of taxonomic im- portance (coloration, external measurements, shape of skull and size of skull) from specimens of T. b. mutabilis of comparable sex and age. No. 245709 is well within the limits of individual variation of T. b. mutabilis as is shown by the several specimens (all in the U. S. Biological Surveys Collection) as follow: Nos. 214118, 214670 (topotypes from Camp Verde, Arizona), 212707 (Chiricahua Ranch, 20 mi. E Calva), 208685 (H-bar Ranch, 20 mi. S Payson), and 215762 (Turkey Creek). Therefore, the name Thomomys bottae pinalensis is here arranged as a synonym of the earlier name, Tho- momys bottae mutabilis Goldman (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 46:75, April 27, 1933), the type locality of which is Camp Verde, Yavapai County, Arizona. Thomomys bettae patulus Goldman When Goldman (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 26:118, March 15, 1936) named the subspecies Thomomys bottae desitus, he assigned to it (op. cit.:114) 10 specimens obtained at Wickenburg, Maricopa County, Arizona. He did not mention specimens from Wickenburg when he subsequently named the subspecies Thomomys bottae patulus (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28:341, July 15, 1938) and stated that T. b. patulus was known only from the type locality in the “bottomland along [the] Hassayampa River, two miles below Wickenburg.” Examination in 1950 of specimens referable to T. b. patulus in the U. S. Biological Surveys Collection shows all of them, including the holotype, to be labeled “Wickenburg.” The 10 speci- COMMENTS ON NortuH AMERICAN RODENTS 3861 mens from Wickenburg reported by Goldman in 1936 as T. b. desitus were included by him among the 16 (actually 17, one being a skull only) upon which he based his description of T. b. patulus in 1938. Examination of the field catalogues of 3 of the 4 collectors who ob- tained the specimens discloses that only the 7 specimens obtained last were recorded as occurring in the Hassayampa River bottoms; the first 10 were recorded only as from “Wickenburg.” Briefly, only one subspecies, T. b. patulus, is present in the area, and Goldman in 1938 seems to have thought that the two localities were actually the same, and that “2 miles below Wickenburg” was the more precise designation. Thomomys bottae providentialis Grinnell We have examined a specimen, No. 26120/33526, from 12-Mile Spring, California, in the U. S. Biological Surveys Collection, which Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:73, November 15, 1945) referred to the subspecies Thomomys perpallidus [= aureus] perpes. We find the specimen to be referable to the later named Thomomys bottae providentialis on the basis of smaller ear, more massive, more ridged and angular skull, greater interorbital breadth, deeper and thicker rostrum, less globular bullae, and U-shaped rather than V-shaped interpterygoid space. Therefore, 12-Mile Spring is the northern- most locality of occurrence of the subspecies T. b. providentialis. Thomomys boitae sanctidiegi Huey In his discussion of the pocket gophers of Baja California, Huey (Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 10:245-268, map, August 31, 1945) made no mention of specimens from Ensenada, Baja Cali- fornia, recorded by Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:58, November 15, 1915) as Thomomys bottae nigricans. We have examined the speci- mens from Ensenada available to Bailey in the U. S. Biological Surveys Collection, Nos. 137724, 189890, and 139891, subadult, im- mature, and adult, respectively. As compared with Thomomys bottae sanctidiegi from the mouth of the Tiajuana River (No. 126028) and T. b. nigricans (topotypes), the one adult specimen from Ensenada agrees with T. b. sanctidiegi and differs from T. b. nigricans in lighter color, larger and more angular skull, and more inflated braincase. The specimens from Ensenada differ from the adjacent subspecies to the south, Thomomys bottae proximarinus [to judge from Huey’s (op. cit.) characterization of that subspecies] in lighter color, and larger, more robust skull. Accordingly, the specimens from Ensenada are referred to Thomomys bottae sancti- diegi. 362 UnIvEeRSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Thomomys bottae siccovallis Huey Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:58, November 15, 1915) listed a specimen from Mattomi, Baja California, as Thomomys bottae nigricans. When Huey (Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 10:259, August 31, 1945) revived the name Thomomys [bottae] aphrastus Elliot, and named (op. cit.:258) Thomomys bottae siccovallis he made no mention of the specimen, from Mattomi, which, on geo- graphic grounds, would be expected to be T. b. aphrastus, T. b. martirensis J. A. Allen, or T. b. siccovallis. We have examined an adult male (10832 CNHM), probably the specimen seen by Bailey (loc. cit.), from Mattomi, and have compared No. 10832 with six topotypes (10813-10816, 10819 and 10820 CNHM) of T. b. marti- rensis, the type and one topotype (10798 CNHM) of T. b. aphrastus and with the original description of T. b. siccovallis. The specimen from Mattomi seems to be unique in the large size of the tympanic bullae. The specimen in question differs from T. b. martirensis also in shorter and wider skull, shorter and wider rostrum, and longer and wider molariform teeth. In these features resemblance is shown to the holotype of T. b. aphrastus and even greater resemblance is shown to T. b. siccovallis to which the specimen from Mattomi is referred. Thomomys monticola mazama Merriam This subspecies of the Cascades of Oregon and Thomomys monti- cola nasicus of the territory immediately to the east of the Cascades, in the same state, were originally described (Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:214 and 216, respectively, July 15, 1897) and redescribed (Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 39:123 and 125, respectively, November 15, 1915) as distinguished from each other by paler color, smaller tympanic bullae and longer nasals in T. m. nasicus. The holotypes do differ in these respects. The assigned (by Bailey, loc. cit.) specimens indicate that the opposite condition obtains with respect to the size of bullae; that is to say, the bullae are smaller in T. m. mazama. In these referred specimens from Oregon the nasals are actually and relatively longer in T. m. nasicus, which averages paler (less black and more red). Certain specimens of the two subspecies that are comparable as to sex, age and season, are in- distinguishable in color. This is the background against which Bailey (op. cit.:125), con- trary to his statement of geographic ranges (op. cit.:128, 125) and map (op. cit.:fig. 5, p. 23), assigned, in his list of specimens ex- COMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN RODENTS 3863 amined, two specimens ( ¢ ad. 79817 and Q ad. 79818 BS) from Pengra, west of the Cascades, to the subspecies T. m. nasicus. In the specimens from Pengra the bullae are angular as in referred specimens of nasicus (unlike those of the holotype), the rostra are intermediate in length between those of the two subspecies con- cerned, and the color is light as in T. m. nasicus but can be matched by that of certain specimens of T. m. mazama, for example by that of No. 79821 BS from Diamond Lake, Oregon. Consequently, on morphological grounds, the two specimens from Pengra can be assigned to T. m. mazama almost as well as to T. m. nasicus. Having regard for the geographic relations, we assign them to T. m. mazama. In making this tentative identification we are aware that the acquisition of more nearly adequate material from Oregon, and critical study of such material, may bring a subspecific arrangement of the populations of Thomomys monticola different from the cur- rent one. Thomomys talpoides bullatus Bailey Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:101, November 15, 1915) identified as Thomomys talpoides clusius two specimens (66465 and 66523 BS ) from Pass (= Parkman) and one specimen (66464 BS) from Day- ton, in Wyoming. We have examined these specimens and find that they lack the broad braincase and narrow nasals of clusius and in these and in other features the three specimens resemble T. t. caryi and T. t. bullatus more than they resemble any other named kinds. Although structurally, and in color, intermediate between the two subspecies named immediately above, the specimens show greater resemblance (large size and narrow braincase) to the latter and are referred by us to Thomomys talpoides bullatus. Thomomys talpoides clusius Coues Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:102, November 15, 1915) identified as Thomomys talpoides bullatus an adult male (147347 BS) trom the J. K. Ranch, 5900 ft., on Meadow Creek, Wind River, Wyoming [— Wind River of Bailey, loc. cit.] and a young female (168666 BS) from Sage Creek, 8 mi. NW Fort Washakie, Wyoming. The rosa- ceous tone of these pale individuals is more as in some populations of T. t. ocius and T. t. clusius to the southward. Also, the skull of the male, although large, is distinctly narrower than in T. t. bullatus and we think shows the influence of the T. t. tenellus stock. All features considered, we refer the specimens to T. t. clusius. 364 Universiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Thomomys talpoides glacialis Dalquest and Scheffer Vernon Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 89:119, November 15, 1915) listed 19 specimens from Roy, Washington, as Thomomys douglasi yelmensis Merriam. Our examination of 26 specimens (205039- 205051, 205072-205077, and 206545-206551 BS) labeled as “Roy,” and presumably including those listed by Bailey (loc. cit.), leads us to identify all 26 as Thomomys talpoides glacialis on the basis of widely spreading zygomatic arches and decidedly ochraceous hue of underparts. Geomys bursarius jugossicularis Hooper Seven skins with skulls (35104/47369-35110/47375 BS) from Las Animas, Colorado, probably formed the basis for Cary’s (N. Amer. Fauna, 33:129, August 17, 1911) record of Geomys lutescens from that locality. Comparison of the material reveals that the animals are referable instead to the later named subspecies, Geomys lute- scens jugossicularis Hooper (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michi- gan, 420:1, June 28, 1940), on the basis of (1) more reddish color, (2) deeper zygomatic plate, (3) shorter jugal as expressed as a percentage of the length of the part of the zygomatic arch anterior to the jugal, and (4) larger area of inner face of jugal exposed when skull is viewed from directly above. Possibly it is noteworthy that the specimens from Las Animas are larger than Hooper’s holotype and one topotype; this larger size is indicative of intergradation with G. b. lutescens as represented by the specimens examined by us from Pueblo. Our examination of an adult female, No. 128242 BS and a juvenal female, No. 128243 BS, from 15 mi. E Texline, Texas, recorded by Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 25:132, October 24, 1905) under the name Geomys lutescens reveals that the specimens are referable to Geomys bursarius jugossicularis instead of to Geomys bursarius major on the basis of (1) mastoid part of tympanic bulla more inflated posteriorly, (2) narrowness of frontals between posterior tongues of the pre- maxillae and, (3) lighter color. Liomys irroratus irroratus Gray When Hooper and Handley (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 514:1-34, October 29, 1948) published a revised map (op. cit.:3) showing the geographic distribution of the subspecies of Liomys irroratus they did not mention a specimen from Agusi- napa, Guerrero, which inferentially from their map would be L. i. irroratus although it previously had been recorded as L. i. torridus COMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN RODENTS 365 by Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 34:55, September 7, 1911). We have examined the specimen (70228 BS), which retains the upper deciduous premolar. Its long foot (32 mm.) and broad cranium (13 mm.) are the bases for identifying the specimen as Liomys irroratus irroratus instead of L. i. minor, which is smaller. Liomys irroratus minor Merriam When Hooper and Handley (Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 514:1-34, October 29, 1948) published a revised map (op. cit.:3) showing the geographic distribution of the subspecies of Liomys irroratus they did not mention five specimens from Tlapa, Guerrero, which inferentially from their map would be L. i. irroratus although these specimens previously had been recorded as L. i. torridus by Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 34:55, September 7, 1911). We have examined the five specimens (70221-70225 BS), three of which retain the upper deciduous premolars and two of which have the upper fourth premolar unworn. The short, wide rostrum is unlike the long slender rostrum of topotypes of L. i. torridus of comparable age, and agrees with the condition in topotypes of L. i. minor of comparable age. It is on this basis of wider rostrum that we refer the five specimens from Tlapa to Liomys i. minor which Hooper and Handley (op. cit.:13) described as differing from the geographically adjacent L. i. irroratus in “short and strongly tapered rostrum.” We would add that we have not independently verified this difference between L. i. minor and L. i. irroratus for want of specimens of L. i. irroratus comparable in age to the five individuals from Tlapa. The map of Hooper and Handley (loc. cit.) inferentially excludes Tlalixtaquilla, Guerrero, from the geographic range of L. i. minor (and places Tlalixtaquilla within the range of L. i. irroratus) al- though Goldman (op. cit.:56) previously had identified specimens from this place as L. i. minor. Our examination of the two immature specimens (70227 and 70230 BS) from Tlalixtaquilla reveals that they closely resemble the holotype of L. i. minor and leads to the conclusion that they are Liomys irroratus minor. Perognathus amplus pergracilis Goldman When Bole (Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5(2):6, De- cember 4, 1937) named and described Perognathus longimembris salinensis, he listed as comparative material of P. 1. bangsi, a speci- men in the Museum of Comparative Zoology from Parker, Yuma Co., Arizona. There was some reason to doubt the identification of the 366 University oF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. specimen since it is the only record of occurrence of the subspecies from east of the Colorado River. There is no specimen of Perogna- thus longimembris from Arizona in the Museum of Comparative Zo- ology. There is one specimen of pocket mouse (18213, a skin only) from 30 miles east of Parker. We think that this is the specimen seen by Bole because at one time according to the label, it had been identified as Perognathus panamintinus [ = longimembris] bangsi. If the identification of this skin-only had been made by means of Osgood’s key (N. Amer. Fauna, 18:14-15, September 20, 1900), the animal would have “keyed out” to P. longimembris because the total length is recorded on the label as 180. Seth B. Benson has sub- sequently examined the specimen. The label now bears in hand- writing the name of P. amplus pergracilis and is followed by Ben- son’s initials as the identifier. Although we lack adequate compara- tive material, we consider the specimen to be P. amplus pergracilis Goldman, because the skin answers well to the description of P. a. pergracilis and because of the name currently on the label with Benson’s initials. Perognathus longimembris panamintinus Merriam In the current literature, Californian specimens of the little pocket mouse stand identified as Perognathus longimembris nevadensis from Oasis and vicinity of Benton Station (Grinnell, Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. Zool., 40:147, September 26, 1933). When one of us (Hall, Mammals of Nevada, p. 360, July 1, 1946) reported speci- mens from southwestern Nevada as Perognathus longimembris panamintinus he did so on the basis of study of specimens which included those from Oasis (in the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology) that he at that time (in ms.) identified as P. I. pana- mintinus. Those specimens from Oasis have the hair on the under- parts white all the way to the base as also do specimens from Morans, 5000 ft. (29583/41638 BS), in contrast to the plumbeous underparts of P. 1. nevadensis. It is on this basis that we identify specimens from the places mentioned above as Perognathus longi- membris panamintinus. “Vicinity of Benton Station” as given by Grinnell (loc. cit.) is interpreted to include Morans, Mono County. Dipodomys agilis martirensis Huey Elliot (Field Columb. Mus., Zool. Ser., Publ. 79, 3(12):221, Au- gust 15, 1903) referred specimens from Rosarito and Rosarito Divide, San Pedro Martir Mts., Baja California, to Perodipus [= Dipo- domys] agilis. According to the currently known distribution of CoMMENTS ON NortTH AMERICAN RODENTS 367 Dipodomys agilis in Baja California (see Huey, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 11:237, April 30, 1951), the specimens seemed likely to belong to the subspecies D. a. martirensis. An examination of the specimens (10644, 10690-10693 CMNH from Rosarito, and 10694 from Rosarito Divide) shows that, on the basis of large ear and comparatively narrow braincase, they are in fact referable to D. a. martirensis. Only No. 10693, with its broader braincase, seems atypical. Comparative materials used are in the Chicago Natural History Museum as follows: D. a. martirensis: Baja California: San Matias Spring, 2. D. a. simulans: Baja California: Ensenada, 8. California: Dulzura, 1 (topotype ); San Luis del Rey, 3. Dipodomys agilis simulans (Merriam) J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:184, August 18, 1893) listed as Perodipus agilis a specimen (6306/4941 AMNH) from Valladares, Baja California. Subspecies of this species were sub- sequently named without mentioning this specimen that, on geo- graphic grounds, might be either D. a. martirensis or D. a. simulans. Certain measurements of the specimen are as follows: Total length, 288; length of tail, 171; length of hind foot (dry), 41.0; greatest length of skull, 39.5; width of maxillary arch at middle, 4.5. The long tail and wide (4.5) maxillary arch are characteristic of Dipo- domys agilis simulans and constitute the basis for identifying the specimen as of that subspecies. Baiomys taylori analogus Osgood The geographic range currently assigned to Baiomys taylori paulus (J. A. Allen) is separated in two parts by the geographic range as- signed to B. t. analogus. The southern, separated part of the range of B. t. paulus rests wholly on ten specimens from Colima, Colima, identified as B. t. paulus by Osgood in his “Revision of the mice of the American genus Peromyscus” (N. Amer. Fauna, 28, April 17, 1909) where (p. 255) he places as a synonym of Peromyscus taylori paulus J. A. Allen, 1908, Peromyscus allex Osgood, 1904. The later name was based on these ten specimens (33422/45445-33427/45450, 33429 /45452, 33432/45455, and 33435/45458 BS) from Colima. Os- good had a choice of synonymizing P. allex under P. paulus or P. t. analogus. According to Osgood’s concept, analogus was blackish and large; allex was grayish and small; and paulus was fawn colored and intermediate in size. The more nearly equal size of paulus and allex probably influenced Osgood in making his choice. After examining the original materials we think there is more to recom- 3868 University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. mend the alternate choice. For example, two topotypes of equal age of the same Sex of allex (33424/45447) and analogus (120264 BS) are of almost the same size and, respectively, measure as fol- lows: Total length, 107, 108; length of tail, 42, 45; length of hind foot (measured dry), 13.1, 12.8; greatest length of skull, 17.6, 17.7; zygomatic breadth, 9.3, 9.2. Although analogus does average darker, a topotype, No. 120267 BS, from Zamora, is indistinguishable from several of the topotypes of allex. Consequently, we arrange Pero- myscus allex Osgood as a synonym of Baiomys taylori analogus (Osgood) 1909 and refer the specimens from Colima to the latter. Peromyscus eremicus eremicus (Baird) Osgood (N. Amer. Fauna, 28:242, April 17, 1909) listed a speci- men of this subspecies from Sierra Encarnacién, Nuevo Leon. A specimen, No. 79614 BS, of this species was obtained on July 31, 1896, at Sierra Encarnacién, Coahuila, by Nelson and Goldman. We known of no specimens of this subspecies from Sierra Encarnacion, Nuevo Leon, and assume that Osgood referred to the Coahuilan specimen. Further support for this assumption is Osgood’s (loc. cit.) note that the Sierra Encarnacién specimen is aberrant and, to our eye, so is No. 79614 from Coahuila. Peromyscus merriami merriami Mearns Osgood (N. Amer. Fauna, 28:239, April 17, 1909) placed P. mer- riami in synonymy under Peromyscus eremicus eremicus (Baird). Because Seth B. Benson, and subsequently the late Wilfred H. Osgood, told one of us (Hall) that Peromyscus merriami was spe- cifically distinct from Peromyscus eremicus eremicus, we have ex- amined the specimens from Sonoyta, Sonora, and Quitobaquita, Arizona, referred by Mearns (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 56:434-435, and 444, April 18, 1907) to P. e. eremicus and P. merriami, respectively. We perceive the differences that Mearns (loc. cit.) described and recognize P. merriami as a species separate from P. eremicus. Also we have compared the type and one topotype of Peromyscus goldmani Osgood with the holotype and referred specimens men- tioned above, of P. merriami, and feel that the two kinds are no more than subspecifically distinct. Accordingly, P. goldmani should stand as Peromyscus merriami goldmani. This arrangement is made with the knowledge that Burt (Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 39:56, February 15, 1938) arranged P. goldmani as a synonym of Peromyscus eremicus. COMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN RODENTS 869 Peromyscus truei preblei Bailey Osgood (N. Amer. Fauna, 28:171, April 17, 1909) listed two specimens from Crooked River, 25 miles southeast of Prineville, Oregon, as Peromyscus truei gilberti with the notation “approaching truei?” Subsequently, Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 55:188, August 29, 1936) named Peromyscus truei preblei with type locality at Crooked River, 20 miles southeast of Prineville, a place from which Bailey had two specimens. We think the specimens recorded by the two authors are the same, and, according to the specimen labels, were placed correctly as to locality by Bailey. Our reasons are as follows: (a) The specimens mentioned by Bailey were presumably available to Osgood, but Osgood made no mention of specimens from “20 miles southeast of Prineville,” (b) we find no specimens nor other records pertaining thereto, of Peromyscus truei from the locality given by Osgood, (c) Osgood indicated that the specimens he saw were not typical of P. t. gilberti and (d) P. m. gilberti, geographi- cally the nearest subspecies, is recorded otherwise no closer to Prineville than Grants Pass, approximately 175 miles southwest in southwestern Oregon. Sigmodon hispidus cienegae A. B. Howell J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:28, March 16, 1893) listed as Sigmodon hispidus arizonae Mearns one specimen from Granados, Sonora, at a time when S. h. cienegae had not been named. We have examined the specimen (5389 AMNH) which has the skull inside and which lacks external measurements. It was taken on November 16, 1890, and is darker than specimens of S. h. arizonae collected in September at Fort Verde, Arizona. The color is essentially as in specimens of S. h. cienegae from Fairbank, Ari- zona (March-taken specimens). Because of this agreement in color and because of the geographic origin of the specimen from Gra- nados, we refer the animal to Sigmodon hispidus cienegae. Sigmodon hispidus zanjonensis Goodwin Goodwin (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 79:169, May 29, 1942) listed four specimens from Honduras (E] Jaral, 2; and Las Ventanas, 2) as Sigmodon hispidus saturatus Bailey. Because these localities fall within the geographic range of S. h. zanjonensis we were lead to examine the specimens. Three are young and one (126113 AMNH from Las Ventanas) is an adult female. The underparts of the young are washed with rufous as in S. h. saturatus. The adult lacks this rufous as do specimens of S. h. zanjonensis and some 870 Universiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. specimens of S. h. saturatus. In the adult the color of the upper parts and size of the upper cheek-teeth are intermediate between the dark-backed, small-toothed S. h. saturatus and the paler-backed, large-toothed S. h. zanjonensis. The rostrum is intermediate in width but definitely nearer the broad condition which obtains in S. h. saturatus. The tail is long, actually and in relation to the body (total length 275, tail 180), as in S. h. zanjonensis to which we refer the specimens in question. Oryzomys couesi couesi (Alston) For alleged occurrence at Reforma in Oaxaca, México (Goldman, N. Amer. Fauna, 43:31, September 23, 1918), see under Oryzomys couesi mexicanus Allen. Oryzomys couesi mexicanus J. A. Allen Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 43, September 23, 1918) listed, as in the Field Museum of Natural History [= Chicago Natural History Museum] one specimen from Reforma, Oaxaca, under O. c. mexi- canus (p. 85) and one specimen from the same place under O. c. couesi (p. 81). In the Chicago Natural History Museum we can find only one specimen. It is a young male, skull with skin, in which the last molar has not yet erupted, and bears the catalogue number 13654. It is, in our opinion, referable to O. c. mexicanus. Because we suspect that Goldman (op. cit.) by error listed this one specimen twice (once under O. c. couesi and once under O. c. mexicanus) it seems best to exclude Reforma, Oaxaca, from the geographic range of O. c. couesi. Oryzomys alfaroi saturatior Merriam A series of Oryzomys alfaroi in the U. S. Biological Surveys Col- lection obtained at Tumbala, 5000 ft., Chiapas, México, the type locality of Oryzomys alfaroi saturatior, contains individuals some of which Goldman (N. Amer. Fauna, 43:66, September 23, 1918) re- ferred to the subspecies O. a. saturatior and one which he referred to O. a. palatinus. This latter specimen, to judge from the external measurements given by Goldman (loc. cit.), is No. 76328. In com- parison with the other material which Goldman saw, we find the specimen to agree with O. a. palatinus in pale color and posterior concavity of the posterior border of the palate. In some other diagnostic cranial characters, it is indistinguishable from specimens of O. a. saturatior from the same locality, and in other characters, notably the slenderness of the rostrum, it is intermediate between CoMMENTS ON NortH AMERICAN RODENTS Bal the two subspecies concerned. In short, although we see the rea- sons for Goldman’s ‘subspecific identification of this individual, we think, in view of the structural intermediacy of the animal and the characters of the series en masse, that it is best referred to Oryzomys alfaroi saturatior. Zapus princeps idahoensis Davis Preble (N. Amer. Fauna, 15:23, August 8, 1899) referred two specimens from Henry House and three from 15 miles south of Henry House, both localities in Alberta, Canada, to the subspecies Zapus princeps princeps. Subsequently, when Z. p. kootenayensis (Anderson, Nat. Mus. Canada, Ann. Rept. 1931, p. 108, November 24, 1932) and Z. p. idahoensis (Davis, Jour. Mamm., 15(3):221, August 10, 1934) were named, no mention was made of these speci- mens although the ranges assigned to Z. p. kootenayensis and Z. p. idahoensis seemed to isolate the Henry House area from the re- mainder of the range (as recorded) of Z. p. princeps. We have examined the pertinent specimens in the U. S. Biological Surveys Collection (75452 and 75453 from Henry House; 81509-81510 from 15 mi. S Henry House). On the basis of paler color, reduced lateral line, smaller skull, shorter palatal bridge and zygomatic arches, they are, among named subspecies, best referred to Zapus princeps idahoensis. Transmitted July 30, 1952. 24-4687 i ha M ; ij i, iis " ip wy rm si me 4 a ™ vi oy WA i ‘” pail enn . ia wiht iy ii rd th rite _ snap bal Ny a » wr ee neh " , id wre Ne any i moe ‘ah tiie “he a Py iby ) fy Pe: alwh i ae "i iad i! 4 ie ha i Viasat i} H ; ihe " y , ) Oe AE her? iWin re a wei 5 i ( ih ei | ‘/ N { Geis Af ; i ' auth nen PA } ul q i Wy Ye . reALs ri y j i) Wi ; ] Lowe i, H é 1 7 a ph U 1) \ y f pie | i i ei ry le i ! 1s | A mw uh an % § ihey ; * ; j ' q | L ‘ f *) , ‘ iy. y | ; \ r ; j a | Vis ve Nhe , | wy ; V r ay j j i nha ' J ; UJ 4 ‘, a cr thy yes A Lm tee cal mia Wak acod) OM (cae js Ay _— iT) : wv H Ve ‘, ye i ¥ ; J a agent aR ey i M . € heterwety 4 - u i : 7 aoe We v Pals or nls eoosines, i! Py ) ir ray 4 see | na ww ip W ee “van _ a wl ar re h ) wa i Bes Daye: ame Oa net Dio ae i fe ns mn) a me ii Cae uit ‘a ti wt | au ss ee A Synopsis of The North American Microtine Rodents BY E. RAYMOND HALL and E. LENDELL COCKRUM University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 27, pp. 373-498, 149 figures in text January 15, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS LAWRENCE 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Edward H. Taylor, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 27, pp. 373-498, 149 figures in text January 15, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 195s 24-5849 A Synopsis of The North American Microtine Rodents BY E. RAYMOND HALL and E. LENDELL COCKRUM Meadow mice, voles, lemmings, collared lemmings, pine mice, red-backed mice, bog lemmings, tree mice, muskrat and round-tailed muskrat are the North American representatives of the subfamily Microtinae (family Muridae). This subfamily is confined to the northern hemisphere (if Brachytarsomys of Madagascar is not a microtine ) and is typically boreal in distribution. In North America only a few species enter the Lower Sonoran Life-zone or the cor- responding humid, Lower Austral Life-zone of the eastern United States. From these outposts of low zonal position the Microtinae extend upward through all of the life-zones. Geographically, in North America, the microtines occur from the northernmost land southward into Guatemala. Students of public health have learned of several diseases that can be transmitted from microtine rodents—field mice in common par- lance—to man. Figure 1 illustrates, for one of these diseases, some of the relationships between mice and men. A list of the diseases, in North America, and the microtines which have been identified either as carriers of the causative organisms or the vectors, are as follows: Sylvatic Plague.—Plague is an acute infectious disease caused by the bacillus, Pasteurella pestis, and is usually considered under two headings: “Classical plague” is primarily an epidemic and endemic disease of rats (Rattus) that involves man only incidentally. “Syl- vatic plague” is endemic among wild rodents throughout much of the western half of North America. Plague is spread from rodent to rodent and from rodent to man by the flea. The causative or- ganism of plague has been recovered from tissues of the following North American microtines: Microtus californicus (Lahnum, 1946:784). Microtus townsendi (Lahnum, 1946:784). Lagurus curtatus (Johnson, et al., 1949:46). Tularemia.—Tularemia, or “rabbit fever” is caused by a bacterium, Pasteurella tularensis. It is primarily a disease of rabbits and rodents but often is transmitted by insects, especially the deer fly, and is (375) 876 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. occasionally transmitted to persons by their handling of infected animals. In man tularemia produces an irregular fever which con- tinues for several weeks or months and in some cases is fatal if not treated. The causative organism of tularemia has been recovered from tissues of the following North American microtines: Microtus californicus (Burroughs, et al., 1945:115). Microtus pennsylvanicus (Burroughs, et al., 1945:118). Microtus sp. ? from Alberta, Canada (Humpreys and Campbell, 1947:128). Ondatra zibethicus (Schwartz, 1929:1180). CARRIER OF ae. TULAREMIA |" i {-% $ d fay i ; EATEN GRASS Is eases _h ; bd S$ 6 = > se) a < wi = < > (oa) ks es Mp} Sy ; Cas Sai a1 Fic. 1. Tularemia is a disease that affects both man and microtine rodents. Most kinds of diseases that rodents have do not affect man and vice versa. Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever.—Spotted fever is caused by a rickettsial organism, Rickettsia rickettsi, and is transmitted by ticks of at least three species: Dermacentor venustris (= D. andersoni), D. variabilis, and Amblyomma americanum. Any one of these ticks requires a meal of blood before each of its molts and before egg laying, and a given tick usually acquires these meals from three different hosts, the last of which may be man. Although there is no proved animal reservoir of the rickettsial organism, several species NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 877 of native rodents are suspected of infecting ticks. Once infected, the tick may transmit the rickettsia to its next host. Ticks of either sex may carry the organism and remain infective for years. Infected females transmit the rickettsiae to the young by way of the egg. The following species of microtines are known to serve as hosts to the ticks which serve as vectors of this disease: Microtus pinetorum (Hamilton, 1939:340). Microtus pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicus (Cooley, 1938:26). Microtus [pennsylvanicus] modestus (Cooley, 1938:85). Microtus ochrogaster haydeni (Cooley, 1988:35). Trappers receive $30,000,000 (Thirty Million Dollars) annually in the United States for pelts. TRAPP, wees SS 0 ay DISCARDS yor 200%. ¥; 9 49 G3I¥vi Ly sassvDUv> Viyy Ti \ Fic. 2. The muskrat, a microtine rodent, is of great value to man; the fur alone yields United States citizens thirty million dollars a year. By wise man- agement of ponds and sloughs the return could be much greater. Rat-bite fever.—Rat-bite fever is an illness with a relapsing type of fever that develops following the bite of rodents infected with Spirillum minus. Most reported cases have resulted from the bite 378 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. of a rat (Rattus) but the causative organism has been isolated from at least one microtine (Microtus sp. from Montana) as reported by Jellison, et al. (1949:1665). Foresters who are concerned with hazards to seeds and seedlings, nurserymen who are concerned with orchards, and students of wild- life who are concerned with food supplies for fur-bearing mammals need precise information on the kinds and geographic distribution of the microtine rodents. For example, microtines make up a full third or more of the winter food of the ermine, a valuable fur-bear- ing mammal, in many areas (Hall, 1951B:91). One microtine itself, the muskrat, yields a huge annual return in fur; see figure 2. It is to meet the needs of these several groups of biologists, and especially the group that is concerned with diseases transmissible to man, that the present synopsis is offered in advance of an account, in preparation, along similar lines, of all of the native mammals of North America. In the present account we aim first to show, by means of maps, the geographic distribution of the different kinds of microtines, and second make clear the zoological classification of each species and subspecies. Although much of the information previously was in the literature, the information was not assembled in any one publi- cation. In general, the kind of information and the plan of its ar- rangement closely correspond to that in the recently published “A Synopsis of the North American Lagomorpha” (see Hall, 1951A). Persons who use the present account of the microtine rodents should know that for each subspecies, or species if it has not been divided into subspecies, there is given (1) the scientific name; (2) a citation to the original description followed by a statement of the type locality; (3) a citation to the account in which the combination of names (generic, specific, and subspecific) used in the present account was first used unless this be the same as (2) above; (4) synonyms arranged in chronological order; and (5) marginal records of occurrence together with the sources of these records. These marginal records are arranged in clockwise order beginning with the northernmost locality. If more than one of the marginal localities lies on the line of latitude that is northernmost for a given kind of mammal, the westernmost of these is recorded first. The marginal localities that are represented by symbols on the corre- sponding distribution map are in Roman type; those that could not be represented on the map, because undue crowding or overlapping of symbols would have occurred, are in Italic type. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 879 Measurements are in millimeters. Capitalized color terms are after Ridgway (Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Wash- ington, D. C., 1912), and uncapitalized terms refer to no particular color standard, or to an unknown standard in instances where ma- terial is taken verbatim from earlier accounts. As concerns the dual authorship of this paper, Cockrum verified each marginal record of occurrence that previously had been en- tered on preliminary work maps, which had been prepared under the general supervision of Hall. Cockrum checked these records against the original citations. He added records from the collections of the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History and from publications not examined when the original maps were prepared and he wrote the first draft of the manuscript. Hall checked the synonymy, and concerned himself primarily with the accounts of genera and species. Acknowledgment of assistance is made first to those who provided legislative funds for research use by the University of Kansas. A contract (NR 160-187) between the Office of Naval Research, De- partment of the Navy, and the University of Kansas supported the assistants who prepared the preliminary distribution maps. Assist- ance with out-of-state field work by the Kansas University Endow- ment Association yielded specimens that provide several of the marginal records of occurrence. At the University of Kansas Mu- seum of Natural History, James W. Bee, Nora Marie Mason Heck, George C. Rinker, Austin B. Williams, and especially Keith R. Kel- son, among others, have given substantial help with one or another phase of the work. Dr. A. Remington Kellogg has made available some information that otherwise would have been overlooked. Sev- eral of the drawings of skulls were reproduced originally in the “Mammals of Nevada” ( Hall, 1948) and we are grateful to the Uni- versity of California Press for permission to use them here. Initials on the drawings identify the artists as: Freda L. Abernathy; Harry C. Adamson; Mary Blos; Louise Brunk; Jeanne W. Fitch; Richard Phillip Grossenheider; Victor Hogg; Viola Memmler; Barbara Trot- ter; and Virginia (Cassel) Unruh. Subfamily MIcROTINAE Revised by Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 12:1-84, July 23. Diagnosis.—This subfamily of the family Muridae can be characterized as: Thickset animals with bluntly rounded muzzles; most of each limb hidden in the general integument of the trunk, thus resulting in a short-legged appearance; five toes on each foot; tail never so long as head and body; postorbital processes ‘380 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. absent; outer wall of infraorbital canal transverse or oblique to long axis of skull and with front edge emarginate or undercut and not projecting in front of anterior border of superior ramus of maxillary root of zygoma; palatine bones notably thick; ectopterygoid plates well developed; cheek-teeth twelve (three on each side of upper- and lower-jaw), long crowned and in most genera persist- ently growing; occlusal faces made up of triangles and loops. Kry To GENERA OF NortTH AMERICAN MICROTINES (After Ellerman, 1941:550-555) 1. Lower incisors wholly lingual to molars and terminating in horizontal ramus opposite, or in front of, alveolus of m3. 2. 2’. Cheek-teeth longitudinally complex (many loops); inner and outer salient angles approximately equal in size; ml with seven closed triangles between terminal loops; supraorbital ridges strong but not fusing in interorbital region; foreclaws of D2 and D3 with periodic seasonal (winter) extra basal growths........... Dicrostonyx, p. 479 Cheek-teeth longitudinally simplified (few loops); inner salient angles of upper molars and outer angles of lower molars smaller than those of the opposite sides; m1 with three closed triangles be- tween termination loops (or with two transverse loops, if closed triangles absent); supraorbital ridges fusing in adults and forming median orbital crest; foreclaws not developing seasonal outgrowths. 8. Posterior palate not terminating as simple transverse shelf; upper incisors strongly grooved; tooth-rows not, or less widely, di- vergent posteriorly; forefeet not much specialized in that claws are not notably thickened, soles almost hairless and ungual phalanges not notably lengthened........... Synaptomys, p. 473 8’. Posterior palate terminating as a simple transverse shelf; upper incisors not grooved; tooth-rows widely divergent posteriorly; forefeet specialized in that claws of some individuals are notably thickened, soles almost concealed by hairs, and ungual phalanges notably lengtheneey 3). oy jesgesib ah. AER ba we Lemmus, p. 470 1’. Lower incisors passing from lingual to labial side of molars between bases of roots of m2 and m3 and ascending behind molars to termina- tion within or near condylar process. 4. Cheek-teeth rooted in adults. 5. External form modified for aquatic life in that tail is laterally compressed, and swimming fringes on hind feet conspicuous; basal length of skull more than 50 mm. Ondatra, p. 464 5’. External form not modified for aquatic life; basal length of skull less than 50 mm. 6. Posterior palate terminating as a simple transverse shelf; lower molars with inner re-entrant angles little if any deeper than outer re-entrant angles. Clethrionomys, p. 381 6’. Posterior palate terminating with a median spinous process converted into a sloping septum between pos- terolateral pits; lower molars with inner re-entrant angles deeper than outer. .......... Phenacomys, p. 395 NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 881 4’. Cheek-teeth not rooted (evergrowing) in adults. 7. External form lemminglike in that ears are so short as to be concealed in fur and tail is so short as to extend scarcely beyond hind feet in prepared skins; tympanic bullae and mastoid bullae much enlarged (see figures 93 and 118); M1 and M2 with traces of extra complexities between main inner folds (m1 with 5 closed triangles). Lagurus, p. 452 7’. External form volelike (not lemminglike) in that ears are not entirely concealed in fur and tail extends beyond hind feet in prepared skins; tym- panic bullae and mastoid bullae of normal size (see figures 92, 94, 112 and 115); M1 and M2 usually without traces of extra complexities be- tween the main inner folds (m1 with 3, 4, or 5 closed triangles ). 8. Underfur muskratlike in that it obviously is adapted to aquatic existence; m3 with tri- angles (only 2 between terminal loops) tightly closed; alveolar length of upper molars more than; SO pms yea ee oo es Neofiber, p. 455 8’. Underfur mouselike in that it is not adapted to aquatic existence; m3 without tightly closed triangles; alveolar length of upper molars less than (O10 anmiye.e fade oe Fists 2 Microtus, p. 402 Genus CLETHRIONOMYs Tilesius—Red-backed Mice 1850. Clethrionomys Tilesius, Isis, 2:28. Type, Mus glareolus Schreber. 1874. Evotomys Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 186, Decem- ber 15. Type, Mus rutilus Pallas. 1900. Craseomys Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:87, July 26. Type, Hypudaeus rufocanus Sundevall. 1905. Paulomys Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, 15:498. Type, Evotomys smithii Thomas. Ellerman and Morrison-Scott (Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian Mam- mals, 1758-1946, British Museum (Natural History), November 19, 1951), on page 659, suggest that the three names listed below are synonyms of Clethrionomys. 1898. Aschizomys Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 369, Oc- tober 11. Type, Aschizomys lemminus Miller. 1911. Caryomys Thomas, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 4, February 14, ee. Zool. Soc. London, p. 175. Type, Microtus (Eothenomys) inez Thomas. 1985. Neoaschizomys Tokuda, Mem. Coll. Sci. Kyoto, ser. B, 10( No. 3):241. Type, Neoaschizomys sikotanensis Tokuda. Total length, 120-165; tail, 50-53; hind foot, 16-21.0; ear from notch, 10-16; weight (of C. gapperi), 16-42 grams; basal length of skull, 21.0-24.3; zygomatic breadth, 12.5-14.4. External form not much modified, back usually red; mammae 2-2 = 8; plantar pads 6. Skull “weak”; temporal ridges poorly developed and not fused an- 382 Unrversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. teriorly in interorbital region in adults; interorbital constriction medium; braincase broad; bullae relatively large, lacking spongy tissue (in living species); palate ends posteriorly as straight trans- verse shelf with no median septum; cheek-teeth rooted in adults. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CLETHRIONOMYS 1. Postpalatal bridge incomplete except in an occasional extremely old individual; tail short, thick, and with closely set bristly hairs (rutilus group ). 2. Restricted to St. Lawrence Island; condylobasal length of skull more than 26.0 mm.; zygomatic breadth more than 14.0 mm. C. albiventer, p. 384 2’. Not on St. Lawrence Island but mainly on mainland; condylobasal ae of skull less than 26.0 mm.; zygomatic breadth less than C. rutilus, p. 382 Fics. 3-5. Palates of skulls of three species of Clethrionomys. Fic. 3. C. rutilus dawsoni, 15 mi. SE Northway, Alaska; 9 21410 KU. Fic. 4. C. gapperi galei, 3 mi. S Ward, Colorado; $ 20602 KU. Fic. 5. C. occidentalis obscurus, Upper Munson Meadows, Crater Lake Nat'l Park, Oregon; 2 22161 KU 1’. Postpalatal bridge complete even in half-grown young; tail slender, and with short hairs except at the tip where hairs are longer. 8. Postpalatal bridge truncate posteriorly; dentition relatively light, enamel pattern of M3 more complex; postpalatal process light (sen figure 4) hohe oe As. cb as ee C. gapperi, p. 385 8’. Postpalatal bridge with median posteriorly directed spine; denti- tion relatively heavy, enamel pattern of M3 more simplified, postpalatal process heavy (see figure 5)...... C. occidentalis, p. 391 Clethrionomys rutilus Northern Red-backed Mouse Total length, 130-158; tail, 30-44; hind foot, 18.5-21; ear, 10-14. Upper parts bright; dorsal stripe well defined, varying from bright reddish to dark rufous; sides grayish; venter grayish with the tips of guard hairs varying from whitish to deep buff; tail sharply bi- NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 3883 colored, varying from reddish to blackish above. Tail short, thick and closely set with bristly hairs. Postpalatal bridge incomplete except occasionally in extremely old individuals; enamel patterns of M8 and m1 more complex than in C. occidentalis. Embryos for 17 females from Alaska and Yukon number 6.6 (5 to 9). Fic. 6. Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni, Yerrick Creek, Alaska, July 22, 1947; @ 21889 KU. x CLETHRIONOMYS RUTILUS DAWSONI (Merriam). 1888. Evotomys dawsoni Merriam, Amer. Nat., 22:650, July, type from Finlayson River, 3000 ft., a northern source of the Liard River, lat. 61° 30’ N; long. 129° 30’ W, Yukon. 1898. Evotomys alascensis Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 50:364, October 15, type from St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska. (See Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 24:34, November 23, 1904.) 1950. Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni, Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:134, April 21. Marginal records.—Alaska: 1% mi. ESE Point Barrow, 10 ft. (43327 KU); 14 mi. W, % mi. N Umiat, 69° 22’ 18”, 152° 08’ 10”, 370 ft.(43328 KU). Mackenzie District: Fort McPherson (Preble, 1908:180); Port Epworth (Anderson, 1937:112); Bathurst Inlet (Banfield, 1951:118); Muskox Lake (ibid. ); Thelon Game Sanctuary (Anderson, 1947:154). Manitoba: Nonala, 80 mi. N Churchill (Orr, 1945:71). Mackenzie District: Fort Reliance (Banfield, 1951:118); Fort Rae (Preble, 1908:180); Fort Providence (ibid.). British Columbia: Summit Pass, 4500 ft., 10 mi. S, 70 mi. W Fort Nelson (Baker, 1951:103); Level Mtn. (Allen, 1903:547); Junction (Swarth, 1922:173). Alaska: Juneau (Anderson, 1947:154); Yakutat (ibid.); Mt. Logan Area, Hubrick’s Camp [N side Chitina River, 25 mi. W Alaska- Yukon line] (Laing, Taverner, and Anderson, 1929:101); Moose Camp, Kenai Peninsula (Orr, 1945:71); Ugaguk River, near outlet Becharof Lake (Osgood, 1904:33); Nushagak (ibid.); St. Michael (Osgood, 1900:35); Teller (Anderson, 1937:112). CLETHRIONOMYS RUTILUS GLACIALIS Orr. 1945. Clethrionomys dawsoni glacialis Orr, Jour. Mamm., 26:71, February DAE e from Glacier Bay, Alaska. 1950. Clethrionomys rutilus glacialis, Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:185, April 21. Marginal records (Orr, 1945:72).—Alaska (Glacier Bay): Coppermine; Bartlett Cove. CLETHRIONOMYS RUTILUS INSULARIS (Heller). 1910. Evotomys dawsoni insularis Heller, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 5:339, March 5, type from west side Canoe Passage, Hawkins Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. 384 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1950. Clethrionomys rutilus insularis, Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:185, April 21. Marginal records (Orr, 1945:72).—Alaska (Prince William Sound): type locality; Northeast Bay, Hinchinbrook Island. CLETHRIONOMYS RUTILUS ORCA (Merriam). 1900. Evotomys orca Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:24, March 14, type from Orca, Prince William Sound, Alaska. 1950. Clethrionomys rutilus orca, Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:135, April 21. Marginal records (Orr, 1945:73).—Alaska (Prince William Sound): Valdez Narrows; Cordova; La Touche, La Touche Island; head of Port Nellie Juan. Fic. 7. Distribution of C. rutilus and C. albiventer. 1. C. rutilus dawsoni 8. C. rutilus insularis 5. C. rutilus glacialis 2. C. rutilus orca 4, C. rutilus watsoni 6. C. albiventer CLETHRIONOMYS RUTILUS WATSONI Orr. 1945. Clethrionomys dawsoni watsoni Orr, Jour. Mamm., 26:73, February 27, type from Cape Yakataga, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1950. Clethrionomys rutilus watsoni, Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:185, April 21. Cleithrionomys albiventer Hall and Gilmore St. Lawrence Island Red-backed Mouse 1932. Clethrionomys albiventer Hall and Gilmore, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 38:398, September 17, type from Sevoonga, 2 mi. E of North Cape, St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Known from type locality only. Total length, 150-153; tail, 31-87; hind foot, 20-21. Upper parts pale; dorsal stripe well defined, Sudan brown; sides gray, lacking buff; feet and belly clear pale olive-gray; tail sharply bicolored, gray NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 885 below, Sudan brown above. Known from only three specimens. Closely related to C. rutilus but skull larger. Clethrionomys gapperi Gapper Red-backed Mouse Total length, 120-158; tail, 30-50; hind foot, 16-21; ear, 12-16; weight, 16-42 grams. Dorsal stripe varies from bright chestnut, through hazel, to yellowish brown; sides gray to buffy gray, some- times with yellowish wash; venter silvery sometimes with buffy wash; tail bicolor, whitish to gray below, dark brown to black above. Tail slender, with short hairs except at tip where hairs are longer. Postpalatal bridge complete even in half-grown young with result that posterior margin of palate forms solid, truncate shelf; dentition relatively light; enamel patterns of M3 and ml more com- plex than in C. occidentalis. Usual number of embryos 4 to 6 (extremes recorded are 3 to 8). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI ARIZONENSIS Cockrum and Fitch. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi arizonensis Cockrum and Fitch, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:291, November 15, type from Little Colorado River, 8300 ft., White Mts., Apache Co., Arizona. Marginal records (Cockrum and Fitch, 1952:291).—Arizona: type locality; Hannagan Creek, 8600 ft. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI ATHABASCAE (Preble). 1908. Evotomys gapperi athabascae Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 27:178, October 26, type from Fort Smith, Slave River, Mackenzie. 1932. Clethrionomys gapperi athabascae, Harper, Jour. Mamm., 13:28, February 9. Marginal records.—Mackenzie District: Fort Resolution (Preble, 1908:179); Soulier Lake (Harper, 1932:28). Northern Saskatchewan and NW Mani- toba (Anderson, 1947:152). Alberta: Calling River (Preble, 1908:179); Edmonton (ibid.); Tornado Pass (Crowe, 1943:404). British Columbia: Invermere (ibid.). Alberta: Jasper Nat'l Park (Anderson, 1947:152). British Columbia: Laurier Pass (east end) (Sheldon, 1932:200); 5 mi. W, 38 mi. N Fort St. John (Baker, 1951:104); Liard River (Anderson, 1947: 152). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI BREVICAUDUS (Merriam). 1891. Evotomys gapperi brevicaudus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:119, July eel from 3 mi. N Custer, 6000 ft., Black Hills, Custer Co., South Dakota. 1942. Clethrionomys gapperi brevicaudus, Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:153, September 11. Marginal records (Cockrum and Fitch, 1952:288, unless otherwise noted ).— Wyoming: 3 mi. NW Sundance, 5900 ft. South Dakota: Deadwood (Bailey, 1897:129); 16 mi. SW Rapid City; type locality. Wyoming: 12 mi. SE Newcastle, 1% mi. E Buckhorn, 6150 ft. 386 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI CAROLINENSIS (Merriam). 1888. Evotomys carolinensis Merriam, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, 36:460, De- cember, type from Roan Mtn., 6000 ft., Mitchell Co., North Carolina. 1939. Clethrionomys gapperi carolinensis, R. Kellogg, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 52:38, March 11. Marginal records—West Virginia: Hardy County (Wilson, 1943:102); Franklin (Kellogg, 1937:467); Cranberry Glades (ibid.). Virginia: White- top Mtn. (Handley and Patton, 1947:171). North Carolina: type locality; Highlands (Odum, 1949:191). Tennessee: Spence Field, 1 mi. W Thunder- head Mtn. (Kellogg, 1939:284). West Virginia: Odd (Kellogg, 1937:467); Cheat Mtn., 3 mi. E Cheat Bridge (ibid.). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI CASCADENSIS Booth. 1945. Clethrionomys gapperi cascadensis Booth, Murrelet, 26:27, August 10, type from 2 mi. S Blewett Pass, 3000 ft., Kittitas Co., Washington. Marginal records (Booth, 1945:28, unless otherwise noted ).—Washington: Nooksak River; Pasayten River; Liberty; Simcoe Mts.; Mt. St. Helens (Dal- quest, 1948:342); Swamp Creek (ibid.). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI GALE! ( Merriam). 1890. Evotomys galei Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:23, October 8, type from Ward, 9500 ft., Boulder Co., Colorado. nie sei tal gapperi galei, Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 37:6, ril 10. Maranal records.—Alberta: “extreme southwestern Alberta” (Anderson, 1947:152). Montana: Big Snowy Mts. (Bailey, 1897:127). Wyoming (Cockrum and Fitch, 1952:284): 6% mi. W, 2 mi. S Buffalo; 22 mi. S, 24% mi. W Douglas; 3 mi. ESE Browns Peak. Colorado: type locality; Lake Moraine, 10,250 ft. (Warren, 1942:224); 2 mi. N Gothic (937 J. S. Findley Collection); 25 mi. SE Meeker (Cary, 1911:121). Wyoming: Bridger Pass, 18 mi. SW Rawlins (20597 KU); Middle Lake, 20% mi. W, 2 mi. S Lander (87798 KU); Hoback Mts. (Bole and Moulthrop, 1941:153); Moran (17268 KU). Montana: Deer Lodge County (1013 KU); St. Mary Lake (Bailey, 1918:60). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI GAPPERI ( Vigors). 1830. Arvicola gapperi Vigors, Zool. Jour., 5:204, type from between York [= Toronto] and Lake Simcoe, Ontario. 1928. Clethrionomys gapperi gapperi, Green, Jour. Mamm., 9:255, August 9. 1894. Evotomys fuscodorsalis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:103, April 14, type from Trousers Lake, New Brunswick. Marginal records.—Quebec: Godbout (Bailey, 1897:124); Lake Edward (Elliot, 1907:284). New York: Lake George (Bailey, 1897:124). Con- necticut: Woodstock (Goodwin, 1935:129); Glastonbury (ibid.). New Jersey: Walkill Valley, near Long Lake (Stone, 1908:68). Virginia (Pat- ton, 1939:76 unless otherwise noted): Washington; Peaks of Otter; Moun- tain Lake (Handley and Patton, 1947:171); Elliot Knob. Pennsylvania: Renovo (Bailey, 1897:124). Ontario: Middlesex County (Saunders, 1932: 297). Michigan (Burt, 1946:215); Alcona County; Crawford County; Leelanau County. Wisconsin: 1 mi. W Keshena (Komarek, 1932:208); Beaver Dam (Cory, 1912:211); Worden (Schmidt, 1931:103). Minnesota NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 387 (Swanson, 1945:90): Carlton County; Lake of the Woods County. On- tario: Humboldt Bay, Lake Nipigon region (Dymond, 1928:245). Quebec: Bark Lake (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:153). 120 100 80 oe ‘ . A WW Sy Fic. 8. Distribution of Clethrionomys. l. C. rutilus (fig. 7). 11. C. g. proteus 21. C. g. marus 2. C. albiventer 12. C. g. loringi 22. C. g. cascadensis 8. C. g. sitkinensis 13. C. g. gapperi 23. C. g. idahoensis 4, C. g. solus 14. C. g. gaspeanus 24. C. g. uintaensis 5. C. g. phaeus 15. C. g. pallescens 25. C. g. brevicaudus 6. C. g. wrangeli 16. C. g. ochraceus 26. C. g. galei 7. C. g. saturatus 17. C. g. paludicola 27. C. g. gauti 8. C. g. athabascae 18. C. g. rupicola 28. C. g. arizonensis 9. C. g. hudsonius 19. C. g. rhoadsii 29. C. g. limitis 10. C. g. ungava 20. C. g. carolinensis 80. C. occidentalis (fig. 9). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI GASPEANUS Anderson. 1948. Clethrionomys gapperi gaspeanus Anderson, Ann. Rept. for 1942, Provancher Soc. Nat. Hist. Canada, p. 57, September 7, type from Be Mountain Camp, about 1500 ft., near junction of Berry Mountain Back with Grand Cascapedia River, Matane Co., Quebec. Marginal records—Quebec: Ste. Anne de Monts (Anderson, 1943:59); type locality; Red Camp, Cascapedia Valley (Goodwin, 1929:243). New Brunswick: Dalhousie (Elliot, 1907:283); St. Leonard (Anderson, 1943: 59); Baker Lake (ibid.). Quebec: Matapedia (Elliot, 1907:283). Note: Anderson (1947:152) implies that Dalhousie, N. B., and Matapedia, Quebec, are in the range of C. g. gaspeanus. 388 UnIversITy OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI GAUTI Cockrum and Fitch. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi gauti Cockrum and Fitch, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:289, November 15, 1952, type from Twining, 10,700 ft., Taos Co., New Mexico. Marginal records (Cockrum and Fitch, 1952:290).—Colorado: 21 mi. W, 8 mi. N Saguache. New Mexico: 15 mi. SW Cimarron; Pecos Baldy, Pecos Mts.; Goat Peak, Jemez Mts. Colorado: Silverton. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI HUDSONIUS Anderson. 1940. Clethrionomys gapperi hudsonius Anderson, Rapport Annuel 1939, Société Provancher d’Histoire Naturelle du Canada, p. 73, February 29, type from Kapuskasing, on Kapuskasing River, about 64 mi. W Cochrane, Ontario. Marginal records—Manitoba: Sandhill Lake (59° 21’ N, 98° 43’ W) (An- derson, 1947:152); [Fort] Churchill (ibid.). Quebec: Richmond Gulf (op. cit.:153); Lake Albanel (Cameron and Morris, 1951:128). Ontario: Mur- dock Creek, S of Swastika (Anderson, 1940:75); type locality. Manitoba: Whitemouth Lake (Soper, 1946:146); Pine Falls (ibid.); Ilford (Anderson, 1947:152). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI IDAHOENSIS (Merriam). 1891. Evotomys idahoensis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:66, July 30, type from Fel aden (Alturas) Lake, 7200 ft., E base Sawtooth Mts., Blaine Co., Idaho. 1933. Clethrionomys gapperi idahoensis, Whitlow and Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:265, September 30. Marginal records——Montana: Yellow Bay, Flathead Lake region (Dice, 1923:250). Idaho (Davis, 1939:311): Salmon River Mts. [= Timber Creek, Lemhi Mts.]; 8 mi. S Victor; N rim Copenhagen Basin; Indian Creek; Edna. Oregon * (Bailey, 1897:129): 10 mi. N Harney; Kamela. Wash- ington: Humpeg Falls (Dice, 1919:14). Idaho: % mi. E Black Lake (Davis, 1989:811). * Note: The findings of Davis (1939:310) and Dalquest (1948:343) suggest that C. g. idahoensis and not C. g. saturatus is the subspecies in eastern Oregon. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI LIMITIS (Bailey). 1918. Evotomys limitis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26:188, May 21, type from Willow Creek, 8500 ft., a branch of the Gilita, Mogollon Mts., Socorro Co., New Mexico. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi limitis, Cockrum and Fitch, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:290, November 10. Marginal records (Cockrum and Fitch, 1952:291).—New Mexico: Copper Canyon, Magdalena Mts.; San Mateo Peak, 10,000 ft., San Mateo Mts.; type locality. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI LORINGI (Bailey). 1897. Evotomys gapperi loringi Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:125, May 18, type from Portland, Traill Co., North Dakota. 1929. Clethrionomys gapperi loringi, B. Bailey, Jour. Mamm., 10:162, May 9. Marginal records——Manitoba: Cormorant Lake, mile 42 from The Pas on the Churchill R. R. (Breckenridge, 1936:62, as C. g. gapperi, but falls in the range ascribed by Anderson [1947:153] to C. g. loringi). Minnesota: Kitt- NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 3889 son County (Swanson, 1945:90); Hinckley (Bailey, 1897:126); Minneapolis (ibid.). Towa: 5 mi. E [= ESE] Forest City (84194 U. Mich.). South Dakota: Fort Sisseton (Bailey, 1897:126). North Dakota (Bailey, 1926:88): Cannon Ball; Buford. Alberta: Cypress Hills, Eagle Butte (Soper, 1946: 146). Saskatchewan: Wingard (Bailey, 1897:124, Evotomys [g.] gapperi). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI MAURUS R. Kellogg. 1939. Clethrionomys gapperi maurus R. Kellogg, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 52:37, March 11, type from Black Mts., 4% mi. SE Lynch, 4100 ft., Harlan Co., Kentucky. Marginal records—Kentucky: type locality. Virginia: Big Stone Gap (Handley and Patton, 1947:171). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI OCHRACEUS (Miller). 1894. Evotomys gapperi ochraceus Miller, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 26:193, March 24, type from Mt. Washington, 5500 ft., Coos Co., New Hampshire. 1929. [Clethrionomys gapperi] ochraceus, Goodwin, Jour. Mamm., 10:243, August 10. Marginal records—Prince Edward Island: Kensington (Elliot, 1907:284), thence south along Atlantic Coast to: Massachusetts: Wareham (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:153); Petersham (Parker, 1939:411). New York: St. Huberts (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:158). Quebec: Hatley (Anderson, 1940:76). Maine: South Twin Lake (Elliot, 1907:283). New Brunswick (Elliot, 1907:283): Andover; Trousers Lake (specimens from the three localities last mentioned were recorded as Evotomys [g.] gapperi but fall in the range ascribed by Anderson [1947:153] to C. g. ochraceus). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI PALLESCENS Hall and Cockrum. 1940. Clethrionomys gapperi rufescens R. W. Smith, Amer. Midland Nat., 24:233, July, type from Wolfville, Kings County, Nova Scotia (nec Ar- vicola rufescens de Selys Longchamps 1836, a synonym of Clethrionomys glareolus glareolus Schreber 1780). 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi pallescens Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:302, November 17 (as substitute for C. g. rufescens Smith). Marginal records (Smith, 1940:234).—Nova Scotia: Frizzleton, down east coast of Cape Breton Island and Nova Scotia and back up west coast to Albany; thence to James River. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI PALUDICOLA Doutt. 1941. Clethrionomys gapperi paludicola Doutt, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:162, December 8, type from Pymatuning Swamp, 1000 ft., 4 mi. W Linesville, Crawford Co., Pennsylvania. Marginal records—Ohio: Conneaut Creek [= Farnham] (Bole and Moul- throp, 1942:152); Padanaram (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:153). Pennsyl- vania: type locality. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI PHAEUS (Swarth). 1911. Evotomys phaeus Swarth, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 7:127, Janu- ary 12, type from Marten Arm, Boca de Quadra, Alaska. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi phaeus, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:302, November 17. 2—5849 390 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:303).—Alaska: Chickamin River; type locality. British Columbia: Fort [= Port] Simpson. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI PROTEUS (Bangs). 1897. Evotomys proteus Bangs (in Bailey), Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:137, May 13, type from Hamilton Inlet, Labrador. 1938. Clethrionomys gapperi proteus, C. F. Jackson, Jour. Mamm., 19:433, November 14. Marginal records—Labrador: Nain (Anderson, 1940:76); Black Bay (Jackson, 1938:433); near mouth of Moise River (ibid.). Not found: Assiwaban River (Anderson, 1947:153) and Windsor (Anderson, 1940: 76). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI RHOADSII (Stone). 1893. Evotomys gapperi rhoadsii Stone, Amer. Nat., 27:55, January, type from Mays Landing, Atlantic Co., New Jersey. Known only from vicinity of type locality. (Bole and Moulthrop [Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:153, September 11, 1942] record from Lakehurst Ocean Co., New Jersey; Miller [Bull. N. Y. State Mus., 8:111, 1900] lists from southern New York. ) 1942. Clethrionomys gapperi rhoadsii, Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publ. Cleve- land Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:153, September 11. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI RUPICOLA E. L. Poole. 1949. Clethrionomys gapperi rupicola E. L. Poole, Not. Naturae Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 212:2, January 21, type from Pinnacle, Berks Co., Pennsylvania. Known only from Kittatinny Ridge of Berks and Schuylkill cos., Pennsylvania. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI SATURATUS (Rhoads). 1894. Evotomys gapperi saturatus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 46:284, October 23, type from Nelson, British Columbia, on Kootenai River, 30 mi. N northern boundary of Washington. 1933. [Clethrionomys gapperi] saturatus, Whitlow and Hall, Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. Zool., 40:265, September 30. Marginal records.—British Columbia: Hazelton (Hall, 1934:376); Summit Lake (Munro, 1947:142); Indianpoint Lake (Hall, 1934:376); Glacier (Bailey, 1897:129); Kitchener (Munro, 1950:86). Montana: Prospect Creek (Bailey, 1897:129). Idaho: Craig Mt. (Davis, 1939:312). Wash- ington: Sherman Creek Pass (Dalquest, 1948:342). British Columbia: Caribou Lake, near Kamloops (Anderson, 1947:153); Chilcotin River (Racey and Cowan, 1935:H 25). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI STIKINENSIS Hall and Cockrum. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi stikinensis Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:305, November 17, type from Stikine River at Great Glacier, British Columbia. Marginal records (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:307).—British Columbia: type locality; Stikine River at Flood Glacier. Alaska: Bradfield Canal; Helm Bay. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI soOLus Hall and Cockrum. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi solus Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:304, November 17, type from Loring, Revillagigedo Island, Alaska. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 891 Marginal records (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:305).—Alaska (Revillagigedo Island): type locality; mouth of Fish Creek, Ketchikan. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI UINTAENSIS Doutt. 1941. Clethrionomys gapperi uintaensis Doutt, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, a December 8, type from Paradise Park, 10,050 ft., Uintah Co., Utah. Marginal records (Durrant, 1952:356, unless otherwise indicated ).—Utah: Monte Cristo, 18 mi. W Woodruff, 8000 ft. Wyoming: 9 mi. S Robertson (26069 KU). Utah: Beaver Dams, 10,500 ft.; type locality; Bald Peak, Uinta Mts., 10,500 ft.; Silver Lake Post Office (Brighton), 9,500 ft.; Emi- gration Canyon, 8 mi. above forks, 6,000 ft. CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI UNGAVA (Bailey). 1897. Evotomys ungava Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:130, May 13, type from Fort Chimo, Quebec. 1939. Clethrionomys gapperi ungava Anderson, Ann. Rept. Provancher Soc. Nat. Hist. Canada for 1938:83, February 28. Marginal records—Quebec: type locality; Lower Seal Lake (Anderson, 1940:76). CLETHRIONOMYS GAPPERI WRANGELI (Bailey). 1897. Evotomys wrangeli Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:120, May 13, type from Wrangell, Wrangell Island, Alaska. 1952. Clethrionomys gapperi wrangeli, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:308, November 17. Marginal records (Hall and Cockrum, MS).—Alaska: Sergief Island; Wrangell, Wrangell Island. Clethrionomys occidentalis Western Red-backed Mouse Total length, 121-165; tail 34-53; hind foot, 18-21; ear 10-18; upper parts usually somber; dorsal stripe usually not well defined but rather obscured by intermixed black hairs, and varying from light hazel to deep chestnut; sides light to dark-buffy gray; venter with buffy or ochraceous wash over dark or plumbeous underfur; tail varying from indistinctly to sharply bicolor, dusky to sooty above, whitish below. Tail slender, and with short hairs except at tip where they are long. Postpalatal bridge complete even in half-grown young with re- sult that posterior margin of palate forms solid shelf with median, posteriorly directed spine; dentition relatively heavy; enamel pat- terns of M3 and ml simplified as compared with those of C. gapperi (number of salient and re-entrant angles tend to be reduced in adults ). 392 UNIvERSITY OF KANSAS PuBsLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. Arthur Svihla (Murrelet, 12:54, May 1931) has written essentially as follows concerning this mouse on the Olympic Peninsula, of Washington. The gestation period was 18 days in a female that was bred no longer than 12 hours after she had given birth to one litter. Gravid females were found in the autumn (Septem- ber). At birth the appearance is similar to that of Clethriono- mys gapperi. The young are born with the eyes closed and hairless, except for the vibris- sae, which already are in evi- dence. The animal is a bright flesh-color but within 20 hours the back becomes darkly pig- mented owing to the growth of the hair. Within a week the body is covered by hair that is darker gray than in the adult. The eyes open on the 14th day after birth. As soon as the eyes open, weaning commences and the young gradually become less dependent on the mother for food. Little is known of the food except that it is vege- table material. The numbers of young in three litters born in captivity were 3, 3 and 4. MacNab and Dirks (1941:177) reported two females, one with two and one with four em- bryos. Bailey (1936:193) re- ported that: “like other forms of the genus the young prob- ably vary from 4 to 8 in a lit- ter.” Traps set crosswise of the Fic. 9. _ Distribution of Clethrionomys trails under logs, or traps set identalis. : ; airelees close to the junction of the log z pert dae z pees and the ground, often capture 8. occidentalis 6. mazama specimens of this species. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 893 CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS CALIFORNICUS (Merriam). 1890. Evotomys californicus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:26, October 8, type from Eureka, Humboldt Co., California. 1952. Clethrionomys occidentalis californicus, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:301, November 17. Marginal records—Oregon (MacNab and Dirks, 1941:177-178): Astoria; Camp Millard, near Estacada; Wells. California (Grinnell, 1933:185): near Fair Oaks; Willits; 7 mi. W Cazadero, thence north along coast. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS CAURINUS (Bailey). 1898. Evotomys caurinus Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:21, Janu- ary 27, type from Lund, east shore of Malaspina Inlet, British Columbia. 1952. Clethrionomys occidentalis caurinus, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:299, November 17. Marginal records—British Columbia: Inverness, mouth of Skeena River (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:300); Kutze Inlet (Racey and Cowan, 1935: H 25); Kimsquit (Anderson, 1947:152); Stuie (ibid.); Alta Lake (Racey and Cowan, 1935: H26); Chilliwack Val. (Anderson, 1947:152); type loc. CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS MAZAMA (Merriam). 1897. Evotomys mazama Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:71, April 21, type from Crater Lake, 7000 ft., Mt. Mazama, Oregon. 1952. Clethrionomys occidentalis mazama, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:301, October 17. Marginal records—Oregon: Mt. Hood (Bailey, 1897:1382); The Three Sis- ters (Bailey, 1936:193); type locality. California: Mt. Shasta (Grinnell, 1933:184); vicinity Lassen Peak (Grinnell, 1933:184); near Quincy (ibid.). CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS NIVARIUS (Bailey). 1897. Evotomys nivarius Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:136, May 13, type from NW slope Mt. Ellinor, 4000 ft., Olympic Mts., Washington. 1952. Clethrionomys occidentalis nivarius, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:300, November 17. Marginal records——Washington: Lake Sutherland (Taylor and Shaw, 1929:24); Staircase, on Lake Cushman (Dalquest, 1948:343); Sol Duc Hot Springs (ibid.). CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS oOBsCURUS (Merriam). 1897. Evotomys obscurus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:72, April 21, type from Prospect, 2600 ft., Upper Rogue Riv. Val., Oreg. 1952. Clethrionomys occidentalis obscurus, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:302, November 17. Marginal records—Oregon: W base Mt. Jefferson (Bailey, 1936:192); W side Crater Lake (Bailey, 1897:133). California (Grinnell, 1933:185): Castle Lake; 2 mi. S of South Yolla Bolly Mtn.; Jackson Lake. Oregon: Grants Pass (Bailey, 1936:192). CLETHRIONOMYS OCCIDENTALIS OCCIDENTALIS (Merriam). 1890. Evotomys occidentalis Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 4:25, October 8, type from Aberdeen, Grays Harbor Co., Washington. 1894. Evotomys pygmaeus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 46: 284, October 23, type from mouth Nisqually River, Pierce Co., Wash. 394 UnIversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1952. Clethrionomys occidentalis occidentalis, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publs., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:301, November 17. Marginal records.—Washington: Lake Whatcom (Taylor and Shaw, 1929: 23); Cottage Lake (Dalquest, 1948:344); Steilacoom (Bailey, 1897:186); 15 mi. N Carson (Taylor and Shaw, 1929:23); Ilwaco (ibid.); Ozette Lake (ibid.); near Shelton (Dalquest, 1948:344). Fics. 10-19. Skulls of red-backed mice, Clethrionomys. All x 1%. Fics. 10-13. C. rutilus dawsoni, east side Deadman jake. 1300 ft., 15 mi. SE Nordway, Alaska; 2 21410 KU Fics. 14-16. C. gapperi galei, 3 mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10,000 ft., Albany Co., Wyoming; ¢ 17288 KU. Fics. 17-19. C. saa oo obscurus, head of Daggett Creek, 5800 ft., Siskiyou Co., California; @ 69490 MVZ. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 895 Genus PHENACOMYs Merriam Revised by A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 48:iv + 66, October 12, 1926. 1889. Phenacomys Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 2:28, October 30. Type, Phenacomys intermedius Merriam. 1915. Arborimus Taylor, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 5:119, December 80. Type, Phenacomys longicaudus True. Total length, 130-198; tail, 26-87; hind foot, 16-22. Basal length, 22.3-25.7; zygomatic breadth, 13.9-16.3. Upper parts gray to cinna- mon. Mammae usually 2-2 = 8; plantar pads 6. Skull with tem- poral ridges widely separated in adult; bullae of medium size, with- out internal spongy tissue; palate neither transversely continuous nor shelflike; cheek-teeth rooted in adults; enamel pattern of lower molars unique, chiefly in depth of re-entrant angles, as compared with the external angles. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PHENACOMYS It. Lail:much lessithan) 50 mms os 5.4052. wi ap sskereees wo P. intermedius, p. 395 1’. Tail much more than 50 mm. 2. Incisors strongly recurved (see fig. 35); tail thick, quite hairy; arboreal. 8. Color reddish; braincase relatively unridged; nose not sooty. P. longicaudus, p. 399 8’. Color brownish; braincase strongly ridged; nose sooty. P. silvicola, p. 399 2’. Incisors not strongly recurved (see fig. 29); tail slender, scantily naire) terrestrial (ak ce eres aie uns Bes lees P. albipes, p. 398 Phenacomys intermedius Heather Vole Total length, 1380-153; tail, 26-41; hind foot, 16-18.2; ear, 11-17; weight, up to 40.8 grams. Upper parts agouti gray to brownish but face, in some subspecies, yellowish; underparts whitish; tail sharply bicolored. Embryos, in three females from Wyoming, numbered 3, 4, and 8. PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS CELATUS Merriam. 1889. Phenacomys celatus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 2:33, October 80, type from Godbout, Quebec. 1889. Phenacomys latimanus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 2:34, October 30, type from Fort Chimo, Quebec. 1889. Phenacomys ungava, Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 2:35, October 30, type from Fort Chimo, Quebec. (This name selected to apply to the subspecies by Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:84, ApET 21, 1897 and was used by Howell (N. Amer. Fauna, 48:25, October 12, 1926) who revised the members of the genus Phenacomys. ) 828. Penscamys ungava ungava, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 48:25, ctober 12. 896 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1943. Phenacomys intermedius ungava, Crowe, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80:404, February 4. ‘ i Marginal records——Quebec: Fort Chimo (Jackson, 1938:438); Harrington Harbor (Weaver, 1940:419); type locality. Ontario: Nipissing (An- derson, 1942:58); Algoma (ibid.); Kenora (ibid.); Lake Abitibi (Snyder, 1928:12). y- Fic. 20. Distribution of Phenacomys intermedius and P. longicaudus. Guide to 8. P.i. soperi 7. P.i. levis species 4, P.i. mackenzii 8. P. i. celsus l. P. i. crassus 5. P. i. laingi 9. P. i. intermedius 2. P. i. celatus 6. P. i. oramontis 10. P. longicaudus PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS CELSus A. B. Howell. 1923. Phenacomys intermedius celsus A. B. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 36:158, May 1, type from Muir Meadow, 9300 ft., Tuolumne Meadows, Yosemite Nat’] Park, California. Marginal records.—California: Pyramid Peak (Grinnell, 1933:183); Ten Lakes, Yosemite Park (A. B. Howell, 1926:25); Mt. Lyell (ibid.); Humph- reys Basin (Grinnell, 1933:183); Fletcher Creek, Yosemite Park (A. B. Howell, 1926:25). PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS Crassus Bangs. 1900. Phenacomys celatus crassus Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 2:39, September 20, type from Rigolet, Hamilton Inlet, Labrador. 1943. Phenacomys intermedius crassus, Crowe, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80:404, February 4. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 397 Marginal records (Anderson, 1942:57).—Labrador: type locality; L’Anse au Loup, Strait of Belle Isle. PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS INTERMEDIUS Merriam. 1889. Phenacomys intermedius Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 2:32, October 30, type from a basaltic plateau, 5500 ft., about 20 mi. NNW Kamloops, British Columbia. 1891. Phenacomys orophilus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:65, July 80, type from near head of Timber Creek, Lemhi Mts. [= “Salmon River Moun- tains”], Lemhi Co., Idaho. 1894. Phenacomys truei J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:331, November 7, type from Black Hills, now Laramie Mts., Wyoming. 1897. Phenacomys preblei Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:45, March 16, type from side of Twin Peak, 9000 ft., near Longs Peak, Boulder Co., Colorado. 1899. Phenacomys constablei J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:4, March 4, type from Telegraph Creek, British Columbia. Marginal records (Howell, 1926:19-20, unless otherwise noted ).—British Columbia: Telegraph Creek; Nelson. Montana: Big Snowy Mts.; Bear Tooth Mts. Wyoming: 18 mi. W, 3 mi. N Lander (32753 KU); Merna; 11% mi. S, 2 mi. E Robertson, 9200 ft. (26059 KU); Bridgers Pass, 18 mi. SW Rawlins, 7500 ft. (20609 KU); Laramie Mts.(= Black Hills). Colorado: Lake Moraine (Warren, 1942:223). New Mexico: Twining; Pecos Baldy; Santa Fe. Colorado: Sacramento Gulch (Warren, 1942:228). Utah: Provo River, 8 mi. N Soapstone G. S., Wasatch Nat’l Forest (Durrant, 1952:860); Mt. Timpanogos, 10,200 ft. (ibid.). Idaho: Sawtooth City (Davis, 1939:3805). Oregon: Blue Mts. California: Mt. Shasta. Oregon: Diamond Lake. Washington: [Okanagan Co.] Loomis. British Columbia: Wistaria, near Burns Lake (Anderson, 1942:59). PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS LAINGI Anderson. 1942. Phenacomys intermedius laingi Anderson, Canadian Field-Nat., 56:59, June 8, type from Kimsquit River, Cornice Creek, near head of Dean Inlet, 52° 54’ N and 127° W, 2500 ft., British Columbia. Marginal records—British Columbia: type locality; Atnarko River (Ander- son, 1947:149); Mt. Brilliant (Anderson, 1942:59). PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS LEvis A. B. Howell. 1928. Phenacomys intermedius levis A. B. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 36:157, May 1, type from Saint Marys Lake, Teton Co., Montana. Marginal records (Howell, 1926:21, unless otherwise noted).—Alberta: head of Smoky River; Thoral Creek, 6000 ft. (Crowe, 1948:408); Braggs Creek; Waterton Lakes Nat'l Park (Anderson, 1942:58). Montana: Mid- vale; Summit; Kintla Lake. British Columbia: Assiniboine, 7500 ft. (Crowe, 1948:403); Moose River. PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS MACKENzI Preble. 1902. Phenacomys mackenzii Preble, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15:182, August 6, type from Fort Smith, Slave River, Mackenzie. 1943. Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii, Crowe, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80:408, February 4, 898 UNIVERSITY OF KANsAs Pus3s., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records.—Mackenzie: Lake St. Croix (Howell, 1926:29); Fort Reliance (Banfield, 1951:118). Manitoba: Churchill (Anderson, 1942:57). Alberta: Mud Lake, near Macleod (Crowe, 1943:408); Maycroft, 4700 ft. (ibid.); Bearberry Creek, W of Olds (Anderson, 1942:58); Entrance, 3000 ft. (Crowe, 1948:403); Muskeg Creek (ibid.). British Columbia: Charlie Lake (Cowan, 1939:83); Atlin (Swarth, 1936:403). Yukon: SE end Dezadeash Lake (Baker, 1951:104); Lapie Lakes, Canol Road (Anderson, 1947:151); Lapie River, Canol Road (ibid.). PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS ORAMONTIS Rhoads. 1895. Phenacomys oramontis Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 29:941, October, type from Church Mtn. (Lihumitson Mtn.), 6000 ft., Lihumitson Park, Mt. Baker Range, New Westminster District, British Columbia. 1899. Phenacomys olympicus Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., publ. 80, zool. ser., 1:225, February 2, type from Happy Lake, 5000 ft., Olympic Mts., Clallam Co., Washington. Anderson (Canadian Field-Nat., 56:59, June 8, 1942) considers P. olympicus to be a synonym of P. i. oramontis Rhoads. 1899. Microtus (Lagurus) pumilus Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., publ. 80, zool. ser., 1:226, February 2, type from Happy Lake, Olympic Mts., Clallam Co., Washington. Dalquest (Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:340, April 9, 1948) considers M. pumilus to be a synonym of P. i. oramontis Rhoads. 1942. Phenacomys intermedius oramontis, Anderson, Canadian Field-Nat., 56:59, June 8. Marginal records.—British Columbia: Avalanche Pass, 5,500 ft. (Racey and Cowan, 1935:H25); type locality. Washington: nr. Stephens Pass (Dal- quest, 1948:339). Oregon (A. B. Howell, 1926:23): Deschutes River; Three Sisters; Mt. Hood. Washington (A. B. Howell, 1926:23): Canyon Creek; Boulder Lake. PHENACOMYS INTERMEDIUS SOPERI Anderson. 1942. Phenacomys ungava soperi Anderson, Canadian Field-Nat., 56:58, June 8, type from near Swanson Creek, in middle of sec. 34, T. 19, R. 17, Riding Mtn. Nat’l Park, Manitoba. 1948. Phenacomys intermedius soperi, Crowe, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80:404, February 4. Marginal records ( Anderson, 1942:59).—Saskatchewan: Emma Lake, SE of Prince Albert Nat’l Park. Manitoba: type locality. Alberta: Battle Lake (head of Battle River). Phenacomys albipes Merriam White-footed Phenacomys 1901. Phenacomys albipes Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 14:125, July 19, type from Redwoods, near Arcata, Humboldt Bay, Humboldt Co., California. Marginal records (Howell, 1926:31).—Oregon: Netarts; Vida. California: type locality. Average external measurements of six adult males: total length, 171 (165-181); tail, 63 (62-71); hind foot, 19.5 (19-20). Upper parts close to Prout Brown, with mixture of black-tipped hairs. Under- parts clear gray, often washed with pinkish buff in autumn. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 399 Fic. 21. Distribution of Phenacomys albipes, white-footed phenacomys. Phenacomys silvicola A. B. Howell Dusky Tree Mouse 1921. Phenacomys silvicolus A. B. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 2:98, May 2, type from 5 mi. SE Tillamook, Tillamook Co., Oregon. Marginal records—Oregon: 3 or 4 mi. W Tillamook (Walker, 1930:283); type locality; near Corvallis (Bailey, 1936:198). External measurements of one male and one female are: total length, 193, 191; tail, 87, 81; hind foot, 20, 22. Upper parts near cinnamon brown, with a sooty nose; underparts whitish. Tail long and well haired. Wight (1925:283) recorded 4 young asso- ciated with one female. Phenacomys longicaudus True Red Tree Mouse 1890. Phenacomys longicaudus True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 13:303, No- vember 15, type from Marshfield, Coos Co., Oregon. Marginal records—Oregon (Jewett, 1920:167): Nehalem; Bonneville. California: 1 mi. W Bridgeville (Benson and Borell, 1931:226); Mt. Sanhe- 400 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fic. 22. Distribution of Phenacomys silvicola, dusky tree mouse. drin (A. B. Howell, 1926:34); vicinity Occidental (Hooper, 1944:61), and then north along coast to point of beginning. See figure 20 on page 396. RP Gnossenherdey Fic. 23. Phenacomys longicaudus, 2 mi. E Bridgeville, Humboldt Co., California, December 22, 19380; 9 41444 KU. x %. Six adult males and five adult females measure: total length, 166 (158-176), 182 (170-187); tail, 67 (60-72), 73 (66-83); hind foot, 20 (19-21), 21 (21-22). Upper parts uniform cinnamon, near ochraceous tawny with many hairs sparingly tipped with black; underparts whitish; tail long, blackish, and well haired. Benson and Borell (1931:226) record one female with three embryos and two other females each associated with two young. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 401 Fics. 24-35. Skulls of Phenacomys. All X 1%. Fics. 24-26. P. intermedius celsus, Humphreys Basin, 10,800 ft., Fresno Co., California; ¢ 41125 MVZ. Fics. 27-29. P. albipes, Old Ft. Clatsop, 100 ft., Clatsop Co., Washington; @ 94499 MVZ. Fics. 30-32. P. longicaudus, 1 mi. S Occidental, Sonoma Co., California; 2 94761 MVZ. Fics. 33-35. P. silvicola, Netarts, Tillamook Co., Oregon; sex?, 61411 MVZ. 402 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. Genus Microtus Schrank—Meadow Mice 1798. Microtus Schrank, Fauna Boica . . ., 1 (Abth. 1):72. Type, Microtus terrestris Schrank [= Mus arvalis Pallas]. 1817. Mynomes Rafinesque, Amer. Monthly Mag., 2:45. Type, Mynomes pratensis Rafinesque [= Arvicola pennsylvanicus Ord]. 1831. Pitymys McMurtrie, Cuvier’s Anim. Kingd., American ed., 1:434. Type, Psammomys pinetorum LeConte. 1831. Ammomys Bonaparte, Saggio Distrib. Metod. Anim. Vert., 20. Type, Psammomys pinetorum LeConte. 1836. Hemiotomys de Sélys-Longchamps, Essai monograph. sur les Campagnols des environs de Leige, p. 7. Included fulous (= Mus arvalis Pallas) and amphibius (= Mus terrestris Linnaeus [= Arvicola terrestris of authors] ). 1849. Neodon Hodgson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3:203. Type, Neodon sikimensis Hodgson. 1857. Agricola Blasius, Saugeth. Deutschlands, p. 334. Type, Mus agrestis Linnaeus. 1858. Pedomys Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 517, July 14. Type, Arvicola austerus LeConte [= Hypudaeus ochro- gaster Wagner]. 1858. Chilotus Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 516, July 14. Type, Arvicola oregoni Bachman. 1863. Phaiomys Blyth, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 32, 1:89. Type, Phaiomys leucurus Blyth. 1887. Lasiopodomys Lataste, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, 2a, 4:268. Type, Arvicola brandti Radde. 1890. Campicola Schulze, Schriften Naturw. Vereins d. Harzes in Wemi- gerode, 5:24. Contained arvalis and agrestis according to Ellerman and Morrison-Scott, Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian Mammals. British Museum (Nat. History), p. 690, November 19, 1951. 1894. Tetramerodon Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 282, Oct. 23. Type, Arvicola tetramerus Rhoads. 1894. Aulacomys Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 28:182, February. Type, Aulacomys arviculoides Rhoads. 1898. Orthriomys Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:106, April 30. Type, Microtus umbrosus Merriam. 1898. Herpetomys Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:107, April 30. Type, Microtus guatemalensis Merriam. 1899. Euarvicola Aeloque, Faune de France, Mamm., p. 49. Type, Mus agrestis Linnaeus. 1901. Stenocranius Kastschenko, Ann. Mus. St. Petersborg, 6:167. Type, Microtus slowzowi Poljakoff. 1908. Chinomys Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1:97. Type, Arvicola nivalis Martins. 1911. Proedromys Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 177. Type Proe- dromys bedfordi Thomas. 1914. Alexandromys Ognev, Moskva Dnev. Zool, otd. obsc. liub. jest., 2:109. Type, Microtus pelliceus Thomas. 1919. Abusticola Shidlovsky, Tiflis Bull. Terr. Exper. Stat., 2:21. Type, Microtus rubelianus Shidlovsky [= Microtus (Pitymys) majori Thomas]. 1933. Sumeriomys Argyropulo, Zeitschr. Sadugetier. 8:180. Type, Mus socialis Pallas. 1941. Lemmimicrotus Tokuda, Biogeog. Tokyo, 4, 1:68. Type, Arvicola mandarinus Milne-Edwards. Total length, 101-261; tail, 15-93; hind foot, 13-30; basal length, 19.3-36.0; zygomatic breadth, 10.7-23.0. Pelage usually long and loose; tail usually less than half as long as head and body, but not excessively reduced; ears short and rounded and nearly concealed NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 403 by pelage. Mammae usually 2-2 = 8 (exceptions: 1-1 = 4, mexi- canus group; 1-2=6, subgenus Pedomys; 2-0 = 4, subgenus Or- thriomys; and 2-1—6, subgenus Herpetomys). Lower incisors with roots extending far behind, and on outer side of, molar series; upper incisors not grooved; molars rootless, with outer and inner re-entrant angles approximately equal; the pattern, a series of loops and triangles of enamel surrounding areas of dentine, varies some- what with the species. 36 37 Fics. 36-87. Two species of Microtus, meadow mice. Both X %. Fic. 36. M. oregoni oregoni, Reflection Lake, 3900 ft., Jefferson Co., Washing- ton, July 28, 1931; ¢ 10705 KU. Fic. 37. M. richardsoni macropus, 31 mi. N Pinedale, 8025 ft., Sublette Co., Wyoming, July 7, 1951; ¢ 42454 KU. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS MICROTUS 1. Last lower molar (m8) with 2 transverse loops and 2 median triangles; plantar tubercles 5. 2. Last upper molar (M3) with 3 triangles; mammae 6; tail less than 46% of total length... (Subgenus Herpetomys) M. guatemalensis, p. 444 2’. Last upper molar (M8) with 2 closed triangles; mammae 4; tail more than 46% of total length. (Subgenus Orthriomys) M. umbrosus, p. 445 1’. Last lower molar (m3) with 8 transverse loops and no closed triangles; plantar tubercles 5 or 6. 8. M8 with 8 closed triangles (except: M. breweri with 2 usually confluent; M. chrotorrhinus with 5 closed); mammae 8 (except in M. mexicanus, which has 4). 4, Plantar tubercles 5; side glands either on flanks or incon- spicuous. 5. Side glands conspicuous on flanks of adult males; external measurements more than 176, 55, 22. (Subgenus Aulacomys) M. richardsoni, p. 437 5’. Side glands obscure or wanting; external measurements less than 176, 55, 22. (Subgenus Chilotus) M. oregoni, p. 439 404 UNIvERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. 4’. Plantar tubercles 6; side glands on hips in adult males (on flanks in M. xanthognathus). 6. Skull narrow as in fig. 70 and with pronounced median crest; claws-enlanved:. %.<)..34 5 Sdime-< eco lus» (Subgenus Stenocranius). 7. Hind foot more than 21.5; confined to Hall Island and St. Matthew Island in Bering Sea........ M. abbreviatus, p. 443 7’. Hind foot less than 21.5; not on Hall and St. Matthew islands but instead on mainland of North America....M. miurus, p. 441 6’. Skull not so narrow as in fig. 70 and without pronounced median crest; claws not enlarged............... (Subgenus Microtus). 8. M2 with 4 closed angular sections and a rounded pos- Sonera lt 3). aa (M. pennsylvanicus group). 9. M8 with 2 of the 8 triangles usually confluent; insular species. 10. Interparietal approximately as wide as long; pale (upper parts buffy gray); confined to Muskeget sland: Mase. #1. .i ae «chee ieee M. breweri, p. 412 10’. Interparietal notably wider than long; dark (up- per parts dark yellowish bister); confined to Great Gull Island and Little Gull Island, New at Ae oie sake Dead eee se M. nesophilus, p. 412 9’. M8 with 8 closed triangles. 11. Nasals truncate posteriorly; confined to Block Island, Rhode Island. M. provectus, p. 412 11’. Nasals rounded (not truncate) posteriorly; not on Block Island, Rhode Island. M. pennsylvanicus, p. 406 8’. M2 with 4 closed angular sections and no posterior loop (except irregularly in M. californicus). 12. Mammae 4 (inguinal, 1-1; pectoral, 1-1); skull short and wide with incisive foramina not constricted (see fig. 88). 18. Colors dull brownish or even grayish above and below; north of Oaxaca...... M. mexicanus, p.. 431 18’. Colors bright rich brown above and below; known only from Oaxaca... .M. fulviventer, p. 434 12’. Mammae 8 (inguinal, 2-2; pectoral, 2-2). Skull short or wide with foramina constricted or uncon- stricted (see figures of skulls). 14. ml with 4 closed triangles (5 in some M. o. sitkensis) and rounded anterior loop. M. oeconomus, p. 423 14’. ml with 5 or 6 closed triangles. 15. A pair of glands on flanks of males; nose yellowish. 16. Hind foot more than 23.5; side glands conspicuous in adult males; MS with 8 closed triangles............... M. xanthognathus, p. 434 16’. Hind foot less than 23.5; glands obscure or wanting; M3 with 5 closed trianwles 30.2% Senge: Ow os Han Ee M. chrotorrhinus, p. 435 NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 15’. A pair of glands on hips of males; nose not yellowish. 17. Incisive foramina gradually tapered posteriorly (not abruptly constricted) or not constricted posteriorly (see figs. 79 and 82). 18. 18’, Back always less grayish (usually more reddish) than sides; tail averaging % or more of total length; skull without prominent ridging and with incisive foramina open and not constricted posteriorly, or if constricted only gradually tapered (see fig. 82); not confined to Oregon and California and not in Baja California. 19. On Forester, Coronation and Warren islands of SE NE ERC te TIS SL Pe Ct M. coronarius, p. 19’. Not on Forester, Coronation and Warren islands of SEwAlaskay icthac wien ag M. longicaudus, p. Back never more grayish than sides (frequently less so); tail averaging less than % of total length; skull promi- nently ridged and with incisive foramina wide open and not constricted posteriorly (see fig. 79); confined to Oregon, California and Baja California. M. californicus, p. 17’. Incisive foramina abruptly constricted and narrower pos- teriorly than anteriorly (see figs. 78 and 80). 20. Confined to Pacific costal area west of crest of Cascade Mts., from Fraser River of extreme SW British Columbia south to 40° lat. in Cali- fornia; upper parts dark brown to blackish; hind foot more than 23.7...M. townsendii, p. 20’. Not confined to Pacific coastal area, but in the region occupied by M. townsendii upper parts yellowish or grayish and hind foot less than OR (RE PIN 0 te feist Abo ence tes Pa M. montanus, p. 8’. M8 with 2 closed triangles; mammae 4 or 6. 21. Mammae 4; fur short, fine, molelike, reddish on upper parts; tail less than 26 mm. (Subgenus Pitymys). 22. Hind foot of adults less than 16; upper parts pale (near tawny); geographical range Florida and extreme southern (GET nie cia dat ala, SR, DORR EN M. parvulus, p. 22’. Hind foot of adults more than 16; upper parts dark (russet brown or darker); geographical range not including Florida and extreme southern Georgia. 23. 23’. Ear from notch usually more than 12.5; upper parts dark (near dark umber); occurs in mountains of eastern Mex- TCOME ROT WTAE IESE Sissi he 2) seth eee M. quasiater, p. Ear from notch usually less than 12.5; upper parts pale (bright russet brown to brownish chestnut); occurs in eastern and central North America north of Mexico. M. pinetorum, p. 21’. Mammae 6; fur long, coarse, mouselike, grayish as opposed to red- dish on upper parts; tail more than 26 mm. in areas where sub- genera Pitymys and Pedomys occur together (Subgenus Pedomys). 8—5849 24. Occurs in southeastern Texas and Louisiana. M. ludovicianus, p. 24’. Occurs north of Louisiana....... M. ochrogaster, p. 405 431 426 417 421 413 451 451 448 448 445 406 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Subgenus MICROTUS Schrank 1798. Microtus Schrank, Fauna Boica, 1(1):72. Type, Microtus terrestris Schrank [= Mus arvalis Pallas]. Plantar tubercles 6; lateral glands on hips in adult males; m1 with 5 closed triangles; m3 with 3 transverse loops and no triangles; M2 with 4 closed sections, and in most eastern species an additional posterior inner loop; M8 with 3 closed triangles (except in M. chrotorrhinus ). Microtus pennsylvanicus Pennsylvanian Meadow Mouse Total length, 140-195; tail, 33-64, hindfoot, 18-24; ear, 12-16. Body 2.0 to 3.1 times as long as tail; tail 1.9 to 2.7 times as long as hind foot. Color of pelage varies according to subspecies; in gen- eral, upper parts varying from bright yellowish chestnut to dull bister that is much obscured by black-tipped hairs; northern sub- species generally reddish and southern subspecies generally more blackish or grayish; underparts usually some shade of gray washed with whitish or buffy. Middle upper incisor with fifth posterior loop; incisive foramina long and not constricted posteriorly; Eller- man (1941:590) indicated that this species and the Old World M. agrestis are closely related; in fact Ellerman and Morrison-Scott (1951:702) suggest that M. agrestis and M. pennsylvanicus are conspecific when they state that M. agrestis occurs “Doubtless also in much of North America.” Microtus pennsylvanicus has the largest geographic range in North America of any species of the subgenus Microtus, and for that matter it has the largest geographic range of any species in the genus Microtus. Like most, and probably all, of the species of microtine rodents, Microtus pennsylvanicus fluctuates markedly in numbers. MicrROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS ACADICUS Bangs. 1897. Microtus pennsylvanicus acadicus Bangs, Amer. Nat., 31:239, March, type from Digby, Nova Scotia. Marginal records (Rand, 1943:117).—Nova Scotia: Victoria County; Guys- borough County; Shelburne Co. New Brunswick: Grand Manan. Nova Scotia: Kings Co. Prince Edward Island: Mt. Herbert. MicrROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS ADMIRALTIAE Heller. 1909. Microtus admiraltiae Heller, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 5:256, February 18, type from Windfall Harbor, Admiralty Island, Alaska. 1933. Microtus pennsylvanicus admiraltiae, Swarth, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 46:208, October 26. Marginal records (Dale, 1940:340).—Alaska: Hawk Inlet; type locality; Mole Harbor; Lake west of Mole Harbor. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 407 Fic. 38. Distribution of Microtus pennsylvanicus and allied species. Guide to kinds 8. M. p. aztecus 16. M. p. fontigenus l. M. p. tananensis 9. M. p. arcticus 17. M. p. terraenovae 2. M. p. alcorni 10. M. p.drummondii 18. M. p. acadicus 3. M. p. admiraltiae ll. M. p. insperatus 19. M. p. nigrans 4, M. p. rubidus 12. M. p. modestus 20. M. p. pennsylvanicus 5. M. p. microcephalus 13. M.p.aphorodemus 21. M. provectus 6. M. p. funebris 14. M. p. labradorius 22. M. breweri 7. M. p. kincaidi 15. M. p. enixus 23. M. nesophilus MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS ALCORNI Baker. 1951. Microtus pennsylvanicus alcorni Baker, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:105, November 28, type from 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2550 ft., Yukon. Marginal records (Baker, 1951:106, unless otherwise specified )—Alaska: E side Deadman Lake, 1800 ft., 15 mi. SE Northway. Yukon: type lo- cality. Alaska: E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W, 4 mi. N Haines; Nushagak (177788 USBS); Kakhtul River, near jct. with Malchatna; Tyonek, Cook Inlet; 1 mi. NE Anchorage, 100 ft. 408 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS APHORODEMUS Preble. 1902. Microtus aphorodemus Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 22:52, October 31, type from Barren grounds about 50 mi. S Cape Eskimo, near mouth Thlewiaza River, District of Keewatin. 1937. Microtus pennsylvanicus aphorodemus Anderson, in Canada’s West- ern Northland (Mammals), Dept. Interior, Ottawa, p. 112, July 9. Marginal records—Keewatin District: type locality. Manitoba: Churchill (Anderson, 1947:155). MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS ARCTICUS Cowan. 1951. Microtus pennsylvanicus arcticus Cowan, Jour. Mamm., 32:353, August 23, type from Kidluit Bay, northeast corner of Richards Island, 133° 49’ west longitude and 69° 31’ north latitude, Northwest Territories. Known from type locality only. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS AZTECUS (J. A. Allen). 1893. Arvicola (Mynomes) aztecus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 5:73, April 28, type from Aztec, 5900 ft., San Juan Co., New exico. 1952. Microtus pennsylvanicus aztecus, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:307, November 17. Marginal records (Bailey, 1932:203).—New Mexico: Laplata; type lo- cality; Farmington; Fruitland. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS DRUMMONDIL (Audubon and Bachman). 1853. Arvicola drummondii Audubon and Bachman, Quadrupeds, N . Amer., 8:166, type from “Valleys of the Rocky Mountains”; probably in the vicinity of Jasper House, Alberta. 1913. Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii, Hollister, Canadian Alp. Jour., Special number, p. 23, February 17. 1899. Microtus stonei J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:5, March 4, type from Liard River, British Columbia. See J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 19:550, who points out valid characters of this sub- species. Marginal records.—Mackenzie District: Reindeer Station (Banfield, 1951: 119); Fort Anderson (Bailey, 1900:23); Clinton-Colden Lake (Banfield, 1951:119). Manitoba: Herchmer (Rand, 1943:121). Ontario: Fort Albany (ibid.); Lake Attawapiskat (ibid.); Thunder Bay (ibid.); Quetico Park (Cahn, 1987:27); Rainy River (Anderson, 1947:155). North Dakota: Portland (Bailey, 1900:24); Lisbon (ibid.); Ludden (Bailey, 1927:98); Napoleon (ibid.); Lostwood (ibid.). Saskatchewan: Big Muddy Lake (Rand, 1943:121); Lost Mountain (Rand, 1943:120). Montana: St. Mary Lake (Bailey, 1918:63). Idaho (Davis, 1939:316): 5 mi. W Cocolalla; Priest Lake. British Columbia: Crows Nest Station, on Canadian Pacific Railroad, 4444 ft. (Dale, 1940:337). Alberta: 50 mi. N Jasper House (Bailey, 1900:23). British Columbia: Wistaria (Rand, 1943:121). Yukon: Caribou Crossing (Bailey, 1900:23); Fort Selkirk (ibid.); Sixty-mile Creek (ibid); Chandindu River (ibid.); South Fork, Macmillan River (Rand, 1945:42). Mackenzie District: Aklavik (Cowan, 1951:353). MiIcROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS ENIXUS Bangs. 1896. Microtus enixus Bangs, Amer. Nat., 30:1051, December, type from Hamilton Inlet, Labrador. 1936. MI: icrotus]. plennsylvanicus]. enixus, D. L. Davis, Jour. Mamm., 17:290, August 14. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 409 Marginal records (Rand, 1943:118, unless otherwise noted ).—Labrador: Hebron; type locality; Black Bay (Davis, 1936:291). Quebec: Charlton Island; near Cape Jones. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS FONTIGENUS Bangs. 1896. Microtus fontigenus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:48, March 9, type from Lake Edward, Quebec. (Regarded as inseparable from M. p. pennsylvanicus by Weaver, Jour. Mamm., 21:420, November 14, 1940, but admitted as valid by Rand, Canadian Field-Nat., 57:119, Janu- ary 24, 1944). 1897. Microtus pennsylvanicus fontigenus, Miller, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 28:14, April 30. Marginal records—Quebec (Rand, 1943:119): Natashkwan; near Quebec City; Labelle County. Ontario: Rossport (Saunders, 1932:298); Nipigon (Miller, 1897:14); Macdiarmid (Snyder, 1928:245); Kapuskasing (Rand, 1943:119). MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS FUNEBRIS Dale. 1940. Microtus pennsylvanicus funebris Dale, Jour. Mamm., 21:338, August 14, type from Coldstream, 1450 ft., 3% mi. SE Vernon, British Columbia. Marginal records.—British Columbia (Dale, 1940:338): Island in Anahim Lake; Okanagan Landing. Washington (Dalquest, 1948:346): Newport; Conconully. British Columbia: Princeton (Anderson, 1947:156). Anderson (ibid.) synonymized M. p. funebris under M. p. modestus, probably on the basis of Rand (1943:128). MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS INSPERATUS (J. A. Allen). 1894. Arvicola insperatus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:347, December 7, type from Custer, Custer Co., South Dakota. 1943. Microtus pennsylvanicus insperatus, Anderson, Canadian Field-Nat., 57:92, October 17. 1920. Microtus pennsylvanicus wahema Bailey, Jour. Mamm., 1:72, March 2, type from Glendive, Dawson Co., Montana. Marginal records.—Saskatchewan (Rand, 1943:122); Crane Lake; Swift Current. Montana: 8 mi. S Medicine Lake City (27781 KU). North Dakota (Bailey, 1927:94): 10 mi. S Williston; Bismark; mouth Cannonball River. South Dakota: type locality. Wyoming: 3 mi. NW Sundance (20620 KU). Alberta: Milk River (Rand, 1943:122). MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS KINCAIDI Dalquest. 1941. Microtus montanus kincaidi Dalquest, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:145, September 30, type from the Potholes, 10 mi. S Moses Lake, Grant Co., Washington. Known only from type locality and Moses Lake. 1948. Microtus pennsylvanicus kincaidi Dalquest, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:347, April 9. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS LABRADORIUS Bailey. 1898. Microtus pennsylvanicus labradorius Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 12:88, April 30, type from Fort Chimo, Quebec. Marginal records (Rand, 1943:119).—Quebec: Port Burwell; Great Whale River; Port Harrison; mouth Koksoak River. 410 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS MICROCEPHALUs (Rhoads). 1894. Arvicola (Mynomes) microcephalus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 46:286, October 23, type from Lac LaHache, British Columbia. 1940. Microtus pennsylvanicus microcephalus, Dale, Jour. Mamm., 21:387, August 14, Marginal records (Dale, 1940:338 ).—British Columbia: Cottonwood P. O.; Mt. Robson, Mt. Robson Park; Field; Cranbrook; type locality. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS MODESTUS (Baird). 1858. Arvicola modesta Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 535, July 14, type from Cochetopa (“Sawatch”) Pass, Saguache Co., Colorado. ee Microtus pennsylvanicus modestus Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:20, une 6. Marginal records—Montana: Blackfoot (Bailey, 1900:21). Wyoming: Newcastle (ibid.). Nebraska: Haigler (110801 USBS). New Mexico: near Cimarron (Hill, 1942:81); [Coyote Creek, east side] Sangre de Cristo Mts. (Bailey, 1932:200); San Raphael, near eastern point of Zuni Mts. (ibid.). Colorado: Tevebaughs Ranch, 9 mi. S Cochetopa Pass (Cary, 1911:121). Wyoming: Cokeville (177010 USBS). Utah: 2 mi. S Provo (2867 Brigham Young Univ.); % mi. W Salt Lake Airport, U. S. Highway 40, 4200 ft. (Durrant, 1952:363). Idaho (Davis, 1939:316): Bannock Creek, 4 mi. S Portneuf River; Challis; Coeur d’Alene. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS NIGRANS Rhoads. 1897. Microtus pennsylvanicus nigrans Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- dolphin, 49:307, June 18, type from Currituck, Currituck Co., North Carolina. Marginal records—Virginia: Richmond County (Handley and Patton, 1947:174); Smiths Island (Bailey, 1900:19). North Carolina: type locality. Virginia: Nansemond County (Handley and Patton, 1947:173). MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS PENNSYLVANICUS (Ord). 1815. Mus Pennsylvanica Ord, Guthrie’s Geography, 2nd Amer. ed., 2:292, type from meadows below Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 1895. Mlicrotus]. pennsylvanicus, Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 29:940, October. 1817. Mynomes pratensis Rafinesque, Amer. Monthly Mag., 2:45, based on Wilson’s (Amer. Orn., 6:pl. 50, fig. 3) description of the meadow mouse from meadows below Philadelphia and along the seashore. 1820. Lemmus noveboracensis Rafinesque, Annals of Nature, p. 3, type from New York or New Jersey. 1825. Arvicola riparius Ord, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 4(2):305- 806, type locality not given. 1825. Arvicola palustris Harlan, Fauna Americana, pp. 136, type from swamps along the shores of the Delaware. 1840. Arvicola hirsutus Emmons, Rept. Quad. Massachusetts, p. 60, type locality, Massachusetts. 1840. Arvicola alborufescens Emmons, Rept. Quad. Massachusetts, p. 60, type from Williamstown, Massachusetts. 1841. Arvicola fulua Audubon and Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila- delphia, 1:96, type from “One of the Western States; we believe Illinois.” 1841. Arvicola nasuta Audubon and Bachman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1:96-97, type from near Boston, Massachusetts. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 411 1842. Arvicola rufescens DeKay, Zool. New York, Mammals, 1:85, type from Oneida Lake, New York. 1842. Arvicola oneida DeKay, Zool. New York, Mammals, 1:88-89, type from Oneida Lake, New York. 1854. Arvicola dekayi Audubon and Bachman, Quad. N. Amer., 3:287-288, type from New York or Illinois 1858. Arvicola riparia var. ln rlas Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . pt. 1, Mammals, p. 524, July 14, type from West Northfield, Illinois, or Racine, Wisconsin. 1858. Arvicola rufidorsum Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . pt. Mammals, p. 526, July 14, type from Holmes Hole, Marthas eer Massachusetts. 1901. Microtus pennsilvanicus [sic] shattucki Howe, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 2:201, December 31, type from Tumble Down Dick Island, near Long Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine. Regarded by Wyman (Jour. Mamm., 8:166, August 4, 1922) as inseparable from Microtus pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicus. Marginal records——Quebec: Gaspé Peninsula (Rand, 1943:117). New Brunswick: nr. Bathhurst (ibid.). Maine: Calais (Bailey, 1900:18); Tum- ble Down Dick Island (Wyman, 1922:164). Mass.: Woods Hole (Bailey, 1900:18). New Jersey: Tuckerton (ibid.). Virginia (Handley and Patton, 1947:173): Westmoreland County; Prince George County. South Carolina: near Santee River, Charleston Co. (Nelson, 1934:253); Charleston (Penney, 1950:86). Georgia: 2 mi. N Athens (Odum, 1948B:74). North Carolina: Highlands (Odum, 1948A:74). Kentucky (Howell, 1910:29): Lexington; Midway. Missouri: Saline County [presumably] (Enders, 1932:119). Ne- braska (Bailey, 1900:18): Blair; Valentine. South Dakota: Pierre (ibid.); Swan Creek, 1600 ft., 18 mi. S Selby (87218 KU); Fort Sisseton (Bailey, 1900:18). Minnesota (ibid.): Heron Lake; Tower. Ontario (Rand, 1943: 117): Pancake Bay; Nipissing; Algonquin Park. Quebec: Ottawa (ibid.). MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS RUBIDUS Dale. 1940. Microtus pennsylvanicus rubidus Dale, Jour. Mamm., 21:339, August 13, type from Sawmill Lake, near Telegraph Creek, British Columbia. Marginal records (Dale, 1940:339, unless otherwise noted ).—British Colum- bia: Atlin; type locality; Hazelton. Alaska: Fort Wrangell (Bailey, 1900:24, as M. drummondi; specimen not examined by us); Taku River. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS TANANAENSIS Baker. 1951. Microtus pennsylvanicus tananaensis Baker, Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:107, Nov. 28, type from Yerrick Creek, 21 mi. W, 4 mi. N Tok Junction, Alaska. Marginal records (Baker, 1951:107, unless otherwise indicated ).—Alaska: Bettles (48847 KU); near Fort Yukon (p. 108); Eagle; type locality; head of Glacier Creek, Mt. McKinley; Nulato. MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS TERRAENOVAE (Bangs). 1894. Arvicola terraenovae Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9:129, July 27, type from Codroy, Newfoundland. 1936. Mlicrotus]. p[ennsylvanicus]. terraenovae, D. L. Davis, Jour. Mamm., 17:290, August 14. Marginal records—Newfoundland (Bailey, 1900:25): type locality; Penguin Island. 412 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Microtus provectus Bangs Block Island Vole 1908. Microtus provectus Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 4:20, March 6, type from Block Island, Newport Co., Rhode Island. Known from type locality only. Total length, 166-187; tail, 43-54; hind foot, 21.5-23.0. Upper parts yellowish bister, with mixture of dark brown-tipped hairs; venter clear gray, becoming whitish along midventral line, tail indistinctly bicolored, dusky above, grayish below. This insular species is closely related to M. p. pennsylvanicus of the adjacent mainland and is said to differ in having always gray (instead of sometimes gray) underparts and in cranial details as follows: skulls of old adults longer and narrower; nasals truncate (not rounded) posteriorly; interparietal wider and extended farther anteriorly between parietals. Microtus nesophilus Bailey Gull Island Vole 1898. Microtus insularis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:86, April 80 (not of Nilsson, 1844), type from Great Gull Island, off eastern ex- tremity of Long Island, Suffolk Co., New York. Known only from type locality and adjacent Little Gull Island (Miller, 1899:324). 1898. Microtus nesophilus Bailey, Science, n. s., 8:783, December 2 (sub- stitute for Microtus insularis Bailey ). Total length, 185; tail, 41; hind foot, 20-21. Upper parts dark yellowish bister heavily mixed with black hairs, darkest on nose and face; venter dusky, washed with cinnamon; tail bicolor, blackish above, dark brown below. This insular species, closely related to M. pennsylvanicus, is said to differ as follows: darker pelage; shorter and wider skull; more widely spreading zygomata; deeper prezygo- matic notches. This species probably is extinct (see Bailey, 1900:27 and Miller, 1899:324). Microtus breweri (Baird) Beach Vole 1858. Arvicola breweri Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. Mammals, p. 525, July 14, type from Muskeget Island, * off aleve Massachusetts. Known from type locality only. 1896. Microtus breweri, Miller, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 27:83, June. Average and extreme external measurements of 5 males and 8 females: total length, 200.8 (191-211), 186 (176-208); tail, 49.8 (45-58), 47.9 (41-56); hind foot, 23.7 (22.4-25), 23.1 (22-24). Upper parts buffy gray, with scattered brown and black-tipped hairs; sides paler; venter tinged with sulphur yellow; tail bicolor, rusty brown or blackish above, soiled whitish below. This insular NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 413 species is closely related to M. pennsylvanicus and is said to differ as follows: paler, longer and coarser pelage; anteriorly wider nasals; and longer interparietal. Microtus montanus Montane Meadow Mouse Total length, 140-192; tail, 31-69; hind foot, 18-25; weight, 37.3- 85.0 grams. Upper parts some shade of brownish, often with buffy or grayish wash, and with mixture of black-tipped hairs; sides lighter and more buffy; venter white to gray, sometimes washed with buffy; tail bicolor, blackish brown to black above, grayish below. Body 2.4 to 2.8 times as long as tail; tail 2.2 to 2.4 times as long as hind foot. Middle upper molar with four closed triangles; incisive foramina constricted posteriorly. In Nevada the number of embryos in 63 females varied from 2 to 8, usually was 5 or 6, and averaged 6.8. MIcROTUS MONTANUS AMosuS Hall and Hayward. 1941. Microtus montanus amosus Hall and Hayward, The Great Basin Naturalist, 2:105, July 20, type from Torrey, Wayne Co., Utah. Marginal records (Durrant, 1952:369).—Vernal, 5300 ft.; Ashley Creek, 2 mi. S Jensen; Steep Creek, Aquarius Plateau; 20 mi. N Escalante, 9500 ft.; Mammoth R. S.; La Point. MICROTUS MONTANUS ARIZONENSIS Bailey. 1898. Microtus montanus arizonensis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:88, April 30, type from Springerville, Apache Co., Arizona. Marginal records (Bailey, 1932:200, unless otherwise noted ).—New Mexico: Jemez Mts. Arizona: West Fork Black River, 7700 ft. (61294 MVZ); type locality. New Mexico: Nutria. MICROTUS MONTANUS CANESCENS Bailey. 1898. Microtus nanus canescens Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:87, April 30, type from Conconully, Okanogan Co., Washington. 1938. Microtus montanus canescens, Hall, Proc. Biol. Soc, Washington, 51:183, August 28. Marginal records——British Columbia (Bailey, 1900:31): Ducks; Vernon. Washington: Molson (Taylor and Shaw, 1929:24); Benton City (Dalquest, 1948:349); Bumping Lake (Taylor and Shaw, 1929:24); Blewett Pass (ibid.); type locality. British Columbia: 1 mi. up Trout Creek, Summer- land, Okanagan Lake (77464 MVZ). MICROTUS MONTANUS CANICAUDUS Miller. 1897. Microtus canicaudus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:67, April 21, type from McCoy, Willamette Valley, Polk Co., Oregon. 1951. Microtus montanus canicaudus, Hall and Kelson, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:77, October 1. 414 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records (Hall and Kelson, 1951:77, unless otherwise noted ).— Oregon: Banks (Bailey, 1936: calle Hood River; Wapinitia; Eugene (Bailey, 1936:206); Corvallis; Sheridan it i im MU a i, » » : i s : : y ! ' —— S55ksean >, ‘ = => = ! —————————— es, —$—$=—=—— [0 === = [pos = + ! == ' = ne ~ a = ' € > i aS ie We ~! ¥ 4 ta ‘ M - ie | x i MICROTUS MONTANUS CaRYI Bailey. 1917. Microtus montanus caryi Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wa shington, 30:29, February 21, type from Mi Lt d, Fremont Co., Wyoming. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 415 Marginal records (After S. Anderson, MS, 1952).—Wyoming: Medicine Wheel Ranch, 9000 ft., 28 mi. E Lovell (82755 KU); 7% mi. W and 1 mi. S Buffalo, 6500 ft. (27606 KU); Meadow (159774 USBS); 11 mi. N, 54 mi. E Cheyenne, 5450 ft. (15748 KU). Colorado: 19% mi. W, 2% mi. S Love- land, 7200 ft. (26887 KU); 3 mi. S Ward, 9000 ft. (20650 KU); Grays Peak (1095 KU); Eagle, 10,000 ft. (248244 USBS); 9% mi. SW Pagoda Peak, 7700 ft. (20647 KU). Wyoming: 32 mi. S, 22 mi. E Rock Springs, 7025 ft. (42284 KU); 34 mi. N, 4 mi. W Pinedale, 7950 ft. (42174 KU); Teton Pass, above Fish Creek (170400 USBS); Moran (17440 KU); Pat O’Hara Creek, NE base Black Mtn. (169250 USBS); 13 mi. N, 1 mi. E Cody, 5200 ft. (37801 KU). MIcROTUS MONTANUS DUTCHERI Bailey. 1898. Microtus dutcheri Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:85, April 80, type from Big Cottonwood Meadows, 10,100 ft., SE of Mt. Whitney, Inyo Co., California. 1918. Microtus montanus dutcheri Grinnell, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 3:317, August 28. Marginal records (Grinnell, 1933:186, unless otherwise noted ).—California: Cottonwood Lakes, 11,100 ft.; Little Cottonwood Creek; Monache Meadows (Kellogg, 1922:268); Jackass Meadow; Jordan Hot Springs, 6700 ft.; Whit- ney Creek, 10,650 ft. MICROTUS MONTANUS FUCOSUS Hall. 1935. Microtus montanus fucosus Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:421, meer 25, type from Hiko, 4000 ft., Pahranagat Valley, Lincoln Co., evada. Marginal records (Hall, 1946:549).—Nevada: 3 mi. N Crystal Spring, 4000 ft., Pahranagat Valley; 4 mi. S Alamo, Pahranagat Valley. MIcROTUS MONTANUS Fusus Hall. 1938. Microtus montanus fusus Hall, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:133, August 28, type from 2% mi. E Cochetopa Pass, Saguache Co., Colorado. Marginal records.—Colorado: E of Como, South Park (Cary, 1911:124, as M. nanus); type locality; 1.6 mi. NE Medano Springs Ranch hdgq. (Hall, 1938:132). New Mexico: Forks of Tusas Creek, 8700 ft., San Juan Mts. (Bailey, 1932:198, as M. nanus nanus). Colorado: Florida (Hall, 1938: 181); near Coventry (Cary, 1911:124, as M. nanus). MIcROTUS MONTANUS MIcROPUS Hall. 1935. Microtus montanus micropus Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:417, October 25, type from Cleveland Ranch, 6000 ft., Spring Valley, White Pine Co., Nevada. Marginal records (Hall, 1946:545, unless otherwise noted ).—Nevada: Bar- rel Spring, 5700 ft., 9% mi. E and 3% mi. N Ft. Bidwell; 7 mi. NW Mountain City, Owyhee River; Summit between heads of Copper and Coon creeks, Jarbidge Mts.; Salt Spring, 4200 ft. Utah (Durrant, 1952:368): Fish Springs, 4400 ft.; 5 mi. S Garrison, 5400 ft. Nevada: 3% mi. N Eagle Val- ley, 5600 ft.; Steptoe Creek, 6400 ft.; Fish Spring Valley, 64 mi. N Fish Lake, 6000 ft.; Monitor Valley, 9 to 9% mi. E Toquima Peak, 7000 ft.; Bells Ranch, 6890 ft.; Campbell Creek Ranch, 5500 ft.; Pine Forest Range; 416 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Flowing Spring, 7 mi. E and 3% mi. N Division Peak, 4200 ft.; Deep Hole, 4000 ft.; 4% mi. S Flanigan, 4200 ft. MICROTUS MONTANUS MONTANUS (Peale). 1848. Arvicola montana Peale, U. S. Explor. Exp., vol. 8, Mamm. and Omnith., p. 44, type from headwaters of the Sacramento River, near Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou Co., California. 1897. [Microtus] montanus, Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. viv. et foss., p. 568. 1858. Arvicola longirostris Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. PR a F Mammals, p. 531, July 14, type perhaps from upper Pit River, California (see Kellogg, 1922, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:263-264). Marginal records.—Oregon: Sisters (204691 USBS); 2 mi. SW Barnes (31599 MVZ); 5 mi. NNE Burns (79450 MVZ); Malheur Lake (Bailey, 1936:202). California: E side Tule Lake (Grinnell, 1933:185); Fort Crook (ibid.); Dale Meadows, Mt. Eddy (65499 MVZ); Stud Horse Canyon, Siskiyou Mts. (Grinnell, 1933:185). Oregon: Fort Klamath (Bailey, 1900:29). MICROTUS MONTANUS NANUS ( Merriam). 1891. Arvicola (Mynomes) nanus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:63, July 30, type from Pahsimeroi Mts., head of Pahsimeroi River, 9350 ft., Custer Co., Idaho. 1938. Microtus montanus nanus, Hall, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:133, August 23. Marginal records——Washington: Gifford (236195 USBS). Idaho: 2 mi. NE Weippe, 3000 ft. (Davis, 1939:318); type locality. Montana: west fork of West Fork, Gallatin River (Hall and Kelson, 1951:77); Big Snowy Mts. (ibid.). Wyoming (after S. Anderson, MS, 1952): Canyon Camp, Yellowstone Nat’l Park (248640 USBS); Lower Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Nat’l Park (126419 USBS); 13 mi. N, 2 mi. W Afton (37809 KU); Horse Creek, 7800 ft., Merna (176880 USBS); Big Piney (147188 USBS). Colo- rado: White River, east of Meeker (Cary, 1911:124). Utah (Durrant, 1952:365): Henrys Park, Henrys Fork; Bald Mt., 25 mi. NE Kamas; 5 mi. E Park City; Anderson Ranch, Blacksmith Fork, 5500 ft.; Logan; Kelton, 4225 ft. Nevada: Goose Cr., 5000 ft., 2 mi. W Utah boundary (Hall, 1946:546). Idaho (Hall and Kelson, 1951:77); Three Creek, Owyhee Co., Nampa. Oregon (Bailey, 1936:204): ridge N of Crane; Hay Creek. Wash- ington: 5 mi. E Wallula (Dalquest, 1948:349); Prescott (op. cit.:348). MIcROTUS MONTANUS NEVADENSIS Bailey. 1898. Microtus nevadensis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:86, April 30, type from Ash Meadows, Nye Co., Nevada. Known only from type lo- cality and 3% mi. N thereof (see Hall, Mammals of Nevada, Univ. California Press, p. 549, July 1, 1946). 1935. Microtus montanus nevadensis, Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:423, October 25. MicROTUS MONTANUS NEXUuS Hall and Hayward. 1941. Microtus montanus nexus Hall and Hayward, The Great Basin Natu- ete 2:106, July 20, type from West Canyon, Oquirrh Range, Utah Co., tah. Marginal records (Durrant, 1952:367, unless otherwise noted).—Utah: Og- den; 4 mi. NE Snyderville, 5600 ft. (Kelson, 1951:98); 10 mi. N Fish Lake, NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 417 Fishlake Mts., 10,000 ft.; Cedar Breaks Natl Monument (p. 370); Little Valley, Sheeprock Mts., 5500 ft.; Tooele. MICROTUS MONTANUS PRATINCOLA Hall and Kelson. 1951. Microtus montanus pratincolus Hall and Kelson, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:75, October 1, type from 6 mi. E Hamilton, 3700 ft., Ravalli Co., Montana. Marginal records (Hall and Kelson, 1951:76-77).—Montana: end of W arm Flathead Lake; Canyon Creek; Hotsprings Creek. MICROTUS MONTANUS RIVULARIS Bailey. 1898. Microtus nevadensis rivularis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:87, April 30, type from St. George, Washington Co., Utah. 1900. Microtus montanus rivularis Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:29, June 6. Marginal records (Durrant, 1952:370).—Utah: Duck Creek, 8500 ft.; Blue Springs, Zion Nat’l Park, type locality. MIcROTUS MONTANUS UNDOsUS Hall. 1935. Microtus montanus undosus Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40: 420, October 25, type from Lovelock, Pershing Co., Nevada. Marginal records (Hall, 1946:548).—Nevada: type locality; Stillwater; 10 mi. SSE Fallon; 4 mi. W Fallon. MICROTUS MONTANUS YOSEMITE Grinnell. 1914. Microtus montanus yosemite Grinnell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Albee October 31, type from Yosemite Valley, 4000 ft., Mariposa Co., California. Marginal records.—California: Steel Meadow, 4700 ft. (32982 MVZ); Goose Lake [Davis Creek] (Grinnell, 1933:186); southern end of Middle Lake (Mailliard, 1925:105). Nevada (Hall, 1946:547): Pyramid Lake, 2 mi. W Sutcliffe; 24 mi. W Hazen; Schurz Indian dam, Walker River, 4300 ft.; N fork Cat Creek, 8800 ft., Mt. Grant; Fish Lake, 4800 ft. Cali- fornia: Deep Spring Lake, 5000 ft. (77728 MVZ); Shaver Ranger Station, 5300 ft. (86824 MVZ); Gentry’s, Big Oak Flat Road, 5800 ft. (Kellogg, 1922:265); Cisco (19309 MVZ); Buck’s Ranch, 5100 ft. (Kellogg, 1922: 264); Battle Creek Meadows (Grinnell, Dixon, and Linsdale, 1930:522); Cassel, 3000 ft. (Grinnell, 1933:186); Bieber (Kellogg, 1922:265). Microtus californicus California Meadow Mouse Total length, 157-211; tail, 39-68; hind foot, 20-25. Upper parts varies from tawny olive through cinnamon brown, with mixture of long, dark overhairs that vary from light seal brown to black; sides lighter, with fewer long overhairs; venter neutral gray, often with white-tipped hairs; tail bicolor, clove brown to black above, grayish below. Body 2.0-2.5 times as long as tail; tail 2.3-2.6 times as long as hind foot; 4 closed triangles in M2; incisive foramina are not con- stricted posteriorly but rounded at both ends and widest in middle. 418 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. STATUTE MILES Donald M. Hatfield’s study (Jour. Mamm., 16:261-271, No- vember 15, 1935) revealed that this species has three distinct pelages: juvenal, by the fifth day; post-juvenal, by the third week; and adult by the eighth or ninth week. He was the first to learn that there is a regular pattern of molt in the post-ju- venal and juvenal growth of hair but that the progress of molt in the adult pelage is spotty and irregular—a phenomenon now known to characterize most, or all, microtine rodents. The young are born blind, deaf, hairless (except that the facial vibrissae are in evidence), pink, and weigh 2.8 to 3.1 grams. The eyes open on the tenth day, the ears function on the seventh or eighth day, pigment in the skin begins to appear in the eighth hour after birth, and adults average 53 grams in weight. Females breed when they weigh only 21 grams at 21 to 22 days of age, but males first breed at six weeks of age. The gestation period is approximately 21 days. Fic. 40. Distribution of Microtus californicus. Guide to 5 subspecies l. M.c. eximius 2. M.c. constrictus 8. M. c. aestuarinus 4, M.c. paludicola ] SO AOAD . c. californicus ll. M. c. sanctidiegi . c. halophilus 12. M.c. stephensi . C. mariposae 13. M. c. mohavensis . c. vallicola 14. M. c. grinnelli . c. kernensis 15. M. c. aequivocatus . C. Scirpensis 16. M. c. huperuthrus MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS AEQUIVOCATUS Osgood. 1928. Microtus californicus aequivocatus Osgood, Jour. Mamm., 9:56, Feb- ruary 9, type from San Quintin, Baja California. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 419 Marginal records —Baja California: San José (Huey, 1931:49); San Antonio (Grinnell, 1926:225); 1 mi. E El Rosario (Huey, 1931:49); type locality; San Telmo (Grinnell, 1926:225). Records by Grinnell (supra) were pub- lished under the name M. c. huperuthus. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS AESTUARINUS R. Kellogg. 1918. Microtus californicus aestuarinus R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:15, December 28, type from Grizzly Island, Solano Co., Cali- fornia. Marginal records (Kellogg, 1918:15, unless otherwise noted ).—California: Mill Creek, 2 mi. NE Tehama; Chico (Grinnell, 1933:187); Chambers Ravine, 4 mi. N Oroville; Tracy Lake, 6 mi. SW Galt; La Grange; Tulare Lake basin (Grinnell, 1933:187); Tracy; type locality; Bolinas; Petaluma (Grinnell, 1933:187); Cordelia. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS CALIFORNICUS (Peale). 1848. Arvicola californica Peale, U. S. Explor. Exp., vol. 8, Mamm. and Omnith., p. 46, type from vicinity of San Francisco Bay, California; prob- ably at San Francisquito Creek, near Palo Alto, Santa Clara Co. 1897. [Microtus] californicus, Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. viv. et foss., p. 563. 1853. Arvicola edax LeConte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 6:405, type from California, south of San Francisco. Probably Monterey ac- cording to R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ., 21:18, December 28, 1918. 1858. Arvicola trowbridgii Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1 Mammals, p. 529, July 14, type from Monterey, California. Marginal records (Kellogg, 1918:5, unless otherwise noted ).—California: Walnut Creek; slopes of Mt. Diablo (Grinnell, 1933:186); Sweeney’s Ranch, 22 mi. S Las Bafios (ibid.); Morro (Bailey, 1900:35); Monterey; Salinas Valley; Boulder Creek (Bailey, 1900:35); Pescadero; Black Mtn. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS CONSTRICTUS Bailey. 1900. Microtus californicus constrictus Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:36, June 6, type from Cape Mendocino, Humboldt Co., California. Marginal records (Grinnell, 1933:187).—California: Eureka; Fair Oaks; Cuddeback; Capetown. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS EXIMIUS R. Kellogg. 1918. Microtus californicus eximius R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:12, December 28, type from Lierly’s Ranch, 2340 ft., 4 mi. S Mt. Sanhedrin, Mendocino Co., California. Marginal records (Kellogg, 1918:12, unless otherwise noted ).—Oregon (Bailey, 1900:35): Drain; Siskiyou. California: Mayten (Grinnell, 1933: 187); Cassel (Bailey, 1900:35); Turner’s (Grinnell, 1933:187); 2 mi. S South Yollo Bolly Mtn.; Rumsey (Grinnell, 1933:187); Olema (ibid.); Mendocino City; Helena. Oregon: Rogue River Valley near Grants Pass (Bailey, 1900:35; this and other records here ascribed to Bailey were re- corded by him under the name M. californicus in the trinomial sense). MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS GRINNELLI Huey. 1931. Microtus californicus grinnelli Huey, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:47, December 19, type from Sangre de Cristo in Valle San Rafel on W base Sierra Juarez, Baja California, lat. 31° 52’ N, long. 116° 06’ W. Known from the type locality only. 420 Universitry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS HALOPHILUS vonBloeker. 1937. Microtus californicus halophilus vonBloeker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 50:156, September 10, type from Moss Landing, Monterey Co., California. Marginal records (vonBloeker, 1937:157).—California: mouth of Elkhorn Slough; Seaside. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS HUPERUTHRUS Elliot. 1903. Microtus californicus huperuthrus Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., Publ. 74, zool. ser., 3:161, May 7, type from La Grulla, San Pedro Martir Mts., Baja California (see Elliot, Field Columb. Mus., publ. 115, zool. ser. 8:292, March 4, 1907). 1926. Microtus californicus perplexabilis Grinnell, Jour. Mamm., 7:228, Aneaet 9, type from La Grulla, 7000 ft., Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California. 1903. Microtus californicus hyperythrus Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. Publ. 79, zool. ser. 3:218, August 15. This was a change of transliteration. Marginal records (Grinnell, 1926:225).—Baja California: Concepcién; Val- lecitos; San Ramon; type locality. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS KERNENSIS R. Kellogg. 1918. Microtus californicus kernensis R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:26, December 28, type from Fay Creek, 4100 ft., Kern Co., California. Marginal records.—California: Taylor Meadow (Grinnell, 1933:188); Onyx (Kellogg, 1918:27); Fort Tejon (Grinnell, 1983:188); Buena Vista Lake (ibid.); Bakersfield (Kellogg, 1918:27). MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS MARIPOSAE R. Kellogg. 1918. Microtus californicus mariposae R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:19, December 28, type from 1% mi. W El Portal, 1800 ft., Mariposa Co., California. Marginal records (Kellogg, 1918:19, unless otherwise noted ).—California: Dutch Flat (Grinnell, 1938:188); type locality; Minkler (Grinnell, 1983: 188); Clovis; Pleasant Valley; Carbondale. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS MOHAVENSIS R. Kellogg. 1918. Microtus californicus mohavensis R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:29, December 28, type from Victorville, 2700 ft., San Bernardino Co., California. Marginal records.—California: Oro Grande (Grinnell, 1938:189); type lo- cality. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS PALUDICOLA Hatfield. 1935. Microtus californicus paludicola Hatfield, Jour. Mamm., 16:316, No- vember 15, type from Melrose Marsh, Alameda Co., California. Marginal records (Hatfield, 1935:317).—California: W base El Cerrito (Knoll); % mi. E Bay Farm Island; Alvarado; Redwood City. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS SANCTIDIEGI R. Kellogg. 1918. Microtus californicus neglectus R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:31, December 28 (not of Jenyns, 1841), type from Escondido, 640 ft., San Diego Co., California. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 421 1922. Microtus californicus sanctidiegi R. Kellogg, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 85:78, March 20 (substitute for M. c. neglectus R. Kellogg). Marginal records——California: Gaviota Pass (Grinnell, 1933:189); Mt. Pifios (Kellogg, 1918:32); Bluff Lake (Grinnell, 1933:189); Fish Creek (Kellogg, 1918:32); Garnet Queen Mine, Santa Rosa Mts. (Kellogg, 1918:31); Mountain Spring (Grinnell, 1933:189); mouth of Tiajuana River (ibid.); San Onofre (Kellogg, 1918:31); Santa Ana Cafion (Kellogg, 1918:32); Matilija (ibid.); Santa Barbara (Bailey, 1900:35, recorded as M. [c.] californicus). MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS SCIRPENSIS Bailey. 1900. Microtus scirpensis Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:38, June 6, type from spring near Shoshone, 1560 ft., on Amargosa River, eastern Inyo Co., California. Known from type locality only. 1918. Microtus californicus scirpensis, R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:24, December 28. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS STEPHENSI vonBloeker. 1932. Microtus californicus stephensi vonBloeker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- Se September 9, type from Playa del Rey, Los Angeles Co., California. Marginal records (Grinnell, 1983:189).—California: Point Mugu; type lo- cality; Sunset Beach. MICROTUS CALIFORNICUS VALLICOLA Bailey. 1898. Microtus californicus vallicola Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:89, April 30, type from Lone Pine Creek, 4500 ft., where it cuts through Alhambra Hills near Lone Pine, Inyo Co., California. (A. B. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 4:266, November 1, 1923.) Marginal records.—California: Benton (Grinnell, 1933:188); head of Wil- low Creek at N end Panamint Mts. (ibid.); Olancha (ibid.); Kearsarge Pass (Grays) (Kellogg, 1918:22); Bishop Creek (Bailey, 1900:36). Microtus townsendii Townsend Meadow Mouse Total length, 169-225; tail, 48-70; hind foot, 20-26; ear, 15-17. Fur thin and harsh; ears prominent above fur. Upper parts dark brownish with heavy mixture of black-tipped guard hairs; venter grayish to grayish brown or smoky; tail slightly bicolored, blackish above; body 2.2 to 2.4 times as long as tail; tail 2.2 to 2.6 times as long as hind foot; hip glands conspicuous in adult males; M2 with four closed triangles; incisive foramina long, narrow and constricted posteriorly. Embryos number 5 to 8, with 7 being the mean. MICROTUS TOWNSENDIL CUMMINGI Hall. 1936, Microtus townsendii cummingi Hall, Murrelet, 17:15, March 28, type from Bowen Island, Howe Sound, British Columbia. Known from type locality only. 4—5849 422 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. MICROTUS TOWNSENDII LAINGI Anderson and Rand. 1943. Microtus townsendi [sic] laingi Anderson and Rand, Canadian Field- Nat., 57:74, October 17, type from Port Hardy, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Marginal records (Anderson, 1947:158, unless otherwise noted ).—Van- couver Island, Canada: Cape Scott; Hurst Island; Sayward; Comox (10147 KU); Beaver Creek, W of Port Alberni, and thence up coast to point of beginning. S ‘ ~ ar : Bae * 0 Cg Kiser. Vie Se ES We enh Se ise. us ves re! eee A Age & XS Fic. 41. Distribution of Microtus townsendii. Guide to subspecies 2. M. t. tetramerus 4. M.t. pugeti 1. M. t. laingi 3. M. t. cummingi 5. M. t. townsendii MICROTUS TOWNSENDII PUGETI Dalquest. 1940. Microtus townsendii pugeti Dalquest, Murrelet, 21:7, April 30, type from Neck Point, NW part Shaw Island, San Juan Co., Washington. Marginal records (Dalquest, 1940:8).—Washington: Friday Harbor, San Juan Island; Strawberry Bay, Cypress Island. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 423 MICROTUS TOWNSENDII TETRAMERUS (Rhoads). 1894. Arvicola (Tetramerodon) tetramerus Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 46:283, October 23, type from Beacon Hill Park, Victoria, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Known from type locality only. 1936. Microtus townsendii tetramerus, Hall, Murrelet, 17:15, March 28. MIcROTUS TOWNSENDIL TOWNSENDII (Bachman). 1839. Arvicola townsendii Bachman, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8:60, type from Columbia River; according to Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 17:46, June 6, 1900), near mouth of Willamette, on or near Wappatoo (or Sauvie) Island. 1896. Ml[icrotus]. townsendi, Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 12:66, July 23. 1848. Arvicola occidentalis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., Mamm. and Ornith., p. 45, type from Puget Sound. Marginal records—British Columbia: Port Moody (Anderson, 1947:157); Chilliwak (Bailey, 1900:47). Washington: Sauk (ibid.); Nisqually Flats (231034 USBS); Clark County (Dalquest, 1948:351). Oregon: Salem (Bailey, 1900:47); Eugene (Bailey, 1936:206, fig. 44); Prospect (A. B. Howell, 1923:33). California: Humboldt Bay, near Eureka (Grinnell, 1933:189), thence up coast to point of beginning. Microtus oeconomus Tundra Vole Total length, 160-225; tail, 36-53; hindfoot, 20-24. Upper parts vary from dusky gray, with traces of brownish, through rich buff, tawny or cinnamon brown and rusty brown. In all there is a mix- ture of black-tipped hairs; sides paler; venter white and in some subspecies washed with dark buff; tail varies from slightly to sharply bicolor, pale dusky to black above, whitish to pale buff below; body 2.8-3.6 times as long as tail; tail 1.8 to 2.4 times as long as hind foot; anterior lower molar (ml) has only four closed triangles, fifth triangle being open and confluent with short terminal loop; incisive foramina short and constricted posteriorly. MICROTUS OECONOMUS AMAKENSIS O. J. Murie. 1930. Microtus amakensis O. J. Murie, Jour. Mamm., 11:74, February 11, type from Amak Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1952. Microtus oeconomus amakensis, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:309, November 17. MICROTUS OECONOMUS ELYMOCETES Osgood. 1906. Microtus elymocetes Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19:71, May 1, type from east side of Montague Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Restricted to Montague Island (see Heller, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 5:342, March 5, 1910). 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. elymocetes, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Natur- gesch., 11:188, September 10. 494 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 100 STATUTE MILES Fic. 42. Distribution of Microtus oeconomus. l. M. o. gilmorei 5. M. o. macfarlani 9. M. o. sitkensis 2. M. o. operarius 6. M. o. kadiacensis 10. M. o. unalascensis 8. M. o. innuitus 7. M. o. elymocetes 1l. M. o. amakensis 4. M. o. punukensis 8. M. o. yakutatensis 12. M. o. popofensis MICROTUS OECONOMUS GILMOREI Setzer. 1952. Microtus oeconomus gilmorei Setzer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 65:75, April 25, type from Point Lay (163° 04’ W long. and 69° 46’ N lat.), Alaska. Marginal records (Setzer, 1952:75, unless otherwise noted).—Alaska: 50 mi. S Barrow (Hall, 1929:424, as M. operarius endoecus); Umiat; Chandler Lake, 68° 12’, 152° 45’, 2900 ft. (43608 KU); Anaktuvuk Pass; Killik River; type locality; Utukok River, 200 mi. SW Point Barrow; Kaolak River, 70° 11’ 15”, 159° 47’ 40”, 30 ft. (485382 KU). NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 425 MICROTUS OECONOMUS INNUITUS Merriam. 1900. Microtus innuitus Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:21, March 14, type from Northeast Cape, St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. innuitus, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Naturgesch., 11:188, September 10. Marginal records.—Alaska: St. Lawrence Island: type locality; Sevoonga (Hall and Gilmore, 1932:392, 899). MICROTUS OEFCONOMUS KADIACENSIs Merriam. 1897. Microtus kadiacensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:222, July 15, type from Kodiak Island, Alaska. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. kadiacensis, Zimmermann, Archiv f, Natur- gesch., 11:187, September 10. Marginal records (Osgood, 1904:34, unless otherwise noted ).—Alaska: Mouth of Chulitna River; Iliamna Village; Litnik, Afognak Island (41403 KU); type locality; Cold Bay; Izembek Bay, Alaska Peninsula (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:309); Nushagak; Kakwok; head of Chulitna River. MICROTUS OECONOMUS MACFARLANI Merriam. 1900. Microtus macfarlani Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:24, March 14, type from Fort Anderson, Anderson River, Mackenzie District. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. macfarlani, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Natur- gesch., 11:187, September 10. 1909. Microtus operarius endoecus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 30:23, October 7, type from mouth of Charlie Creek, Yukon River, about 50 mi. above Circle, Alaska (see Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:135, April 21, 1950, who regards M. o. endoecus as inseparable from M. o. macfarlani). Marginal records.—Mackenzie District: Toker Point (Anderson, 1947:157), E along coast to Bathurst Inlet (Banfield, 1951:119). Yukon: Macmillan Pass area (Rand, 1945:42); Rose River (ibid.). British Columbia: Stone- house Creek, 5% mi. W jct. Stonehouse Creek and Kelsall River (Baker, 1951:111). Alaska: McKinley River (Dixon, 1938:186); Tanana River near Fairbanks (Dice, 1921:24); Circle (Baker, 1951:110). Yukon: Firth River (Rand, 1945A.:64, recorded as M. operarius), and along coast east to point of beginning. MICROTUS OECONOMUS OPERARIUS (Nelson). 1893. Arvicola operarius Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 8:139, De- cember 28, type from St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska. 1942. Microtus oecfonomus]. operarius, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Natur- gesch., 11:187, September 10. Marginal records—Alaska: Kowak [= Kobuk] River (Bailey, 1900:40); Bettles (43646 KU); Fort Yukon (Bailey, 1900:40); Tyonek, Cook Inlet (985 KU); Bethel (Dice, 1921:24); Cape Vancouver (Bailey, 1900:39); type locality; Cape Prince of Wales (Bailey and Hendee, 1926:21). MICROTUS OECONOMUS POPOFENSIS Merriam. 1900. Microtus unalascensis popofensis Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:22, March 14, type from Popof Island, Shumagin Islands, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. popofensis, Zimmermann, Archiv f, Natur- gesch., 11:187, September 10. 426 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. MIcROTUS OECONOMUS PUNUKENSIS Hall and Gilmore. 1932. Microtus innuitus punukensis Hall and Gilmore, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 38:399, September 17, type from Big Punuk Island, near east end of St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. punukensis, Zimmermann, Archiv f Natur- gesch., 11:188, September 10. MICROTUS OECONOMUS SITKENSIS Merriam. 1897. Microtus sitkensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:221, July 15, type from Sitka, Alaska. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. sitkensis, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Naturgesch., 11:187, September 10. Marginal records.—Alaska: Chichagof Island (Heller, 1909:257); type locality. MiIcROTUS OECONOMUS UNALASCENSIS Merriam. 1897. Microtus unalascensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:222, July 15, type from Unalaska, Alaska. Known from type ey only. 1942. Microtus oec[onomus]. unalascensis, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Na- turgesch., 11:187, September 10. MICROTUS OECONOMUS YAKUTATENSIS Merriam. 1900. Microtus yakutatensis Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:22, March 14, type from north shore of Yakutat Bay, Alaska. 1942. Microtus oecf[onomus]. yakutatensis, Zimmermann, Archiv f. Natur- gesch., 11:187, September 1. Marginal records—Alaska: [N shore] Prince William Sound (Bailey, 1900: 40); Chitina River Glacier, 4500 ft. (Laing, Anderson, and Taverner, 1929:102); type locality; Glacier Bay (Bailey, 1900:40). Microtus longicaudus Long-tailed Meadow Mouse Total length, 155-221; tail, 50-93; hind foot, 20-25. Upper parts vary from dull grayish bister through brownish gray to dark sepia brown, all with mixture of numerous black-tipped hairs; sides slightly paler causing more reddish back to stand out as a wide band; venter plumbeous with light to heavy wash of whitish to dull buffy; tail long, indistinctly to distinctly bicolor, brownish to black above, soiled whitish to gray below. Body 1.6 to 1.9 times as long as tail; tail 2.8 to 3.5 times as long as hind foot; middle upper molar with four closed triangles; incisive foramina not abruptly con- stricted posteriorly, but gradually tapered or as wide posteriorly as anteriorly; skull relatively smooth, not heavily ridged even in adults. Embryo counts of 34 females from Wyoming averaged 4.8 (2-7), and in 39 females from Nevada 5.6 (2-8). MICROTUS LONGICAUDUs ABDITUS A. B. Howell. 1923. Microtus mordax abditus A. B. Howell, Jour. Mamm., 4:36, February 9, type from Walker’s Ranch, Pleasant Valley, 8 mi. S Tillamook, Tilla- mook Co., Oregon. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 427 © @ S) Ome ©) (10) Fic. 43. Distribution of Microtus longicaudus and M. coronarius. 1. M. coronarius 6. M. 1. halli ll. M. 1. bernardinus 2. M. lL. vellerosus 7. M. 1. mordax 12. M. 1. latus 8. M. I. littoralis 8. M. 1. longicaudus 13. M. lL. alticola 4. M. l. macrurus 9. M. l. angusticeps 14. M. 1. baileyi 5. M. Ll. abditus 10. M. I. sierrae 15. M. Il. leucophaeus 428 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1988. Microtus longicaudus abditus, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, No- vember 14. Marginal records (Bailey, 19386:210).—Oregon: Netarts; type locality. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS ALTICOLA (Merriam). 1890. Arvicola (Mynomes) alticolus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 3:67, Sep- tember 11, type from Little Spring, 8200 ft., San Francisco Mtn., Coco- nino Co., Arizona. 1938. Microtus longicaudus alticola, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, No- vember 14. Marginal records (Durrant, 1952:375).—Utah: P. R. Springs, 43 mi. S Ouray, 7950 ft.; Warner Ranger Station, La Sal Mts., 9750 ft.; 5 mi. W Monticello. Arizona: type locality. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS ANGUSTICEPS Bailey. 1898. Microtus angusticeps Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:86, April 30, type from Crescent City, Del Norte Co., California. 1938. Microtus longicaudus angusticeps, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, November 14. Marginal records——Oregon: mouth of Rogue River (Bailey, 1936:210). California: Mendocino (Kellogg, 1922:293). MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS BAILEYI Goldman. 1938. Microtus longicaudus baileyi Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:492, No- vember 14, type from Greenland Spring, head of Bright Angel Creek, 8000 ft., Grand Canyon Nat’] Park, Coconino Co., Arizona. Marginal records (Goldman, 1938:492).— Arizona: Big Springs (6,300- 6,700 feet), Kaibab Plateau; type locality; Bright Angel Spring, Kaibab Plateau. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS BERNARDINUS Merriam. 1908. Microtus mordax bernardinus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21:145, June 9, type from Dry Lake, 9000 ft., San Bernardino Mts., San Bernardino Co., California. 1988. Microtus longicaudus bernardinus, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:492, November 14. Marginal records (Kellogg, 1922:296).—California: Bluff Lake, 7500 ft.; type locality; South Fork Santa Ana River, 8500 ft. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS HALLI Hayman and Holt. 1931. Microtus mordax angustus Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 37:13, April 10, type from Godman Springs, 5700 ft., Blue Mts., Columbia Co., Washington (nec. Microtus angustus Thomas, 1908). 1948. Microtus longicaudus halli, Dalquest, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:353, April 9. 1941. Microtus mordax halli Hayman and Holt in Ellerman, Fam. and Genera of Living Rodents, British Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:603, March 21 (new name for Microtus mordax angustus Hall). Marginal records.—Washington (Hall, 1931:13): Humpeg Falls; Butte Creek; type locality. MIcCROTUS LONGICAUDUS LATUS Hall. 1931. Microtus mordax latus Hall, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 37:12, April 10, type from Wisconsin Creek, 8500 ft., Toyabe Mts., Nye Co., Nevada. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 429 1938. Microtus longicaudus latus, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, Novem- ber 14. Marginal records——Utah (Durrant, 1952:373): Standrod, Raft River Mts., 5500 ft.; Butterfield Canyon, 3 mi. SW Butterfield Tunnel, 8000 ft.; Britts Meadow, near Delano Ranger Station, 14 mi. E Beaver; Bryce Nat'l Park; Blue Springs, Zion Nat'l Park. Nevada (Hall, 1946:553): 3% mi. N Ursine, Eagle Valley, 5900 ft.; Breen Creek, Kawich Range, 7000 ft.; Chiatovich Creek, 8200 ft.; Lapon Canyon, Mt. Grant, 8800 ft.; Hardscrabble Canyon; Horse Canyon, Pahrum Peak, 5800-6000 ft.; El Dorado Canyon, Humboldt Range, 7800 ft.; Union; E side Schellbourne Pass, 6800 ft. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS LEUCOPHAEUs (J. A. Allen). 1894. Arvicola leucophaeus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:320, November 7, type from Graham Mts., Graham Co., Arizona. Known from type locality only. 1988. Microtus longicaudus leucophaeus, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, November 14. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS LITTORALIS Swarth. 1933. Microtus mordax littoralis Swarth, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 46:209, October 26, e from Shakan, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska [Shakan is on Kosciusko Island and Swarth probably took his specimen on Prince of Wales Island, opposite Shakan]. 1938. Microtus longicaudus hittoralis, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:49], November 14. Marginal records.—Alaska: Yakutat (Swarth, 1933:209); [Point Gustavus] Glacier Bay (Bailey, 1900:51); E side Chilkat River, 100 ft., 9 mi. W, 4 mi. N Haines (Baker, 1951:110); Juneau (Bailey, 1900:51); Sundum (Howell, 1923:35); Thomas Bay (Swarth, 1911:129); Bradfield Canal (Swarth, 1933:209); Dall Island (Swarth, 1911:129). Bailey (1900:51) used the name Microtus macrurus. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS LONGICAUDUS (Merriam). 1888. Arvicola (Mynomes) longicaudus Merriam, Amer. Nat., 22:934, October, type from Custer, 5500 ft., Black Hills, Custer Co., South Dakota. 1895. Microtus (Mynomes) longicaudus, J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 7:266, August 21. Marginal records—Wyoming: 3 mi. NW Sundance (20658 KU). South Dakota: type locality. Wyoming: 1% mi. E Buckhom, 6150 ft. (42110 KU). MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS MACRURUS Merriam. 1898. Microtus macrurus Merriam, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 50:353, October 4, type from Lake Cushman, Olympic Mts., Mason Co., Washington. 1938. Microtus longicaudus macrurus Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, November 14. Marginal records.—British Columbia: Kimsquit (Anderson and Rand, 1944: 20); Stuie, 454 ft. (Anderson, 1947:158); Alta Lake (ibid.). Washington: Sauk (Dalquest, 1948:354); Naches River (ibid.); Wind River (ibid.); Granville [now Taholah] (Bailey, 1900:51), and thence along coast to: British Columbia: Port John, King Island (Anderson and Rand, 1944:20). 430 Unrversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS MORDAX (Merriam). 1891. Arvicola (Mynomes) mordax Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:61, July 80, type from Sawtooth (or Alturas) Lake, 7200 ft., east base of Saw- tooth Mts., Blaine Co., Idaho. 1938. Microtus longicaudus mordax, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, No- vember 14. Marginal records.—British Columbia (See Anderson and Rand, 1944:20): Spences Bridge; Westbridge; Cascade. Idaho: 4 mi. W Meadow Creek (Davis, 1939:321). Montana (Bailey, 1900:50): Blackfoot; Big Snowy Mts.; Fort Custer. Wyoming: 5% mi. W, 2 mi. S Buffalo, 5620 ft. (27636 KU); 3 mi. N, 5 mi. E Orin, 4725 ft. (42124 KU); 3% mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 7000 ft. (15808 KU). Colorado: Estes Park (Bailey, 1900:50); Lake Moraine (6874 MVZ); Canyon City (Bailey, 1900:50); Fort Garland (ibid.). New Mexico: Martinez (ibid.); Capitan Mts. (Bailey, 1932:196); [Cloudcroft] Sacramento [Mts.] (ibid.); [Kingston] Mimbres Mts. (ibid.). Arizona: Rose Peak (50845 MVZ); Reservation Creek, 9640 ft. (50898 MVZ). New Mexico: Chuska Mountains (Bailey, 1932:196). Colorado: tributary of San Miguel River, near Coventry, 5500 ft. (Cary, 1911:123); Grand Junction, 4600 ft. (Warren, 1942:230). Utah (Durrant, 1952:374, unless otherwise noted): Vernal, 5300 ft.; Lake Creek, 11 mi. E Mount Pleasant; Wildcat Ranger Station, Boulder Mtn., 8700 ft.; 3% mi. NE Pleas- ant Grove (Bee, 1947, MS-MA dissertation). Nevada (Hall, 1946:552): Goose Creek, 2 mi. W Utah boundary, 5000 ft.; W side Ruby Lake, 3 mi. S Elko County line, 6100 ft.; Hansen Canyon, 5 mi. W Paradise Valley, 6200 ft.; 2 mi. W Vya, 6500 ft. California: 5 mi. N Fredonyer Peak, 5700 ft. (Grinnell, Dixon and Linsdale, 1930:526); Butte Lake, 6100 ft. (ibid.); Parker Creek (5000-5500 ft.) (Kellogg, 1922:284); Goose Lake, 5150 ft. (ibid.). Oregon: Siskiyou (Bailey, 1900:50); Upper Deschutes River, Little Meadow (near head of Deschutes River) (ibid.); 15 mi. W Bend (88955 MVZ). Washington (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:311): 8 mi. S Glenwood, base Mt. Adams; 2 mi. S Blewett Pass, 3000 ft.; Hart Lake, Railroad Creek, 3900 ft. British Columbia: Cultus Lake (Anderson and Rand, 1944:20). MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS SIERRAE R. Kellogg. 1922. Microtus mordax sierrae R. Kellogg, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:288, April 18, type from Tuolumne Meadows, 8600 ft., Yosemite Nat'l Park, California. 1938. Microtus longicaudus sierrae, Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:491, No- vember 14. Marginal records (Kellogg, 1922:288-9, unless otherwise noted. )—Cali- fornia: Etna (Bailey, 1900:50); Bear Creek (ibid.); Lassen Peak (Hud- sonian east side); Sierra Valley, 5100 ft.; Independence Lake, 7000 ft. Nevada (Hall, 1946:555): % mi. S Mt. Rose, 9500 ft.; # mi. S Marlette Lake, 8150 ft.; Desert Creek, Sweetwater Range, 6250 ft. California: Farring- tons Ranch near Mono Lake, 6800 ft.; McCloud Camp, Cottonwood Creek, White Mts., 9200 ft.; Roberts Ranch, Wyman Creek, White Mts., 8250 ft.; Monache Meadow, 8000 ft.; Taylor Meadow (Grinnell, 1933:190); Hume, 5300 ft.; El Portal, 2000 ft. (Grinnell, 1933:190); Blue Cafion (4700-5000 ft.); 20 mi. SW Quincy, 5000 ft.; head Bear Creek, 6400 ft.; head Grizzly Creek, 6000 ft. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 431 MICROTUS LONGICAUDUS VELLEROSUs J. A. Allen. 1899. Microtus vellerosus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:7, March 4, type from upper Liard River, British Columbia. 1944. Microtus longicaudus vellerosus, Anderson and Rand, Canadian Field- Nat., 58:20, April 1. 1899. Microtus cautus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 12:7, March 4, type from Hells Gate, Liard River, British Columbia. Marginal records—Alaska: Circle (Bailey, 1900:50). Mackenzie District (Anderson and Rand, 1944:21): Glacier Lake; Nahanni Gates. British Columbia: Sikanni Chief River (Sheldon, 1932:201). Alberta: Jasper Park (Anderson and Rand, 1944:21); Sweet Grass Hills (Anderson, 1947: 159). British Columbia: Newgate (Anderson and Rand, 1944:21); Ross- land (Anderson, 1947:159); Nine Mile Mtn. [4500 ft., NE Hazleton] (Munro, 1947:145); Clearwater Creek, “just below the British Columbia- Alaska boundary” (Swarth, 1922:176); Atlin (Anderson and Rand, 1944: 21). Alaska: Skagway (Bailey, 1900:50); Chitina River Glacier (Laing, Anderson and Taverner, 1929:103); N side Salcha River, 600 ft., 25 mi S and 20 mi. E Fairbanks (Baker, 1951:109). Sheldon and Swarth (supra) used the name Microtus mordax mordax. Microtus coronarius Swarth Coronation Island Meadow Mouse 1911. Microtus coronarius Swarth, Univ. California Publ. Zool., 7:131, January 12, type from Egg Harbor, Coronation Island, Alaska. Marginal records (Swarth, 1933:211).—Alaska: type locality; Warren Is- land; Forrester Island. Total length, 203-232; tail, 70-92; hind foot, 24-26. Upper parts Vandyke brown obscured by black-tipped hairs; sides paler, near broccoli brown; venter dark gray; tail bicolor, blackish above, whit- ish below. This species is closely related to M. longicaudus. Microtus mexicanus Mexican Vole Total length, 121-152; tail, 24-35; hind foot, 17-21; ear, 12-15; weight, 26-43.4 grams. Pelage coarse and lax; upper parts cinnamon buff to dark cinnamon brown, with mixture of black hairs resulting in grizzled-brownish color; sides paler; venter washed with grayish buff to cinnamon, sometimes whitish; tail slightly bicolor, dusky to dark brown above, paler below; incisive foramina short, wide, and truncate posteriorly. Body 3.3 to 3.8 times as long as tail; tail only 1.5 to 1.7 times as long as hind food; mammae 1-1 = 4; anterior lower molar (m1) with extra anterior trefoil. Embryo counts of 19 fe- males from Mexico range from 1 to 4 and average 2.7. UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 432 SRR icanus and M. fulviventer. Fic. 44. Distribution of Microtus mex ter wen fundatus 9. M.m. salvus M. m. mexicanus M. m. M. fulv 8. 10. if madrensis subsimus phaeus . 1€S . M.m. hualpaiensis M. m. navajo 1 2. 8. M. m. mogollonensis Guide to subspec MICROTUS MEXICANUS FUNDATUs Hall. ,» Mus. Nat. 7900 ft., cuaro, Aatz , Univ. Kansas Publ. un, fy 1 e from 3 > fundatus Hall typ canus .» 1:425, December 24 X14 tus me an. Marginal records (Hall and Villa-R, 1949:468).—Michoacén: Nahuatzin; type locality. cro ichoac Hist M 1948. M NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 433 MicROTUS MEXICANUS GUADALUPENSIS Bailey. 1902. Microtus mexicanus guadalupensis Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 15:118, June 2, type from Guadalupe Mts., 7800 ft., El Paso Co., Texas. Marginal records——New Mexico (Bailey, 1932:206): Manzano Mts., Cap- tain Mts. Texas: The Bowl, 8000 ft., Guadalupe Mts. (Davis and Robert- son, 1944:270). New Mexico: Sacramento Mts. (Bailey, 1932:206). MICROTUS MEXICANUS HUALPAIENSIS Goldman. 1938. Microtus mexicanus hualpaiensis Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:493, November 14, type from Hualpai Peak, 8400 ft., Hualpai Mts., Mohave Co., Arizona. Known from type locality only. MIcROTUS MEXICANUS MADRENSIS Goldman. 1938. Microtus mexicanus madrensis Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:493, November 14, type from Rio Gavilan, 6700 ft., 5 mi. W Colonia Garcia, about 60 mi. SW Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. Marginal records.—Chihuahua: type locality; Sierra Madre, near Guadalupe y Calvo (Goldman, 1938:494). MIcROTUS MEXICANUS MEXICANUS (Saussure). 1861. Arvicola (Hemiotomys) mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, ser. 2, 13:3, January, type from Volcan de Orizaba, Puebla. 1897. [Microtus] mexicanus, Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. viv. et foss., p. 564. Marginal records (Bailey, 1900:54, unless otherwise noted ).—Hidalgo: Sierra de Pachuca. Veracruz: 3 km. E Las Vigas, 8000 ft. (19843 KU); Mt. Orizaba (Elliot, 1907:298). Puebla: Chalchicomula. Mexico: N slope Volcan de Toluca. MICROTUS MEXICANUS MOGOLLONENSIS ( Mearns). 1890. Arvicola mogollonensis Mearns, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:283, February 21, type from Bakers Butte, Mogollon Mts., Yavapai Co., Arizona. 1932. Microtus mexicanus mogollonensis, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 53:204, March 1. Marginal records.—Arizona: Agassiz Peak, 11,500 ft. (10704 KU). New Mexico: Fort Wingate (Bailey, 1900:57); Mt. Taylor (Bailey, 1932:204); Magdelena Mts. (op. cit.:205); E slope Mimbres Mts. near Kingston (ibid.). Arizona: type locality. MIcROTUS MEXICANUS NAVAHO Benson. 1934. Microtus mexicanus navaho Benson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 47:49, February 9, type from Soldier Spring, 8800 ft., E slope Navajo Mtn., San Juan Co., Utah. Marginal records.—Utah: type locality. Arizona: 5 mi. E Rainbow Lodge, Navajo Mt. (251044 USBS). MIcROTUS MEXICANUS PHAEUs ( Merriam). 1892. Arvicola phaeus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 7:171, Sep- tember 29, type from N slope Sierra Nevada de Colima, 10,000 ft., Jalisco. 1900. Microtus mexicanus phaeus, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:54, June 6. 434 UnIverRSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records—Durango: El Salto (Bailey, 1900:55). Queretaro: Pinal de Amoles (ibid.). Jalisco: type locality; 10 mi. W, 9 mi. N Magda- lena (84129 KU). MICROTUS MEXICANUS SALVUS Hall. 1948. Microtus mexicanus salvuus Hall, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:426, December 24, type from Mt. Tancitaro, 11,400 ft., Michoacan. Known from type locality only. MICROTUS MEXICANUS SUBSIMUS Goldman, 1938. Microtus mexicanus subsimus Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 19:494, No- vember 14, type from Sierra Guadalupe, southeastern Coahuila. Marginal records—Coahuila: type locality; 12 mi. E Antonio de las Alazanas (33295 KU). Tamaulipas: mts. near Miquihuana (Goldman, 1938:495). Microtus fulviventer Merriam Oaxaca Vole 1898. Microtus fulviventer Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:106, April 30, type from Cerro San Felipe, 10,200 ft., Oaxaca. Marginal records (Bailey, 1900:56).—Oaxaca: Reyes [Papalo Santos Reyes]; Mt. Zempoaltepec; mts. near Ozolotepec; 15 mi. W Oaxaca. Characters.—Average external measurements of ten adult topo- types are: total length, 152; tail, 35; hind foot, 20.4. Upper parts umber brown, darkened by black-tipped hairs; underparts fulvous or dull chestnut brown; tail dusky brown above, fulvous below. This nominal species is closely related to M. mexicanus. Microtus xanthognathus (Leach) Yellow-cheeked Vole 1815. Arvicola xanthognatha Leach, Zool. Miscell., 1:60, type from Hudson Bay. 1896. Mlicrotus]. xanthognathus, Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 12:66, July 28. Marginal records——Mackenzie District: Arctic coast [Franklin Bay] east of Fort Anderson (Preble, 1908:190); Fort Franklin (Preble, 1908:189); Fort Rae (Bailey, 1900:58); Fort Smith (Preble, 1908:188). Manitoba: Fort Churchill (Preble, 1902:53); Nelson River (Anderson, 1947:160). Alberta (Preble, 1908:189): Athabaska River, 30 mi. above Pelican Portage; Cache Pecotte, 40 mi. E Jasper House. Mackenzie District: Liard River (Preble, 1908:190). Alaska: Eagle (Osgood, 1909:25); south of Fairbanks (Dice, 1921:24); Toklat River, McKinley Nat'l Park (Dixon, 1938:188); near mouth Takotna River (Dice, 1921:24); Yukon 200 mi. [shown as only 100 mi. in fig. 45 herewith] SW of mouth of Porcupine (Bailey, 1900:58); mouth of Porcupine River (ibid.). Yukon: La Pierre House (ibid.). Mackenzie District: Fort McPherson (Preble, 1908:190). Total length, 210-218; tail, 45-53; hind foot, 25-27; large adults weigh as much as 170 grams. Upper parts dark sepia to bister, heavily lined with coarse black hairs on back; sides of nose and ear NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 435 patch bright rusty yellowish; venter dusky gray; tail indistinctly bicolor, blackish above, dusky gray below; body 3.2 to 3.8 times as long as tail; tail 1.8-1.9 times as long as hind foot; M3 with only 3 closed triangles; middle section of m3 frequently divided into 2 nearly closed triangles; incisive foramina long and narrow. As many as 11 embryos have been found in one female. oo 0° STATUTE MILES Fic. 45. Distribution of Microtus xanthognathus. Microtus chrotorrhinus Rock Vole Total length, 187-170; tail, 45-50; hind foot, 19.4-22. Upper parts grayish bister to bright glossy bister, lined with black-tipped hairs; face, especially from eyes to nose, yellowish to dull orange rufous; venter plumbeous, sometimes with thin whitish wash; tail slightly bicolor, grayish brown to brownish above, paler below, body 2.4 to 2.7 times as long as tail; tail 2.0 to 2.5 times as long as hind foot; M8 with 5 closed triangles; incisive foramina short and wide. 436 Untversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fic. 46. Distribution of Microtus chrotorrhinus. l. M.c. ravus 2. M. c. chrotorrhinus 3. M. c. carolinensis MICROTUS CHROTORRHINUS CAROLINENSIS Komarek. 1932. Microtus chrotorrhinus carolinensis Komarek, Jour. Mamm., 13:158, May 11, type from Great Smoky Mts. of North Carolina, about five miles (airline distance) north of Smokemont, Swain Co., on a tributary of Bradley Fork, a small branch of the Oconalufty River, 3200 ft. Marginal records.—West Virginia: Randolph County (Handley and Patton, 1947:174). North Carolina: type locality. Tennessee: Dry Sluice Trail, 4300 ft., near divide (Mt. Collins) (Komarek, 1932:158). MICROTUS CHROTORRHINUS CHROTORRHINUS (Miller). 1894. Arvicola chrotorrhinus Miller, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 26:190, March 24, type from head of Tuckerman’s Ravine, 5300 ft., Mt. Washing- ton, Coos Co., New Hampshire. ee fee a chrotorrhinus, Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:49, arch 9. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 437 Marginal records—Quebec: Seal River (Jackson, 1938:433); Mt. Albert, 3500 ft. (Anderson, 1947:159); New Derreen (Goodwin, 1929:244). New Brunswick: Trousers Lake (Komarek, 1932:157). Maine: Mt. Coburn, about 12 mi. N The Forks (Wyman, 1923:126). New Hampshire: type locality. New York: Hunter Mtn. (Miller, 1899:322). Pennsylvania: near Sonestown (Green, 1930:17). New York: Beedes [= Breed’s—Bangs, 1898:187] (Miller, 1899:322). Ontario: Timagami (Saunders, 1932:299); Pancake Bay (Anderson, 1947:159). Minnesota: Burntside Lake (Swanson, 1945:90). Ontario: near Lowbush, Lake Abitibi (Saunders, 1932:299). Quebec: Mistassini Lake area [no precise locality given] (Cameron and Morris, 1951:128). MICROTUS CHROTORRHINUS RAVUS Bangs. 1898. Microtus chrotorrhinus ravus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:188, November 16, type from Black Bay, Strait of Belle Isle, Labrador. Marginal records (Anderson, 1947:159).—Labrador: Port Manvers; type locality. Not found: Curlew Harbor. Subgenus AULACOMYS Rhoads 1894. Aulacomys Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 28:182, February. Type, Aulacomys arvicoloides Rhoads. Plantar tubercles, 5; side glands on flanks of males conspicuous; musk-bearing anal gland; feet large; tail long; fur full and long; bullae small; incisors projecting far beyond premaxillae; molars with constricted and tightly closed sections; M2 with 4 closed sec- tions; M3 with 8 closed triangles; ml with 5 closed triangles; m3 with 3 transverse loops. Microtus richardsoni Water Vole Total length, 198-261; tail, 69-92; hind foot, 25-30; ear, 15-20, weight of 2 adult males, 112, 123.3 grams. Pelage long; upper parts grayish sepia to dark sepia or dark reddish brown, often darkened with black-tipped hairs; underparts plumbeous, with white or silvery white wash; tail bicolor, dusky above, grayish below; other char- acters as given above for the subgenus. Number of embryos varies from 4 to 7. MICROTUS RICHARDSONI ARVICOLOIDES (Rhoads). 1894. Aulacomys arvicoloides Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 28:182, February, type from Lake Keechelus, 8000 ft., Kittitas Co., Washington. 1900. Microtus richardsoni arvicoloides, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:62, June 6. 1895. Microtus principalis Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 29:940, October, type from Mt. Baker Range, British Columbia. Marginal records (Bailey, 1900:62, unless otherwise noted ).—British Colum- bia: Mt. Baker Range. Washington: Tomyhoi Lake (Dalquest, 1948:356); 5—5849 438 Unrversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Wenatchee. Oregon: Mt. Hood; Mt. Jefferson; Crater Lake; Prospect (Howell, 1920:141); Detroit. Washington: Mt. St. Helens. STATUTE MILES Fic. 47. Distribution of Microtus richardsoni. l. M. +. richardsoni 2. M. +. arvicoloides 8. M.r. macropus MICROTUS RICHARDSONI MACROPUS (Merriam). 1891. Arvicola (Mynomes) macropus Merriam, N. Amer. Fauna, 5:60, July 30, type from Pahsimeroi Mts., 9700 ft., Custer Co., Idaho. a Microtus richardsoni macropus, Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:61, une 6. Marginal records—Montana: 1 mi. W, 2 mi. S Summit (34034 KU); Bear- tooth Mts. (Bailey, 1900:61). Wyoming: Medicine Wheel Ranch, 9000 ft., NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 439 28 mi. E Lovell (32826 KU); South Pass City (Bailey, 1900:61); LaBarge Creek (ibid.); 9 mi. S Robertson, 8400 ft. (26182 KU). Utah (Durrant, 1952:376): Petty Mtn., 15 mi. N Mountain Home, 9000 ft.; 11 mi. E Mt. Pleasant; Elkhorn Guard Station, 14 mi. N Torrey, Fish Lake Plateau, 9400 ft.; Fish Lake Mts.; Lambs Canyon, 13 mi. SE Salt Lake City; 12 mi. W Garden City. Idaho (Davis, 1939:324): Camp Tendoy; Mt. Jefferson, 8 mi. S Montana Line; Alturas Lake; SW slope Cuddy Mtn. Oregon (Bailey, 1900:61): Strawberry Butte; Wallowa Mts. Washington: Stay-a-while Spring (Dalquest, 1948:357). Idaho: Priest Lake (Davis, 1939:324). MICROTUS RICHARDSONI RICHARDSONI (DeKay). 1842. A[rvicola]. richardsoni DeKay, Zool. New York, Mamm., p. 91, type from “near the foot of the Rocky Mountains.” According to Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 17:60, June 6, 1900) the type was obtained by Drummond in the vicinity of Jasper House, Alberta. 1897. [Microtus] richardsoni, Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. viv. et foss. p. 565. Marginal records.—Alberta: 5 mi. W Henry House (Bailey, 1900:60); Waterton Lake Park (Anderson, 1947:162). British Columbia: Rossland (ibid.); Hope-Princeton summit (ibid.); Mt. Cheam (Anderson and Rand, 1943B:106); Avalanche Pass (Racey and Cowan, 1935:H27). Subgenus CHILOTUS Baird 1858. Chilotus Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 516, July 14. Type, Arvicola oregoni Bachman. Plantar tubercles, 5; side glands obscure or wanting; ears small; fur dense and without stiff hairs; molars small; M8 with 2 or 8 closed triangles; ml with 5 closed triangles; m2 with anterior pair of triangles usually confluent; m3 with 8 transverse loops. Microtus oregoni Creeping Mouse Total length, 129-154; tail, 32-42; hind foot, 16-19; ear, 9-10, average weight of 10 males and 10 females, respectively, of M. o. oregoni 19.3, 19.1 grams. Upper parts varying from sooty gray through mixed bister to yellowish bister; underparts dusky with wash varying from dull buff to whitish; tail indistinctly bicolor, sooty to blackish above, dark gray to silvery gray below; ears blackish, scantily haired, and protruding from fur. Embryos 8 to 5. MICROTUS OREGONI ADOCETUS Merriam. 1908. Microtus oregoni adocetus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21:145, June 9, type from 2 mi. S South Yolla Bolly Mtn., 7500 ft., Tehama Co., California. Marginal records—Oregon: Belmont Orchard, 6 mi. S Medford (Hatfield and Hooper, 1935:33). California (Grinnell, 1933:191): type locality; Blake Lookout on South Fork Mtn. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 441 MICROTUS OREGONI BAIRDI Merriam. 1897. Microtus bairdi Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:74, April 21, type from Glacier Peak, 7800 ft., Crater Lake, Klamath Co., Oregon. 1920. Microtus oregoni bairdi, Taylor, Jour. Mamm., 1:180, August 24. Marginal records (Grinnell, 1933:191).—Oregon: type locality. California: Beswick. MICROTUS OREGONI OREGONI (Bachman). 1839. Arvicola oregoni Bachman, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8(1):60, type from Astoria, Clatsop Co., Oregon. 1896. Microtus oregoni, Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 12:9, July 23. 1899. Microtus morosus Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. Publ. 30, zool. ser., 1:227, February 2, type from Boulder Lake, 5000 ft., Olympic Mts., Clallam Co., Washington. 1920. Microtus oregoni cantwelli Taylor, Jour. Mamm., 1:180, August 24, type from Glacier Basin, 5935 ft., Mt. Rainier, Pierce Co., Washington (see Dalquest, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:357, April 9, 1948, who regards M. o. cantwelli as inseparable from M. o. oregoni). Marginal records—Washington: Mt. Vernon (Hatfield and Hooper, 1935: 34; fide Dalquest, 1948:357, 358); Stehekin, head of Lake Chelan (Taylor, 1920:181); Entiat River, 20 mi. from mouth (ibid.); Mt. Aix, head of Hindoo Creek (ibid.); Signal Peak (ibid.). Oregon: N base Three Sisters, 5000 ft. (op. cit.:182); Elk Head (Bailey, 1900:71). California: Hoopa Valley (ibid.); Mendocino City (Grinnell, 1933:191), thence north along coast to point of beginning. MICROTUS OREGONI SERPENS Merriam. 1897. Microtus serpens Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:75, April 21, type from Agassiz, British Columbia. a Mlicrotus]. o[regoni]. serpens, Taylor, Jour. Mamm., 1:180, August 24, Marginal records.—British Columbia: Port Moody (Anderson, 1947:163); type locality. Subgenus STENOCRANIUS Kastschenko 1901. Stenocranius Katschenko, Ann. Mus. St. Petersbourg, 6:167. Type, Microtus slowzowi Poljakoff [= Mus gregalis Pallas]. Dentition normal but skull unusually narrow; median crest sharp; claws tend to be enlarged; ears small. Microtus miurus Singing Vole Total length, 101-155; tail, 19-41; hind foot, 19-21; ear, 10-14; weight, 22-52.1 grams. Upper parts vary from pale buffy gray through pale ochraceous to pale tawny, lightly mixed with buffy- tipped to black-tipped guard hairs; venter whitish gray to buffy; tail dusky above, buffy to ochraceous below. 442 UNIvERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. PaHits STATUTE MILES Fic. 49. Distribution of Microtus miurus and M. abbreviatus. Guide to 2. M. m. oreas 5. M. m. andersoni kinds 3. M. m. miurus 6. M. a. abbreviatus 1. M. m. muriei 4. M. m. cantator 7. M. a. fisheri MICROTUS MIURUS ANDERSONI Rand. 1945. Microtus andersoni Rand, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 99:42, prior to June 20, type from near headwaters of Little Keele River, 5500 ft., 82 mi. west of Mackenzie River on Canol Road, Mackenzie. Known from type locality only. 1952. Microtus miurus andersoni, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:312, November 17. MIcROTUS MIURUS CANTATOR Anderson. 1947. Microtus cantator Anderson, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 102:161, Janu- ary 24, type from mountain top near Tepee Lake, 61° 35’ N, 140° 22’ W, N slope Elias Range, Yukon. 1952. Microtus miurus cantator, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:312, November 17. Marginal records.—Alaska: Fish Creek, 3400 ft., 5 mi. N, 1 mi. E Paxson (Baker, 1951:108, as M. cf. cantator). Yukon: type locality. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 443 MIcROTUS MIURUS MIURUs Osgood. 1901. Microtus miurus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 21:64, September 26, type from head of Bear Creek, in mts. near Hope City, Turnagain Arm, Cook Inlet, Alaska. Known from type locality only. MICROTUS MIURUS MURIEI Nelson. 1931. Microtus muriei Nelson, Jour. Mamm., 12:311, August 24, type from Kutuk River (tributary of Alatna River), Endicott Mts., Alaska. 1952. Microtus miurus muriei, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:312, November 17. 1950. Microtus miurus paneaki Rausch, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40: 135, April 21, type from Tolugak Lake (lat. 68° 24’ N, long. 152° 10’), Brooks Range, Alaska (regarded as inseparable from M. m. muriei by Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:311, Novem- ber 17, 1952). Marginal records—Alaska: 1 mi. W, % mi. N Umiat, 69° 22’ 18”, 152° 08’ 10”, 370 ft. (48780 KU); Lake Schrader (Rausch, 1951:183); Arctic Village (ibid. ); type locality; Kuzitrin Lake (Quay, 1951:95, fide Hall and Cockrum, 1952:311); Anvil Peak, Cooper Gulch (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:312); Lava Lake (op. cit.:311); Magnet Creek (Quay, 1951:95, fide Hall and Cockrum, 1952:311). MIcROTUS MIURUS OREAS Osgood. 1907. Microtus miurus oreas Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:61, April 18, type from Toklat River, Alaskan Range, Alaska. Marginal records.—Alaska: Jarvis Creek (Nelson, 1931:311); N side Mt. McKinley (159120 USBS); Glacier Creek (159161 USBS); Savage River (244051 USBS). Microtus abbreviatus Insular Vole Total length, 160-178; tail, 25-82; hind foot, 22-24. Fur long, concealing ears; upper parts yellowish brown to rich dark buff, sprinkled with black-tipped hairs; underparts creamy white to strong, clear buff; tail sharply or slightly bicolored, a narrow line of dusky to dark brownish above, creamy to buff below. This species is included in the subgenus Stenocranius on the authority of Nelson (Jour. Mamm., 12:311, August 24, 1931) and R. M. Gilmore (Abstracts of theses . . ., 1942 Cornell Univ., p. 289, 1948). MICROTUS ABBREVIATUS ABBREVIATUS Miller. 1899. Microtus abbreviatus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13:13, January 31, type from Hall Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Known from type locality only. MICROTUS ABBREVIATUS FISHERI Merriam. 1900. Microtus abbreviatus fisheri Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:23, March 14, type from St. Matthew Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 444 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Subgenus HERPETOMYS Merriam 1898. Herpetomys Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:107, April 30, 1898. Type, Microtus guatemalensis Merriam. Plantar tubercles, 5; side glands on flanks of males small and obscure or absent; mammae 2-1 = 6, inguinal pair functionless; ears large; pelage long and soft; tail approximately one-third as long as head and body; auditory bullae not reduced; M3 with 3 closed triangles; ml with 8 closed triangles and an interior confluent pair of triangles opening into terminal loop; m3 with 4 closed sec- tions including a pair of subequal median triangles. eS Se er! STATUTE MILES Fic. 50. Distribution of the subgenera Orthriomys and Herpetomys. 1. Microtus umbrosus 2. Microtus guatemalensis Microtus guatemalensis Merriam Guatemalan Vole 1898. Microtus guatemalensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:108, April 30, type from Todos Santos, 10,000 ft., Huehuetenango, Guatemala. Known from type locality only. Average external measurements of 20 specimens: total length, 150; tail, 87; hind foot, 21. Upper parts dark umber brown; nose blackish; lips white; underparts clear plumbeous or lightly washed with dull ochraceous. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 445 Subgenus ORTHRIOMYS Merriam 1898. Orthriomys Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:106, April 30, 1898. Type, Microtus umbrosus Merriam. Characters.—Plantar tubercles, 5 (a rudiment of 6th); side glands rudimentary or absent; mammae 2-0 — 4; ears large and almost naked; feet large; tail long, approximately half as long as head and body and scantily haired. Skull long and narrow; bullae small; M8 with 2 closed, rounded triangles and 1 open triangle; m2 with anterior pair of triangles confluent; m8 with posterior loop, 2 closed triangles, and anterior loop. Microtus umbrosus Merriam Zempoaltepec Vole 1898. Microtus umbrosus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:107, April 30, type from Mt. Zempoaltepec, 8200 ft., Oaxaca. Known from type locality only. Average external measurements of 7 specimens: total length, 184; tail, 65; hind foot, 28. Upper parts uniform dusky, with brown- tipped hairs; underparts dark plumbeous thinly washed with fulvous. Subgenus PEDOMYS Baird 1858. Pedomys Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 517, July 14. Type, Arvicola austerus LeConte [= Hypudaeus ochro- gaster Wagner]. Characters.—Plantar tubercles, 5; side glands obscure or wanting, rarely discernible; mammae 2-1 = 6; ears medium; fur long and coarse. Molars with wide re-entrant angles; M3 with 2 closed tri- angles; ml with 8 closed and 2 open triangles; m2 with anterior pair of triangles confluent; m3 with 8 transverse loops, middle loop sometimes constricted, or even divided into 2 triangles. Microtus ochrogaster Prairie Vole Total length, 130-172; tail, 24-41; hind foot, 17-22; ear, 11-15; weight, in grams, 37.0-48.0. Pelage long, lax, and coarse; upper parts light gray to dark bister, with peppery appearance resulting from mixture of black and whitish, pale fulvous or hazel-tipped hairs; sides paler; venter neutral gray or washed with whitish or pale cinnamon; tail sharply bicolor, dusky to dark bister above, whitish to buffy below. Embryos in 58 females from eastern Kansas ranged from 1 to 7 and averaged 3.4. 446 Untversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Fic. 51. Distribution of Microtus ochrogaster and M. ludovicianus. 1. M. o. minor 8. M. o. taylori 5. M. o. ohionensis 2. M. o. haydenii 4. M. o. ochrogaster 6. M. ludovicianus MICROTUS OCHROGASTER HAYDENH (Baird). 1858. Arvicola (Pedomys) haydenii Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ,, pt. 1, Mammals, p. 543, July 14, type from Fort Pierre, Stanley Co., South Dakota. 1907. Microtus ochrogaster haydeni, Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:48, April 18. Marginal records—Montana: 8 mi E, 5 mi. S Culbertson, 1860 ft. (27840 KU). North Dakota: Cannon Ball (Bailey, 1927:98). South Dakota: 1 mi. W Oacoma (16081 KU). Nebraska: Callaway (Bailey, 1900:75). NorTH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 447 Kansas: 3 mi. N, 2 mi. W Hoisington (Cockrum, 1952:203). Oklahoma: Garnett (Blair, 1939:126); Fort Reno (Bailey, 1900:74); Alva (Blair, 1939:126). Kansas (Cockrum, 1952:203): Cairo; Scott County State Park. Colorado: Cafion City (Cary, 1911:123); Rist Cafion (Warren, 1942:231). Wyoming: 29 mi. N, 8% mi. E Laramie, 6420 ft. (27922 KU); Beaver (Bailey, 1900:75); Alcova, 5180 ft. (27856 KU); 12 mi. N, 3 mi. W Shoshone (37888 KU); 1 mi. S Greybull (27855 KU). Montana: Custer Station (Bailey, 1900:75). MICROTUS OCHROGASTER MINOR (Merriam). 1888. Arvicola austerus minor Merriam, Amer. Nat. 22:600, July, type from Bottineau, at base of Turtle Mts., Bottineau Co., North Dakota. 1942. Microtus ochrogaster minor, Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publs. Cleve- land Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:160, September 11. Marginal records—Alberta: Edmonton (Anderson, 1947:163). Saskatche- wan: Wingard (Bailey, 1900:76). Manitoba: Carberry (ibid.); Winnipeg (Soper, 1946:148); Ridgeville (ibid.). Minnesota: Elk River (48132 KU); Fort Snelling (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:160); Nicollet County (Swanson, 1945:92); Ortonville (Bailey, 1900:76). North Dakota (Bole and Moul- throp, 1942:160): Oakes; Goodall. Saskatchewan: Big Muddy Lake (Soper, 1946:148). Alberta: “A short distance east of Red River” (Soper, 1946:147). MICROTUS OCHROGASTER OCHROGASTER (Wagner). 1842. Hypudaeus ochrogaster Wagner, in Schreber’s Saugethiere . . ., Suppl., 3:592, type from America, probably from New Harmony, Indi- ana (see Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publs. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:157, September 11, 1942). 1898. Microtus (Pedomys) ochrogaster, J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 10:459, November 10. 1853. Arvicola austerus LeConte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 6:405, type from Racine, Wisconsin. 1858. Arvicola (Pedomys) cinnamonea Baird, Repts. Expl.and Surv. . . ., Mammals, p. 541, July 14, type supposed by Baird to have come from Pembina, Minnesota [= Pembina, North Dakota?], but see Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 17:74, June 6, 1900) who thinks that the type came from somewhere within the geographic range of M. o. ochrogaster. Marginal records—Wisconsin: western part Clark County (Hanson, 1944: 122); Westpoint Township, Columbia County (ibid.); Racine (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:159). Michigan: Cass County (Burt, 1946:221). Ohio: Union Township, Clermont County (Bole and Mouthrop, 1942:159). Ken- tucky: “vicinity of Canmer” (Barbour and Barbour, 1950:360). Tennessee (Kellogg, 1939:285): Clarksville; Reelfoot, 3 mi. N Tiptonville. Missouri: Crane (38098 KU). Kansas (Cockrum, 1952:204-205): 18 mi. SW Colum- bus; Cherryvale; Smoky Hill River, 1 mi. S, % mi. W Lindsborg; 3% mi. W, % mi. S Beloit. Nebraska: 8 mi. SW Niobrara (336, Nebraska Game, For- estation, and Parks Commission). Iowa: Melvin (Stoner, 1918:91). Minnesota: Winona County (Swanson, 1945:92). MICROTUS OCHROGASTER OHIONENSIS Bole and Moulthrop. 1942. Microtus ochrogaster ohionensis Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publs. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:155, September 11, type from Symmes Creek, 2 mi. N Chesapeake, Lawrence Co., Ohio. 448 Untversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:156, unless otherwise noted ).— Indiana: Salamonia. Ohio: Shelby County; type locality. West Virginia: Spring Valley Golf Course, near Huntington (1142 W. G. Frum). Ohio: Ripley. MICROTUS OCHROGASTER TAYLORI Hibbard and Rinker. 1943. Microtus ochrogaster taylori Hibbard and Rinker, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 29(pt. 2, no. 4):256, October 15, type from H. H. Hildebrand Farm, 14% mi. N Fowler, Meade Co., Kansas. Marginal records (Cockrum, 1952:205).—Kansas: Coolidge: % mi. NW Bellefont; type locality. Microtus ludovicianus Bailey Louisiana Vole 1900. Microtus ludovicianus Bailey, N. Amer. Fauna, 17:74, June 6, type from Iowa, Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana. Marginal records——Louisiana: type locality. Texas: Sour Lake (Taylor and Davis, 1947:63). Total length, 146-164; tail, 33-36; hind foot, 18.5-19. Upper parts dark gray, with a mixture of black-, brown-, and whitish-tipped hairs resulting in a peppery appearance; venter dark fulvous to dark buffy; tail indistinctly bicolor, dusky above, buffy below. This nominal species is closely related to M. ochrogaster. Subgenus PITYMYS McMutrtrie 1831. Pitymys McMurtrie, Cuvier’s Anim. Kingdom, Amer. ed., 1:434. Type, Psammomys pinetorum LeConte. Skull weak, with relatively small squamosal crests, and supra- orbital ridges widely separated in interorbital region of adults; tympanic bullae small; molars narrow; M83 with 2 closed triangles; ml with 3 closed and 2 open triangles; m2 with anterior pair of triangles confluent; m3 with 3 transverse loops; plantar pads 5. External form modified for semi-fossorial life; fur soft and dense; ear reduced. Sole not fully haired; tail short; mammae 0-2 = 4. Cranially this subgenus closely resembles Pedomys but in areas where both subgenera occur can be distinguished by reddish (not grayish or blackish) upper parts, and molelike (not volelike) fur. Microtus pinetorum Pine Mouse Total length, 105-145; tail, 17-25; hind foot, 16-20; ear, 8-12; weight, 25.2-38.8 grams. Upper parts bright russet brown to brown- ish chestnut, sometimes lined with blackish-tipped hairs on back NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 449 and rump; venter plumbeous with wash of dull buff to bright cinna- mon; tail indistinctly bicolor or even unicolor, usually same color as back. Nine females of P. p. nemoralis from Kansas and Arkansas had an average number of 2.9 (2-5) embryos. WSS SERA REG nos senheider

Amen. Ae L. trimucronatus, p. 471 NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 471 Lemmus nigripes (True) Black-footed Lemming 1894. Myodes nigripes True, Diagnoses of new North American mammals, p. 2, April 24 (reprinted in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 17:242, November 15, 1894), type from St. George Island, Pribilof Islands, Alaska. Known only from type locality except as introduced on St. Paul Island (see O’Malley, Science, N. S., 63:596, June 11, 1926). 1896. Lfemmus]. nigripes, Miller, N. Amer. Fauna, 12:37, July 23. Average external measurements of five females and two males, respectively, are: total length, 140, 153; tail, 26, 20; hind foot, 20.5, 21.5. Upper parts with less difference in color between anterior and posterior areas than in L. trimucronatus, at least in summer pelage, and pelage shorter, both in winter and summer; hind feet black in all known specimens, in all seasons and at all ages; tympanic bullae smaller than in L. trimucronatus. Lemmus trimucronatus Brown Lemming Total length, 122-160; tail, 18-23; hind foot, 18-23; ear, 8-11; weight of adult males, of L. t. alascensis from northern Alaska, up to 113 grams. Upper parts anteriorly grizzled grayish (summer ) to grizzled tawny (winter); rump varying from dark chestnut to Fic. 122. Lemmus trimucronatus alascensis, brown lemming, Kaolak, 69° 56’, 160° 15’, 152 ft., Alaska, July 26, 1951; 9 48299 KU. x %. rusty or burnt umber (summer) and from tawny to fulvous (winter); sides varying from light ochraceous-buff to cinnamon (summer) and from fuscous to cinnamon (winter); underparts washed with buff. The number of embryos for 12 females from northern Alaska averaged 7.3 (4-11). LEMMUS TRIMUCRONATUS ALASCENSIS Merriam. 1900. Lemmus alascensis Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:26, March 14, type from Point Barrow, Alaska. 1843. ?Myodes albigularis Wagner, Schreber’s Saugethiere Suppl., p. 602, according to Hinton (Monograph of the voles and lemmings — 1926, p. 207) may be from the NW coast of North America. If identi- fiable, this name may apply to Lemmus. 472 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1900. Lemmus yukonensis Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:27, March 14, type from Charlie Creek, Yukon River, Alaska. k 1937. Lemmus trimucronatus alascensis, Anderson, Mammals and _ birds of the western Arctic district, Northwest Territories, Canada, p. 110, in Canada’s Western Northland, Dept. Mines and Resources, Ottawa, July 9. Lemmus sibiricus may replace Lemmus trimucronatus as the name of the species; Lemmus sibiricus chrysogaster (see Ellerman and Morrison-Scott, Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian mammals, 1758-1946, Publ. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), p. 656, November 19, 1951) and Lemmus trimu- cronatus alascensis are regarded as related by Ognev (The mammals of Russia (U.S. S. R.) and adjacent countries, Publ. Acad. Sci. U. S. S. R., Vol. 6, p. 470, 1948). Marginal records (unless otherwise indicated, Davis, 1944:22).—Alaska: type locality. Mackenzie District: Baillie Island, Cape Bathurst. Yukon: near mouth Russell Creek (Osgood, 1909:80); Rink Rapids (Osgood, 1900: 37). Alaska: Charlie Creek (ibid.); head Toklat River; Hooper Bay; Grantley Harbor. ID ——S f| il Cecil Fic. 123. Distribution of Lemmus trimucronatus and L. nigripes. 1. Lemmus nigripes 8. L. t. minusculus 2. L. t. harroldi 5. L. t. trimucronatus 4. L. t. alascensis 6. L. t. helvolus LEMMUS TRIMUCRONATUS HARROLDI Swarth. 1931. Lemmus harroldi Swarth, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 44:101, October 17, type from Nunivak Island, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1944, Lemmus trimucronatus harroldi, Davis, Murrelet, 25:23, Septem- ber 19. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 473 LEMMUS TRIMUCRONATUS HELVOLUS (Richardson). 1828. Arvicola (Lemmus) helvolus Richardson, Zool. Jour., 3:517, type from near the headwaters of one of the southern tributaries of Peace River, or between there and Jasper House region, Alberta (Preble, N. Amer. Fauna, 27:182, October 26, 1908). 1944, Lemmus trimucronatus helvolus, Davis, Murrelet, 25:22, September 19. Marginal records.—Yukon: Tantalus (Anderson, 1947:147). British Co- lumbia: Laurier Pass (Sheldon, 1932:200); Sustut Mts., 25 mi. SE Thudade Lake (Davis, 1944:22). Alberta: ? “Rocky Mountain region of northwestern Alberta” (Anderson, 1947:147). British Columbia: Stuie (ibid.); Tele- graph Creek (Davis, 1944:22). Yukon: Teslin Lake (Anderson, 1947:147). LEMMUS TRIMUCRONATUS MINUSCULUS Osgood. 1904. Lemmus minusculus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 24:36, November a. pre from Kakhtul River, near its junction with the Malchatna River, aska. 1944. Lemmus trimucronatus minusculus, Davis, Murrelet, 25:23, Sep- tember 19. Marginal records (Davis, 1944:23).—Alaska: Upper Forks Chalitna River; type locality; Nushagak River near Kakwok. LEMMUS TRIMUCRONATUS TRIMUCRONATUS (Richardson). 1825. Arvicola trimucronata Richardson, Jour. Parry’s Second Voyage, app., p. 809, type from Point Lake, Mackenzie District. 1900. Lemmus trimucronatus, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 85, March 24, Marginal records (Davis, 1944:20, unless otherwise noted).—Franklin Dis- trict: Baffin Island: Strathcona Sound (Anderson, 1947:147); Pond Inlet (ibid.); Pangnirtung Fjord; Bishop Island, Frobisher Bay; Cape Dorset. Keewatin District: Coral Harbor, Southampton Island; 50 mi. S Cape Eskimo. Mackenzie District: Artillery Lake (Anderson, 1937:110); Fort Franklin (Preble, 1908:181). Franklin District: Cape Kellett, Banks Island. Genus Synaptomys Baird—Bog Lemmings Revised by A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:ii+38, August 5, 1927. 1858. Synaptomys Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 558, July 14. Type, Synaptomys cooperi Baird. Total length, 118-154; tail, 16-27; hind foot, 16-24; basal length of skull, 22-26; zygomatic breadth, 15.0-17.7. Pelage long and loose; tail averaging slightly longer than hind foot; soles of feet not heavily haired; plantar pads 6; mammae 6 or 8. Supraorbital ridges forming median interorbital crest in adult; squamosal crests well developed; rostrum thick and short (less than 25 per cent of total length of skull); tympanic bullae large; upper incisors broad and prominently grooved; molars rootless, with persistent pulp; roots of mandibular incisors on lingual sides of molars; re-entrant angles excessively 474 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. deep on buccal sides of upper molars and on lingual sides of lower molars; M3 with four simple, transverse loops, peculiarly arranged; external form not highly specialized. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SYNAPTOMYS 1. No hairs at base of ears appreciably brighter than remainder of pelage; mammae 6; mandibular molars with triangles on outer side; palate with broad, blunt median projection....................... S. cooperi, p. 474 1’. A few hairs at base of ears distinctly brighter (with bright rusty tinge) than remainder of pelage; mammae 8; mandibular molars without tri- angles on outer side; palate with sharply pointed median projection Plier | DACKWANU GEE Riess vind ttle <0 Mea eee S. borealis, p. 477 Subgenus SYNAPTOMYS Baird 1858. Synaptomys Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . ., pt. 1, Mammals, p. 558, July 14. Type, Synaptomys cooperi Baird. Mandibular molars with closed triangles on outer sides; outer re- entrant angles well developed; mandibular incisors heavy, outer edges never noticeably unworn or prolonged into sharp splinters of enamel; palate with poorly developed posterior spinous process; no hairs at base of ears appreciably brighter than remainder of pelage; mammae 1-2 = 6. RP Gxossenheide7 Fic. 124. Synaptomys cooperi gossii, bog lemming, 3 mi. N and 1 mi. E Sharon, Barber Co., Kansas, March 11, 1951; 2 40184 KU. x % Synaptomys cooperi Bog Lemming Total length, 118-154; tail, 13-24; hind foot, 16-24; ear, 8-14; weight, 21.4-50 grams. Upper parts varying from bright cinnamon to sayal brown, often heavily suffused with black; underparts plumbeous; for additional characters see account of subgenus. Nine females from Kansas had an average of 3.5 (1-7) embryos; the mode was 3. SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI COOPER! Baird. 1858. S[ynaptomys]. cooperi Baird, Repts. Expl. and Surv. . . +» Dt is Mammals, p. 558, July 14, type locality fixed by Bole and Moulthrop (1942:146) at Jackson, Carroll Co., New Hampshire. 1896. Synaptomys fatuus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:47, March 9, type from Lake Edward, Quebec. NortTH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 475 Marginal records.—Quebec: Ste. Marguerite River (Anderson, 1947:144). New Brunswick: near Bathurst (A. B. Howell, 1927:14). Nova Scotia: Cape Breton Island (Anderson, 1947:144); Digby (Smith, 1940:233). New Hampshire: Durham (Eadie, 1937:102). Connecticut: Macedonia [State Park, near], Kent (Goodwin, 1935:127). Pennsylvania: Deephollow Run, 1800 ft., between La Porte and Nordmont (Green, 1930:16). New York: Alfred Center (A. B. Howell, 1927:14). Ohio (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:148): Auburn Corners; Adams Mills; Smoky Creek. Michigan: Ann Arbor (A. B. Howell, 1927:14); Newago County (Burt, 1946:218). Wis- consin: Lakewood (A. B. Howell, 1927:14); Solon Springs (Cory, 1912: 238). Minnesota: Elk River (A. B. Howell, 1927:14); Roseau County (Swanson, 1945:89). Manitoba (Anderson, 1947:144): near Dawson, Sandilands Forest Reserve; Pine Falls on Winnepeg River. Ontario (Ander- son and Rand, 1943A:108): Lake Nipigon; Franz. Quebec: Lake Mistassini (Cameron and Morris, 1951:127). q) ) [P Ip } ; 4 be E VP l} 08 Ico 200 STATUTE MILES Fic. 125. Distribution of Synaptomys cooperi. 1. S. cooperi cooperi 3. S. cooperi gossii 5. S. cooperi stonei 2. S. cooperi paludis 4. S. cooperi saturatus 6. S. cooperi helaletes SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI GossiI (Coues). 1877. Arvicola (Synaptomys) gossii Coues, Monogr. N. Amer. Rodentia, p. 235 (published as synonym of Synaptomys cooperi, but name stated to apply to Kansan specimens, description and measurements of which are printed on p. 236), type from Neosho Falls, Woodson Co., Kansas. 1897. Synaptomys cooperi gossii, Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 49:307, June. 476 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. ‘Marginal records.—Nebraska: Niobrara Game Preserve near Valentine . (Fichter and Hansen, 1947:1). Iowa: Marion (A. B. Howell, 1927:19); Fairport (Scott, 1937:76, fide Hall and Cockrum, 1952:297). Missouri: 4 mi. NW Sedalia (17631 KU). Kansas: type locality; 3 mi. N, 1 mi. E Sharon (40184 KU). SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI HELALETES Merriam. 1896. Synaptomys helaletes Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:59 March 19, type from Dismal Swamp, Norfolk Co., Virginia. one Seas cooperi helaletes, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:9 ugust 9. Marginal records (A. B. Howell, 1927:17).—Virginia: Lake Drummond. North Carolina: Chapanoke. > ? SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI PALUDIS Hibbard and Rinker. 1942. Synaptomys cooperi paludis Hibbard and Rinker, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 28:26, May 15, type from Meade County State Park, Meade Co., Kansas. Known from type locality only. SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI SATURATUS Bole and Moulthrop. 1942. Synaptomys cooperi saturatus Bole and Moulthrop, Sci. Publs. Cleve- land Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:149, September 11, type from Bloomington, Mc- Lean Co., Illinois. Marginal records.—Wisconsin: Kelly Lake (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:296). Michigan: Cassopolis (ibid.). Ohio (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:151): Evansport; Chilo. [Illinois: Rosiclare (Hall and Cockrum, 1952:296). Arkansas: Lake City (ibid.). Missouri: near Midway (Fisher, 1946:436). Illinois: type locality. Wisconsin: Camp Douglas (A. B. Howell, 1927:16, fide Hall and Cockrum, 1952:296). SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI STONEI Rhoads. 1893. Synaptomys stonei Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 27:53, January, type from May’s Landing (on Egg River), Atlantic Co., New Jersey. 1897. Synaptomys cooperi stonei, Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 49:305, June. Marginal records.—Massachusetts: Wareham (A. B. Howell, 1927:16). Maryland: Pocomoke River, 6 mi. SW Snow Hill (Poole, 1943:103). Vir- ginia: Campbell County (A. B. Howell, 1927:16). North Carolina: Mag- netic City (A. B. Howell, 1927:16); Highlands (Odum, 1948A:74). Ken- tucky: near Morehead State Teachers College (Welter and Sollberger, 1939: 81). Ohio (Bole and Moulthrop, 1942:149): Cat Run; Lisbon. Subgenus MICTOMYS True 1894. Mictomys True, Diagnoses of new North American Mammals, p. 2, April 26 (reprinted in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 17:242, November 15). Type, Mictomys innuitus True. Mandibular molars without closed triangles on outer sides, and almost no outer re-entrant angles; mandibular incisors relatively slender and sharply pointed; palate with well-developed spinous process behind; few hairs at bases of ears appreciably brighter than remainder of pelage. Mammae 2-2 — 8. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS A477 Synaptomys borealis Northern Bog Lemming Total length, 118-185; tail, 19-27; hind foot, 16-22; ear, 12-18; weight, 32-34 grams (2 individuals). Upper parts varying from grizzled gray to Brussels brown, with admixture of black hairs; underparts plumbeous; tail bicolored; feet grayish to almost black; for additional characters see account of subgenus. Fic. 126. Distribution of Synaptomys borealis. L.. S.-Bi dalli 4, S. b. chapmani 7. S. b. innuitus 2. S. b. wrangeli 5. S.b. borealis 8. S. b. medioximus 8. S. b. artemisiae 6. S. b. smithi 9. S. b. sphagnicola SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS ARTEMISIAE Anderson. 1932. Synaptomys borealis artemisiae Anderson, Bull. [Ann. Rep. for 1931] Nat. Mus. Canada, 70:104, November 24, type from Stevenson Creek, SW Princeton, B. C. on Hope-Princeton Trail, east slope Cascade Range, 2400 ft., lat. 49° 23’ N, long. 120° 35’ W. Known only from vicinity of type locality and head of Whipsaw Creek, 5600 ft. (Anderson, 1947:145). SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS BOREALIS ( Richardson). 1828. Arvicola borealis Richardson, Zool. Jour., 3:517, type from Fort Frank- lin, Great Bear Lake, Mackenzie District. 1902. Synaptomys (Mictomys) bullatus Preble, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15:181, August 6, type from Trout Rock, near Fort Rae, Great Slave Lake, Mackenzie District. 1907. Synaptomys borealis, Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20:49, April 18. 478 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records—Mackenzie District (A. B. Howell, 1927:24): Fort Franklin; Sarahk Lake. Alberta: Smith Landing (Fitzgerald) (ibid.). Saskatchewan: Brightsand Lake, about 65 mi. NNW north Battleford (Anderson, 1947:144). Alberta: “Edmonton district” (ibid.); Peace River Landing (A. B. Howell, 1927:24). British Columbia: near Tupper Creek School House (Cowan, 1939:82); “Peace River block in northeastern British Columbia” (Anderson, 1947:144). Mackenzie District: Fort Providence (A. B. Howell, 1927:24). SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS CHAPMANI J. A. Allen. 1903. Synaptomys (Mictomys) chapmani J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 19:555, October 10, type from Glacier, Selkirk Range, British Columbia. 1927. Synaptomys borealis chapmani, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:9, August 5. Marginal records.—Alberta: Ray Lake (Soper, 1948:60); Mt. Forget-me- not (A. B. Howell, 1927:26). Montana: Camas Creek, Glacier Nat’l Park (Wright, 1950:460). British Columbia: Green Mtn., 6300 ft. (Anderson, 1947:145); Canoe River (A. B. Howell, 1927:26). SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS DALLI Merriam. 1896. Synaptomys (Mictomys) dalli Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:62, March 19, type from Nulato, Alaska. 1903. Synaptomys (Mictomys) andersoni J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 19:554; October 10, type from Level Mts., northern British Columbia. 1927. Synaptomys borealis dalli, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:9, August 5. Marginal records (A. B. Howell, 1927:25, unless otherwise noted. )—Alaska: Bettles; mts. near Eagle. Yukon: Canol Road, Mile 249 (Anderson, 1947: 145). British Columbia: Great Glacier, Stikine River; Sixteen Mile Lake (Munro, 1947:141); Caribou Mtn., near Stuie (Anderson, 1947:145); Tele- graph Creek; Atlin. Yukon: Burwash Landing (Anderson, 1947:145). Alaska: Prince William Sound; Seldovia; Lake Aleknagik; type locality. SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS INNUITUS (True). 1894. Mictomys innuitus True, Diagnoses of new North American mammals, p. 8, April 24 (reprinted in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 17:243, November 15), type from Fort Chimo, Quebec. 1927. Synaptomys borealis innuitus, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:9, August 5. Marginal records—Quebec: type locality; upper part Ste. Marguerite R., about 100 mi. N Gulf of St. Lawrence (Anderson, 1947:145); Godbout (Anderson, 1940:71); Rattogobas Lake, Swampy Bay River (Anderson and Rand, 1948A:102). SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS MEDIOXIMUS Bangs. 1900. Synaptomys (Mictomys) innuitus medioximus Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 2:40, September 20, type from L’Anse au Loup, Strait of Belle Isle, Labrador. 1927. Synaptomys borealis medioximus, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:9, August 5. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 479 Marginal records (Anderson, 1947:146).—Nain; Hamilton Inlet; type lo- cality. SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS SMITHI Anderson and Rand. 1943. Synaptomys borealis smithi Anderson and Rand, Canadian Field-Nat., 57:101, December 10, type from Thicket Portage, Mile 165, H. B. Rail- road, Manitoba. Marginal records—Manitoba: Ilford (Mile 286, Hudson Bay R. R.) Anderson, 1947:146). Ontario: Fort Severn (Anderson and Rand, 1943A: 102); Moosonee (ibid.) Manitoba: nr. Pine Falls, Winnepeg River (Soper, 1946:146); near the Dawson Cabin, N part Sandilands Forest Reserve (ibid.). Minnesota: Williams (Wetzel and Gunderson, 1949:437). Mani- toba: Clear Lake, Riding Mtn. Park (Anderson and Rand, 1943A:102). Saskatchewan: Prince Albert Nat’l Park (Anderson, 1947:146). SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS SPHAGNICOLA Preble. 1899. Synaptomys (Mictomys) sphagnicola Preble, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 13:48, May 29, type from Fabyans, Coos Co., New Hampshire. 1927. Synaptomys borealis sphagnicola, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50:9, August 5. Marginal records (Anderson, 1947:146).—Quebec: Tabletop Mtn. New Brunswick: Miramichi Road, 15 mi. from Bathurst. Maine: Mt. Katahdin. New Hampshire: type locality. Quebec: Ste. Rose. SYNAPTOMYS BOREALIS WRANGELI Merriam. 1896. Synaptomys (Mictomys) wrangeli Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- inete, 10:63, March 19, type from Wrangell, Alexander Archipelago, Alaska. 1927. Synaptomys borealis wrangeli, A. B. Howell, N. Amer. Fauna, 50.9, August 5. 1896. Synaptomys (Mictomys) truei, Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10:62, March 19, type from Skagit Valley, Skagit Co., Washington. Marginal records (Howell, 1927:28, unless otherwise noted ).—Alaska: Port Snettisham. British Columbia: Great Glacier (Swarth, 1922:172). Alaska: Anan Creek. Washington: Mt. Baker. British Columbia: Metlakatla. Alaska: type locality. Genus Dicrostonyx Gloger—Collared Lemmings Revised by G. M. Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62:509-540, February, 1919. Canadian forms treated by Anderson and Rand, Jour. Mamm., 26:3801- 806, November 14, 1945. 1841. Dicrostonyx Gloger, Gemeinn, Hand- u. Hilfsbuch d. Naturgesch., 1:97. Type, an American species, probably Mus hudsonius Pallas. 1854. Myolemmus Pomel, Catal. Method., p. 27. Type, Arvicola ambiguus from the Pleistocene of France. According to Hinton (Monograph of the voles and lemmings . . . 1926:187), Arvicola ambiguus is an unidentifiable species. 1855. Misothermus Hensel, Zeitschr. der Deutsch geol. Gesellsch., 7:492. Type, Mus torquatus Pallas. 1881. Borioikon Poljakov, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, 39: Sup- plement, p. 34. Type, Mus torquatus Pallas. 1897. Tylonyx Schulze, Mamm. Europaea in Helios, Abhandl. und Vortrage Gesammtgebiete Naturwiss., Berlin, 14:83. Type, Mus torquatus Pallas. 480 Untversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Total length, 182-160; tail, 10-22; hind foot, 15-24; ear, 6; weight, 45-75 grams; basal length of skull, 25.0-30.5; zygomatic breadth, 17.6-23.1. Ears entirely concealed in fur; foot-soles densely haired. In summer, upper parts brownish gray, buffy gray or variegated tawny and gray with black mid-dorsal stripe in some specimens; underparts (D. g. rubricatus) whitish but hairs plumbeous basally and lightly tipped with tawny. In winter all white (D. g. unalascen- sis and D. g. stevensoni excepted); white animals with foreclaws of digits 8 and 4 each with bulbous ventral part as large as dorsal part and separated from dorsal part by lateral groove and notch at end; ventral part absent in summer. Skull with squamosal pegs projecting anterolaterally behind orbits; tympanic bullae cancellous; lower incisor not extending behind m3; m1 with 7 closed triangles between terminal loops. So far as known the collared, or varying, lemming occurs only in the treeless parts of the Arctic. It lives in short burrows; embryos number 3 to 11; some females produce 2 litters in a summer. This is the only rodent known to turn white in winter. Key To Species oF DicrostoNyx 1. First and second upper cheek-teeth without an accessory fold at the posterointernal corner; last lower molar normally lacking an accessory anterointernal fold and an anteroexternal enamel fold. .D. hudsonius, p. 480 1’, First and second upper cheek-teeth with small accessory enamel fold at posterointernal corner; last lower molar provided with accessory anterointernal enamel fold, and, in some forms, with anteroexternal accessory fold. 2. Restricted to St. Lawrence Island................... D. exsul, p. 484 2’. Not on St. Lawrence Island; on Alaska Peninsula and North Ameri- can mainland north of 56°...) 2.6 oo D. groenlandicus, p. 481 Dicrostonyx hudsonius (Pallas) Labrador Collared Lemming 1778. Mus hudsonius Pallas, Novae species quad. glir. ord., p. 208, type from Labrador. 1897. Dicrostonyx hudsonius, Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:237, September 17. Marginal records.—Keewatin: Digges Islands (Anderson, 1947:148). Que- bec: Rama (G. M. Allen, 1919:518); probably Straits of Belle Isle (op. cit.: 517; Lake Michikamau (ibid.), Great Whale River (op. cit.:518.). (Kee- watin): Belcher Islands (Anderson, 1947:148). Six adults average: total length, 148: tail, 20.3; hind foot, 22.1. Maximum recorded is 160, 22, 24. In summer, adults nearly uni- form buffy gray above, with indistinct blackish spinal stripe; ear tufts, flanks, and throat buffy or rusty; underparts gray, usually NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 481 strongly tinged with buffy; M1 and M2 each lacks posterointernal ‘vestigial angle and with wall of hinder inner triangle reduced; m8 without anterior vestigial angles. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus Collared Lemming Total length, 132-157; tail, 10-20; hind foot, 15-22. In summer, upper parts grizzled gray to grayish brown with more or less dis- tinct dorsal blackish stripe; underparts grayish white, usually tinged with buff. All white in winter. M1 and M2 usually each with well- developed posterointernal vestigial angle and hind walls of postero- internal triangles retaining thick enamel and concave form; m3 usually with pair of anterior vestigial angles. In D. g. richardsoni three is the usual number of embryos and some females have two litters in the short summer season. In D. g. alascensis the number of embryos ranges from five to 11 (G. M. Allen, 1919:528, 529). eO0t Critce om fo Fi ee y GH | 127 128 Fics. 127 and 128. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus rubricatus, collared lemming. x 2. Fig. 127 shows the white winter pelage. Fig. 128 shows the summer pelage and is based on a specimen from Kaolak River, 70° 11’, 159° 47’, Alaska, July 14, 1951. DiIcrROsSTONYX GROENLANDICUS GROENLANDICUus (Traill). 1823. Mus groenlandicus Traill, Scoresby’s Jour. voy. northern whale-fish- ery, p. 416, type from Jamesons Land, Greenland. 1919. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus, G. M. Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62:533, February. Marginal records——Greenland: “northeast Greenland, N to 83° 24” (G. M. Allen, 1919:535); type locality. Franklin (Baffin Island): Cape Mercy (ibid.); Lake Harbour (Anderson and Rand, 1945:304); Cape Dorset (ibid.). Keewatin: Coral Harbour, Southampton Island (ibid.); Baker Lake (ibid.). Franklin: Iglulik Island, Fury and Hecla Strait (ibid.); Axel Heiberg Island (op. cit.: 803). DiIcROSTONYX GROENLANDICUS KILANGMIUTAK Anderson and Rand. 1945. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus kilangmiutak Anderson and Rand, Jour. Mamm., 26:305, November 14, type from DeHaven Point, southeastern point of Victoria Island, west side Victoria Strait. Franklin District. Approximately 69° N lat., and 101° 30’ W long. 482 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. Marginal records (Anderson and Rand, 1945:306).—Franklin: Borden Island; Taylor Island. Keewatin: Queen Maud Sea area (op. cit.: p. 305). Mackenzie: Sifton Lake; Aklavik. Franklin: Cape Kellett, Banks Island. DICROSTONYX GROENLANDICUS RICHARDSONI Merriam. 1900. Dicrostonyx richardsoni Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:26, March 14, type from Fort Churchill, Manitoba. 1935. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus richardsoni, Degerb¢gl, Rept. Fifth Thule Exped., Mammals, 2:9. Marginal records (Anderson and Rand, 1945:304).—Mackenzie: Artillery Lake. Keewatin: Kazan River; Tavani. Manitoba: type locality. EY Fic. 129. Distribution of the species and subspecies of the Genus Dicrostonyx. 1. D. groenlandicus stevensoni 5. D. groenlandicus kilangmiutak 2. D. groenlandicus unalascensis 6. D. groenlandicus richardsoni 8. D. exsul 7. D. groenlandicus groenlandicus 4. D. groenlandicus rubricatus 8. D. hudsonius DICROSTONYX GROENLANDICUS RUBRICATUS (Richardson). 1839. Arvicola rubricatus Richardson, Zool. Beechey’s voyage, p. 7, type from American side of Bering Strait, Alaska. 1900. Dicrostonyx nelsoni Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 2:25, March 14, type from St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska. 1900. Dicrostonyx hudsonius alascensis Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, p. 37, March 24, type from Point Barrow, Alaska. 1937. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus rubricatus, Anderson, Mammals and birds of the western Arctic district, in Canada’s Western Northland, Dept. of Mines and Resources, Ottawa, p. 110, July 9. 1948. Dlicrostonyx]. t[orquatus]. rubricatus, Ognev, The mammals of Russia (U.S. S. R.) and adjacent countries, Publ. Acad. Sci. U. S. S. R., 6:479, 508. Ognev regards D. groenlandicus as conspecific with the earlier named D. torquatus. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 483 Fics. 130-149. Skulls of lemmings. All x 1. Fics. 130-133. Lemmus trimucronatus alascensis, Kaolak 69° 56’, 160° 15’, 152 ft., Alaska; ¢ 43297 KU. Fics. 134-137. Synaptomys cooperi gossii, 1 mi. W Lawrence, Kansas; ¢ 4626 KU. Fics. 188-141. Synaptomys borealis dalli, McIntyre Creek, 2250 ft., 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, Yukon; 9 21332 KU. Fics. 142-145. Dicrostonyx hudsonius, George River, Hudson Bay Post, 800 ft., Quebec; 9 29248 KU. Fics. 146-149. Dicrostonyx groenlandicus richardsoni, Fort Churchill, Mani- toba; 2 1362 KU. 484 Unrversiry OF Kansas PuBLs., Mus. Nat. : Hist. Marginal records—Alaska: Point Barrow (Anderson and Rand, 1945:305). Yukon: Herschel Island (ibid.). Alaska (G. M. Allen, 1919:524): Porcu- pine River, 200 mi. above Yukon; Fort Yukon; Russian Mission; Moller Bay. DIcROSTONYX GROENLANDICUS STEVENSONI Nelson. 1929. Dicrostonyx unalascensis stevensoni Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 30:145, pl. 2, March 30, type from Umnak Island, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1941. Dicrostonyx rubricatus stevensoni, Hayman and Holt, in Ellermann, ae genera of living rodents, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 2:558, arc : DICROSTONYX GROENLANDICUS UNALASCENSIS Merriam. 1900. Dicrostonyx unalascensis Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., ae March 14, type from Unalaska, Alaska. Known from type locality only. 1 Dicrostonyx exsul G. M. Allen St. Lawrence Island Collared Lemming 1919. Dicrostonyx exsul G. M. Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62:582, February, type from St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Known from type locality only. Total length, 146; tail, 17; hind foot, 20. Upper parts in summer pinkish gray, blacker on rump; ear-patch mixture of ochraceous- buff and tawny; blackish median line indistinct; feet pale buff above in central part with whitish dusky tinge peripherally. In winter presumably all white. A subadult taken on June 24, contained four embryos. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 485 LITERATURE CITED ALLEN, G. M. 1919. The American collared lemmings (Dictostonyx). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62:509-540, 1 pl., 1 fig., February. ALLEN, J. A. 1894. Notes on mammals from New Brunswick, with description of a new species of Evotomys. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:99-106, April 14. 1908. Mammals collected in Alaska and northern British Columbia by the Andrew F. Stone Expedition of 1902. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 19:521-567, October 10. ANDERSON, R. M. 1937. Mammals and birds of the western Arctic District, Northwest Terri- tories, Canada. Canada’s Western Northland, pp. 97-122, unnum- bered figs., 1 map, July 9. 1940. Mammiféres de la Province de Québec. Ann. Rept. Prov. Soc. Nat. Hist., Canada for 1939, pp. 37-111, 1 fig., February 29. 1942. Canadian voles of the genus Phenacomys with description of two new Canadian subspecies. Canadian Field-Nat., 56:56-60, 1 pl., June 8. 1948. Nine additions to the list of Quebec mammals with descriptions of six new forms. Ann. Rept. Prov. Soc. Nat. Hist. for 1942: 49-62, September 7. 1947. Catalogue of Canadian Recent mammals. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 102:v + 238, January 24. ANDERSON, R. M., and Ranp, A. L. 1943A. A new lemming mouse (Synaptomys) from Manitoba with notes on some other forms. Canadian Field-Nat., 101-103, December 10. 1943B. Status of the Richardson vole (Microtus richardsoni) in Canada. Canadian Field-Nat., 57:106-107, December 10. 1944, The long-tailed meadow mouse (Microtus longicaudus) in Canada. Canadian Field-Nat., 58:19-21, prior to May 22. 1945. The varying lemming (genus Dicrostonyx) in Canada. Jour. Mamm., 26:301-306, November 14. Battey, A. M., and HENDEE, R. W. 1926. Notes on the mammals of northwestern Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 7:9-28, 8 pls., February 15. BatLey, V. 1897. Revision of the American voles of the genus Evotomys. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:113-138, May 13. 1900. Revision of American voles of the genus Microtus. N. Amer. Fauna, 17:1-88, 5 pls., 17 figs., June 6. 1905. Biological survey of Texas. N. Amer. Fauna, 25:1-222, 16 pls., 24 figs. in text, October 24. 1917, A new subspecies of meadow mouse from Wyoming. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 30:29-80, February 21. 8—5849 486 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. 1918. Wild animals of Glacier National Park. The mammals. Dept. In- terior, National Park Service, pp. 25-102, illustrated. 1927. A biological survey of North Dakota. N. Amer. Fauna, 49:vi + 226, 21 pls., 8 figs. in text, January 8. 1932. Mammals of New Mexico. N. Amer. Fauna, 53:1-412, 22 pls., 58 figs. in text, March 1. 1936. The mammals and life zones of Oregon. N. Amer. Fauna, 55:1-416, 1 map, 5 pls., 102 figs. in text, August 29. Baker, R. H. 1951. Mammals taken along the Alaska Highway. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5(9):87-117, 1 fig. in text, November 28. BANFIELD, A. W. F. 1951. Notes on the mammals of the Mackenzie District, Northwest Terri- tories. Arctic, 4:118-121, illus., September. Bancs, O. 1894. Synaptomys cooperi Baird in eastern Massachusetts; with notes on Synaptomys stonei Rhoads, especially as to the validity of this species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9:99-104, April 14. 1898. A new rock vole from Labrador. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12:187- 188, November 16. Barsour, R. W., and Barsour, B. L. 1950. Some mammals from Hart County, Kentucky. Jour. Mamm., 31:859- 860, August 21. Benson, S. B., and Borexu, A. E. 1931. Notes on the life history of the red tree mouse, Phenacomys longi- caudus. Jour. Mamm., 12:226-233, 1 fig., August 24. Back, J. D. 1936. Mammals of northwestern Arkansas. Jour. Mamm., 17:29-85, Feb- ruary 17. Briar, W. F. 1939. Faunal relationships and geographic distribution of mammals in Oklahoma. Amer. Midland Nat., 22:85-183, 1 fig., July. Bo eg, B. F., Jr. 1938. The pine mouse of southern Ohio. Jour. Mamm., 19:377, August 18. Bote, B. F., JR., and Mou.turop, P. N. 1942. The Ohio Recent mammal collection in the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. Scientific Publs., Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:88- 181, September 11. Boortu, E. S. 1945. A new red-backed mouse from Washington state. Murrelet, 26:27-28, August 10. BRECKENRIDGE, W. J. 1936. Mammals collected in northem Manitoba. Jour. Mamm., 17:61-62, February 17. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 487 Bryant, M. D. 1941. A far southwestern occurrence of Pitymys in Texas. Jour. Mamm., 22:202, May 13. Burroucus, A. L., HoLpENRIED, R., LoNGANECKER, D. S., and Meyer, K. F. 1945. A field study of latent tularemia in rodents, with a list of all known naturally infected vertebrates. Jour. Infect. Diseases, 76:115-119. Burt, W. H. 1946. The mammals of Michigan. Univ. Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, xv + 288 pp., illustrated. Cann, A. R. 1937. The mammals of Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Jour. Mamm., 18:19-30, February 11. CAMERON, A. W., and Morris, W. A. 1951. The mammals of the Lake Mistassini and Lake Albanel regions, Quebec. Nat. Mus. Canada Bull., 123:120-130, prior to October 80. Cary, M. 1911. A biological survey of Colorado. N. Amer. Fauna, 33:1-256, 12 pls., 89 figs. in text, August 17. Cocxrum, E. L. 1952. Mammals of Kansas. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 7: 1-303, 73 figs. in text, 37 tables, August 25. Cocxrum, E. L., and Fircn, K. M. 1952. Geographic variation in red-backed mice (Genus Clethrionomys) of the southern Rocky Mountain region. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:281-292, November 15, 1952. Coo.ey, R. A. 1938. The genera Dermacentor and Otocentor (Ixodidae) in the United States, with studies in variation. National Inst. Health Bull., 171: v + 89, 30 pls., 8 figs. COPELAND, M. 1912. Notes on the mammals of Mt. Greylock, Massachusetts. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25:157-162, December 4. Cory, C. D. 1912. The mammals of Illinois and Wisconsin. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Publ. 153, zool. ser., 11:1-505, many unnumbered pls., figs., and maps in text. Cowan, I. McT. 1939. The vertebrate fauna of the Peace River District of British Columbia. Occas. Papers British Columbia Prov. Mus., 1:8 + 102, 5 pls., June 1. 1951. A new Microtus from the western Arctic of Canada. Jour. Mamm., 32:353-354, August 23. CroweE, P. E. 1943. Notes on some mammals of the southern Canadian Rocky Mountains. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 80:391-410, 4 pls., 1 fig. in text, Feb- ruary 4. 488 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Date, F. H. 1940. Geographic variation in the meadow mouse in British Columbia and southeastern Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 21:332-340, 1 table, August 18. Da.quest, W. W. 1940. New meadow mouse from the San Juan Islands, Washington. Mur- relet, 21:7-8, April 30. 1948. Mammals of Washington. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 2:1-444, 140 figs. in text, April 9. 1950. Records of mammals from the Mexican state of San Luis Potosi. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., 23:1-15, July 10. Davis, D. E. 1936. Status of Microtus enixus and Microtus terraenovae. Jour, Mamm., 17:290-291, August 17. Davis, W. B. 1989. The Recent mammals of Idaho. The Caxton Printers, Caldwell, Idaho, 400 pp., 2 full pages half tones, 33 figs. in text, April 5. 1944, Geographic variation in brown lemmings (genus Lemmus). Mur- relet, 25:19-25, September 19. Davis, W. B., and Lowery, G. H., Jr. 1940. The systematic status of the Louisiana muskrat. Jour. Mamm., 21: 212-213, May 16. Davis, W. B., and Rosertson, J. L., Jr. 1944. The mammals of Culberson County, Texas. Jour. Mamm., 25:254- 273, 1 pl., 2 figs. in text, September 8. DELLINGER, S. C., and Buack, J. D. 1940. Notes on Arkansas mammals. Jour. Mamm., 21:187-191, May 16. Dice, L. R. 1919. The mammals of southeastern Washington. Jour. Mamm., 1:10-21, 2. pls., November 28. 1921. Notes on the mammals of interior Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 2:20-28, February 10. 1923. Mammal associations and habitats of the Flathead Lake region, Montana. Ecology, 4:247-260, 3 figs., July. Drxon, J. S. 1938. Birds & mammals of Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska. Fauna Series (National Park Service), 3:xii + 236, frontispiece and 85 figs. Dour, JK. 1941. New Clethrionomys from Utah and Pennsylvania. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:161-162, December 8. Durrant, S. D. 1952. Mammals of Utah, taxonomy and distribution. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:1-549, 91 figs. in text, 30 tables, August 10. Dymonp, J. R. 1928. The mammals of the Lake Nipigon region, pp. 239-250. In A faunal survey of the Lake Nipigon region, Ontario by Dymond, J. R., Sny- NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 489 der, L. L., and Logier, E. B.S. Trans. Royal Canadian Inst., 16(2): 233-291, 1 pl., 1 map. Eanpie, W. R. 1937. The Cooper lemming mouse in southern New Hampshire. Jour. Mamm., 18:102-103, February 11. 1939. A contribution to the biology of Parascalops breweri. Jour. Mamm., 20:150-173, 2 pls., 2 figs. in text, May 15. ELLERMAN, J. R. 1941. The families and genera of living rodents. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Vol. 2, pp. xii + 690, 50 figs., March 21. ELLERMAN, J. R., and Morrison-Scortrt, T. C. S. 1951. Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian Mammals. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), pp. 1-810, 1 map, November 19. E.uioT, D. G. 1907. A catalogue of the collection of mammals in the Field Columbian Museum. Field Columbian Mus. Publ. 115, zool. ser., 8:viii + 694, 92 figs. in text, February 9. ENpErs, R. K. 1928. Two new records from Ohio. Jour. Mamm., 9:155, May 9. 1932. Mammal distribution in Saline and Camden counties, Missouri. Amer. Midland Nat., 13:114-123, May. Ficuter, E., and Hansen, M. F. 1947. The Goss lemming mouse, Synaptomys cooperi gossii (Coues), in Ne- braska. Bull. Univ. Nebraska State Mus., 3(2):1-8, 2 figs., 1 table, September. FisHer, H. J. 1946. Notes on voles in central Missouri. Jour. Mamm., 26:435-437, February 12. GoLpMAN, E. A. 1932. A new muskrat from Arizona. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 45:93- 94, June 21. 1938. Notes on the voles of the Microtus longicaudus group. Jour. Mamm., 19:491-492, November 14. 1938. Three new races of Microtus mexicanus. Jour. Mamm., 19:493-495, November 14. 1941. Remarks on voles of the genus Lemmiscus, with one described as new. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:69-71, July 31. Goopwwy, G. G. 1924. Mammals of the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec. Jour. Mamm., 5:246- 257, November 15. 1929. Mammals of the Cascapedia Valley, Quebec. Jour. Mamm., 10:239- 246, August 10. 1935. The mammals of Connecticut. Bull. Connecticut State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 53:1-221, 33 pls., 19 figs. in text. 490 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Green, M. M. 19380. A contribution to the mammalogy of the North Mountain Region of Pennsylvania. Privately published, Ardmore, Pennsylvania, pp. 1-19, 1 colored plate, March 31. GRINNELL, J. 1926. Critical examination of the meadow mice of Lower California. Jour. Mamm., 7:221-226, August 9. 1983. Review of the Recent mammal fauna of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:71-234, September 26. GRINNELL, J., Drxon, J., and LinspAte, J. M. 1930. Vertebrate natural history of a section of northern California through the Lassen Peak Region. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 35:v + 594, 181 figs. in text, October 10. Hatt, E. R. 1929. Mammals collected by Charles D. Brower at Point Barrow, Alaska. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 830:419-425, March 19. 1931. Critical comments on mammals from Utah, with descriptions of new forms from Utah, Nevada and Washington. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 37:1-13, April 10. 1934. Mammals collected by T. T. and E. B. McCabe in the Bowron Lake Region of British Columbia. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 40:863- 368, 1 fig., November 5. 1988. Mammals from Touchwood Hills, Saskatchewan. Canadian Field- Nat., 52:108-109, October. 1938. Notes on the meadow mice Microtus montanus and M. nanus with description of a new subspecies from Colorado. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:181-134, August 23. 1946. Mammals of Nevada. Univ. California Press, Berkeley, xi + 710, colored frontispiece, 11 pls., 485 figs. in text, plus 54 silhouettes, July 1. 1951A. A synopsis of the North American Lagomorpha. Univ. Kansas Publs., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:119-202, 68 figs. in text, December 15. 1951B. American weasels. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 4:1-466, 41 pls., 31 figs. in text, December 27. Hatt, E. R., and Cocxrum, E. L. 1952. Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of North American microtines. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:298-312, November 17. Ha tt, E. R., and Gmmoreg, R. M. 1932. New mammals from St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 38:391-404, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text, September 17. Hatt, E. R., and KEtson, K. R. 1951. A new subspecies of Microtus montanus from Montana and comments on Microtus canicaudus Miller. Univ. Kansas Publs., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:78-79, October 1. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 491 Hatt, E. R., and Vitxa, R. B. 1949. An annotated check list of the mammals of Michoacan, México. Univ. Kansas Publs., Mus. Nat. Hist., 1:433-472, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text, De- cember 27. Hamiiton, W. J., JR. 1989. American Mammals. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, pp. xii + 484, frontispiece, 92 figs. in text. HANDLEY, C. O., Jr. 1952. A new pine mouse (Pitymys pinetorum carbonarius) from the south- ern Appalachian Mountains. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 42:152- 158, May. HANDLEY, C. O., Jr., and Patron, C. P. 1947. Wild mammals of Virginia. Commonwealth of Virginia Comm. Game and Inland Fisheries, Richmond, vi + 220 pp., frontispiece, 108 figs. in text. Hanson, H. C. 1944, Small mammal censuses near Prairie du Sac, Wisconsin. Trans. Wis- consin Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 36:105-129, 21 tables (only the reprint was seen by us; it was issued January 12, 1946). HARPER, F. 1927. The mammals of the Okefinokee Swamp Region of Georgia. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 38:191-396, 4 pls., 5 figs., March. 1932. Mammals of the Athabaska and Great Slave lakes region. Jour. Mamm., 18:19-36, February 9. HATFIELD, D. M. 1935. Description of a new race of Microtus californicus. Jour. Mamm., 16:316-318, November 15. HATFIELD, D. M., and Hooper, E. T. 1935. Notes on the voles of the species Microtus oregoni. Murrelet, 16: 83-34, 1 fig., May. HELLER, E. 1909. Birds and mammals of the 1907 Alexander expedition to southeastern Alaska. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 5:171-264, 2 pls., 4 figs., Feb- ruary. 1910. Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska expedition and descriptions of the localities visited and notes on the flora of the Prince William Sound Region. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 5:321-360, 2 pls., March 5. Jaboiien Ifo dae 1942. Notes on mammals of northeastern New Mexico. Jour. Mamm., 23:75-82, 1 fig. in text, February 16. Ho.uister, N. 1911. A systematic synopsis of the muskrats. N. Amer. Fauna, 82:1-47, 6 pls., April 29. 492 UNIvEerRsITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Hooper, E. T. 1944. San Francisco Bay as a factor influencing speciation in rodents. Univ. Michigan, Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ., 59:1-89, 5 pls., 18 maps, Janu- ary 12. HowE tu, A. B. 1920. Microtus townsendi in the Cascade Mountains of Oregon. Jour. Mamm., 1:141-142, June 19. 1923. Description of a new microtine rodent from Oregon, with some re- marks on some contiguous forms. Jour. Mamm., 4:33-87, February 9. 1926. Voles of the genus Phenacomys. N. Amer. Fauna, 48:iv + 66, 7 pls., 10 figs., October 16. 1927. Revision of the American lemming mice. N. Amer. Fauna, 50:ii + 38, 2 pls., 11 figs., August 5. HowE Lt, A. H. 1910. Notes on mammals of the middle Mississippi Valley, with description of a new woodrat. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23:23-34, March 23. 1921. A biological survey of Alabama. N. Amer. Fauna, 45:1-88, 10 figs. in text, October 28. 1934. The type locality of Pitymys parvulus. Jour. Mamm., 15:72. Feb- ruary 15. Huey, L. M. 1931. A new meadow mouse from Lower California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 7:47-49, December 19. Humpneys, F, A., and CAMPBELL, A. G. 1947. Plague, Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever, and tularemia surveys in Canada. Canadian Jour. Public Health, 38:124-130. Jackson, C. F. 1938. Notes on the mammals of southern Labrador. Jour. Mamm., 19:429- 434, November 14. JAcxson, .H. EH. T. 1941. A new pine mouse, genus Pitymys, from Wisconsin. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:201-202, December 8. James, W. B., and Boortn, E. S. 1952. Biology and life history of the sagebrush vole. Walla Walla College Publ., Dept. Biol. Sci., 1:23-43, 11 figs., July 20. JAMEsON, E. W., Jr. 1943. Notes on the habits and Siphonapterous parasites of the mammals of Welland County, Ontario. Jour. Mamm., 24:194-197, June 7. JELLIsON, W. L., ENEBOE, P. L., PARKER, R. R., and Hucues, L. E. 1949. Rat-bite fever in Montana. Public Health Reports, 64:1661-1665, December 80. JewETT, S. G. 1920. Notes on two species of Phenacomys in Oregon. Jour. Mamm., 1:165- 168, August 24. NortTH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 493 Jounson, M. L., CLanron, C. W., and Gmarp, J. 1949. The sagebrush vole in Washington state. Murrelet, 29:44-47, March 1. Jounson, M. S. 1935. Pine mouse in Essex County, Massachusetts. Jour. Mamm., 16:68- 69, February 14. Jones, J. K., Jn., and Wess, O. L. 1949. Notes on mammals from Richardson County, Nebraska. Jour. Mamm., 80:312-313, August 17. KE.xoce, R. 1918. A revision of the Microtus californicus group of meadow mice. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:1-42, December 28. 1922. A study of the Californian forms of the Microtus montanus group of meadow mice. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:245-274, 25 figs. in text, April 18. 1922. A synopsis of the Microtus mordax group of meadow mice in Califor- nia. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:275-802, 1 pl., 29 figs. in text. April 18. 1937. Annotated list of West Virginia mammals. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 84:443-479, prior to November 17. 1939. Annotated list of Tennessee mammals. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 86:245- 808, prior to March 27. Ketson, K. R. 1951. Speciation in rodents of the Colorado River drainage of eastern Utah. Univ. Utah Biol. Series, 11(3):vii + 125, 10 figs., February 15. KoMaREK, E. V. 1932. Distribution of Microtus chrotorrhinus, with description of a new sub- species. Jour. Mamm., 13:155-158, 1 map, 1 fig., May 11. 1982. Notes on mammals of Menomenee Indian Reservation, Wisconsin. Jour. Mamm., 13:203-209, August 9. Laine, H. M., TAVERNER, P. A., and ANDERSON, R. M. 1929. Birds and mammals of the Mount Logan expedition, 1925. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 56:69-107, prior to November 25. Launum, W. H. 1946. Mammals and plague distribution in the United States. Bull. U. S. Naval Med., 46:782-785, tables. Leraas, H. J. 1942. Notes on mammals from west-central Minnesota. Jour. Mamm., 23:343-345, August 13. Lowery, G. H., Jr. 1936. A preliminary report on the distribution of the mammals of Louisiana. Proc. Louisiana Acad. Sci., 3(1):11-39, 4 pls., 2 figs. (maps), March. 1943. Check-list of the mammals of Louisiana and adjacent waters. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Louisiana State Univ., 13:213-257, 5 figs. in text, November 22. 494 UNIvErRSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Macnas, J. A., and Dimgs, J. C. 1941. The California red-backed mouse in the Oregon Coast Range. Jour. Mamm., 22:174-180, 1 table, May 138. MAILLiAgp, J. 1925. Notes upon the numerical status of rodent populations in parts of California. Jour. Mamm., 6:102-105, May 12. MANVILLE, R. H. 1942. Notes on the mammals of Mount Desert Island, Maine. Jour. Mamm., 23:391-398, December 30. MeErriAM, C, H. 1899. Results of a biological survey of Mount Shasta, northern California. N. Amer. Fauna, 16:1-179, 5 pls., 46 figs., October 28. Miter, G. S., Jr. 1897. Notes on the mammals of Ontario. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 28:1-44, April 30. 1899. Preliminary list of New York Mammals. Bull. New York State Mus., 6:273-390, November 18. Munro, J. A. 1947. Observations of birds and mammals in central British Columbia. Occas. Pap. British Columbia Prov. Mus., 6:1-165, 52 figs., January. 1950. Birds and mammals of the Creston region, British Columbia. Occas. Pap. British Columbia Prov. Mus., 8:1-90, 16 figs., August. Necker, W. L., and HatFrExp, D. M. 1941. Mammals of Illinois. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., 6:17-60, 15 figs. in text, May 15. NE son, A. L. 1934. Two mammal records for South Carolina. Jour. Mamm., 15:253-254, August 10. NELSON, E. W. 1931. A new vole of the subgenus Stenocranius from Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 12:310-312, August 24. Newsom, W. M. 1937. Mammals on Anticosti Island. Jour. Mamm., 18:435-442, November 22. Opum, E. P. 1948A. Synaptomys on the Highlands, North Carolina, Plateau. Jour. Mamm., 29:74, February 13. 1948B. Microtus from the Piedmont of Georgia. Jour. Mamm., 29:74, Feb- ruary 13. 1949. Small mammals of the Highlands (North Carolina) Plateau. Jour. Mamm., 30:179-192, 1 pl., 1 fig., 1 table, May 23. Orr, R. T. 1932. Occurrence of the short-tailed meadow mouse in northern California. Jour. Mamm., 18:167, May 11. 1945. A study of the Clethrionomys dawsoni group of red-backed mice. Jour. Mamm., 26:67-74, February 27. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 495 Oscoop, F. L., Jr. 1938. The mammals of Vermont. Jour. Mamm., 19:435-441, November 14. Oscoop, W. H. 1900. Results of a biological reconnaissance of the Yukon River region. N. Amer. Fauna, 19:1-100, 7 pls., October 6. 1904. A biological reconnaissance of the base of the Alaska Peninsula. N. Amer. Fauna, 24:1-86, 7 pls., November 23. 1909. Biological investigations in Alaska and Yukon Territory. N. Amer. Fauna, 30:1-96, 5 pls., 2 figs. in text, October 7. OwEn, R. D., and SHACKELFORD, R. M. 1942. Color aberrations in Microtus and Pitymys. Jour. Mamm., 23:306- 316, 1 pl., August 13. Parker, H. C. 1939. A preliminary list of the mammals of Worcester County, Massachu- setts. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41:403-415, January. Patton, C. P. 1939. Distribution notes on certain Virginia mammals. Jour. Mamm., 20: 75-77, February 15. PENNEY, J. T. 1950. Distribution and bibliography of the mammals of South Carolina. Jour. Mamm., 31:81-89, February 21. Poo.eg, E. L. 1943. Synaptomys cooperi stonei from the eastern shore of Maryland. Jour. Mamm., 24:103, February 20. PREBLE, FE. A. 1902. A biological investigation of the Hudson Bay region. N. Amer. Fauna, 22:1-140, 14 pls., October 31. 1908. A biological investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie region. N. Amer. Fauna, 27:1-574, 25 pls., 13 figs. in text, October 26. Quay, W. B. 1949. Notes on mammals of Thomas County, Georgia, with two state rec- ords. Jour. Mamm., 30:66-68, February 14. 1951. Observations on mammals of the Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 32:88-99, 3 figs., February 15. Racey, K., and Cowan, I. McT. 1935. Mammals of the Alta Lake region of south-western British Columbia. Rept. Prov. Mus. British Columbia, 1935: H15-H29, 5 pls., 1 fig., 2 tables. Ranp, A. L. 1943. Canadian forms of the meadow mouse (Microtus pennsylvanicus). Canadian Field-Nat., 57:115-123, December 10. 1945. Mammal investigations on the Canol Road, Yukon and Northwest Territories, 1944. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 99:4 + 52, 20 pls., prior to June 20. 1945A. Mammals of Yukon. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 100:4 + 98, 28 figs., prior to June 20. 496 Unriversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Rauscu, R. 1950. Notes on microtine rodents from the Brooks Range, Arctic Alaska. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40:133-136, April 21. 1951. Notes on the Nunamiut Eskimo and mammals of the Anaktuvuk Pass region, Brooks Range, Alaska. Arctic, 4:146-195, 15 figs., December. SANBORN, C. C. 1930. Notes from northern and central Illinois. Jour. Mamm., 11:222-223, May 9. SAUNDERS, W. E. 1932. Notes on the mammals of Ontario. Trans. Royal Canadian Inst., 18(2):271-309. Scuantz, V. S., and Jenxins, J. H. 1950. Extension of range of the round-tailed muskrat, Neofiber alleni. Jour. Mamm., 31:460-461, November 21. ScumupT, F. J. W. 1931. Mammals of western Clark County, Wisconsin. Jour. Mamm., 12:99- 117, 1 map, May 14. ScuwartTz, A. 1952. A new race of the round-tailed muskrat, Neofiber alleni, from southern Florida. Chicago Acad. Sci., Nat. Hist. Misc., 101:1-3, February 15. Scuwartz, H. 1929. Tularemia from the muskrat. Amer. Medical Assoc. Jour., 92:1180- 1181. Scorr, T: G: 1937. Mammals of Iowa. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci., 12:43-97, 1 fig., October. Setzer, H. W. 1952. A new subspecies of Microtus oeconomus from Alaska. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 65:75-76, April 25. SHELDON, W. G. 1932. Mammals collected or observed in the vicinity of Laurier Pass, B. C. Jour. Mamm., 13:196-203, August 9. SHERMAN, H. B. 1929. Notes on some Florida mammals. Jour. Mamm., 10:258-259, Au- gust 10. 1987. A list of the Recent land mammals of Florida. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci. for 19386:102-128. 1945. Recent literature and some new distribution records concerning Florida mammals. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci., 7(2-3):199-202, prior to March 12. Smeson, G. G. 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 85:xvi + 350, October 5. SmirH, R. W. 1940. The land mammals of Nova Scotia. Amer. Midland Nat., 24:213-241, July 31. NortH AMERICAN MICROTINE RODENTS 497 Snyper, L. L. 1928. The mammals of the Lake Abitibi region. Univ. Toronto Studies, Biol. Series, 32:7-15. Soper, J. D. 1942. Mammals of Wood Buffalo Park, northern Alberta and District of Mackenzie. Jour. Mamm., 23:119-145, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text, June 3. 1944. The mammals of southern Baffin Island, Northwest Territories, Can- ada. Jour. Mamm., 25:221-254, 2 pls., 2 figs., 2 unnumbered maps, September 8. 1946. Mammals of the northern Great Plains along the International Bound- ary in Canada. Jour. Mamm., 27:127-153, 1 fig. in text, May 14. 1948. Mammal notes from the Grande Prairie-Peace River region, Alberta. Jour. Mamm., 29:49-64, 1 pl., 1 fig. in text, February 13. STONE, W. 1908. The mammals of New Jersey. Rept. New Jersey State Mus. for 1907: 83-110, 203-205, 58 pls. STONER, D. 1918. The rodents of Iowa. Iowa Geol. Surv. Bull., 5:1-172, 37 figs. Storer, T. I. 1937. The muskrat as native and alien. Jour. Mamm., 18:443-460, 6 figs., November 22. Svma, R. D. 1931. Mammals of the Uinta Mountain region. Jour. Mamm., 12:256-266, 1 pl., 1 fig. in text, August 24. Swanson, G. 1945. A systematic catalog of the mammals of Minnesota, pp. 52-108. In The mammals of Minnesota, by Swanson, G., Surber, T., and Roberts, T. S. Minnesota Dept. Conservation, Tech. Publ., 2:1-108, numerous unnumbered pls. and figs., prior to June 18. SwantH, H. S. 1911. Birds and mammals of the 1909 Alexander Alaska expedition. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 7:9-172, 6 pls., 3 figs. in text, January 12. 1922. Birds and mammals of the Stikine River region of northern British Columbia and southeastern Alaska. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 24:125-314, 8 pls., 34 figs. in text, June 17. 1938. The long-tailed meadow-mouse of southeastern Alaska. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 46:207-211, October 26. 1986. Mammals of the Atlin region, northwestern British Columbia. Jour. Mamm., 17:398-405, November 16. ScHWARTZ, A. 1952. A new race of the round-tailed muskrat, Neofiber alleni, from south- erm Florida. Nat. Hist. Miscellanae (Chicago Acad. Sci.), 101:1-3, February 15, 1952. Taytor, W. P. 1920. A new meadow mouse from the Cascade Mountains of Washington. Jour. Mamm., 1:180-182, August 24. 498 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. TayLor, W. P., and Davis, W. B. 1947. The mammals of Texas. Texas Game, Fish and Oyster Comm. Bull., 27:1-79, illustrated, August. TayLor, W. P., and SHaw, W. T. 1929. Provisional list of land mammals of the state of Washington. Occas. Papers Charles R. Conner Mus., Washington State College, 2:1-32, December. VONBLOEKER, J. C., JR. 1937. Four new rodents from Monterey County, California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 50:153-157. WALKER, A. 1930. Notes on the forest Phenacomys. Jour. Mamm., 11:283-285, May 9. WARREN, E. R. 1942. The mammals of Colorado. Univ. Oklahoma Press, xviii + 330 pp., 50 pls. WEAVER, R. L. 1940. Notes on a collection of mammals from the southern coast of the Labrador Peninsula. Jour. Mamm., 21:417-422, November 14. WELTER, W. A., and SOLLBERGER, D. E. 1939. Notes on the mammals of Rowan and adjacent counties in eastern Kentucky. Jour. Mamm., 20:77-81, February 15. WETZEL, R. M., and GunpeErson, H. L. 1949. The lemming vole, Synaptomys borealis, in northern Minnesota. Jour. Mamm., 30:487, November 17. WuitLow, W. B., and Hatt, E. R. 1933. Mammals of the Pocatello region of southeastern Idaho. Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. Zool., 40:235-276, 3 figs. in text, September 30. Wicnrt, H. M. 1925. Notes on the tree mouse, Phenacomys silvicola. Jour. Mamm., 6:282- 283, November 14. Wiser, C. G. 1946. Mammals of the Knik River Valley, Alaska. Jour. Mamm., 27:218- 216, 1 pl., August 14. Wuson, L. W. 1943. Some mammalian ectoparasites from West Virginia. Jour. Mamm., 24:102, February 20. Wricut, P. L. 1950. Synaptomys borealis from Glacier National Park, Montana. Jour. Mamm., 31:460, November 21. Wrnman, L. C. 1922. The validity of the Penobscot field mouse. Jour. Mamm., 3:162-166, August 4. 1923. Microtus chrotorrhinus in Maine. Jour. Mamm., 4:125-126, May 9. Transmitted October 30, 1952. The Pocket Gophers (Genus Thomomys ) of Coahuila, Mexico BY ROLLIN H. BAKER “anne Biological Laboratory LIBRARY AUG 2 1 1953 WOODS HOLE, MASS, University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 28, pp. 499-514, 1 figure June 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UNIvERsITy OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HisTorY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 28, pp. 499-514, 1 figure June 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1953 24-7098 The Pocket Gophers (Genus Thomomys ) of Coahuila, México BY ROLLIN H. BAKER Only two kinds of pocket gophers of the genus Thomomys hereto- fore have been reported from Coahuila: T. sturgisi Goldman, from the type locality in northern Coahuila, and T. umbrinus analogus Goldman, from several localities in the southeastern part of that state. Beginning in 1949 several workers from the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History obtained additional specimens which show that this genus occurs in most parts of Coahuila. Thomomys is more abundant at high elevations than at low eleva- tions. In the lower areas Cratogeomys tends to replace Thomomys although at some localities both genera are found together (for example, in Cafion del Cochino, 3200 ft., 16 mi. N and 21 mi. E Piedra Blanca; at 3 mi. SE Sierra Mojada, 4100 ft.; Jaral; Carneros; 4 mi. S and 6 mi. E Saltillo, 7500 ft.). Investigations made to date have been insufficient to determine whether mountain- and plains- dwelling Thomomys are part of a continuous population or whether some of the mountain-dwelling pocket gophers are isolated. Initially an attempt was made to refer this new material to one or more of the named kinds, which occur in Coahuila or in adjacent Mexican states and Trans-Pecos Texas. These species are T. sturgisi, T. umbrinus, T. baileyi and T. bottae. The following currently recognized kinds of pocket gophers (topotypes and other speci- mens) have been examined: Thomomys baileyi nelsoni Merriam, T. b. spatiosus Goldman, T. bottae limitaris Goldman, Thomomys sturgisi Goldman, T. umbrinus analogus Goldman, T. u. durangi Nelson and Goldman, T. u. goldmani Merriam, T. u. perditus Mer- riam, and T. u. potosinus Nelson and Goldman. Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:33, November 15, 1915) and Gold- man (N. Amer. Fauna, 59:2-6, 1947) have pointed out features use- ful in distinguishing the two species, T. bottae and T. umbrinus. Some of the characters used by me to differentiate these two species in northeastern México and Trans-Pecos Texas are: Curvature of the margin of the anterior base of the maxilla (maxillary arm of the zygomatic arch) where it meets the frontal (in bottae this margin is convex, in umbrinus it is concave or emarginate ); extent of attach- ment of the lachrymal, in dorsal aspect, to the maxillary arm of the (501) University oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. eee ‘ de i Ka. Ib ps 502 0) a 2 } Ln “9 vos Ds f S/ EZ “ wah \ p> i i ‘il iG o|| an 7 oN < 5 i 5 cee teen SONY i i a ae il ‘ Fic. 1—Geographic ranges of species and subspecies of pocket gophers of the genus Thomomys in Coahuila and adjacent Mexican states. 1. Thomomys bottae humilis 5. Thomomys bottae sturgisi 2. Thomomys bottae retractus 6. Thomomys bottae perditus 8. Thomomys bottae villai 7. Thomomys bottae analogus 4. Thomomys bottae angustidens 8. Thomomys umbrinus go. amais zygomatic arch (in bottae approximately one-half of the lachrymal is attached and in umbrinus three-fourths or more of the lachrymal is attached to the zygomatic arch); and in bottae in decurved or moderately procumbent incisors versus strongly procumbent inci- PockET GoPHERS OF COAHUILA, M®&xIco 503 sors in umbrinus. Other characters frequently used to distinguish these species, for example, the degree of expansion of the maxillary arm of the zygomatic arch at the jugal, the shape of the nasals and the degree of ruggedness of the cranium, seem less useful. By using principally the distinguishing characters mentioned above and with a better knowledge of geographic variation ob- tained by study of the new material of Thomomys from Coahuila, I conclude that Thomomys sturgisi is only subspecifically different from T. bottae and should be known as Thomomys bottae sturgisi and that Thomomys umbrinus analogus and Thomomys umbrinus perditus belong to the species T. bottae and should be known as Thomomys bottae analogus and Thomomys bottae perditus. I am indebted to those in charge of collections of the Biological Surveys Collection of the United States National Museum (BSC) and the University of California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology (MVZ) for permission to examine pertinent specimens of pocket gophers. Capitalized color terms are those of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912. Com- parisons have been made, where possible, by using individuals of the same sex and of approximately the same age; in the case of color of pelage, where possible, only specimens taken at approxi- mately the same time of year have been used in comparisons. As- sistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas Uni- versity Endowment Association and the National Science Founda- tion. The following account of the pocket gophers of the genus Thomomys of Coahuila includes descriptions of four previously unknown subspecies of T. bottae. The geographic distribution of Thomomys in this Mexican state is shown in figure 1. Measure- ments are given in table 1. Thomomys bottae humilis new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 35746, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; 3 mi. W Hda. [Hacienda] San Miguel, 2200 ft., Coahuila; 4 April 1950; obtained by J. R. Alcorn, original number 11039. Range.—Extreme north-central Coahuila along the Rio Grande from at least as far east as the vicinity of Villa Acufia to as far west and southwest as the lower slopes and lower valleys of the Serranias del Burro (see figure 1). Diagnosis ——Size medium for the species (see measurements, table 1); upper parts (fresh pelage, April) in general aspect buffy brown with slight olivaceous tinge, tips of hairs near (a) Wood Brown; underparts buffy to pale brownish; rostrum narrow; nasals gradually narrowed posteriorly with ends usually trun- cate; tympanic bullae medium in size and moderately inflated. 504 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Comparisons.—From Thomomys bottae limitaris, topotypes and other specimens previously studied and recorded by Goldman (Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 26:118, March 15, 1936) and by Borell and Bryant (Univ. California Publ. Zool., 48:21-22, August 7, 1942) from Brewster County, Texas, found to the north and northwest across the Rio Grande, T. b. humilis differs in: Upper parts darker, less pale buff and tinged slightly with olivaceous; underparts usually more washed with buff and pale brown; skull smaller and narrower; rostrum narrower; tympanic bullae smaller; incisors usually less procumbent. From topotypes of Thomomys bottae sturgisi to the west beyond the Serranias del Burro, T. b. humilis differs in: Size larger; color paler; skull larger and broader; rostrum narrower; tympanic bullae smaller; pterygoid processes heavier; incisors usu- ally more procumbent. From topotypes and near topotypes of Thomomys bottae perditus to the southeast, T. b. humilis differs in: Size larger; color more olivaceous and less pinkish buff; skull usu- ally larger with more inflated cranium; tympanic bullae usually smaller. For comparison with the subspecies of Thomomys bottae in the Serranias del Burro, see the account of that subspecies to follow. Remarks.—Thomomys bottae humilis, as now known, occupies the desert lowlands of extreme north-central Coahuila. Thomomys bottae humilis seems not to be closely related to topotypes of T. b. limitaris across the Rio Grande. However, one specimen of limitaris from Comstock, Texas (BSC 108607), resembles humilis in many ways, both cranially and in external features, and suggests that the Rio Grande, at least in the vicinity of Comstock and Villa Acuna, may not be a complete barrier to these pocket gophers. Thomomys bottae humilis resembles most closely pocket gophers found in the Serranias del Burro, described in an account that fol- lows. Two specimens (KU 35748 and 35749) from Cajion del Cochino are assigned to humilis but show evidence of intergrada- tion with specimens from the Burros. These two pocket gophers were trapped at 3200 feet elevation in a low valley toward the northeast side of the mountains. All specimens here assigned to T. b. humilis were trapped in early April of 1950. Sign indicated that these animals occur in small groups, which are widely separated. In the vicinity of Villa Acufia only one small colony was found; it was in heavy clay soil supporting open mesquite brush. Mounds were inconspicuous and appeared old. In the vicinity of Hacienda San Miguel the pocket gophers were numerous in rocky soil where lechuguilla was the Pocket GorHers oF CoanHurLa, MExIco 505 dominant plant. Southeast of Villa Acufia, along the road to Piedras Negras, no sign of Thomomys has been observed by zoolo- gists from the University of Kansas. Possibly this pocket gopher occurs no farther southeastward, at least along the Rio Grande, than one mile south and nine miles west of Villa Acufa. Weights of five adult males averaged 95.8 grams (76.8-114.4) and two young adult females weighed 72.9 and 76.0 grams. Females trapped in April contained no embryos. Specimens examined.—Total, 8, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, from Coahuila: 1 mi. S and 9 mi. W Villa Acufia, 3; 3 mi. W Hda. San Miguel, 2200 ft., 8; Caton del Cochino, 3200 ft., 16 mi. N and 21 mi. E Piedra Blanca, 2. Comparative material.— Thomomys bottae limitaris: Total, 12, all from Texas as follows: Upton County: Castle Mts., 1 (BSC). Brewster County: Marathon, 15 mi. S, 1 (BSC); E base Burro Mesa, 3500 ft., 2 (MVZ); Green Gulch, 5200 ft., Chisos Mts., 2 (MVZ); Glen Spring, 2606 ft., 1 (MVZ); Boquillas, 1800 ft., 2 (1 BSC, 1 MVZ). Val Verde County: Devils River, 13 mi. below Juno, 1 (BSC); Samuels, 17 mi. W Langtry, 1 (BSC); Com- stock, 1 (BSC). Thomomys bottae villai new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skin and skull, No. 44816, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; 7 mi. S and 2 mi. E Boquillas, 1800 ft., Coahuila; 1 March 1952; ob- tained by Rollin H. Baker, original number 1816. Range.—Desert lowlands bordering the south side of the Rio Grande and the Arroyo de los Alamos in extreme northwestern Coahuila, eastward no far- ther than the beginnings of the higher lands of the Sierra del Carmen and related ranges, westward along the Rio Grande possibly into Chihuahua (see figure 1). Diagnosis.—Size medium for the species (see measurements, table 1); upper parts (fresh pelage, March) pale cinnamon buff in over-all effect, but tips of hairs near (h) Cinnamon; underparts white to pale buff; dorsal face of rostrum flattened and slightly dished in older adults; tympanic bullae relatively large and inflated; interpterygoid space V-shaped. Comparisons. — From topotypes and other specimens from Brewster County, Texas, of Thomomys bottae limitaris, found to the north directly across the Rio Grande, T. b. villai differs in: Color lighter, duller and less richly tinged with bright buff; dorsal face of base of rostrum more nearly flat and more dished; tympanic bullae usually larger and more inflated; apex of interpterygoid space narrowly, instead of broadly, V-shaped. From topotypes of T. b. sturgisi, found to the south and east, T. b. villai differs in: Body larger; hind foot averaging larger; color much lighter both on upper parts and underparts; skull broader and more inflated; dorsal face of base of rostrum more nearly flat; zygomatic arches more widely flaring; tympanic bullae larger and more inflated; pterygoid processes heavier; incisors more procumbent. From topotypes of 506 UNIVERSITY OF KANsaAsS PuBts., Mus. Nat. Hist. T. b. humilis, T. b. villai differs in: Color much lighter on upper parts and to a lesser extent on underparts; skull with rostrum broader; nasals less wedge-shaped posteriorly; zygomatic arches more widely flaring; tympanic bullae larger and more inflated; apex of interpterygoid space generally more narrowly V-shaped; incisors more procumbent. Remarks.——Thomomys bottae villai has a seemingly restricted range in northwestern Coahuila, occupying the desert lowlands directly west of the Sierra del Carmen and associated ranges. These ranges bar the movements of this animal downstream along the Rio Grande since the mountains meet the river abruptly forming the deeply cut Cafion de Boquillas, where no habitable terrain is available to lowland pocket gophers. In these mountains there is another subspecies, T. b. sturgisi. Thomomys b. villai may occur westward into Chihuahua and possibly southward in the wide valley of the Arroyo de los Alamos. Thomomys b. villai is most nearly like T. b. limitaris in coloration and in some cranial characters, but is a recognizable subspecies. The type localities of these two subspecies are less than 10 miles apart, but the Rio Grande separates them. The river, even though shallow at times, is seemingly an effective barrier to pocket gophers. In this area parts of the Rio Grande are entrenched in deep canyons or at least are bordered by rocky cliffs, allowing no chance for meandering to change the course of the stream. Therefore, there is little chance that land occupied by pocket gophers will become islands or a part of the opposite bank and thus allow for some inter- change between the two populations. The series of T. b. villai was taken at a single locality in late February and early March of 1952. Although the field party taking these specimens was camped at various localities in the vicinity of Boquillas, Coahuila, for 16 days, no other sign of pocket gophers was found. These animals were taken from burrows under thick stands of lechuguilla, a dominant plant over much of the area, especially on slight elevations and slopes. The pocket gophers seem to subsist almost entirely on lechuguilla. They tunnel up under the plants and feed on the roots and basal parts, often pull- ing the plant, partly or entirely, into their burrows. Fresh mounds were nowhere conspicuous. Evidence of the presence of pocket gophers, however, was often shown by clumps of dead lechuguilla or partly buried plants. Weights of two adult males are 107.2 and 118.6 grams; of three adult females, 93.2, 99.0 and 100.0 grams. PockeT GopHEeRS OF CoanumLa, MExico 507 None of the females, taken in February and March, contained embryos. This animal is named for Professor Bernardo Villa-Ramirez in recognition of his work on Mexican mammals. Specimens examined. — Total, 9, all in University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, from Coahuila: 7 mi. S and 2 mi. E Boquillas, 1800 ft., 9. Thomomys bottae retractus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 44826, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; Fortin, 3300 ft., 833 mi. N and 1 mi. E San Gerénimo, Coahuila; 29 March 1952; obtained by Rollin H. Baker, original number 1971. Range.—Serranias del Burro of north-central Coahuila (see figure 1). Diagnosis—Size medium for the species (see measurements, table 1); upper parts near (c) Pale Pinkish Cinnamon, darker at midline; underparts buffy; skull large; rostrum narrow; zygomata widely flaring. Comparisons. — From topotypes of Thomomys bottae humilis, found to the north and northeast, T. b. retractus differs in: Size larger; upper parts slightly darker; skull larger and broader; zygo- mata more widely flaring; rostrum longer; nasals generally more wedged-shaped and emarginate posteriorly; tympanic bullae larger. From topotypes of Thomomys bottae sturgisi, found to the west and southwest, T. b. retractus differs in: Size larger; skull larger and broader; rostrum narrower; braincase more expanded; zygo- mata more widely flaring; pterygoid processes heavier; upper inci- sors more procumbent; upper molariform tooth-row shorter in rela- tion to basilar length. From topotypes and near topotypes of Thomomys bottae perditus, found to the southeast, T. b. retractus differs in: Size larger; skull larger and heavier; rostrum longer; interorbital space narrower; interpterygoid space more V-shaped and less U-shaped. Remarks.—Thomomys bottae retractus is known from one locality in the Serranias del Burro, a relatively low but extensive mountain range in north-central Coahuila, and probably occurs throughout this mountainous area but seemingly not in other places. Speci- mens were trapped in dark soils supporting mixed stands of an oak and two pines. This mountain range is separated from the Sierra del Carmen by lowlands, including the Arroyo de la Babia, from which no Thomomys have been taken. Lowlands to the southeast may isolate T. b. retractus from T. b. perditus of the Sierra Madre Oriental. To the north there is a lowland pocket gopher, T. b. humilis, which intergrades with retractus in the foot- hills of the Burros. Two specimens assigned to humilis from the Canon del Cochino tend toward retractus especially in length of 508 UnIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. rostrum. Two adult males weighed 110.0 and 119.7 grams; two adult females weighed 83.0 and 84.0 grams. None of the five fe- males, all taken in March, contained embryos. Specimens examined.—Total, 8, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, from Coahuila: Fortin, 3300 ft., 33 mi. N and 1 mi. E San Gerénimo, 8. Thomomys bottae angustidens new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skin and skull, No. 48481, Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; Sierra del Pino, 5250 ft., 6 mi. N and 6 mi. W Acebuches, Coahuila; 8 July 1952; obtained by Rollin H. Baker, original number 2141. Range.—Sierra del Pino of northwestern Coahuila and probably other iso- lated desert ranges in the vicinity, west of the Sierra de la Encantada (see figure 1). Diagnosis.—Size small for the species (see measurements, table 1); upper parts (fresh pelage, July) Pale Pinkish Cinnamon, darker at midline; under- parts buffy; skull short and broad; rostrum narrow; alveolar base of upper molariform tooth-row short. Comparisons.—From topotypes of Thomomys bottae villai, found to the north, T. b. augustidens differs in: Size smaller; upper parts slightly darker; underparts more buffy; hind foot averaging smaller; skull smaller; rostrum narrower; braincase more smoothly rounded; incisors less procumbent; alveolar base of upper molariform tooth- row averaging shorter. From topotypes of Thomomys bottae sturgisi, to the northeast, T. b. angustidens differs in: Upper parts paler and more buffy; skull less elongate and wider; rostrum nar- rower; pterygoid processes heavier; incisors less decurved and slightly more procumbent; alveolar base of upper molariform tooth- row averaging shorter. Remarks——Thomomys bottae angustidens is known from two localities in the Sierra del Pino but may, logically, occur in other desert mountain ranges in the vicinity. These pocket gophers were found in dark soils at 5250 feet and 7925 feet elevation. One speci- men (KU 48480) is in the dark phase and has a noticeably short tail, 47 mm. in length. These specimens have been compared with topotypes of T. b. villai and T. b. sturgisi, the only pocket gophers of this species which are immediately adjacent in range. In color, angustidens seems closer to villai. Neither of two females, taken in July, contained embryos. Specimens examined.—Total, 5, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, from Coahuila: Sierra del Pino, 5250 ft., 6 mi. N and 6 mi. W Acebuches, 3; Sierra del Pino, 7925 ft., 5 mi. N and 9 mi. W Acebuches, 2. Thomomys bottae sturgisi Goldman 1938. Thomomys sturgisi Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:56, March 18, type from Carmen Mountains, 6000 ft., Coahuila, México. Pocket GOPHERS OF COAHUILA, MEXICO 509 Range.—Mountains and elevated plains of north-central Coahuila from as far south as Ocampo and Cuatro Cienegas northward probably to the northern limits of the Sierra del Carmen at the south side of the Rio Grande (see figure 1). Remarks.—Goldman (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:56, March 18, 1938) described this pocket gopher as a full species based on two specimens obtained within the holdings of the Club Sierra del Carmen, a private hunting club. He found this pocket gopher to be allied with Thomomys bottae, with relationships to the sub- species, limitaris, of the Big Bend of Texas. In early April of 1950 six more of these animals were trapped by a University of Kansas Museum of Natural History field party near the headquarters of the club, possibly at the same place where Goldman’s material was trapped. Goldman (op. cit.:57) regarded sturgisi as darker than either T. b. limitaris or T. umbrinus [= bottae] perditus, and concerning the skull writes: “Similar in size to that of limitaris, but more slender; rostrum and nasals narrower; interorbital region more con- stricted; palate narrower; upper incisors narrower, thinner, more strongly recurved. Compared with that of perditus, the skull is similar in size, but narrower; nasals longer; zygomata narrower; rostrum deeper anteriorly; nasals [— incisors] strongly recurved instead of strongly procumbent.” Six topotypes of sturgisi compared with topotypes of limitaris and perditus show substantially the same differences as were found by Goldman. Most of these six specimens are in molt; the color of the new pelage agrees with that described for sturgisi by Goldman, although in one specimen, an adult male (KU 3573), the color of the new pelage on the sides of the rump is significantly brighter and the tips of the hairs are near (a) Clay Color. In addition, sturgisi has a broader rostrum than does perditus. Other pocket gophers here assigned to sturgisi differ somewhat in color and cranial features from the topotypes at hand. Most of the specimens from the Sierra de la Encantada (87 mi. S and 21 mi. E Boquillas, 4100 ft. and 38 mi. S and 23 mi. E Boquillas, 4400 ft. ) are of the same color as topotypical sturgisi but some are paler. In cranial features most of the specimens differ from topotypes as follows: Skull slightly larger and broader; pterygoids heavier; tympanic bullae slightly larger. A young adult female (KU 48483) from the arid elevated plain in the vicinity of Ocampo (2 mi. N and 1 mi. W Ocampo, 4050 ft.) is best referred to sturgisi but shows some relationship to perditus to the southwest and to angustidens 510 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. to the northwest in coloration and dimensions of the skull; the skull is slightly broader and the rostrum narrower than in topo- types of sturgisi. Part of a cranium (KU 51677) from an ow] pellet taken 3 miles northwest of Cuatro Cienegas, 2450 ft., is tentatively referred to sturgisi. Bone fragments identified as Thomomys um- brinus by Gilmore (Jour. Mamm., 28:151 and 158, 1947) from a prehistoric cave site in the vicinity of Cuatro Cienegas (approxi- mately 16 mi. E and 4 mi. S, 3900 ft. elevation) also are tentatively referred by me to T. bottae sturgisi. It would seem, therefore, that typical T. b. sturgisi is found only in the igneous-capped Sierra del Carmen whereas populations of pocket gophers from areas to the southward, where the rocks are entirely of limestone, show some divergence in color and are gen- erally larger with larger and broader skulls, thereby showing some relationship with other, adjacent subspecies of bottae. Weights of two adult males (topotypes) are 82.5 and 87.6 grams, and of two adult females (topotypes) 63.2 and 69.5 grams. Weights of adults from the Sierra de la Encantada are: One male, 93.0 grams; three females, 64.1, 79.6 and 82.8 grams. Ten females, taken in March and April, contained no embryos. Measurements of T. b. sturgisi are given in table 1. Specimens examined.—Total, 15, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, from Coahuila: Club Sierra del Carmen, 4950 ft., 2 mi. N and 6 mi. W Piedra Blanca, 6; Sierra de la Encantada, 4100 ft., 37 mi. S and 21 mi. E Boquillas, 1; Sierra de la Encantada, 4400 ft., 38 mi. S and 23 mi. E Boquillas, 6; 2 mi. N and 1 mi. W Ocampo, 4050 ft., 1; 3 mi. NW Cuatro Cienegas, 2450 ft., 1. Thomomys bottae perditus Merriam 1901. Thomomys perditus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 14:108, July 19, type from Lampazos, Nuevo Leén. 1934. Thomomys umbrinus perditus Nelson and Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 15:115, May 15. Range.—Mtns. of western Nuevo Leén and east-central Coahuila (fig. 1.). Remarks. — Thomomys bottae perditus, according to current knowledge, occurs only at higher elevations in the northern Sierra Madre Oriental of Nuevo Leén and east-central Coahuila. Two specimens from the Sierra de San Marcos (2 mi. N and 18 mi. W Santa Teresa, 7500 ft.) are here assigned to T. b. perditus on the basis of cranial characters; both specimens are in a dark phase of pelage. They approach typical perditus in most cranial features including size and alveolar length of the upper molariform tooth- row. These pocket gophers from the Sierra de San Marcos do show some tendency toward T. b. sturgisi, especially in breadth of ros- PockeT GOPHERS OF CoAHuILA, MExIco 511 trum, thus forming a connecting link between pocket gophers from northwestern Coahuila and those to the southeast. Measurements are given in table 1. Specimens examined.—Total, 7, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History except those indicated as being in the Biological Surveys Col- lection (BSC), from Coahuila: 2 mi. N and 18 mi. W Santa Teresa, 7500 ft., 2. Nuevo Leén: Lampazos, 18 mi. W, 1 (BSC); Lampazos, 2 (BSC); Villadama [= Villaldama], 1 (BSC); Villadama [= Villaldama], 10 mi. S, 1 (BSC). Thomomys bottae analogus Goldman 1938. Thomomys umbrinus analogus Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:59, March 18, type from Sierra Guadalupe, southeastern Coahuila. Range.—Mountains and elevated plains of southeastern Coahuila. Prob- ably found in adjacent mountainous parts of Nuevo Leén, San Luis Potosi and possibly Zacatecas (see figure 1). Remarks.—Goldman (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51:59, March 18, 1938) described Thomomys umbrinus [= bottae] analogus using specimens referred earlier to perditus by Bailey (N. Amer. Fauna, 39:95, November 15, 1915). Goldman (loc. cit.) described analogus as darker than perditus and concerning the skull writes: “Very similar to that of perditus, but nasals decidedly broader, less wedge- shaped posteriorly; interparietal larger; auditory bullae slightly smaller, less rounded and inflated.” In comparing new material in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, assigned herein to analogus, with perditus, the tympanic (auditory) bullae seem no smaller but the skulls are larger and broader. This subspecies has been found in a greater variety of habitats than other pocket gophers of the genus Thomomys in Coahuila. The vertical range is from a little less than 4000 feet at Jaral to at least 9000 feet in the Sierra Madre Oriental. Measurements are given in table 1. Weights of four adult males averaged 113.1 grams (100.5-136.9). One adult female weighed 92.0 grams; another, taken on July 30, and containing four embryos, weighed 115.0 grams. Specimens examined.—Total, 25, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History except those indicated as being in the Biological Surveys Col- lection (BSC), from Coahuila: Jaral, 3860 ft., 1 (BSC); 5 mi. E and 2 mi. § Saltillo, 9000 ft., 1; Diamante Pass, 8500 ft., 3 mi. E and 4 mi. S Saltillo, 5; 4 mi. S and 6 mi. E Saltillo, 7500 ft., 1; 1 mi. S and 4 mi. W Bella Unién, 7000 ft., 4; 2 mi. SE Bella Unidén, 5850 ft., 1; 12 mi. E San Antonio de las Alazanas, 9000 ft., 6; Sierra Guadalupe, 2 (BSC); Carneros, 3 (BSC); Sierra Encarnacién, 9000 ft., 1 (BSC). Thomomys umbrinus goldmani Merriam 1901. Thomomys goldmani Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 14:108, July 19, type from Mapimi, Durango. 1934. Thomomys umbrinus goldmani Nelson and Goldman, Jour. Mamm., 15:115, May 15. 512 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Range.—Western and southwestern Coahuila and south into northeastern Durango (see figure 1). Remarks.—Two specimens from Coahuila (3 mi. SE Torredn, 3800 ft.), across the Rio Nazas from Durango, are referred to T. u. goldmani although the upper parts are brighter than in topotypes; also, the skulls are generally narrower with less expanded zygomatic arches. These specimens extend the known range of goldmani into Coahuila. Two other specimens from extreme western Coahuila (3 mi. NE Sierra Mojada, 4100 ft.), approximately 130 miles north of Torreén, closely resemble T. u. goldmani and are tentatively referred to that subspecies. They differ from goldmani in that the color of the upper parts is duller; the adult female (KU 40864) has upper parts near (a) Avellaneous and the younger female (KU 40865) has upper parts less pale and more nearly (15) Vinaceous-Faun. Also the upper incisors are less procumbent. From a topotype and other specimens as listed below of Thomomys baileyi nelsoni, found to the west in Chihuahua, these two pocket gophers differ in: Size smaller; upper parts darker and duller with a tinge of olivaceous; skull smaller and narrower; upper incisors less procumbent; rostrum less depressed anteriorly; lachrymal in dorsal aspect with approxi- mately one-half instead of three-fourths of its length attached to anterior arm of zygomatic arch. From topotypes of Thomomys bottae angustidens, found to the northeast, these two specimens differ in: Upper parts duller and browner; skull broader and more arched; rostrum more depressed anteriorly, nasals more wedge- shaped; upper incisors thinner and more procumbent. These two specimens from the vicinity of Sierra Mojada resemble bottae, and differ from umbrinus, in having the border of the anterior arm of the zygomatic arch, where it meets the frontal, slightly convex and in having approximately one-half of the lachrymal, in dorsal aspect, attached to the anterior arm of the zygomatic arch. In other ways, these two pocket gophers from the vicinity of the pueblo of Sierra Mojada resemble wmbrinus, especially in the arched condition of the skull. Measurements of this subspecies are given in table 1. Specimens examined.—Total, 8, all in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History, from Coahuila: 8 mi. NE Sierra Mojada, 4100 ft., 2; 3 mi. SE Torreén, 3800 ft., 2. Durango: 1 mi. WSW Mapimi, 3800 ft., 3; 4 mi. WSW Lerdo, 3800 ft., 1. Comparative material—Thomomys baileyi nelsoni. Total, 5, all in the Uni- versity of Kansas Museum of Natural History, except those indicated as being in the Biological Surveys Collection (BSC), from Chihuahua: Gallego, 1 (BSC); 1 mi. NW Camargo, 4000 ft., 3; Parral, 1 (BSC). PockeT GOPHERS OF CoaHuILA, MExIco 518 TABLE 1. MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) oF ADULT THOMOMYS a g b= q Q iS" a a — a =| =e} we) » a0 = = A wh B Bex wep eoeden| S io3| & | 24 fa] 9a] 3 | 3g woe number 2 = eae = ia ie ie] ie de | ages a | & | ee| 4 | 82) 88] 28) & | elses = g aS a gd 24 =} a on | >2as a a ie ais | a et ea tied Thomomys bottae analogus, topotype (BSC) fot 116995 | 190 | 68 | 28 | 29.3 | 213 | 6.8 | ere | eee | 6.3 | 7.4 Se ee EE aro feo | ee Jaral (BSC) fe) 51023 | 200 | 66 | 27 | 29.2 | Bee | Toil | 16.9 | 1S | 6.0 | 6.8 LE I | ascot a al) Eo oie MWe) II ote 4 mi. S and 6 mi. E Saltillo, 7500 ft. (KU) fou 35762 | 216 | 63 | 28 | 33.0 | 24.7 | 6.8 | 19.7 | 14.5 | Coli: | hed a | ON ei One One 1 mi. S and 4 mi. W Bella Union, 7000 ft. (KU) rol 34581 200 58 25 | 30.6 | 22.8 | 6.4 | 18.0 | 13.7 6.3 Ue? rol 34582 212 65 PAN |LSIEOF | OP) 6.6 | 18.1 | 13.5 6.4 6.9 2 mi. SE Bella Union, 5850 ft. (KU) rou 48484 | 210 | 68 | 31 | 32.9 | 23.5 | 6.8 | 18.9 | 13.8 | 6.7 | Chath NT NO te te edocs EE rote | MUO eat 12 mi. E San Antonio de las Alazanas, 9000 ft. (KU) rol 33115 213 66 Pe Neste || PAlsze 658 SAO" pee 6.8 70 2 33112 205 58 27 | 31.3 || 22.6 629) 1825) P1256 6.9 7.0 9 33113 184 60 28 | 30.1 | 21.6 Gronleliaaelae3 6.7 6.8 Carneros, about 6800 ft. (BSC) fou 79656 | 200 | 56 27.5 | 30.0 | 22.4 | 6.3 | 17.8 | 13.0 | 6.4 | Wee Sierra Encarnacion, about 9000 ft. (BSC) Q 79504 | 197 | 66 | 27 | 29.6 | adeno | 6.8 | 16.7 | 12 | 6.5 | es Thomomys bottae angustidens, type (KU) fot 48481 | 198 | 64 | 27 | 29.6 | 20.8 | 7.0 | 17.8 | UP AEG: | 6.9 | ol Coenen EO EE aE SOR Re OO 9 | ea Sierra del Pino, 7925 ft., 5 mi. N and 9 mi. W Acebuches (KU) fof 48480 | 174 47 26 | 29.9 | 20.7 6.0) L765) 1227 5.9 | 6.5 g 48479 189 64 26 | 27.7 | 18.8 6.2 | 16.4 | 11.1 6.0 6.4 Thomomys bottae humilis, type and topotype (KU) fof 35746 197 55 27 | 30.8 | 22.3 6.7 | 18.8 | lil Aes | 6.9 | Lae rot 35747 200 55 27. |30e7. 2120 idee || tad | ae aae 6.1 Toe 1 mi. S and 9 mi. W Villa Acufia (KU) fof 35743 | 188 52 24 | 29.4 | 201! | 6.1 | We | 12.0 ez 6.7 rol 35744 201 63 27 | 29.0 | 20.6 GNA 16 sen olde? 6.0 7.0 Cafion del Cochino, 3200 ft., 16 mi, N and 21 mi. E Piedra Blanca (KU) rots 35749 196 57 | 27 | 29.6 | 21.9 6.3 | 18.3 | 12.4 | 6.5 | 6.8 Thomomys bottae perditus, topotype (BSC) 9 25609/ | | | 33002 189 60 V2, Sl Papier ees a 514 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. TABLE 1.—CONCLUDED a s _ 4 a 5 4 e ~ tp =| a =i 8 E Catalogue| %& mal wie a 8a | $a | Ga ne S oo9 Sex [number | & | 3 | 22) 2 | $8) 23] #3) 3 | 28 | saet = =) He, a #3] sa/483] 3 | $8 | Sues a So o0.8 r= og ES ag &0 32]3ae8 So Bt gael 8 | Be) Sa eed 8 Be eee = am foe a i|N A} D a1 < Lampazos, 18 mi. west, Nuevo Leon (BSC) 9 25608/ 33001 | 172 | 48 | 25 | 27.9 | 20.8 | 6.2 | 16.6 | 11.2 | 6.1 | 6.9 Villadama [=Villaldama], 10 mi. south, Nuevo Leon (BSC) 9 25604/ 32997 190 | 65 | 27 | 28.6 | 20.4 | 6.9 | 16.3 | 11.0 | 6.0 | 6.7 2 mi. N and 18 mi. W Santa Teresa, 7500 ft., Coahuila (KU) ofl 44837 187 | 57 | 24 | 30.1 | 21.4 | 6.3 | 17.2 | 13.4 | 6.7 | 6.6 Thomomys bottae retractus, type and topotypes (KU) fos 44822 220 74 27 | 33.6 | 24.1 6.1 | 18.9 | 14.0 (hota (er fof 44826 220 74 28 | 32.8 | 23.6 6.7 | 18.4 | 18.9 6.8 ol 2 44823 192 58 24 | 29.6 | 21.0 652) L725) 012-4 6.3 6.7 2 44828 205 71 27 | 3022) | 2051 626" | eeOr tee t.2 Gai Thomomys bottae sturgisi, topotypes (KU) fol 35750 192 [48] 27 | 29.7 | 20.5 6.6) |) 164012 57 6.8 7.2 fot 35753 204 68 27 | 29.8 | 20.5 6.5 | 17.1 | 12.3 6.7 (fee! 2 35752 194 65 26 | 27.2 | 18.8 6.2 | 16.1 | 10.9 5.9 6.6 191 35755 199 64 25, | 28.5. 1957 6.5) | T6-6 ebb 6.4 7.0 Sierra de la Encantada, 4400 ft., 38 mi. S and 23 mi. E Boquillas (KU) fot 44833 203 27 | 29.1 | 21.5 620 |) 18 22 hee 7.6 2 44829 196 25 | 29.1 | 20.3 6.4 | 16.9 | 11.8 6.7 6.9 fe} 44830 191 26 | 29.4 | 20.7 Cee Wea faire) [pew bers 6.2 7.0 2 44835 F 19.9 6.6 | 16.8 5 : Jd 44813 194 56 28 | 31.0 | 22.2 6. fof PONY GN ba | Pteiclinesesl fo Ciena 31.6 | 22.8 62471 JS264 |e eee fot 44820 196 61 29 | 32.5 | 23.6 6. g 44815 209 65 27 30-4, |) 21.7. 6. 2 44816 " 21.6 6. co) 44819 2101 6. Thomomys umbrinus goldmant, 1 mi. WSW Mapimi, 3800 ft., Durango (KU) 2 40214 176 56 A | ASA DE) WAS ¢ | 6.5 | 17.9 | 10.5 | 5.6 6.8 +] 40215 69 22.4 6.5 | 17.5 | 12.4 6.1 7.0 3 mi. SE Torreon, 3800 ft., Coahuila (KU) J 40212 193 | 61 | 27 | 30.2 | 20.2 | 6.5 | 17.2 3 mi. NE Sierra Mojada, 4100 ft. (KU) 58 | 26 | 30.3 | 21.2 | 6.4 24-7098 Geographic Distribution of the Pocket Mouse, Perognathus fasciatus BY J. KNOX JONES, JR. Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRA Et ae, AUG2 1 1953 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 29, pp. 515-526, 7 figures in text August 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UnIvERSITY OF KANsAsS PUBLICATIONS, MusEUM OF NATURAL HIsToRY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 29, pp. 515-526, 7 figures in text August 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence 1953 PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1953 Geographic Distribution of the Pocket Mouse, Perognathus fasciatus BY J. KNOX JONES, JR. In his “Revision of the pocket mice of the genus Perognathus,” Osgood (1900:18-20) reviewed the distribution, as then known, of Perognathus fasciatus and recognized two geographic races—Pero- gnathus fasciatus [fasciatus] Wied-Neuwied in eastern Montana and Wyoming and adjacent parts of North and South Dakota, and Pero- gnathus fasciatus infraluteus Thomas, known only from the type lo- cality at Loveland, Larimer County, Colorado. Later, Cary (1911: 61) described Perognathus fasciatus litus as a pale subspecies oc- curring in the lower Sweetwater Valley and adjacent parts of the Red Desert of south-central Wyoming. After 1911 no important taxonomic contributions dealing with Perognathus fasciatus ap- peared. In studying the kinds of pocket mice known from Nebraska, I examined thirteen specimens of P. fasciatus from the northwestern part of the state which did not agree satisfactorily with the descrip- tions of any known subspecies of fasciatus. This impelled me to examine material from the entire range of P. fasciatus. This exami- nation revealed that: (1) Perognathus callistus Osgood, heretofore considered to be a full species, should be reduced to subspecific rank under P. fasciatus; and (2) specimens from eastern Wyoming and adjacent parts of Montana, South Dakota and Nebraska represent an heretofore unrecognized subspecies. Further investigation, how- ever, revealed that Perognathus flavescens olivaceogriseus Swenk, described from northwestern Nebraska (Swenk, 1940:6), is not flavescens but actually fasciatus. Since the specimens on which Swenk’s description was based were taken within the range of this newly recognized subspecies, and since my examination of the holo- type shows it to be of the species Perognathus fasciatus, the sub- specific name olivaceogriseus is available. The subspecies of P. fasciatus are most easily distinguished by color of pelage, in which there is a general cline from northeast (dark) to southwest (pale). Cranially, the subspecies are less distinct. The skulls of P. f. callistus can be distinguished from those of the other subspecies by several differences; however, among the (517) 518 IVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. N ; other f b only m 1 differ are evident. Indi foun b r than secondary sexual variation. In kn dgme to the lowin care: . Antho Americ . Coli , Chi Tue Pocket Mousr, PEROGNATHUS FASCIATUS 519 Natural History Museum (CNHM); Mr. Austin W. Cameron, National Museum of Canada (NMC); Miss Viola S. Schantz, Biological Surveys Collection, U. S. National Museum (USBS); Dr. Seth B. Benson, University of California Mu- seum of Vertebrate Zoology (MVZ); Mr. J. E. Moore, Department of Zoology, University of Alberta (UADZ); Dr. William H. Burt, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (MZ); Dr. Otis Wade, University of Nebraska Department of Zoology (UNDZ); Dr. C. Bertrand Schultz, University of Nebraska State Museum (NSM); and to those in charge of the collections of the Nebraska Game, Forestation and Parks Commission (NGFPC). Specimens from the Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas (KU), also have been used. Capitalized color terms are those of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912. Assistance with field work to obtain specimens for the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History is acknowl- edged from the Kansas University Endowment Association and the National Science Foundation, Perognathus fasciatus fasciatus Wied-Neuwied Perognathus fasciatus Wied-Neuwied, Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Caesar. Leop.-Carol., 19:369, 1839, type from Upper Missouri River near its angen with the Yellowstone, near Buford, Williams County, North Dakota. Geographic distribution. — Southwestern Manitoba, extreme northeastern Montana and all of North Dakota except extreme eastern part, south through central South Dakota to the northeastern part of Cherry County, Nebraska (see Figure 1). Remarks.—For comparisons with Perognathus fasciatus olivaceo- griseus, geographically adjacent to the southwest, see account of that subspecies. Specimens from the eastern part of the range of P. f. fasciatus are somewhat smaller and slightly darker than topotypes from Buford, North Dakcta. Specimens from 9 mi. SE Bainville, Johnson Lake and 3 mi. S Medicine Lake, Montana, and from Crosby, North Dakota, are also paler than those from farther east. At the southern limit of the range of the subspecies, specimens from the Rosebud Agency and Minichaduza River, South Dakota, approach olivaceo- griseus in pale dorsal coloration. Specimens examined.—Total number, 83, as follows: MaAniropa: Aweme, 3 (USBS 2, NMC 1). Junction of Antler and Souris rivers, 1 (NMC). Oak Lake, 2 (NMC). Montana: Roosevelt County: 9 mi. SE Bainville, 4 (MZ); Johnson Lake, 2 (USBS). Sheridan County: 3 mi. S Medicine Lake, 1880 ft., 1 (KU). Nepraska: Cherry County: Ft. Niobrara Game Reserve, 1 (NSM); Sparks, 1 (MZ); Valentine, 2 (UNDZ). Norra Daxora: Benson County: 2 mi. W Fort Totten, 1400 ft., 3 (KU). Bottineau County: Bottineau, 1 (CNHM). Burleigh County: 9 mi. E Bismark, 7 (MZ). Dickey County: Oakes, 2 (CNHM 1, USBS 1). Divide County: Crosby, 1 (USBS). Kidder County: Dawson, 1 (USBS); 6 mi. W Steele, 6 (MZ). McHenry County: % mi. E Upham, 1 (USBS). Morton County: 12 mi. W Mandan, 2 (MZ). Oliver County: Ft. Clark, 8 (USBS). Sargent County: 740 mi. E, 1% mi. §$ Oakes, 1200 ft., 1 (KU). Sioux County: Cannon Ball, 6 (USBS). Stark 520 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. County: 1 mi. S Dickinson, 1 (MZ); 9 mi. W Dickinson, 8 (MZ); 2 mi. W Taylor, 4 (MZ). Stutsman County: 7 mi. N Jamestown, 1 (MZ); 14 mi. W Jamestown, 1 (MZ). Wells County: Bowdon, 1 (USBS). Williams County: Buford, 9 (USBS). Sourn Daxora: Todd County: Minichaduza River, 2 (USBS); Rosebud Agency, 1 (USBS). Tripp County: Colome, 3 (MZ). Wal- worth County: Swan Creek, 13 mi. S Shelby, 1600 ft., 1 (KU). Perognathus fasciatus olivaceogriseus Swenk Perognathus flavescens olivaceogriseus Swenk, Missouri Valley Fauna, 3:6, June 5, 1940, type from [Little Bordeaux Creek, sec. 14, T. 33 N, R. 48 W, 3 mi. E] Chadron, Dawes County, Nebraska. Geographic distribution—Southeastern Alberta, southeast to eastern Wyo- ming and adjacent parts of South Dakota and Nebraska. Diagnosis.—External measurements of the holotype and average and ex- treme external measurements of six adults (five males and one female) from several localities in eastern Wyoming are, respectively, as follows: Total length, 124, 132 (125-140); length of tail-vertebrae, 53, 63 (59-68); length of hind foot, 16.5, 17 (17-18); length of ear, 6.5, 6.6 (6.0-7.0). Color: Upper parts Cream Buff, lined with black and giving a pale olivaceous appearance; lateral line near (16’d) Light Ochraceous-Buff; postauricular patches Cream Buff; subauricular patches and underparts white; tail indistinctly bicolor, dusky above, whitish below. Skull: Size medium for species (see Table 1); brain- case and auditory bullae moderately inflated; interorbital region narrow; mas- toidal region broad. Remarks.—From topotypes of Perognathus fasciatus fasciatus, geographically adjacent to the northeast, P. f. olivaceogriseus differs in: Upper parts paler, especially face which is heavily washed with buff; hind foot smaller; skull averaging slightly smaller in all meas- urements taken (especially least interorbital breadth and cranial depth), except mastoidal breadth which is slightly more and inter- parietal breadth, length of tympanic bulla and length of maxillary tooth-row which are approximately the same. From topotypes of Perognathus fasciatus infraluteus, geographically adjacent to the south, P. f. olivaceogriseus differs in: Upper parts paler and less drab; lateral line brighter and more ochraceous; underparts never buffy; skull averaging larger in all measurements taken except inter- parietal breadth and length of maxillary tooth-row which are smaller. From topotypes of Perognathus fasciatus litus, geograph- ically adjacent to the southwest, P. f. olivaceogriseus differs in: Upper parts darker; skull, when specimens of equal age are com- pared, averaging larger in mastoidal breadth, interparietal breadth and basal length. From topotypes of Perognathus fasciatus callis- tus, P. f. olivaceogriseus differs in: Upper parts slightly darker, pelage not silky, coarser in appearance; hind foot shorter; skull averaging smaller in all measurements taken (especially mastoidal breadth), except interparietal breadth which is more. Tue Pocket Mousre, PEROGNATHUS FASCIATUS 521 Swenk (loc. cit.) originally described P. f. olivaceogriseus as a subspecies of Perognathus flavescens. I have examined the holo- type, kindly made available to me by Dr. Seth B. Benson of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California, and the paratype, in the collection of the University of Nebraska State Museum. Neither is P. flavescens, but both are clearly specimens of P. fasciatus on the basis of olive-gray dorsal coloration, larger over-all dimensions of the skull, and in that the tympanic bullae do not meet anteriorly. In addition, a third specimen from Glen, Ne- braska, purported by Swenk to be intermediate between flavescens and olivaceogriseus, has been examined and found to be an im- mature fasciatus. a i) Fics. 2-7. Skulls of two species of pocket mice. All x 1%. In comparison with P. flavescens note that P. fasciatus has the tympanic bullae separated an- teriorly and that the skull is slightly larger in over-all dimensions. Fics. 2-4. Perognathus fasciatus fasciatus. Buford, Williams County, North Dakota, May 6, 1910, ¢, No. 168599 USBS. Fics. 5-7. Perognathus flavescens flavescens, Kennedy, Cherry County, Ne- braska, July 9, 1935, 9, No. 66883 MVZ. In the original description Swenk indicated the type locality as Chadron, Dawes County, Nebraska. The locality given on the specimen label of the holotype, however, is 5 mi. E Chadron. In addition, Swenk (loc. cit.), in the paragraph preceding the descrip- 522 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. tion of olivaceogriseus, states that the holotype was actually taken on Little Bordeaux Creek, sec. 14, T. 33 N, R. 48 W, 3 mi. E Chad- ron, on the farm of L. M. Gates, who obtained the holotype. It seems best to restrict the type locality to the place last mentioned. Four specimens from southeastern Alberta recently reported by Moore (1953:143) have been examined and seem best referred, among known subspecies of fasciatus, to P. f. olivaceogriseus. They differ from the latter in several minor cranial features and more drab back, sides and lateral line. When adequate material is available they may prove to be subspecifically different from olivaceogriseus. Moore referred these specimens to P. f. fasciatus. Specimens from extreme northwestern Nebraska, including the holotype, are slightly darker than specimens from eastern Wyoming. A specimen from Ft. Steele, Wyoming, shows approach to P. f. litus in pale dorsal coloration. Specimens examined.—Total number, 59, as follows: ALBERTA: Foremost, 2 (UADZ). Manyberries, 1 (Alberta Dept. Pub. Health). Medicine Hat, 1 (Alberta Dept. Pub. Health). Monrana: Carter County: Little Missouri River, 8 mi. NE Albion, 1 (USBS). Custer County: Calf Creek, 2 (AMNH); 13 mi. E Miles City, 1 (MZ). Garfield County: Piney Buttes, 1 (USBS). Powder River County: Powderville, 2 (USBS). Yellowstone County: Lake Basin, 1 (USBS). County undesignated: Wolf's Creek, 1 (AMNH). NE- BRASKA: Cherry County: 10 mi. E Gordon, 1 (CNHM); 12 mi. ESE Gordon, 2 (CNHM). Dawes County: Chadron State Park, 1 (NGFPC); 1 mi. SW Chadron, 1 (NSM); Little Bordeaux Creek, 3 mi. E Chadron, 1 (MVZ); 10 mi. S Chadron, 3 (MZ); 3 mi. SW Crawford, 1 (KU). Sheridan County: Mirage Township, 1 (MZ). Sioux County: Glen, 1 (NSM); Monroe Canyon, 1 (NGFPC). Sourn Daxota: Custer County: Cheyenne River, 1 (AMNH); Elk Mountain, 4800 ft., 4 (USBS). Meade County: Smithville, 1 (USBS). Shannon County: Corral Draw, 3 (AMNH); Pine Ridge, 3 (CNHM 1, USBS 2). Washabaugh County: White River flood plain, 7 mi. S Kadoka, 1 (MZ). Wyominc: Campbell County: 1% mi. N, % mi. E Rockypoint, 3850 ft., 1 (KU). Carbon County: Ft. Steele, 1 (USBS). Fremont County: 40 mi. E Dubois, 1 (MZ). Hot Springs County: Kirby Creek, 5000 ft., 1 (USBS). Johnson County: 6% mi. W, 2 mi. S Buffalo, 5620 ft., 4 (KU); 1 mi. WSW Kaycee, 4700 ft., 1 (KU). Natrona County: Casper, 1 (USBS); 1 mi. NE Casper, 5150 ft., 1 (KU). Platte County: 2% mi. S Chugwater, 1 (KU). Sheridan County: Arvada, 2 (USBS); 5 mi. NE Clearmont, 3900 ft., 1 (KU). Weston County: Newcastle, 1 (USBS); 23 mi. SW Newcastle, 4500 ft., 4 (KU). Perognathus fasciatus infraluteus Thomas Perognathus infraluteus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, 11:406, May, 1893, type from Loveland, Larimer County, Colorado. Perognathus fasciatus infraluteus, Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18:19, Sep- tember 20, 1900. Geographic distribution—Known only from the type locality and from 7 mi. N Ramah, Colorado. Probably in other parts of northeastern Colorado (see Figure 1). Remarks.—For comparisons with Perognathus fasciatus olivaceo- griseus Swenk, geographically adjacent to the north, see the pre- ceding account of that subspecies on page 520. THE Pocket Mouse, PEROGNATHUS FASCIATUS 523 Of the seven topotypes available to me, six show various degrees of encroachment of the color of the lateral line upon the underparts, giving the ventral surface a buffy appearance, the “distinguishing character” of the subspecies according to Osgood (op. cit.:20). When additional specimens are available, this character may be found to be one of individual variation, although no specimens from other parts of the range of the species have been found to exhibit it. Of the subspecies P. f. infraluteus, each of the eight specimens examined by me possesses buffy subauricular patches. The specimen from 7 mi. N Ramah, Colorado, is slightly darker and less drab than the topotypes and does not possess buffy under- parts. The skull of the specimen is broken but on the basis of char- acters of the pelage it seems to be intermediate between infraluteus and olivaceogriseus and is referred to the former on geographic grounds. Specimens examined.—Total number, 8, as follows: Contorapvo: Elbert County: 7 mi. N Ramah, 1 (MZ). Larimer County: Loveland, 7 (USBS). Perognathus fasciatus litus Cary Perognathus fasciatus litus Cary, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 24:61, March 22, 1911, type from Sun, Sweetwater Valley, Natrona County, Wyoming. Geographic distribution—Lower Sweetwater Valley and adjacent parts of Red Desert in Carbon, Fremont, Natrona and Sweetwater counties, Wyoming (see Figure 1). Remarks.—For comparisons with Perognathus fasciatus olivaceo- griseus, geographically adjacent to the northeast, see account of that subspecies. From Perognathus fasciatus callistus, geograph- ically adjacent to the southwest, P. f. litus differs in: Upper parts paler with no trace of olivaceous; hind foot shorter; skull, when specimens of equal age are compared, averaging smaller in all measurements taken (especially occipitonasal length, mastoidal breadth, length of tympanic bulla and cranial depth), except inter- parietal breadth which is more. No fully adult specimens of P. f. litus have been available to me for this study. Two of the three specimens mentioned by Cary in, the original description (holotype not seen) have been examined and found to possess adult pelage, but cranially they must be classed as young adults. These specimens are paler than those of any other subspecies of fasciatus and do not have the olivaceous dorsal colora- tion present in other subspecies. P. f. litus is seemingly an endemic race in the lower Sweetwater Valley and adjacent parts of the Red Desert, Wyoming. The type locality, recorded by Cary in the original description as “Sun, Sweet- water Valley, Wyoming,” is here placed in Natrona County on the 524 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. basis of the map (frontispiece) in Cary’s (1917) “Life Zone Investi- gations in Wyoming.” Specimens examined.—Total number, 9, as follows: Wyominc: Carbon County: 8 mi. SE Lost Soldier, 6700 ft., 1 (USBS). Fremont County: Gran- ite Mts., 1 (MZ). Natrona County: 5 mi. W Independence Rock, 6000 ft., 4 (KU); Sun, 1 (USBS); 16 mi. S, 11 mi. W Waltman, 6950 ft., 1 (KU). Sweetwater County: 27 mi. N Table Rock, 1 (MZ). Perognathus fasciatus callistus Osgood Perognathus callistus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 18:28, September 20, 1900, type from Kinney Ranch, near Bitter Creek, Sweetwater County, Wyo- ming. Geographic distribution —East of the Green River in central and southern parts of Sweetwater County, Wyoming, and adjacent parts of Moffat County, Colorado (see Figure 1). Remarks.—F or comparisons with Perognathus fasciatus litus, geo- graphically adjacent to the north, see account of that subspecies. When Osgood (loc. cit.) described P. f. callistus as a full species, he characterized it as having “. . . the attractive coloration of fasciatus, but softer and more delicate. Its position is evidently between fasciatus and apache, and its nearest relations are clearly with the latter.” He further remarked that, “Its large size imme- diately separates it from fasciatus which it resembles externally, especially before maturity.” Comparison of the average and extreme external measurements of ten adult P. f. callistus from Sweetwater County, Wyoming, with adult individuals of other subspecies of P. fasciatus shows that cal- listus does not average larger than P. f. olivaceogriseus except in length of hind foot and that it averages slightly smaller in all external measurements than topotypes of P. f. fasciatus. Moreover, judging from the accounts of Goldman (1918:24) and Durrant (1952:235), Perognathus apache caryi (the subspecies of P. apache nearest to the range of P. f. callistus) is significantly larger externally and has no trace of olivaceous in the dorsal pelage. Comparison of the skulls of callistus with a skull of Perognathus apache apache from Wingate, New Mexico (USBS 137388), reveals the following differences: Interparietal bone wider in callistus; averaging 4.5 (as opposed to 4.0) and more pentagonal; lacrimal bone shorter and stouter in callistus; tympanic bullae more inflated in callistus; interorbital foramina larger in callistus; lower premolar approximately the same size as the last lower molar in callistus, ap- proximately half the size of the last lower molar in apache. Con- versely, comparison of skulls of callistus with those of P. fasciatus as concerns the above mentioned features reveals that they closely resemble each other. In view of this resemblance it seems best to arrange callistus as a subspecies of P. fasciatus. THE PockET MousE, PEROGNATHUS FASCIATUS 525 P. f. callistus is distinct cranially from all other subspecies of P. fasciatus in the narrowness of the interparietal, the greater length of the tympanic bulla and the greater mastoidal breadth. The fine, silky nature of the pelage is shared, to some extent, with P. f. litus. A specimen from 27 mi. N, 37 mi. E Rock Springs, Wyoming, re- ferred to callistus resembles litus in pale dorsal coloration and slightly wider interparietal. Four immature specimens from 25 mi. N, 88 mi. E Rock Springs, also referred to callistus, have extremely pale juvenal pelage and also are judged to be intergrades with litus. Specimens examined.—Total number, 23, as follows: Wyominc: Sweet- water County: 18 mi. S Bitter Creek, 6800 ft., 3 (KU); Kinney Ranch, 21 mi. S Bitter Creek, 6800 ft., 9 (KU 7, USBS 2); 30 mi. S Bitter Creek, 2 (KU); 33 mi. S Bitter Creek, 6900 ft., 2 (KU); 32 mi. S, 22 mi. E Rock Springs, 7025 ft., 2 (KU); 25 mi. N, 38 mi. E Rock Springs, 6700 ft., 4 (KU); 27 mi. N, 37 mi. E Rock Springs, 6700 ft., 1 (KU). TABLE 1.—CrANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF PEROGNATHUS FASCIATUS 3 e = = =i | | 2 | & 3/2] é 48 zs 5 3 = ae) | Sex and number of a = = PS = = S Si individuals averaged or g 3 = = 3 2 & = as catalog number 5 a eS 3 = = sc] Ss OF » g 2 3 a Cs == a a = 2) an ) i) Q, a > se 43) a a = & Be | bo an 9 5 2 a S = = g 8 $* fo) cs ea) = A 5 6) Cletalee P. f. fasciatus, topotypes Ce Soper ROA mere See 23.35) 15.55] 18.4 | 12.3 5.3 4.9 8.7 31583 Lina Sat OO ot dG BAGO E Omer 227 ON ASO lies: |eloet 5.1 4.8 8.6 7.0 3.2 AK sth cvatel stele hove ete aiciaheletichsict =io.e 24.2 | 16.5 | 18.9 | 12.8 5.5 5.1 9.1 3.4 P. f. olivaceogriseus, holotype CU OT O4N MV Zivtoae re sreisicrelosiere Pde ik | 14.5 | 17.4 | 12.0 | on2 | 4.6 | 8.3 | 7.3 | 3653 Various localities in eastern Wyoming Groomand le Orn. secre cieierers 22.8 | 15.0 | 18.0 | 12.45) 5.0 4.9 8.45] 7.3 as IND secre oe Seere Sloe too ereisicione 22.2 | 14.5 | 17.5 | 12.2 4.9 4.7 8.1 fel 3.3 MAK alone caieigioe © Hele everse vie Doane tS OulelorO aye! 5.2 8.6 7.6 50) P. f. infraluteus, topotypes zac yo pA oY UG [oR ee ae alae 21-9 | 14.4. | 17.3 | 12.2 4.9 5.2 8.2 6.9 3.4 MMU creo octet eave evo Were Stereos DIA AZO ol) eS 4.9 4.9 8.0 Gar 3.3 MMe 5 oo: sch afe eye are. ©) sysicters taqanarete é 12.6 8.5 Cheek 3.5 P. f. litus, topotype 9.160599 USBS: ~..c40..0 020) 22.2 | 14.7 | 17.4 | 11.9 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 8.7 | 7.0 | 3.3 8 mi. SE Lost Soldier, 6700 ft., Wyoming 2 166866 USBS 5 . 24-8662 Four New Pocket Gophers of the Genus Cratogeomys from Jalisco, Mexico By ROBERT J. RUSSELL In the course of my taxonomic study of the genus Cratogeomys, a high degree of variation was found between several populations of these gophers in central Jalisco. Two species, C. gymnurus and C. zinseri, occur in this part of the state. Previously C. gymnurus was known only from southern Jalisco and C. zinseri only from extreme eastern Jalisco, but through the efforts of J. R. Alcorn specimens were obtained of both species in the central part of the state. These large gophers are difficult to collect, and I am grate- ful to him for securing this significant material. Costs of the field work were defrayed by the National Science Foundation and the Kansas University Endowment Association. Thanks are due also to those in charge of the United States Biological Surveys Collection for the loan of comparative material. Study of the recently ac- quired specimens taken in central Jalisco reveals two undescribed subspecies each of C. gymnurus and C. zinseri. These may be known and described as Cratogeomys gymnurus tellus new subspecies Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 33454 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from 3 mi. W Tala, 4300 ft., Jalisco, México; obtained on June 2, 1949, by J. R. Alcorn, original No. 9376. Range.—North-central Jalisco; known from several localities in the vicinity of Tala. Diagnosis.—Size large (see measurements); tail long, naked; hind foot small; color pale for species, upper parts Kaiser Brown (capitalized terms are of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912), bases of individual hairs Plumbeous, tips Hazel, underparts creamy- white, bases of hairs Plumbeous; skull large, relatively narrow, rugose; zygo- matic breadth narrower posteriorly than anteriorly; rostrum shallow, relatively broad in males, narrower in females; interorbital region broad; braincase narrow and flattened; basioccipital relatively wide, especially anteriorly; mas- toid processes of squamosal large, knoblike; paroccipital processes long, ex- tending laterally over more than half the width of mastoid bullae; upper incisors projecting anteriorly; maxillary teeth relatively large. Comparisons.—From topotypes of C. g. gymnurus from Zapotlan, Jalisco, the most closely related subspecies, C. g. tellus differs in: Body smaller (total length averaging 338 instead of 341 in females and 356 instead of 369 in (537) 538 Unrversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. males); hind foot smaller (averaging 45 instead of 50 in females and 47 in- stead of 51 in males); color more brownish above, creamy-white rather than buffy below; skull smaller, especially in females (basilar length averaging 55.3 instead of 57.5 in females and 57.7 instead of 60.5 in males), narrower, and more rugose; zygomatic breadth less in females (averaging 42.5 compared with 46.2), greater in males (48.0 compared with 46.7); zygomata more nearly parallel; auditory bullae relatively smaller; mastoid processes of squamosal larger, knoblike; paroccipital processes longer, extending farther laterally; ros- trum less massive; upper incisors projecting anteriorly, instead of being strongly recurved; maxillary teeth relatively larger. From near-topotypes of C. g. inclarus from the Sierra Nevada de Colima, Jalisco, C. g. tellus differs in: Hind foot smaller; color paler brownish above in contrast to glossy black, creamy-white below rather than buffy, feet clothed with whitish instead of brownish hairs; skull larger (basilar length averaging 55.3 in females compared with 53.2, no males available for comparisons); zygomatic breadth less; nasals longer, extending posterior to front edge of anterior roots of zygomata rather than ending even with, or slightly behind, them; rostrum more massive; mastoid processes of squamosal larger; paroccipital processes extending farther laterally; upper incisors projecting anteriorly, rather than recurved; maxillary teeth larger (length of maxillary tooth-row averaging 14.6 compared with 18.8). Close comparison with C. g. imparilis from P&étzcuaro, Michoacan, is not needed, but C. g. tellus differs especially in: Color of underparts and hairs of feet whitish rather than brownish; skull smaller; zygomatic breadth greater; interorbital constriction broader; nasals longer; maxillary tooth-row longer. Measurements.—Averages of three adult females, including type, and the measurements of an adult male (in parentheses) from the type locality are: Total length, 838 (856); length of tail, 92 (87); length of hind foot, 45 (47); occipitonasal length of skull, 64.1 (68.7); basilar length, 55.8 (61.4); zygo- matic breadth, 42.7 (48.0); interorbital breadth, 9.6 (11.4); greatest height of cranium, taken from palate perpendicular to line touching two highest points on top of skull, 23.9 (25.3); least depth of rostrum, 10.6 (11.7); breadth of rostrum, 14.7 (16.5); length of nasals, 23.6 (25.2); width across mastoid processes of squamosal, 43.8 (49.7); height of occiput, 18.1 (19.9); length of maxillary tooth-row, 14.6 (15.2). Remarks.—The distribution of C. gymnurus is spotty; its occurrence seem- ingly depends on edaphic conditions. The isolation of soils with textures suitable to this animal has resulted in the isolation of gopher populations. The distribution is similar to that of species occurring on islands. In this instance, however, the populations of gophers are separated by soils of heavy texture which render burrowing difficult or impossible for gophers. Such conditions have lead to a high degree of subspeciation in a relatively short distance. For example, four subspecies of C. gymnurus occur in Jalisco, and, all are within an area scarcely fifty miles in diameter. Cratogeomys gymnurus tellus is the northernmost subspecies of C. gymnurus. It is known from only the vicinity of Tala, west of Guadalajara, and its range probably is not much more extensive than this because of the localized dis- tribution of suitable soils. Specimens examined.—Total number ten, as follows: 3 mi. W Tala, type locality, 5; 1 mi. NE Tala, 3; 1 mi. S El Refugio, 2. CRATOGEOMYS FROM JALISCO, MExIco 539 Cratogeomys gymnurus atratus new subspecies Type—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 31880 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from Top of Cerro Viejo de Cuyutlan, 9700 ft., 19 mi. S and 9 mi. W Guadalajara, Jalisco, México; obtained on February 17, 1949, by J. R. Alcorn, original No. 7902. Range.—Known only from the type locality on the Cerro Viejo. Diagnosis—Size small (see measurements ); tail long; hind foot small; color dark, upper parts glossy Blackish Brown, bases of hairs Plumbeous, sides Chestnut Brown, underparts Pale Ochraceous-Buff or Warm Buff mixed with Plumbeous of the hair bases; skull small, lightly constructed, relatively deep; zygomata relatively weak; zygomatic breadth wider posteriorly than anteriorly; rostrum relatively wide, especially in males; nasals relatively long, truncate posteriorly; interorbital constriction narrow; braincase inflated; mastoid processes of squamosal only slightly wider than zygomatic breadth; auditory bullae rela- tively large; paroccipital processes weakly constructed, but extend laterally over half the width of mastoid bullae; upper incisors projecting anteriorly, rather than being strongly recurved; maxillary teeth small. Comparisons.—From topotypes of C. g. gymnurus from Zapotlan, Jalisco, C. g. atratus differs in: Body smaller (total length averaging 300 in females compared with 841, a male measured 315 compared with an average of 363); tail shorter, hind foot smaller; color of upper parts darker, glossy Blackish- Brown rather than reddish brown, underparts paler; skull smaller (basilar length averaging 48.6 compared with 57.5, a male measured 50.0 compared with an average of 59.0); zygomata more weakly constructed; zygomatic breadth less, and wider posteriorly than anteriorly; braincase more inflated; nasals shorter; rostrum relatively narrower and shallower; width across mastoid processes of squamosals less; paroccipital processes less strongly constructed, extending farther laterally; upper incisors projecting anteriorly rather than being strongly recurved; maxillary teeth smaller (length of maxillary tooth-row aver- aging 11.2 compared with 14.9). From C. g. tellus, that occurs to the northwest, C. g. atratus differs in: Body smaller; hind foot slightly smaller; upper parts darker; underparts Pale Ochraceous-Buff rather than creamy-white; skull smaller (see measurements); zygomatic breadth less, and wider posteriorly than anteriorly; nasals shorter, truncate posteriorly rather than emarginate; rostrum narrower and shallower; maxillary teeth smaller. From near-topotypes of C. g. inclarus from the Sierra Nevada de Colima, C. g. atratus differs in: Body slightly smaller; hind foot smaller (averaging 42 compared with 49); color of upper parts near the same, underparts paler; skull smaller, narrower, weaker in construction; zygomatic breadth less; nasals relatively longer, but actually shorter (averaging 19.7 compared with 20.3); upper incisors projecting anteriorly rather than being recurved; maxillary teeth smaller. Measurements.—The type and an adult female (its measurements in paren- theses) yield measurements as follows: Total length, 300 (299); length of tail, 78 (88); length of hind foot, 48 (40); occipitonasal length of skull, 56.3 (55.5); basilar length, 49.3 (47.8); zygomatic breadth, 37.9 (36.5); inter- orbital breadth, 8.7 (8.1); greatest height of cranium, as explained above, 21.6 (20.7); least depth of rostrum, 9.2 (8.8); breadth of rostrum, 12.8 (12.7); 540 Universiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. length of nasals, 19.4 (20.0); width across mastoid processes of squamosal, 88.2 (87.1); height of occiput, 16.9 (17.8); length of maxillary tooth-row, 11.9 (11.3). Remarks.—Cratogeomys gymnurus atratus is the smallest subspecies known for the species, and is so distinct from other described subspecies, that it is difficult to select one as the closest relative. In color, C. g. atratus closely resembles C. g. inclarus, which occurs at comparable elevations in the Sierra Nevada, but the skulls are unlike. Among named subspecies of C. gymnurus, the skull of tellus most closely resembles that of atratus, and, although they differ greatly in size, C. g. tellus seems to be the closest relative of C. g. atratus. This newly described subspecies is known only from Cerro Viejo and is probably restricted to the higher elevations on this mountain. Specimens examined.—Seven, Top-of Cerro Viejo de Cuyutlan, 19 mi. S and 9 mi. W Guadalajara. Cratogeomys zinseri zodius new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 31879 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from 13 mi. S and 15 mi. W Guadalajara, Jalisco, México; obtained on February 6, 1949, by J. R. Alcorn, original No. 7747. Range.—Known only from the type locality. Diagnosis.—Size small (see measurements); tail short; hind foot small; upper parts Sayal Brown, underparts Pinkish Buff, hind foot whitish; skull small, narrow; outline of dorsal profile of skull concave; zygomatic breadth narrow; nasals actually short, but relatively long; width across mastoid processes of squamosal short; auditory bullae inflated; interorbital constriction narrow; maxillary teeth relatively large. Comparisons.—From topotypes of C. z. zinseri from Lagos, Jalisco, C. z. zodius differs in: Body smaller (see measurements); tail shorter, hind foot smaller; upper parts dull brownish instead of reddish-brown, underparts paler, hairs of feet whitish instead of brownish; skull smaller, especially in females, narrower; dorsal profile of skull concave or flat (females) rather than convex; zygomatic breadth less; rostrum narrower and shallower; nasals actually shorter, but relatively longer in relation to length of skull; width across mastoid processes of squamosal shorter; maxillary teeth smaller. Measurements.—The type and an adult male (his measurements in paren- theses) yield measurements as follows: Total length, 318 (324); length of tail, 95 (89); length of hind foot, 41 (41); occipitonasal length of skull, 60.5 (59.1); basilar length, 52.4 (51.8); zygomatic breadth, 40.6 (39.0); inter- orbital breadth, 8.3 (8.8); greatest height of cranium, as explained above, 22.6 (22.4); least depth of rostrum, 11.2 (10.4); breadth of rostrum, 13.8 (13.9); length of nasals, 21.7 (21.2); width across mastoid processes of squa- mosal, 37.1 (86.8); height of occiput, 17.7 (17.9); length of maxillary tooth- row, 18.0 (18.3). A nearly adult female measured: Total length, 292; length of tail, 81; length of hind foot, 39; occipitonasal length of skull, 53.8; basilar length, 46.5; zygomatic breadth, 34.1; interorbital breadth, 7.8; greatest height of cranium, 21.0; least depth of rostrum, 9.8; length of nasals, 18.0; width across mastoid processes of squamosal, 32.2; depth of occiput, 15.9; length of maxillary tooth-row, 12.1. CRATOGEOMYS FROM JALISCO, MEXICO 541 Remarks.—This newly described subspecies is the smallest of known races of C. zinseri, and it is seemingly more closely related to C. z. zinseri than to the subspecies newly named below from the north end of Lago Sayula. The skulls of females are especially small and delicate in structure; the males are larger with more massive skulls. C. z. zodius is known to occur in the foot hills north of the Cerro Viejo, the mountain from which C. g. atratus was described above. Specimens examined.—Seven, 13 mi. S and 15 mi. W Guadalajara. Cratogeomys zinseri morulus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 86679 Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas; from N end Lago Sayula, 4400 ft., 9 mi. N and 2 mi. E Atoyac, Jalisco, México; obtained on March 23, 1950, by J. R. Alcorn, original No. 10889. Range.—Known only from the type locality in central Jalisco. Diagnosis.—Size large (see measurements ); tail short; hind foot large; upper parts Fuscous-Black, strongly mixed with Walnut Brown, underparts Cinnamon- Buff, bases of all hairs Plumbeous; skull large, broad, rugose; outline of dorsal profile slightly concave, almost flat; zygomata strongly constructed, maxillary arm almost touching squamosal arm over jugal; wide across zygomata; nasals actually and relatively long; rostrum relatively narrow; auditory bullae inflated, relatively large; maxillary teeth relatively large. Comparisons.—From topotypes of C. z. zinseri from Lagos, Jalisco, C. z. morulus differs in: Tail shorter (averaging 96 in females compared with 101, 94 in males compared with 115); color darker above, Fuscous-Black instead of Cinnamon-Rufous, underparts paler; skull larger (occipitonasal length 63.7 rather than averaging 58.5 in females and 68.6 rather than 63.1 in males); wide across zygomata; nasals actually and relatively longer; rostrum relatively narrower; wider across mastoid processes of squamosal; auditory bullae inflated, relatively larger; maxillary teeth larger. From C. z. zodius, that occurs to the northeast, C. z. morulus differs in: Body larger (see measurements); hind foot larger; color of upper parts darker, underparts paler; skull much larger, broader, more rugose; dorsal profile of skull slightly concave rather than convex; wider across zygomata; nasals actually and relatively longer; rostrum broader, more massive; wider across mastoid processes of squamosal; auditory bullae larger; maxillary teeth larger. Measurements.—The type and an adult female (her measurements in paren- theses) from the type locality measure: Total length, 358 (338); length of tail, 94 (97); length of hind foot, 49 (45); occipitonasal length of skull, 68.6 (68.7); basilar length, 58.0 (55.6); zygomatic breadth, 49.3 (45.0); inter- orbital breadth, 9.6 (8.9); greatest height of cranium, as explained above, 26.1 (24.6); least depth of rostrum, 12.5 (10.8); breadth of rostrum, 14.5 (13.7); length of nasals, 25.9 (22.5); width across mastoid processes of squa- mosal, 47.7 (42.8); height of occiput, 19.8 (17.8); length of maxillary tooth- row, 13.9 (18.8). Remarks.—Cratogeomys zinseri morulus is the darkest subspecies known of C. zinseri. It differs widely from other subspecies of this species in color and the large size of the skull. Cratogeomys zinseri occurs over the same general area as C. gymnurus in central Jalisco, although these two species seemingly do not share the same 542 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. local habitat. C. zinseri differs from C. gymnurus as follows: Tail relatively longer; skull wider across zygomatic arches than across mastoid processes of squamosal (reverse true in C. gymnurus); zygomata strongly bowed outward anteriorly; maxillary arm of zygomata almost touching squamosal arm (instead of widely separated from each other) above jugal; rostrum relatively narrower, less massive; border of nasals parallel or laterally swollen instead of gradually tapering. Specimens examined.—Four, N end of Lago Sayula, 9 mi. N and 2 mi. E Atoyac. Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Transmitted June 12, 1958. 24-8662 Genera and Subgenera of Chipmunks BY JOHN A. WHITE eT charatat Marine Biological Laboratory J EFA RD = yo S~ ARTY WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 32, pp. 543-561, 12 figures in text December 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NaTuRAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, and Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 32, pp. 543-561, 12 figures in text December 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1953 <> 24-8959 Genera and Subgenera of Chipmunks By JOHN A. WHITE CONTENTS PAGE NGAEKOCUICHIOT ser Rye ee ec eT TORR PN eg at)d hoe stank ae a aR 546 RIScOnICaliln opUica siaee ee eee ee RE tee ee eo ean Ce ta ee 546 Methods, Materials, and Acknowledgments.........................5. 547 Pal AtlOnnOb CO MATACTEIS Se ie ee ati ue een G . ake Gueiaht EAS ae Ee 548 Characters in which the Subgenera Eutamias and Neotamias Agree, but Differitromnthe Genus 1 anaes. ve swede: eek ciety de ne ee 548 Structure of the). Malleusy. 2s. Go sa eave te ete ae ee Oe alana 548 Structure, Ob thes Daculimis hs cote oat ae ee st cs epee esa teatch sd lode Ute 549 Suucture of the Hyoid Apparatus)... ©: vi nee see alee cos Cale ea ee 552 IPFESETICE. OF. A DSCHICEY OFFEROR is) aire edb Erne er Aan me evoke rials a ene aia nee Aa 553 Length’ of Tail m Relation to Total Length... ..'.. 2.2.25...) 0.0% 553 @olon Patterns Sachse fh) teks oe le RENT ve SUR A ELS ee 554 Characters in which the Subgenus Eutamias and the Genus Tamias Agree, but Differ from the Subgenus Neotamias............... 554 Shape of the Imtraorbital;Woramen’. 2.000522. 55 -c\ eee ee tae cee 554 Width of the Postorbital’ Process at Bas@.. 22... 58.2. .2605 sca as 554 Positionvof the: Supraorbital Notch) .15). kd Niece Sabo s ee 554 Degree of Convergence of the Upper Tooth-rows................. 554 Degree of Constriction of the Interorbital Region................. 555 Shane vorstne pinnae ys cs at paleo een ase ee oe eas 555 Structural Features that are too Weakly Expressed to be of Taxonomic LOB .eiss Goch Ae MERE AS EMI ese ieniay, ru. CRs FaMA AN Rata LAr Dn Gey Ny ayaa ch or Cee nae 555 IDISCUSSIOMEM EYE te ee Me ys tres ee cet eos aa Te tae myalgia a ge tla 555 Generarand ;Subgencracets joss kites le et Sete econ nh ane ee 557 GenusmHiutamiaseclrouessartey. acon ths fae oe oe ean ne 557 Subgenus iutamias srouessart.. > 0). 9 cee 4-3 s- 1ieia 2ea ae 558 Subgenus. Neotamias* Howell’, 2.0.23). 22.5050 da4 52 et ae ee 558 Genistnanios WMlicerres un erties «och oF hou hte Sik qe ice ea ee 559 TPISCUSSIONT 8 ee ee ee eee cake ek 1 oh UE Ee ee ee ee 559 Conclusions 24 Te aN oer se ee beisecah be ae enc eee Sem 560 METER ALINE) {CLOG las. eee A te es cna ich dbo eee rete ee 561 ILLUSTRATIONS Pigs, 1-3. Dorsomedial Views ot Malleus . 2... sci: oe rove ye ok ae 549 Pips 74-10. Lateral’ Views Of BACHE. |) oo ney se alse oon © see 551 Figs: 11212) ‘Ventral Views of Hyoid’Apparatus: |... 92. 2 552 (545) 546 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. INTRODUCTION The supraspecific categories of the chipmunks, as in most other groups of squirrels, have been a source of controversy for many years. Before presenting new evidence and a review of older evi- dence bearing on the problem, it seems desirable to review briefly in chronological order, the taxonomic history of the genera and sub- genera of the chipmunks. HisTORICAL Linnaeus (1758:64) described the eastern North American chip- munks under the name Sciurus striatus and based his description on that of Catesby (1743:75). The Asiatic chipmunk was first de- scribed, under the name Sciurus sibiricus, by Laxmann (1769:69). Schreber (1785, 4:790) separated the Asiatic and North American chipmunks into the Asiatic and American varieties. Gmelin (1788:50) followed Schreber and, employing trinomials, used the names Sciurus striatus asiaticus and S. s. americanus. Illiger (1811:83) proposed Tamias as the generic name of the chipmunk of eastern North America. Say (1823:45) described Sciurus quad- rivittatus, the first species of chipmunk known from western North America. Trouessart (1880:86-87) proposed Eutamias as the subgeneric name to include the western North American and Asiatic chipmunks. Merriam (1897:189-190) raised Eutamias to full generic rank. In so doing he neither listed nor described any characters but wrote that “it will be observed that the name Eutamias, proposed by Trouessart in 1880 as a subgenus of Tamias is here adopted as a full genus. This is because of the conviction that the superficial resemblance between the two groups is accidental parallelism, in no way indicative of affinity. In fact the two groups, if my notion of their relationship is correct, had different ancestors, Tamias being an offshoot of the ground-squirrels of the subgenus Ictidomys of Allen, and Eutamias of the subgenus Ammospermophilus, Mer- riam.” Howell (1929:23) proposed Neotamias as the subgeneric name for the chipmunks of western North America, of the genus Eutamias. Ellerman (1940, 1:426) gave Eutamias and Neotamias equal subgeneric rank with Tamias under the genus Tamias; on pages 427-428 he quoted Merriam, as I have done above, and later, after quoting the key to the genera and subgenera of chipmunks of Howell (1929:11), Ellerman wrote (op. cit.: 428-429), “This key GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 547 convinces me that all these forms must be referred to one genus only. The characters given to separate “Eutamias’ from Tamias are based only on the absence or presence of the functionless premolar, and on the colour pattern. If colour pattern is to be used as a generic character, it seems Citellus suslicus will require a new name when compared with C. citellus, etc.” And again, “The Asiatic chipmunk is intermediate between typical Tamias and the small American forms in many characters.” To substantiate this, Eller- man (loc. cit.) quotes Howell (loc. cit.), in comparing the sub- genera Eutamias and Neotamias, as follows: “ ‘the ears [of subgenus Eutamias| are broad, rounded, of medium height, much as in Tamias; postorbital broad at base, tapering to a point, much as in Tamias; interorbital constriction slight, as in Tamias; upper molari- form tooth rows slightly convergent posteriorly, as in Tamias.’” Ellerman (loc. cit.) again quotes Howell (loc. cit.), ““Eutamias of Asia resembles Tamias of North America and differs from American Eutamias in a number of characters, notably the shape of the ante- orbital foramen, the postorbital process, the breadth of the inter- orbital region, the development of the lambdoidal crest, and the shape of the external ears. On the other hand, American Eutamias agrees with the Asiatic members of the genus in the shape of the rostrum, the well-defined striations of the upper incisors, the pres- ence of the extra peg-like premolar, and in the pattern of the dorsal stripes.’ ” Bryant (1945:372) wrote, “I am convinced that Ellerman’s in- terpretation of the relationships of the chipmunks is correct.” After commenting that the presence or absence of P3, “is of significance only in distinguishing between species of squirrels,” Bryant adds that “The other differences between the eastern and the western chipmunks do not appear to be of sufficient phylogenetic importance to warrant the retention of the two groups as genera.” METuHOops, MATERIALS, AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Characters previously mentioned in the literature as having taxonomic worth for supraspecific categories of chipmunks were checked by me on specimens old enough to have worn permanent premolars. Some structural features not previously used were found to have taxonomic significance. The baculum in each of the supraspecific categories of sciurids of North America was examined; the bacula were processed by the method described by White (1951:125) to obviate “variation” caused by shriveling of the smaller bacula or breaking of the more delicate parts of the larger bacula. Mallei and hyoid bones of the genera and subgenera of the chipmunks were mostly studied in the dry state. 548 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Part of the hyoid musculature in these same groups of chipmunks was dissected. In all, I studied more than 1,000 skulls and skins of the subgenus Neotamias, approximately 50 skulls and skins of Tamias striatus, and 15 skulls and skins of the subgenus Eutamias (Eutamias sibiricus asiaticus from Manchuria). Numerous other specimens were examined but not in such detail. I am grateful to Professor E. Raymond Hall for guidance in the study. For encouragement and advice I am grateful also to Doctors Robert W. Wilson, Cecil G. Lalicker, Edwin C. Galbreath, Keith R. Kelson, E. Lendell Cockrum, Olin L. Webb, and others at the Museum of Natural History, and in the De- partment of Zoology of the University of Kansas. My wife, Alice M. White, made the drawings and helped me in many other ways. For lending specimens I thank Dr. David H. Johnson of the United States National Museum, and Dr. George C. Rinker of the Department of Anatomy, University of Michigan. Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas University Endowment Association, the National Science Foundation, and the United States Navy, Office of Naval Research, through contract No. NR161 791. EVALUATION OF CHARACTERS The following paragraphs treat the characters listed by Howell, Ellerman, and Bryant, and such additional characters as I have found useful in characterizing the genera and subgenera of chip- munks. Some of the findings, I think, illustrate how study of such mammalian structures as the baculum, malleus, and hyoid apparatus —structures that seem to be little influenced by the changing ex- ternal environment—clarifies relationships, if these previously were estimated only from other parts of the anatomy of Recent specimens. The structural features and characters to be discussed, or listed, below may be arranged in three categories as follows: 1) Char- acters in which the subgenera Eutamias and Neotamias agree but are different from the genus Tamias; 2) Characters in which the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias agree but are different from the subgenus Neotamias; 8) Structural features that are too weakly expressed to be of taxonomic use. CHARACTERS IN WHICH THE SUBGENERA EUTAMIAS AND NEOTAMIAS AGREE, BUT DIFFER FROM THE GENUS TAMIAS Structure of the Malleus—The malleus in chipmunks is composed of a head and neck, a manubrium which has a spatulate process at the end opposite the head, and a muscular process situated about halfway between the spatulate process and the head of the malleus. An articular facet begins on the manubrium near the neck and spirals halfway around the head of the malleus. A lamina extends from the anterior edge of the head and neck, tapers to a point and joins the tympanic bulla anteriorly where there is a suture between GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 549 the lamina and bulla. The lamina is one half as long as the rest of the malleus (see figs. 1-3). The head of the malleus in Tamias is clearly more elongated than in Eutamias. The plane formed by the lamina in Eutamias makes an angle of approximately 90 degrees with the plane formed by the manubrium; in Tamias the two planes make an angle of approxi- mately 60 degrees. Examination of series of mallei of Eutamias and Tamias indicate that there is slight individual variation, slight variation with age, and no secondary sexual variation. Intraspecific variation in the subgenus Neotamias is slight, consisting of differences in size. Specimens of the subgenus Eutamias from Manchuria have mallei which are morphologically close to the mallei of the subgenus Neotamias. Lomina Neck \ Se peo Muscular process Spatulate Monubrium ; aw Process Fics. 1-8. Dorsomedial views of left malleus. Fic. 1. Tamias striatus lysteri, No. 11920 sex?; from Carroll Co., New Hampshire. Fic. 2. Eutamias sibiricus asiaticus, No. 199637 male NM; from I-mien-po, N. Kirin, Manchuria. Fic. 3. Eutamias townsendii senex, No. 165 male; from Lake Tahoe, California. Structure of the Baculum.—In discussing the baculum in Eutamias and Tamias, it seems desirable to do so in the light of the structure of the baculum in other sciurids. The bacula of North American sciurids are divisible into six dis- tinct types represented by those of the genera Spermophilus, Mar- mota, Sciurus, Tamiasciurus, Eutamias, and Glaucomys. The type of baculum in Spermophilus is spoonshaped with a ventral process that is spinelike or keellike. Also, spines usually are present along the margin of the “spoon.” The base (proximal end ) of the baculum is broad, and some species have a winglike process extending dorsally and partly covering a longitudinal groove. The 550 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. shaft is more or less curved downward in the middle (see figs. 7;, 10). . In Marmota the baculum is greatly enlarged at the posterior end and forms a shieldlike surface. The ventral surface of the base is flattened and the ventral surface of the shaft curves slightly ventrally then dorsally to the tip. The dorsal region of the base culminates in a point, from which there is a ridge that extends anteriorly and that tapers rapidly into the shaft near the tip. The tip, dorsally, has a slight depression surrounded by knobs, which are more or less well defined, and which resemble, topographically, the spines described for Spermophilus (see fig. 8). In Sciurus the baculum is semispoonshaped and asymmetrical. There is a winglike process on one side and a spine, which projects lateroventrally, on the other side of the tip. The base of the baculum is broad but not so broad as in most species of Spermophi- lus. Extending posteriorly from the region of the tip, at which point a spine projects lateroventrally, there is a ridge, which is often partly ossified and that extends to a point near the base (see fig. 4). In Tamiasciurus the baculum is absent or vestigial (Layne, 1952:457-459 ). In Eutamias the baculum is broad at the base and the shaft tapers distally to the junction of the shaft and tip, or the base is only slightly wider than any part of the shaft. The tip often forms an abrupt angle with the shaft and there is a keel on the dorsal surface of the tip (see figs. 5, 6). The baculum in Glaucomys is the most distinctive of that of any American sciurid. According to Pocock (1923:243-244), “The baculum [of G. volans] is exceedingly long and slender, slightly sinuous in its proximal third, and inclined slightly upwards distally. The extreme apex is bifid, the lower process being rounded, the upper more pointed. On the left side there is a long crest running from the summit of the upper terminal process and ending abruptly behind the left side about one-third of the distance from the prox- imal end of the bone. It lies over a well-marked groove, and there is a second shallower groove on the right side of the bone.” The baculum of G. sabrinus is markedly wider, more flattened and shorter than in G. volans. The crest, which is also present in G. volans, starts from the upper terminal process and extends to the base of the baculum on the left side. There is a knoblike process on the crest at a point three fourths the length of the baculum from its base. The distal one third of the baculum curves sharply but smoothly upwards (see fig. 9). GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS Sik Keeping in mind that the baculum in the North American sciurids can be classified into six structural groups, as given above, the baculum in each of the subgenera Eutamias and Neotamias and in the genus Tamias is briefly described. In the subgenus Neotamias the baculum resembles a leg and foot of man, with a narrow ridge (keel) in the center of the “instep” of the foot (Howell 1929:27). The tip (= foot) curves dorsally at the distal end (see figs. 5, 6). In the subgenus Eutamias, the baculum “tapers gradually from base to tip, the distal portion upturned in an even curve and slightly () Yip” LE Fics. 4-10. Lateral views of right side (except left-lateral view in fig. 9) of baculum. Fic. 4. Sciurus aureogaster aureogaster, No. 37000; from 70 km. S C. Vic- toria (by highway), and 6 km. W of highway, Tamaulipas. Fic. 5. Eutamias quadrimaculatus, No. 95780 BS; from Mountains near Quincy, Plumas Co., California. Fic. 6. Eutamias sibiricus asiaticus, No. 199632 NM; from 120 mi. up the Yalu River, Korea. ‘h 1G. 7. Tamias striatus lysteri, No. 193493 NM; from Locust Grove, New York. Fic. 8. Marmota flaviventer dacota, No. 41641; from 1% mi. E Buckhorn, 6,150 ft., Weston Co., Wyoming. Fic. 9. Glaucomys sabrinus bangsi, No. 15079; from 10 mi. NE Pinedale, 8,000 ft., Sublette Co., Wyoming. Fic. 10. Spermophilus armatus, No. 14888; from W end Half Moon Lake, 7,900 ft., Sublette Co., Wyoming. 5b? UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. flattened . . .” (op. cit.:26). Microscopic examination reveals that there is a faint keel on the dorsal surface of the tip. Eutamias, like Callosciurus, Menetes, Dremomys, Lariscus, Rhi- nosciurus, and Nannosciurus, has a keel on the dorsal surface of the tip of the baculum (compare figures 5 and 6 with the descriptions and figures in Pocock, 1923:217-225). In Tamias the baculum is “a slender bone 4.5-5 millimeters in length, nearly straight, upturned at the tip and slightly expanded into the shape of a narrow spoon or scoop, with a slight median ridge on the under surface.” (Howell op. cit.:13.) The “median ridge” is a keel on the ventral surface. In having a keel on the ventral surface of the tip, the baculum of Tamias is comparable to that of Spermophilus. Examination of series of bacula of the subgenus Neotamias and the genus Tamias indicates, as in the case of the mallei, that there is slight individual variation and slight variation with age. In the subgenus Neotamias interspecific variation in the baculum is con- siderable, but the general plan of structure remains constant. From this study of variation of the baculum in American chipmunks, it can be extrapolated that the baculum in the Asiatic Eutamias would show little individual variation in structure. I have seen only two bacula of the Asiatic Eutamias. Bdsi hyo] -++++-+0++0++ ' 2 3 4mm. Hypoh, wa | ees Thyrohyal------ Ceratohyal 1 Stylohyal++++++0+0++ Fics. 11-12. Ventral views of the hyoid apparatus in Tamias and Eutamias. Fic. 11. Tamias striatus venustus, No. 11072 female; from Winslow, Wash- ington Co., Arkansas. Fic. 12. Eutamias minimus operarius, No. 5376 male; from 14 mi. N El Rito, Rio Arriba Co., New Mexico. 12 Structure of the Hyoid Apparatus—The hyoid apparatus in the chipmunks is made up of an arched basihyal with a thyrohyal at- tached to each limb of this “arch.” To each junction between the “arch” and the thyrohyals, a hypohyal is attached by ligaments to a flat articular surface. A ceratohyal then is attached posteriorly to the hypohyal and a stylohyal ligament is attached to each ceratohyal GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 553 posteriorly. The stylohyal is loosely attached along its sides to the tympanic bulla and finally attached, at the posterior end, to the bulla at a point slightly ventral and posterior to the auditory meatus. In the genus Eutamias the hypohyal and ceratohyal are completely fused in adults, the suture between these two bones being visible in juvenal specimens (see fig. 12), In the genus Tamias the hypohyal and ceratohyal remain distinct throughout life. The hypohyal may frequently be divided into two parts, a variation which is also present in Marmota. The musculature associated with the hyoid apparatus in Eutamias and Tamias is as described by Bryant (1945:310, 316) for the Nearc- tic squirrels. However, the conjoining tendon of the anterior and posterior pairs of digastric muscles is ribbonlike in Eutamias and rodlike (rounded in cross section) in Tamias. The presence or absence of P3 and the projection of the anterior root of P4 in relation to the masseteric knob.—Only rarely is P3 absent in Eutamias or present in Tamias. P8 in specimens of old adult Eutamias, shows wear, thus suggesting that P3 is functional in older chipmunks. In Eutamias, which normally has a P38, the anterior root of P4 projects to the outside of the masseteric knob, whereas in Tamias, which normally lacks a P3, the anterior root of P4 projects directly to the masseteric knob or to the lingual side of this structure. The projection of the anterior root of P4 seems to be correlated with the presence or absence of P8. However, in a specimen of Tamias striatus rufescens (No. 11117 KU), the left P3 is present, yet the anterior root of P4 still projects to the lingual side of the masseteric knob. Ellerman (1940:48) and Bryant (1945:368-369, 372) think that the presence or absence of P38 is not of generic significance in chip- munks, since P3 is vestigial and probably is in the process of being lost, and since this character is rarely used as a generic character in other sciurids. I think that the presence or absence of P38, to- gether with the projection of the anterior root of P4 in relation to the masseteric knob, is of generic significance, for, squirrels in gen- eral have retained the dentition and dental formula of a primitive rodent, and any change in the pattern of the teeth or in dental formula is, in my opinion, of a fundamental nature. Length of tail in relation to total length—The tail in Eutamias is more than 40 per cent of the total length, whereas in Tamias the tail is less than 38 per cent of the total length. In this respect Tamias resembles most ground squirrels of the genus Spermophilus. 554 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Color patternThe chipmunks vary but little in color pattern, for, even in Eutamias dorsalis, which is one of the most aberrant of the chipmunks in color pattern, the pattern is characteristic of Eutamias. The width of the longitudinal stripes is uniform in Eutamias whereas in Tamias the dorsal, longitudinal light stripes are more than twice as wide as the other stripes. In Eutamias, only the two lateralmost dark stripes are short, whereas in Tamias all four of the lateral dark stripes are short; none extends to the rump or to the shoulder. The dark median stripe is present in both Eutamias and Tamias as well as in other genera such as Callosciurus and Menetes ( Eller- man 1940:390). CHARACTERS IN WHICH THE SUBGENUS EUTAMIAS AND THE GENUS Tamias AGREE, BUT DIFFER FROM THE SUBGENUS NEOTAMIAS Shape of the infraorbital foramen.—In the subgenus Eutamias and in the genus Tamias the infraorbital foramen is rounded, whereas in most species of the subgenus Neotamias the foramen is slitlike. In Eutamias townsendii, however, the infraorbital foramen is rounded as much as in the subgenus Eutamias and in the genus Tamias. Width of the postorbital process at base.—The postorbital process is broader at the base in the subgenus Eutamias and in the genus Tamias than in most species of the subgenus Neotamias. In E. townsendii, however, this process is relatively as broad as in the subgenus Eutamias and in the genus Tamias. Position of the supraorbital notch in relation to the posterior notch of the zygomatic plate.—In the subgenus Eutamias and in the genus Tamias the supraorbital notch is distinctly anterior to the posterior notch of the zygomatic plate, whereas in the subgenus Neotamias, the supraorbital notch is only slightly anterior to the posterior notch of the zygomatic plate. This difference may be correlated with differences in size, since specimens of the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias are larger than specimens of the subgenus Neotamias. Degree of convergence of the upper tooth-rows.—The rows of upper cheek-teeth converge posteriorly in the subgenus Eutamias and in the genus Tamias, except that in some specimens of E. sibiricus asiaticus the rows of upper cheek-teeth are nearly parallel to each other. In most species of the subgenus Neotamias the rows GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 555 of upper cheek-teeth are nearly parallel to each other, although in the specimens that I have seen of E. townsendii, the upper rows of cheek-teeth converge posteriorly. Degree of constriction of the interorbital region —The interorbital region is more constricted in most species of the subgenus Neo- tamias than in the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias. In specimens of E. t. townsendii of the subgenus Neotamias, however, the degree of constriction of the interorbital region is approximately the same as in the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias. Shape of the pinna.—The pinna is narrower and more pointed in the subgenus Neotamias than in the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias. STRUCTURAL FEATURES THAT ARE TOO WEAKLY EXPRESSED TO BE OF TAXONOMIC USE The following alleged characters have been mentioned in the literature. Since the degree of expression of these features is so slight, or since there is marked variation within one or more natural groups of chipmunks, no reliance is here placed on these features. They are as follows: (1) Degree of the posterior projection of the palate; (2) relative size of the auditory bullae; (3) position, in relation to P4, of the notch in the posterior edge of the zygomatic plate; (4) size of m3 in relation to m2; (5) degree of development of the mesoconid and ectolophid of the lower molars; (6) shape and length of the rostrum; (7) degree of distinctness of minute longitudinal grooves on the upper incisors. A variation that does not readily fall in any one of the three cate- gories mentioned above is the degree of development of the lamb- doidal crest. The crest is least developed in the subgenus Neo- tamias and most developed in the genus Tamias. The larger the skull, the more the lambdoidal crest is developed; seemingly, there- fore, the degree of development is an expression of size of the skull and may be determined by heterogonic growth. DIscussION As shown in table 1, there are ten characters by means of which Eutamias and Tamias can be separated consistently. The subgenus Eutamias occurs on the Asiatic side and the subgenus Neotamias occurs on the North American side of Bering Strait, yet the two subgenera agree in the ten features referred to. Although the sub- genus Neotamias and the genus Tamias occur together in parts of the United States and Canada, they differ in the ten features, in- 556 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. dicating that the subgenera Eutamias and Neotamias are more closely related to each other than either is to Tamias. It must be pointed out here that the subgenus Neotamias always differs from both the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias in pointed versus rounded pinna of ear (see table 2) and in the supra- orbital notch being slightly posterior to or even with, instead of distinctly anterior to, the posterior notch of the zygomatic plate. The relative position of these two notches, however, seems to be a matter of relative (heterogonic) growth. Further, the base of the postorbital process of the frontal usually is narrower (relative to the length of the process) in the subgenus Neotamias but there is TABLE ]1.—CHARACTERS BY MEANS OF WHICH THE GENERA EUTAMIAS AND Tamias Can BE DISTINGUISHED Character Eutamias Tamias Shape of head of malleus. not elongated. elongated. Angle formed by planes of lamina and approximately approximately manubrium of malleus. 90 degrees. 60 degrees. Position of keel on tip of baculum. dorsal. ventral. Relation of hypohyal and ceratohyal bones of hyoid apparatus. fused in adults. never fused. Appearance in cross section of conjoining | flattened. rounded. tendon of anterior and posterior digastric muscles. Presence or absence of P3. present. absent. Projection of anterior root of P4 in relation | buccal. lingual. to masseteric knob. Length of tail in relation to total length. | more than less than 40 per cent. 38 per cent. Width of longitudinal stripes. subequal. median pair of light stripes twice as wide as others. Length of lateral longitudinal light stripes. | outermost both pairs pair short. short. GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 557 TABLE 2.—CHARACTERS BY MEANS OF WHICH THE SUBGENUS EUTAMIAS AND THE Genus Tamias May BE DIsTINGUISHED FROM THE SUBGENUS NEOTAMIAS subgenus subgenus genus Character Nectamias Eutamias Tamias Shape of infraorbital foramen. | subovate to always always rounded. rounded. rounded. Relative width of the narrow to postorbital process at base. broad. broad. broad. Position of supraorbital notch | even with or in relation to posterior slightly anterior. anterior. notch of zygomatic plate. posterior. Convergence, posteriorly, not always. not always. always. of upper tooth-rows. Degree of constriction of slight marked. marked. interorbital region. to marked. Shape of pinna. long and broad and broad and pointed. rounded. rounded. a gradation in this feature in Neotamias culminating in the species E. townsendii in which the bases of the processes are relatively as broad as in the subgenus Eutamias and the genus Tamias. The same condition obtains in the shape of the infraorbital foramen which is subovate to rounded in the subgenus Neotamias and al- ways rounded in the other chipmunks. These differences of Neotamias are so slight in comparison with the similarities (ten features mentioned above) that Neotamias here is accorded only subgeneric rank under the genus Eutamias, instead of generic rank. Howell’s (1929) arrangement of the genera and subgenera of chipmunks is judged to be correct as indicated by the following arrangement that I propose. GENERA AND SUBGENERA Genus Eutamias Trouessart Eutamias Trouessart, E. L. Catal. Mamm. viv. et foss., Rodentia, in Bull. Soc. d'Etudes Sci. d’Angers, 10:86-87, 1880. Type Sciurus striatus asiaticus Gmelin. Eutamias, Merriam, C. H., Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:189-190, July 1, 1897. 508 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Eutamias, Howell, A. H., N. Amer. Fauna, 52:26, November 30, 1929. Tamias, Ellerman, J. R., The families and genera of living rodents. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 1:426, June 8, 1940. Tamias, Bryant, M. D., Amer. Midland Nat., 83:7382, March 1945. Diagnosis.—Skull lightly built, narrow; postorbital process light and weak; lacrymal not elongated; infraorbital foramen lacks canal, relatively larger than in most sciurids; P38 present; head of malleus not elongated; plane of manubrium of malleus 90 degrees to plane of lamina; hypohyal and ceratohyal bones of hyoid apparatus fused in adults; conjoining tendon between anterior and posterior sets of digastric muscles ribbonlike; keel on dorsal side of tip of baculum; tail more than 40 per cent of total length; five longitudinal dark stripes evenly spaced and subequal in width; two lateral dark stripes short. Subgenus Eutamias Trouessart Eutamias Trouessart, E. L. Catal. Mamm. viv. et foss., Rodentia, in Bull. Soc. d'Etudes Sci. d’Angers 10:86-87, 1880. Type Sciurus striatus asiaticus Gmelin. Eutamias, Howell, A. H., N. Amer. Fauna, 52:26, November 80, 1929. Eutamias, Ellerman, J. R., The families and genera of living rodents. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 1:426, June 8, 1940. Eutamias, Bryant, M. D., Amer. Midland Nat. 33:732, March 1945. Diagnosis.—Size large; lambdoidal crest moderately developed; supraorbital notches distinctly anterior to posterior notch of zygomatic plate; baculum with faint keel on dorsal surface of tip which curves upward; pelage coarse; ears broad, rounded, of medium height. Geographic range.—Palearctic. West to Dvina and Kama rivers, Vologda, and Kazan, in European Russia. South to southern Ural Mountains, Altai Mountains; Kansu, Szechwan, Shensi, Shansi, and Chihli provinces of China; Manchuria and Korea. East to Hokkaido Island, Japan; Kunashiri Island, southern Kurile Islands; Sakhalin Island, and Yakutsk, Siberia. North nearly to Arctic Coast in Siberia and European Russia (Ellerman and Morrison-Scott 1951:503). Subgenus Neotamias Howell Neotamias Howell, A. H., N. Amer. Fauna, 52:26, November 380, 1929. Type, Eutamias merriami J. A. Allen [= Tamias asiaticus merriami J. A. Allen]. Neotamias, Ellerman, J. R., The families and genera of living rodents. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 1:426, June 8, 1940. Neotamias, Bryant, M. D., Amer. Midland Nat., 833:372, March, 1945. Diagnosis—Size small to medium; lambdoidal crest barely discernible; supraorbital notches even with, or posterior to, posterior notch of zygomatic plate; baculum with distinct keel on dorsal surface of tip which curves upward; pelage silky; ears long and pointed. Geographic range——Western Nearctic. West to Pacific Coast. South to Lat. 20°30’ in Baja California and to northwestern Durango and southeastern Coahuila, Mexico. East to eastern New Mexico, westernmost Oklahoma, eastern Colorado, Wyoming, northwestern Nebraska, western and northwestern South Dakota, western and northwestern North Dakota, northeastern Minnesota, northern Wisconsin and Upper Peninsula of Michigan, and eastern Ontario. GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 559 North to southwestern shore of Hudson Bay, southern shore of Great Slave Lake and Yukon River, Yukon. Genus Tamias Illiger Tamias Illiger, J. K. W., Prodromus Syst. Mam. Avium, pp. 83, 1811. Type, Sciurus striatus Linnaeus. Tamias, Howell, A. H., N. Amer. Fauna, 52:26, November 30, 1929. Tamias, Ellerman, J. R., The families and genera of living rodents. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 1:426, June 8, 1940. Tamias, Bryant, M. D., Amer. Midland Nat. 33:372, March, 1945. Diagnosis.—Skull lightly built, narrow; postorbital process small and weak; lacrimal not elongated; infraorbital foramen lacks canal, relatively larger than in most sciurids; P3 absent; head of malleus elongated; plane of manubrium of malleus forms 60 degree angle with plane of lamina; hypohyal and ceratohyal bones of hyoid apparatus fused in adults; conjoining tendon of anterior and posterior digastric muscles rounded in cross section; keel on ventral surface of tip which curves upward in baculum; tail less than 88 per cent of total length; five longitudinal dark and four longitudinal light stripes present but two dorsal light stripes at least twice as broad as other stripes; four lateral dark stripes short. Geographic range.—Eastern Nearctic. West to Turtle Mountains, North Dakota; eastern North Dakota, eastern South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, and Oklahoma. South to southern Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, northwestern Georgia. East to Atlantic Coast from South Carolina to Nova Scotia. North to northeastern Quebec and southern tip of Hudson Bay. Discussion Chipmunks are small striped squirrels that inhabit the Holarctic Realm and that are found in similar niches in each of the three regions: Palearctic, western Nearctic, and eastern Nearctic. Eller- man (1940) and Bryant (1945) placed the chipmunks in three subgenera, corresponding to the regions mentioned above, under the one genus Tamias. Critical examination of new and old evi- dence reveals, nevertheless, that the subgenera Eutamias and Neotamias of the genus Eutamias are more closely related to one another than either is to the genus Tamias. This relationship can be seen clearly in the structure of the malleus, baculum, hyoid ap- paratus, hyoid musculature, the presence or absence of P3, the projection of the anterior root of P4 in relation to the masseteric knob, and in the color pattern. Because the genera Eutamias and Tamias occupy similar ecologi- cal niches, the structural similarities that permit these animals to be called chipmunks, show convergence, and thus can be assumed to be adaptive. These similarities are in the molars, in shape of the skull, in color pattern and in other features which have been used 560 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. by many systematists to interpret the phylogenetic relationships of the squirrels. Pocock (1923:211), however, reviewed the taxonomic literature on sciurids and wrote: “The conclusion very forcibly suggested by the literature of the subject is the untrustworthiness of such characters.” Pocock (op. cit.), correctly in my opinion, then established a supraspecific classification of the sciurids based almost exclusively on the structure of the baculum and glans penis. I have studied the baculum in chipmunks and in all the major supraspecific groups of Nearctic squirrels. The bacula of the Nearctic squirrels and those of the Palearctic and Indian squirrels, other than the chipmunks, are described and figured by Pocock (op. Ct). The baculum in Eutamias, in general plan of structure, resembles the baculum in the genera Callosciurus, Menetes, Rhinosciurus, Lariscus, Dremomys, and Nannosciurus, of the tribe Callosciurini Simpson. The baculum in Tamias, in general plan of structure, re- sembles that in Spermophilus (= Citellus) and Cynomys of the tribe Marmotini Simpson. These tribes, designated by Simpson (1945:79), are based on the corresponding subfamilies defined by Pocock (1923:239-240) primarily on differences in the structure of the baculum. I assign Tamias to the tribe Marmotini. I assign Eutamias to the tribe Callosciurini, but do so only tentatively be- cause I have not, at first hand, studied the bacula of most of the Callosciurini. The fossil record is too incomplete to reveal the time when the two tribes diverged. The subgenera Eutamias and Neo- tamias are closely related. Indications are that the divergence of the two subgenera occurred, geologically, but a short time ago, possibly in Pleistocene time. CONCLUSIONS 1. Eutamias and Tamias are distinct genera of chipmunks. 2. The subgenera Eutamias and Neotamias are valid, for, Eu- tamias sibiricus differs from all the species of the subgenus Neo- tamias to a greater degree than these species differ from one an- other. 3. The genera Eutamias and Tamias probably evolved from two distinct lines of sciurids; one line (Eutamias) is represented by the tribe Callosciurini, and the other (Tamias) by the tribe Marmotini. GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF CHIPMUNKS 561 LITERATURE CITED Catessy, M. 1743. The natural history of Carolina, Florida, and the Bahama Islands, etc., 2:i-xliv, 1-20, 1-100. ELLERMAN, J. R. 1940. The families and genera of living rodents. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Vol. 1, pp. xxvi + 689, 189 figs., June 8. ELLERMAN, J. R., and T. C. S. Morrison-Scorr. 1951. Checklist of Palearctic and Indian mammals. British Mus. (Nat. Hist. ), pp. 1-810, 1 map, November 30. GMELIN, J. F. 1788. Systema Naturae. 1:1-500. Howe tt, A. H. 1929. Revision of the American chipmunks (genera Tamias and Eutamias). N. Amer. Fauna 52:1-157, 10 pls., 9 maps, November 80. ILLicER, J. K. W. 1811. Prodromus systematis mammalium et avium additis terminis zoo- graphicis utriuque classis. pp. xviii + 302, C. Salfeld. LAxMANN, M. E. 1769. Sibiriche Brief, pp. iv + 104, Gottingen and Gotha. Layne, J. N. 1952. The os genitale of the red squirrel, Tamiasciurus. Jour. Mamm. 83:457-459, 1 fig., November 19. Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae. 1:1-824. MERRIAM, C. H. 1897. Notes on the chipmunks of the genus Eutamias occurring west of the east base of the Cascade-Sierra system, with descriptions of new forms. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:189-212, July 1. Pocock, R. I. 1923. The classification of the Sciuridae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1923: 209-246, June. Say, T. (in Edwin James). 1823. Account of an expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains, performed in the years 1819 and 1820, under the command of Major Stephen H. Long. From the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gentlemen of the exploring party. Compiled by Edwin James. Vol. 1, pp. 1-508; Vol. 2, pp. 1-442 + appendix i-xcviii. SCHREBER, J. C. D. 1785. Saugthiere, 4:790-802. Simpson, G. G. 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 85:xvi + 3850, October 5. TROUESSART, E. L. 1880. Catalogue des mammiferes vivants et fossiles. Ordre des Rongeurs. Bull. Soc. d’Etudes Sci. d’Angers, 10:58-212. Wire, J. A. 1951. A practical method for mounting the bacula of small mammals. Jour. Mamm. $2:125, February 15. Transmitted June 26, 1958. Nig mornin Yee ainsi, mien bietaats ‘y a ater than, ba erat. wi pee owt piseag, | am artis) eS e * ‘i f F . a y y eer. eden "ai mire iy t wh 7 tne ined), arrondiel®: dxhhe De ae Le ee oe epi ot Pf, { iMbeid omy 8 ae 4 ~ . ar Pa agebe at alliate® «a la etl Pay ting ‘y Bas (tht mt | ue Pe he i rn ay par hh a , Peer ea a 4 ob CP PA eae AS tye Rn \ LAr eet ype Lnervhag] wai) Py reary a A Waterss, << 1 Vy0 ahs ae Oe - "hers f os hee e F oa st [ ) ie ai | etal: bbe dilitel etree: na WL od) i ape ; PMA veg ta Vie wat Va. y if ik Cetpeet) Dae ‘ Chiy er -_ ' i i a] ii NEA EENG. Bij es , ‘ t yf é Wi) 1] 24-8959 j ip rv ‘ +. ij , ny 4 a) PSs) at ’ ' it i ray 7 ine a bevel | aaa Ar b pes ni ieee a 3 hs ‘igor ey orui tes +0, Pua hoett a wrk u wed es Li | bas a mts ; : cre ; Bsc ti ATO, oak Taxonomy of the Chipmunks, Eutamias quadrivittatus and Eutamias umbrinus BY JOHN A. WHITE Marine Biological Laboratory ! Be ed = el ap a = FFRO992 OLA eS ab ey Oe WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 33, pp. 563-582, 6 figures in text December 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UnNIvERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MuSEUM oF NATURAL HIsTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, and Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 33, pp. 563-582, 6 figures in text December 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS Taxonomy of the Chipmunks, Eutamias quadrivittatus and Eutamias umbrinus By JOHN A. WHITE The differences in anatomy and color between many species of chipmunks are subtle, and refined techniques are required to dis- cover them. When “measuring” chipmunks taxonomically, it is necessary to use a “chipmunk scale” and not, for example, a “pocket- gopher scale.” In explanation, some species of pocket gophers closely allied to each other, and even some subspecies of the same species, differ markedly in color and in size and shape of parts of the skeleton; comparable differences are not so pronounced among many species of chipmunks. HisTorRIcAL SUMMARY Merriam (1905) was the first to show clearly that Eutamias quadrivittatus is a distinct species, and pointed out that E. amoenus operarius (= E. minimus operarius) is a small species which re- sembles, and is found in some areas together with, E. quadrivittatus. Howell (1929) placed under E. quadrivittatus the following sub- species: E. q. quadrivittatus, E. q. hopiensis, E. q. inyoensis, E. q. frater, E. q. sequoiensis, and E. q. speciosus. Hardy (1945) placed E. adsitus under E. quadrivittatus as E. q. adsitus, and Kelson (1951) placed E. umbrinus under E. quadrivit- tatus as E. q. umbrinus. Johnson (1943) re-established E. speciosus as a separate species, and in California left only E. q. inyoensis in E. quadrivittatus. Thus, since 1943 the recognized subspecies of E. quadrivittatus have been: E. q. quadrivittatus, E. q. hopiensis, E. q. inyoensis, E. q. nevadensis, E. q. umbrinus, and E. q. adsitus. MertTuHops, MATERIALS, AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Capitalized color terms, which are used in descriptions and comparisons, are of Ridgway, “Color Standards and Color Nomenclature,” Washington, D. C., 1912. In the synonymy of each subspecies there appears only the first usage of a name, second the first usage of the name combination now employed unless a new combination is proposed by me, and third pure synonyms. The last is recognizable as such because the type locality is appended to each. Unless otherwise specified, all specimens are in the Museum of Natural His- tory, University of Kansas. The various collections of institutions and of private persons are indicated by the following symbols: (565 ) 566 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. AM—American Museum of Natural History. BS—United States Biological Surveys Collection. CM—Colorado Museum of Natural History. DC—Collection of Donald R. Dickey (now the collection of the University of California at Los Angeles ). FC—Collection of James S. Findley. KU—Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas. MM—Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan. NM—vUnited States National Museum. UU—Museum of Zoology, University of Utah. WC—Collection of Edward R. Warren, Colorado College. Of the external measurements, only the total length and the length of the tail are recorded in table 1. Some field collectors measured the ear from the notch and others from the crown; most collectors measured the length of the hind foot to the nearest millimeter rather than in tenths of a millimeter, as would have been desired. Consequently, I decided against using the lengths of the ear and hind foot in the study here reported on. The measurements of the skull were made as shown in figure 1. A \ p B Fic. 1. Dorsal view of skull and a lateral and a medial view of the right lower jaw to show points between which measurements of the skull were taken. < 1%. Based on Eutamias ruficaudus ruficaudus, from 6 mi. S St. Mary, 6500 ft., Glacier Co., Montana. A to A’—greatest length of skull; B to B’—length of nasals; C to C’—zygomatic breadth; D to D’—least interorbital constriction; E to E’—cranial breadth; F to F’—inner mandibular length; G to G’—condylo- alveolar length of mandible. A total number of 434 specimens are listed as examined in this study, and additionally, numerous other specimens were superficially examined in the United States Biological Surveys Collection. Bacula of each of the named kinds of chipmunks in this paper, were examined. TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS 567 Whenever two or more samples are stated to be significantly different, the meaning is that the difference is statistically significant. The geographic distribution of each subspecies and the localities of speci- mens or series of specimens are plotted on the map (fig. 2). When comparisons were made to ascertain specific and subspecific differ- ences, only adults, or animals in which the enamel was worn through on the permanent P4 and p4 were used. Within this age range, only specimens in comparable pelage were used to ascertain differences in color. Miss Viola S. Schantz of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Mr. Alfred Bailey of the Colorado Museum of Natural History, Dr. W. H. Burt of the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan, Dr. Stephen D. Durrant of the Museum of Zoology of the University of Utah, Dr. Robert M. Stabler, curator of the Warren Collection of Colorado College, and Mr. James S. Findley, generously loaned specimens for my use. Doctors E. Raymond Hall, Rollin H. Baker, Robert W. Wilson, Keith R. Kelson, E. Lendell Cockrum, and other friends and associates have given valued suggestions and assistance. My wife, Alice M. White, made the illustrations and helped me record and analyze the data. Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas University Endowment Association, the National Science Foundation, and the United States Navy, Office of Naval Research, through contract No. NR161 791. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES Eutamias quadrivittatus (Say) Diagnosis——Size medium; general tone of upper parts tawny; cranial breadth averaging between 16.0 and 16.8 mm.; baculum distinguishable from that of any other species by the combination of width of base less than % of length of shaft, shaft having a maxi- mum diameter of more than 4 mm., and height of keel % of length of tip. Eutamias quadrivittatus quadrivittatus (Say) Sciurus quadrivittatus Say, in Jones, Long’s Expedition to Rocky Mountains, 2:45,1828. Eutamias quadrivittatus, Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 80:43, December 27, 1901. Tamias quadrivittatus gracilis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:99, June 1890, Type from San Pedro, Santa Fe Co., New Mexico. Eutamias quadrivittatus animosus Warren, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22:105, June 25, 1909. Type from Irwin Ranch, Las Animas County, Colorado. Type.—None designated; from along Arkansas River, about 26 mi. below Canon City, Fremont County, Colorado; obtained on July 18, 1820. Diagnosis.—Size medium; dorsal dark stripes blackish; sides Cinnamon to Clay Color; crown Light Drab; baculum large. Description.—Color pattern: Head Cinnamon, shaded on crown to Light Drab; ocular stripe Fuscous Black, with Cinnamon along margins; other facial stripes Fuscous mixed with Cinnamon; ears Fuscous Black, Ochraceous-Tawny on anterior margin, grayish white on posterior margin and on postauricular 568 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. patch; dark dorsal stripes black with Ochraceous-Tawny along margins; outer pair of dark stripes often mainly Tawny; light dorsal stripes grayish white, outer pair usually creamy white; sides Ochraceous-Tawny, shaded in the region of the shoulder with Cinnamon; rump and thighs Cinnamon-Buff mixed with Smoke Gray; antipalmar surfaces of forefeet Cinnamon-Buff; antiplantar sur- faces of hind feet Pinkish Buff; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black, overlaid with Pinkish Buff; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous-Tawny, Fuscous Black along margin, Pinkish Buff along outermost edge; underparts creamy white. Skull: Large; braincase well inflated; zygomatic arches strong and slightly appressed to skull. Baculum: Large; long and slender. Comparisons.—From E. q. hopiensis, the only other subspecies in this species, E. q. quadrivittatus differs in: Dorsal dark stripes blackish; crown grayer; rump and thighs grayer; general tone of upper parts darker. Remarks.—Specimens from the Chuska Mountains, Zuni Moun- tains, and Blanco, New Mexico, are intergrades between E. q. quadrivittatus and E. q. hopiensis, but are referable to E. q. quad- rivittatus. In north-central Colorado E. umbrinus occurs in the spruce and pine forests at higher altitudes, while to the south and east of this area E. q. quadrivittatus occurs in growths of pifion in lower, semi- arid areas. In the northern half of New Mexico and in south-central Colorado, E. q. quadrivittatus occurs not only in semiarid habitats but also in the moist habitats of the forests of higher altitudes. Ecologically, E. umbrinus thus replaces E. q. quadrivittatus in north- central Colorado. This ecological replacement is comparable to the ecological replacement of Thomomys bottae by T. talpoides in Utah as shown by Durrant (1952:156). Specimens examined.—Total number, 180. Colorado: Larimer Co.: Arkins, 1 BS. Jefferson Co.: W spur Lookout Mountain, near Golden, 1 WC. Gunnison Co.: Sapinero, 3 BS. Saguache Co.: 5 mi. N and 22 mi. W Saguache 10,000 ft., 1; 21 mi. W and 8 mi. N Saguache, 1. Fremont Co.: 18 mi. S and 7 mi. W Colorado Springs, 1; Ar- kansas River, “about” 26 mi. below Canon City, 15 BS. San Juan Co.: Silver- ton, 1 BS. Mineral Co.: 3 mi. E Creede, 1. Alamosa Co.: Sangre de Cristo Range, 24 mi. E Hooper, 2 CM. La Plata Co.: 2 mi. NE Bondad 6,100 ft., 1; Bondad, 15 mi. S Durango 6,050 ft., 1. Archuleta Co.: Chromo, 1 CM. Las Animas Co.: Trinidad, 6 BS. Baca Co.: unspecified, 1. New Mexico: San Juan Co.: Blanco, 1 BS; Chuska Mountains, 8 BS. Rio Arriba Co.: 8 mi. N El Rito, 1; 4 mi. N El Rito, 5; Rim Rock, El Rito, 2; 2 mi. E El Rito, 7,000 ft., 1; 2 mi. SE El Rito, 1; 6 mi. E and % mi. S Truchas, 8,500 ft., 1; 2 mi. S and 4 mi. W Coyote, 8,100 ft., 1; unspecified, 2. Taos Co.: 8 mi. N Taos Pueblo, 5 BS; 23 mi. S and 6 mi. E Taos, 8,750 ft., 2. Union Co.: Emery Peak, 1 BS; Folsom, 3 BS; Sierra Grande, 8 BS; unspecified, 2. Mc- Kinley Co.: Bear Ridge, Zuni Mountains, 9 BS. Sandoval Co.: Bear Canyon, W foothills, Sandia Mountains, 3 BS; W foothills, near S end, Sandia Mountains, 7 BS. Santa Fe Co.: San Pedro, 7 BS. San Miguel Co.: Canadian River, 4 mi. NW Tucumcari, 1 BS. Valencia Co.: Mount Taylor, San Mateo Mountains, 10 BS. Oklahoma: Cimarron Co.: Kenton, 1 BS. TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS 569 Eutamias quadrivittatus hopiensis Merriam Eutamias hopiensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18:165, June 29, 1905. Eutamias quadrivittatus hopiensis, Howell, Jour. Mamm. 8:184, August 4, 1922. Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 67768 U. S. Nat. Mus.; from Keams Canyon, Painted Desert, Arizona; obtained on July 27, 1894, by A. K. Fisher. Diagnosis——Size medium; dorsal dark stripes tawny; crown Drab-Gray; baculum of same proportions as in E. q. quadrivittatus but smaller. Description.—Color pattern: Head Drab-Gray, with Snuff Brown around margin of crown; facial stripes Sayal Brown with small blackish patches around eye; ears Ochraceous Tawny anteriorly and Pinkish Buff posteriorly; dorsal REO Nasik: Fic. 2. Localities of specimens examined and probable geographic ranges of the subspecies of Eutamias quadrivittatus and Eutamias umbrinus. The symbols for locality records are as follows: circles, precise localities; triangles, localities known only to county. Guide to subspecies: 5. E. u. sedulus E. q. quadrivittatus 6. E. u. inyoensis 2. E. q. hopiensis 7. E. u. nevadensis 8. E. u. umbrinus 8. E. u. fremonti 4. E. u. adsitus 9. E. u. montanus 570 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. stripes Tawny, median one sometimes blackish; median pair of dorsal light stripes grayish white, outer pair creamy white; sides Ochraceous Tawny; rump and thighs Cinnamon Buff washed with Pale Smoke Gray; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Pinkish Cinnamon; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous Tawny, Fuscous Black along margin, Cinnamon Buff along outermost edge; underparts creamy white. Skull: As in E. q. quadrivittatus. Baculum: Same proportions as in E. q. quadrivittatus but smaller. Comparisons.—See under the account of E. q. quadrivittatus. Remarks.—Topotypes of this subspecies are intergrades between it and E. q. quadrivittatus. In a large part of the geographic range of E. q. hopiensis there are numerous, massive outcrops of Mesozoic sandstones, which tend to form cliffs, that are brightly colored with many shades of red. The color which is characteristic of E. gq. hopiensis seems to be helpful in adapting this subspecies to this habitat of red sandstone, for these chipmunks are generally found in the rubble and among the pifon at the base of the cliffs. At many places in Utah above these cliffs of red sandstone there are forests predominantly com- posed of yellow pine. Kelson (1951:42-43) states that “these two habitats are in immediate juxtaposition, the transition from one to the other often occurring in only a few feet ” and again, “No one to my knowledge, has found any evidence in specimens from Utah of interbreeding of E. q. hopiensis with either E. q. adsitus [= E. umbrinus adsitus] or E. q. umbrinus [= E. u. um- brinus].” Benson (1935:449) states, “On Navajo Mountain these chipmunks [E. q. hopiensis] were most in evidence on rock out- crops surrounded by brush at the lower edge of the yellow pine zone. One was seen at about 9,500 feet in a south-facing rock out- crop near the spruce-fir forest, but no chipmunk of any kind was seen in the forest itself.” This suggests that where only E. q. hopiensis occurs on a mountain this subspecies goes higher than on a mountain where E. u. adsitus also occurs. This same relationship between E. q. quadrivittatus and the subspecies of E. umbrinus that occurs in north-central Colorado was pointed out in the ac- count of E. q. quadrivittatus. Specimens examined.—Total number, 68. Utah: Uintah Co.: E side of confluence of Green and White rivers, 1 mi. SE Ouray, 4,700 ft., 3 UU. Grand Co.: Colorado River above Moab, 1 UU; side canyon of Colorado River above Moab, 1 UU; Moab, up Colorado River, 1 UU; Moab, 4,500 ft., 4 UU; Moab Bridge over Colorado River, 3,995 ft., Moab, 1 UU; Colorado River, 5 mi. E Moab Bridge, 4,000 ft., 1 UU. Wayne Go Pruita, IeUUE TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS 57k Colorado: Moffat Co.: 11 mi. W and 11 mi. N Rangely, 6,000 ft., 3. Rio Blanco Co.: White River, 5 BS. Eagle Co.: McCoy, 2 BS. Mesa Co.: 1h mi. S Loma, 4,600 ft., 1. Gunnison Co.: 1 mi. E Somerset, 6,100 ft., 1. Montrose Co.: 1 mi. E Naturita, 5,900 ft., 1. Dolores Co.: 1 mi. N Cahone, 6,900 ft., 1. Montezuma Co.: 1 mi. S Cortez, 5,000 ft., 1; Mesa Verde, 25 mi. SW Mancos, 7,000 ft., 2 BS. Arizona: Navajo Co.: Keams Canyon, 80 mi. N Holbrook, 15 BS. Apache Co.: Summit, 8,000 ft., Luka Chukai Mountains, 15 mi. E Luka Chukai Navajo School, 8 BS; Wheatfield Creek, W slope Tunicha Mountains, 7,000 ft., 3 BS. Eutamias umbrinus (J. A. Allen) Diagnosis.—Size medium; pelage dark; sides dark; narrow cranial breadth; baculum distinguishable from that of any other species (E. palmeri excepted) by the combination of width of base more than % of length of shaft, distal % of shaft laterally compressed, and keel % of length of tip. Eutamias umbrinus umbrinus (J. A. Allen) Tamias umbrinus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 3:96, June, 1890. Eutamias umbrinus, Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 30:45, December 27, 1901. Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 186463 U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.; from Blacks Fork, about 9,500 ft., Uinta Mountains, Utah; obtained on September 19, 1888, by Vernon Bailey; original No. 228. Diagnosis.—Size medium; general tone of upper parts dark and shadowy; skull relatively small. “ Description—Color pattern: Head Pale Smoke Gray; facial stripes Fuscous Black to Snuff Brown; ear Fuscous Black; posterior margin of ear and post- auricular patch grayish white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Sayal Brown along margins; lateral pair of dorsal dark stripes Sayal Brown or Fuscous Black mixed with Sayal Brown; outermost pair of dorsal dark stripes nearly absent; sides Sayal Brown mixed with Cinnamon; rump and thighs Sayal Brown mixed with Smoke Gray; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous Tawny or Sayal Brown, with Fuscous Black around margin and Pinkish Buff around outermost edge; under- parts creamy white with dark gray underfur. Skull: Large, with moderately inflated braincase and well developed zygomata. Baculum: One of the largest in the species. Comparisons.—From Eutamias umbrinus adsitus, the subspecies to the south on the Wasatch Range, E. u. umbrinus differs in: Sides lighter; rump browner; hairs around outermost edge of tail tawnier (in freshly molted tails); shorter inner mandibular length. From E. u. inyoensis, the subspecies to the west in central and northeastern Nevada and in northwestern Utah, E. u. umbrinus differs in: General tone of upper parts lighter; sides lighter; total length more; interorbital region broader. For comparisons with E. u. sedulus, E. u. fremonti, and E. u. montanus, see the accounts of those subspecies. Specimens examined.—Total number, 55. pipe Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Wyoming: Uinta Co.: 9 mi. S Robertson, 8,000 ft., 15; 10 mi. S and 1 mi. W Robertson, 8,700 ft., 5; 11% mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 1; 2 mi. E anes mi. S Robertson, Ashley Nat. For., 1; 13 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 1. Utah: Rich Co.: Monte Cristo, 18 mi. W Woodruff, 8,000 ft., 2 UU. Sum- mit Co.: 18% mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson [Wyoming], 4; 1 mi. N Bridger Lake R. S., 9,400 ft., 4. Wasatch Co.: Snake Creek Canyon, 3 mi. NW Mid- way, 6,000 ft., 1 UU. Uintah Co.: Paradise Park, 21 mi. W and 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 ft., 20. Eutamias umbrinus adsitus J. A. Allen Eutamias cae J. A. Allen, Brooklyn Institute Mus. Sci. Bull. 1:118, March 81, 1905. Type.—Unsexed adult, skull and skin, No. 28728 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; from Briggs Meadow, 10,000 ft., Beaver Mountains, Utah; obtained on August 20, 1904, by George P. Engelhardt. Diagnosis.—Size medium; sides dark; general tone of upper parts dark; dorsal light and dark stripes strongly contrasting. Description—Color pattern: Head Cinnamon mixed with grayish white; stripe on margin of crown Verona-Brown or Bister; ocular stripe Fuscous Black mixed with Sayal Brown; submalar stripe Sayal Brown; ear Fuscous, Sayal Brown along anterior margin and Smoke Gray along posterior margin and on postauricular patch; median dorsal stripe black; lateral dorsal dark stripes Fuscous Black mixed with Russet; outermost dorsal dark stripes slightly darker or indistinguishable from sides in color; dorsal light stripes grayish white with Mikado-Brown along margins; outermost pair of dorsal light stripes nearly pure white; sides Russet mixed with Cinnamon or Ochraceous-Tawny; rump and thighs Smoke Gray mixed with Cinnamon-Buff, with a larger or smaller num- ber of Fuscous Black hairs; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cin- namon-Buff; dorsal surface of tail black; ventral surface of tail Sayal Brown to Tawny; underparts white with dark underfur. Skull and Baculum: As in E. u. umbrinus. Comparisons—From E. u. inyoensis, the subspecies to the west, E. u. adsitus differs in: General tone of upper parts darker; sides darker; interorbital region wider; skull significantly deeper. For comparison with E. u. umbrinus, E. u. sedulus, and E. u. montanus, see the accounts of those subspecies. Remarks.—Specimens from West Rim, Zion National Park, 6,500 ft., Washington County, Utah, seem to be intergrades between E. u. adsitus and E. u. inyoensis, and are referable to E. u. adsitus. Specimens examined.—Total number, 34. Utah: Beaver Co.: Britts Meadow, Beaver Range Mountains, 8,500 ft., 13 BS. Wayne Co.: Donkey Lake, Boulder Mountain, 10,000 ft., 4 UU. Garfield Co.: Wildcat R. S., Boulder Mountain, 8,700 ft., 5 UU. Arizona: Coconino Co.: De Motte Park, Kaibab Plateau, 3 BS; Bright Angel, Kaibab Plateau, 9 BS. TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS 573 Eutamias umbrinus sedulus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull, skin, and baculum, No. 158181 U. S. Nat. Mus. Biol. Surv. Coll.; from Mount Ellen, Henry Mountains, Garfield County, Utah; obtained on October 13, 1908 by W. H. Osgood; original No. 3667. Diagnosis.—Size medium; general tone of upper parts dark reddish-brown; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous-Orange; sides Mars Yellow. Description —Color pattern: Crown Drab-Gray mixed with Fuscous; upper facial stripe Fuscous Black mixed with Sudan Brown; ocular stripe Sudan Brown mixed with black; submalar stripe Sudan Brown slightly mixed with black; anterior margin of ear Sudan Brown slightly mixed with black; hairs inside pinna, posteriorly, Warm Buff; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch creamy white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Antique Brown along margins; lateral dorsal dark stripes black mixed with Antique Brown; outermost dorsal dark stripes Xanthine Orange slightly mixed with black; median dorsal light stripes Pale Smoke Gray; outermost dorsal light stripes white slightly mixed with gray; rump and thighs Smoke Gray; sides Mars Yellow; dorsal surface of tail black mixed with Warm Buff; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous-Orange, with black around margin, and Warm Buff around outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Ochraceous-Buff; underparts creamy white with dark underfur. Skull: Large; braincase mod- erately inflated; zygomata strong. Baculum: As in E. u. umbrinus. Comparisons.—From E. u. umbrinus, the subspecies from the Uinta and northern Wasatch Mountains of Utah, E. u. sedulus differs in: General tone of upper parts lighter; sides lighter. From E. u. adsitus, the subspecies from the southern Wasatch Range in Utah and Kaibab Plateau in Arizona, E. u. sedulus differs in: Sides lighter; general tone of upper parts markedly lighter. From E. u. inyoensis, the subspecies from central and northeastern Nevada, and western and northwestern Utah, E. u. sedulus differs in: Sides lighter (less grayish); general tone of upper parts tawnier. For comparison with E. u. montanus, see the account of that subspecies. Specimens examined.—Total number, 7 BS, all from the type locality. Eutamias umbrinus inyoensis Merriam Eutamias speciosus inyoensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:202, 208, July 1, 1897. Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 29387/41462 U. S. Nat. Mus. Biol. Surv. Coll.; from Black Canyon, 8,200 ft., White Mountains, Inyo County, California; obtained on July 7, 1891, by E. W. Nelson; original No. 1069. Diagnosis.—Size medium; sides light; general tone of upper parts light; baculum one of largest in species. Description Color pattern: Head Smoke Gray mixed with Pink-Cinnamon; upper two pairs of facial stripes Fuscous Black or black; submalar stripe Sayal Brown; ear Fuscous or Chaetura-Drab, posterior margin and postauricular patch buffy white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Sayal Brown along 574 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusis., Mus. Nat. Hist. margins; lateral dorsal dark stripes black mixed with Sayal Brown or Mikado Brown; outermost dorsal dark stripes Sayal Brown or Mikado Brown mixed with black; sides Ochraceous-Tawny or Tawny; thighs Cinnamon-Buff mixed with Smoke Gray; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail Cinnamon-Buff or Ochraceous-Tawny with Fuscous Black around margin and Pinkish Buff around outermost edge; underparts creamy white. Skull: Large; zygomata strong; braincase moderately inflated. Baculum: One of largest in species. Comparisons.—For comparisons with E. u. umbrinus, E. u. adsitus, E. u. sedulus, and E. u. nevadensis, see the accounts of those subspecies. Remarks.—The baculum in E. wu. inyoensis is like that in E. palmeri. Specimens examined.—Total number, 46. Nevada: Elko Co.: Head Ackler Creek, N end Ruby Mountains, 1; Steels Creek, N end Ruby Mountains, 1; Summit Secret Pass, 6,200 ft., Ruby Moun- tains, 2; Three Lakes, Ruby Mountains, 11; Long Creek, S fork, Ruby Moun- tains, 4; Harrison Pass R. S., Green Mountain Canyon, 1; W side Ruby Lake, 6 mi. N Elko Co. line, 3; W side Ruby Lake, 3 mi. N Elko Co. line, 8. White Pine Co.: Willow Creek, 2 mi. S White Pine Co. line, Ruby Mountains, 6; W side Ruby Lake, 3 mi. S White Pine Co. line, 5; Overland Pass, E slope Ruby Mountains, 8 mi. S White Pine Co. line, 2. Utah: Boxelder Co.: Head of George Creek and Clear Creek, 5 mi. S Stan- rod, Raft River Mountains, 8,500 ft., 2 UU. Eutamias umbrinus nevadensis Burt Eutamias quadrivittatus nevadensis Burt, Jour. Mamm. 12:299, August 24, 1931. Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 15884 Donald R. Dickey Collection; from Hidden Forest, Sheep Mountains, 8,500 ft., Clark County, Nevada; ob- tained on July 13, 1929, by W. H. Burt; original No. 2337. Diagnosis.—Size medium; general tone of upper parts grayish; baculum one of the largest of species. Description—“General tone of upperparts grayish; median dorsal stripe, extending from crown between ears to rump, black faintly bordered with ‘verona brown’; lateral dark dorsal stripes similar to median stripe, but with anterior one-third deeply suffused with ‘verona brown’; central light dorsal stripes grayish, slightly lighter than head and rump; lateral stripes white; head and rump ‘pale smoke gray’; postauricular patch grayish white, a narrow margin extending up posterior border of ear; anterior portion of ear “fuscous black’ mixed with ‘verona brown’ at base and bordered by light gray; ocular stripe black grading into ‘verona brown’ in front of ear; submalar stripe nearly ob- solete, ‘sayal brown’; sides of body grayish washed with ‘verona brown’; feet grayish very faintly washed with ‘pinkish buff; dorsal surface of tail black overlaid with ‘tilleul buff’; ventral surface of tail ‘cinnamon buff’ narrowly bordered by black then by ‘tilleul buff’; ventral surface of body white.” (Burt 1931:299.) Skull similar to that of E. u. inyoensis but differing as indicated below. Comparisons.—From E. u. inyoensis, the subspecies to the north, E. u. nevadensis differs in: Paler and grayer throughout; tawny areas restricted; gray areas clearer and less suffused; dark facial markings narrower and less TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS Byin distinct; ventral surface of tail distinctly paler; feet lighter, clearer gray; nasals extend farther posteriorly with respect to premaxillae (Burt loc. cit.). From E. u. adsitus, the subspecies to the northeast, E. u. nevadensis differs in: Narrower dorsal stripes and facial markings; paler coloration of head, rump, sides, feet, and ventral surface of tail (Burt op. cit.: 299-300). Remarks.—The differences between E. umbrinus nevadensis and E. palmeri, as shown by Burt (op. cit.) and Hall (1946), are such that one might expect E. palmeri to be a subspecies of E. umbrinus. However, having only the structure of the baculum as evidence additional to that summarized by Hall (op. cit.), I follow him in according E. palmeri specific status. Specimens examined.—None. Eutamias umbrinus fremonti new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull, skin, and baculum, No. 41790 Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; from 31 mi. N Pinedale, 8,025 ft., Sublette County, Wyoming; obtained on July 8, 1951, by Rollin H. Baker; original No. 1596. Diagnosis ——Size large; sides Capucine Yellow; antiplantar surface of hind feet Raw Sienna; postauricular patch grayish white; baculum as in E. uw. umbrinus. Description —Color pattern: Crown Cinnamon-Buff mixed with gray; upper facial stripe Sepia; ocular stripe Chaetura-Drab; submalar stripe Fuscous Black mixed with Sayal Brown; ear black; anterior margin of ear Mars-Yellow, posterior margin grayish white; hairs inside posterior portion of pinna Dresden- Brown; postauricular patch Pale Smoke Gray; median dorsal dark stripe black; lateral dorsal dark stripe black mixed with Sayal Brown; outermost dorsal dark stripe obsolete, Buckhorn-Brown mixed with black; median pair of dorsal light stripes grayish mixed with Buckhorn-Brown; outer pair of dorsal light stripes creamy white; sides Buckhorn-Brown; rump Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Saccardo’s Umber; dorsal surface of tail black mixed with Buckhorn-Brown; ventral surface of tail Sayal Brown; outermost edge of tail Light Buff; anti- palmar surface of forefeet Warm Buff; antiplantar surface of hind foot Ochra- ceous-Tawny; underparts creamy white with dark underfur. Skull: Large, with strong zygomata; braincase well inflated. Baculum: As in E. u. umbrinus. Comparisons.—From E. u. umbrinus, the subspecies from the Uinta and northern Wasatch Mountains in Utah, E. u. fremonti differs in: Sides darker; antiplantar surfaces of feet darker; postauricular patch grayer; crown more grayish; skull slightly larger. From E. ruficaudus ruficaudus, the species and subspecies from western Montana, E. u. fremonti differs in: General tone of upper parts, sides, under- side of tail, and feet, all darker in coloration; baculum shorter and propor- tionally twice as wide at base. For comparison with E. u. montanus, see the account of that subspecies. Remarks.—The geographic ranges of E. umbrinus fremonti and E. ruficaudus ruficaudus are allopatric and no specimens have ever been taken in the intermediate area to indicate whether or not 576 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. these two species anywhere occur together. The bacula in the two species differ to the same degree as those of E. quadrivittatus and E. umbrinus. The differences between E. u. fremonti and E. r. ruficaudus are such that in my opinion, E. ruficaudus is a distinct species. Specimens examined.—Total number, 58. Montana: Park Co.: Beartooth Mountains, 2 BS. Idaho: Bonneville Co.: Big Hole Mountains, 9,000 ft., near Irwin, 1 BS. Wyoming: Yellowstone Park, 2. Park Co.: 164% mi. N and 17 mi. W Cody, 5,625 ft., 2. Teton Co.: 1 mi. E and % mi. N Togwotee Pass, 9,800 ft., 2; Amphitheatre Lake, Teton Park, 1 MM; Flat Creek, 4 MM; head of Cache Creek, 4 MM; Jackson, Upper Arizona Creek, 2 MM; Flat Creek-Granite Creek divide, 6 MM; Flat Creek Pass, 1 MM; Flat Creek-Gravel Creek divide, 2 MM. Lincoln Co.: La Barge Creek, 9,000 ft., 2 BS. Fremont Co.: Tog- wotee Pass, 12; 12 mi. N and 3 mi. W Shoshoni, 4,650 ft., 1; Mosquito Park R. S., 9,500 ft., 17% mi. W and 2% mi. N Lander, 1; 17 mi. S and 6% mi. W Lander, 8,450 ft., 3. Sublette Co.: 31 mi. N Pinedale, 8,025 ft., 2; W side Barbara Lake, 10,300 ft., 8 mi. S and 38 mi. W Fremont Peak, 4; 19 mi. W and 2 mi. S Big Piney, 7,700 ft., 5. Eutamias umbrinus montanus new subspecies Type.—Male, adult, skull, skin, and baculum, No. 20105 Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.; from % mi. E and 8 mi. S Ward, 9,400 ft., Boulder County, Colo- rado; obtained on August 1, 1947, by E. L. Cockrum; original No. 721. Diagnosis ——Size large; sides Clay Color; antipalmar and antiplantar sur- faces of feet Cinnamon-Buff; baculum as in E. u. umbrinus. Description —Color pattern: Crown Raw Sienna mixed with gray; upper facial stripe and ocular stripe black mixed with Sepia; submalar stripe Snuff Brown mixed with black; ear black or Sepia, anterior margin Ochraceous- Tawny, posterior margin and postauricular patch grayish white; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Cinnamon-Buff; median dorsal dark stripe black with Sayal Brown along margins; lateral dark stripes black mixed with Sayal Brown; outermost dorsal dark stripes obsolete, Sayal Brown mixed with black; median pair of dorsal light stripes Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Clay Color; outer pair of dorsal light stripes creamy white; sides Clay Color; rump and thighs Neutral Gray; dorsal surface of tail black mixed with Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous-Tawny; hairs around margin of tail Cinnamon-Buff or Ochraceous-Tawny; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon- Buff; underparts creamy white with dark underfur. Skull: Large; zygomata strong; braincase well inflated. Baculum: As in E. u. umbrinus. Comparisons—From E. quadrivittatus quadrivittatus, the subspecies and species to the south, E. u. montanus differs in: General tone of upper parts darker; braincase significantly narrower; baculum shorter and markedly wider at base. From E. u. umbrinus, the subspecies from the Uinta and northern Wasatch Mountains, E. u. montanus differs in: General tone of upper parts brighter (less tawny); sides more tawny; skull slightly larger. TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS STi From E. u. sedulus, the subspecies from the Henry Mountains of Utah, E. u. montanus differs in: Sides darker; general tone of upper parts darker. From E. u. fremonti, the subspecies from the mountains of western and northwestern Wyoming, E. u. montanus differs in: General tone of upper parts lighter; hairs around outermost edge of tail tawnier. Remarks.—Howell (1929:83) stated that the specimens of E. quadrivittatus quadrivittatus (= E. umbrinus montanus) from Estes Park, Long’s Peak, and Gold Hill, all in Colorado, “average some- what darker on the back and sides than typical quadrivittatus; the light dorsal stripes are also somewhat duller and the dark stripes less blackish, thus showing an approach to the characters of um- brinus.”. Now there are more specimens of E. u. montanus from the mountains of north-central Colorado than were available to Howell. He was not aware of the striking difference between the bacula of E. quadrivittatus and E. umbrinus, and the constancy of this difference between ali the subspecies of one species and those of the other. Although the geographic range of E. u. umbrinus is closer to the ranges of E. u. fremonti and E. u. montanus than to the geographic range of E. u. adsitus, E. u. umbrinus seems to be more closely re- lated to E. u. adsitus than to E. u. fremonti or E. u. montanus. This observation may be explained by the presence of continuous habitat for E. umbrinus between the ranges of E. u. umbrinus and E. u. adsitus, whereas E. u. fremonti and E. u. montanus are each sep- arated from E. u. umbrinus by areas unsuitable for occupancy by E. umbrinus. It must be noted, however, that no actual intergrades between E. u. umbrinus and E. u. adsitus are known. Specimens examined.—Total number, 36. Wyoming: Albany Co.: 3 mi. ESE Brown’s Peak, 10,000 ft., 2; 3% mi. S Wood's Landing, 1. Utah: Uintah Co.: PR Springs, 7,950 ft., 48 mi. S Ouray, Uintah-Grand county line, 1 UU. Colorado: Jackson Co.: Mount Zirkel, 10,000 ft., on trail, 2 WC; Buffalo Pass, 10,380 ft., 1 WC; Buffalo Pass road, 10,180 ft., 1 WC. Larimer Co.: 2 mi. E Log Cabin, 7,450 ft., 1 WC; Estes Park, 7,600 ft., 1; 132 mi. SW Estes Park, 1; 2% mi. SW Estes Park, 2; 34 mi. SW Estes Park, 1; 12 mi. SW Estes Park, 1. Rio Blanco Co.: 1 mi. NW Pagoda Peak, 10,400 ft., 1. Boulder Co.: Long’s Peak, 7 BS; 1 mi. NE Ward, 10,000 ft., 1; 3 mi. S Ward, 9,000 ft., 5; 4 mi. E and 8 mi. S Ward, 9,400 ft., 1; 1 mi. S Gold Hill, 8,200 ft., 1. Clear Creek Co.: Davidson Mine, 3 mi. SW Idaho Springs, 1; Georgetown, 1 CM. Jefferson Co.: Silver Plume, 1 CM. Park Co.: Tarryall Creek Camp, 8,700 ft., 1 WC. Gunnison Co.: S side Crested Butte Mountain, 9,500 ft., 1 WC; mouth of Virginia Basin, Gothic, 1 FC. 578 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. DIscussIONn The chipmunks that heretofore have been assigned to the species Eutamias quadrivittatus are here assigned to two species, E. quad- rivittatus and E. umbrinus, for the following reasons: 1. The baculum of E. quadrivittatus differs from that of E. um- brinus in having a narrow base (see figs. 8, 4). This difference permits any specimen which has an associated baculum to be readily identified to species. 2. The cranial breadth in the subspecies of E. quadrivittatus is significantly larger than in the subspecies of E. umbrinus. 3. Specimens of E. umbrinus are darker than any specimen of E. quadrivittatus. 4. Where the geographic ranges of E. quadrivittatus and E. umbrinus come close to one another (probably they meet at some places), E. umbrinus occupies a higher position in terms of life- zones. Wherever either of these two species, but not the other, occurs on a mountain the species occupies both the higher and lower life-zones. Fics. 3 and 4. Baculum of Eutamias quadrivittatus quadrivittatus, No. 35648/47919 BS; from Canon City, Fremont Co., Colorado. Figure 3, lateral view of right side; figure 4, dorsal view. Fic. 5. Baculum of Eutamias umbrinus umbrinus, No. 38062; from Paradise Park, 21 mi. W and 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 ft., Uintah Co., Utah. Lateral view of right side. Fic. 6. Baculum of Eutamias umbrinus montanus, No. 20105; from % mi. E and 3 mi. S Ward, 9,400 ft., Boulder Co., Colorado. Dorsal view. TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS 579 The differences between E. quadrivittatus and E. umbrinus are as great as, or greater than, between many species of chipmunks, such as between E. minimus and E. amoenus, and between E. quadrivittatus and E. cinereicollis. Although I know of no ecological differences between E. umbrinus and E. ruficaudus, the morphological differences, as for example, differences in the structure of the baculum, and differences in color pattern, lead me to maintain E. ruficaudus and E. umbrinus as separate species. The present distribution of these two species is attributable to the uplift of the Rocky Mountains in the Pleistocene. That the uplift of the Rocky Mountains and the erosion which produced the present-day relief took place in Pleistocene times is supported by the evidence found by several geologists such as Hunt and Sokoloff (1950:109-123). The present geographic distribution of E. umbrinus and E. quad- rivittatus conceivably came about as follows: E. umbrinus-like chipmunks were present, before the uplift of the major chains of mountains, on isolated, low mountain ranges that were not covered with glaciers (such as the laccolithic mountains that occur in Utah) in Pleistocene time, while E. quadrivittatus-like chipmunks were present in the central parts of New Mexico, Colorado, and southern Wyoming. With the advent of uplift, the habitats in the central parts of these states were changed from a plains-like habitat to a habitat that resembled the forest habitats that exist today. E. umbrinus-like chipmunks then invaded this newly formed habitat and displaced any E. quadrivittatis-like chipmunks that were less well adapted to live there. The Colorado River probably served as a barrier that kept the E. umbrinus-like chipmunks and E. quad- rivittatus-like chipmunks separated up to this time. Invasion of the new forest-niche by E. umbrinus-like chipmunks may have taken place through the Uinta Mountains of northeastern Utah, after the glaciers disappeared from these mountains, since the Colorado River probably prevented any eastward migration farther south. 580 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Puszs., Mus. Nat. Hist. TABLE 1 Average and Extreme Measurements in Millimeters of Adult Eutamias quadrivittatus and E. umbrinus he = fs = Pies! SO Lee ater all 8 ee ~ [eo < = o Boel Bl 2 Soo Ue eae ~~ B= a is) q is) Si il oleae o 4 g Ss a = Ss ae | Se 22), (8 | | 2 | Sone RS) Pcs (ieee Mae ect Ps Ws |S = 1) N Oo = cal 4H 4H Ss) E. q. quadrivittatus, Canon City, Fremont Co., Colorado. Mesno.(e. (7) SOL Oeoel 6.20) 10 222 | 99.4 | 5.40 | 18.98 MANS Soxcanncre at fof SO oe lb 9) LOLG 216 | 93.0 | 5.32 | 18.65 Mis Kien eh ees 8 3020) L928 1655) | 116 230 |104.0 | 5.49 | 19.41 MEGA. 6 ccsys a « (3) | 85.9 |19-9 | 16.5 | 10.9 | 231 | 99.0 | 5.42) 19°10 Mine etree tee =, 2 Q 35200) L9L9 1 1675) 1027 200 | 98.0 | 5.389 | 18.85 ING aie cacti depen ev ees cs 2 9 11.2 232 E. q. hopiensis, Moab, Grand Co., Utah. Mean: 22.08). (11) | 34.4 74) | 21623 | 100 212 | 90.7 18.36 ME ce one 33.5 2 lon9 9.3 208 | 85.0 17.80 INDO Re Accra, oie eee 35.4 0) 1658: | L055 220 | 96.0 18.96 WIG aes ae (5) | 84.9 PO 64. 1055 219 | 94.4 18.58 IMinece eee. 34.2 Sse 529) LO 210 | 85.0 18.00 Max. SASS GA? SEAR Ie ad ie) AGES | MO. 7 228 |104.0 19.19 E. u. adsitus, Britts Meadow, Beaver Co., Utah. MeaI i. <.5: (6) | 34.8 | 18.9 | 15.5] 10.8 | 214 | 89.6 | 5.16 | 18.07 IMEEM ics (iats e's tars o..| 34.3 | 18.5 | 15.3 | 10.4 | 203 | 73.0 | 4.64 | 17.69 INT AR oii 15; 2( she's las, wine 35.4 | 19.6 | 16.1 | 11.3 | 225 | 95.0 | 5.34 | 18.70 Meam is). (6) | 35.1 | 19.5 | 16.0. | 11.0 | 228 | 96.5 | 5:10 [ise%a 1011) Rae Poe 9 33.9 | 18.9 | 15.9 | 10.6 | 215 | 95.0 .00 | 18.51 oe : 5 Wier onan cit 36.2 | 20.0 | 16.3 | 11.8 | 233 | 98.0 | 5.33 | 19.40 TAXONOMY OF THE CHIPMUNKS 581 TaBLE 1.—Concluded a s = ne) a aS) | — m Qe ae ail ee a) | Ss Al ols ev aeoven ae be , Ep ~— mM -_ ~ —T _ FTA ee plow S) S| oN 3 aD DS Sa ers) a0 oS g = S| S35 go a a a o ° 2 o SS © N © —] = 4 1 Oo E. u. sedulus, Mt. Ellen, Henry Mts., Garfield Co., Utah. Mean (5) | 34.7 |) 18:7 (1526 1 10.7 |) 218) |):93-05| 5221) | 18.74 Min. . of 33.5 | 18.4 | 15.4 | 10.1 213 | 89.0 | 5.09 | 18.48 IE rt ibs Suey alton 3. 35.5 | 19.1 | 15.9 | 11.2 | 224 | 97.0 | 5.28 | 19.38 IGA hee. (2) | 84.9 | 19.4 |} 16.1 | 11.1 | 227 | 98.0 | 5.24 | 18.74 Min... 34.9 | 19.3 | 16.1 | 11.0 | 224 | 96.0 | 5.07 | 19.24 Wars Sie ace Ghosks 34.9 | 19.5 | 16.1 | 11.3 | 231 |100.0 | 5.42 | 19.80 E. u. inyoensis, Ruby Mts., Elko and White Pine Cos., Nev. Meank. days cia’ (12) | 34.4 | 19.0 | 15.7 | 10.5 | 208 | 89.5 | 5.15 | 18.12 Min.. ot Bo-0 | to-6 | 15.2 | 10°0 |" 196 185-0 |-5.00 | i382 1 CB ae a 35.4 | 19.6 | 16.1 | 11.5 | 220 |100.0 | 5.37 | 18.81 Mesmit 53. tc: (5), | 34.9 | 19.4 | 15.7 | 10.5 | 215 | 92.8 | 5.19 | 18.63 Min.. 34.4 | 19.1 | 15.4 | 10.4 | 204 | 86.0 | 5.04 | 18.50 1 CT Oe i eae 35.2 | 19.7 | 16.0 | 10.7 | 226 |102.0 | 5.33 | 18.80 E. u. nevadensis, Measurements of the type (Burt 1931:300). ron 34.8 | 19.3 | 16.2 | 11.0 | 205 | 89.0 | Lee iy | E. u. fremonti, Togwotee Pass, Fremont Co., Wyoming. IMeai ee oe (8) | 35.6 | 19.3 | 15.9 | 11.4 | 223 | 99.0 | 5.34 | 19.17 Minis. Se ero) ves 30.2} 18.9 | 15.8 | 11.1 | 216 | 95.0 | 5:22) 18272 IVES so vetsta ht ab75 (19.7. | 16.4 | 1108 | 243 110: ) S557 |e 78 Mean... ... (6) | 35.3 | 19: 15.9 | 11.3 | 229 |101.0 | 5.40 | 19.02 6 Wylnne 6 bo kis. Q 34.5 | 19.3 | 15.7 | 10.9 | 223 | 92.0 |.5.35 | 18.37 INARA acy = Soto s. Saks 36.0 | 20.0 | 16.5 | 12.0 | 239 |110.0 | 5.44 | 19.51 E. u. montanus, Boulder Co., Colorado. 10.8 | 226 | 96.0 |] 5.20 | 18.29 10.1 | 215 | 93.0 | 5.03 | 17.80 11.5 | 232 |115.0 | 5.53 | 19.36 10.9 | 226 | 98.0 | 5.28 | 18.67 10.3 | 215 | 89.0 | 5.06 | 18.09 11.6 | 231 {105.0 | 5.58 | 19.35 582 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. LITERATURE CITED Benson, S. B. 1935. A biological reconnaissance of Navajo Mountain, Utah. Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. Zool., 40:439-455, December 31. Burt, W. H. 1931. Three new subspecies of chipmunks of the genus Eutamias from Nevada. Jour. Mamm., 12:298-301, August 24. DurRaAnrt, S. D. 1952. Mammals of Utah, taxonomy and distribution. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6:1-549, 91 figs., 30 tables, August 10. Hann. JF. R: 1946. Mammals of Nevada. Univ. California Press, Berkeley, California, pp. xi+ 710, 11 pls., 485 figs., July 1. Harpy, R. 1945. The taxonomic status of some chipmunks of the genus Eutamias in southwestern Utah. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 58:85-87, June 80. Howe tt, A. H. 1929. Revision of the American chipmunks (genera Tamias and Eutamias). U. S. Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 52:1-157, 10 pls., 9 figs., November 30. Hunt, C. B., and Soxo.orr, V. P. 1950. Pre-Wisconsin soil in the Rocky Mountain region, a progress report. U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper, 221-G:109-123. Jounson, D. H. 1943. Systematic review of the chipmunks (genus Eutamias) of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 48:63-148, 6 pls., December 24. Ketson, K. R. 1951. Speciation in rodents of the Colorado River drainage. Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 11(3): vii + 125, 10 figs., February 15. MeErrriIAM, C. H. 1905. Two new chipmunks from Colorado and Arizona. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18:163-166, June 29. Transmitted June 26, 1953. 5 24-8966 Geographic Distribution and Taxonomy of the Chipmunks of Wyoming BY JOHN A. WHITE Marine Biological Laboratory LIBRAR YW WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 34, pp. 583-610, 3 figures in text December 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIsTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, and Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 34, pp. 583-610, 3 figures in text December 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1953 Geographic Distribution and Taxonomy of the Chipmunks of Wyoming By JOHN A. WHITE PUT OSE > ee Nee ets Nae ah ee CREE, SNES Se A ASO 2 Methods, Materials, and Acknowledgments........................... AEC ERN STOTT) eae i a Aa RIS Ee AL ce Mn Mee Ce ars eam AT Ntveniles ohne PY. te mesic altura ha eas, «Ue iil i Sdn eee LCN CTY: a RE ee ea ers EN er ee NAT TN re meena’ Men AT aN STEELE a2 ao a he ute A Sed tes as odes eg RE 7/3 LE) EES ema ae a SO 2 Dy ee See OD a REN CAR BE Key to the Species of Chipmunks Inhabiting Wyoming................. Accounts of Species; and Subspecies: .).4. 9). WEN oa os id oe Ss ae EULA SISTTULTULTTUULS ese is EE ES ale Ee EE one SiO: DSAVUTTLENTUCLS ew Neh ASP ase ra ess Re EAC bake eas eae EON SODITUS HS aoe oyseh EN ae Ec IS Pah rebar Oe 11 EG gh ae ae, Pes ee ee Le PRUE Sea cee Sn mee 2 COMES ay a hi 3d FRETS a PaO Heys Bara ded “sisdane Stata ae WSL OGLICLES 1s cs ses ce Ree ahaa iO AO OR OE Hl Ee aeta NO NETATULS ta vometa rf OP AOE is SRM eee CU EEN Ghat ai eee Toe Nene teitefleLe enorme SUB EE Sis] bs te ta ty by be EALLQMIGS WAIMMLOETIUS Nee Hehe Ae eee ee ee a a elev cael ECM MILLLLCLOCTIETES Rec ee a eae EOE eB itn ULI aSaC OTSQUS ose UH eee Lee ALEC ENS OR Oe tle ee ee Rn tn oe TECIEGUUEAS AETTUAS AMIEL cae oP NS eh oh ese ee es ee ero FE SAP APITANIUES ee es ck Sra ec ee Sic, eR ee eet ET AUS EMLOUED | ne eto re ces ave tytn, nts eg oiey oe sue, Stee ene eR eee RAGS INLOTULANULS Sts a Wid icc aS, Shoe teid A e ee aye Pea toate Reviews ane ConclusionSe hrie hese Aine oak EAE ee ce ee CAP ASTI AOU Gil date (ieee ae ake Pe Re eRe EE ROR RE Lats SEO: Aha hy Beet c FIGURES Figure 1. Subspecies of Eutamias minimus...............--++0+e005- Figure 2. Eutamias amoenus and Eutamias dorsalis................... Figure 3. Subspecies of Eutamias umbrinus....................00555 (585) 586 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. PURPOSE The purpose of the following account is to: (1) Show what kinds of chipmunks occur in Wyoming; (2) point out the interrelation- ships between these kinds; and (3) account, where possible, for the present distribution of these animals in Wyoming. MetuHOops, MATERIALS, AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Capitalized color terms in the following accounts are of Ridgway, “Color Standards and Color Nomenclature,” Washington, D. C., 1912. The measurements of the skull that were used in this study were made as shown in White (1953:566, fig. 1). These are: Greatest length of skull, zygomatic breadth, cranial breadth, length of nasals, length of lower tooth-row, condylo-alveolar length of mandible, and inner mandibular length. Of the external measurements, only the total length and the length of the tail are recorded in table 1. Some field collectors measured the ear from the notch and others from the crown; most collectors measured the length of the hindfoot to the nearest millimeter rather than in tenths of a millimeter as would have been desirable. Consequently, I decided against using the length of the ear and hindfoot in this report. When the word “significantly” is used in comparisons, it is meant to show that there is a significant statistical difference between two or more samples. Whenever eight or more specimens from one locality were available, the mean, range, standard deviation, standard error of the mean, and coefficient of varia- bility were calculated. Only adult specimens were used in comparison. “Aging” of specimens is discussed on page 587 of this paper. The geographic range of each species and subspecies is not described in writing, for, the localities are plotted on maps along with the geographic range of each subspecies, and under “specimens examined” the locality of each specimen or series of specimens is listed. In the synonymy of each subspecies there appears, first the first usage of a name, second the first usage of the name combination now employed, and third, pure synonyms. A total of 757 specimens of chipmunks are listed as examined in the course of preparing this report. Additional specimens were less carefully examined in the Biological Surveys Collection in Washington, D. C. Specimens used in my study, unless otherwise specified, are in the Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas. The symbols representing the collections containing specimens studied are as follows: BS—United States Biological Surveys Collection. FC—Collection of James S. Findley. MM—Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan. NM—United States National Museum. KU—Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas. I am grateful to Professor E. Raymond Hall for guidance in my study and thank Doctors Robert W. Wilson, E. Lendell Cockrum, Keith R. Kelson, A. Byron Leonard, Rollin H. Baker, and others at the Museum of Natural History and Department of Zoology, University of Kansas, for encouragement and TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 587 advice. My wife, Alice M. White, made the illustrations and helped me in many ways. For permission to borrow and to study specimens, I thank Dr. W. H. Burt of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Miss Viola S. Schantz of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Mr. Colin C. Sanborn of the Chicago Natural History Museum, and Mr. James S. Findley. Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas University Endowment Association, the National Science Foundation and the United States Navy, Office of Naval Research, through contract No. NR161 791. VARIATION Secondary sexual variation in chipmunks is small; the females are slightly larger than the males. This difference in size is so slight that it can be ignored when making taxonomic comparisons, for, large samples of males and females of like age and from the same locality were compared and were found statistically not to be significantly different. This is in agreement with Johnson (1943:70) and Hall (1946:329). Variations of taxonomic worth are treated in the accounts of species and subspecies. Individual variation is slight, for, the analyses of measurements of the skulls of series of specimens of like age, reveal markedly low coefficients of variability resembling those published by Lar- rison (1949). The age-categories here recognized are based primarily on the structure of the skull. Juveniles.—Nasals proportionally shorter and more pointed an- teriorly than in other categories; zygomatic arches more appressed to cranium; suture separating basisphenoid and presphenoid notice- ably “open”; deciduous P4 and p4 show no wear through enamel; M3 and m3 not yet erupted; peglike deciduous P38 strongly leaning posteriorly; molars show no wear through enamel; parietals paper- like or thin; skull convex dorsally; 1 to 1% months of age. Young.—Nasals of adult proportions; zygomatic arches still no- ticeably appressed anteriorly to cranium; suture between basisphe- noid and presphenoid still “open”; nasals rounded, no longer so pointed as in juveniles; deciduous P4 and p4 show wear through enamel layer, and in some specimens, permanent P4 and p4 can be seen beneath; roots of deciduous P4 and p4 clearly show erosion beneath; M3 and m8 fully erupted; peglike deciduous P3 still present; parietals noticeably thicker and less paperlike; skull flat- tened (not so convex dorsally), but not so flattened as in adults; 1% to 4 months of age. 588 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. In both juveniles and young the P4 and p4 are deciduous and differ in occlusal pattern from the permanent P4 and p4. In the deciduous P4 the anterior cingulum is projected strongly anteriorly forming the apex of the sharpest angle of a triangle, whereas the permanent P4 is trapezoidal in occlusal pattern. In the deciduous p4 the protoconid and metaconid are close together giving this tooth a triangular appearance in occlusal pattern, whereas this pat- tern in permanent p4 is trapezoidal (see Hall 1926:390). Subadults.——Adult configuration of skull reached; suture between basisphenoid and presphenoid completely closed; nasals rounded anteriorly; permanent P4 and p4 show no wear through enamel layer; wear through enamel layer of molars noticeable, especially through protocones; peglike permanent P3 slanting only slightly posteriorly; skull only slightly convex dorsally; parietals solid and resistant to pressure; lambdoidal crest weakly developed; 4 to 10 months of age. Adults——Lambdoidal crest well developed; supraorbital ridges pronounced; P4 and p4 show wear through enamel layer and fre- quently as worn as molars; noticeable wear on lophs and lophids of molars; occlusal pattern always visible; ten months to 2 years of age. Old adults.—Ridges and crests extremely well developed; occlusal pattern of molariform teeth obliterated or nearly so; P3 noticeably worn; 2 to 4 years or older. The hypohyal and ceratohyal bones of the hyoid apparatus are distinct from one another in juveniles and young, but are fused in subadults, adults, and old adults. Lack of suitable material prevented me from studying chipmunks younger than juveniles. The patterns of growth of these younger chipmunks probably closely follow the changes described by Hall (1926) for Citellus beecheyi. The tip of the baculum in juveniles and young is proportionally longer, in relation to the shaft, than in subadults, adults, and old adults. Juvenal (juveniles and young) pelage in chipmunks is character- ized by silkiness and sparseness, especially on the venter. The coloration of this juvenal pelage resembles that of adults in winter pelage which is duller than adult summer pelage. Adult pelage (subadults, adults, and old adults) is not so silky as juvenal pelage, but there are more hairs, especially on the venter. The color pat- tern is the same in both juvenal and adult pelages. TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 589 Chipmunks are born naked and blind and in about two weeks the “body is covered with silken hair clearly demonstrating the color pattern so characteristic of chipmunks . . .” (Shaw 1944:282). This “silken hair” is replaced by adult summer pelage, and juvenal chipmunks which are molting into adult summer pelage closely resemble the adult males, and later on in the summer, the adult females. Adult females molt later, as a rule, than adult males probably because of lactation. Summer molt begins, on chipmunks in Wyoming and South Dakota, in the latter part of June and is completed by the latter part of August or the first part of September. Summer molt begins, topographically, in the region of the head and progresses posteriorly to the base of the tail, for, the tail does not molt into summer pelage. The winter molt starts at the same time at the tip of the tail and at the base of the tail, and from each place proceeds anteriorly. The sequence described above is the rule; exceptionally, there are some specimens which molted in patches. In most skins, molts are easily detected because distinct molt-lines were formed. The above description of molting is based on study of a large series of specimens of Eutamias minimus silvati- cus taken in several seasons of the year. The summer pelage is bright, more especially on the sides. In late summer the pelage on the tail is markedly worn, and the hairs around its outer margin are broken. In texture, the summer pelage is not so soft as winter pelage, and this is probably owing to the presence of large amounts of “kinky” underfur in the winter pelage. The winter pelage is soft, dull in color, and gives the specimen a grayish or an umbrous appearance. The guard hairs are longer than in the summer pelage. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 1. Dorsal stripes faint; general tone of upper parts grayish. Eutamias dorsalis, p. 603 1’. Dorsal stripes distinct; general tone of upper parts tawny (not grayish). 2. Venter yellowish or buff; tip of baculum more than 30 per cent of length of shaft; shaft of baculum not widened at base. Eutamias amoenus, p. 602 2’. Venter white; tip of baculum less than 29 per cent of length of shaft —if more than 29 per cent, shaft widened at base. 8. Size small to medium; greatest length of skull less than 34 mm.; shaft of baculum not widened at base; outermost dorsal dark stripe never Obsolete 2.6 520 beni ce e Eutamias minimus, p. 590 3’. Size large; greatest length of skull rarely less than 34 mm.; shaft of baculum widened at base; outermost dorsal dark stripe often obsolete, never strongly evident......... Eutamias umbrinus, p. 606 590 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES Eutamias minimus (Bachman) Diagnosis.—Size small; tip of baculum of adults less than 28 per cent of length of shaft; outermost dorsal dark stripes distinct; skull small to medium; when skull medium, zygomatic breadth not proportionally narrower. Comparisons—From Eutamias amoenus luteiventris, the only subspecies of that species in Wyoming, E. minimus differs in: Size smaller; tip of baculum in adults less than 28 per cent of length of shaft; zygomatic arches propor- tionally wider; underparts white or with less yellow or tawny. From E. umbrinus, E. minimus differs in: Size smaller; general tone of upper parts lighter; base of baculum not widened but almost as narrow as least diameter of shaft. OW seas Distribution map of WYOM| Mus. Nat. Hist.,Univ. Kons. 1945 40 Miles 10 Fic. 1. Known occurrence and probable geographic distribution of the subspecies of Eutamias minimus in Wyoming. The symbols for locality records are as follows: Circles, specimens reported but not examined; solid circles, precise localities of specimens examined; solid triangles, localities of specimens examined, known only to county. 1. E.m. minimus 4. E.m. confinis 2. E.m. consobrinus 5. E.m. silvaticus 8. E.m. pallidus 6. E.m. operarius From E. dorsalis utahensis, the only subspecies of this species in Wyoming, E. minimus differs in: Dorsal dark stripes distinct and usually blackish; skull smaller; tip of baculum of adults less than 28 per cent of length of shaft. TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 591 Remarks.—This is the smallest of the species of chipmunks in Wyoming, and in the state can be readily distinguished from the other species by the smaller size and by the characteristic propor- tions of the baculum. E. minimus occurs in all the Life-zones of Wyoming, and inhabits open country, such as in the great expanses where sagebrush (Artemesia sp.) is predominant, or inhabits the edges of forests, never occurring in the forest proper. Analyses of measurements of the skull indicate that of the six subspecies of E. minimus that are found in Wyoming, two are small (E. m. minimus and E. m. consobrinus) and the other four are large (E. m. pallidus, E. m. confinis, E. m. silvaticus, and E. m. operarius). Within these size-groups the subspecies can be dis- tinguished by differences in color pattern. Eutamias minimus minimus (Bachman) Tamias minimus Bachman, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8(pt.1):71, 1839. Eutamias minimus, Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 30:42, December 27, 1901. Type.—Obtained on Green River, near mouth of Big Sandy Creek, Sweet- water County, Wyoming. Age, sex, collector, and date when obtained, not surely known. Diagnosis.—Size small; general tone of upper parts pale grayish brown; baculum small. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Pinkish Buff mixed with grayish white; facial stripes Snuff-Brown mixed with black; anterior margin of ear Drab washed with Cinnamon; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Light Pinkish Cinnamon; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch grayish white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Sayal Brown along margins; lateral pair of dark stripes Sayal Brown more or less mixed with Fuscous; pairs of light dorsal stripes grayish white and tinged with Buff; rump and thighs Smoke Gray; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black mixed with Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail Sayal Brown or Clay Color, Blackish Brown mixed with Cin- namon-Buff around margins; antiplantar and antipalmar surfaces of feet Pale Pinkish Buff; underparts creamy white. Skull and Baculum: Small but pro- portionally the same as in other subspecies of E. minimus. Comparisons—From E. m. consobrinus, the subspecies to the west and south, E. m. minimus differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts lighter; underside of tail lighter. From E. m. pallidus, the subspecies to the north and northeast, E. m. minimus differs in: Size smaller; skull shorter and narrower; mandible shorter and shallower; baculum shorter; slightly paler. From E. m. confinis, the subspecies in the Big Horn Mountains, E. m. minimus differs in: Size smaller; skull shorter and narrower; mandible shorter and shallower; baculum shorter; paler. 592 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. From E. m. operarius, the subspecies to the east and southeast, E. m. minimus differs in: Size smaller; skull shorter and narrower; mandible shorter and shallower; baculum shorter; paler. Remarks.—E. m. minimus is the smallest of the chipmunks that occur in Wyoming. This pale little squirrel is found in the Red Desert in Sweetwater County, where the features distinctive of the subspecies are most strongly developed. Specimens from western Sweetwater County and northwestern Uinta County are intergrades between E. m. minimus and E. m. consobrinus and are referable to E. m. minimus. Specimens examined.—Total number 167. Sublette Co.: 60 mi. SE Jackson [Teton County], 1 (MM); 2 mi. SE Big Sandy, 1. Fremont Co.: 40 mi. E Dubois, 1; 12 mi. N and 3 mi. W Shoshoni, 4,650 ft., 2; 9 mi. N and 3 mi. E Shoshoni, 4,700 ft., 2; 7 mi. N and 8 mi. E Shoshoni, 4,700 ft., 3; 2% mi. W Shoshoni, 4,800 ft., 1; Granite Mountains, 6; Mount Crooks, 8,600 ft., 6. Natrona Co.: 27 mi. N and 1 mi. E Powder River, 6,075 ft., 2; 15 mi. N and 1 mi. W Waltman, 1; 9 mi. S and 9 mi. W Waltman, 6,950 ft., 1; 16 mi. S and 11 mi. W Waltman, 6,950 ft., 2; Sun Ranch, 5 mi. W Independence Rock, 6,000 ft., 4; 9 mi. W and 1 mi. N Independence Rock, 1; 5 mi. W and 1 mi. S Independence Rock, 2. Uinta Co.: 15 mi. WSW Granger [Sweetwater County], 1; 10 mi. SW Granger [Sweetwater County], 10 (MM). Sweetwater Co.: Farson, 6,580 ft., 11; 5 mi. E Farson, 1; 27 mi. N Table Rock, 1 (MM); 27 mi. N and 87 mi. E Rock Springs, 6,700 ft., 1; 25 mi. N and 38 mi. E Rock Springs, 6,700 ft., 3; Junction of Big Sandy Creek and Green River, 6,400 ft., 7 (83MM); 17 mi. N and 6 mi. W Rock Springs, 7,000 ft., 1; Thayer Junction, 9 (MM); Table Rock, 1 (MM); Wamsutter, 1 (MM); Green River, 4 (MM); Bitter Creek, 2 (FC); 13 mi. S and 14 mi. E Rock Springs, 6,650 ft., 2; 18 mi. S Bitter Creek, 6,800 ft., 2; 22 mi. SSW Bitter Creek, 5; 26 mi. S and 21 mi. W Rock Springs, 3; Kinney Ranch, 6,800 ft., 21 mi. S Bitter Creek, 15; 30 mi. S Bitter Creek, 2; 32 mi. S and 22 mi. W Rock Springs, 1; 32 mi. S and 22 mi. E Rock Springs, 7,025 ft., 12; 33 mi. S Bitter Creek, 6,900 ft., 6; 3 mi. W Green River, and 2 mi. N Utah Boundary, 1; % mi. N Junction Henrys Fork and Utah Boundary, 2; 1 mi. N Linwood, Utah, 1 (MM). Carbon Co.: 18 mi. NNE Sinclair, 6,500 ft., 2; Rawlins, 1; 830 mi. E Raw- lins, 6,750 ft., 2; Bridgers Pass, 18 mi. SW Rawlins, 7,500 ft., 1. Additional records (Howell 1929:38): Lincoln Co.: Fontanelle; Opal. Sublette Co.: Big Piney; Green River at junction with New Fork; Muddy Creek, near Big Sandy Creek. Fremont Co.: Jackeys Creek, 3 mi. S Dubois; Wind River near mouth of Meadow Creek; Ft. Washakie; Green Mountains, 8 mi. E Rongis. Natrona Co.: Bitter Creek, near Powder River; Rattlesnake Mountains; Casper; Independence Rock. Sweetwater Co.: Eden, Steamboat Mountain; Superior; Maxon; Green River, 4 mi. N Linwood, Utah; Henrys Fork, at mouth of Burnt Fork. Carbon Co.: Canyon Creek, 12 mi. S Alcova; Ferris Mountains; Shirley; Shirley Mountains; 8% mi. SE Lost Soldier [= Bairoil]; Ft. Steele; Sulphur Springs. Albany Co.: Spring Creek, 10 mi. W Marshall; Sheep Creek. County uncertain: Little Sandy River; Green River. TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 593 Eutamias minimus consobrinus (J. A. Allen) Tamias minimus consobrinus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 3:112, June, 1890. Eutamias minimus consobrinus, Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 80:42, December 27, 1901. Eutamias lectus J. A. Allen, Brooklyn Inst. Mus. Sci. Bull. 1:117, March 81, 1905 (not in Wyoming), type from Beaver Valley, Utah. Eutamias consobrinus clarus Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 31:31, May 16, 1918, type from Swan Lake Valley, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming. Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 186456 (NM); from near Barclay, Parley’s Canyon, Wasatch Mountains, Salt Lake County, Utah; obtained on October 31, 1888, by Vernon Bailey; original No. 361. Diagnosis.—Size small; over-all tone of upper parts grayish brown; baculum small, as in E. m. minimus. Description —Color pattern: Crown Smoke Gray mixed with Ochraceous- Tawny; upper facial stripe Fuscous; other facial stripes Fuscous or Fuscous Black mixed with Tawny; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Light Ochraceous- Buff; anterior margin of ear Ochraceous-Tawny; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch grayish white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Ochraceous-Tawny along margins; other dorsal dark stripes black mixed with Ochraceous-Tawny; median pair of dorsal light stripes grayish white with Ochraceous-Tawny along margins; lateral pair of light dorsal stripes white; sides Ochraceous-Tawny or Light Sayal Brown; rump and thighs Smoke Gray mixed with Cinnamon-Buff; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black mixed with Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail Sayal Brown, Fuscous Black along margin, and Cinnamon-Buff or Ochraceous Buff along outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Light Pinkish Cinnamon or Pinkish Buff; underparts grayish white mixed slightly with Buff. Skull and Baculum: Small but proportionally the same as in other subspecies of E. minimus. Comparisons.—From E. m. pallidus, the subspecies to the east, E. m. consobrinus differs in: Color darker; size smaller; skull narrower and shorter; baculum shorter. From E. m. confinis, the subspecies from the Big Horn Mountains, E. m. consobrinus differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts less grayish; underside of tail lighter; skull narrower and shorter; baculum shorter. For comparisons with E. m. minimus see the account of that subspecies. Remarks.—Specimens of this subspecies from the area between the Uinta Mountains and the mountains of the Wyoming and Wind River ranges, are clearly intergrades between E. m. consobrinus and E. m. minimus and are here referred to E. m. consobrinus. These specimens are paler than typical E. m. consobrinus and con- siderably darker than E. m. minimus. These intergrades came from an area where the habitat is intermediate between that of E. m. consobrinus and E. m. minimus but more nearly like that of E. m. consobrinus. 594 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Specimens examined.—Total number, 135. Yellowstone Park: Fishing Bridge, 1 (MM). Park Co.: SW slope Whirlwind Peak, 9,000 ft., 1. Teton Co.: N end Blacktail Butte, 6,600 ft., 1 mi. E Moose, 1; Bar BC Ranch, 6,500 ft., 2% mi. NE Moose, 2; 3% mi. E Moose, 6,300 ft., 3; 3% mi. E and % mi. S Moran, 6,210 ft., 2; 5 mi. S Moran, 1 (FC); 2 mi. S Elk Ranch, 2 (FC); 7 mi. S Moran, 1 (FC); 19 mi. E and 2 mi. S Moran, 1; Flat Creek Pass, 1 (MM); Flat Creek-Crystal Creek Divide, 1 (MM); Flat Creek-Granite Creek Divide, 5 (MM); Dry Hollow, Jackson, 1 (MM); Jackson, 4 (MM); Jenny Lake, 2 (MM); Sheep Creek, Jackson, 1 (MM). Lincoln Co.: 3 mi. N and 11 mi. E Alpine, 5,650 ft., 2; 13 mi. N and 2 mi. W Afton, 6,100 ft., 2; 10 mi. N and 2 mi. W Afton, 6,100 ft., 2; 6 mi. N and 2 mi. E Sage, 6,050 ft., 1; Kemmerer, 1; Cumberland, 14 mi. S and 1 mi. W Kemmerer, 6,550 ft., 6. Sublette Co.: 5 mi. E and 9 mi. N Pinedale, 9,200 ft., 12; 10 mi. NE Pine- dale, 8,000 ft., 2; W end Half Moon Lake, 7,900 ft., 5; 3 mi. E and 5 mi. N Pinedale, 7,500 ft., 3; 2% mi. NE Pinedale, 7,500 ft., 3; 4 mi. W Pinedale, 7,200 ft., 2; 19 mi. W and 2 mi. S Big Piney, 7,700 ft., 1; 81 mi. N Pinedale, 8,025 ft., 2. Fremont Co.: Togwotee Pass, 3 (1 FC); Moccasin Lake, 10,100 ft., 19 mi. W and 4 mi. N Lander, 1; 16 mi. S and 5% mi. W Lander, 8,650 ft., 1; 23% mi. S and 5 mi. W Lander, 8,600 ft., 1; 3 mi. E and % mi. N South Pass City, 7,900 ft., 7; Mosquito Park R. S., 9,500 ft., 17% mi. W and 2% mi. N Lander, 1; 4 mi. S and 8% mi. W Lander, 9,200 ft., 1. Uinta Co.: % mi. S Cumberland [Lincoln County], 1; 2 mi. W Fort Bridger, 6,070 ft., 1; 8% mi. W Fort Bridger, 6,700 ft., 17; % mi. S Mountain View, 6,900 ft., 2; 6 mi. S and 2% mi. E Robertson, 8,200 ft., 3; 8 mi. S and 2% mi. E Robertson, 8,300 ft., 1; 9 mi. S Robertson, 8,000 ft., 5; 9% mi. S and 1 mi. W Robertson, 8,600 ft., 2; 10 mi. S and 1 mi. W Robertson, 8,700 ft., 4; 13 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 7; 2 mi. E and 12 mi. S Robertson, Ashley Nat. For., 9,000 ft., 1; 114% mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 1; 4% mi. S and 4 mi. E Robertson, 8,025 ft., 1. Additional records (Howell 1929:48): Yellowstone Park: Bunsen Peak; Swan Lake Valley; Canyon; Lake Station; Firehole River; Summit Lake; Snow Pass. Park Co.: Beartooth Lake; Whirlwind Peak, near Pahaska Tepee; Valley; Needle Mountain. Teton Co.: Elk, Jackson Hole; Teton Pass. Lincoln Co.: Thayne; head of La Barge Creek; Smith Fork, 7,000 to 8,000 ft. Sublette Co.: 12 mi. N Kendall; Merna; Fremont Lake; Surveyor Park, 12 mi. NE Pinedale; Bronx; Little Sandy Creek; Stanley; Big Sandy. Fremont Co.: Lake Fork, Wind River Mountains; Fremont Peak; South Pass City. Uinta Co.: Bear River Divide, 14 mi. N Evanstone; Evanstone; Ft. Bridger; Spring Valley; Henry’s Fork, 5 mi. W Lone Tree; Lone Tree; Sage Creek (exact locality unknown). Eutamias minimus pallidus (J. A. Allen) Tamias quadrivittatus b. var. pallidus J. A. Allen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 16:289, 1874. Eutamias minimus pallidus, Howell, Jour. Mamm. 3:183, August 4, 1922. Lectotype—Skull and skin, No. 11656/38311 (NM); from Camp Thorne, near Glendive, Dawson County, Montana; obtained on July 18, 1873, by J. A. Allen; original No. 200. Diagnosis.—Size large; over-all tone of upper parts pale grayish brown; baculum large. Description —Color pattern: Crown Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Clay Color; facial stripes Fuscous Black mixed with Clay Color; anterior margin of TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 595 ear and hairs inside posterior part of pinna Pale Pinkish Buff; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch grayish white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Clay Color along margins; other dorsal dark stripes Fuscous mixed with Clay Color; median pair of dorsal light stripes Pale Smoke Gray; lateral pair of dorsal light stripes creamy white; sides Cinnamon-Buff; rump and thighs Smoke Gray mixed with Pale Buff; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black slightly mixed with Warm Buff; ventral surface of tail Pinkish Cinnamon or Pinkish Buff, with Fuscous Black along margin and Warm Buff along outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Pinkish Buff, Warm Buff or Pale Yellow-Orange; underparts white with dark underfur. Skull and Baculum: Large but of same proportions as in other subspecies of E. minimus. Comparisons.—From E. m. silvaticus, the subspecies from the Black Hills, E. m. pallidus differs in: Paler; underside of tail paler; sides paler. From E. m. confinis, the subspecies from the Big Horn Mountains, E. m. pallidus differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts paler; sides paler; underside of tail paler. From E. m. operarius, the subspecies from the mountains in south-central Wyoming, E. m. pallidus differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts paler; sides paler; underside of tail paler. For comparisons with E. m. minimus and E. m. consobrinus, see the accounts of those subspecies. Remarks.—Specimens from near Buffalo, Johnson Co., are inter- grades between E. m. pallidus and E. m. confinis and are referable to E. m. confinis. Specimens from near Sundance (not in Bear Lodge Mountains), Crook Co., are intergrades between E. m. pal- lidus and E. m. silvaticus (Howell 1929:55). Specimens from the Laramie Range in Converse Co. are intergrades between E. m. pallidus and E. m. operarius, and referable to E. m. operarius. Specimens from near Greybull, Big Horn Co., are intergrades be- tween E. m. pallidus and E. m. minimus and are referable to E. m. pallidus. These specimens show no intergradation with E. m. confinis which occurs but a short distance to the east in the Big Horn Mountains. Intergradation between E. m. pallidus and E. m. minimus probably exists in northeastern Natrona Co. and south- western Johnson Co. Comparisons of specimens of E. m. pallidus and E. m. cacodemus, indicates that, in my opinion, E. m. cacodemus is entitled to sub- specific recognition, for, the relationship between E. m. pallidus to E. m. cacodemus is the same as that between E. m. pallidus and E. m. confinis. Specimens examined.—Total number, 58. Park Co.: 2 mi. S and 2 mi. E Meteetse, 5,750 ft., 8. Big Horn Co.: 6 mi. NW Greybull, 3,800 ft., 6; Greybull, 4 (BS); 7 mi. S Basin, 3,900 ft., 5. Sheridan Co.: 5 mi. NE Clearmont, 3,900 ft., 1. 596 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Campbell Co.: 5 mi. N and 8 mi. W Spotted Horse, 9; 6 mi. W and 4 mi. S Rockypoint, 4,200 ft., 1; 4 mi. S and 3 mi. W Rockypoint, 5; Middle Butte, 6,010 ft., 38 mi. S and 19 mi. W Gillette, 3; South Butte, 6,000 ft., 17% mi. W and 40% mi. S Gillette, 2; Ivy Creek, 8 mi. W and 5 mi. N Spotted Horse, 6. Crook Co.: Moorcroft, Belle Fourche Valley, 8 (BS). Washakie Co.: 15 mi. W Tensleep, in badlands, 1 (BS); 8 mi. S and 8 mi. W Worland, 1; 10 mi. S Tensleep, near No Wood Creek, 2 (BS). Goshen Co.: Rawhide Buttes, 12 mi. S and 1 mi. W Lusk, 1. Laramie Co.: unspecified, 1. Additional records (Howell 1929:44): Big Horn Co.: Otto; Hyattville. Sheridan Co.: Powder River at mouth of Clear Creek; Sheridan; Arvada. Weston Co.: Thornton; Upton; Pine Ridge; Newcastle. Hot Springs Co.: head of Bridger Creek; Willow Creek, 10 mi. SW Thermopolis. Washakie Co.: 10 mi. S Manderson; Otter Creek, Bighorn Basin. Johnson Co.: Powder River Basin, near Pumpkin Buttes. Natrona Co.: Merino. Converse Co.: Douglas. Platte Co.: Guernsey; 15 mi. SW Wheatland. Goshen Co.: Rawhide Butte. Localities for which counties are unknown: Owl Creek Mountains; North Platte River. Eutamias minimus confinis Howell Eutamias minimus confinis Howell, Jour. Mamm. 6:52, February 15, 1925. Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin No. 168957 (NM); from head of Trap- per Creek, west slope of Bighorn Mountains, Big Horn County, Wyoming; obtained on July 7, 1910, by Merrit Cary; original No. 1956. Diagnosis.—Size large; over-all tone of upper parts grayish brown; baculum large, as in E. m. pallidus. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Clay Color mixed with Pale Smoke Gray; upper facial stripe Fuscous Black; other facial stripes Fuscous Black slightly mixed with Tawny; anterior margin of ear Yellow Ocher or Ochraceous- Orange; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Yellow Ocher or Ochraceous- Orange; posterior margin of ear Smoke Gray; postauricular patch buffy white or Smoke Gray; dorsal dark stripes black or Fuscous Black more or less mixed with Tawny or Tawny-Olive; dorsal light stripes creamy white, sometimes washed with Pale Smoke Gray; sides Raw Sienna or Cinnamon-Buff; rump and thighs Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Tawny-Olive; dorsal surface of tail black mixed with Clay Color; ventral surface of tail Clay Color, black along margin and Light Buff or Light Ochraceous Buff along outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Pinkish Buff; underparts creamy white sometimes with grayish underfur. Skull and Baculum: Large but pro- portionally the same as in other subspecies of E. minimus. Comparisons.—From E. m. silvaticus, the subspecies from the Black Hills, E. m. confinis differs in: General tone of upper parts darker, more reddish and less grayish; ventral surface of tail more tawny; skull and baculum of same size and proportions. From E. m. operarius, the subspecies from the Laramie Range and other mountains of south-central Wyoming, E. m. confinis differs in: Rump and thighs darker; sides darker; general tone of upper parts more grayish. For comparisons with E. m. minimus, E. m. consobrinus, and E. m. pallidus, see the accounts of those subspecies. TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 597 Remarks.—This subspecies is endemic to the Bighorn Mountains. Intergradation between E. m. confinis and E. m. minimus and be- tween E. m. pallidus and E. m. confinis have already been discussed in the accounts of those subspecies. Specimens examined.—Total number, 85. Big Horn Co.: 12 mi. E and 2 mi. S Shell, 7,900 ft., 2; 138 mi. E and 2 mi. N Shell, 8,500 ft., 2; 18 mi. E Shell, 8,300 ft., 1; 17 mi. E and 3 mi. S Shell, 9,000 ft., 8; 17% mi. E and 4% mi. S Shell, 8,500 ft., 11; 19 mi. E and 4% mi. S Shell, 9,600 ft., 1; 9 mi. E and 9 mi. N Tensleep, 8,200 ft., 4. Sheridan Co.: Medicine Wheel Ranch, 9,000 ft., 28 mi. E Lovell, 11; 38 mi. E Lovell, Big Horn Nat. For., 9,600 ft., 10; 5% mi. W and 1% mi. S Junc- tion U. S. Highway 14 and Wyoming [State Highway] 14, 8,480 ft., 2. Washakie Co.: 9 mi. E and 4 mi. N Tensleep, 7,000 ft., 26; 3 mi. SE Ten- sleep, 4,300 ft., 1. Johnson Co.: 5% mi. W and 1 mi. S Buffalo, 6,500 ft., 4; 74 mi. W and 1 mi. S Buffalo, 6,500 ft., 2. Additional records (Howell 1929:46): Sheridan Co.: 20 mi. from Sheridan. Washakie Co.: Head of Canyon Creek. Johnson Co.: Head of North Fork of Powder River. Eutamias minimus silvaticus White Eutamias minimus silvaticus White, Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. 5(19):259-262, April 10, 1952. Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 20050 (KU); from 3 mi. NW Sundance, 5,900 ft., Crook County, Wyoming; obtained on July 4, 1947, by H. W. Setzer; original No. 1692. Diagnosis—Size large; over-all tone of upper parts brownish gray; sides Ochraceous-Buff; baculum as in E. m. pallidus. Description —Color pattern: Crown Sayal Brown washed with Cinnamon- Buff; facial stripes Fuscous Black mixed with Clay Color; anterior margin of ear Ochraceous-Orange; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Ochraceous-Buff; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch grayish white; dorsal dark stripes Fuscous Black more or less mixed with Ochraceous-Buff; medial dorsal light stripes Pale Smoke Gray with Ochraceous-Buff along margins; lateral dorsal light stripes grayish white or white with Ochraceous-Buff along margins; sides Ochraceous-Buff; rump and thighs Smoke Gray washed with Ochraceous- Buff; dorsal surface of tail black interspersed with Ochraceous-Buff; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous-Orange, with black along margin and Light Ochra- ceous-Buff along outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Light Buff; underparts creamy white sometimes washed with Ochraceous-Buff. Skull and Baculum: Large but of same proportions as in other subspecies of E. minimus. Comparisons—From E. m. operarius, the subspecies from south-central Wyoming, E. m. silvaticus differs in: Underside of tail lighter; general tone of upper parts grayer; sides lighter; skull and baculum of same size and pro- portions. For comparisons with E. m. pallidus and E. m. confinis, see the accounts of those subspecies. 598 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Remarks.—Intergradation between E. m. silvaticus and E. m. pallidus has already been discussed under the account of E. m. pallidus. Specimens examined.—Total number, 42. Crook Co.: 15 mi. N Sundance, Black Hills Nat. Forest, 5,500 ft., 6; 15 mi. ENE Sundance, 3,825 ft., 1; 3 mi. NW Sundance, 5,900 ft., 14; 1 mi. N Sun- dance, Black Hills Nat. Forest, 1. Weston Co.: 1% mi. E Buckhorn, 6,150 ft., 19; SE Newcastle, 1 (MM). Additional records (Howell 1929:57): Crook Co.: Devils Tower; Sundance. Eutamias minimus operarius Merriam Eutamias amoenus operarius Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18:164, June 29, 1905. Eutamias minimus operarius, Howell, Jour. Mamm. 3:183, August 4, 1922. Type.—Female, adult, skull and skin, No. 129808 (BS); from Gold Hill, 7,400 ft., Boulder County, Colorado; obtained on October 8, 1903, by Vernon Bailey; original No. 8160. Diagnosis.—Size large; general tone of upper parts dark reddish brown; sides Tawny or Ochraceous-Tawny; baculum large, as in E. m. pallidus. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Cinnamon-Buff mixed with Pale Smoke Gray; facial stripes Fuscous Black mixed with Sayal Brown; anterior margin of ear and hairs inside posterior part of pinna Cinnamon-Buff; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch Pale Smoke Gray; dorsal dark stripes black with Ochraceous-Tawny along margins; median dorsal light stripes Pale Smoke Gray with Ochraceous-Tawny along margins; lateral dorsal light stripes white; sides Tawny or Ochraceous-Tawny; rump and thighs Light Grayish Olive; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black slightly mixed with Clay Color; ventral surface of tail Sayal Brown or Ochraceous-Tawny with Fuscous Black along margin and Clay Color along outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Ochraceous-Buff; underparts grayish white, often washed with Buff. Skull and Baculum: Large but of same proportions as in other subspecies of E. minimus. Comparisons.—For comparisons with E. m. minimus, E. m. pallidus, E. m. confinis, and E. m. silvaticus, see the accounts of those subspecies. Remarks.—Specimens from the mountains near Savery in Carbon County and from near Medicine Bow Peak in Carbon and Albany counties are clearly referable to this race on the basis of color pattern. However, in the skull and baculum these specimens resemble E. m. minimus. Specimens from the Laramie Range, 27 mi. N Laramie, show a color pattern which tends toward that of E. m. pallidus. Specimens examined.—Total number, 118. Natrona Co.: 2 mi. W and 7 mi. S Casper, 6,370 ft., 2; 10 mi. S Casper, 7,750 ft., 8; 6 mi. S and 2 mi. W Casper, 5,900 ft., 1. Converse Co.: 21% mi. S and 24% mi. W Douglas, 7,600 ft., 10. TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 599 TABLE 1 Average and Extreme Measurements in Millimeters of Adult Cec OnO i) Lice Can feel (eke tale seis! e)ie\.e lalla 6, OO O10 6 O8o Cato Oo OND Greatest length Om Cro rH Ee A i fn iy HS 33-1 | 19-3 | 16.1 Chipmunks that Occur in Wyoming | | = s = ‘= xc Se ve eS = oe s Ze ars S| 3 me, : 5 © oe hese n -_ > ec ~~ ~ to} = a ° & op oS on o) S nol= eee. |e. Wales alee N Oo ra) a a 4 'S) E. m. minimus, 8S of Bitter Creek, Sweetwater Co. Oe el Gerda |iaes 9.0 188 | 84.6 | 4.65 | 15.51 .O | 16.5 | 14.6 8.6 Wie We Sle 0) Pano 2 lapel FOR Nteen | loo 9.8 197 | 89.0 | 4.80 | 16.21 sib | algge4 alae 8.6 193 | 85.3 | 4.69 | 16.08 .0 | 16.8 | 14.9 7.9 184 | 80.0 | 4.53 | 15.71 tes || livres ay} ales 9.4 200 | 93.0 |} 4.91 | 16.58 E. m. consobrinus, near Jackson, Teton Co. .1 | 16.6 | 14.4| 8.6 | 190 | 83.0 | 4.48 | 15.65 .6 | 16.4] 14.3 | 8.5] 190 | 80.0 | 4.43 | 15.28 .7 | 16.9 | 14.6] 8.8] 192 | 86.0 | 4.59 | 15.99 .8 | 17.1 | 14.5 | 9.1 | 200 | 88.4 | 4.60 | 16.05 2 LG ON S41 |) 8e¢ 195 | 85.0 | 4.43 | 15.60 Sole Dead O45) P2051 92-0) | 4 84 etGes0 . m. pallidus, Moorcroft and Rockypoint, Weston Co. 18.0 | 15.3 | 9.3 193 | 85.8 | 4.84 | 16.74 17.7 | 14.91 8.5 | 185 | 80.0 | 4.34 | 16.23 $854 | 15:9 | 9.7.) 204 | 9L.0 | 5.02 | 1re2i 9.6 9.1 0.3 18.2 | 15.5 205 17.02 eS AG at ; 203 16.30 18.9 | 16.0 | 10. 214 17.39 © 0 © Ses ooo Ot me STO won E. m. confinis, Bighorn Mts., near Tensleep, Washakie Co. 31-6.) 17-8 | 15-4) "S23°)) 205 189.6 | 4578 | 16.71 0.4 | 17.2 | 14.9 : 3.3 | 19.0 | 16.2 8.9 9.9 32.4 | 18.7 | 15.6} 9.6 | 208 | 88.8 | 4.83 | 17.09 9.2 9.7 194 | 79.0 | 4.51 | 16.18 228 |113.0 | 5.09 | 17.70 189 | 76.0 | 4.69 | 16.49 226 |103.0 | 4.93 | 17.73 600 Greatest length of skull E. m. silvaticus, 16 mi. N w oo NO BOI TABLE 1.—Continued Zygomatic breadth E. m. operarius, near Pole Mt., Albany Co. Cranial breadth Length of nasals Total length 193 183 203 203 194 212 Length of tail 86.2 76.0 94.0 90.2 70.0 105.0 85.6 77.0 91.0 85.7 79.0 92.0 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Length of lower tooth-row 4.85 4.63 5.13 4.96 4.61 5.29 4.78 4.58 5.12 4.86 4.64 5.11 . luteiventris, near Moran, Teton Co. 212 | 94.8 198 | 87.0 221 |108.0 27 | 9157 203 | 81.0 225 |100.0 SL. | 1t61 doe ou.o | 17:0 |" 12°89 32.4 | 18.2 | 15.5 32.2 | 18.0 | 15.4 Se ede Gut oO 3o.4 | 1825] Lo.s E.a 30.6 | 18:2 | 15.5 32:2) 17.4 | 14.9 35.2 | 18.7 | 16.2 sacs | LosD toa $2.4 (41821 ise 34.7 | 19.0 | 16.0 E. d. utahensis, 34.7 | 18.9 | 16.4 34.7 | 18:¢ 1 164 34.8 | 19.2 | 16.4 36.0 | 19.5 | 16.3 alo | 194 WP t6s2 36.6 | 19.7 | 16.4 10.6 9.8 12.1 11 10.5 Dery 10.8 10.5 ite i 11.3 11.3 11.4 197 191 203 211 210 212 5.08 5.00 5.15 5.25 5.22 5.28 length of mandible Condylo-alveolar T 9 16.78 17.74 _ lor) _ o 16.90 16.26 18.28 16.52 15.63 17.37 16.50 15.44 17.21 uy gee 16.42 18.39 17.47 16.89 18.33 W side Green River, 1 mi. N Utah border. 17.91 a ey 6 18.06 18.87 18.73 19.02 TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 601 TABLE 1.—Concluded o | amma = = go) n =e) Ss s § re 3 © a6 to u mS R m 5 Sa 22 a 3 ie| 3 o f=] [=| =) EB P. Co) rs) 2 = AS — i ona oa oo te © so | es cs © 5 Oe alles 2 = a = aa! adise ~~ 2 g - ~ = ~ 2S > oO 3 ey e) S| =¥1) 3 1) oS ee Bae Wy. tl ie cilyeee lige cal eels a ) N oO a) HH 4 4 Oo E. u. umbrinus, Mts. S Robertson, Uinta Co. Mean a) Poa 1S oases e109} 218") 96.25 oe ts | 1804 Min.. 34037) 18539 156") 10.311), 205480 4279) aisor 1 ET) Oy ee ee a ca 35:2 | 19.4 | 16.0) 11.7), 228 |112.0.) 5.42, |.18.59 Meant. 22 isc, 2s. 4)y esbok. 19.2015. 9) | 1150 | 224) 96.4. | 5.17 1) 18.46 Min.. Q 34.9 | 19.2 | 15.7 | 10.3 | 204 90.0 | 5.11 | 18.31 1 [ees i eat ak aa 35.4 | 20.0 | 16.2 | 11.8 | 234 {100.0 | 5.22 | 18.98 E. u. fremonti, Togwotee Pass, Fremont Co. Js Fer a (8) | 35.6 15.97) PE 4 223" | 99ST Os o.oe || LOVE Min.. of | 35.2 15.8] 11:1 | 216 | 95.0 | 5.22 | 18.72 WT AN ooh 5c tain aya 36.5 16.1 | 11.8 243 |111.0)| 5.57, | 19.78 Means. . 2525: (6) | 35.3 15.9 | 11.3 | 229 |101:0 | 5.40 | 19.02 IMS. 6582). o 34.5 15.7 | 10.9'}' 223 | 92.0. 5.35 | 18.37 11S GOR ota meee ee 0 5.44 E. u. montanus, near Longs Peak, Boulder Co., Colorado. Meanie sie: (5)) | 3522) |) 1858 Mine. canes fof 34.7 | 18.4 1 UIC 8 a A as 36.8 | 19.4 Mean... 532... (6), |so.7 (190k 226 | 98.0 | 5.28 | 18.67 IVAN. 3 Ve satis Q 35.1 | 18.8 : 215 | 89.0 | 5.06 ee SOU Cena : 19.35 226 | 96.0 | 5.20 | 18.29 215 | 93.0 | 5.03 | 17.80 232 |115.0 | 5.53 | 19.36 602 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Carbon Co.: Lake Marie, 10,440 ft., 1; 2 mi. S and % mi. W Medicine Bow Peak, 10,400 ft., 1; 2 mi. S and 2 mi. W Medicine Bow Peak, 10,700 ft., 1; 10 mi. N and 14 mi. E Encampment, 8,000 ft., 2; 8 mi. N and 14 mi. E En- campment, 8,400 ft., 2; 8 mi. N and 16 mi. E Encampment, 8,400 ft., 3; 21% mi. E and 8 mi. N Encampment, 9,400 ft., 2; 10 mi. E and 6 mi. S Saratoga, 8,800 ft., 1; 8 mi. N and 19% mi. E Savery, 8,800 ft., 16; 17 mi. E and 7 mi. N Savery, 8,300 ft., 1; 7 mi. N and 19 mi. E Savery, 10,128 ft., 1; 14 mi. E and 6 mi. N Savery, 8,400 ft., 1; 5 mi. N and 5 mi. E Savery, 6,900 ft., 2. Albany Co.: 27 mi. N and 7% mi. E Laramie, 6,960 ft., 12; 18 mi. E and 9 mi. N Laramie, 7,700 ft., 2; 8% mi. E and 6% mi. S Laramie, 8,200 ft., 1; % mi. ESE Laramie, 8,500 ft., 1; 8 mi. E and 4 mi. S Laramie, 8,600 ft., 1; 2 mi. SE Pole Mountain, 8,200 ft., 19; 3 mi. S Pole Mountain, 8,100 ft., 2; 1 mi. SSE Pole Mountain, 8,350 ft., 3; 3 mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10,000 ft., 15; 2% mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10,300 ft., 1. Laramie Co.: 5 mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 7,200 ft., 2; 84 mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 7,000 ft., 3; 2 mi. W Horse Creek P. O., 6,600 ft., 1. Additional records (Howell 1929:51): Natrona Co.: Casper Mountains, 7 mi. S Casper. Carbon Co.: Bridger Peak; Riverside. Albany Co.: Springhill, 12 mi. N Laramie Peak; Eagle Peak; Bear Creek, 3 mi. SW Eagle Peak; Laramie Mountains, 10 mi. E Laramie; Woods [= Woods Landing]; Sherman. Laramie Co.: Bluffs near Pole Creek; 6 mi. W Islay. Eutamias amoenus (J. A. Allen) Diagnosis.—Size medium; over-all tone of upper parts often grayish olive; baculum small or medium, slender; tip of baculum 30 to 38 per cent of length of shaft; skull medium, narrow across zygomata. Comparisons.—From E. dorsalis utahensis, the only subspecies of this species in Wyoming, E. amoenus luteiventris differs in: Dorsal light and dark stripes distinct; over-all tone of upper parts less grayish (more tawny); tip of baculum less than 38 per cent of length of shaft in adult specimens. From E. umbrinus fremonti, the only subspecies of this species which occurs in the same area with E. amoenus in Wyoming, E. a. luteiventris differs in: Smaller size; tawny underparts; base of baculum not noticeably widened. For comparisons with E. minimus see the account of that species. Eutamias amoenus luteiventris (J. A. Allen) Tamias quadrivittatus luteiventris J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3:101, June, 1890. Eutamias amoenus luteiventris, Howell, Jour. Mamm., 3:183, August 4, 1922. Type.—RMale, adult, skull and skin, No. 11991/37996 (NM); from “Chief Mountain Lake” [Waterton Lake], 3% mi. N United States-Canadian Boundary, Alberta; obtained on August 24, 1874, by Elliot Coues; original No. 4596. Diagnosis —General tone of upper parts ochraceous; underparts strongly buffy; tip of baculum in adult specimens, more than 80 per cent and less than 88 per cent of length of shaft. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Cinnamon mixed with Smoke Gray; upper two facial stripes black; submalar stripe Fuscous or Fuscous Black mixed with Ochraceous-Tawny; anterior margin of ear Ochraceous-Tawny; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch Light Buff or buffy white; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Ochraceous-Tawny; median dorsal dark stripe black; lateral pair of dorsal dark stripes black and mixed with Tawny, frequently brownish; median pair of dorsal light stripes white tinged with Pale Smoke TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 603 Gray; lateral pair of dorsal light stripes creamy white; sides Tawny or Ochra- ceous-Tawny; rump and thighs Dark Smoke Gray strongly mixed with Cin- namon-Buff; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black mixed with Clay Color; ventral surface of tail Light Ochraceous Tawny, with Fuscous Black around margin and Clay Color around outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon or Cinnamon-Buff; underparts Cinnamon-Buff or Light Ochra- ceous-Buff. Skull: Size medium; moderately narrowed across zygomata. Baculum: Slender; not noticeably broadened at base; tip more than 30 per cent of length of shaft. Remarks.—Although there are no records of this subspecies from the Wind River Mountains, it probably occurs there. The niche that this subspecies occupies is similar to that of E. m. consobrinus as shown by the fact that these two subspecies have been taken together at the same places. Specimens of E. a. luteiventris and E. umbrinus fremonti have been taken together at the same places. In general, E. m. consobrinus occurs in open country and at the edges of forests, whereas E. u. fremonti occurs in the forest. E. a. luteiventris occurs in the intermediate habitat, that is to say, not far into the forest, and not so far out into the open as E. m. consobrinus. Specimens examined.—Total number, 83. Yellowstone Park: Unspecified, 2. Park Co.: 31% mi. N and 86 mi. W Cody, 6,900 ft., 6; 29 mi. N and 31 mi. W Cody, 7,200 ft., 1; 28 mi. N and 30 mi. W Cody, 7,200 ft., 1; 164% mi. N and 17 mi. W Cody, 5,625 ft., 3; 25 mi. S and 28 mi. W Cody, 6,350 ft., 2. Teton Co.: Two Ocean Lake, 2 (1 FC); Whetstone Creek, 8 (MM); Emma Matilda Lake, 1 (FC); Pacific Creek Road, 2% mi. E Moran, 1 (FC); Two Ocean Lake Road, 2 (FC); 2 mi. E Moran, 1 (FC); 2% mi. E and % mi. N Moran, 6,230 ft., 8; Pacific Creek, 1 (MM); junction of Two Ocean Lake Road and U. S. Highway 187, 2 (FC); Signal Mountain Road, 1 (FC); Leigh Lake, 9 (MM); Indian Paint Brush Canyon, Teton Park, 1 (MM); Teton National Park, 3; 8 mi. E and % mi. S Moran, 6,200 ft., 1; 8% mi. E and 1 mi. S Moran, 6,200 ft., 8; 2% mi. N and 3% mi. E Moran, 7,225 ft., 1; Timbered Island, 6,750 ft., 4 mi. N Moose, 5; Bar BC Ranch, 6,500 ft., 2% mi. NE Moose, 9; Grand Teton, 9,000 ft., Teton Park, 1 (MM); Upper Arizona Creek, Jackson, 1 (MM). Lincoln Co.: 3 mi. N and 11 mi. E Alpine, 5,650 ft., 2. Additional records (Howell 1929:69): Yellowstone Park: Mammoth Hot Springs; Roaring Mountain; Bunsen Peak; Yancey; Apollinaris Spring; Canyon; Yellowstone Lake; Upper Geyser Basin; Old Faithful. Park Co.: Near head of Clarks Fork; Pahaska, N Fork Shoshone River at Grinnell Creek; Valley. Teton Co.: Moran; Teton Mountains; Teton Pass. Lincoln Co.: Afton, Salt River Mountains; head of La Barge Creek, 9,100 ft.; Salt River Mountains, 10 mi. SE Afton. Sublette Co.: Merna; Stanley. Eutamias dorsalis (Baird) Diagnosis.—Size medium to large; general tone of upper parts Smoke Gray; dorsal stripes indistinct or obsolete; often brightly colored at base of tail; keel of baculum proportionally high, approximately % of length of tip; skull longer than 34.5 mm. 604 UnIversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Comparisons.—From E. umbrinus, E. dorsalis differs in: Dorsal stripes faint; skull smaller; base of baculum not noticeably expanded; general tone of upper parts grayer. For comparisons with E. minimus and E. amoenus see the accounts of those species. g meso * pad comcc cose comeseoem= “ite i 4 ; : \ H ' i ‘ —. Distribution map of WYOMING Mus. Not. Hist. Univ. Kons. 1945 ’ tesa eae Fic. 2. Known occurrences and probable geographic distribution of Eu- tamias amoenus and Eutamias dorsalis in Wyoming. See figure 1 for explana- tion of symbols. 1. E. amoenus luteiventris 2. E. dorsalis utahensis Eutamias dorsalis utahensis Merriam Eutamias dorsalis utahensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11:210, July 1, 1897. Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 186457 (NM); from Ogden, Weber County, Utah; obtained on October 9, 1888, by Vernon Bailey; original No. 289. Diagnosis.—Size medium; dorsal stripes faint; baculum not noticeably widened at base. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Cinnamon; upper facial stripe Fuscous; other facial stripes Sayal Brown mixed with Fuscous or Fuscous Black; anterior margin of ear Ochraceous-Tawny; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch grayish white; median dorsal dark stripe Fuscous TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 605 or black; other dorsal dark stripes black and mixed with gray, sometimes barely discernible; dorsal pair light stripes Smoke Gray; lateral pair of light stripes creamy white; rump and thighs Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Cinnamon; dorsal surface of tail Fuscous Black mixed with Tilleul Buff; underside of tail Cinnamon-Buff or Pinkish Buff, Fuscous Black around margin and Tilleul Buff around outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon Buff; underparts creamy white; sides Pinkish Cinnamon or Light Pinkish Cinnamon. Skull: Size medium; braincase well inflated; zygomata strong, moderately appressed to cranium. Baculum: Small; keel approximately % of length of tip. Remarks.—Only a few specimens of this subspecies have ever been taken in Wyoming. Little is known about the habits of this chipmunk, which normally is shy and wary. Specimens examined.—Total number, 6. Sweetwater Co.: W side Green River, 1 mi. N Utah border, 6. Additional records (Howell 1929:134): Sweetwater Co.: Green River, 4 mi. NE Linwood, Utah. Distribution map of WYOMING Mus. Nof. Hist.,Univ. Kans, 1945 Fic. 38. Known occurrences and probable geographic distribution of the subspecies of Eutamias umbrinus in Wyoming. See figure 1 for explanation of symbols. 1. E. u. umbrinus 2. E. u. fremonti 8. E. u. montanus 606 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Eutamias umbrinus (J. A. Allen) Diagnosis.—Size large; general tone of upper parts dark; base of baculum widened; outermost dorsal dark stripe barely discernible or lacking; skull rarely shorter than 34.0 mm. Comparisons.—For comparisons with the other species of Eutamias in Wy- oming, see the accounts of E. minimus, E. amoenus, and E. dorsalis. Remarks.—E. umbrinus is the largest of the species of Eutamias occurring in Wyoming. This species usually occurs in the Canadian and Hudsonian life-zones in the mountains of northwestern, south- western, and south-central Wyoming. Eutamias umbrinus umbrinus (J. A. Allen) Tamias umbrinus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 3:96, June, 1890. Eutamias umbrinus, Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 30:45, December 27, 1901. Type.—Male, adult, skull and skin, No. 186463 (NM); from Blacks Fork, about 9,500 ft., Uinta Mountains, Summit County, Utah; obtained on Septem- ber 19, 1888, by Vernon Bailey; original No. 228. Diagnosis —Size medium; over-all tone of upper parts dark and shadowy; skull smallest of this species in Wyoming. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Pale Smoke Gray; facial stripes Fuscous Black or Snuff Brown; ears Fuscous Black; posterior margin of ear and post- auricular patch grayish white; median dorsal dark stripe black with Sayal Brown along margins; lateral pair of dorsal dark stripes Fuscous Black mixed with Sayal Brown, or entirely Sayal Brown; outermost pair of dorsal dark stripes Sayal Brown mixed with Fuscous Black or lacking; sides Sayal Brown mixed with Cinnamon; rump and thighs Sayal Brown mixed with Smoke Gray; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon-Buff; underside of tail Ochraceous-Tawny or Sayal Brown, with Fuscous Black around margin and Pinkish Buff around outermost edge; underparts creamy white with dark gray underfur. Skull: Smooth and rounded; braincase inflated; zygomata strong. Baculum: Broadened at base; shaft tapers rapidly to tip. Comparisons—From E. u. fremonti, the subspecies from the north in the mountains of northwestern Wyoming, E. u. umbrinus differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts darker; sides lighter; skull smaller. From E. u. montanus, the subspecies from the Medicine Bow Range of south-central Wyoming, E. u. umbrinus differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts darker; sides darker; skull smaller. Remarks.—This subspecies occurs only in the foothills of the Uinta Mountains in the southern part of Uinta County. These “foothills” are well-timbered and at an altitude of 7,000 feet and higher. Specimens examined.—Total number, 23. Uinta Co.: 9 mi. S Robertson, 8,000 ft., 15; 10 mi. S and 1 mi. W Robert- son, 8,700 ft., 5; 11% mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 1; 2 mi. E and TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 607 12 mi. S Robertson, Ashley Nat. Forest, 1; 18 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 1. Additional records (Howell 1929:95): Uinta Co.: Henry Fork, 5 mi. W Lone Tree; Lone Tree. Eutamias umbrinus fremonti White Eutamias umbrinus fremonti White, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist. 5:575, December 1, 1953. Type.—Male, adult, skull, skin, and baculum, No. 41790 (KU); from $1 mi. N Pinedale, 8,025 ft., Sublette County, Wyoming; obtained on July 8, 1951, by Rollin H. Baker; original No. 1596. Diagnosis.—Size large; over-all tone of upper parts dark; lower tooth-row longest of this species in Wyoming. Description.—Color pattern: Crown Cinnamon-Buff mixed with gray; upper facial stripe Sepia; ocular stripe Chaetura-Drab; submalar stripe Fuscous Black mixed with Sayal Brown; ears black; anterior margin of ear Mars Yellow; posterior margin of ear grayish white; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Dresden Brown; postauricular patch Pale Smoke Gray; median dorsal dark stripe black; lateral dorsal dark stripes black mixed with Sayal Brown; outer- most dorsal dark stripes Buckhorn Brown mixed with black or sometimes ab- sent; median pair of dorsal light stripes grayish mixed with Buckhorn Brown; outer pair of dorsal light stripes creamy white; sides Buckhorn Brown; rump and thighs Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Saccardo’s Umber; dorsal surface of tail black mixed with Buckhorn Brown; ventral surface of tail Sayal Brown, with Fuscous Black around margin and white or Light Buff around outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Warm Buff; underparts creamy white with dark underfur. Skull: Large; zygomata strong and arched; brain- case well inflated. Baculum: Broad at base; shaft tapers sharply to tip. Comparisons.—From E. u. montanus, the subspecies from the Medicine Bow Range of south-central Wyoming, E. u. fremonti differs in: Over-all tone of upper parts darker; underside of tail darker; feet darker; sides darker. For comparisons with E. u. umbrinus see the account of that subspecies. Remarks.—This subspecies normally occurs in the forest as do the other subspecies of E. umbrinus in Wyoming. A single speci- men taken at 12 mi. N and 3 mi. W Shoshoni, Fremont County, is the exception which probably indicates that E. umbrinus does occur outside of its normal habitat and that gene-flow exists between the subspecies of this species. Specimens examined.—Total number, 53. Yellowstone Park: Unspecified, 2. ; Park Co.: Beartooth Lake, 1 (BS); 16% mi. N and 17 mi. W Cody, 5,625 52: Teton Co.: 1 mi. E and % mi. N Togwotee Pass, 9,800 ft., 2; Amphitheater Lake, Teton Park, 1 (MM); Flat Creek, 4 (MM); head of Cache Creek, 4 (MM); Jackson, Upper Arizona Creek, 2 (MM); Flat Creek-Granite Creek divide, 6 (MM); Flat Creek Pass, 1 (MM); Flat Creek-Gravel Creek divide, 2 (MM). 608 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PuBLs., Mus. Nat. Hist. Lincoln Co.: La Barge Creek, near source, 9,000 ft., 1 (BS). Fremont Co.: Togwotee Pass, 12 (FC); 12 mi. N and 3 mi. W Shoshoni, 4,650 ft., 1; Mosquito Park R. S., 9,500 ft., 17% mi. W and 2% mi. N Lander, 1; 17 mi. S and 6% mi. W Lander, 8,450 ft., 3. Sublette Co.: 31 mi. N Pinedale, 8,025 ft., 1; W side Barbara Lake, 10,300 ft°8 na S and 3 mi. W Fremont Peak, 4; 19 mi. W and 2 mi. S Big Piney, 7,100: £t....5: Additional records (Howell 1929:95): Park Co.: Near head of Clark Fork; Whirlwind Peak near Pahaska, N Fork Shoshone River; Valley, Shoshone Mountains; Needle Mountain. Teton Co.: Teton Mountains, S Moose Creek. Lincoln Co.: Salt River Mountains. Sublette Co.: Gros Ventre Range, 12 mi. NW Kendall; Merna; 8 mi. W Stanley; Big Sandy. Fremont Co.: Jackey’s Creek, 4 mi. SW Dubois; Bull Lake, Wind River Mountains; Lake Fork, Wind River Mountains; Fremont Peak. Eutamias umbrinus montanus White Eutamias umbrinus montanus White, Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. 5:576, December 1, 1953. Type.—Male, adult, skull, skin, and baculum; 20105 (KU); from % mi. E and 3 mi. S Ward, 9,400 ft., Boulder County, Colorado; obtained on August 1, 1947, by E. L. Cockrum; original No. 721. Diagnosis.—Size large; over-all tone of upper parts light; sides light. Description—Color pattern: Crown Raw Sienna mixed with gray; upper facial stripe and ocular stripe black mixed with Sepia; submalar stripe Snuff Brown mixed with black; ear black or Sepia; anterior margin of ear Ochraceous- Tawny; posterior margin of ear and postauricular patch grayish white; hairs inside posterior part of pinna Cinnamon-Buff; median dorsal dark stripe black with Sayal Brown along margins; lateral pair of dorsal dark stripes black mixed with Sayal Brown; outermost pair of dorsal dark stripes Sayal Brown mixed with black or sometimes lacking; median pair of dorsal light stripes Pale Smoke Gray mixed with Clay Color; outer pair of dorsal light stripes creamy white; sides Clay Color; rump and thighs Neutral Gray; dorsal surface of tail black mixed with Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail Ochraceous-Tawny, with black along margin and Cinnamon-Buff or Ochraceous-Tawny along outermost edge; antipalmar and antiplantar surfaces of feet Cinnamon-Buff; underparts creamy white with dark underfur. Skull: Large; zygomata strong and arched; braincase well-inflated. Baculum: Broad at base; shaft tapers sharply to tip. Comparisons.—For comparisons with E. u. umbrinus and E. u. fremonti, see the accounts of those subspecies. Remarks.—Although in Wyoming this subspecies is known only from the Medicine Bow Range, one would expect to find it occur- ring in the Snowy Range and the Laramie Range as well, since there seems to be suitable habitat for this subspecies in those mountain ranges. Specimens examined.—Total number, 3. ts ied Co.: 8 mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10,000 ft., 2; 8% mi. S Wood’s Land- ing, l. TAXONOMY OF CHIPMUNKS OF WYOMING 609 REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONS Eutamias minimus in Wyoming is divisible into two size-groups of subspecies; the smaller size-group (E. m. minimus and E. m. consobrinus), which occurs in the western part of the State, is significantly smaller, in measurements of the skull and baculum, than the larger size-group (E. m. pallidus, E. m. confinis, E. m. silvaticus, and E. m. operarius) which occurs in the eastern part of the State. Although all the six subspecies of E. minimus in Wyoming can be differentiated from one another by color pattern, this species cannot be divided, by means of color pattern, into two groups, comparable in geographic range, to the two size-groups that were established above on the basis of variations in the skull and baculum. Thus, the subspecies of E. minimus are morphologically differ- entiated at two distinct levels; one level is based on differences in the skull and baculum, while the other is based on differences in color. Although there is considerable controversy concerning the glacial chronology in the mountains of western North America (Flint 1947:302-303), it is generally agreed that in Wyoming, in Wis- consinan time (the latest glacial age), glaciers covered a large part of the Yellowstone-Teton-Wind River highlands, the Big Horn Mountains, the southern part of the Laramie Range, the Medicine Bow Range, Sierra Madre Range, and the northern foothills of the Uinta Mountains. With this in mind, a possible explanation of the geographic variation in E. minimus of Wyoming, is here attempted. In Sangamonian time, E. minimus-like chipmunks occurred over most of the region which is now Wyoming, and were divided into two size-groups, much as E. minimus is today. When permanent snow fields were formed in Wisconsinan time, these chipmunks were restricted in their ranges, not, of course, occurring on the glaciers. When the glaciers melted at the end of Wisconsinan time, new habitats were thus “uncovered.” The chipmunks which moved in to these ice-free areas, then, became adapted to the new habitats. This then accounts for the subspeciation of E. m. consobrinus, E. m. confinis, and E. m. operarius. The Black Hills were not covered by glaciers. In late Pleistocene time these hills were probably of low relief. Subsequent differential erosion produced relief sufficient to provide a different habitat. The 610 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hisr. chipmunks that continued to occupy this area adapted themselves in color to the new habitat and became E. m. silvaticus. LITERATURE CITED Cary, M. 1917. Life zone investigations in Wyoming. N. Amer. Fauna, 42:1-96, 15 pls., 17 figs. FLInt, R. F. 1947. Glacial geology and the Pleistocene Epoch. John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. xviii + 589, 88 figs., 27 tables, 6 pls. Hatt, E. R. 1926. Changes during growth in the skull of the rodent Otospermophilus grammurus beecheyi. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 21:355-404, 43 figs., March 9. 1946. Mammals of Nevada. Univ. California Press, Berkeley, California, pp. xi+ 710, 11 pls., 485 figs., July 1. HowEL.u, A. H. 1929. Revision of the American chipmunks (genera Tamias and Eutamias). N. Amer. Fauna, 52:1-157, 10 pls., 9 maps, November 30. Jounson, D. H. 1943. Systematic review of the chipmunks (genus Eutamias) of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 48:63-148, 1 pl., 12 figs., December 24. Larnrison, E. J. 1949. Variation in the chipmunks of west-central Washington. Murrelet, 29:34-43, 1 map, March 1. SHaw, W. T. 1944. Brood nests and young of two western chipmunks in the Olympic Mountains of Washington. Jour. Mamm., 25:274-284, 1 pl., 4 figs., September 8. WuitE, J. A. 1958. Taxonomy of the chipmunks, Eutamias quadrivittatus and Eutamias umbrinus. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5:563-582, 6 figs. in text, December 1. Transmitted June 26, 1953. 24-8967 The Baculum in the Chipmunks of Western North America BY JOHN A. WHITE -CD')o Agra FFB 23 (954 WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 35, pp. 611-631, 19 figures in text December 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL History Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, and Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 35, pp. 611-631, 19 figures in text December 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1953 24-8968 The Baculum in the Chipmunks of Western North America By JOHN A. WHITE CONTENTS PAGE Retrocetion) <2 igd jae att eee Peel eek teks ounce Aaa AMR lho Se I aie 613 Methods, Materials, and Acknowledgments........................... 614 Warton Nesey ds ates ais ome A cohol is Nee era hd ah laalnns Moher Nba Peralta fe Je 4 2 614 Key to the Bacula of the Species of Eutamias of Western North America... 615 FNECOUESL DyRODECICS Hee new te as Sirs ge el CE Me, 20a Ua aw cyte yk oe mao 616 VERVE TUT TA a1, 0 Sag MEO EE Ae, A ee Oe OEE A EE ee oe 616 TBVAQTUATUETIEALS Game ecards ER ie eenic tgs ey a 617 ATOR SENCNIS. £16 Gs ANd A SES p ye sees eae he NS cick eee eee aa ene 618 EPSOMLOMUCE MnO ee a ore teas TaN co eae 619 FU SOINOCTILS Ee ANON Re cert ecu cee AEA PS! ee Oe METAS OR EH 2 fhe LR Oe 619 PER OF SATS ics, Serta Rect au he rats, A eke) NA ae ks Bae en ee ap, bn 620 ER LCTITGTIVE NE Ao eh Sn aE EER ANE ROPE ELC LN OWEN 2: 621 PU GUCOTIUITEAEES. ERE iene Ryn Rieck cole & Ay OL EY CRIT AE 621 FORE 7 OTT LT Ke oe RUE Dp ONS aOR ey A rE ee near ge MOT URN oY mre tH el eg 622 HEM CITIETCNCOMIS TT PR as an eat Me Totti: Kae Res Un LLP aN Bok ir |e ok, Mae pg a 624 DE MUMGCHIGL Ste eee ties Di) lo cram enh tS bse Rena til Mia 624 TE STICCLOSELS GUC TR LN an ts aia ceater von Reet Arle LACIE OMI Peeaein mre PY Etec ie I ee cea 625 PE SITELTUT TEAR UATUEISE Meh ot as Oe are ates Oh ee eee ete ene ss ace shana eee 625 Pe PELTILIDTATAELS OE, L4 Se Re eto Lite emer) am eateeage, tS as a 626 BAVOGLITLCTE Pete he Wer ata Ae Ce re rade Sete fa Sara c/o ee eee 627 OAC PL rs Ot ARATE LEU. ete RR ME AA Tt DML DR RE IA S07 Os med 627 EBicures 1-19. lateral ‘views of bacula. <2... 2.4 cele ees oot de bes 629 DIS CUSSIONGR eS ie Oe Vek ae eM Aerie ste dipla Ria ys mac ued co ae a 630 areratire Citeg) sei es) a ede ee AS Mies. aes coalesce beatin, eae: 631 INTRODUCTION The baculum is the bony part of the penis. In the species of the subgenus Neotamias the proximal part of the baculum is termed the shaft, and the distal upturned part is termed the tip. On the dorsal side of the tip there is a longitudinal ridge termed the keel. The proximal end of the shaft is termed the base (see fig. 19). Depending on the species, the shaft varies from 2.11 to 5.28 mm. in length, and the base may or may not be widened or deepened. The purpose of this report is to: (1) Show the usefulness of the structure of the baculum as a taxonomic character in chipmunks; (613) 614 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. and (2) compare a classification based on the structure of the baculum with a classification based on the structure and appearance of the skull and skin. MeEtTHOps, MATERIALS, AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The bacula which were borrowed from the University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology, were processed according to the method described by Friley (1947:395-397), whereas all others were processed according to the method described by White (1951:125). Thus the bacula that were borrowed from the University of Michigan, are maintained there in a separate collection, whereas the bacula borrowed from other museums and those that are at the University of Kansas, Museum of Natural History, are housed with the skulls of the corresponding specimens. All measurements of the bacula were made by means of an eyepiece micrometer. A total of 194 bacula were seen. All of these are in the Museum of Natural History of the University of Kansas, unless otherwise indicated by the following symbols: BS ....United States Biological Surveys Collection. CN ...Chicago Natural History Museum. LA....Los Angeles County Museum. MM... University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology. NM .. . United States National Museum. UU .. ._University of Utah, Museum of Zoology. I am grateful to Professor E. Raymond Hall for guidance in my study and thank Drs. Robert W. Wilson, Keith R. Kelson, and Edwin C. Galbraith, as well as other friends and associates of the Museum of Natural History, Univer- sity of Kansas, for encouragement and valuable suggestions. Dr. William L. Jellison, United States Public Health Service, aided me in part of my field work and kindly sent me some specimens of chipmunks. My wife, Alice M. White, made the illustrations and helped me in many ways. For the loan of bacula I thank Dr. William H. Burt, University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology. For permission to search for bacula on study skins, and to process those that were found, I thank Miss Viola S. Schantz, United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Mr. Colin C. Sanborn, Chicago Natural History Museum, Mr. Kenneth E. Stager, Los Angeles County Museum, Dr. David H. Johnson, United States National Museum, and Dr. Stephen D. Durrant, Museum of Zoology, University of Utah. Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas University Endowment Association, the National Science Foundation and the United States Navy, Office of Naval Research, through contract No. NR 161 791. VARIATION Individual variation——Individual variation is small. This is shown by a coefficient of variability of only 3.85 in the length of the shaft in a series of 12 specimens of E. umbrinus umbrinus from Paradise Park, 21 mi. W and 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 ft., Uintah County, Utah. BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 615 Variation with age.—In the chipmunks the baculum varies but little with age. In the youngest specimens that I have taken, the M3 and m3 have not yet erupted and there is no wear on P4 and p4; nevertheless, the baculum in these specimens has nearly an adult configuration and size. In juvenal Eutamias minimus the tip of the baculum is longer in relation to the length of the shaft than it is in adults; the tip is 18 to 28 per cent of the length of the shaft in adults, as opposed to 29 to 82 per cent in juveniles. Aberrations.—In a small percentage of specimens of E. minimus and E. umbrinus the baculum is small and S-shaped, even in adults. Variations of taxonomic worth.—Variations in this category are described in the section immediately following the key. KEY TO THE BACULA IN EUTAMIAS OF WESTERN NorRTH AMERICA 1. Distal % to % of shaft markedly compressed laterally; base markedly widened. 2. Distal % of shaft laterally compressed and curved downward to base of tip. 8. Height of keel % of length of tip; keel markedly enlarged. Eutamias bulleri, p. 627 8’. Height of keel & of length of tip; keel not markedly enlarged. Eutamias umbrinus and E. palmeri, pp. 626, 627 2’. Distal % of shaft laterally compressed and curved downward to base of tip. 4. Base of keel % of length of tip; angle formed by tip and shaft essr than LOO ec tt ie eis, esis ok Ania Eutamias speciosus, p. 625 4’, Base of keel % of length of tip; angle formed by tip and shaft more than OQ Git vi gikys sascieds yore Eutamias panamintinus, p. 625 1’. Distal 142 to % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base not markedly widened. 5. Shaft thin; shaft less than .20 mm. in diameter at widest point. 6. Ridges on either side of keel enlarged, partially obscuring lateral view of keel; height of keel 49 of length of tip. Eutamias sonomae, p. 619 6’. Ridges on either side of tip not enlarged, not partially obscuring lateral view of keel; height of keel at least 4% of length of tip. 7. Base not widened or dorsoventrally thickened. 8. Shaft more than 4.5 mm. in length; tip 16 per cent of length of shaft; shaft strongly incised on dorsal side of basenichst mais ere ones 2 orgy! Eutamias merriami, p. 621 8’. Shaft less than 4.4 mm. in length; tip more than 25 per cent of length of shaft; shaft not incised on dorsal side of base. 9. Height of keel 14 of length of tip; angle formed by tip and) shaft idistinct. <.4:.0 2455-5 % Eutamias alpinus, p. 616 616 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. 9’. Height of keel at least 14 of length of tip; angle formed by tip and shaft poorly defined. 10. Height of keel 4 of length of tip; angle formed by tip and shaft 140°..... Eutamias dorsalis, p. 10’. Height of keel 4 of length of tip; angle formed by tip and shaft 130° or less. 11. Tip more than 29 per cent of length of shaft. Eutamias amoenus, p. 11’. Tip less than 28 per cent of length of shaft. Eutamias minimus, p. 7’. Base widened and dorsoventrally thickened. Eutamias townsendii, p. 5’. Shaft thick; shaft more than .25 mm. in diameter at widest point. 12. Length of shaft less than 3.00 mm.; length of tip less than POET et hes cove os ee ee Eutamias quadrivittatus hopiensis, p. 12’. Length of shaft more than 8.10 mm.; length of tip more than 1.15 mm. 13. Tip less than 28 per cent of length of shaft. Eutamias quadrimaculatus, p. 13’. Tip more than 29 per cent of length of shaft. 14. Angle formed by tip and shaft more than 140°; ridges on either side of tip indistinct. Eutamias cinereicollis, p. 14’. Angle formed by tip and shaft less than 135°; ridges on either side of tip distinct. 15. Shaft less than 8.65 mm. in length, and .55 mm. or less in diameter at widest point. Eutamias quadrivittatus quadrivittatus, p. 15’. Shaft usually more than 3.65 mm. in length, but when shorter, diameter is .60 mm. or more at widest point. 16. Diameter of shaft at widest point less than .58 mm.; tip less than 85 per cent of length of shaft. .Eutamias ruficaudus ruficaudus, p. 16’. Diameter of shaft at widest point more than .65 mm.; tip more than 40 per cent of length of shaft... Eutamias ruficaudus simulans, p. ACCOUNTS BY SPECIES Eutamias alpinus (Merriam) Figure 1 Pelage silky; tail bright orange beneath; markings relatively obscure; small; skull broad, flattened, and large in proportion to body. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, 14 of length of tip; tip 39 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 135°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base slightly wider than shaft; shaft short, 2.17 mm. 620 619 617 618 622 624 624 621 622 623 size BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 617 Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, and shaft thinner; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quadrimaculatus, in shaft thinner, baculum shorter; from E. townsendii, in base not dorsoventrally thickened, base not so widened; from E. sonomae, in ridges on either side of tip not en- larged, base not dorsoventrally thickened; from E. amoenus, E. minimus, and E. dorsalis, in keel lower, angle formed by tip and shaft more distinct; from E. merriami, in baculum markedly shorter, base not incised dorsally. Specimen examined: One from Big Cottonwood Meadows, S of Mount Whitney, 10,000 ft., Inyo Co., California (CN). Eutamias minimus (Bachman) Figure 2 Coloration varying from light to dark depending on subspecies; size small to medium; rostrum short and stout. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, % of length of tip; tip 18 to 28 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 125°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; shaft short to long, 2.44 to 4.85 mm. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in shaft thinner, base not markedly widened; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quad- rimaculatus, in shaft thinner, tip shorter; from E. amoenus, in tip less than 28 per cent of length of shaft; from E. dorsalis, in angle formed by tip and shaft smaller; from E. townsendii, in tip less than 28 per cent of length of shaft, angle formed by tip and shaft 125° instead of 130°; from E. sonomae, in ridges on either side of tip less well-developed, keel higher; from E. merriami, in shaft shorter (less than 4.40 mm.), base not incised, tip proportionally longer. For comparison with E. alpinus see the account of that species. In most places where E. minimus and E. amoenus occur together they can be distinguished without recourse to the baculum, but at Banff and Canmore in western Alberta, recourse to the baculum is almost necessary. There, as elsewhere, they can be distinguished readily by the shape of the bacula. Specimens examined: 72. Eutamias minimus borealis: Alberta: Canmore, 1 (BS). E. m. cacodemus: South Dakota: Shannon Co.: Quinn’s Draw, Cheyenne River, 1 (NM); 14 mi. N and 5 mi. W Rockyford, 8,200 ft., 1. 618 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. E. m. confinis: Wyoming: Big Horn Co.: 17 mi. E and 8 mi. S Shell, 9,000 ft., 1; 9 mi. E and 9 mi. N Tensleep, 8,200 ft., 1. Washakie Co.: 9 mi. E and 4 mi. N Tensleep, 7,000 ft., 1. E. m. consobrinus: Montana: Madison Co.: 26 mi. NW West Yellowstone, 6,100 ft., 1. Wyoming: Sublette Co.: 5 mi. E and 9 mi. N Pinedale, 9,100 ft., 2. Uinta Co.: 10 mi. S and 1 mi. W Robertson, 8,700 ft., 1; 13 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., 2. Utah: Uintah Co.: Paradise Park, 21 mi. W and 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 ft., 8. Colorado: Jackson Co.: 9% mi. W and 2 mi. N Walden, 8,400 ft., 1. E. m. jacksoni: Michigan: Menominee Co.: 7 mi. E Stephenson, 4 (MM). Wisconsin: Juneau Co.: Camp Douglas, 1 (NM). E. m. minimus: Wyoming: Natrona Co.: 27 mi. N and 1 mi. E Powder River, 6,075 ft., 1; 16 mi. S and 11 mi. W Waltman, 6,950 ft., 1; Sun Ranch, 5 mi. W Independence Rock, 6,000 ft., 1. Uinta Co.: 8% mi. W Ft. Bridger, 7,100 ft., 1; 2 mi. W Ft. Bridger, 6,700 ft., 1; unspecified, 3 (MM). Sweet- water Co.: Kinney Ranch, 21 mi. S Bitter Creek, 6,800 ft., 1; 32 mi. S and 22 mi. E Rock Springs, 7,025 ft., 3; 83 mi. S Bitter Creek, 1. E. m. operarius: Wyoming: Converse Co.: 21% mi. S and 24% mi. W Douglas, 1. Carbon Co.: 8 mi. N and 19% mi. E Savery, 8,800 ft., 1; 5 mi. N and 5 mi. E Savery, 6,900 ft., 1. Albany Co.: 8 mi. ESE Browns Peak, 10,000 ft., 1. Colorado: Rocky Mountain National Park, 1 (MM). Boulder Co.: Unspecified, 1 (NM). Gunnison Co.: 7 mi. S and 7 mi. W Gunnison, 8,150 ft., 1. Saguache Co.: 5 mi. N and 22 mi. W Saguache, 10,000 ft., 2. Archuleta Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM); 5 mi. S and 25 mi. W Antonito, 9,600 ft., 3. Costilla Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). New Mexico: Taos Co.: 28 mi. S and 6 mi. E Taos, 8,750 ft., 8. E. m. pallidus: Montana: Fergus Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). Sweetgrass Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). Wyoming: Campbell Co.: 4 mi. S and 8 mi. W Rockypoint, 1; Ivy Creek, 8 mi. W and 5 mi. N Spotted Horse, 8; Middle Butte, 6,010 ft., 38 mi. S and 19 mi. W Gillette, 1. E. m. silvaticus: South Dakota: Pennington Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). Custer Co.: Unspecified, 2 (MM). Wyoming: Weston Co.: 1% mi. E Buck- horn, 6,150 ft., 3. Eutamias townsendii (Bachman) Figure 3 Pelage tawny to olivaceous; stripes obscure and underparts tawny, or stripes conspicuous and underparts white; tail slender and sparsely haired; size large; skull largest in the subgenus Neotamias. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, % of length of tip; tip 32 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 180°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base deeper and wider than shaft; shaft short, 2.24 mm. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, shaft thinner, tip proportionally shorter; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quadrimaculatus, in shaft thinner, baculum shorter and smaller; from E. sonomae, in ridges on either side of tip not enlarged, keel proportionally higher; from E. amoenus and E. dorsalis, in base widened and thickened, baculum usually shorter; BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 619 from E. merriami, in being markedly shorter, and having base widened and deepened but not incised dorsally. For comparisons with E. alpinus and E. minimus see the accounts of those species. Specimens examined: 2. E. townsendii townsendii: Oregon: Multnomah Co.: Portland, 1 (NM). E. t. cooperi: Oregon: Hood Co.: Brooks Meadow, 4,800 ft., 9 mi. ENE Mount Hood, 1 Eutamias sonomae Grinnell Figure 4 Upper parts rich reddish, more or less dulled by gray; backs of pinnae of ears nearly bare; tail long and bushy; size large; skull large, long, and narrow; rostrum deep. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, “40 of length of tip; tip 27 to 31 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 130°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base deeper and wider than shaft; shaft of medium length, 8.03 to 3.80 mm.; ridges on either side of tip strongly developed, partly obscuring keel from side. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in ridges on either side of tip strongly de- veloped, shaft thin, base not markedly widened, tip proportionally shorter; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quadrimaculatus, in shaft thin, ridges on either side of tip strongly developed, baculum shorter; from E. amoenus and E. dorsalis, in keel lower, ridges on either side of tip strongly developed, base thicker and wider; from E. merriami, in markedly shorter, ridges on either side of tip strongly developed, tip proportionally longer, base wider and deeper but not incised dorsally. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, and E. townsendii, see the accounts of those species. Specimens examined: 5. x sonomae alleni: California: Marin Co.: Unspecified, 1 (NM). E. sonomae sonomae: California: Siskiyou Co.: Salmon Mts., W slope, W Sas 1 (BS). Shasta Co.: Redding, 1 (BS). Mendocino Co.: Cahto, Eutamias amoenus (J. A. Allen) Figure 5 Upper parts generally ochraceous; venter frequently buffy; size small to medium; zygomatic arches usually appressed to cranium; frequently difficult to distinguish from E. minimus. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, % of length of tip; tip 30 to 35 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 180°; 620 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; shaft short, 2.37 to 2.96 mm. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, shaft thinner; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis and E. quad- rimaculatus, in shaft thinner, baculum usually shorter, tip shorter; from E. dorsalis, in keel lower, angle formed by tip and shaft 130°, usually smaller; from E. merriami, in being markedly shorter, and in base not being dorsally incised, tip proportionally longer. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, and E. sonomae, see the accounts of those species. Bacula from skins labeled as E. amoenus amoenus from, Lardo, Valley Co., Idaho (MM), Butte Co., Idaho (MM), and Boise Na- tional Forest, Idaho (BS), resemble the bacula of E. umbrinus, and critical study of other features of these specimens probably will show that they are E. umbrinus. Specimens examined: 23: E. amoenus amoenus: Oregon: Klamath Co.: Fort Klamath, 1 (MM). Idaho: Valley Co.: Lardo, 1 (BS). Butte Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). Boise National Forest, 1 (BS). E. a. ludibundus: British Columbia: Moose Lake, 1 (NM). E. a. luteiventris: Alberta: Banff, 2 (BS). Montana: Flathead Co.: 1 mi. W and 2 mi. S Summit, 5,000 ft., 1. Teton Co.: 17% mi. W and 6% mi. N Augusta, 5,100 ft., 2. Missoula Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). Idaho: Idaho Co.: 20 mi. S and 2 mi. E Grangeville, 2. Fremont Co.: 7 mi. W West Yel- lowstone, 7,000 ft., 5; 9 mi. SW West Yellowstone, 8,500 ft., 1. Wyoming: Teton Co.: 2% mi. N and 3% mi. E Moran, 7,225 ft., 1. E. a. monoensis: California: Mono Co.: Leevining Creek, 1 (NM). E. a. vallicola: Montana: Ravalli Co.: Bass Creek, 3% mi. NW Stevensville, 3,750 ft., 2. Eutamias dorsalis (Baird) Figure 6 General tone of upper parts smoky gray; dorsal stripes indistinct or obsolete; skull large. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, % of length of tip; tip 29 to 40 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 140°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; shaft short to medium, 2.64 to 3.69 mm. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not widened, shaft thinner; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quadrimacu- latus, in shaft thinner, baculum usually shorter; from E. merriami, in shaft markedly shorter, base not incised dorsally, tip propor- tionally longer. BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 621 For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, and E. amoenus, see the accounts of those species. Specimens examined: 12. E. dorsalis dorsalis: Arizona: Yavapai Co.: 3 mi. N Ft. Whipple, 5,000 ft., 1 (BS). Gila Co.: Carr’s Ranch, Sierra Ancha Mountains, 1 (BS). Pima Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). New Mexico: Valencia Co.: Mount Taylor, 1 (MM); 1 mi. N Cebolleta, 1 (MM). Socorro Co.: San Mateo Mountains, 1 (BS). Chihuahua: Sierra Madre, near Guadalupe y Calvo, 3 (BS). E. d. utahensis: Wyoming: Sweetwater Co.: W side Green River, 1 mi. N Utah Border, 1. Colorado: Moffat Co.: Escalante Hills, 20 mi. SE Ladore, 1 (BS). Arizona: Coconino Co.: Ryan, 1 (BS). Eutamias merriami (J. A. Allen) Figure 7 General tone of upper parts grayish; cheeks and underparts white, more or less dulled by gray; size large; skull large. Baculum: Shaft thin; keel low, % of length of tip; tip 16 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 130°; distal Yo of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base incised dorsally; shaft markedly long, 4.88 mm. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base incised dorsally, base not widened, shaft thinner, tip proportionally shorter; from E. quadrivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quadrimaculatus, in base incised dorsally, shaft thinner, tip proportionally much shorter. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, and E. dorsalis, see the accounts of those species. Specimens examined: One from Mount Pifios, Ventura Co., California (LA). Eutamias quadrivittatus (Say) Figures 8-10 Color bright and tawny; size medium to large; braincase widened. Baculum of E. q. quadrivittatus: Shaft thick; keel proportionally low, i of length of tip; tip 30 to 44 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 130°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; shaft long, 3.17 to 3.62 mm. Differs from E. q. hopiensis, in baculum larger, angle formed by tip and shaft less distinct; from E. ruficaudus ruficaudus, in shaft and tip proportionally shorter; from E. r. simulans, in keel propor- tionally lower, shaft usually shorter and narrower; from E. cinereicol- lis, in shaft shorter, angle formed by tip and shaft larger, ridges on either side of tip more distinct; from E. quadrimaculatus, in tip proportionally shorter, shaft shorter; from E. speciosus, E. pana- 622 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. mintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, shaft longer, angle formed by tip and shaft larger. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, E. dorsalis, and E. merriami, see the accounts of those species. Baculum of E. q. hopiensis: Shaft thick; keel proportionally low, % of length of tip; tip 34 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 130°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; shaft short, 2.64 mm. in length. Differs from E. ruficaudus ruficaudus, E. r. simulans, E. cinereicol- lis, and E. quadrimaculatus, in being shorter, proportions as in E. q. quadrivittatus; from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, angle formed by tip and shaft larger; from E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, E. dorsalis, and E. merriami, except for smaller size, as in E. q. quadrivittatus. Bacula of E. q. hopiensis from northeastern Arizona are like those in typical E. q. quadrivittatus. The specimens from this region, to judge from parts of the animal other than the baculum, are inter- grades between E. q. hopiensis and E. q. quadrivittatus. Specimens from near Moab, Grand Co., Utah, are typical E. q. hopiensis and the bacula of these specimens are considerably smaller than those of specimens of typical E. q. quadrivittatus. No bacula are known to me that are structurally intermediate between those of E. q. quadrivittatus and E. q. hopiensis. Specimens examined: 21. E. quadrivittatus quadrivittatus: Colorado: Gunnison Co.: Sapinero, 1 (BS). Chaffee Co.: Unspecified, 1 (MM). Saguache Co.: 5 mi. N and 22 mi. W Saguache, 10,000 ft., 1. Fremont Co.: Canon City, 8 (BS). New Mexico: Rio Arriba Co.: Dulce, 1 (BS). Taos Co.: 23 mi. S and 6 mi. E Taos, 8,750 ft., 4. Union Co.: Sierra Grande, 1 (BS). Valencia Co.: Mirror Spring, Mt. Taylor, 3 (MM). Torrance Co.: S end, E slope, Manzano Moun- tains, 2 (BS). E. quadrivittatus hopiensis: Utah: Grand Co.: Mouth of Nigger Bill Can- yon, E side Colorado River, 4 mi. N Moab Bridge, 4,500 ft., 1 (UU); Moab, 4,500 ft., 1 (UU). Arizona: Apache Co.: Tunicha Mountains, 1 (BS). Eutamias ruficaudus Howell Figures 11-12 General tone of upper parts dark tawny; size medium; braincase narrowed. Baculum of E. r. ruficaudus: Shaft thick; keel proportionally low, % of length of tip; tip 31 to 33 per cent of length of shaft; angle BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 623 formed by tip and shaft 120°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base slightly widened; shaft long, 4.09 to 4.56 mm. Differs from E. r. simulans, in keel proportionally lower, tip proportionally shorter, distal % of shaft less laterally compressed, shaft usually longer; from E. cinereicollis, in angle formed by tip and shaft smaller, shaft shorter, ridges on either side of tip distinct; from E. quadrimaculatus, in tip proportionally longer, shaft usually shorter; from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, shaft longer, angle formed by tip and shaft larger. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, E. dorsalis, E. merriami, and E. quadrivittatus, see the accounts of those species. Baculum of E. r. simulans: Shaft thick; keel proportionally low, % of length of tip; tip 40 to 48 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 130°; distal % of shaft laterally compressed; base slightly wider than shaft; shaft medium to long, 3.30 to 4.26 mm. Differs from E. cinereicollis in, keel proportionally higher, shaft shorter, tip proportionally longer, angle formed by tip and shaft smaller, distal % of shaft more laterally compressed; from E. quad- rimaculatus in, keel proportionally higher, angle formed by tip and shaft larger, tip proportionally longer, distal % of shaft more laterally compressed, shaft shorter; from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in base not markedly widened, shaft usually longer. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, E. dorsalis, E. merriami, and E. quadrivit- tatus, see the accounts of those species. The differences between the bacula of the subspecies Eutamias ruficaudus ruficaudus and E. r. simulans are comparable to those usually found between species of chipmunks. Consequently, I suspect that E. r. simulans and E. r. ruficaudus are specifically distinct and suggest that a search would be worth while for speci- mens in the geographic area between the geographic ranges as now known for the two kinds to ascertain whether intergradation (the criterion of subspecies) occurs. I suppose there is no inter- gradation but in the absence of precise information, I choose not to modify the current taxonomic arrangement of E. r. ruficaudus and E. r. simulans. Specimens examined: 17. 624 UnIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. E. ruficaudus ruficaudus: Montana: Flathead Co.: 1 mi. W and 2 mi. S Summit, 5,000 ft., 2. Ravalli Co.: Big Hole Hill, 6,000 ft., 2; Big Hole Hill, 6,600 ft., 1; Continental Divide, Big Hole Hill, 7,000 ft., 1. E. r. simulans: Idaho: Bonner Co.: Priest Lake, 1 (BS). Kootenai Co.: 138 mi. E and 5 mi. N Coeur d’Alene, 3. Shoshone Co.: Mullan, 1 (BS). Clearwater Co.: 25 mi. E and 16 mi. N Pierce, 6. Eutamias cinereicollis (J. A. Allen) Figure 13 General tone of upper parts dark grayish tawny; size medium to large; skull large; braincase widened. Baculum: Shaft thick; keel proportionally low, % of length of tip; tip 34 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 145°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base slightly widened; shaft long, 4.88 mm. Differs from E. quadrimaculatus, in keel lower, ridges on either side of tip weakly developed, angle formed by tip and shaft larger; from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in shaft longer, base not markedly widened, angle formed by tip and shaft much larger. For comparisons with E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, E. dorsalis, E. merriami, E. quadrivittatus, and E. ruficaudus, see the accounts of those species. Specimen examined: One from Mount Thomas, White Mountains, Apache Co., Arizona (BS). Eutamias quadrimaculatus (Gray) Figure 14 General tone of upper parts bright reddish; pattern inconspicuous; light and dark facial stripes strongly contrasting; size large; skull relatively small and slightly built. Baculum: Shaft thick; keel relatively low, % of length of tip; tip 27 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 120°; distal % of shaft slightly compressed laterally; base slightly wider than shaft; shaft long, 4.35 to 5.28 mm. Differs from E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. townsendii, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri, in shaft markedly longer; base not markedly widened; angle formed by tip and shaft larger; tip proportionally shorter. For comparisons with all other species of chipmunks from west- ern North America, see the accounts of those species. Specimens examined: 4. California: Plumas Co.: Mountains near Quincy, 1 (BS). Placer Co.: Blue Canyon, 1 (NM). Alpine Co.: Markleeville, 1 (BS); N fork Stanislaus River, 1 (BS). BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 625 Eutamias speciosus (Merriam) Figure 15 General tone of upper parts bright; light and dark elements of color pattern strongly contrasting; outer stripes broad and strikingly conspicuous; size medium; skull moderately broadened; dorsal outline of skull strongly arched in profile; upper incisors short and sharply recurved. Baculum: Shaft thick; keel of medium height, % of length of tip; base of keel % of length of tip; tip 47 to 55 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 90°; distal % of shaft markedly compressed laterally; base markedly wider than shaft; shaft short to medium, 2.11 to 3.17 mm. Differs from E. panamintinus, in base of keel proportionally shorter, angle formed by tip and shaft smaller; from E. umbrinus and E. palmeri, in keel higher, angle formed by tip and shaft smaller, distal % (not %) of shaft markedly laterally compressed, base markedly wider; from E. bulleri, in keel smaller, shaft shorter, tip proportionally longer, ridges on either side of tip distinct. For comparisons with all other species of chipmunks of western North America, see the accounts of those species. The baculum in E. speciosus frater is approximately the same size as in E. umbrinus inyoensis, but differs in shape as described above. Specimens examined: 6. E. speciosus frater: California: Madera Co.: San Joaquin River, near head of N fork, Sierra Nevada Mountains, 2 (BS). E. speciosus sequoiensis: California: Tulare Co.: Mount Whitney, 1 (BS); Sequoia National Park, 2 (BS). E. speciosus callipeplus: California: Kern Co.: Mount Pinos, 1 (BS). Eutamias panamintinus (Merriam) Figure 16 Dorsal dark stripes reddish; size small to medium; skull of medium size; braincase flattened. Baculum: Shaft thick; keel low, % of length of tip; base of keel % of length of tip; tip 52 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 110°; distal % of shaft moderately compressed laterally; base markedly widened; shaft short, 2.17 mm. Differs from E. umbrinus and E. palmeri, in distal % (rather than %) of shaft moderately compressed laterally; from E. bulleri, in keel smaller, shaft shorter, ridges on either side of tip distinct. For comparisons with other species of chipmunks of western North America, see the accounts of those species. 626 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. The structure of the baculum most closely resembles that of E. speciosus and the geographic ranges of these two species are in juxtaposition. Specimen examined: One from Coal Kilns, Panamint Mountains, Inyo Co., California (CN). Eutamias umbrinus (J. A. Allen) Figures 17-18 General tone of upper parts dark; size medium to large; skull of medium size; braincase narrowed. Baculum: Shaft thick; keel low, % of length of tip; tip 36 to 50 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 100°; distal % of shaft markedly compressed laterally; base markedly widened; shaft short to medium, 2.51 to 3.03 mm. Differs from E. bulleri, in shaft shorter, keel smaller, ridges on either side of tip distinct; distal % of shaft strongly compressed laterally. Does not differ from E. palmeri. For comparisons with all other species of chipmunks of western North America, see the accounts of those species. Specimens of E. wmbrinus montanus from north-central Colo- rado have, in the past (Howell 1929:82), been referred to E. quadrivittatus quadrivittatus. In many features these two kinds of chipmunks resemble each other closely; their bacula, nevertheless, differ markedly (compare figs. 8-9 with 17-18). Specimens examined: 25. E. umbrinus umbrinus: Wyoming: Uinta Co.: 10 mi. S and 1 mi. W Robertson, 8,700 ft., 1. Utah: Uintah Co.: Paradise Park, 21 mi. W and 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 ft., 12. E. u. adsitus: Utah: Beaver Co.: Britts Meadow, Beaver Range Mountains, 8,500 ft., 1 (BS). Wayne Co.: Donkey Lake, Boulder Mountain, 10,000 ft., 1 (UU). Garfield Co.: Wildcat R. S., Boulder Mountain, 8,700 ft., 1 (UU). E. u. sedulus: Utah: Garfield Co.: Mount Ellen, Henry Mountains, 1 (BS). E. u. inyoensis: California: Tulare Co.: Mount Whitney, head of Big Cottonwood Creek, 2 (BS). Nevada: Elko Co.: W side Ruby Lake, 3 mi. N Elko County Line, 1. E. u. nevadensis: Nevada: Clark Co.: Sheep Mountains, 1 (MM). E. u. fremonti: Wyoming: Sublette Co.: 31 mi. N Pinedale, 8,025 ft., 1; 19 mi. W and 2 mi. S Big Piney, 1. E. u. montanus: Colorado: Boulder Co.: 8 mi. S Ward, 9,000 ft., 1; % mi. E and 3 mi. S Ward, 9,400 ft., 1. BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 627 Eutamias palmeri Merriam Figures 17-18 General tone of upper parts grayish tawny; ocular stripe pale; skull, rostrum, nasals, and upper incisors shorter than in E. umbrinus. Baculum: Indistinguishable from that of E. umbrinus. This sup- ports the opinion of previous students that E. palmeri is a close relative of E. umbrinus which occurs immediately to the north and east. Intergradation does not occur between these two species, for, low-lying terrain, inhospitable to chipmunks, isolates E. palmeri from its relatives. (Verbal information from E. R. Hall.) Specimen examined: One from Charleston Peak, 8,000 ft., Clear Creek Co., Nevada. Eutamias bulleri (J. A. Allen) Figure 19 General tone of upper parts dark; dorsal dark stripes conspicuous and black; size large; skull large. Baculum: Shaft thick; keel high, % of length of tip; keel long, % of length of tip; tip 40 to 48 per cent of length of shaft; angle formed by tip and shaft 100°; base markedly widened; shaft of medium length, 3.30 mm. For comparisons with all other species of chipmunks of western North America, see the accounts of those species. The large size of the keel of the baculum in this species is distinc- tive among chipmunks of western North America. Specimens examined: 2. E. bulleri bulleri: Zacatecas: Sierra de Valparaiso, 2 (NM). 628 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. Fics. 1-19. Lateral view of right side, unless Grbenwise indicated, of the baculum in each of the species of chipmunks (subgenus Neotamias) of western North America: i 10. 11. 18. 14, 15. 16. ive 18. 19. Eutamias alpinus, No. 12577 CN; from Big Cottonwood Meadow, Tulare Co., California. E. minimus consobrinus, No. 25489; from 13 mi. S and 2 mi. E Robertson, 9,200 ft., Uinta Co., Wyoming. E. townsendii cooperi, No. 53169; from Brooks Meadow, 4,300 ft., 9 mi. ENE Mt. Hood, Hood River Co., Oregon. E. sonomae sonomae, No. 98486 BS; from Redding, Shasta Co., California. E. amoenus luteiventris, No. 83811; from 7 mi. W West Yellowstone, 7,000 ft., Fremont Co., Idaho. E. dorsalis dorsalis, No. 218415 BS; from 3 mi. N Ft. Whipple, 5,000 ft., Yavapai Co., Arizona. E. merriami merriami, No. 1270 LA; from Mount Pinos, Ventura Co., California. and 9. E. quadrivittatus quadrivittatus, No. 35648/47919 BS; from Canon City, Fremont Co., Colorado. Figure 9 in dorsal view. E. quadrivittatus hopiensis, No. 783 UU; from Moab, 4,500 ft., Grand Co., Utah. E. ruficaudus ruficaudus, No. 33884; from 1 mi. W and 2 mi. S Summit, 5,000 ft., Flathead Co., Montana. E. ruficaudus simulans, No. 41478; from 18 mi. E and 5 mi. N Coeur d’Alene, Kootenai Co., Idaho. E. cinereicollis cinereicollis, No. 208621 BS; from Mount Thomas, White Mountains, Apache Co., Arizona. E. quadrimaculatus, No. 95780 BS; from Mountains near Quincy, Plumas Co., California. E. speciosus sequoiensis, No. 29185/41203 BS; from Mount Whitney, Tulare Co., California. E. panamintinus panamintinus, No. 12502 CN; from Coal Kilns, Panamint Mountains, Inyo Co., California. E. umbrinus umbrinus, No. 38062; from Paradise Park, 21 mi. W and 15 mi. N Vernal, 10,050 ft., Uintah Co., Utah. E. umbrinus montanus, No. 20105; from % mi. E and 8 mi. S Ward, 9,400 ft., Boulder Co., Colorado. Dorsal view. E. bulleri bulleri, No. 193142 NM; from Sierra del Valparaiso, Zacatecas. BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 629 630 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. DISCUSSION In California, Johnson (1943) recognized ten species of chip- munks and assigned these to the five main groups of species which were proposed by Howell (1929). In characterizing each species, Johnson (op. cit.) not only made a careful study of skins and skulls, but also employed many ecological data. Study of the bacula of the Californian chipmunks supports John- son’s (op. cit.) conclusion that there are ten species, but suggests that there are three (not five) groups of species in California—as well as elsewhere within the geographic range of the subgenus Neotamias. The three groups are (see figs. 1-19): 1. minimus-group (E. alpinus, E. minimus, E. townsendii, E. sonomae, E. amoenus, E. dorsalis, and E. merriami); 2. quadrivittatus-group (E. quad- rivittatus, E. ruficaudus, E. cinereicollis, and E. quadrimaculatus); and 3. speciosus-group ( E. speciosus, E. panamintinus, E. umbrinus, E. palmeri, and E. bulleri). Eutamias panamintinus, according to Howell (op. cit.:78) and Johnson (op. cit.:83), is a near relative of E. amoenus. But, the baculum in E. panamintinus more closely resembles that in E. speciosus than that in E. amoenus (compare figs. 5, 15, and 16). Consequently I have placed E. panamintinus in the speciosus-group. In north-central Colorado, specimens that really are E. umbrinus (subspecies montanus ) have, in the past (Howell op. cit.:82), been referred to E. quadrivittatus quadrivittatus, but the bacula of the two species differ markedly from each other (compare figs. 8-9 with 17-18) and permit the specimens readily to be correctly identified to species. Further, Howell (op. cit.:95) placed E. umbrinus (subspecies umbrinus and fremonti of current usage) in the quadrivittatus-group, whereas the structure of the baculum leads me to place E. umbrinus in the speciosus-group. Thus, groups of species established on the basis of only skulls and skins, in a few instances differ from those established on a broader basis which includes the bacula. Johnson (op. cit.:63) writes, “Each species [of Eutamias] has a characteristic habitat which differs from those of other species. Where two or more species occur together in a general locality they are usually mutually exclusive in their choice of foraging and nesting sites and in the time of breeding.” Thus he classified the species of Californian chipmunks not only by morphologic char- acteristics but by habits and habitats as well. The characteristics of the skulls and skins of chipmunks probably reflect the habitats BACULUM IN THE CHIPMUNKS 631 in which these animals live. The characteristics of the bacula, on the other hand, may also reflect the habitats in which the animals live, but to a lesser degree. Because the structures of the bacula are probably less affected by the action of the external environ- ment, they probably indicate relationships between groups of species of chipmunks more clearly than do characteristics of the skulls and skins. If the structures of the bacula indicate relationships between groups of species of chipmunks more clearly than do the char- acteristics of the skulls and skins, the close resemblance of the skulls of E. quadrivittatus and E. umbrinus may be thought of as convergence. The same can be said of E. amoenus and E. pana- mintinus. LITERATURE CITED FrILeEy, C. E., Jr. 1947. Preparation and preservation of the baculum of mammals. Jour. Mamm., 28:395-397, 1 fig., December 1. Howe tu, A. H. 1929. Revision of the American chipmunks (genera Tamias and Eutamias). N. Amer. Fauna, 52:1-157, 10 pls., 9 maps. Jounson, D. H. 1948. Systematic review of the chipmunks (genus Eutamias of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 48:63-148, 6 pls., 12 figs. in text, De- cember 24. Waite, J. A. 1951. A practical method for mounting the bacula of small mammals. Jour. Mamm., 82:125, February 15. Transmitted June 26, 1958. 24-8968 TAL i) ntoeneel at ry ea stash itt rear ghar aah, pe i iv ch itl rial Lil a f Abn a ah fhitgeoedle Ke 1 a HIgh ‘ lnaiesay ar iy dat ") fon, ae aie yy ¢ ahd Ws ii mah aba AE Lana A tian | 4 in sth Ai wh er ve ine th ia i ji a a ah ; fi we) ; ; Pa ma i Tp ae * ws at TT a Pay.) nf ny) ey +; baat Ie wal ; if CTV ,tVT oie? 7 | 7 ’ : i | otal 3 eT | de: f haiti, ein ti iv ny EP TS cost te ANRS “gehy edie yh; 4 After Std, ae A 0) hal Lan eee ve + dant ‘4 7 a AS Tigh maya c * Mat - hy Sik ba alti Rb W 4) his wa >) Vi ) h fi : . ote aw zr iets! V7 : rf ’ ej ¥ vw 7 eM as a ae u . 4 \ ‘ i 7 4 vi aia Ata ynAl Ie! ita) Ee Gr Ty maint” WA eee i . 1 - di WARTS) ee "y Wa a aio ae ; 1 yircd ba Pek y dj a a pare. tall? hy yeti) i fp inee 5. li Pes wis | ’ aa ay aie vile TY Ag ey Ge ee ~ act Qo warty | ‘ wee ew, rene ee Lif one _ rial Wide Th pews Marte my oti eee ie a4] pale pe au ‘ We : ; : 4 f = p My { aay r y 7 ; mitt i > : Al ¥ . 4 F “| 5 ' ‘ j { as A] y ( Wwe { Cj rites Bee) Te ee ale ac Fae AP ; , rn aif oe. GAA, r ‘ ’ mh ipel Yau Ey oe. Li bade Ni ew i 4 b | he is ber y oh 4 cteradtis rar a ITAL ’ ‘ Pah cP tia » Lee iy Woiee this Qh Siren. Vindloe Mi Moh ee 8 ae tA ) a pe regiasiy ovhishils seid a> Pir: Het} ubgioe dbf aide. atte) cit ye. Wee ait batthan pigeek bur 6 aie . Kbit Supe wks. ar, Cua ne Bi @mriyia i 2 ke? bag Vaan deol bene ot. etl wi pees. Say a beri _ if at aca rs i iG "eum? a nth 7 8 oy 7 ah Te one ia ey hy) Pleistocene Soricidae from San Josecito Cave, Nuevo Leon, Mexico BY JAMES S. FINDLEY | Marine Biological Laboratory To Ss tA Be ry WOODS HOLE, MASS. University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 36, pp. 633-639 December 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 36, pp. 633-639 December 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS Pleistocene Soricidae from San Josecito Cave, Nuevo Leon, Mexico By JAMES S. FINDLEY Bones of a large number of vertebrates of Pleistocene age have been removed from San Josecito Cave near Aramberri, Nuevo Leén, México. These bones have been reported upon in part by Stock (1942) and Cushing (1945). A part of this material, on loan to the University of Kansas from the California Institute of Tech- nology, contains 26 rami and one rostrum of soricid insectivores. Nothing seems to be known of the Pleistocene Soricidae of México. The workers cited do not mention them and no shrews are listed by Maldonado-Koerdell (1948) in his catalog of the Quaternary mammals of México. Comparison of these specimens with perti- nent Recent material from México, the United States, and Canada leads me to the conclusion that they represent two genera and at least three species. The material examined is described below. Sorex cinereus Kerr One right ramus, bearing all three molars but lacking the other teeth and the tip of the coronoid process, needs close comparison only with certain of the smaller North American species of Sorex. From S. merriami of southeastern Wyoming, it differs in having a shorter, much shallower dentary, a shorter molar row, and a lower coronoid. In every particular it is identical with Sorex cinereus. Sorex cinereus from northern British Columbia and the specimen from Nuevo Leén differ from Sorex saussurei, S. obscurus, and S. vagrans in the ratio of the height of the coronoid to the length of the dentary. This ratio averages 49.6% in S. cinereus and 53.0% or more (up to 60.0%) in the other species. Microsorex hoyi differs from S. cinereus and from the specimen in question in deeper and shorter dentary, more robust condyle, dentary less bowed dorsally, molars shorter in anteroposterior diameter and higher in proportion to this dimension. This record, as far as I can determine, constitutes a southward extension of the known Pleistocene or Recent range of this species of approximately 800 miles. The nearest known occurrence of . S. cinereus in Recent times is in the mountains of north-central New Mexico. The species now has an extensive range in boreal (635) 636 Untversiry oF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. North America and prefers mesic and hydric communities from which it rarely wanders. I know of no instance of the occurrence of the cinereous shrew in desert areas such as there are between many of the mountain ranges of southern New Mexico, Coahuila, and Nuevo Leén. Therefore, unless the habitat preferences of the species have changed since Pleistocene times, this find constitutes additional evidence that more humid conditions at one time pre- vailed in the regions mentioned. Sorex saussurei Merriam Fragments of three other specimens of Sorex occur in the collec- tion. One of these is a right ramus, C. I. T. No. 3943, and is com- plete except for the canine. The other two bear no numbers and I have designated them “A” and “B.” “A” is a left ramus with the dentary broken off anterior to the canine and bears p4 and the canine. “B” is a right ramus bearing m2 and the roots of m3 and is broken off at the middle of the alveolus of ml. Each specimen has certain peculiarities but they resemble one another so closely that I regard all three as of the same species. The teeth, where comparable, are of essentially the same size and configuration. The horizontal rami of the dentaries are the same. The fossils differ, however, in the configuration of the coronoid process. In No. 3943 the coronoid is robust and inclined anteriorly with respect to a line drawn perpendicular to the dentary. The posterointernal ramal fossa (see Hibbard, 1953) is deeply excavated with a distinct superior border approximately halfway between its inferior border and the top of the coronoid. In addition to the mandibular foramen there is a small foramen immediately posterior to it opening into the posterointernal ramal fossa. I shall refer to this as the post- mandibular foramen. The tip of the coronoid is broad, not taper- ing, and quadrate, and its entire superior border is inclined rather sharply medially. Specimen “B” differs from No. 3943 in that the posterointernal ramal fossa extends nearly to the tip of the coronoid, which is narrower toward the tip and somewhat tapered dorsally. The post-mandibular foramen is large and the opening of the mandibular canal is within the posterointernal ramal fossa. In addition the coronoid does not incline anteriorly. Specimen “A” is intermediate between No. 3943 and “B” in the characters men- tioned and differs from both in that the post-mandibular foramen is widely separated from the mandibular foramen. Comparison of the Pleistocene specimens with specimens of Re- cent species of North American Sorex reveals that the presence or SORICIDAE FROM SAN JoSEcITO Cave, MExico 637 absence of the post-mandibular foramen is almost constant in any one species. In possessing this foramen the fossils differ from most individuals of the species: Sorex cinereus, S. pacificus, S. milleri, S. vagrans, S. obscurus, S. ornatus, S. fumeus, S. palustris, S. bendirii, and S. veraepacis. The fossils differ from all these species in other characters as well; consequently detailed comparisons with them need not be made here. Species which possess the post-mandibular foramen include Sorex saussurei, S. merriami, S. trowbridgii, S. arcticus, S. tundrensis, and S. sclateri. Sorex merriami differs in smaller size, smaller and weaker dentition, relatively higher coro- noid, and relatively deeper and shorter dentary. Sorex trowbridgii is similar to the fossils and to S. saussurei. Differences between the jaws of S. trowbridgii and S. saussurei seem to me to be differ- ences of size only. Sorex sclateri is larger than the fossils and m2 is longer in relation to ml, being almost the same size as ml. In the fossils m2 is noticeably shorter than m1, owing to close appres- sion of the hypoconid and protoconid and in general to a smaller talonid area. Sorex arcticus differs in larger incisor and p4. Sorex tundrensis differs in relatively narrower molars. I have compared the fossils also with the Pliocene and Pleistocene Sorex taylori Hibbard, and find that the fossils are larger and have larger teeth and a much wider separation of the protoconid and metaconid. I can find no significant way in which the fossils differ from S. saus- surei. This of course implies similarity to S. trowbridgii. Since S. saussurei is a widespread species in México today and since it occurs in the vicinity of the San Josecito area the specimens under discussion are referred to this species. Cryptotis mexicana (Coues ) The San Josecito collection contains 22 rami of a species of Cryptotis. Many are nearly complete although none possesses the incisor. In addition there is a rostrum that on the right side bears the last two unicuspids, P4, M1, and M2. I have compared these fossils with specimens of the following species of Cryptotis: C. mexicana, C. magna, C. nelsoni, C. thomasi, C. alticola, C. parva, C. orophila, C. pergracilis, C. guerrerensis, C. obscura, C. mera, C. soricina, C. fossor, C. goodwini, C. griseoventris, C. meridensis, C. mayensis, and C. micrura. The four species first mentioned and the fossils seem to fall into one group. The remaining species fall into another group characterized by a smaller occlusal area of the talonid on all three molar teeth with respect to the trigonid, and 638 UnIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. especially by the smaller and weaker talonid of m8 which possesses only one bladelike cusp, the hypoconid. In the first four species the talonids are larger than in the other species when compared to the trigonids, and the talonid of m3 possesses a well developed hypoconid and entoconid with a distinct basin between them. The rami of San Josecito specimens closely resemble those of C. mexi- cana in both size and qualitative characters. The rostrum men- tioned above differs from those of C. mexicana in that the unicuspids are larger, especially the posteriormost one. Cryptotis thomasi and C. magna are eliminated from consideration here on geographical grounds. Little difference may be seen between the rami of C. mexicana mexicana from Veracruz and C. nelsoni. The fossils are referred to the former species since it has a rather wide dis- tribution in México in contrast to C. nelsoni which is restricted to Volcan de Tuxtla, Veracruz. The northernmost Recent occurrence of C. mexicana known to me is from Las Vigas, Veracruz. As far as I know the species has not previously been recorded from the Pleistocene. Stirton (1930:225), in summarizing the group characters of Re- cent Soricidae, listed the bicuspid talonid of m3 as one of the char- acters of the “Blarina group,” which includes Neomys, Soriculus, Notiosorex, Chimarrogale, Cryptotis, and Blarina. That this char- acter does not obtain universally within the group is demonstrated by the unicuspid structure of the talonid of m3 of the majority of the species of Mexican Cryptotis. I am grateful to Drs. David E. Johnson and Henry W. Setzer of the United States National Museum, and to Dr. John Aldrich and Miss Viola S. Schantz of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service for permitting me to examine specimens in their care. Also I am obliged to Professor E. Raymond Hall for permission to study the specimens from San Josecito Cave. The late Professor Chester Stock intrusted the specimens to Professor Hall for study and de- scription. SORICIDAE FROM SAN JosEciTo Cave, MExico 639 LITERATURE CITED CusHinoe, J. E., Jr. 1945. Quaternary rodents and lagomorphs of San Josecito Cave, Nuevo Ledén, México. Jour. Mamm., 26:2, 182-186. HrssBarp, C, W. 1953. The insectivores of the Rexroad fauna, upper Pliocene of Kansas. Jour. Paleontology, 27:1, 21-32. MALDONADO-KOERDELL, M. 1948. Los vertebrados fosiles del Cuaternario en Mexico. Revista de la Soc. Mexicana de Hist. Nat., tomo 9, nos. 1-2. StrmeTon, R. A. 1930. A new genus of Soricidae from the Barstow Miocene of California. Univ. California Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., 19:217-228. STock, G. 1942. The cave of San Josecito, México, new discoveries of the vertebrate life of the ice age. California Inst. Tech., Balch Grad. School Geol. Sci. Contr., no. 361, 5 pp. Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Trans- mitted July 20, 1953. 25-265 Aghs, Leary ae “ vj ie, J CCE 4. 2 iF gies eT a al te) Ce : ‘ie (oa hae} Paravs hivis Oe Pe ne [{¢ i* ea ' hr ‘ titel te ea APT) ; ( e ate ghee Keke) Hor cctuath: otunionpe lela, ° ‘ ay: ere MN ae oa Pye aty et pyle “) 9 ana” Lay ine OTR uy tee ry 4,43 do Polat ise Epa ae 1 Ql thy ’ Ave ~ i a ag A pesee ja i] 6 i 4) “ein - gaaerr J : be a dauldees » aye - - . a . ois a. ' pay 7 7 os fy ; oN oe. _ 1 ak Pe is ant Mt ; Nw " Tas z A % } ‘i A oc i i ; ma) iy } a ‘i. aL 4 if ian j Ms Mani, i Wy : ae i fa thay re ibe Ay LM Le. vu et ay! Y scent eh modi ipo Hint nig wees Wend ait 8 sal aredkiel. Oi ba ‘aah a A eRe iad. nil iy Ae velit Nc i, _o lull BNET ble i - Sma byt 4%. $4 j;c0ran® aml rplewrepeeh 1% 4 ‘ph. - ae oat) as? ™ MINS i> eee > Mie i ; pw’ ded? it wit ai afd) 29% et ait, pee \ee ee Seventeen Species of Bats Recorded from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone BY E. RAYMOND HALL and WILLIAM B. JACKSON University of Kansas Publications Museum of Natural History Volume 5, No. 37, pp. 641-646 December 1, 1953 University of Kansas LAWRENCE 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS, MUSEUM OF NATURAL HisToRY Editors: E. Raymond Hall, Chairman, A. Byron Leonard, Robert W. Wilson Volume 5, No. 37, pp. 641-646 December 1, 1953 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Lawrence, Kansas PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR.. STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1953 Seventeen Species of Bats Recorded from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone By E. RAYMOND HALL and WILLIAM B. JACKSON Our aim is to bring up to date the list of kinds of bats actually known from Barro Colorado Island, Panama. In 1952 Samuel T. Dickenson, Marguerite Schultz, George P. Young, and E. Raymond Hall spent the first 17 days of April (except Mrs. Schultz who left on April 8) on Barro Colorado Island. On eight evenings a silk net, 30 feet long and 7 feet high with a %-inch mesh, was stretched in an open place to intercept bats. On the first five nights it was stretched in the laboratory clearing. On April 6 the net was erected in the forest across the Barbara Lathrop Trail 25 feet past its entrance; on the 7th and Sth the net was placed across the Snyder- Molino Trail at the Termite Cemetery, 150 yards southwest of the new (built in 1952) laboratory. William B. Jackson was on the island from January 30 to June 6, 1952, as a member of a group from the American Museum of Natural History. On May 4 he set the bat net across Allee Creek at the beginning of the Barbara Lathrop Trail, and from May 5 to 27 he set the net in the Termite Cemetery where it was mounted between two small trees with its lower edge approximately 5 feet above the ground. Unless otherwise stated, specimens were caught in this net. On Barro Colorado Island one aim is to preserve the biota and natural conditions with as little interference from man as possible. Consequently most of the bats captured were released after being wing-banded by Jackson with U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service bat bands; but an attempt was made, with the permission of Mr. James Zetek, Resident Custodian of the Canal Zone Biological Area ad- ministered through the Smithsonian Institution, to save one or a few specimens of each species for positive identification. Catalogue numbers are of the University of Kansas, Museum of Natural His- tory, unless otherwise indicated. We are obliged to Mr. Colin C. Sanborn and Mr. Robert J. Russell for checking our identifications of the specimens. Assistance with field work is acknowledged from the Kansas University Endowment Association, the United States Navy, Office of Naval Research, through contract No. NR-161-791, and Mr. James Zetek. (643) 644 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Six species of bats were recorded from Barro Colorado Island by Professor Robert K. Enders in his “Mammalian Life Histories from Barro Colorado Island, Panama” (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., at Harvard College, 78 :383-502, 5 pls., October, 1935). With his list as a starting place we can offer a revised list as follows: Saccopteryx bilineata (Temminck).—Nos. 45061, 45062, 45097, and 402 and 404 of Jackson. Nonpregnant female No. 45061 cap- tured on April 3 weighed 7.0 grams; No. 45062 captured on April 4 contained one embryo 22 mm. long. It was common to see several bats of this species, not in a cluster but with a few inches of space between any one bat and its neighbors, on the vertical screens that covered the airways beneath the eaves of the buildings. A colony was established in Zetek House (a trail-end house on the western side of the Island), and several individuals often were seen in the Tower House. As many as 50 individuals could be found at the Van Tyne Big Tree (Bombacopsis Fendleri) where they hung singly in the shaded inter-buttress spaces and on the exposed trunk sometimes up to a height of 100 feet. Occasionally several indi- viduals would be seen in inter-buttress spaces of large trees on other parts of the Island. These bats were more alert during the daylight hours than were most other kinds of bats and could be approached and captured only with considerable difficulty. From the various colonies 13 females and 3 males were banded. Noctilio leporinus mexicanus Goldman.—Seen in Wheeler Estu- ary by Enders (op. cit.:416) who uses the subspecific name N. I. leporinus. Goodwin (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 79:121, May 29, 1942) later used the subspecific name N. l. mexicanus for this species in Panama. Micronycteris megalotis microtis Miller—Enders (op. cit.:417) obtained specimens of this species from the underside of a fallen log and in a hollow tree at marker No. 23 on the Pearson Trail. Phyllostomus discolor discolor Wagner.—Taken from a hollow tree by Enders (op. cit.:417). Glossophaga soricina leachii (Gray )—No. 45078, April 5. Carollia perspicillata azteca Saussure.—No. 400 of Jackson taken at Allee Creek and Barbara Lathrop Trail and No. 52456 (410 of Jackson) at Termite Cemetery. These two nonpregnant females weighed 14.7 and 17.7 grams, respectively. Two (3 and 9), caught at Termite Cemetery were banded and released. Carollia castanea H. Allen—Males, 45080 and 45081, weighed Bats FROM BARRO CoLorapo ISLAND, PANAMA, C. Z. 645 11.8 and 11.5 grams; at 9:80 P. M., on April 6, on Barbara Lathrop Trail. Vampyrops helleri Peters—Male, No. 45095, in net on April 4; weighed 15 grams. Vampyressa minuta Miller. — Lactating female, No. 45094, weighed 10.0 grams. At 10:30 A. M. at the outer end of the Armour Trail, Young and Hall had barely paused to listen to animal sounds when they saw this bat alight on a breast-high twig of a bush beneath large trees in the gloom of the forest. Possibly it had been disturbed when the zoologists a few seconds before had pushed aside bushes that partly obstructed the trail. Vampyressa nymphaea Thomas.—Nonpregnant female No. 52455 (403 of Jackson) weighed 10.3 grams and was taken at the Termite Cemetery on May 8. So far as we know, this specimen provides the first record of occurrence in North America of this species which previously had been recorded only from South America. Chiroderma isthmica Miller—Male No. 45096, April 2; weighed 13.7 grams. Vampyrodes major G. M. Allen—Male No. 45085, weighed 33 grams. It and the one Chiroderma isthmica on the morning of April 2 constituted the total catch found in the net stretched in the open clearing between two cabins. Artibeus lituratus palmarum J. A. Allen and Chapman.—Non- pregnant female No. 45086 taken on evening of April 7, weighed 68.0 grams. No. 401 of Jackson taken on May 6 weighed 53.5 grams and contained one embryo 12 mm. long; his No. 409 taken on May 10 weighed 53.7 grams and contained one embryo 15 mm. long. Enders (op. cit.:418) took specimens of Artibeus jamaicensis jamaicensis in Panama and possibly on Barro Colorado Island; he is not specific as to locality. Artibeus cinereus watsoni Thomas.—Male No. 45087 on April 8; weight 13.6 grams. Ingles (Jour. Mamm., 34:267, May, 1953) records the finding of as many as three of these bats on the Island in a “tent” that the bats had made of a frond of the palm, Geonoma decurrens. Thyroptera tricolor albigula G. M. Allen—On May 10 along the Snyder-Molino Trail 50 meters from its beginning Dr. E. R. Dunn found in a curled Heliaconia leaf a group of four bats of this species. A lactating female (No. 405 of Jackson), a young male (No. 406 646 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. of Jackson) attached to its mother’s teat, and a male (No. 407 of Jackson, now 52457 K. U.) weighed, respectively, 4.8, 2.2, and 4.0 grams. The young one remained attached to the mother when she flew about the laboratory. The fourth specimen, a male, was banded and released. These bats with the aid of suction cups on their wrists and ankles hung head up in the rolled leaf and on places in the laboratory on which they alighted. This species was previously recorded (see Enders, op. cit.:421) from Barro Colo- rado Island, on the basis of other specimens also captured by Pro- fessor Dunn. Myotis nigricans nigricans (Schinz ).—Nos. 45089-45091 and No. 408 of Jackson. Nos. 45090 and 45091 were plucked from under the eaves of buildings, but No. 45089 was caught in the net on the evening of April 5. Jackson found this species to roost between the corrugations of the metal roof and the underlying wooden sup- ports. He banded 14 individuals, most of which were pulled with forceps from their resting places in the old laboratory or the kitchen. All were males. Five were recaptured from one to 18 days after banding, and two were found in the places from which they origi- nally had been plucked 13 days previously. Enders (op. cit.:421) found this species to be abundant about the laboratory where it spent the day hanging under the eaves. Molossus coibensis J. A. Allen—Males Nos. 45092 and 45093 weighed 13.9 and 10.0 grams. They were taken in the clearing on April 3 and 5. Enders (op. cit.:421) found this bat under the eaves of the laboratory along with Myotis nigricans. On April 19, 1952, Dr. Harold Trapido kindly took Young, Dickenson, Hall, and Dr. and Mrs. E. R. Dunn to the Experimental Botanical Gardens at Summit in the Canal Zone where Nos. 45082- 45084 of Uroderma bilobatum Peters were saved. On the same date Doctor Trapido took the five of us also to Chilibrillo Cave in Panama 10 miles north of Pedro Miguel where specimens were saved as follows: Saccopteryx bilineata (Temminck), 45059 and 45060; Phyllostomus hastatus panamensis J. A. Allen, 45063-45072; Lonchophylla robusta Miller, 45074-45075; Carollia perspicillata azteca Saussure, 45076-45079; Natalus mexicanus saturatus Dal- quest and Hall, 45088. Transmitted July 20, 1953. INDEX TO VOLUME 5 New systematic names are in boldface type abbreviatus, Microtus, 443 Alexandromys, 402 abditus, Microtus, 426 alfaroi, Oryzomys, 370 abietorum, Vulpes, 113 algidus, Peromyscus, 101 Abusticola, 402 alienus, Thomomys, 65, 71 acadicus, Microtus, 406 alleni, acolytes, Ellipsodon, 6, 7 Eutamias, 619 acraia, Neotoma, 239, 240 Hodomys, 241 actuosa, Martes, 115 Lepus, 45, 188 actuosus, Thomomys, 67, 70 Neofiber, 456 admiraltiae, Microtus, 406 Neotoma, 240, 241 adocetus, Microtus, 439 Scalopus, 22 adsitus, Eutamias, 572, 626 allex, aequivocatus, Microtus, 418 Baiomys, 367 aereus, Scalopus, 325 Peromyscus, 367 aestuarinus, Microtus, 419 alpinus, agilis, Eutamias, 616 Dipidomys, 366 Lepus, 126 Perodipus, 366 altamirae, Lepus, 43, 182 agrestis, alticola, Agricola, 402 Cryptotis, 637 Campicola, 402 Microtus, 428 Mus, 402 Neotoma, 237, 238 Agricola agrestis, 402 alticolus, alacer, Arvicola, 428 Lepus, 154 Microtus, 308 Sylvilagus, 154 amakensis, Microtus, 309, 423 alascensis, ambiguua, Spilogale, 329, 330, 331, Dicrostonyx, 482 832, 333 Evotomys, 383 ambiguus, Arvicola, 479 Lemmus, 471 Amblyomma americanus, 376 Mustela, 115 American varying hare, 178 Myotis, 95 americana, Sorex, 94, 637 Alces, 116 Zapus, 112 Martes, 115 Alaska Highway, mammals taken americanus, along, 89 Amblyomma, 376 Alaskan hare, 177 Lepus, 96, 173 albatus, Ochotona, 127 Oreamnos, 116 albigula, Sciurus, 546 Neotoma, 532 Ursus, 118 Thyroptera, 645 Ammomys, 402 albigularis, Myodes, 471 ammophilus, Sylvilagus, 154 albipes, Phenacomys, 398 Ammospermophilus, 546 albiventer, Clethrionomys, 384 amoenus, alborufescens, Arvicola, 410 Eutamias, 346, 602, 619 albus, Tamias, 346 Canis, 339 amosus, Microtus, 413 Fiber, 465 amphibius, Hemiotomys, 402 Ondatra, 465 amplus, Perognathus, 365 Alces, analogus, americana, 116 Baiomys, 367 gigas, 116 Peromyscus, 367 alcorni, Microtus, 105, 407 Thomomys, 501, 502, 511 —Univ. Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist., Vou. 5, 1953 (647) 648 anaptomorphid, 6 Anaptomorphidae, 6 andersoni, Dermacentor, 376 Lepus, 179 Microtus, 312, 442 Angels Peak area, New Mexico, prelim- inary survey of a Paleocene faunule from, 1 angustapalata, Neotoma, 217 angusticeps, Microtus, 428 angustidens, Thomomys, 502, 508 angustifrons, Spilogale, 329, 330 angustus, Haploconus, 8 Microtus, 310, 428 animosus, Eutamias, 567 Anisonchus sectorius, 4, 6, 7 annectens, Citellus, 38 Neotoma, 237 antelope jack rabbit, 188 apache, Perognathus, 524 Thomomys, 65, 70 apella, Arvicola, 451 aphorodemus, Microtus, 408 aphrastus, Thomomys, 357, 362 aquaticus, Lepus, 141, 166 Oryzomys, 215 Scalopus, 19, 325 Sylvilagus, 166 aquilonius, Fiber, 465 Ondatra, 465 arborescens, Opuntia, 533 Arborimus, 395 Arctic hare, 178 arctica, Mustela, 114 arcticus, Lepus, 178 Microtus, 408 Sorex, 637 Arctocyonidae, 6 argentatus, Scalops, 28 arizonae, Lepus, 57, 164 Sigmodon, 369 Spilogale, 330-334 Sylvilagus, 164 arizonensis, Clethrionomys, 291, 385 Microtus, 413 armatus, Spermophilus, 551 artemisiae, Microtus, 455 Synaptomys, 477 Artibeus, cinereus, 645 jamaicensis, 645 lituratus, 645 UNIversITy OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. palmarum, 645 watsoni, 645 arvalis, Campicola, 402 Mus, 402, 406 Arvicola, alborufescens, 410 alticolus, 308, 428 ambiguus, 479 apella, 451 austerus, 445, 447 aztecus, 307 borealis, 477 brandti, 402 californica, 418 chrotorrhinus, 4386 cinnamonea, 447 curtata, 453 decurtata, 453 dekayi, 411 drummondi, 108, 408 edax, 419 fulva, 410 gossii, 297, 475 haydeni, 446 helvolus, 473 hirsutus, 410 insperatus, 409 kennicotti, 451 longicaudus, 429 longipilis, 411 macropus, 438 mandarinus, 402 mexicanus, 483 microcephalus, 410 minor, 447 modesta, 410 mogollonensis, 433 mordax, 310, 480 nasuta, 410 nivalis, 402 occidentalis, 423 oneida, 411 oregoni, 44] pallidus, 455 palustris, 410 pauperrimus, 455 pennsylvanicus, 402 phaeus, 433 quasiater, 451 richardsoni, 439 riparia, 411 riparius, 410 rufescens, 302, 389 scalopsoides, 451 schmidti, 451 terraenovae, 411 tetramerus, 402, 423 townsendii, 423 trimucronata, 473 trowbridgii, 419 xanthognatha, 434 INDEX arvicoloides, Aulacomys, 437 Microtus, 437 Aschizomys lemminus, 381 asellus, Lepus, 46, 182 asiaticus, Eutamias, 548 Tamias, 546 athabascae, Clethrionomys, 104, 385 Evotomys, 385 atratus, Cratogeomys gymnurus, 539 attenuatus, Thomomys, 29, 30, 83 attwateri, Lepus, 166 Neotoma, 236 Audubon cottontail, 51, 162 audubonii, Lepus, 164 Sylvilagus, 56, 57, 164 Aulacomys arvicoloides, 437 aureogaster, Macroxus, 249 Sciurus, 211, 249, 551 aureus, Thomomys, 65, 70, 3861 auricularis, Microtus, 449 austerus, Arvicola, 445, 447 austini, Sciurus, 355 australis, Scalopus, 326 azteca, Carollia, 644, 646 aztecus, Lepus, 155 Microtus, 307, 408 Sylvilagus, 155 bachmani, Lepus, 145 Sylvilagus, 145 baileyi, Lepus, 164 Microtus, 428 Sylvilagus, 164 Thomomys, 501 Baiomys, allex, 367 analogus, 367 paulus, 367 taylori, 212 Baird wood rat, 217 bairdi, Microtus, 441 bairdii, Lepus, 174 Baker, Rollin H., TO VOLUME 5 649 Two new moles (Genus Scalopus) from Mexico and Texas, 17 baldwini, Chriacus, 6, 7 bangsi, Glaucomys, 551 Lepus, 179 Perognathus, 865 Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone, seventeen species of bats re- corded from, 641 bat, little brown, 95 red, 223 vampire, 210 bats recorded from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone, seven- teen species of, 641 battyi, Didelphis, 324 Lepus, 46, 188 beach vole, 412 bear, black, 113 beaver, 101 bedfordi, Proedromys, 402 bendirii, Sorex, 637 bennettii, Lepus, 182 berlandieri, Sigmodon, 42 bernardi, Ondatra, 466 bernardinus, Microtus, 428 bilineata, Saccopteryx, 644, 646 bilobata, Uroderma, 646 bishopi, Lepus, 174 lack, bear, 118 jack rabbit, 186 rat, 218 black-footed lemming, 471 black-tailed jack rabbit, 181 Blarina, 638, brevicauda, 328 carolinensis, 328 churchi, 328 hulophaga, 328 kirtlandi, 328 minima, 329 plumbea, 329 talpoides, 328 Blarina group, 638 Block Island vole, 412 bog lemming, 103, 474, northern, 477 bog lemmings, 473 Geographic range of Peromyscus melanophrys, with description of new subspecies, 251; Mammals from Tamaulipas, Mexico, 207; Mammals taken along the Alaska Highway, 89; The pocket gophers (Genus Tho- momys) of Coahuila, Mexico, 499; Bombacopsis Feudleri, 644 borealis, Arvicola, 477 Eutamias, 99, 261, 617 Lasiurus, 225, 277 Lepus, 177 Peromyscus, 101 Synaptomys, 103, 299, 477 Vespertilio, 277 Boreolepus, 170 650 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. Borioikon, 479 bottae, Thomomys, 61, 357-362, 501, 568 Brachylagus, 139 Brachytarsomys, 375 Bradypus, castaneiceps, 315 griseus, 315 ignavus, 315 brandti, Arvicola, 402 Lasiopodomys, 402 brasiliensis, Lepus, 141 Sylvilagus, 141 brevicauda, Blarina, 328 brevicaudus, Clethrionomys, 286, 304, 385 Evotomys, 286, 385 breweri, Arvicola, 412 Microtus, 412 brooksi, Ochotona, 127 brown lemming, 471 brown-bellied wood mouse, 213 brunnescens, Ochotona, 127 brush rabbit, 143 bullatus, Synaptomys, 477 Thomomys, 30, 363 bulleri, Eutamias, 627 bunkeri, Perognathus, 205 bursarius, Geomys, 364 bushy-tailed rat, 102 cacodemus, Eutamias, 261, 595, 617 cactus, tree, 533 California meadow mouse, 417 californica, Arvicola, 419 Didelphis, 321, 323 Lepus, 182 Neotoma, 237 californicus, Clethrionomys, 301, 393 Evotomys, 301, 393 Lepus, 42, 181, 182 Microtus, 417, 419 callipeplus, Eutamias, 625 callistus, Perognathus, 524 Callosciurini, 560 Callosciurus, 560 callotis, Lepus, 45, 186 Caluromys, canus, 324 centralis, 325 derbianus, 324 fervidus, 325 laniger, 325 pallidus, 324, 325 campanius, Lepus, 180 campestris, Lepus, 180 Campicola, agrestis, 402 arvalis, 402 Canada lynx, 116 canadensis, Castor, 101 Lynx, 116 Microtus, 75, 309, 413 canescens, Neotoma, 533 canicaudus, Microtus, 77, 413 caniceps, Eutamias, 100 caniclunis, Lepus, 156 Canis, albus, 339 columbianus, 113 gregoryi, 340, 341 griseoalbus, 338, 339, 340 griseus, 338, 339, 340 hudsonius, 340 incolatus, 112 knighti, 339, 340 latrans, 37, 112 lupus, 112, 338, 339, 340 lupus-griseus, 338, 339 niger, 340, 341 occidentalis, 113, 338, 339, 340 pambasileus, 112 rufus, 340, 341 variabilis, 339 cantator, Microtus, 108, 312, 442 cantwelli, Microtus, 441 canus, Caluromys, 324 Lepus, 179 Micoureus, 324 Philander, 324 carbonarius, Microtus, 449 Pitymys, 449 carinidens, Periptychus, 6, 7 carissima, Myotis, 273 Carnivora, 6 carnivores, comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of, 319 carolinensis, Blarina, 328 Clethrionomys, 386 Evotomys, 386 Microtus, 436 Sciurus, 353 Scotophilus, 271 Carollia, azteca, 644, 646 castanea, 644 perspicillata, 644, 646 caryi, Microtus, 414 Perognathus, 524 Thomomys, 363 Caryomys, 381 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 cascadensis, Clethrionomys, 886 Lepus, 174 castanea, Carollia, 644 castaneiceps, Bradypus, 315 Castor, canadensis, 101 sagittatus, 101 caurinus, Clethrionomys, 299, 301, 393 Eutamias, 346 Evotomys, 299, 801, 393 Tamias, 346 cedrophilus, Sylvilagus, 57, 164 celatus, Phenacomys, 395 celsus, Phenacomys, 896 centralis, Caluromys, 325 Philander, 324 cerrosensis, Lepus, 145 Sylvilagus, 145 chapmani, Lepus, 156 Sylvilagus, 156 Synaptomys, 478 cheyennensis, Thomomys, 28, 83 chiapensis, Lepus, 156 Sylvilagus, 156 Chilotus, 439 Chimarrogale, 638 Chinomys, 402 chipmunk, least, 99 new, from Black Hills, by John A. White, 261 chipmunks, genera and subgenera of, 543; geographic distribution and taxon- omy of [in] Wyoming, 583; taxonomy of, Eutamias quadrivit- tatus and Eutamias umbrinus, 568; the baculum [of] in western North America, 611 Chiroderma isthmica, 645 Chriacus, nr. C. baldwini, 6, 7 truncatus, 6, 7 chrotorrhinus, Arvicola, 436 Microtus, 486 chrysogaster, Lemmus, 472 Sciurus, 249 churchi, Blarina, 328 cienegae, Sigmodon, 369 cinerascens, Lepus, 141, 145 Sylvilagus, 145 cinerea, Neotoma, 102, 287 cinereicollis, Eutamias, 624 651 cinereoargenteus, Urocyon, 338, 339 cinereous shrew, 92 cinereus, Artibeus, 645 Lasiurus, 255, 277 Sciurus, 354 Sorex, 92, 827, 635 Vespertilio, 277 cinnamomina, Ondatra, 466 cinnamominus, Fiber, 466 cinnamomum, Ursus, 118 cinnamonea, Arvicola, 447 Neotoma, 239 Ochotona, 129 Citellus, annectens, 38 citellus, 547 parryi, 98 plesius, 98 spilosoma, 38 suslicus, 547 citellus, Citellus, 547 Claenodon n. sp., 6, 7 clamosa, Ochotona, 129 clarus, Eutamias, 593 Clethrionomys, 381 albiventer, 384 arizonensis, 291, 385 athabascae, 104, 385 brevicaudus, 286, 304, 385 californicus, 301, 393 carolinensis, 386 cascadensis, 386 caurinus, 299, 301, 393 dawsoni, 103, 304, 383 galei, 283, 304, 386 gapperi, 104, 283, 304, 386 gaspeanus, 387 gauti, 289, 388 glacialis, 383 glareolus, 302, 389 hudsonius, 388 idahoensis, 388 insularis, 383 limitis, 290, 388 loringi, 388 maurus, 389 mazama, 301, 393 nivarius, 300, 301, 393 obscurus, 302, 393 occidentalis, 301, 393 ochraceus, 389 orca, 384 pallescens, 302, 389 paludicola, 389 phaeus, 302, 389 proteus, 390 rhoadsii, 390 rufescens, 302, 389 rupicola, 390 rutilus, 103, 304, 382 652 saturatus, 303, 390 solus, 304, 390 stikinensis, 305, 390 uintaensis, 288, 391 ungava, 391 watsoni, 384 wrangeli, 303, 391 clusius, Thomomys, 28, 83, 221, 363 Coahuila, Mexico, The pocket gophers (Genus Thomomys ) of, 499 coahuiliensis, Peromyscus, 257 coati, 218 Cockrum, E. Lendell, A new pocket mouse (Genus Perognathus) from Kansas, 203 Cockrum, E. Lendell, and Kenneth L. Fitch, Geographic variation in red-backed mice (Genus Clethrionomys) of the southern Rocky Mountain Region, 281 Cockrum, E. Lendell, with E. Ray- mond Hall, A synopsis of the North American microtine rodents, 373; Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of North American microtines, 293 cognatus, Sylvilagus, 55, 156 coibensis, Molossus, 646 collared lemming, 481, Labrador, 480 St. Lawrence Island, 484 collared pika, 95 collaris, Ochotona, 95, 126 collis, Thomomys, 65, 70 columbiae, Oreamnos, 116 columbiana, Martes, 115 columbianus, Canis, 113 columbiensis, Lepus, 175 Tamiasciurus, 97 Comments on the taxonomy and geo- graphic distribution of some rab- bits, 49 compactus, Dipodomys, 39 concavus, Heterogeomys, 211 Condylartha, 6 Conepatus, filipensis, 335 leuconotus, 336, 337 mearnsi, 335, 336, 337, 338 mesoleucus, 335, 337 pediculus, 335 sonoriensis, 335 texensis, 836, 337 venaticus, 337, 338 confinis, Eutamias, 261, 596, 618 Lepus, 165 Sylvilagus, 165 UnIversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. connectens, Lepus, 156 Sylvilagus, 156, 210 Thomomys, 61, 70 consobrinus, Eutamias, 593, 618 Peromyscus, 254 Sylvilagus, 141 Tamias, 593 constablei, Phenacomys, 397 constrictus, Microtus, 419 cooperi, Eutamias, 350, 619 Synaptomys, 295, 474 Tamias, 349 Coriphagus encinensis, 6, 7 coronarius, Microtus, 481 Coronation Island meadow mouse, 431 Corynorhinus, pallescens, 278 rafinesquii, 278 costaricensis, Sylvilagus, 156 Urocyon, 338 cotton rat, hispid, 216 cottontail, Audubon, 162 Florida, 154, 210 Merriam, 169 Nuttall, 161 Omilteme, 168 Tres Marias, 169 Coues rice rat, 215 couesi, Oryzomys, 215, 870 coyote, 112 cozumelae, Didelphis, 324 Craseomys, 381 crassus, Phenacomys, 396 Cratogeomys, 501, 537 atratus, 539 gymnurus, 537 imparalis, 538 inclarus, 538 morulus, 541 tellus, 537 zinseri, 540 zodius, 540 creeping mouse, 439 crepuscularis, Nycticejus, 271 Cryptotis, 638 alticola, 638 fossor, 637 goodwini, 637 griseoventris, 637 magna, 637 mayensis, 637 mera, 637 meridensis, 637 mexicana, 637 micrura, 637 nelsoni, 637 obscura, 637 INDEx TO VOLUME 5 orophila, 637 parva, 637 pergracilis, 637 soricina, 637 thomasi, 637 crypyus, Scalopus, 22 cultellus, Thomomys, 64, 70 cummingi, Microtus, 421 cunicularius, Lepus, 169 Sylvilagus, 169 cuniculus, Oryctolagus, 171 cuppes, Ochotona, 129 curtata, Arvicola, 453 curtatus, Lagurus, 453 Lemmiscus, 454 curti, Lepus, 42, 183 Cyclopes, didactylus, 316 dorsalis, 316 mexicanus, 316 Cynomys, 560 dacota, Marmota, 345, 551 dalli, Lepus, 175 Oreamnos, 116 Synaptomys, 108, 478 Dawson red-backed mouse, 103 dawsoni, Clethrionomys, 103, 383, 304 Evotomys, 383 decurrens, Geonoma, 645 decurtata, Arvicola, 453 deer fly, 375 dekayi, Arvicola, 411 Deltatherium, 4 fundaminus, 6, 7 zone, 10 depressus, Lepus, 184 derbianus, Caluromys, 324, 325 Dermacentor, andersoni, 376 variabilis, 376 venustris, 376 deserticola, Lepus, 45, 184 desitus, Thomomys, 360 Desmodus, murinus, 210 rotundus, 210 diazi, Lepus, 1387 Romerolagus, 137 dicei, Sylvilagus, 141 Dicrostonyx, 479 alascensis, 482 exsul, 484 groenlandicus, 481 hudsonius, 480 kilangmiutak, 481 nelsoni, 482 richardsoni, 482 rubricatus, 482 stevensoni, 484 unalascensis, 484 didactylus, Cyclopes, 816 Didelphis, battyi, 324 californica, 321, 323 cozumelae, 324 entensis, 321, 324 insularis, 324 marsupialis, 321-324 mesamericana, 209, 323 particeps, 324 pigra, 322, 323 richmondi, 324 tabascensis, 321, 324 texensis, 323 virginiana, 322, 323 yucatanensis, 324 Didymictis n. sp., 6, 7 Dipodomys, agilis, 366 compactus, 39 largus, 40 martirensis, 366 ordii, 38 parvibullatus, 38 senetti, 39 simulans, 367 discolor, Phyllostomus, 644 dorsalis, Cyclopes, 816 Eutamias, 604, 620 dorsatum, Erethizon, 112 douglasi, Thomomys, 364 Dremomys, 552 drummondi, Arvicola, 408 Microtus, 108, 408 Neotoma, 102 durangae, Lepus, 157 durangi, Thomomys, 501 dusky, shrew, 93 tree mouse, 399 dutcheri, Microtus, 415 edax, Arvicola, 419 elattura, Hodomys, 241 Neotoma, 241 Ellipsodon, acolytus, 6, 7 cf. E. inaequidens, 6, 7 elymocetes, Microtus, 423 encinensis, Coriphagus, 6, 7 endoecus, Microtus, 425 energumenos, Mustela, 115 engraciae, Oryzomys, 216 enixus, Microtus, 408 Eothenomys, 381 653 654 Eptesicus, fuscus, 271, 276 pallidus, 277 erasmus, Peromyscus, 265 eremicus, Lepus, 184 Peromyscus, 368 Erethizon, dorsatum, 112 myops, 112 ermine, 114, 115 erminea, Mustela, 114, 115 etensis, Didelphis, 321 Euarvicola, 402 europaeus, Lepus, 189 European hare, 189 Eutamias, 546, 557, 558 adsitus, 572, 626 alleni, 619 alpinus, 616 amoenus, 346, 602, 619 animosus, 567 asiaticus, 548 borealis, 99, 261, 617 bulleri, 627 cacodemus, 261, 595, 617 callipeplus, 625 caniceps, 100 caurinus, 346 cinereicollis, 624 clarus, 593 confinis, 261, 596, 618 consobrinus, 593, 618 cooperi, 350, 619 dorsalis, 604, 620 frater, 625 fremonti, 575, 607, 626 hopiensis, 569, 621, 622 inyoensis, 573, 626 jacksoni, 618 lectus, 593 ludibundus, 620 luteiventris, 602, 620 merriami, 558, 621 minimus, 99, 261, 552, 591, 617, 618 monoensis, 620 montanus, 576, 608, 625, 626 nevadensis, 573, 626 operarius, 552, 598, 618 pallidus, 261, 594, 618 palmeri, 627 panamintinus, 625 quadrimaculatus, 551, 624 quadrivittatus, 567, 621 ruficaudus, 556, 622 sedulus, 573, 626 senex, 549 sequoiensis, 565, 625 sibiricus, 548 simulans, 621, 624 sonomae, 619 speciosus, 565, 625 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. sylvaticus, 261, 597, 618 townsendii, 350, 549, 618 umbrinus, 571, 606, 626 utahensis, 604, 621 vallicola, 620 evotis, Myotis, 273 Vespertilio, 273 Evotomys, alascensis, 383 athabascae, 385 brevicaudus, 286, 385 californicus, 301, 398 carolinensis, 386 caurinus, 299, 301, 393 dawsoni, 383 fuscodorsalis, 386 galei, 283, 386 gapperi, 283, 386 idahoensis, 388 insularis, 385 limitis, 290, 388 loringi, 388 mazama, 801, 393 nivarius, 300, 301, 393 obscurus, 302, 393 occidentalis, 301, 393 ochraceus, 389 orca, 384 phaeus, 302, 389 proteus, 390 pygmaeus, 393 rhoadsii, 390 saturatus, 390 smithii, 381 uintaensis, 288 ungava, 391 watsoni, 384 wrangeli, 303, 391 exiguus, Sylvilagus, 145 eximius, Microtus, 419 exsul, Dicrostonyx, 484 fallax, Neotoma, 531 fasciatus, Perognathus, 519 fatuus, Synaptomys, 474 Fendleri, Bombacopsis, 644 fenisex, Ochotona, 129 ferrugineiventris, Sciurus, 249 ferruginiventris, Sciurus, 249 fervidus, Caluromys, 325 festinus, Lepus, 46, 184 fever, rabbit, 375 rat-bite, 377 Rocky Mountain spotted, 376 spotted, 376 Fiber, albus, 465 aquilonius, 465 cinnamoninus, 466 hudsonius, 465 INDEx TO VOLUME 5 macrodon, 467 mergens, 467 niger, 467 obscurus, 470 occipitalis, 467 osoyoosensis, 467 pallidus, 468 ripensis, 469 ribalicus, 469 spatulatus, 469 zalophus, 469 zibethicus, 469 figginsi, Ochotona, 129 filipensis, Conepatus, 335 Findley, James S., Pleistocene Sorici- dae from San Josecito Cave, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, 633 Finley, Robert B., Jr., A new pifion mouse (Peromyscus truei) from Durango, Mexico, 268; A new subspecies of wood rat (Ne- otoma mexicana ) from Colorado, 520 fisher, 115 fisheri, Microtus, 443 Tamias, 351, 353 Fitch, Kenneth L., with E. Lendell Cockrum, Geographic variation in red-backed mice (Genus Clethri- onomys) of the southern Rocky Mountain region, 281 flavescens, Perognathus, 517 flavigularis, Lepus, 46, 188 flaviventer, Marmota, 345, 551 flavus, Perognathus, 205 Florida, cottontail, 51, 154, 210 pine mouse, 451 floridana, Neotoma, 235, 286 floridanus, Lepus, 157 Sylvilagus, 51, 157, 210 fly, deer, 375 flying squirrel, 100 fontigenus, Microtus, 409 forest rabbit, 141 fossor, Cryptotis, 637 Thomomys, 28, 84 fox, red, 113 frantzii, Lasiurus, 226 frater, Eutamias, 625 fremonti, Eutamias, 575, 607, 626 frenata, Mustela, 332 frumentor, Sciurus, 249 fucosus, Microtus, 415 fulva, Arvicola, 410 Vulpes, 113 fulvescens, Oryzomys, 216 Reithrodontomys, 212 fulviventer, Microtus, 434 fulvous harvest mouse, 212 fulvus, Thomomys, 61, 70 fumeus, Sorex, 637 fumosa, Ochotona, 130 fundaminus, Deltatherium, 6, 7 fundatus, Microtus, 432 funebris, 309, 409 fuscipes, Neotoma, 237 Ochotona, 1380 fuscodorsalis, Evotomys, 386 fuscogriseus, Metachirus, 209 fuscus, Eptesicus, 276 Scotophilus, 271 Vespertilio, 276 fusus, Microtus, 415 gabbi, Lepus, 142 Sylvilagus, 142 gadovii, 254 Gaillard jack rabbit, 188 gaillardi, Lepus, 45, 188 galei, Clethrionomys, 283, 304, 386 Evotomys, 298, 386 Gapper red-backed mouse, 385 gapperi, 655 Clethrionomys, 104, 283, 304, 386 Evotomys, 283, 386 gaspeanus, Clethrionomys, 387 gauti, Clethrionomys, 289, 388 gentilis, Peromyscus, 265 Geomys, bursarius, 364 jugossicularis, 364 lutescens, 364 major, 364 Geonoma decurrens, 645 gigas, Alces, 116 gilberti, Peromyscus, 369 gilmorei, Microtus, 424 glacialis, Clethrionomys, 383 Lepus, 178 Thomomys, 364 glareolus, Clethrionomys, 302, 389 Mus, 381 glauca, Yucca, 533 Glaucomys, bangsi, 551 sabrinus, 100, 550 volans, 550 zaphaeus, 100 656 Glossophaga, leachii, 644 soricina, 644 goat, mountain, 116 goldmani, Lepus, 165 Ochotona, 180 Ondatra, 467 Peromyscus, 368 Sylvilagus, 165 Thomomys, 501, 502, 511 goodwini, Cryptotis, 637 gopher, hispid pocket, 211 gossii, Arvicola, 297, 475 Synaptomys, 297, 475 gracilis, Rhogeéssa, 229 Spilogale, 329, 335 Tamias, 567 grammurus, Spermophilus, 346 grangeri, Lepus, 161 Sylvilagus, 52, 161 gratus, Peromyscus, 265 graysoni, Lepus, 169 Sylvilagus, 169 gregalis, Mus, 441 gregoryi, Canis, 340, 341 grinnelli, Microtus, 419 griseoalbus, Canis, 338, 339, 340 griseoventris, Cryptotis, 637 grisescens, Myotis, 278 griseus, Bradypus, 315 Canis, 338, 339, 340 Lepus, 185 Tamias, 352 grizzly, 114 groenlandicus, Dicrostonyx, 481 Lepus, 179 Mus, 481 ground squirrel, Parry, 98 gryphus, Vespertilio, 273 guadalupensis, Microtus, 433 Thomomys, 65, 71 guatemalae, Urocyon, 338 Guatemalan vole, 444 guatemalensis, Microtus, 444 guerrensis, Hodomys, 241 Neotoma, 241 guerrerensis, Cryptotis, 637 Gull Island vole, 412 gymnurus, Cratogeomys, 537 Hall, E. Raymond, A new pocket gopher (Genus Thomomys) from eastern Colorado, 81; A new pocket UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. gopher (Genus Thomomys) from Wyoming and Colorado, 219; A synopsis of the North American Lagomorpha, 119 Hall, E. Raymond, and E. Lendell Cockrum, A synopsis of the North American microtine rodents, 878; Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of North American microtines, 293 Hall, E. Raymond, and H. Gordon Montague, Two New Pocket Go- phers from Wyoming and Colorado, o5 Hall, E. Raymond, and Keith R. Kel- son, A new subspecies of Microtus montanus from Montana and com- ments on Microtus canicaudus Mil- ler, 73; Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American marsupials, insecti- vores and carnivores, 319; Com- ments on the taxonomy and geo- graphic distribution of some North American rabbits, 49; Comments on the taxonomy and geographic dis- tribution of some North American rodents, 343; The subspecific status of two Central American sloths, 313 Hall, E. Raymond, and William B. Jackson, Seventeen species of bats recorded from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone, 641 halli, Microtus, 310, 428 halophilus, Microtus, 420 Haploconus, angustus, 8 hare, Alaskan, 177 American varying, 173 Arctic, 178 European, 189 varying, 96, 173 harroldi, Lemmus, 472 harvest mouse, fulvous, 212 hastatus, Phyllostomus, 646 haydeni, Arvicola, 446 Microtus, 446 heather vole, 395 helaletes, Synaptomys, 476 Heliaconia, 645 helleri, Vampyrops, 645 helvolus, Arvicola, 473 Lemmus, 473 Hemiotomys, 402, 433 amphibius, 402 fulvus, 402 terrestris, 402 Herpetomys, 444 Hesperimus, 254 Hesperomys, melanophrys, 254 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 657 Heterogeomys, concavus, 211 hispidus, 211 hirsutus, Arvicola, 410 hispid, cotton rat, 216 pocket gopher, 211 hispidus, Heterogeomys, 211 Sigmodon, 42, 216, 869 hitchensi, Sylvilagus, 157 Hodomys, alleni, 241 elattura, 241 guerrensis, 241 vetulus, 241 hollisteri, Sorex, 98, 827 holzneri, Lepus, 53, 157 Sylvilagus, 53, 157 hondurensis, Sylvilagus, 157 hopiensis, Eutamias, 569, 621, 622 house mouse, 111, 218 howelli, Ochotona, 130 Sylvilagus, 145 hoyi, Microsorex, 635 hualpaiensis, Microtus, 4383 hudsonius, Canis, 340 Clethrionomys, 888 Dicrostonyx, 480 Lepus, 174 Mus, 480 Ondatra, 465 Tamiasciurus, 97 Zapus, 111 hulophaga, Blarina, 328 humboldtensis, Sorex, 327 humeralis, Nycticeius, 271 Nycticeus, 278 humilis, Thomomys, 502, 503 huperuthrus, Microtus, 420 hybridus, Lepus, 189 Hyopsodontidae, 6 hyperboreas, Lepus, 179 hyperuthrus, Microtus, 420 hypopyrrhous, Sciurus, 249 hypopyrrhus, Sciurus, 249 hypoxanthus, Sciurus, 249 Hypudaeus, ochrogaster, 445, 447 rufidorsum, 411 rufocanus, 381 Ictidomys, 546 idahoensis, Clethrionomys, 888 Evotomys, 388 Lepus, 139 Sylvilagus, 139 Zapus, 371 ignavus, Bradypus, 315 illinoensis, Neotoma, 235 imparalis, Clratogeomys]. g[ymnurus]., 538 inaequidens, Ellipsodon, 7 incana, Ochotona, 130 incitatus, Lepus, 148 Sylvilagus, 148 inclarus, C[ratogeomys]. g[ymnurus]., 538 incolatus, Canis, 112 indianola, Spilogale, 334 Indrodon malaris, 6, 7 inez, Microtus, 381 inflatus, Scalopus, 19 infraluteus, Perognathus, 522 innuitus, Microtus, 425 Synaptomys, 478 inopinata, Neotoma, 529 Insectivora, 6 insectivores, comments on the taxon- omy and geographic distribution of, 819 insolitus, Lepus, 169 Sylvilagus, 169 insonus, Lepus, 168 Sylvilagus, 168 insperatus, Arvicola, 409 Microtus, 409 insular vole, 443 insularis, Clethrionomys, 383 Didelphis, 324 Evotomys, 383 Lepus, 186 Microtus, 412 interior, Myotis, 275 intermedia, Neotoma, 237 intermedius, Lagurus, 453 Microtus, 453 Phenacomys, 104, 397 Reithrodontomys, 212 Scalopus, 20 internatus, Thomomys, 63, 70 interrupta, Spilogale, 332, 334 inyoensis, Kutamias, 573, 626 irroratus, Liomys, 212, 364, 365 isthmica, Chiroderma, 645 jack rabbit, antelope, 188 black, 181 black-tailed, 181 Gaillard, 188 658 Tehuantepec, 188 white-sided, 186 white-tailed, 180 Jackson, William B., with E. Raymond Hall, Seventeen species of bats re- corded from Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone, 641 jacksoni, Eutamias, 618 Jalapa pine mouse, 451 jamaicensis, Artibeus, 645 jewetti, Ochotona, 130 jojobae, Thomomys, 357 Jones, J. Knox, Jr., Geographic distri- bution of the pocket mouse, Pero- gnathus fasciatus, 515 Jones, J. Knox, Jr., with Olin L. Webb, An annotated checklist of Nebras- kan bats, 269 juarezensis, Thomomys, 357 jugossicularis, Geomys, 364 jumping mouse, 111 Juniperus monosperma, 533 kadiacensis, Microtus, 425 keenii, Myotis, 273 Kelson, Keith R., Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribu- tion of some North American wood rats (Genus Neotoma), 233; Two new subspecies of Thomomys bot- tae from New Mexico and Colo- rado, 59 Kelson, Keith R., with E. Raymond Hall, A new subspecies of Microtus montanus from Montana and com- ments on Microtus canicaudus Mil- ler, 73; Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American marsupials, insecti- vores and carnivores, 319; Com- ments on the taxonomy and geo- graphic distribution of some North American rabbits, 49; Comments on the taxonomy and geographic dis- tribution of some North American rodents, 8343; The subspecific status of two Central American sloths, 313 kennicotti, Arvicola, 451 kernensis, Microtus, 420 kilangmiutak, Dicrostonyx, 481 kincaidi, Microtus, 409 kirtlandi, Blarina, 328 klamathensis, Lepus, 175 knighti, Canis, 339, 340 kootenayensis, Zapus, 371 Labrador collared lemming, 480 labradorius, Lepus, 179 Microtus, 409 lachuguilla, Thomomys, 65, 71 Universiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. Lagomorpha, A synopsis of the North American, 119 Lagomorpha, Order, 124 Lagomys, collaris, 126 minimus, 129 schisticeps, 132 Lagos, 170 Lagurus, 452 curtatus, 453 intermedius, 453 levidensis, 454 pallidus, 455 pauperrimus, 455 laingi, Microtus, 422 Phenacomys, 397 laniger, Caluromys, 325 Philander, 324 largus, Dipodomys, 40 Lariscus, 552 Larus, 38 Lasionycteris noctivagans, 271, 275 Lasiurus, borealis, 225, 277 cinereus, 255, 277 frantzii, 226 ornatus, 226 teliotis, 226 laticinctus, Lepus, 161, 164 latifrons, Spilogale, 331 latimanus, Phenacomys, 895 latrans, Canis, 87, 112 latus, Microtus, 428 leachii, Glossaphaga, 644 least chipmunk, 99 lectus, Eutamias, 593 lemhi, Ochotona, 131 Lemmimicrotus, 402 lemming, black-footed, 471 bog, 103, 471 brown, 471 collared, 481 Labrador collared, 480 mouse, 104 northern bog, 103, 477 St. Lawrence Island collared, 484 lemmings, 470 bog, 473 collared, 479 lemminus, Aschizomys, 381 Lemmiscus, 453 curtatus, 453 levidensis, 454 pallidus, 455 Lemmus, 470 alascensis, 471 chrysogaster, 472 harroldi, 472 helvolus, 478 minusculus, 478 Mus, 470 noveboracensis, 410 sibiricus, 472 trimucronatus, 471, 473 yukonensis, 472 lepida, Neotoma, 237 leporinus, Noctilio, 644 Leptictidae, 6 Lepus, 170 alacer, 154 alleni, 45, 188 alpinus, 126 altamirae, 48, 182 americanus, 178 andersoni, 179 aquaticus, 141, 166 arcticus, 178 arizonae, 164 asellus, 46, 182 attwateri, 166 auduboni, 164 aztecus, 154 bachmani, 145 baileyi, 164 bairdii, 174 bangsi, 179 battyi, 46, 188 bennettii, 182 bishopi, 174 borealis, 177 brasiliensis, 141 californica, 182 californicus, 42, 181, 182 callotis, 45, 186 campanius, 180 campestris, 180 caniclunis, 156 canus, 179 cascadensis, 174 cerrosensis, 145 chapmani, 156 chiapensis, 156 cinerascens, 141, 145 columbiensis, 175 confinis, 165 connectens, 156 cunicularius, 169 curti, 43, 183 dalli, 175 depressus, 184 deserticola, 184 diazi, 188 durangae, 157 eremicus, 184 europaeus, 189 festinus, 46, 184 flavigularis, 46, 188 floridanus, 157 gabbi, 142 gaillardi, 45, 188 glacialis, 178 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 goldmani, 165 grangeri, 161 graysoni, 169 griseus, 185 groenlandicus, 179 holzneri, 53, 157 hudsonius, 174 hybridus, 189 hyperboreas, 179 idahoensis, 189 incitatus, 143 insolitus, 169 insonus, 168 insularis, 186 klamathensis, 175 labradorius, 179 laticinctus, 161, 164 macfarlandi, 96, 175 magdalanae, 184 major, 164 mallurus, 138, 141, 158 martirensis, 184 mearnsi, 158 melanotis, 44, 185 merriami, 43, 185 mexicanus, 186 micropus, 185 minor, 57, 165 monstrabilis, 179 nanus, 174 niedrecki, 175 nigracaudatus, 187 nuttalli, 188, 141 nuttallii, 162 ogotona, 125 oregonus, 175 orizabae, 158 othus, 177 pacificus, 169 palitans, 46, 189 pallidus, 176 paludicola, 147 palustris, 141 parvulus, 165 peninsularis, 146 perplicatus, 161 persimilis, 179 persultator, 158 phaeonotus, 176 pinetis, 56, 162 pineus, 176 poadromus, 177 porsildi, 180 princeps, 132 richardsonii, 185 rigidus, 157 robustus, 56, 159 russatus, 159 saliens, 175 sanctidiegi, 166 seclusus, 176 sheldoni, 185 659 660 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. sierrae, 181 longicaudus, simplicanus, 156 Arvicola, 429 struthopus, 176 Microtus, 79, 109, 308, 310, 426, subcinctus, 159 429 sylvaticus, 53, 188, 158, 161 Phenacomys, 399 tahoensis, 176 longimembris, Perognathus, 366 telmalemolus, 166 longipilis, Arvicola, 411 texianus, 45, 185 longricus, Myotis, 275 tiburonensis, 46, 189 long-tailed meadow mouse, 109, 426 timidus, 177 loringi, townsendii, 180 Clethrionomys, 388 transitionalis, 160 Evotomys, 388 trowbridgei, 145 Louisiana vole, 448 truei, 143 lucasana, Spilogale, 334, 835 tumacus, 142 lucifugus, ubericolor, 146 Myotis, 95, 271, 273, 274 verae-crucis, 169 Vespertilio, 274 vigilax, 182 ludibundus, virginianus, 177 Eutamias, 620 wallawalla, 186 Tamias, 346 wardi, 177 ludovicianus, washingtoni, 177 Microtus, 448 xanti, 186 Sciurus, 855 yucatanicus, 159 lupus, Canis, 112, 338-340 leucogaster, Sciurus, 249 Lupus-griseus, Canis, 338, 339 Leuconae carissima, 273 luteiventris, leuconotus, Conepatus, 336, 337 Eutamias, 602, 620 leucoparia, Spilogale, 329-334 Tamias, 602 leucophaeus, Microtus, 429 luteola, Marmota, 345 leucops, Sciurus, 249 lutescens, leucopus, Peromyscus, 213 Geomys, 364 leucotis, Sciurus, 353 Ochotona, 131 leucurus, lynx, Canada, 116 Peromyscus, 254 lysteri, Tamias, 549 Phaiomys, 402 levidensis, macfarlani, Lagurus, 454 Lepus, 96, 175 Lemmiscus, 454 Microtus, 110, 425 levis, mackenzii, Phenacomys, 104, 397 Ochotona, 131 macrodon, Phenacomys, 397 Fiber, 467 levisanus, Goniacodon, 6, 7 Ondaira, 467 limitaris, Thomomys, 501 macropus, limitis, Arvicola, 438 Clethrionomys, 290, 388 Microtus, 438 Evotomys, 290, 388 macrorhinus, Sylvilagus, 145 Sciurus, 355 macrotis, Thomomys, 28, 83 Limnolagus, 141 Macrotolagus, 46, 170 Liomys, macrurus, Microtus, 429 irroratus, 212, 364, 365 madrensis, Microtus, 433 minor, 865 magdalenae, Lepus, 184 texensis, 212 magna, Cryptotis, 637 torridus, 364, 365 major, little, Geomys, 364 brown bat, 95 Lepus, 164 gray squirrel, 211 Vampyrodes, 645 littoralis, majori, Microtus, 402 Microtus, 110, 429 malaris, Indrodon, 6, 7 Sylvilagus, 167 mallurus, lituratus, Artibeus, 645 Lepus, 138, 158 litus, Perognathus, 523 Sylvilagus, 158 llanensis, Sylvilagus, 55, 157 mandarinus, Arvicola, 402 INDEx TO VOLUME 5 maniculatus, Peromyscus, 101 mansuetus, Sylvilagus, 46, 147 mariposae, Microtus, 420 Sylvilagus, 145 Marmota, dacota, 345, 551 flaviventer, 345, 551 luteola, 345 monax, 98 ochracea, 98 Marmotini, 560 marsh rabbit, 147 marsupialis, Didelphis, 321-324 Marsupials, Comments on the taxon- omy and geographic distribution of, 819 marten, 115 Martes, actuosa, 115 americana, 115 columbiana, 115 pennanti, 115 martirensis, Dipodomys, 366 Lepus, 184 Spilogale, 334, 335 Thomomys, 857, 358, 362 maurus, Clethrionomys, 389 Sciurus, 249 mayensis, Cryptotis, 637 mazama, Clethrionomys, 301, 398 Evotomys, 301, 393 Thomomys, 362 meadow jumping mouse, 111 meadow mouse, . California, 417 Coronation Island, 431 long-tailed, 426 montane, 413 Pennsylvanian, 406 Townsend, 421 mearnsi, Conepatus, 335-338 Lepus, 158 Sylvilagus, 51, 158 medioximus, Synaptomys, 298, 478 megalotis, Micronycteris, 644 melanophrys, Hesperomys, 254 Peromyscus, 254 Vesperimus, 254 melanotis, Lepus, 44, 185 Menetes, 552 Mephitis mephitis, 332 mephitis, Mephitis, 332 mera, Cryptotis, 637 mergens, Fiber, 467 Ondatra, 467 661 meridensis, Cryptotis, 637 meritus, Thomomys, 221 merriami, Eutamias, 558, 621 Lepus, 43, 185 Peromyscus, 368 Sorex, 635 Tamias, 558 mesamericana, Didelphis, 209, 328 mesoleucis, Conepatus, 335, 337 Mesonychidae, 8 mesonychids, 8 messorius, Sylvilagus, 143 Metachirus, fuscogriseus, 209 pallidus, 209 Mexican, cottontail, 169 red bat, 223 vole, 431 mexicana, Atalapha, 225 Cryptotis, 673 Tadarida, 278 mexicanus, Arvicola, 433 Cyclopes, 316 Lepus, 186 Microtus, 481, 483 Molossus, 278 Natalus, 646 Noctilio, 644 Oryzomys, 370 Miacidae, 6 mice, meadow, 402 pine, 448 red-backed, 381 Micoureus canus, 324 microcephalus, Arvicola, 410 Microtus, 410 microdon, Spilogale, 334, 335 Microlagus, 141 Micronycteris, megalotis, 644 microtis, 644 micropus, Lepus, 185 Microtus, 415 Neotoma, 217, 582 Peromyscus, 255 microrhina, Spilogale, 335 Microsorex hoyi, 635 Microtinae, 379, key to American, 380 microtine rodents, a synopsis of, 8373 Microtines, comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of North American, 293 microtis, Micronycteris, 644 662 Microtus, 402, 412, abbreviatus, 448 abditus, 426 acadicus, 406 adocetus, 439 aequovicatus, 418 aestuarinus, 418 admiraltiae, 406 agrestis, 406 alcorni, 105, 407 alticola, 428 alticolus, 308 amakensis, 309, 423 amosus, 413 andersoni, 312, 442 angusticeps, 428 angustus, 310, 428 aphorodemus, 408 arcticus, 408 arizonensis, 413 artemisiae, 455 arvicoloides, 437 auricularis, 449 aztecus, 307, 408 baileyi, 428 bairdi, 441 bernardinus, 428 breweri, 412 californicus, 419 canescens, 75, 309, 418 canicaudus, 77, 418 cantator, 108, 312, 442 cantwelli, 441 carbonarius, 449 carolinensis, 486 caryi, 414 chrotorrhinus, 436 constrictus, 419 coronarius, 435, 486 cummingi, 421 drummondi, 108 dutcheri, 415 elymocetes, 423 endoecus, 425 enixus, 408 eximius, 419 fisheri, 443 fontigenus, 409 fucosus, 415 fulviventer, 484 fundatus, 432 funebris, 309, 409 fusus, 415 gilmorei, 424 grinnelli, 419 guadalupensis, 433 guatemalensis, 444 halli, 310, 428 halophilus, 420 haydenii, 446 hualpaiensis, 488 huperuthrus, 420 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. hyperuthrus, 420 inez, 381 innuitus, 425 insperatus, 409 insularis, 412 intermedius, 453 kernensis, 420 kincaidi, 409 kodiacensis, 425 labradorius, 409 laingi, 422 latus, 428 leucophaeus, 429 littoralis, 110, 429 longicaudus, 79, 109, 308, 310, 426, 429 ludovicianus, 448 macfarlani, 110, 425 macropus, 438 macrurus, 429 madrensis, 433 majori, 102 mariposae, 420 mexicanus, 431, 483 microcephalus, 410 micropus, 415 minor, 447 miurus, 311, 312, 441, 442 modestus, 308, 410 mogollonensis, 433 mohavensis, 420 montanus, 75, 418, 416 mordax, 79, 310, 430 morosus, 441 muriei, 311, 312, 448 nanus, 75, 416 navajo, 433 neglectus, 421 nemoralis, 449 nesophilus, 412 nevadensis, 416 nexus, 416 nigrans, 410 oeconomus, 110, 428 ohionensis, 447 operarius, 425 oreas, 311, 312, 448 oregoni, 439, 441 paludicola, 420 paneaki, 311, 312, 443 parvulus, 451 pelliceus, 402 pennsylvanicus, 105, 307, 406, 410 phaeus, 433 pinetorum, 448, 450 popofensis, 425 pratincola, 417 pratincolus, 75, 417 principalis, 437 provectus, 412 pugeti, 422 punukensis, 426 INDEx TO VOLUME 5 663 quasiater, 451 ravus, 437 richardsoni, 489 rivularis, 417 rubelianus, 402 rubidus, 411 salvus, 434 sanctidiegi, 420 scalopsoides, 451 schmidti, 451 scirpensis, 421 serpens, 441 shattucki, 411 sierrae, 480 sitkensis, 426 slowzowi, 402, 441 stephensi, 421 stonei, 408 subsimus, 434 tananensis, 107, 411 taylori, 448 terraenovae, 411 terrestris, 402, 406 townsendii, 421, 423 umbrosus, 445 unalascensis, 426 undosus, 417 vallicola, 421 vellerosus, 109, 431 wahema, 409 xanthognathus, 484 yakutatensis, 426 yosemite, 417 micrura, Cryptotis, 687 Mictomys, 476, sphagnicola, 298 migratorius, Sciurus, 354 milleri, Sorex, 20, 637 Mimetodon trovessartianus, 6, 7 minima, Blarina, 329 minimus, Eutamias, 99, 221, 552, 591, 617, 618 Lagomys, 129 Ochotona, 129 Tamias, 591 mink, 115 minor, Arvicola, 447 Lepus, 57, 165 Liomys, 365 Microtus, 447 Sylvilagus, 57, 165 minus, Spirillum, 377 minusculus, Lemmus, 473 minuta, Vampyressa, 645 Mioclaenus turgidus, 4, 6, 7 miurus, Microtus, 311, 312, 441, 442 Mixodectidae, 6 modesta, Arvicola, 410 modestus, Microtus, 308, 410 mogollonensis, Arvicola, 433 Microtus, 433 mohavensis, Microtus, 420 Thomomys, 358 moles, two new from Mexico and Texas, 17 molossa, Tadarida, 278 Molossus, coibensis, 646 mexicanus, 278 monax, Marmota, 98 monoensis, Eutamias, 620 monsperma, Juniperus, 583 monstrabilis, Lepus, 179 Montague, H. Gordon, and E. Ray- mond Hall, Two new pocket go- phers from Wyoming and Colorado, Ob montane meadow mouse, 413 montanus, Eutamias, 576, 608, 625, 626 Microtus, 75, 418, 416 Scalopus, 19 montereyensis, Sorex, 327 monticola, Thomomys, 362 moorei, Ochotona, 131 moose, 116 mordax, Arvicola, 310, 430 Microtus, 79, 310, 430 Mynomes, 310 morio, Sciurus, 249 morosus, Microtus, 441 morulus, Cratogeomys zinseri, 541 Thomomys, 65, 70 Moschomys, 464 mountain sheep, northern, 116 mouse, brown-bellied, 213 California meadow, 417 Coronation Island meadow, 431 creeping, 439 Dawson red-backed, 103 dusky tree, 399 Florida pine, 451 fulvous harvest, 212 Gapper red-backed, 385 harvest, 212 house, 111, 218 Jalapa pine, 451 jumping, 111 lemming, 104 long-tailed meadow, 109, 426 meadow jumping, 112 montane meadow, 413 northern red-backed, 382 Pennsylvania meadow, 105 Pennsylvanian meadow, 406 pinon, 263 664 Untiversiry OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. pocket, 203, 212 pygmy, 212 red-backed, 108, 104 red-tree, 399 singing, 108 spiny pocket, 212 St. Lawrence Island red-backed, 884 Townsend meadow, 421 tundra, 110 western red-backed, 391 white-footed, 101, 213 wood, 213 Yukon singing, 108 muiri, Ochotona, 131 Multituberculata, 6 muralis, Thomomys, 359 muriei, Microtus, 311, 312, 443 murinus, Desmodus, 210 Mus, agrestis, 402 arvalis, 402, 406 glareolus, 381 gregalis, 441 groenlandicus, 481 hudsonius, 480 lemminus, 470 musculus, 111, 218 pennsylvanicus, 410 rubricatus, 482 rutilus, 381 socialis, 402 terrestris, 402 torquatus, 479 musculus, Mus, 111, 218 muskrat, 104, 465, Newfoundland, 470 round-tailed, 455 Mustela, alascensis, 115 arctica, 114 energumenos, 115 erminea, 114 frenata, 332 richardsonii, 114 vison, 115 mustelinus, Sciurus, 249 mutabilis, Thomomys, 360 Mylolemmus, 479 Mynomes, 402, aztecus, 307 mordax, 310 pratensis, 402, 410 Myodes, albigularis, 471 nigripes, 471 myops, Erethizon, 112 Myotis, alascensis, 95 carissima, 273 evotis, 273 grisescens, 278 interior, 275 keenii, 273 longricus, 275 lucifugus, 95, 271, 278, 274 nigricans, 646 septentrionalis, 278 sodalis, 278 subulatus, 274 thysanodes, 278 volans, 275 Nacimiento formation, 11 Nannosciurus, 552 nanus, Lepus, 174 Microtus, 75, 416 narica, Nasua, 218 nasicus, Thomomys, 362 Nasua, narica, 218 tamaulipensis, 218 nasuta, Arvicola, 410 Natalus, mexicanus, 646 saturatus, 646 navajo, Microtus, 433 navigator, Sorex, 94 Nebraskan bats, Checklist of, 269 neglectus, Microtus, 421 negligens, Sciurus, 211 nelsoni, Cryptotis, 637 Dicrostonyx, 482 Romerolagus, 46, 138 Thomomys, 501 nemoralis, Microtus, 449 Pitymys, 307 Neoaschizomys sikotanensis, 381 Neodon sikimensis, 402 Neofiber, 455 alleni, 456 nigrescens, 456 struix, 456 neomexicanus, Sylvilagus, 57, 165 Neomys, 638 Neotamias, 546, 558 Neotoma, acraia, 2389 albigula, 532 alleni, 241 alticola, 237 angustipalata, 217 annectens, 237 attwateri, 236 californica, 237 canescens, 533 cinerea, 102, 237 cinnamomea, 239 drummondii, 102 elattura, 241 fallax, 532 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 floridana, 285 fuscipes, 237 guerrensis, 241 illinoensis, 235 inopinata, 529 intermedius, 237 lepida, 237 mexicana, 529 micropus, 217, 529 occidentalis, 237 orolestes, 239 osagensis, 236 perplexa, 237 petricola, 237 pinetorum, 531 pulla, 237 rubida, 235 scopulorum, 529 vetula, 241 warreni, 533 nesophilus, Microtus, 412 nevadensis, Eutamias, 578, 626 Ochotona, 131 Microtus, 416 Perognathus, 866 New Mexico, preliminary survey of a palaeocene faunule from the Angels Peak area, 1 New subspecies of Thomomys bottae from New Mexico and Colorado, 59 nexus, Microtus, 416 niediecki, 175 niger, Canis, 340, 341 Fiber, 467 Sciurus, 354, 355 nigracaudatus, Lepus, 187 nigrans, Microtus, 410 nigrescens, Neofiber, 456 Ochotona, 182 nigricans, Myotis, 646 Thomomys, 357, 358, 361, 362 nigripes, Lemmus, 471 Myodes, 471 nivalis, Arvicola, 402 nivarius, Clethrionomys, 300, 301, 393 Evotomys, 300, 301, 393 Noctilio, leporinus, 644 mexicanus, 644 noctivagans, Lasionycteris, 271, 275 Scotophilus, 271 Vespertilio, 275 North American rodents, comments on the taxonomy and geographic dis- tribution of, 343 northern, bog lemming, 103, 477 mountain sheep, 116 red-backed mouse, 882 Notiosorex, 638 noveboracensis, Lemmus, 410 Nuttall cottontail, 161 nuttalli, Lepus, 188 nuttallii, Lepus, 162 Sylvilagus, 52, 162 Nycticeius humeralis, 271, 278 Nycticejus crepuscularis, 271 nymphaea, Vampyressa, 645 Oaxaca vole, 434 obscurus, Clethrionomys, 302, 393 Evotomys, 802, 398 Fiber, 470 Ondaira, 470 Sorex, 93, 635 occidentalis, Arvicola, 423 Canis, 118, 338, 339, 340 Clethrionomys, 301, 393 Evotomys, 301, 393 Neotoma, 237 occipitalis, Fiber, 467 Ondatra, 467 Ochotona, 125 albata, 127 brooksi, 127 brunnescens, 127 cinnamomea, 129 clamosa, 129 collaris, 95, 126 cuppes, 129 fenisex, 129 figginsi, 129 fumosa, 130 fuscipes, 130 goldmani, 180 howelli, 130 incana, 130 jewetti, 130 lemhi, 131 levis, 131 lutescens, 131 minimus, 129 moorei, 131 muiri, 131] nevadensis, 131 nigrescens, 132 princeps, 132 saxatilis, 132 schisticeps, 1382 septentrionalis, 132 sheltoni, 132 taylori, 133 tutelata, 183 665 666 UNIvERSITY OF Kansas PuBsxs., Mus. Nat. Hist. uinta, 1383 utahensis, 133 ventorum, 133 Ochotonidae, Family, 125 ochracea, Marmota, 98 ochraceus, Clethrionomys, 389 Evotomys, 389 ochraventer, Peromyscus, 213 ochrogaster, Hypudaeus, 445, 447 Microtus, 445, 447 ocius, Thomomys, 363 oeconomus, Microtus, 110, 423 ogotona, Lepus, 125 ohionensis, Microtus, 447 Tamias, 851, 358 olivaceogriseus, Perognathus, 520 olympicus, Phenacomys, 398 Omilteme cottontail, 168 Ondatra, 464 albus, 465 aquilonius, 465 bernardi, 466 cinnamominus, 466 goldmani, 467 hudsonius, 465 macrodon, 467 mergens, 467 niger, 467 obscurus, 470 occipitalis, 467 osoyoosensis, 467 pallidus, 468 ripensis, 469 rivalicus, 469 spatulatus, 104, 469 zalophus, 469 zibethicus, 104, 469 oneida, Arvicola, 411 operarius, Eutamias, 552, 598, 618 Microtus, 425 opisthacus, Protoselene, 6, 7 opossum, Central American, 209 Four-eyed, 209 Philander, 209 opulentis, Thomomys, 61, 71 Opuntia, arborescens, 533 oramontis, Phenacomys, 398 orca, Clethrionomys, 384 Evotomys, 384 ordii, Dipodomys, 38 Oreamnos, * americanus, 116 columbiae, 116 dalli, 116 stonei, 116 oreas, Microtus, 311, 312, 443 oregoni, Arvicola, 441 Microtus, 441 oregonus, Lepus, 175 Oreolagus, 125 orizabae, Lepus, 158 Sylvilagus, 158 ornatus, Lasiurus, 226 orolestes, Neotoma, 239 orophila, Cryptotis, 637 orophilus, Phenacomys, 397 Orthriomys, 445 Oryctolagus cuniculus, 171 Oryzomys, alfaroi, 370 aquaticus, 215 couesi, 215, 370 engraciae, 217 fulvescens, 217 mexicanus, 370 palatinus, 370 rostratus, 217 saturatior, 370 osagensis, Neotoma, 236 osoyoosensis, Fiber, 467 Ondatra, 467 othus, Lepus, 177 pacificus, Lepus, 169 Sorex, 635 Sylvilagus, 169 pagatuae, Thomomys, 65, 70 Palaeocene faunule from Angels Peak Area, New Mexico, l Palaeoryctidae, 6 palatinus, Oryzomys, 370 Paleoryctes cf. P. puercensis, 6, 7 palitans, Lepus, 46, 189 pallescens, Clethrionomys, 302, 389 Corynorhinus, 278 pallidus, Arvicola, 455 Caluromus, 325 Eptesicus, 277 Eutamias, 261, 594, 618 Fiber, 468 Lagurus, 455 Lemmiscus, 455 Lepus, 176 Metachirus, 209 Ondatra, 468 Philander, 209, 324 Tamias, 594 palmarum, Artibeus, 645 palmeri, Eutamias, 625 paludicola, Clethrionomys, 389 Lepus, 147 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 Microtus, 420 Sylvilagus, 147 Paludilagus, 141 paludis, Synaptomys, 476 palustris, Arvicola, 410 Lepus, 141, 147 Sorex, 94, 637 Sylvilagus, 147 pambasileus, Canis, 112 panamensis, Phyllostomus, 646 panamintinus, Eutamias, 625 Perognathus, 366 paneaki, Microtus, 311, 312, 443 Pantolambda zone, 10 Pantolestidae, 6 Parry ground squirrel, 98 parryi, Citellus, 98 particeps, Didelphis, 324 parva, Cryptotis, 637 parvibullatus, Dipodomys, 38 parvula, Rhogeéssa, 229 parvulus, Lepus, 165 Microtus, 451 Pitymys, 451 Sylvilagus, 165 pascalis, Thomomys, 359 Pasturella, pestis, 875 tularensis, 375 patulus, Thomomys, 360 Paulomys, 381 paulus, Baiomys, 367 Peromyscus, 367 pauperrimus, Arvicola, 455 Lagurus, 455 pediculus, Conepatus, 335 Pedomys, 455 pelliceus, Microtus, 402 peninsularis, Lepus, 146 Sylvilagus, 146 pennanti, Martes, 115 Pennsylvania meadow mouse, 105 Pennsylvanian meadow mouse, 406 pennsylvanicus, Microtus, 105, 307, 406, 410 Mynomes, 402 Sciurus, 353 Pentacodon n. sp., 6, 7 peramplus, Thomomys, 65, 70 perditus, Thomomys, 501, 502, 510 pergracilis, Cryptotis, 637 Perognathus, 365 Periptychidae, 6 Periptychus, carinidens, 6, 7 nr. P. carinidens, 6, 7 rhabdodon, 4 Perodipus, agilis, 366 Perognathus, amplus, 365 apache, 524 bangsi, 365 bunkeri, 205 callistus, 524 caryi, 524 fasciatus, 515, 519 flavescens, 517 flavus, 205 infraluteus, 522 litus, 523 longimembris, 366 nevadensis, 366 olivaceogriseus, 520 panamintinus, 365 pergracilis, 865 piperi, 205 sanluisi, 205 Peromyscus, algidus, 101 allex, 367 analogus, 367 borealis, 101 coahuiliensis, 257 consobrinus, 254 erasmus, 265 eremicus, 360 gentilis, 265 gilberti, 369 godovii, 254 goldmani, 368 gratus, 265 leucopus, 213 leucurus, 254 maniculatus, 101 melanophrys, 254 merriami, 368 micropus, 255 ochraventer, 213 paulus, 867 preblei, 369 texanus, 213 truei, 265, 369 xenurus, 256 zamorae, 254 perpallidus, Thomomys, 358, 361 perpes, Thomomys, 358, 361 perplexa, Neotoma, 237 perplicatus, Lepus, 161 persimilis, Lepus, 179 perspicillata, Carollia, 644, 646 persultator, Lepus, 158 pervagus, Thomomys, 61, 70 pestis, Pasturella, 375 petricola, Neotoma, 237 petulans, Tamiasciurus, 97 667 668 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. phaeonotus, Lepus, 176 pinetorum, 307, 449 phaeus, scalopsoides, 307 Arvicola, 433 schmidti, 451 Clethrionomys, 302, 389 plague, 375 Evotomys, 302, 389 planorum, Thomomys, 65, 70 Microtus, 433 plesius, Citellus, 98 Phaiomys leucurus, 402 plumbea, Blarina, 329 Phenacodontidae, 6 poadromus, Lepus, 177 Phenacomys, 395 pocket gopher, albipes, 398 hispid, 211 celatus, 395 new from Colorado, 59. 81, 219 celsus, 396 new from Wyoming and Colorado, constablei, 397 219 crassus, 396 New Mexico, 59 intermedius, 104, 397 Wyoming, 219 laingi, 397 Pocket gophers, latimanus, 395 four new of the Genus Cratogeomys levis, 397 from Jalisco, Mexico, 535; longicaudus, 399 (Genus Thomomys) of Coahuila, mackenzii, 104, 397 Mexico, 499: olympicus, 398 two new from Wyoming and Colo- oramontis, 398 rado, 25 orophilus, 397 preblei, 397 pumilus, 398 silvicola, 399 soperi, 398 truei, 397 ungava, 395 white-footed, 398 phenax, Spilogale, 330, 331, 335 Philander, laniger, 324 opossum, 209 pallidus, 209, 324 Phyllostomus, discolor, 644 hastatus, 646 panamensis, 646 pigmy rabbit, 139 pigra, Didelphis, 322, 323 pika, collared, 95 pikas, 125 pinalensis, Thomomys, 360 pine mouse, 448, Florida, 451 Jalapa, 451 pinetis, Lepus, 56, 162 Sylvilagus, 56, 162 pinetorum, Microtus, 448, 450 Neotoma, 531 pineus, Lepus, 176 pinion mouse, new from Durango, Mexico, 263 piperi, Perognathus, 205 pipilans, Tamias, 352 Pitymys, 448 carbonarius, 449 nemoralis, 807 parvulus, 451 pocket mouse, A new [one] from Kansas, 2038; Geographic distribution of Pero- gnathus fasciatus, 515 Poecilolagus, 170 popofensis, Microtus, 425 porcupine, 112 porsildi, Lepus, 180 potosiensis, Thomomys, 501 prairie vole, 445 pratensis, Mynomes, 402, 410 pratincola, Microtus, 417 pratincolus, Microtus, 75, 417 preblei, Peromyscus, 369 Phenacomys, 397 Tamiasciurus, 98 Primates, 6 princeps, Lepus, 132 Ochotona, 132 Zapus, 371 principalis, Microtus, 437 Prodiacodon P, 6, 7 Proedromys bedfordi, 402 proteus, Clethrionomys, 390 Evotomys, 390 Protogonodon, 4 Protoselene opisthacus, 6, 7 provectus, Microtus, 411 providentialis, Thomomys, 361 proximarinus, Thomomys, 361 Psammomys, 448, 450 Ptilodontidae, 6 puercensis, Palaeoryctes, 6, 7 Tetraclaenodon, 6, 7 pugeti, Microtus, 422 pulcher, Scalopus, 326 ie INDEX TO VOLUME 5 pulla, Neotoma, 237 pumilus, Phenacomys, 398 punukensis, Microtus, 426 putorius, Spilogale, 334 pygmaeus, Evotomys, 393 pygmy mouse, 212 quadrimaculatus, Eutamias, 551, 565, 624 quadrivittatus, Eutamias, 565, 621 Sciurus, 546, 567 Tamias, 567 quasiater, Arvicola, 451 Microtus, 451 rabbit, brush, 143 fever, 8375 forest, 141 jack, see jack rabbit marsh, 147 pigmy, 139 swamp, 166 volcano, 137 rabbits, Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of some North American, 49 rafinesquii, Corynorhinus, 278 rat, bushy-tailed wood, 102 rat-bite fever, 377 Rattus, 375, 378, rattus, 218 ravus, Microtus, 437 red-backed mice, 281, 381 geographic variation in, 281 red-backed mouse, 104 Dawson, 103 Gapper, 385 northern, 382 St. Lawrence Island, 384 western, 391 Red bat, 228 red-beilied squirrel, 211 red fox, 113 red squirrel, 98 red tree mouse, 399 Reithrodontomys, fulvescens, 212 intermedius, 212 restrictus, Sylvilagus, 158 retractus, Thomomys, 502, 507 retrorsus, Thomomys, 83 rhabdodon, Periptychus, 4 Rhinosciurus, 552 rhoadsii, Clethrionomys, 390 Evotomys, 390 Rhogeéssa, 229 gracilis, 229 669 parvula, 229 tumida, 229 Rhus trilobata, 533 rice rat, 216 Coues, 215 fulvous, 216 richardsoni, Arvicola, 4389 Dicrostonyx, 482 Microtus, 439 richardsonii, Lepus, 185 Mustela, 114 richmondi, Didelphis, 324 rickettsi, Rickettsia, 376 Rickettsia rickettsi, 376 rigidus, Lepus, 157 Sciurus, 355 riparia, Arvicola, 411 riparius, Arvicola, 410 Sylvilagus, 146 ripensis, Fiber, 469 Ondatra, 469 rivalicus, Fiber, 469 Ondatra, 469 rivularis, Microtus, 417 robusta, Lonchophylla, 646 robustus, Lepus, 56, 159 Sylvilagus, 56, 159 rock vole, 435 Rocky Mountain spotted fever, 376 Romerolagus, diazi, 187 nelsoni, 46, 137 rosaphagus, Sylvilagus, 146 rostralis, Thomomys, 27, 83, 221 rostratus, Oryzomys, 216 rotundus, Desmodus, 210 round-tailed muskrat, 455 rubelianus, Microtus, 402 rubida, Neotoma, 235 rubidus, Microtus, 411 rubricatus, Arvicola, 482 Dicrostonyx, 482 rufescens, Arvicola, 302, 389, 411 Clethrionomys, 302, 389 Tamias, 351, 353 ruficaudus, Eutamias, 566, 622 rufidorsum, Arvicola, 411 rufipes, Lepus, 164 rufiventer, Sciurus, 249, 355 rufiventris, Sciurus, 249 rufocanus, Hypudaeus, 381 rufus, Canis, 340, 341 ruidosae, Thomomys, 61, 71 670 rupicola, Clethrionomys, 390 russatus, Lepus, 159 Sylvilagus, 159 Russell, Robert J., Four new pocket gophers of the genus Cratogeomys from Jalisco, Mexico, 535 rutilus, Clethrionomys, 108, 304, 384 Mus, 381 sabrinus, Glaucomys, 100, 550 Saccopteryx bilineata, 644, 646 sagebrush vole, 453 sagittatus, Castor, 101 saliens, Lepus, 175 salinensis, Perognathus, 865 salvus, Microtus, 434 sanctidiegi, Lepus, 166 Microtus, 420 Thomomys, 861 Sylvilagus, 166 San Josecito Cave, Nuevo Leon, Mex- ico, Pleistocene Soricidae from, 633 sanluisi, Perognathus, 205 saturatior, Oryzomys, 370 saturatus, Clethrionomys, 303, 390 Evotomys, 390 Natalus, 646 saussurei, Sorex, 635, 636 saxatilis, Ochotona, 132 Spilogale, 333 scalopsoides, Arvicola, 307, 451 Microtus, 451 Pitymys, 307 Scalopus, aerus, 325 alleni, 22 aquaticus, 19, 325 argentatus, 23 australis, 326 inflatus, 19 intermedius, 19 montanus, 19 pulcher, 326 texanus, 19, 326 schisticeps, Lagomys, 132 Ochotona, 132 schmidti, Microtus, 451 Pitymys, 451 scirpensis, Microtus, 421 Sciurus, 549 americanus, 546 asiaticus, 546 aureogaster, 211, 249, 551 austini, 855 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. carolinensis, 353 chrysogaster, 249 cinereus, 354 ferrugineiventris, 249 ferruginiventris, 249 frumentor, 249 hypopyrrhous, 249 hypopyrrus, 249 hypoxanthus, 249 leucogaster, 249 leucops, 249 leucotis, 353 limitis, 355 ludovicianus, 355 marus, 249 migratorius, 354 morio, 249 mustelinus, 249 negligens, 211 niger, 354, 355 pennsylvanicus, 353 quadrivittatus, 567 rigidus, 355 rufiventer, 249, 855 rufiventris, 249 sibiricus, 546 striatus, 546 variegatoides, 355 sclateri, Sorex, 637 scopulorum, Neotoma, 529 Scotophilus, carolinensis, 271 fuscus, 271 noctivagans, 271 seclusus, Lepus, 176 sectorius, Anisonchus, 4, 6, 7 sedulus, Eutamias, 573, 626 senex, Eutamias, 549 sennetti, Dipodomys, 39 septentrionalis, Myotis, 273 Ochotona, 132 Vespertilio, 273 sequoiensis, Eutamias, 565, 625 serpens, Microtus, 441 shattucki, Microtus, 411 sheep, northern mountain, 116 mountain, 116 sheldoni, Lepus, 185 sheltoni, Ochotona, 182 shrew, cinereous, 92 dusky, 93 water, 94 shumaginensis, Sorex, 94 sibericus, Eutamias, 548 Sciurus, 546 sibiricus, Lemmus, 472 siccovalis, Thomomys, 357, 862 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 671 sierrae, Lepus, 181 Microtus, 4380 Sigmodon, arizonae, 369 berlandieri, 42 cienegae, 369 hispidus, 42, 216, 369 saturatus, 369 solus, 42 toltecus, 216 zanjonensis, 369 sikimensis, Neodon, 402 sikotanensis, Neoaschizomys, 381 silvicola, Phenacomys, 399 similis, Sylvilagus, 159 Simotes, 464 simplicanus, Lepus, 156 simulans, Dipodomys, 367 Eutamias, 621, 624 singing, mouse, 108 vole, 441 sitkensis, Microtus, 426 skunkbrush, 533 sloth, three-toed, 315 sloths, the subspecific status of two Central American, 313 slowzowi, Microtus, 402, 441 smithi, Synaptomys, 479 smithii, Evotomys, 381 soapweed, 533 socialis, Mus, 402 sodalis, Myotis, 278 solus, Clethrionomys, 304, 390 Sigmodon, 42 sonomae, Eutamias, 619 sonoriensis, Conepatus, 835 soperi, Phenacomys, 398 Sorex, alascensis, 94 arcticus, 637 bendirii, 637 cinereus, 93, 635 fumeus, 637 hollisteri, 93, 327 humboldtensis, 327 merriami, 635 milleri, 20, 637 montereyensis, 327 navigator, 94 obscurus, 94, 635 ornatus, 637 pacificus, 635 palustris, 94, 637 saussurei, 635, 686 sclateri, 637 shumaginensis, 94 streatori, 92 taylori, 637 trowbridgii, 327, 637 tundrensis, 637 vagrans, 6385 veraepacis, 637 Soricidae from San Josecito Cave. Nuevo Leon, Mexico, 633 soricina, Cryptotis, 637 Glossophaga, 644 Soriculus, 638 spatulatus, Fiber, 469 Ondatra, 104, 469 speciosus, Eutamias, 565, 625 Spermophilus, 549 armatus, 551 grammurus, 346 variegatus, 346 sphagnicola, Mictomys, 298 Synaptomys, 298, 479 Spilogale, ambigua, 329-333 angustifrons, 329, 330 arizonae, 330-334 gracilis, 329-335 indianola, 334 interrupta, 332, 334 latifrons, 331 leucoparia, 329-334 lucasana, 334, 335 martirensis, 334, 335 spilosoma, Citellus, 38 Spirillum minus, 377 spotted fever, Rocky Mountain, 876 squirrel, flying, 100 little gray, 211 Parry ground, 98 red, 98 red-bellied, 211 St. Lawrence Island, collared lemming, 484 red-backed mouse, 384 Stenocranius, 312, 441 stephensi, Microtus, 421 stevensoni, Dicrostonyx, 484 stikinensis, Clethrionomys, 305, 390 stonei, Microtus, 408 Oreamnos, 116 Synaptomys, 295, 476 streatori, Sorex, 92 striatus, Sciurus, 546 Tamias, 351, 353, 548 struix, Neofiber, 456 struthopus, Lepus, 176 sturgisi, Thomomys, 20, 501, 502, 508 Stylinodontidae, 6 672 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nar. Hist. subcinctus, Lepus, 159 Sylvilagus, 159 subflavus, Pipistrellus, 276 Vespertilio, 276 subsimus, Microtus, 434 subtrigonus, Tricentes, 6, 7 subulatus, Myotis, 274 Vespertilio, 274 Sumeriomys, 402 suslicus, Citellus, 547 swamp rabbit, 166 sylvatic plague, 375 sylvaticus, Eutamias, 261, 597, 618 Lepus, 53, 188, 158, 161 Sylvilagus, 188 alacer, 154 ammophilus, 154 aquaticus, 166 arizonae, 164 audubonii, 56, 164 aztecus, 155 bachmani, 145 baileyi, 164 brasiliensis, 141 cedrophilus, 57, 164 cerrosensis, 145 chapmani, 156 chiapensis, 156 cinerascens, 145 cognatus, 55, 156 confinis, 165 connectens, 156, 210 consobrinus, 141 costaricensis, 156 cunicularius, 169 dicei, 141 exiguus, 145 floridanus, 51, 157, 210 gabbi, 148 goldmani, 165 grangeri, 52, 161 graysoni, 169 hitchensi, 157 holzneri, 53, 157 hondurensis, 157 howelli, 145 idahoensis, 139 incitatus, 142 insolitus, 169 insonus, 168 littoralis, 167 llanensis, 55, 157 macrorhinus, 145 mallurus, 158 mansuetus, 46, 147 mariposae, 145 mearnsi, 51, 158 messorius, 143 minor, 57, 165 neomexicanus, 57, 165 nuttallii, 52, 162 orizabae, 158 pacificus, 169 paludicola, 147 palustris, 147 parvulus, 165 peninsularis, 146 pinetis, 52, 162 restrictus, 158 riparius, 146 robustus, 56, 159 rosaphagus, 146 russatus, 159 sanctidiegi, 166 similis, 56, 159 subcinctus, 159 tehamae, 146 transitionalis, 160 tumacus, 142 ubericolor, 146 vallicola, 166 virgulti, 146 warreni, 166 yucatanicus, 159 Synaptomys, 478, artemisiae, 477 borealis, 103, 299, 477 bullatus, 477 chapmani, 478 cooperi, 295, 474 dalli, 103, 478 fatuus, 474 gossii, 297, 475 helaletes, 476 innuitus, 478 medioximus, 298, 478 paludis, 476 saturatus, 295, 476 smithi, 479 sphagnicola, 298, 479 stonei, 295, 476 truei, 479 wrangeli, 479 tabascensis, Didelphis, 321, 324 Tadarida, mexicana, 278 molossa, 278 Taeniodonta, 6 tahoensis, Lepus, 176 talpoides, Blarina, 328 Thomomys, 27, 69, 83, 221, 359, 363, 568 Tamaulipan wood rat, 217 Tamaulipas, Mexico, mammals from, 207 tamaulipensis, Nasua, 218 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 Tamias, 546, 559 amoenus, 346 caurinus, 346 consobrinus, 549 cooperi, 349 fisheri, 351, 353 gracilis, 567 griseus, 352 ludibundus, 346 luteiventris, 602 lysteri, 549 merriami, 558 minimus, 591 ohionensis, 351, 353 pallidus, 594 pipilans, 352 quadrivittatus, 567 rufescens, 351, 353 striatus, 351, 353, 548 townsendii, 349, 350 umbrinus, 606 venustus, 552 Tamiasciurus, 549 columbianus, 97 hudsonius, 97 petulans, 97 preblei, 98 tananensis, Microtus, 107, 411 Tapeti, 141 Taxonomic notes on Mexican bats of the Genus Rhogeéssa, 227 taylori, Baiomys, 212, 367 Microtus, 448 Ochotona, 133 Sorex, 637 tehamae, Sylvilagus, 146 Tehuantepec jack rabbit, 188 teliotis, Lasiurus, 226 tellus, Cratogeomys gymnurus, 537 telmalemolus, Lepus, 166 tenellus, Thomomys, 363 tenuis, Spilogale, 333 terraenovae, Arvicola, 411 Microtus, 411 terrestris, Arvicola, 402 Hemiotomys, 402 Microtus, 402, 406 Mus, 402 Tetraclaenodon, 4 nr. T. puercensis, 6, 7 Tetramerodon, 402 tetramerus, Arvicola, 402, 428 Microtus, 423 texanus, Peromyscus, 213 Scalopus, 20, 326 texensis, Conepatus, 336, 337 Didelphis, 323 Liomys, 212 texianus, Lepus, 45, 185 thomasi, Cryptotis, 637 Thomomys, actuosus, 67, 70 analogus, 501, 502, 511 angustidens, 502, 508 alienus, 65, 71 apache, 65, 70 aphrastus, 357, 362 attenuatus, 28, 83 aureus, 65, 70, 361 baileyi, 501 bottae, 61, 357-362, 501, 568 bullatus, 30, 363 caryi, 863 cheyennensis, 28, 83 clusius, 28, 83, 221, 363 collis, 65, 70 connectens, 61, 70 cultellus, 64, 70 desitus, 360 douglasi, 364 durangi, 501 fossor, 28, 84 fulvus, 61, 70 glacialis, 364 goldmani, 501, 502, 511 guadelupensis, 65, 71 humilis, 502, 503 internatus, 63, 70 jojobae, 357 juarezensis, 357 lachuguilla, 65, 71 limitaris, 501 macrotis, 23, 83 martirensis, 357, 858, 362 maxama, 362 meritus, 221 mohavensis, 358 monticola, 362 morulus, 65, 70 muralis, 359 mutabilis, 360 nasicus, 362 nelsoni, 501 nigricans, 357, 358, 361, 8362 ocius, 363 opulentis, 61, 71 pagatuae, 65, 70 pascalis, 359 patulus, 360 peramplus, 65, 70 perditus, 501, 502, 510 perpallidus, 358, 361 perpes, 358, 361 pervagus, 61, 70 pinalensis, 360 planorum, 65, 70 potosiensis, 501 providentialis, 361 673 674 UNIVERSITY OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. proximarinus, 361 retractus, 507 retrorsus, 83 rostralis, 27, 83, 221 ruidosae, 61, 71 sanctidiegi, 361 siccovalis, 357, 362 sturgisi, 20, 501, 502, 508 talpoides, 27, 69, 83, 211, 221, 359, 363, 568 tenellus, 363 toltecus, 65, 71 umbrinus, 501 villai, 502, 505 yelmensis, 364 three-toed sloth, 315 Thyroptera, albigula, 645 tricolor, 645 thysanodes, Myotis, 278 tiburonensis, Lepus, 46, 189 ticks, 376 timidus, Lepus, 177 toltecus, Sigmodon, 216 Thomomys, 65, 71 torquatus, Mus, 479 Torrejonian stage, 11 torridus, Liomys, 365 Townsend meadow mouse, 421 townsendii, Arvicola, 423 Eutamias, 349, 350, 549, 618 Lepus, 180 Microtus, 421, 423 Tamias, 349, 350 transitionalis, Lepus, 160 Sylvilagus, 160 tree cactus, 533 Tres Marias cottontail, 169 Tricentes, 4 cf. T. subtrigonus, 6, 7 tricolor, Thyroptera, 645 trilobata, Rhus, 533 trimucronatus, Arvicola, 473 Lemmus, 471, 473 Triisodon, 6, 7 trovessartianus, Mimetodon, 6, 7 trowbridgei, Lepus, 145 trowbridgii, Arvicola, 419 Sorex, 827, 637 truei, Lepus, 148 Peromyscus, 265, 369 Phenacomys, 397 Sylvilagus, 143 Synaptomys, 479 truncatus, Chriacus, 6, 7 Tularemia, 375 tularensis, Pasturella, 375 tumacus, Lepus, 142 tumida, Rhogeéssa, 229 tundra, mouse, 110 vole, 423 tundrensis, Sorex, 637 turgidus, Mioclaenus, 4, 6, 7 tutelata, Ochotona, 133 Tylonyx, 479 ubericolor, Lepus, 146 Sylvilagus, 146 uinta, Ochotona, 133 uintaensis, Clethrionomys, 288, 391 Evotomys, 288 umbrinus, Eutamias, 571, 626 Tamias, 571 Thomomys, 501 umbrosus, Microtus, 445 unalascensis, Dicrostonyx, 484 Microtus, 426 undosus, Microtus, 417 ungava, Clethrionomys, 391 Evotomys, 391 Phenacomys, 395 Urocyon, cinereoargenteus, 338, 339 costaricensis, 338 guatemalae, 338 Uroderma bilobata, 646 Ursus, americanus, 113 cinnamomum, 118 species, 114 utah, Citellus, 346 utahensis, Eutamias, 604, 621 Ochotona, 183 vagrans, Sorex, 635 vallicola, Eutamias, 620 Microtus, 421 vallicolla, Sylvilagus, 166 vampire bat, 210 Vampyressa, minuta, 645 nymphaea, 645 Vampyrodes major, 645 Vampyrops helleri, 645 variabilis, Canis, 339 Dermacentor, 376 variegatoides, Sciurus, 355 INDEX TO VOLUME 5 variegatus, Citellus, 346 Spermophilus, 346 varying hare, 96 vellerosus, Microtus, 109, 431 venaticus, Conepatus, 337, 338 ventorum, Ochotona, 183 venustris, Dermacentor, 376 venustus, Tamias, 552 verae-crucis, Lepus, 169 veraepacis, Sorex, 637 Vespertilio, borealis, 277 cinereus, 277 evotis, 278 fuscus, 276 gryphus, 278 lucifugus, 274 noctivagans, 275 septentrionalis, 278 subflavus, 276 subulatus, 274 vetula, Neotoma, 241 vetulus, Hodomys, 241 vigilax, Lepus, 182 villai, 505 virginiana, Didelphis, 822, 323 virginianus, Lepus, 177 virgulti, Sylvilagus, 146 vison, Mustela, 115 volans, Glaucomys, 550 Myotis, 275 volcano rabbit, 137 vole, beach, 412 Block Island, 412 Guatemalan, 444 Gull Island, 412 heather, 395 insular, 443 Louisiana, 448 Mexican, 431 Oaxaca, 434 prairie, 445 rock, 435 sagebrush, 453 singing, 441 tundra, 423 water, 437 yellow-cheeked, 434 Zempoaltepec, 445 Von Wedel, Curt, mammals obtained by from the barrier beach of Ta- maulipas, Mexico, 33 Vulpes, abietorum, 113 fulva, 118 wahema, Microtus, 409 wallawalla, Lepus, 186 wardii, Lepus, 177 675 warreni, Neotoma, 533 Sylvilagus, 166 washingtoni, Lepus, 177 water shrew, 94 water vole, 437 watsoni, Artibeus, 645 Clethrionomys, 384 Evotomys, 384 Webb, Olin L., and J. Knox Jones, Jr., An annotated checklist of Nebras- kan bats, 269 western red-backed mouse, 391 White, John A., A new chipmunk (Genus Eutamias) from the Black Hills, 261; Gen- era and subgenera of chipmunks, 548; Geographic distribution and taxonomy of the chipmunks of Wyoming, 583; Taxonomy of the chipmunks, Eutamias quadrivit- tatus and Eutamias umbrinus, 563; The baculum in the chip- munks of western North Amer- ica, 611 white-footed, mouse, 213 phenacomys, 398 white-sided jack rabbit, 186 white-tailed jack rabbit, 180 Wilson, Robert W., Preliminary survey of a Palaeocene faunule from the Angels Peak Area, New Mexico, 1 wolf, 112 woodchuck, 98 wood rat, Baird, 217 bushy-tailed, 102 Tamaulipan, 217 wood rats (Genus Neotoma), com- ments on the taxonomy and geo- graphic distribution of, 233 wrangeli, Clethrionomys, 303, 391 Evotomys, 308, 391 Synaptomys, 479 xanthognatha, Arvicola, 434 xanthognathus, Microtus, 434 xanti, Lepus, 186 xenurus, Peromyscus, 256 yakutatensis, Microtus, 426 yellow-cheeked vole, 434 yelmensis, Thomomys, 364 yosemite, Microtus, 417 yucatanensis, Didelphis, 324 yucatanicus, Lepus, 159 Sylvilagus, 159 Yucca, glauca, 533 676 University OF Kansas Pusts., Mus. Nat. Hist. yukonensis, Lemmus, 472 Yukon singing mouse, 108 zalophus, Fiber, 469 Ondatra, 469 zamorae, Peromyscus, 254 zanjonensis, Sigmodon, 369 zaphaeus, Glaucomys, 100 Zapus, alascensis, 112 hudsonius, 111 idahoensis, 371 kootenayensis, 371 princeps, 371 Zempoaltepec vole, 445 zibethicus, Fiber, 469 Ondatra, 104, 469 zinseri, Cratogeomys, 540 zodius, Cratogeomys, 540 PRINTED BY FERD VOILAND, JR., STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, KANSAS 1954 eS 25-1647 ne « / 7 ° = my i H i ht fe " t , % ay hi A ave J ae i ae ' he wy My 7 fi ah Be . Seriais TY a pablo ese 3S ~ eet Ut tee. La